Actions

Work Header

Rating:
Archive Warning:
Category:
Fandom:
Relationships:
Characters:
Additional Tags:
Language:
English
Series:
Part 2 of Our Children of the Underground
Stats:
Published:
2023-03-24
Updated:
2024-03-14
Words:
265,436
Chapters:
31/?
Comments:
267
Kudos:
114
Bookmarks:
30
Hits:
5,497

Perhaps Love

Summary:

"If I should live forever, and all my dreams come true/ My memories of love will be of you" - Perhaps Love, John Denver

What is magic really?

For time out of mind, monsters have been studying the nature of magic. Truly, all Soul Studies are simply a lens through which to study what comprises magic - love, hope, joy, and compassion. Though, as humans have shown them, that is not all that exists within a SOUL.

For as long as Mettaton can remember, those questions were purely the domain of those educated at the university. They were boring questions that he occasionally pondered when he had nothing better to do than stare at the ceiling.

Yet, the Surface is not the place of answered wishes that Mettaton, Alphys, Undyne, Papyrus, or any monster dreamed. Instead, it is filled with hostile humans, accidental miscommunications, and crushed dreams.

Though, maybe, there is still love to be found on the Surface in romance, adoption, or found family of all kinds. Who could ever hope to tell?

Notes:

Non-consensual kissing and touch, does not occur until Ch. 7. All other chapters, general warnings apply. Specific TWs will appear alongside the chapter summary at the beginning of each chapter.

"Plot" officially begins around Chapter 3. BUT, I'd recommend still reading Chapter 1 and 2 or you'll miss foreshadowing.

Title is from the song "Perhaps Love" by John Denver.

Stay safe out there, and be good - alright?

Chapter 1: They Had Lights inside Their Eyes

Summary:

The monsters and Frisk find shelter for the night as Asgore attempts to negotiate for things. Sleep is all anyone is really looking for, but Toriel observes them each in turn. She and Asgore have a lot to resolve, but, for now, it seems best to reconcile what they can and salvage the little love they have left later. For Frisk's sake, it must be so.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Everything is kind of a blur to everyone as they descend the mountain. 

 

Frisk rushes their steps to keep up with Asgore’s long strides. Sans and Undyne finally drag Papyrus back to the group. Papyrus talks excitedly waving his hands in all directions. He makes Frisk, Undyne, and Sans laugh. 

 

Asgore wraps a large arm around Undyne’s shoulders, and she gives him one of her characteristic grins. Then, Undyne whisks Frisk up over her head and onto her shoulders. Frisk waves excitedly as Undyne moves toward the middle of the group next to Alphys. 

 

Shyren is perched on top of Mettaton’s boxy body as he wheels himself alongside Alphys. Napstablook floats alongside him. The three of them talk amongst themselves about music, performance opportunities, and maybe getting an apartment together. 

 

Undyne falls back next to Alphys’ other side and clasps Alphys’ hand in hers while keeping a hold of one of Frisk’s ankles. Frisk keeps their hands wrapped around Undyne’s forehead. 

 

Toriel walks quietly behind them all looking over her shoulder at some of the other inhabitants of the Underground as they follow the group out into the humans’ world. 

 

Somehow, Asgore manages to negotiate with someone to give them some rooms for the night. 

 

As the band of friends open the door, there isn’t much in the way of space. There’s a relatively small bed, a few plush chairs, and a sofa. 

 

“I’m going to go try to barter for some sleeping bags and see what these humans have in the way of tea.” Asgore leaves. 

 

Papyrus and Sans flop on the couch. Sans’ head finds Papyrus’ lap, and both brothers are asleep soon after. 

 

“Huh?” Undyne mutters, “I didn’t know Papyrus knew how to sleep. I mean … I knew he slept. But, it’s surprising to actually, ya know, see it.” 

 

This gets a laugh out of everyone. 

 

“How’s the battery holding up?” Alphys asks Mettaton. “You w-went th-through both Initial a-and E-EX’s b-batteries … so … I-I sort of h-had to scramble.” 

 

“Fine, darling! 70% and holding strong.” 

 

His box face flashes a heart in her direction. 

 

Shyren giggles and burrows deeper into the top of the box. 

 

“you a-are so  la, ti, so much m-more f-fun in person.” Shyren laughs again. 

 

“I’m glad you think so, darling.” Mettaton’s voice softens. “Very glad.” 

 

“Get on the bed, space heater! Stop being such a sap!” Undyne shouts. 

 

“Hush, now! You will waken Sans and Papyrus.” Toriel scolds Undyne with a smile. 

 

Still, Mettaton obliges. Undyne tries to noogie the top Mettaton’s head, though, having no nerve endings or feeling, it does not produce her desired reaction. Mettaton helps Shyren back up to her curled positon atop his head while Alphys, Undyne, and Frisk cuddle into his sides on the bed. 

 

Napstablook settles into the floor staring at the ceiling. 

 

“i still caaaan’t believe i’m wooorking with a suuuperstaar.” Napstablook says happily. 

 

Alphys opens one eye and gives Mettaton a glare. His boxy face tiles have the decency to give her a sheepish smiley. 



Alphys leans in so close to Mettaton no one can see her lips move. “You have to t-tell them. I-it’s going t-to be o-okay. I-I promise.” 

 

Mettaton’s face goes yellow for a moment. 

 

“I kn-knew there w-was a reason I-I designed you … th-this way.” Alphys yawns exaggeratedly. 

 

“Happy to oblige all my adoring fans.” The red tiles form a little smile. 

 

Undyne wraps her arm around Alphys’ waist on Mettaton’s left. Frisk snuggles into his right side. Shyren burrows into the top. Toriel guides a pillow behind Mettaton. The robot’s lights go blue as he enters sleep mode. 

 

Satisfied that everyone is happily settling in, Toriel sits down in a chair and dozes off herself. 

 

Toriel startles as Asgore opens the door. 

 

“After making sure everyone got a sleeping bag who needed one there are only two left. But, I have many blankets.” His voice rumbles. 

 

“I think all of them have already chosen a place to sleep for the night,” Toriel says. 

 

Asgore looks around the room and a smile spreads across his face. 

He drapes a blanket around Undyne, Alphys, and Frisk. 

 

Undyne’s eye opens and blinks up at Asgore sleepily before leaning further into Alphys and the blanket. Asgore hushes her, and she smiles. Frisk stirs slightly before leaning more into Mettaton’s heat. The robot doesn’t register any movement and stays a steady beneath his sleeping friends.

 

Asgore gives a watery smile at the scene. He ruffles Frisk’s hair. 

 

“Do not wake them!” Toriel scolds in a whisper. 

 

“I won’t. Can I not show affection to the child who saved us?” Asgore retorts in an equally sharp whisper. 

 

Toriel grumbles from her chair, but her eyes are soft. 

 

Asgore takes another blanket and drapes it over Papyrus and Sans. Papyrus stirs briefly, and he opens half lidded eyes. 

 

“We are all going to rest, now. You should do the same,” Asgore whispers. 

 

Papyrus yawns, nods, and falls back to sleep. 

 

Asgore holds the last blanket out to Napstablook. When the ghost doesn’t move at all, Asgore shrugs and places it on the edge of the bed. 

 

Asgore offers Toriel a sleeping bag while keeping the other for himself. 

 

She takes it tentatively. Her paw shakes as it touches his. They haven’t touched in years. 

 

“Asgore, I do not think we can repair our relationship the way it once was … regardless of what your Royal Scientist and Frisk may believe. But, I … I thank you. I disagree with how this came to be. But, the years have been long … too long.” Toriel places her paw over Asgore’s larger one. 

 

“I imagine they have. For what it is worth, Toriel, I am sorry for everything. I am sorry it took this long. I am sorry that my fear got the best of me. I am sorry that I did not listen to what you said. I will do my best to lead our people. Please, do your best to raise our ambassador in our ways.” Asgore smiles. 

 

“I think that arrangement will work.” She takes the sleeping bag.

 

Toriel pauses a moment looking at the sleeping bag. There are many things that Toriel would like to say to him, but she just can’t find the words for them.

 

Asgore is the first of the two of them to break the silence. 

 

“I am glad that you will get to have Frisk. You deserve to have your motherhood, Toriel. Truly, I am sorry for everything. I do not know what else I could have done to save them, but I am glad that you will have your time now,” Asgore says. 

 

Toriel’s soul leaps to her throat and tears threaten to fall. But, she breathes and steadies her voice. 

 

“That is kind, Asgore. Thank you,” she says. 

 

Toriel lays out her sleeping bag between the bed and the sofa near the window. 

 

“Goodnight,” Asgore mumbles. 

 

He rolls over on his side and begins to snore. 

 

Toriel simply looks up at the ceiling. “This will not be easy. But, I must believe that it is worth it. I have to hold on to that truth.” 

 

She eventually falls into a fitful sleep. 

 

A little vine creeps up the window, and a face presses against the glass. Flowey looks in, and he pouts. It looks like fun in there. He kind of wants to get in that room. It looks so warm. 

 

He wants that … warmth. 

 

He settles on the windowsill looking up at the stars. 

 

“Can I not be forgotten about this time?” He asks. 

 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

As a general rule of thumb, I will provide a summary of each chapter in the "Summary" section before the chapter begins that will also include any trigger warnings. That way, you don’t miss plot but can keep yourself safe as needed. As a certified fandom mom, this is important to me.

Seriously. I have a tiny baby. I feel responsible to my readers to take this seriously.

So, don’t laugh at me for tagging my swear words. Also, please always feel free to let me know if you think that something should be tagged and I miss it. However, assume, for the most part, that things in the game - trans/queer characters, food, etc - will be present always.

While the first few chapters may feel a bit more like a series of interconnected One-Shots about various characters, I started realizing that there was more to say than just what I could cram into a fluffy, angsty, or serious one-shot about each character. I also REALLY started to enjoy writing, and leaning into, some of the friendships between lesser written about characters.

Initially, my desires were to write the complete Blook family reunion, some cute Alphyne and Papyton fluff, and illustrate what I thought some of the characters’ most significant struggles would be Surface-side.

However, around when I started outlining Undyne’s chapter, I really became invested in developing her friendship with Mettaton because he’s important to Alphys. If someone/something is important to Alphys, that person/thing is important to Undyne. When I hit Alphys’ chapter, I got lore happy. By the time I got to Papyrus’ chapter, I became invested in Sans and Mettaton’s relationship because Mettaton, for better or worse, is baby bro number two now that Papyrus and Mettaton are happily dating. By the time I got to outlining Mettaton’s chapter, I realized that there was too much to tie up in a one-shot. Too many bad things had happened to everyone. So, to quote an old familiar, how do you go back when so much bad has happened?

With that being my question, I have set out to answer it in my own way!

Thus, with the nitty gritties out of the way, please, please, heed the warnings, as they come, and stay safe, kids.

Updates should, hopefully, be like once or twice a week, but don't quote me on that. I'm a chronic over editor with a tiny child.

Love,

Pip

Chapter 2: An Interlude

Summary:

Everyone gets settled into their new lives on the surface. Houses are purchased. Surprises are given and received. Families and friendships are repaired. Excitement runs rampant. Everyone is filled with hope.

Everyone is happy with this.

Not a trigger warning, but Alphys talks a lot about magical robotics.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The monsters from the Underground quickly discover that their gold is worth a very large sum of human currency. 

 

Asgore gets a small condo near the capitol building in the center of the city. He finds Flowey and asks the flower to live with him. 

 

Flowey obliges, but he’s not happy about it. 

 

Frisk buys Flowey a very nice clay pot to live in while he stays with Asgore. 

 

As much as Flowey says he hates it, it’s clear that it makes him happy based on the way he burrows into it as soon as he’s replanted. 

 

Toriel buys the largest house she can find in the smallest suburb of the human city. It has many bathrooms and eight bedrooms. For, Toriel knows, at least for awhile, that Undyne, Alphys, Mettaton, Napstablook, and Shyren will be staying with her. She also knows that she plans to have Sans, Papyrus, and, of course, Frisk stay with her permanently. 

 

Toriel doesn’t mind the expense. Her only goal is to ensure that Frisk’s friends can stay with them whenever they please. 

 

One night, Mettaton comes down to the living room where Napstablook has chosen to zone out on the floor. 

 

“It is a nice night for looking at stars, Bl-Napstablook. Would you like to walk with me?” Mettaton offers. 

 

“yoooooou waaant tooo waaalk with meee?” Napstablook asks. 

 

“I do, darling. So, come on.” Mettaton opens the door and waits for Napstablook to walk through.

 

“yoooou knoooow i could have just phaaased throoough right?” Napstablook asks 

 

Seeing the small smile on Napstablook’s face, Mettaton smiles and laughs before exiting the house himself. 

 

“Do not stay out too late you two! It is still not totally safe out there!” Toriel calls. 

 

“doooes she noooot knooooow i’m almost threeeee huuuundreeed years ooooold?” Napstablook asks. 

 

Mettaton smiles. “I do not think it matters, darling. She’ll mother us all … regardless of age.” 

 

As they walk, Mettaton thinks for awhile. This little square box body is only about three years old. 

 

But, prior to having this body, he had lived alongside Blooky and the rest of the Blook family on the snail farm for as far back as his two hundred years of memory can go. 

 

He spent his whole life trying to make his family happy. 

 

Anaaaad look at how well that turned out, dear, he thinks bitterly. 

 

So, when the time came to find his own happiness, Mettaton couldn’t bear to tell his one remaining cousin about his beautiful new body. He couldn’t find the words to tell Blooky that he was leaving. Mettaton couldn’t say why, exactly, he felt like he couldn’t explain himself to Blooky. But, he also knew that Blooky had never shown any interest in being corporeal. Thus, it seemed impossible to explain to Blooky what Mettaton had wanted so desperately. 

 

So, in lieu of explaining, he just left. 

 

Shame washes over Mettaton like the waves of trash from the garbage dump in Waterfall, and it is as raw and as fresh as the day he left the farm.  

 

Mettaton and Blooky lie down together in the grass in the park near Toriel’s house. 

 

Mettaton knows he would sigh if he had the ability, and he wishes he could tear up. 

 

Someday … maybe. He thinks.  

 

“Bl- Napstablook, I-I have something I need to tell you.” Mettaton’s voice waivers. 

 

“yoooou caaaaan tell meeeeee anything … i loooove listening tooooo yooooou on the TV. ooooooooh … thaaaaat waaaas awkward. i’m sooooory.” Napstablook says. 

 

“Nothing to apologize for, love. Nothing at all. You see … I did something very wrong. I-I left someone very important to me to chase stardom. I was promised something by someone that I really, really wanted. But, it wouldn’t be so easy to go back … you know ... once I had accepted that thing that I … I desired with all of my Soul. Instead of ... trying to explain myself I ... um ... well, I took it anyway. A-And, in favor of stardom and this … thing … I so desperately desired, I think I really hurt the monster that I abandoned, darling.” 

 

Mettaton dances around the issue because he just can’t find the words. Still, he promised Alphys he would do this, and he will. He's just ... he's working up to it. 

 

“ooooooooh thaaaat’s saaaad. haaaaaave yooooou foooooound ooooout where they aaaaare undeegoooound or oooon the suuuuuurface?” Blooky asks. 

 

“I-I have,” Mettaton says. 

 

“haaaave yoooou taaaalked tooooo theeem?” Blooky asks.

 

In exactly that moment, Mettaton decides to be as blunt, and awkward, as monsterly possible in ripping the metaphorical bandage off of his secrets by leading with his older cousin’s nickname. 

 

“Blooky,” Mettaton sighs. 

 

“I’m sorry. I never exactly meant to leave. Especially not without saying anything ... I just … I was scared that you wouldn’t understand. And, I know there was a way I could have gone to tell you about everything. Phy even promised I could. But, I just didn’t have the right words. And, then, everyone believed I was just a robot with a SOUL, and it would have been awkward to admit that wasn’t true. That, and despite what Undyne may think, I did care about Alphys' reputation. We both lied to Asgore, for Angel's sake! And, the façade just kept becoming more and more real until I couldn’t … I didn’t want to … oh I don’t know … I was just so, so worried about upsetting you that I just didn’t say anything and ran off. Which, in retrospect, was much worse. But, I don’t know … I just … I didn’t know what to say, darling. I’m sorry.” 

 

Mettaton realizes after his half ramble, half rant, that he knows why he and Alphys became friends. He knows it isn't just their mutual love of human culture that drew them together. 

 

They are both, apparently, terrible at communication despite Mettaton’s ability to fake it better. 

 

Blooky blinks up at the sky. “yooooou are … thaaaat actually maaaakes a looooot of sense. i’m haaaaapy for yoooooou, mettaton. i missed yoooooou, but i always waaaaanted yooooou tooooooo be haaaapy.” 

 

Mettaton wishes he could cry because, if it were possible, he would have.  

 

“i haaaave never seeeeen the real staaaars befoooooore,” Blooky says happily. 

 

“Yes. It’s more fun participating in the family tradition of feeling like garbage when the galaxy really is at your finger tips, Blooky, love,” Mettaton says. 

 

If Blooky notices the static in Mettaton’s voice, they have the kindness not to say anything. 

 

Instead, for the first time in years, both of them laugh. 

 

When Mettaton tells Shyren who he really is the next morning, she squeaks with excitement. 

 

“i-i so la, ti, so told blooky it was you,” she squeals 

 

Shyren snuggles into Mettaton’s box body. 

 

Alphys gives him a quiet thumbs up and he uses his tiles to flash her a smile. 

 

********

 

Blooky, Shyren, and Mettaton are the first group to move out of Toriel’s house. They end up getting an apartment together in the city. They choose a modest two bedroom apartment with a decent sized living area near a college campus. 

 

It is Blooky who manages to convince Mettaton not to get the most expensive place the three of them can find since, if they’re going to tour, the three of them still need to save for equipment, a bus, and a manager amongst other things. 

 

In turn, however, Mettaton convinces both Blooky and Shyren to spend a little more than might be wise decorating the place.

 

Alphys assigns herself the role of chaperone on the Target field trip. 

 

In the end, Alphys ends up needing to chaperone Undyne more closely than anyone else. 

 

Alphys swears that Undyne owes her the bottle of rosé that Alphys picks out for herself because Undyne turns on every light up toy in the toy aisle, and then proceeds to test every weight in the gym equipment aisle. 

 

The following day, Alphys drives the moving van to Mettaton, Napstablook, and Shyren’s apartment, and Undyne helps them all unload. 

 

When Frisk, Toriel, Sans, and Papyrus visit for the first time, the apartment looks cute, cozy, and very pink. 

 

Frisk smiles. They expect nothing less with these three decorating things. 

 

Blooky has a space all their own in the corner of the living space decorated with simple space posters and a shag carpet in the shape of Saturn. 

 

Apparently, it was actually Shyren who insisted Blooky get the rug. 

 

Shyren’s room is full of Little Mermaid and other simple Disney memorabilia. 

 

It also has an extra bed in it for the nights when Lemon Bread will sleep over. Apparently, Shyster convinced the other components of her amalgamation to let her have Wednesdays and Thursdays at the apartment as well as every third weekend. 

 

Lemon Bread’s side of the room is bare. 

 

Shyren didn’t want to make any choices for them. 

 

Mettaton’s room makes Frisk happy. 

 

Papyrus is lounging in the corner of Mettaton’s room on his stomach when Frisk comes in with the house warming present Sans and Toriel had helped them track down. 

 

Frisk holds out several tubes to Mettaton. He opens them gingerly and his computer face makes a little shocked expression. 

 

Each tube contains a different signed poster from all of Mettaton’s favorite musicals. 

 

Frisk, Papyrus, and Mettaton hang them together laughing as they line up the corners of the posters like an elaborate game of Tetris. 

 

Frisk has been working on a sign name for Mettaton. 

 

In fact, they’ve been working on sign names for all of their friends. It’s getting exhausting to spell everyone’s name all the time. 

 

As they hang posters, Frisk’s eyes fall on the plush heart pillows on Mettaton’s bed. 

 

After the last poster is hung, Frisk smiles widely and faces Mettaton. They use both hands simultaneously to finger spell “T” “O” “N” with their arms around their chest in a hug like the sign for love. 

 

Mettaton’s robotic screen lights up with a huge smiley face and a heart. “Is that my name?” 

 

Frisk nods happily while making a nodding fist with their thumb over the outside of their middle finger. 

 

“Beautiful, dear heart.” The smiling face winks. 

 

Alphys surprises Mettaton with a new blue print for his EX body. EX 2.0 has a battery that is three times as efficient and a completed design for the left side of his face.

 

It also has several other incredible new features.

 

Mettaton’s computer face goes completely yellow for a moment as he stares at the paper. Alphys puts her hand on his “back.”

 

“I made a pr-promise. I-I plan to make g-good on it,” she says. 

 

“I-I …” Mettaton’s voice statics briefly. “Thank you.” 

 

The two of them disappear for awhile into Mettaton’s room. 

 

“Phy, I … you didn’t have to … I’m sorry,” Mettaton whispers. 

 

“No! I ... I should b-be sorry!” Alphys exclaims. “I-I lied to you. I lied a-about Shyster. I-I lied to A-Asgore about y-you which m-made i-it harder for you to … you know… t-tell y-your family. I promised something. I-I need to o-own up t-to that.” 

 

“Shyster ... and ... and the others ... were ..." he sighs.

 

"It was an accident, darling. A horrible, terrible, and heart-breaking accident. I was the one who abandoned you without a thought to your suffering.”

 

His hands fall in his lap and his screen turns solid blue. 

 

“Besides, you always promised me that telling Blooky was on the table. It was just an excuse. I abandoned everyone I loved, and you were no exception, Phy,” he says 

 

“N-Not t-true! Y-You a-always c-came wh-when I called! I-I just … didn’t call v-very o-often. O-Only wh-when things got really bad,” she retorts. 

 

“Still! I said horrible things to you, darling! Perhaps not in moments of active crisis, but I let my temper take hold on more than one occasion. I was demanding and demeaning both. Let me have this. Please, no amount of pain that I carried was worth the things I said to belittle you.” He fidgets again. 

 

“Nope. Not letting you have this at all,” she says. 

 

Alphys surprises both of them when she doesn’t stutter at all. There are several beats of total silence where the two of them just stare at each other without moving at all. 

 

Then, they both start laughing. 

 

“I won’t let you have it b-because we both have done things that we’re not pr-proud of,” Alphys takes his hand, “So, we’ll work on o-overcoming being sh-shitty losers t-together … like we always have.” 

 

“One step at a time.” Mettaton flashes her a smiley face.

 

“Exactly!” Alphys hugs him. 

 

The two of them rejoin the group to find that Toriel has finished making dinner for them. She also makes her famous butterscotch pie.  

 

Alphys and Undyne choose dinner time to announce that they also found a house. 

 

Apparently, they had gone to see the new place about a week ago, but they didn’t want to say anything until it was all finalized. 

 

Their house has three bedrooms and an unfinished basement that they plan to move all of Alphys’ equipment into. It is not too far from Mettaton, Blooky, and Shyren’s apartment. 

 

This prompts Alphys to reveal that she got a job at the university. 

 

Everyone breaks into cheers. Undyne lifts Alphys into the air and spins her around. Mettaton gives her a hug telling her she earned it. Frisk waves their fingers forward and back in a show of applause. 

 

Sans also surprises Toriel with something. Frisk, Sans, Papyrus, Alphys, Undyne, Shyren, Blooky, and Mettaton reveal that they’ve been working with Asgore to help Toriel buy out a building near her house to turn into a school. 

 

Toriel’s look of shock is far too sweet and makes everyone smile. 

 

Toriel places a motherly kiss on each one of their foreheads - or the closest approximation to that in Mettaton's case. Napstablook makes themselves just tangible enough for Toriel to give them a hug. 

 

A week later, Papyrus, Mettaton, and Sans help Undyne and Alphys with their move. 

 

Papyrus and Undyne take a walk around the campus. If the two of them tear up a little at no longer being roommates after all this time, everyone has the decency not to say anything. 

 

Everyone, including Asgore, Flowey, the former members of the Royal Guard, and all the monster citizens help decorate Toriel’s school. 

 

Toriel hires several monsters to teach. Undyne becomes the gym teacher. Mettaton offers to teach music once a week until Toriel can find someone more permanent. Washua signs on as the lead janitor, and Vegitoid takes the head lunch person position. 

 

Everyone is elated. 

 

********

 

It takes several weeks to get all of Alphys’ equipment moved into their house. But, once all is said and done, Alphys begins a final version of Mettaton’s EX form. 

 

She knows she needs to get it finished before work picks up in earnest. In the end, it’s around the second to last week of September when Alphys is finally ready to help Mettaton transfer. 

 

“You ready?” She asks him. 

 

Everyone is waiting upstairs for them. The procedure should be quick and painless. But, it's clear both of them are nervous. 

 

“A-As I’ll ever be, Phy.” His screen flashes a smile. 

 

“Don’t do that to me, now. I’m not wearing off o-on you am I?” She teases. 

 

He laughs, but Alphys can tell it's an act. He's scared.  

 

“Now, remember, this … when … if … you fully f-fuse with this b-body … you’re going to f-feel sensations. You will f-feel p-pain. You will t-taste things, and like … y-y-you’re going to have preferences in r-regards to food, w-w-what temperature you want that f-f-food to be at, and a-a-all sorts of th-things like that. So, just r-remember, if you fuse, and your a-a-arms fall o-off of this body, you will feel it! It will hurt ! Do you understand that? So, l-like d-don’t push i-it too hard. Okay? I-I can f-fix m-most things that h-happen, but y-you’re not going to l-like it! I-If your a-arm falls o-off again, it will t-take time to heal . W-We can’t just pl-plug and play a-anymore. If you f-fuse, you h-heal slowly l-like everyone else does. So, a-arms fall off, and y-you're in a sling w-with a dorky l-little cast for a w-week. And, I-I put you through r-rehab boot c-camp so you d-don't lose function. So ... like ... be. careful. with. your. stunts. Do you get that?”  

 

“Yes. I-I understand.” Mettaton nods. 

 

“Good. A-Again, if you f-fuse, ch-charge the battery when you think it’s d-dying because o-otherwise you’ll feel dizzy. You’ll p-probably p-pass out and feel a little sick the day a-after. A-again nothing you can’t come back from, I tr-triple ch-checked it! B-but, it won’t be fun,” she says. 

 

“I understand,” he says again. 

 

“O-Okay. Be safePlease! And, make good choices.” She winks. 

 

Alphys puts him in stasis and gently places his contained essence in the upgraded EX body. 

 

It only takes a moment before Mettaton’s eyes glow a soft pink under his lashes and flutter open. 

 

Alphys watches as Mettaton tentatively flexes his fingers and moves his feet. A wide smile spreads over her friend’s face. He touches the synthetic hair she created for him. He smooths it back in his hands. He musses it up and combs it back into place. 

 

He laughs and kicks his feet. All of his toes are functional. 

 

Suddenly, Alphys is swept up in a huge hug. She is sincerely grateful that she had the foresight to make those ridiculous shoulder pads removable. 

 

“It’s perfect.” He deepens the hug.

 

“Th-thank you. Th-This promise has b-been a long t-time coming.” She swipes away a tear. 

 

He lifts her in the air and spins her around while twirling on his toe. She leans into his warm metal chest. 

 

“You still made my chest a space heater didn’t you?” He deadpans upon seeing her expression. 

 

“I had to! Undyne would never forgive me if I didn’t.” Alphys says innocently. 

 

The two of them walk up the stairs hand in hand. 

 

Everyone cheers.

 

Blooky cries … a lot. 

 

“they’re haaaapy tears I prooooomise,” Blooky says. 

 

Toriel bakes another butterscotch pie. 

 

Mettaton’s face says absolutely everything. 

 

“Dang …” Mettaton says to himself. 

 

Papyrus puts his arm around Mettaton’s shoulder. “JUST BEFORE WE THOUGHT YOU COULDN’T GET ANYMORE BEAUTIFUL!” 

 

Mettaton’s cheeks glow bright pink. 

 

“Hehehe …” Alphys grins to herself. “My favorite feature.” 

 

Everyone laughs. 

Notes:

Hello Dear Readers,

I know. I'm leading you on with the fluff. I live and die by the theatrical rule of beats. Start with funny cute stuff so that when you hit them with the tragedy it's more tragic because you just came from happiness. I like my romances AND my angst to burn very slowly like a well toasted marshmallow.

That said, this chapter sort of sets up formatting. Most chapters will be split up into "parts" using the asterisks as separations between "scenes." Not saying that ALL chapters will be like that, but most will.

One quick thing, in regards to Mettaton's body, some slight liberties may have been taken with his timeline. I’m not sure exactly how old his initial physical form is OR how old the Amalgamates are. But, his body doesn’t seem THAT old. I know he and Alphys were friends for some months to years before his Initial/EX prototype was made.

My guess is that the Amalgamates are about 2- 2 ½ years old and Mettaton’s “Initial form”/ the early prototype of EX is like 3- 3 1/2. So, that’s the timeline that I’m sticking to. If someone knows something else, great!

But, I’ve scoured the wiki pages, watched play throughs, played myself years ago, and that’s the best I could come up with.

You can also see where I sort of modified the timeline on the completion of the EX body. (In the game, I think, EX is officially completed before they leave the underground).

But, I wanted to give you that nice fluff. So ... you'll forgive me right?

In regards to the way Blooky and Shyren speak, I’m not changing it. I know Toby didn’t use the long ghost vowels for Blooky’s speech, but I like it. I’ve seen a couple of fics in which they talk with the extended vowels. So, I chose to use that format for their speech. As for Shyren, it's hard to say what most other folks do with her dialogue because I have rarely seen her in fic at all. That said, I always assumed the little scatting notes thing was cannon? I’ve only ever seen her doing the scatting in like one or two other fics, but I wholeheartedly assumed, based on her in game dialogue, that that would be how she spoke.

So, that’s all I have to say about my interpretation of Blooky and Shyren.

One other random fact about me is I ADORE writing, and reading, about android and robot mechanics. And, I love me some good lore.

Imagine, me, an agender trans person, who loves sci-fi robotics, and lore? Come on y’all!! Corporeal body bonding with the aid of robotics is just ... it's my element. Thus, I probably got a little self indulgent with my Alphys rant/ explanations about the workings of fusing to a body vs. just inhabiting a body.

So, just expect a lot more of that because it's my big favorite.

(Again, sorry not sorry, I just love it WAY too much.)

I also LOVE writing Papyrus. I could write Papyrus all damn day y'all.

That is all.

Love,
Pip

Chapter 3: Here's Where Our Life Begins

Summary:

Toriel and Sans navigate how to handle graffiti on the new school. Asgore has an idea that just might work. Chaos ensues.

Toriel starts a new tradition following the stressful week.

TW: (Under an abundance of caution) Graffiti on a school that COULD, unintentionally, have a xenophobic connotation

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The school has been the highlight of Toriel’s life. It symbolizes, in so many ways, a dream fulfilled. She works diligently to plan fun activities for the monster and human children who attend her school. Humans, though most do not have magic, will still be educated in its use and place in monster culture. 

 

The whole monster community ensures that the school is ready for opening in late August with all the other human schools. They work together to paint classrooms, make art, and give the building personality. 

 

While the outside of the building remains a simple reddish brown brick, the inside is full of beautiful murals of monster and human children living together. It’s full of the story of the monster’s banishment and Frisk’s heroism. 

 

As the first month of school begins, Toriel pours her heart into creating each lesson and meeting each young person as a whole being. She crafts things around the interests of each child, and she ensures that everything is fair. 

 

The few human families that do send their children to Toriel’s school find that their children bloom. Children that were once unruly, anxious, or “problem children” in previous schools now dance, sing, paint, write, or create their cares into beauty. It has gone around the town that the monsters have truly changed things for the children in the city for the better. 

 

However, as with so many good things on the surface, it cannot last. 

 

So, one Saturday morning in October, Toriel says that she needs to finish a new lesson on how to resolve conflicts and solve problems. 

 

Sans offers to walk with her to the school and help in whatever way he can.  Even if that just means providing some killer puns to add some spice to the lesson, he wants to hang out with her. 

 

Sans also knows that everyone is busy today. 

 

Undyne has promised to spend the day with Asgore because she knows he’s lonely. 

 

Alphys is working on editing her old dissertation for publication on the Surface. 

 

Frisk has homework to work on, and Papyrus told them he’d help them out with it. 

 

Mettaton is meeting with a potential new manager while Shyren and Blooky have promised Lemon Bread that they’d go to the newest Disney movie with them. 

 

So, Sans knows that, as fun as annoying Frisk and Papyrus while doing homework sounds, Toriel can probably use the company more anyway. 

 

Just as they’re about to leave, Frisk pulls on Toriel’s skirt to get her attention and asks if Monster Kid can come over to work with Papyrus and them on homework. 

 

“Of course, my child. As long as their parents are okay with it, it is alright with me.” Toriel smiles. 

 

Frisk smiles happily and wiggles their fingers forward and back in a sign for applause. 

 

Sans gives Frisk a big smile and ruffles their hair. 

 

Finally, the two of them walk off toward the school. 

 

It’s a pleasant walk seeing as the weather is lovely in early fall. The leaves are just beginning to change, and the sunset spray of reds, oranges, and yellows span for miles around. The cool late September air pulls on the long blue scarf Toriel knitted for Sans last week, and he smiles relishing the fresh scent of the crisp air. This change has been so good for everyone. 

 

As they get closer to the building, it feels, to Sans at least, that something is wrong. 

 

“... as I was saying, it is vital to a young child’s development to feel secure in themselves and to feel that their thoughts are valued, which I suppose makes a lot of sense does it not? Even as adults, monsters or humans, we would like to feel as though we are valued for our interests. But, I have found that the question is how to make sure everyone’s interests are well represented so no one feels left out, and I know that that will be especially important in this lesson. I think I would like to have it designed such that …” 

 

They both see the blood red graffiti at the same time. 

 

Go Away! Soul-stealers!

 

Sans growls under his breath. 

 

write that on asgore’s house if you want to write it anywhere. toriel tried to save your children who were foolish or desperate enough to throw themselves into that mountain. and, more often than not, they were desperate. Sans thinks.

 

“Who would write such a thing?” Toriel asks Sans.

 

She rushes to touch the red painted words. The paint is completely dry by now. So, there isn’t much hope of scrubbing it off without wasting the day. 

 

Sans puts a hand on Toriel’s shoulder. 

 

“i’m gonna make a call to see if folks can come and help us clean up.” 

 

“Sans, please do not bother our friends with this. We can work together to clean it. Though, I suppose that does mean that my plans must wait.” 

 

“too late, already calling,” Sans says. 

 

Sans calls Asgore first and reports the vandalism before Toriel can tell him not to bother calling again. Then, Sans texts Frisk, Papyrus, Alphys, Undyne, Mettaton, Shyren, and Napstablook, as well as several former members of the Royal Guard. 

 

Sans is surprised at how quickly he receives messages. 

 

Ping!
sans, tell her i’ll be there as soon as I clean up the last paragraph of my dissertation. 

 

Ping!
BROTHER, FRISK AND I ARE ON OUR WAY! I’M JUST ENSURING EVERYONE IS BUCKLED IN SAFELY! 

 

Ping!
Sans, darling, I’m glad to come! This manager was a dud anyway. Long story. It’s been  … draining. Perfect excuse to ditch this loser, be there soon, dear.  

 

Ping!
movie just got out, all three of us will be there soon. - napstablook

 

Ping!
hey, punk! asgore and i are paid out. we’re heading over! 

 

Sans smiles at his phone. While this situation may objectively suck, at least there’s the silver lining of knowing everyone wants to work together to fix it. 

 

“hey, tori, i know this looks bad, but look behind you,” Sans says. 

 

Toriel turns to see Papyrus in the red convertible with Monster Kid and Frisk buckled in the back seat. Shyren, Napstablook, Lemon Bread, and several of the Amalgamates are getting off a bus together on the corner. The former Royal Guardsmen, Royal Guard Dogs, and Burgerpants are hauling buckets of paint out of a huge van driven by Alphys and Mettaton. Lastly, most of Toriel’s students and their families are led by Asgore and Undyne.

 

“What is … what are all of you doing here? You are all busy, are you not?” Toriel asks. 

 

“Asgore suggested painting a mural! And, I for one will never pass up the opportunity for a make over!” Mettaton exclaims. 

 

“YES! WE SHALL ALL WORK TOGETHER TO MAKE BEAUTY OUT OF THIS MESS! TRULY A CHALLENGE WORTHY OF THE GREAT PAPYRUS!” 

 

Toriel’s eyes begin to water as everyone gathers around the crude message. 

 

“Don’t listen to ‘em Miss Toriel, if not for you I’d probably not be in school at all! All I know is we gotta paint it a base color first. ‘Cause then you got a blank canvas to work with. We might not be able ta finish till Monday though.” 

 

One of her student’s says grabbing a paint brush and dipping it in white paint. 

 

“I don’t have arms, but I can keep you company!” Monster Kid shouts. 

 

“That sounds like a good plan!” 

 

Frisk grabs a brush and starts painting the white background as well. 

 

Undyne and Papyrus look at each other and quickly grab brushes of their own. 

 

“PAPYRUS! I BET I CAN PAINT WAY MORE WALL THAN YOU! FUHUHUHUHU!” 

 

“OH YOU THINK SO UNDYNE? I WILL HAVE YOU KNOW THAT THE GREAT PAPYRUS IS AN EXCELLENT PAINTER AND … UNDYNE YOU ARE CLEARLY CHEATING WE DIDN’T SAY GO YET! NYEHEHEH!” 

 

“Alphys, darling, how would you feel about painting the top of this wall?” Mettaton asks. 

 

“I-I get to be t-tall? Hell yes!” Alphys fist pumps. 

 

Mettaton’s arms extend to raise Alphys over his head to paint the highest spot on the wall. 

 

By the time the sun burns a brilliant pink and purple in the evening sky, the entire school has been repainted in pure white paint. The angry red letters are an unhappy memory against the fresh canvas. 

 

Shyren’s bang is coated in white paint. Alphys’s hand prints have mysteriously ended up on Mettaton’s back. And, Alphys sports a white star painted on her elbow. 

 

Monster Kid’s entire front is covered in paint as they eventually decided to use their body as a sponge. White painted paw prints cover the grass around the school. Frisk has flex of white paint all over their hands, face, hair, and sweater. 

 

Sans’ new scarf looks as though it’s been covered in snowflakes. 

 

Asgore has white paint in his beard. Toriel has white all over her clothes in a patterns that range from smeared hand prints to spilled paint. 

 

But, the two who have taken the worst of the paint abuse, by far, are Papyrus and Undyne. They both look like they will be peeling paint off of themselves for the next several days. 

 

Undyne’s pony tail is almost completely soaked through in white paint, and Papyrus’ red scarf looks as though a blizzard decided to nest in it. 

 

At the end of the day, the red brick school house is primed and ready for beautiful art. 

 

When Monday comes, everyone “remembers” smocks this time around. 

 

Well, not exactly, rather, Toriel enforces the use of smocks come Monday. 

 

Toriel’s lesson about resolving conflicts and problem solving goes better than she could have planned. Each child is paired with an adult monster or human who will help them with their part of the mural. 

 

“We gotta put rainbow stars on it! And in the stars, we gotta put theater masks, dance shoes, and glitter! SO! MUCH! GLITTER!” 

 

“Well, I couldn’t agree with you more, darling. That sounds spectacular!” 

 

“I want puzzle pieces that make a picture of a smiling face! Nyeheheh!” 

 

“THE MOST EXCELLENT USE OF YOUR SECTION I COULD THINK OF!” 

 

“I want to paint plants. All the plants. Even mushrooms.” 

 

“Neato! What a lovely idea for a picture. I shall help you choose some colors.” 

 

“Can you help me paint Kiki and Tombo?” 

 

“O-oh, o-oh my gosh! T-to cute! They’re a-adorable!” 

 

“I want to draw a knight with a flaming raging sword of DEATH!” 

 

“I’m into it, punk! Let’s go, FUHUHUHUHU!” 

 

“okay, kid, what do you want to paint?” 

 

Frisk signs Family. Friends. Humans. Monsters. Everyone. Happy.  

 

Toriel smiles as she observes the progress in the mural. She praises herself for planning this to take all week. She did not want to rush the progress. 

 

By Friday, the building is covered in the children’s art.

 

Asgore shows up with NiceCreams for everyone as they walk around the school looking at the final mural. 

 

“thanks for the idea, asgore. it looks great,” Sans says. 

 

He takes a bite of the NiceCream Asgore offers him. 

 

“I just hope it makes the children happy and feel safe. The last thing I would want is for them to struggle more than they have already. I am happy for you and Toriel. I am glad that she has someone to confide in and stay with as Frisk’s friends disperse. I also thank you for trusting me with the information regarding the vandalism. It will help me greatly in negotiations,” Asgore says. 

 

“you don’t gotta be so formal.” Sans winks.

 

Asgore laughs. “As far as you know, everyone is well?” 

 

“oh yeah. it’s all swell.” Sans smiles. “so, good.” 

 

“I am happy to hear that. Now, where has Flowey gone?” Asgore looks around. 

 

Frisk pops up with Flowey in his pot and hands him to Asgore. 

 

Art. Show. Flowey. Frisk signs. 

 

“Ah. Very good. What did you think of the plant section, Flowey? I assisted on that one,” Asgore says. 

 

“It was … not terrible … I guess.” Flowey pouts. 

 

You. Like. Plants. Frisk signs glaring at Flowey. 

 

“I told you not to tell him!” Flowey yells. 

 

No. Lies. Only. Love. Frisk grins. 

 

Sans wanders to Toriel. 

 

“i think it looks pretty good. got your message across too,” Sans says. 

 

“Yes. I think it turned out marvelously.” Toriel smiles. 

 

“i’m glad. i think asgore is glad you included him. he was pretty proud of his plants,” Sans grins, “you could even say he showed some real growth.” 

 

Toriel stifles a laugh. “It was nice of him to think of the mural idea. It would have been rude not to include him in the creation of it.” 

 

“well, i know the little girl he helped had the time of her life talking about trees, flowers, and other fauna with him. who knew asgore was such a … fungi.” 

 

Sans points to the painted mushrooms on the mural. 

 

Toriel finally loses it as she bursts into laugher. 

 

Frisk smiles seeing everyone so happy. 

 

Though, they are sad that Asriel had been so right about the surface world. Frisk had hoped that their friends’ optimism would be enough to make the surface as perfect as they all dreamed. 

 

Be careful in the outside world, OK? Despite what everyone thinks, it's not as nice as it is here. There are a lot of Floweys out there. And not everything can be resolved by just being nice. 
His words echo in their head even now. 

 

But, it will be okay. Frisk thinks to themselves. We found a way out of this. We can do it again if we need to. 

 

Frisk looks out over at their new human classmates and their monster friends happily playing and enjoying life together. It renews their determination to be the best ambassador they can and help their friends in every way they can. 

 

“Did you get a NiceCream yet, Frisk?” Asgore asks. 

 

Frisk shakes their head and takes the NiceCream before heading off to join Toriel and Sans. 

 

They lean into Toriel’s side and take a long lick of the NiceCream. Toriel’s paw brushes their hair, and she makes a wide smile spread across their face. All is as it should be. All is well. 

 

********

 

At varying points during the mural painting week, a little card shows up in Alphys, Undyne, Asgore, Mettaton, Shyren, and Napstablook’s mailboxes. 

 

I hope you do not find this too strange, but I thought it would be nice if we could all share time together every Saturday at 5 o’clock for dinner. Each week one of you will get to choose a movie to watch or other activity for us to do together. I feel that this is the best way for us to continue being friends while our lives take us different paths on the surface. There is no pressure to come, but it is merely an invitation to continue sharing our lives. I have decided that Frisk will choose our first movie since they are the ambassador for us. I felt it only fair that they get to choose something that they would like first. 

 With love,
 Toriel 

 

 Everyone calls Toriel with excitement, and they all promise to come. 

 

 Everyone gathers in Toriel’s living room and finds various places and postures on the furniture. 

 

 Blooky, Shyren, and Mettaton have sprawled out on beanbag chairs in front of the couch. 

 

 Asgore sits nearest the hallway with Flowey on a conveniently placed end table. 

 

 Frisk sits comfortably between Sans and Toriel near the kitchen. 

 

 Alphys is sitting completely normally on the couch, but Undyne and Papyrus are perched on the back of the couch above her. 

 

 Sans chuckles to himself as he hands a little marshmallow gun to Undyne and Papyrus. 

 

 “i found this at a joke shop. do not make me regret this,” he says with a large grin. 

 

 Undyne and Papyrus stare at the little marshmallow gun with awe. 

 

 “We absolutely will NOT make you regret this, FUHUHUHUHU!” Undyne says. 

 

 Undyne motions for Papyrus to lean in as she whispers to him. 

 

 “Any characters that suck and are deserving of getting their butts handed to them shall be pelted mercilessly with this!” 

 

 She raises the marshmallow gun over her head. 

 

 Papyrus grins and nods. 

 

 Frisk takes a deep breath and holds the movie close to their chest. This has always been one of their favorites. 

 

 They don’t sign they simply triumphantly place the DVD in the player and start the movie. 

 

 Once upon a time, in a far away land, a young prince lived in a shining castle. Although he had everything his heart desired, the prince was spoiled, selfish and unkind …

 

“Brilliant choice, darling,” Mettaton says with a wink. 

 

Shyren hums her agreement. 

 

Frisk smiles and snuggles into Sans’ side. 

 

However, when Gaston appears and won’t get out of Belle’s way, marshmallows go flying towards the television. 

 

“GROSS!” Undyne shouts. “DON’T MAKE FUN OF PEOPLE’S FATHERS, BUTT-FACE!” 

 

“I’M SURE HE IS VERY GREAT AND NOT CRAZY AT ALL!” Papyrus says. 

 

More marshmallows go flying as Lefou and Gaston laugh. 

 

Peels of laughter erupt from the pile consisting of Blooky, Mettaton, and Shyren as more marshmallows arc over their heads. 

 

Frisk falls from their seat in Toriel’s lap into Sans’ waiting arms. 

 

Toriel just looks at the ever growing pile of marshmallows with a look of good humor but, also, mild horror. 

 

“don’t worry, tori. i’ll make ‘em both pick it up later,” Sans says. 

 

As the film progresses, Undyne’s aim gets better, and she is consistently able to strike Gaston in the cleft of his chin throughout the entire "Gaston" song.

 

Asgore even chuckles at this. 

 

Toriel doesn’t have the heart to stop Papyrus and Undyne’s antics as it is causing so much merriment. Though, she has officially decided that the two of them will have to play with marshmallow gun somewhere other than her living room in the future. 

 

As the movie progresses, silence falls over the room. The love between the two characters becomes clearer, and it makes all of them think. 

 

Sans has to hand it to the kid because the movie is pretty good. He enjoys the antics that the household objects get up to and how annoyed the clock gets. It reminds him of Papyrus. 

 

Alphys gets lost in the West Wing. She barely notices that the movie has progressed until it’s nearly over. She thinks about having things to hide and the anger, desperation, and fear that comes from people poking around those secret places. 

 

Blooky has never seen this movie. Though, it’s clear Shyren has because she sometimes hums lightly along with the music. They find the loneliness of the Prince-Beast interesting. There are so many people around the Prince-Beast, but he chooses to hide away from those who live with him. They have to smile as they see the Prince-Beast begin to interact with his servants again. 

 

Toriel cannot help but see the Prince’s desire for redemption in her ex-husband. However, she is not moved to love him again as Belle falls in love with her Beast. Toriel simply wishes that Asgore is able to find redemption somewhere. 

 

Asgore loves this movie. He wants to watch it fifteen more times at home. He sees so much of his own loneliness and struggle in the Prince. But, he also finds himself drawn to Maurice whose love for his daughter runs so deep that he’s willing to risk his reputation to save his child. He casts a glance at Undyne who looks wistfully at the golden dress. She’ll never admit it, but Asgore knows she would love to wear something like that some day.  

 

Papyrus just loves the songs and the color. His eyes widen as he’s never seen anything quite like this before. It makes him wonder what falling in love feels like, and he wonders if someone could ever really make him feel as happy as Belle looks when she dances in her golden dress. 

 

Undyne just wants to hand Gaston his own ass on a platter. She hates that guy. He reminds her of everything evil that she’s heard about humans. He just wants to hunt down an innocent monster. Yet, at the same time, she’s caught up the idea of dancing with Alphys wearing something as beautiful as that golden rod gown. She knows she could never pull it off, but she dreams anyway. 

 

Mettaton is reminded why this movie was nominated for the Academy Award’s Best Picture. He places his cheek in his hand as the theme song plays while the characters dance. Mettaton has always desperately longed for a romance like this. But, he has always been so afraid because he never felt quite right in his own skin. Yet, that is a thing of the past now. He flops his head on a pillow on the floor and puts his hands over his head. 

 

Next week. Mettaton promises himself. I’ll ask him out next week. Or … well no … the week after? The week after … sure … that’s good. But … also, I could wait a month that way I’ll understand the new form better. Yes. That’s right. A month from now would be appropriate. 

 

"The Mob Song" leaves an acrid taste in everyone’s mouth. Thus, Undyne shoots more marshmallows at the screen this time trying to see if she can shoot them into people’s mouths. 

 

As Gaston falls to his demise, Undyne does manage to shoot several marshmallows into his mouth as he descends. 

 

Toriel finds that even she has to laugh at the frightening accuracy with which the marshmallows hit Gaston’s open mouth. 

 

Yet, this does nothing to stop everyone in the room from bursting into tears at the declaration of love and transformation sequence. 

 

When the film ends, everyone cheers. 

 

Alphys bites back a laugh as the credits roll. She watches Mettaton rubs his eyes with his fists sleepily and unsuccessfully tries to stifle a yawn. 

 

“Remember wh-what I told you? Go charge,” Alphys says.

 

Then, Alphys gives Undyne a mischievous grin. 

 

“Besides, you have plenty of time for a nap. ‘Dyne has a huge mess to c-clean up anyway. Then, we’ll d-drive you guys home.” 

 

He gives her a tired smile before nodding. He drags a beanbag chair over to the nearest outlet and falls asleep. 

 

“B-But Alphy, Sans made me do it! He gave me the gun and told me not to make him regret it! No one regrets this! I didn’t disappoint! My aim was perfect!” Undyne whines. 

 

“”Dyne … you are being so u-unreasonable right now! P-Perfect aim does not m-mean you didn’t cause th-that!” Alphys shakes her head. 

 

Alphys points to the marshmallows scattered all around the television in a rather large pile. 

 

“I SHALL HELP YOU CLEAN THEM UNDYNE! FOR TOGETHER, IT WILL … HOPEFULLY NOT TAKE MUCH TIME,” Papyrus says. 

 

The two set to work picking up the marshmallows and throwing them in a trash bag that Toriel provides them. 

 

Toriel puts a blanket around the sleeping Mettaton, Napstablook, and Shyren once she’s sure Undyne and Papyrus are settled into the task of clearing up the marshmallows. 

 

It takes Papyrus and Undyne a solid twenty minutes to clear up the mess to Toriel’s satisfaction. 

 

Alphys pulls out her phone and takes a stealthy photo of Napstablook, Shyren, and Mettaton all curled up on the beanbag chair. She takes a moment to admire the photo before going to wake them up. 

 

Napstablook looks up at her as she walks over. 

 

“give them fiiiiiive moooore minutes? i waaass just pretending to sleep, but boooooth of them are reeeeeally oooooout,” they say. 

 

Alphys nods. 

 

“It’s b-been a long week for you g-guys, right? D-Did he ever find a manager? Y-You said he had l-like f-fifteen interviews this week?” She asks. 

 

“he said he waaaaaaas going tooooooo revisit oooooone person oooooon mooooondaaaay,” Napstablook says. 

 

“Hmmm … w-well I h-hope everything w-works out f-for you three. Y-You all really deserve it.” Alphys smiles. 

 

Napstablook smiles at Alphys.

 

 “thaaank yoooou. we really appreciate it. there haaaave been a loooooot ooooof sleepless niiiiights lately … ooooooh … soooory … i dooon’t think i waaaas supposed to saaaay thaaaat. pretend yooooou didn’t fiiiind oooout froooom meee,” Napstablook says. 

 

Alphys smiles and shakes her head. 

 

“Y-Your secret is s-safe with me. I-I already kind of kn-knew. Mettaton sent me a text at 3:00 AM … twice this w-week. He wasn’t b-being subtle. T-Though, I am h-happy that h-he told me he was ch-charging while he w-worked,” Alphys says. 

 

Napstablook gives Alphys another shy smile. 

 

“W-We should get you g-guys home,” Alphys says. 

 

“ooooooof coooourse, thaaaanks for letting them sleeeeeeep,” Napstablook says. 

 

Alphys gives both Mettaton and Shyren’s shoulders a soft shake. 

 

“Undyne and P-Papyrus finally g-got the marshmallows p-picked up. S-So, lets heads are h-home and get real sleep,” Alphys says. 

 

Everyone quickly says their goodbyes and heads home for the night. 

 

Toriel stands in the living room with joy filling her soul.

 

While she still feels a bit nervous about the graffiti sometimes, she takes solace in the fact that the school has been made even more beautiful. She also takes much heart in her home continuing to be a safe place of shelter for everyone. No matter what they face, she will make her home their home. It is the least she can do for Frisk and their friends. 

 

So, as she ascends the stairs to her room, she smiles. For, she finds she simply cannot wait for next week’s film or activity. As Toriel has gotten to know Sans more, Toriel cannot help but think that Sans will have a very interesting taste in movies and activities. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

Another chapter has come and gone. Sadly, I will not be writing about Sans’ film. Though, perhaps, if there’s enough interest, I’ll cover all the films watched in a one-shot series. Maybe.

One big thing I wanted to point out is that I am not a native sign language speaker. I am learning baby sign, and I know enough to get by as an autistic person who finds signing easier when I’m in high stress/ sensory overload situations. That being said, I try to reflect, in Frisk’s manner of speaking, not the nature of ASL as a language per se, but that Frisk “speaks” mostly in direct objects with some verbs and adjectives. It’s not, necessarily, that their thoughts are simple, but it’s their way of getting to their point. I based their speaking primarily on the occasions that I have been non-verbal and overstimulated. In those times, I communicate by using nouns that are followed by “strictly necessary” information. It could be that necessary information is adjectives or verbs. Sometimes it’s just nouns. I just wanted to make it clear that Frisk’s communication style, while based in ASL, is drawn from my autistic experience not any experiences with ASL.

As a poet, I play with the capitalization of the word "soul" a lot. "SOUL," "soul," and "Soul" all have different meanings and connotations when I use them. I haven't made a typo. That's probably more of a "later" thing. But, I just wanted to clear that up before it comes up in future chapters.

The nitty gritties out of the way, I am notorious for Easter Eggs. Thus, the title is in reference to the opening song of the movie “Tangled.” There is a brief nod to Kiki’s Delivery Service which is the first Ghibli movie I ever saw. The “flaming raging sword of death” is an homage to the “Flaming Poisoning Raging Sword Of Doom” from “The Adventure Zone: Balance.”

In future author’s notes, I may not call out every Easter Egg or I may leave it to you to spot them and ask in the comments. However, I am notorious for hiding Easter Eggs! So, happy hunting!

On a more personal note, the marshmallow gun thing is based on something my sisters and I actually did growing up during a different movie. I won’t bother mentioning which movie because no one will know anything about it. It is an obscure 1980s movie series that my parents got us into when I was in high school.

Sadly, our marshmallow gun got confiscated because our dog tried to eat the marshmallows when she escaped the kitchen. It was a scramble not to let her eat them. Though, in the one evening we did use it, one of my sisters did get good enough to shoot marshmallows into the characters’ mouths! It was quite funny.

Also, shout out to my folks for making the original 1991 Beauty and the Beast a big part of our lives.

On the subject of Beauty and the Beast, there are probably some folks who have followed me around from fandom to fandom since my AO3 debut with “What My Mother Would Have Wanted.” When I began writing that story, I had no idea it would turn into a 31 chapter epic. It’s so hard to believe that I began that work six years ago and finished it five years ago! Time really has flown. As I have now had work published professionally within the last year, I felt like I had to honor my connection to the Beauty and the Beast fandom in some way. While that story takes place in the live-action Beauty and the Beast fandom instead of the 1991 film referenced in this chapter, I just wanted to give heartfelt gratitude to all the people who reviewed, bookmarked, gave Kudos, etc. to that story. It moves me that people wrote specific chapters they liked into their bookmarks or gave such heartfelt comments about things they enjoyed. All of those things really pushed me to pursue writing as a more viable career option as well as giving me the confidence to explore different ways of writing. I still return to comments from that story to help me remember what people find important, inspiring, and moving in what they read.

My philosophy on writing has always been to write to understand. I never know until I’m done writing if I was trying to understand the world, other people, myself, or something in between. No matter what I’m writing, I find immense joy in taking people on that journey with me.

I hope all of you will continue to enjoy the ride as much as I enjoy operating the controls of each story I write.

Love,
Pip

Chapter 4: Undyne’s in the Dollhouse

Summary:

When Undyne picks a fight with someone outside a bar after said individual tries to break up a young queer couple, Asgore intervenes and helps her get her out of a holding cell. Afterwards, they have a good late dinner and conversation despite the messy circumstance. Alphys finds herself in the awkward position of caring for Mettaton after his first low power mode in the new EX form as well as looking after Undyne. It’s finally Saturday and Undyne is choosing the movie this week. She’s putting everyone through "Return of the King."

TW: Implied/Referenced Homophobia

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

She flushes with embarrassment when she sees that Asgore is standing outside the cell door. 

 

The warden motions for her to leave, and Undyne gives the human as scary of a glare as she can muster. 

 

Asgore wraps a paw around her shoulders and guides her away. 

 

As soon as they’re out of the building, Asgore looks her up and down. 

 

“I can tell you are hurt almost as much as you hurt him. Please allow me to fix you up,” Asgore says. 

 

She nods her consent to his healing magic. 

 

“I am afraid there may yet be some lingering aesthetic damage that I cannot undue. Namely, there is still a bruise on your cheek,” Asgore says. 

 

“‘s fine … Alphys will think it looks tough! I’ll wear it as a badge of honor … like my eye,” she says.

 

Her shoulders stiffen for a moment as he puts his arm around her shoulders. Then, she relaxes into his chest.  

 

“None of that now. Your eye was a tragic accident that I still blame myself for being unable to fix. The human who shot it out had aim that rivaled your own, and … I still wonder if I were better at healing … if I had managed to remain on speaking terms with Toriel … if you would still have it.” Asgore’s voice rumbles in his chest. 

 

“I don’t care that much about it anymore, Asgore. Alphys says it’s cute,” Undyne says. 

 

“I would be inclined to agree with Alphys on that matter. You have grown into quite the amazing woman since I met you as little more than a child, Undyne. You should be proud of yourself.” Asgore smiles. 

 

Undyne can’t help but blush. 

 

“I kind of screwed up tonight didn’t I?” She asks. 

 

“Well, I think that depends on why all this happened. Let us get dinner together, and we can decide together.” Asgore says.  

 

“Only if you’re buying, old man.” Undyne grins. 

 

“Of course, my girl.” Asgore smiles. 

 

The two of them walk together into Grilby’s and the entire party of Royal Guard Dogs stand at attention. 

 

“At ease guys, you don’t work for me anymore. Remember? You have other jobs and stuff, punks!” Undyne rolls her eye. 

 

“But … But … But training dictates …” Doggaressa yips. 

 

“Sit!” She says. 

 

All of them return to their seats. 

 

Asgore chuckles and slides into a booth. The two of them order burgers and a shared fry.

 

“Undyne, tell me what happened at the bar,” Asgore says seriously. 

 

“Okay, let me preface this by saying, I didn’t even go inside because it’s a school night, and I knew Miss Toriel would hand me my ass if she found out I drank on a school night. She can be scary when she wants to,” Undyne says. 

 

“Oh. I know it.” Asgore nods sympathetically. 

 

“I just … I needed to clear my head because a kid told me … told me a thing that made me think about something else in a new way. I don’t know how else to … um … phrase it. So, ya know, I needed to pound it out. I wanted a walk.” Undyne worries her lower lip. 

 

Asgore doesn’t press her for more information, but Undyne thinks about the kid anyway. 

 

On paper, this kid has a great life. Their parents are awesome. They love their siblings, but they told Undyne that even though everything looks good … they just don’t feel understood. 

 

It all started because this student had told her that they didn’t want Thanksgiving break to start in the next few weeks.  

 

When Undyne had pressed them to say more, they drew their knees up to their chest and pressed their head to their knees. They told her that every time they try to explain the way they feel to their family no one really listens. They said that it sometimes feels like they’re just see-through … like a ghost. They said they would give anything for their family to see them the way they want to be seen, and they’d love to just run from it for a while. Go somewhere, be someone else and then maybe come back different … or the same … or not at all. 

 

For once, Undyne had wished that Mettaton was at school today because she would have sent this kid to him to talk. 

 

But, she thinks she did an okay job handling it. 

 

However, the idea she had about sending this kid to Mettaton for help is the thought that upset her. She isn’t sure how to feel about him now that she has started to get to know him better. He is also clearly trying to be less of an egotistical jerk. She knows that Mettaton was the one who helped Alphys pick out a really cute outfit the other day for their date. 

 

So, yeah, Undyne might even say he’s just silly and awkward, painfully awkward, which is something she had never noticed before. She cannot pretend that she hasn’t noticed that Papyrus and Mettaton have been flirting. She also can’t help but think they might be good for each other. 

 

Great! Now she’s right back to what sent her walking in the first place. 

 

“So, you took a walk and then what happened.” Asgore asks. 

 

“Oh … um … yeah … right,” she says. 

 

The burgers and fries are set down before them. 

 

Undyne takes a deep breath. 

 

“So, I passed this kind of divy college dance bar, The Nest, on my walk that’s only like a few blocks away from our house. And, I saw these two girls holding hands. I was like … awww … so cute, right? Well, this complete and total douche-canoe comes and, like, tries to flirt with one of the girls saying they must, like … just be friends or something. Something about this guy just totally rubs me the wrong way, so I stop, right?” Undyne pauses. 

 

Asgore nods her on while munching on a fry. 

 

“Anyway, they tell him that they’re together and they just want to dance and be left alone. He says that they’re both too pretty to just want to be left alone and just because they came together doesn’t mean that he can’t join them. He seemed physically incapable of understanding that two beautiful girls could be a couple. So, he kept pressing them on it. When he started yelling at them, I couldn’t handle it.” Undyne sighs. 

 

She takes a bite of burger, and she has to admit that, Sans is right, Grilby knows his way around food. 

 

“So, anyway, I walk over there and say to this asshat. ‘Hey, punk, you know the girls already made it pretty damn clear that they’re out to have a good time without you. So, you should scram, butt-face!’ Then, he said ‘Make me!’ So, I whipped out one of my magic spears and told the girls to just go and I’d handle it. They nodded and thanked me. He technically hit me first, in the face, but then I blasted him back with the spear. His buddies showed up and ratted me out. Then, they made me go to that stupid building where I called you. I know. I know it was dumb, but …” Undyne sighs again. 

 

“Truly, I am just grateful you were not hurt worse. Humans can be … violent. But, you know that,” Asgore says. 

 

He takes her hand in his. 

 

“A second war on humanity would have been a disaster. What we often fail to remember, myself included, is that a human’s intentions carry more force than their actual blows. You are very lucky that this wasn’t worse,” Asgore taps her cheek lightly. 

 

“I … I know,” Undyne looks away. 

 

“You mean a great deal to me, you know that, correct?” He asks her. 

 

Undyne looks at him with a widened eye. Of course, she does. After all, it is Asgore who took her in and trained her after her parents fell down. She remembers being so angry until he gave that anger a purpose. 

 

She nods because she isn’t sure what to say. 

 

“Good. What I have discovered these last few weeks is that monsters are so very different from humans, and, yet, so very alike.” Asgore sighs.

 

It is Undyne’s turn to clean up some melted butter and ketchup with a fry as she listens. 

 

“Humans are an interesting species. I am not sure how much of Alphys’ research paper that took her to the university you have read, but it is fascinating,” Asgore says. 

 

“I helped her proofread it. I didn’t get much of the science, but she just wanted to make sure it didn’t sound so intense that no one would be able to understand it.” Undyne smiles.

 

“Ah! Neato! Anyway, she is correct in saying that our magic thrives in joy, compassion, love, and hope. However, the most interesting take away for me is her explanation that humans’ SOULS can survive in conditions void of joy, compassion, love, and hope due to their DETERMINATION. However, they do not thrive long in lives void of these things. It is interesting to me to see her explain it. It makes much sense, and I wish I had known it earlier,” Asgore says. 

 

“Yeah. Cool, Asgore, but what’s your point?” Undyne asks. 

 

“We are not made for fighting. We are not built for war. It is why we lost. Frisk saved us from an apocalyptic level disaster that was born out of my grief, and I would have taken all of you with me. Senseless Levels of Violence is all that would have come from that war,” he says.

 

Undyne shudders at the thought. 

 

“You have fought hard in your life, my girl. You have seen so much. But, now, you have so much left to give the world. Your spears of justice,” he grins, “are to be used to defend. You have proven tonight that this is possible.” 

 

She beams at his praise. She always has. She always will. 

 

“But, my dear girl, do not seek out these battles. You have trained enough. Settle in the peace you have worked so hard for while remembering that your soul burns for justice,” Asgore says. 

 

Undyne blushes and casts her eyes aside. But, she nods. 

 

“I accept the pointers, old man.” She grins. 

 

“I’ve only just crossed 250. I have at least another hundred in me, young lady.” He laughs.

 

“BLECH! I’m not a child, Asgore! I’m like 90! I’ve been out of childhood for 60 years!” She shouts. 

 

She flicks a fry at him, which, to her amazement, he actually catches in his mouth. 

 

“Well, with such impetuousness and impulsivity, you could have fooled me.” He grins. 

 

Both of them laugh as they pay their bill. 

 

Asgore drops her off at the edge of her driveway. 

 

“Text … uh … text Toriel and tell her you’ll be out tomorrow,” Asgore says. 

 

“Will do. Thanks for everything. This could have been really sucky, and it … um … ya know … wasn’t too bad,” Undyne says. 

 

Asgore chuckles and gives her a quick hug. 

 

Undyne whips out her phone and texts Toriel.

Hi. I had a really weird evening. Call to talk about it in the morning if you want, but I sorta got beat up on a walk while defending a couple of college kids. So, I’m gonna rest up and stuff tomorrow, if that’s chill.

 

Toriel replies almost immediately. 

I understand. Please, in future cases, be more careful. I am glad no one was badly hurt. 

 

Undyne sighs in relief as she heads up the walkway to her and Alphys’ house. 

 

Nothing could have prepared Undyne for what she finds when she opens the door. 

 

As she comes into the main living area after hanging up her jacket, Undyne finds Alphys sitting up on the couch with Mettaton asleep in her lap. 

 

Mettaton’s head is face down on Alphys’ knees and his long legs are draped over the left side of the couch. Alphys’ hand is on Mettaton’s back while the other cards through his fluffy synthetic hair. 

 

“What’s metal man doing here?” Undyne asks. 

 

“He p-passed o-out on me when I opened the d-door … l-literally,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne stares at her. “Oh.”

 

Unyne can’t really muster another response. However, that’s actually a good thing as Alphys has a lot to say.

 

“He had a ‘l-late meeting with his m-manager.’ Or, at least, that’s what he t-told me,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne pulls the bean bag chair over to the couch and lets Alphys explain more. 

 

“It was kind of sc-scary. I dr-dragged him over here. It was hard fought to get him o-on the couch, but I made sure to m-make this frame l-light enough, this time, that I-I could at least d-drag it if I-I had to. I can’t r-really lift it, but I can d-drag it. He looked k-kind of fr-freaked out when I first opened the d-door.” Alphys explains. 

 

“Well, yeah! He’s never had low power make him feel like shit before!” Undyne exclaims.

 

Mettaton’s eyes flutter for a moment, and he groans a little. But, he doesn’t wake up. He simply turns toward Alphys and brings an arm over his head. 

 

“Please, I-I love you, a-and I’m s-sorry your night s-sucked, and I-I am so-so-so-so-so so glad you’re okay, but I-I n-need you to be quiet. I really, really want to l-listen t-to you e-explain wh-what h-happened, but we n-need to use inside v-voices, ‘Dyne,” Alphys says.

 

Alphys leans over and kisses Undyne’s bruised cheek. 

 

“Phhh … it wasn’t so bad … I guess. Asgore took me out to dinner and stuff to ask me about it. We actually had a really good time … even if the circumstances sucked.” 

 

Undyne kisses Alphys’ cheek back. 

 

Alphys smiles at Undyne, but the smile doesn’t reach Alphys’ eyes. 

 

“You’re worried about him aren’t you?” Undyne asks. 

 

“I w-was w-worried sick for b-both of you!” Alphys whisper-yells. 

 

Undyne looks at Alphys with raised eyebrows and hands on her hips. 

 

“Not a lie. B-But, n-now you’re safe a-and I can see you … and … and touch you. By the Angel, I-I’m so glad you’re safe . But, yeah … I am st-still worried about him. I’ve never seen him more t-terrified than when he started to f-fall. H-He just s-sort o-of went l-limp on me … l-l-literally. I just w-wish he would have l-listened to my w-warnings.” Alphys shakes her head. 

 

Alphys rubs another small circle over Mettaton’s shoulders. 

 

“Let this be a l-lesson to you, o-okay? No m-more of this. It’s not f-fun, a-and y-you’re going to f-feel like cr-crap tomorrow.” Alphys admonishes. 

 

Undyne bites back a chuckle because it’s such an Alphys way of putting things. 

 

When Undyne is honest, though, it’s easy for her to forget that Alphys is a doctor sometimes. Like, Undyne has proofread Alphys’ papers, but that’s so sciencey in general. Truly, Undyne is just reading for grammar anyway. She doesn’t really “get” the concepts. The rest of the time, Alphys is just her loveable, beautiful, nerdy girlfriend. She rants about animes passionately.  Yet, as Undyne looks up from her bean bag, she sees what she calls the “other Alphys.” 

 

Undyne sees the comforting soul that took in, not one, but two ghosts who wanted a body that suited them. Plus, Undyne knows for absolute certain that Alphys has kept perfect confidentiality such that the two corporeal ghost-cousins don’t even know they’re related. Here, in the “other Alphys,” Undyne sees the agonized doctor who just wanted to help people and made a tragic mistake. However, most importantly, in this moment, Undyne sees that, underneath the doctor, there is also a best friend who is concerned for the safety of someone she loves and with whom she shares part of her heart and history. 

 

Just imagine this was Papyrus. You’d be a mess too, and you know it. Don’t be stupid. Undyne admonishes herself. 

 

“Hey, Alphy, he’ll be fine. I’m sure he just pushed himself a little too hard today. He’s just figuring out how much his body can take. I know you’re worried about him, but he’ll be fine,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne pats Alphys’ arm. 

 

“Oh, I know.  B-But, ‘Dyne, y-you know m-me. Wh-who would I b-be if … if I d-didn’t worry?” Alphys smiles sadly.

 

Both of them laugh quietly before Undyne heads to bed. 

 

“You coming? MTT can sleep there. You should come up,” Undyne says.

 

“No. I-I … he b-begged me to stay with him. B-besides, I-I don’t feel comfortable leaving him alone this f-first time,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne nods. It makes sense. 

 

So, Undyne rips the sheets and blankets off her bed and drags them downstairs. 

 

“Welp. Guess this is my bed now. Goodnight, Alphy,” Undyne says. 

 

She snuggles into the beanbag chair and wraps herself in her blankets. 

 

Alphys smiles. “G-Good n-night, Undyne. Sleep w-well.” 

 

The following morning, Undyne wakes up to find Alphys sitting at the table staring at a cup of coffee. Alphys is stirring the coffee with the claw of her index finger. 

 

“Where’s the space heater?” Undyne yawns. 

 

“He … he left. Against m-my better j-judgment, he t-talked m-me into l-letting him l-leave. B-But, something’s wr-wrong. I kn-know s-something’s wr-wrong,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne knows things are bad when Alphys’ stutter gets worse. She’s clearly upset by Mettaton’s recklessness. Undyne bristles. She just started giving him the benefit of the doubt and, then, here he goes breaking her trust again! 

 

“He’s busy! He’s excited! He got over zealous! Alphy, don’t over think. It’ll be fine!” Undyne says placing her hands on Alphys’ shoulders. 

 

“I w-want to b-believe that. R-Really, I’d love t-to b-believe that. B-But … I-I can’t. There w-was s-something about t-the way he l-looked at me this morning … b-before he l-left. I-It was like he was sc-scared of something? F-Fear is th-the closest I-I can th-think of, and h-he’s n-never sc-scared. B-But … it w-wasn’t that e-exactly.  I-I can’t quite place it.” Alphys puts her head in her arms. 

 

“Well, trust me to place it then. He’s not listening because he’s being annoying and a workaholic. He’s being reckless, and I’ll personally see to it that he doesn’t do it again.” 

 

Undyne kisses the top of Alphys’ head. 

 

“I-I’ll try t-to believe th-that. E-Even i-if, I think you’re wrong.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

“That’s all I ask.” 

 

Alphys perks up when Undyne holds her hand and begins stroking her wrist. 

 

“Y-you know that bruise m-makes you l-look very attractive,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys bats her eyelashes at Undyne and leans in. Undyne carefully pulls Alphys close to her and kisses her softly on the lips. 

 

“Yeah? Well those bags under your eyes make you look pretty cute too!” Undyne jokes. 

 

Both of them laugh as they move to cuddle in on the sofa. It’s a Friday. Alphys is off on Fridays, and Undyne already told Toriel that she wouldn’t be at school today.

 

Alphys’ phone buzzes with an email. 

 

Hi Dr. Alphys,

 

I think your girlfriend helped Alex and I out last night. I hope everything’s okay at home. We can’t wait to see you on Monday! You’re the best. 

 

Also, can I have an extension on the paper this week? 

 

I just got cast in Six as K. Howard, and rehearsals are kicking my butt. None of my other professors understand because I’m supposed to be an engineering major not an actress. But, my housemates and Alex talked me into it because they knew I liked the music and I sometimes dance to it on the balcony at 3 AM. 

 

Did I seriously just type that to a professor? Haha. 

 

So, can I have the extension? 

 

All the Best,

Natalie “Emerson” Smith they/them 

 

P.S. I’m trying a new name and pronouns … but this is the first email I’ve sent with them. Feels good, but weird. Thanks! 

 

Alphys smiles at the email, and she moves it away from Undyne’s prying eyes. 

 

“I do not read your emails from school. Do not read mine. But, apparently, both of the young people you defended are in my Monster and Soul Studies class. So, thank you,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne smiles huge. 

 

Emerson, 

 

Glad to hear that you and Alex are alright. If you were at The Nest, it was, in fact, Undyne who stepped in. 

 

Of course, have all the time you need! As you can see in the syllabus, it says that you have until the end of the semester to get everything in. So, no worries. But, I will warn you, try not to fall too far behind or you’ll make it more stressful for yourself. If you’re still overwhelmed when the semester is ending, please let me know so we can work something out. 

 

Science and theater meld together perfectly. I have no idea what your other professors are on about. 

 

Kind Regards,

Dr. Alphys Professor of Monster and Soul Studies 

 

With that settled, Alphys turns off her phone and lets Undyne rest in her lap. Alphys gently runs her claws over Undyne’s scalp as the other monster sleeps. Alphys watches as Undyne’s bruise begins to fade as her healing is nurtured by Alphy’s tenderness and love. 

 

Later that evening, two mysterious care packages appear out of nowhere, Undyne and Alphys find both packages sweet and amusing. Undyne and Alphys enjoy butterscotch pie and a home cooked dinner while laughing about the extraordinarily unsubtle message that accompanies it. 

 

Remember, do please be a bit more careful next time.

 

If Alphys catches Undyne grinning girlishly at the other package, Alphys just observes with a smile of her own as Undyne puts eleven, freshly clipped, pure white roses in a vase with a single yellow rose in the center. The note attached is proudly displayed as Undyne removes it from around the flowers and ties it around the vase. 

 

That is my girl. 

********

 

Undyne has made a great effort to keep her choice of movie a secret. She has mostly wanted to prevent Alphys from talking her into making everyone watch the first two movies before this one. She loves this trilogy, but she loves this movie best. 

 

So, she’s making everyone watch it whether they like or not. 

 

“S-So, what d-did you e-end up picking … d-dare I ask?” Alphys fidgets. 

 

“PFFF … it’s not even that bad!” Undyne exclaims. 

 

“W-What’s it r-rated?” Alphys asks. 

 

“PG-13! And … AND it’s only rated such for fantasy violence! I AM FANTASY VIOLENCE! I’m not a psycho! It’s based on a book!!” Undyne shouts.

 

Alphys shakes her head into her hands. “Oh no … m-most of them h-haven’t even seen …” 

 

Undyne flashes The Return of the King’s DVD case to the room. 

“I do not think I am familiar with this story at all …” Toriel begins. 

 

Frisk pulls Toriel’s sleeve and signs. Human. Classic. Fantasy. War. Story. Writer. Fought. Human. World. War. Sad. Book. About. Friends. War. Gives. Friends. Happy. Ending. 

 

“Ah. You have read the story?” Toriel asks. 

 

Frisk nods. Seen. Movies. Too. Very. Good. Might. Confuse. You. Watch. Backwards. 

 

“Undyne, no!” Alphys says. 

 

“UNDYNE, YES!” 

 

Undyne finds her exclamation unexpectedly joined by another voice. Mettaton is practically flipping himself over the top of the couch with excitement. 

 

“It’s an Academy Award winning film, Alphys, for shame!” He shouts

 

“And, someone gets a sword to the face and explodes!” Undyne shouts. 

 

They both stare at each other awkwardly for a moment. Any grudge or frustration Undyne has with Mettaton disappears for a moment as she realizes they have something in common. 

 

Undyne gives Mettaton a look before grabbing him around the knees and throwing him over her shoulder and they shout in unison. 

 

“I can’t carry it for you, but I can carry you!” 

 

Undyne looks at Mettaton again after she sets him down. She has a whole new appreciation for him. She has never been sure what to make of him and, more often than not, she thinks he’s just obnoxious. However, here he is being a total doofus about Lord of the Rings of all things. 

 

I’m still gonna give him hell for what he did yesterday, and I should ask him about his intentions with Papyrus. Still, Alphy doesn’t love this trilogy. She tried reading the books with me once, but she wasn’t really into it. I wonder if he’s read them? Undyne thinks.

 

Undyne beams at Mettaton, and he beams right back.  

 

“Unydne, we should dramatically summarize the last two films as fast as we can! We could make a pilot for a new TV show idea!” 

 

Mettaton’s eyes sparkle with a magical glee. 

 

“I’m into it!” Undyne says. 

 

“No … no … no …” Alphys says into her hands. 

 

Everyone settles into their seats for the night. Toriel has purchased a loveseat for her to sit on with Sans. Frisk usually lies in her lap, but today they decide to join Papyrus on the beanbags in the opposite corner of the room. 

 

He’s smiles widely as Frisk cuddles into his side. 

 

Asgore and Flowey have taken their usual chair and table near the door to the main hall. 

 

Blooky and Shyren have claimed the beanbag chair nearest the sofa. 

 

Alphys knows that she will be squashed between Undyne and Mettaton. That is if the two of them decide to sit at all. 

 

No one in the room really knows what to make of the recap. 

 

It mostly consists of lots of shouting about “Hobbits,” “THE ONE RING, TM,” “Strider-Aragorn, who has a face made by literal angels,” “his super HOT girlfriend,” “Black Riders,” “SOUL sucking swords of DEATH,” “refusing to let your family relations go into hell without coming along for the joy ride,” “A CREATURE MADE OF PURE MOLTEN FREAKING LAVA!,” “don’t forget the cave troll, darling and the phenomenally emotional score when Gandalf passes to shadow,” “GALADRIEL - my beloved!,” “but in the books its so much better because Gimli gets over his prejudice, and its just stunning, dears,” “he takes three! THREE arrows to the chest because he’s a BADASS,” “but so traumatizing for the poor hobbits,” “I MADE A PROMISE MR. FRODO! DON’T YOU LEAVE HIM SAMWISE GAMGEE, AND I DON’T MEAN TO, I DON’T MEAN TO!” 

 

“And that’s the first film basically, the next one is all like … ” Undyne begins.

 

“Gandalf isn’t actually dead, because who doesn’t love an excellent, PLOT TWIST, darnlings!” “Creepy. Naked. Baby-man!” “Beautiful panoramic landscape shots of places I wish I could visit, maybe I’ll tour in Rohan,” “Running! SO MUCH RUNNING!” “They really don’t know if the poor things are dead or alive, and it’s all very tragic,” “BUT THEY’RE ACTUALLY WITH THE TALKING TREE PEOPLE!” “the marshes are quite terrifying actually, and the, as you so aptly put it, creepy naked baby-man, actually has a rather sweet side,” “then, they find out the little dudes are still alive by finding out GANDALF HAS FREAKING EVOLVED!” “Shadowfax is a majestic creature who deserves all laud and honor,” “THE KING IS ALL LIKE POSSESSED AND STUFF, BUT GANDALF SLAMS THE WHITE WIZARD DEMON MAN OUT OF HIM LIKE BLAAAM!” “then, there’s a part we will tactfully avoid …” “Yeeeeeaaaah … probably for the best,” “Frodo and Sam are getting closer to their final destination,” “BUUUUUT … they get found out by the SWEETHEART BABY BROTHER of THREE ARROW TO THE CHEST BADASS BOROMIR!,” “who also has a face made by the gods,” “speaking of attractive, EOWYN - my queen!” “truly, the sole voice of reason in all of Rohan, she really deserved a day off or something because … my word was she doing ten thousand percent of the emotional labor of that kingdom, darlings,” “I mean, in fairness to Theoden, HER BADASS UNCLE, he was just like doing his king stuff and doing what had always been done,” “Ah, yes, Helm’s Deep always frustrated me you know, it seemed like such a poor tactical decision …” “Oh! It was dumb as SHIT, alright. But, like … you get WHY he did it,” “Oh of course, it was the ancestral THING to do, darling, I’m aware” “ANYWAY! They get attacked on the road by WOLF CREATURES AND ARAGORN’S HOT WIFE PERSON COMES TO SAVE HIS ASS IN A DREAM!” “Frodo and Sam are now political prisoners of Gondor because young Faramir’s father really would love that One Ring for himself to conquer Sauron, but there are so many issues with that situation not the least of which is that Faramir’s father may be bordering on insanity,” “MAY BE THAT GUY IS A NUT!!,” “Creepy-Naked-Baby-Man decides to go for a swim in a sacred pool and, beauties, it’s about as great as it sounds,” “A HUGE BATTLE GOES DOWN AT HELMS DEEP THAT INCLUDES BADASS SHIELD SURFING AND A PLAY BY PLAY DEATH COUNT!,” “Faramir chooses to let Frodo and Sam go because Faramir is the only, living, person in his family with a functional brain,” “THE TREE PEOPLE BREAK A PART SARUMAN’S LIKE WHOLE OPERATION BY FREAKING FLOODING IT!!,” 

 

They both breathe hard before saying in near perfect unison, “Those were the stories that stayed with you. That meant something, even if you were too small to understand why. But I think, Mr. Frodo, I do understand. I know now. Folk in those stories had lots of chances of turning back, only they didn't. They kept going. Because they were holding on to something. What are we holding onto, Sam? That there's some good in this world, Mr. Frodo... and it's worth fighting for.” 

 

Both of them flop onto the couch exhausted. Alphys barely manages to dodge them as they collapse into a fit of giggles. 

 

No one understood any of what they said, but they are all impressed by their effort. Well, except Alphys, who still has her head buried in her claws. 

 

After a moment, Sans appears and gives Mettaton and Undyne a smile, two bottles of water, and a bucket of popcorn for their trouble. 

 

With everything settled, Toriel suggests that they begin the movie. 

 

As Undyne starts the movie, Alphys taps Mettaton’s shoulder. 

 

“Go plug yourself in. This is a l-long movie and y-you’ll need it s-soon,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton obliges her and then flops on a few spare pillows right in front of the TV. He crosses his feet in the air before kicking them back and forth for a while. Undyne tosses a blanket at him and then joins him on a couch cushion which she throws on the floor. 

 

Toriel keeps making wincing sounds throughout the entire duration of the Sméagol and Deagol scene. 

 

“So is … ah … creepy-naked baby-man evil?” Asgore asks. 

 

Everyone in the room explodes with laughter hearing Asgore use Undyne’s label for Gollum. 

 

“Uh … it’s complicated, Asgore. He’s corrupted because the Ring is evil, but he’s like not evil-evil?” Undyne says. 

 

“He’s misunderstood is more how I’d say it, darling. It’s more that … try as hard as he might … he cannot be good anymore. He’s too lost in his desire for the power and … and the comfort that power brings, I suppose.” Mettaton explains. 

 

Flowey shifts uncomfortably at that explanation. 

 

Alphys rolls her eyes. She’s heard Mettaton go off on rants about this trilogy way too many times. 

 

However, Undyne stares at Mettaton blinking for several seconds. 

 

“You … you have a BRAIN !” She shouts. 

 

Mettaton glares at Undyne, but Alphys almost falls off the couch laughing.

 

“Contrary to popular belief apparently …” 

 

Mettaton gives Alphys a dirty look. 

 

“Oh! Oh, he does! B-But does h-he use it is a c-completely different question.” Alphys giggles. 

 

Mettaton chucks one of his pillows at her. 

 

Everyone else bites back giggles of their own. Eventually, the only sound is the sound of the film. 

 

As the movie continues, Undyne recalls why she loves it so much. 

 

“I am happy for you. He is an honorable man …” 

 

Undyne props her cheek on her hand. She loves Theoden and Eowyn. He’s so heartbroken and, to be fair, so is she. But, together, they always seem to manage. 

 

They thrive in their love and compassion for one another. She muses. 

 

Undyne remembers her conversation with Asgore on Thursday night. Maybe, she sees just a bit of the two of them in these broken hearted humans. For, maybe, Undyne shares some of the same heartbreaks as the orphaned White Lady of Rohan. 

 

The conversation between Gollum and Smeagol makes Flowey bristle. It feels just a bit too real for him. Of course, he has seen this film before. He has seen this film and read the books. However, the analysis from his … friends? … makes him shift uncomfortably. After all, isn’t what Gollum is trying to force Smeagol to do exactly what Flowey did? He wants the power he had back. He wants everything to go back to the way it was before. 

 

How disgustingly relatable.  

 

“See, now I always thought putting Gollum as a wedge between Frodo and Sam was completely unnecessary. Truly, the only part of the film I found frustrating, and it’s so glaring when everything else is so perfect and so gorgeous ,” Mettaton says. 

 

“So, you have read the books,” Undyne says. 

 

She takes a piece of popcorn and aims it right into the center of the Eye of Sauron during the palantir scene. 

 

“Many times, darling. A great many times,” he drawls. 

 

“You never struck me as the type,” she says. 

 

Mettaton looks down at his pillow and fidgets with a loose thread. 

 

“I found a copy in the dump after … things happened and my family dwindled to just Blooky and I. I … I suppose even then I thought about chasing after my eldest cousin if I could figure out … how? Oh … I don’t know … but, still … the idea of a family of cousins being able to reunite after a long journey appealed to me. They all changed so much, but they were still themselves underneath the changes. How lovely a picture to paint for myself …” 

 

He winds the thread around his fingers as he talks. 

 

Undyne smiles at him. 

 

“So, which one were ya? When you thought of your family as the hobbits? Who were ya?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Is … is that even a question? Let’s see … I’m whimsical, a fantastic dancer, and adorable. Yet … I must also admit … I’m impulsive, naive, childish bordering on petulant, and all I could think to do before the leader of my people was … was sing a song. So, I always found myself relating most to Peregrine Took … a fool but an honest fool. I remain.” 

 

Mettaton closes his eyes and sighs nodding towards the television where Pippin is pledging his loyalty to Denathor as they speak. 

 

Undyne doesn’t expect him to be so honest with everyone listening. 

 

But, she looks over her shoulder and realizes everyone else is asleep. Even Alphys has tucked her knees into her chest and pulled a decorative blanket over her shoulders. 

 

Undyne smiles and shakes her head at Alphys.  

 

“You really do play better to a one-on-one audience, metal man,” she says. 

 

“Oh? How so Spear-Maiden of the Riddermark ?” He asks with a wink. 

 

She picks up a stray pillow and hits him with it. 

 

“Ass.” Undyne hisses with a laugh. 

 

Mettaton giggles and sticks his tongue out at her in response. 

 

“Just that … you’re less of a prick when you’re just talking about nerdy crap like this. I see what made you and Alphy friends,” Undyne says. 

 

“You know if you break her heart, darling, I will absolutely come for you? She has had … many crushes, but you are the only one she has ever loved . So, if you hurt her, I have seen enough films to come up with several ways to torment you and none of them are pleasant, sweetheart.” He stares at her as he speaks. 

 

Undyne blinks at him a snarky response nearly off her tongue. But, the screams of the Nazguls and the bright flashing of green lights from Minas Morgul interrupt her thought. 

 

“I always adored that moment where Gandalf comforts Pippin. It’s so soft,” Mettaton says, effortlessly changing the subject.  

 

“I agree. But, let’s circle back to that other thought, punk. You think I would hurt Alphys? If you wanna talk, let’s talk about Papyrus. Oh, don’t give me that look! I know you’ve been flirting with him. Besides that, you treated her like shit before! How are you coming for me ?” She asks. 

 

It isn’t until she sees his face fall that she realizes that she crossed a line.  

 

“You think I don’t know that?” 

 

She flinches. His drawl and his terms of endearment disappear. His voice is hollow. 

 

“Look, space heater, I didn’t …” Undyne stops herself. 

 

“You’re right, of course. I did treat her awfully. But, now, I … I don’t know … just don’t come on too strong, Eowyn .” He flashes her a weak smile. 

 

Undyne punches him in the shoulder. She blushes. If that’s his concern, she can kind of see it. She’s hard and intense where Alphys is soft and quiet. But, surely, if Alphys ever becomes uncomfortable, he knows she would stop whatever was hurting her … right? 

 

Undyne shakes her head and rolls her shoulders to throw off the uncomfortable feeling of Alphys’ imagined discomfort. As long as she continues to ask for consent first, nothing bad will happen. 

 

“I’ll take care of her. I swear. It’s cool of you to look out for her, space heater. But, you better hold up your end then, too. I know the two of you have mostly patched things up, and tonight you’ve proven you can drop your aloof I’m-too-good-for-anything-nerdy schtick when you want to, metal man. Keep up that work,” Undyne says. 

 

“That’s … that’s kinder than I deserve,” he says. 

 

Undyne raises an eyebrow at him. 

 

“Hey, don’t get like that. Just never pull the crap you pulled yesterday morning again. It really freaked her out. Avoid that, and you’re golden, big guy.” Undyne grins. 

 

Mettaton gives her a soft smile. “Thanks, darling.” 

 

“Last thing, if you break Papyrus’ heart, I will end you . If you hurt him, I will end you . You understand?” She glares at him. 

 

“I would rather die than hurt him, White Lady of the Underground . Cross my soul and hope to fall.” He smiles again. 

 

“Dork!” She punches him playfully again. 

 

They look back up at the screen and realize that their conversation took up a fair bit of the movie. Now, Gollum is wrecking the Elven food provisions. 

 

“Ugh! This part … gag me.” Undyne mutters. 

 

“It’s so unnecessary!” Mettaton bolts upright. 

 

“Here we have this beautiful friendship that was clearly meant to outlast everything they were put up against. Peter, darling , you had two perfect actors for showing how weathering the darkness of the world is dramatic enough. We didn’t need excess here! In this one instance alone, less could have been so much more!” He flops back forward. 

 

Undyne stops herself from all out cackling at his display. 

 

Undyne looks over at him. He rests his cheek on his hand and kicks his feet completely drawn into the film. She finds herself doing the same. The first time either one of them speaks again is when Pippin starts singing. 

 

“This song is just … do you think he’s magic, darling? I think Billy Boyd could be a human with magic. I could never quite convince Alphys of this truth, but I think it. Per our history, we know they exist or existed once,” Mettaton says. 

 

He pillows his cheek deeper onto his hand and stares starstruck at the screen. Undyne smiles and listens to the music, and she is inclined to agree with Mettaton on this. She doesn’t believe that Alphys is wrong , necessarily, Undyne just thinks that maybe Alphys should have a more open mind … in this one case.  

 

“I wish I’d known this side of you before we got up here. We could have done … oh … I dunno a book club or something.” 

 

She flops on her side to face him. He rolls to face her, too. 

 

“I would have really enjoyed that …” His voice trails off whimsically. 

 

“Oh, I love this scene!” Undyne shouts. 

 

A few members of the family behind them stir at her voice, but no one wakes up. 

 

They both roll back to face the television. They both put their legs up and kick them back and forth since no one is awake to watch anymore anyway. 

 

“I love when she just, like, yanks him up by the scruff of the neck onto her horse. Fuhuhuh … his expression is so derpy.” Undyne grins. 

 

“I just appreciate that Denathor is about to get whacked in the face with Gandalf’s giant stick,” Mettaton says. 

 

They both wait anxiously for the exact moment when the sweet, sweet justice of a staff to the face occurs. 

 

Both of them dissolve into laughter. Mettaton can’t keep up his beautiful fake laugh. He dissolves into a fit of interconnected hitches. 

 

“THAT’S YOUR REAL LAUGH?” Undyne pokes him. 

 

Mettaton blushes his eyes wide. 

 

“It’s … It’s so cute ! Why are you a dorky nerd?” She punches his shoulder. 

 

“How do you think Alphys and I became friends?” He deadpans. 

 

The two of them dissolve into more hysterical laughter. 

 

“You wanna do something crazy, space heater?” Undyne asks. 

 

“You have my undivided attention,” he says. 

 

“Wait here,” Undyne says. 

 

He glances at the screen and notices that Frodo is now about to face Shelob. He tries his hand at Undyne’s game of pelting things with popcorn. He does manage to hit Shelob a few times, but he mostly hits rocks. 

 

By the time Undyne returns, Sam has taken the ring from Frodo for safe keeping and Denathor is preparing to burn himself alive. 

 

He rolls over when he hears Undyne put … something … forcefully on the ground. 

 

“Promise, on my honor as the former Captain of the Royal Guard that this dummy is completely ghost free! I checked.” Undyne grins hugely. 

 

“Is … that?”

 

He covers his mouth with his hand to prevent himself from losing his mind with laughter again. 

 

Undyne has managed to create, to put it generously, a replica of the Witch King of Angmar out of a few bedsheets, a non-ghost-inhabited training dummy from the basement, and some small magic spears for a crown. 

 

“Oh … it is. And, we’re going to obliterate this sucker. FUHUHUHUH!” She says. 

 

She tosses him a magic spear. 

 

“Your dagger from the Barrow Downs, Merry .” She winks. 

 

Mettaton looks at the spear in his hand and smiles widely. He unplugs his charging cord and places the cap back over the port. 

 

Ride now! Ride to Gondor! 

 

The two of them ready their Witch King in the center of the room. Undyne grabs the remote and blasts the volume. 

 

Everyone in the room jumps at the sound. Papyrus and Frisk both cling to each other for a moment before they realize what’s happening. 

 

Undyne and Mettaton are sparring with the soundtrack. The two of them are laughing hysterically dodging imaginary enemies. 

 

“Dear ones, is this strictly necessary ?” Toriel asks. 

 

Alphys waves her hand over her head. 

 

“Shhh … I need to get this on video.” Alphys grins. 

 

She has a sly glint in her eyes as she holds up the phone. 

 

The two of them immediately spring into their positions. Undyne quotes the scene perfectly. 

 

I will kill you if you touch him.

Do not come between the Nazgul and his prey. 

The two of them just grin madly at each other. 

 

No man can kill me …

Mettaton cuts the sheet and falls to his knees laughing widely as Undyne screams. 

 

“I AM NO MAN!” 

 

She thrusts her magic spear into the “Witch King” with such force that the whole thing explodes. 

 

They share a few more quick giggles before they immediately go silent and watch the scene playing out before them. 

 

Undyne turns down the volume to a more bearable level. 

 

I know your face …

 

Mettaton puts his arm around Undyne when he sees her stiffen. The two of them stare still and completely silent as the scene plays out. 

 

She returns the gesture by putting her arm over his shoulder when Merry and Pippin are reunited on the battle field. 

 

Absolutely no one understands what just happened, but the joy is palpable. However, no amount of joy can keep the rest of the family from falling back to sleep now that the volume has been returned to a bearable level. 

 

Undyne pulls the blanket back over the two of them as they grip each other’s hands tightly when Frodo and Sam climb Mount Doom. They both flinch at the graphic display of Frodo’s bleeding finger. 

 

“At the risk of interrupting the moment, darling, I am sincerely glad that Toriel is sleeping.” He whispers. 

 

They both look at each other and shudder at the thought. 

 

“She’d actually maim me just enough to heal me and then maim me again!” Undyne says. 

 

The two of them both look away to wipe tears from their eyes at the reunion. 

 

“Is this what it felt like?” She asks him.

 

“Whatever do you mean, White Lady ?” He quips. 

 

“When you and Napsta actually … ya know … figured things out,” she says. 

 

“Yes.” 

 

His voice is so quiet Undyne has to strain to hear it. 

 

“I suppose you could say it was like that … and infinitely more.” 

 

The two of them pass into an easy silence as the movie comes to a close. 

 

Undyne finds herself singing along to the credits song under her breath. Mettaton turns to look at her. 

 

“I didn’t know you could sing ?” His eyes widen. 

 

“Pfff … ‘s not like I’m any good. I shout too much. It’s deep and weird,” she says. 

 

“It’s perfect for Annie Lennox. Female tenor.” He grins.

 

“I am not singing with you or for you under any circumstances ever in my life. Period.” 

 

Undyne says chucking a stray piece of popcorn at him. 

 

He puts up his hands defensively. 

 

“Alphys is tone deaf, and she sings all the time. That’s all I’m saying, Spear-Maiden .” He smirks. 

 

“Oh by the Angel. I know … the anime themes … I love anime themes, but … the anime themes …” 

 

Undyne looks at him horrified. 

 

“Please don’t tell her. I-I didn’t mean it like that.” Undyne begs. 

 

“On my life , she will never know.” He crosses over his soul-compartment. 

 

“Oh thank the Angel.” Undyne sighs, running her fingers through her hair. 

 

Mettaton gets up to plug himself back in and looks at the clock. 

 

“It’s past midnight. We probably shouldn’t wake them.” He observes. 

 

Undyne gets up off their pillow fort and looks around the room. 

 

“You’re right,” she says. 

 

The two of them plop back down in their makeshift blanket fort. Undyne turns over on her side and watches Mettaton snuggle into the blankets.

 

She hands him another cushion when he just can’t quite seem to get comfortable. 

 

“Good night, Merry , my shield bro,” she says. 

 

He pops his head up to look at her with sparkling wide eyes a huge smile before curling back into his cocoon of blankets. 

 

“Night, ‘wyn … Spear-Maiden of … of the Riddermark.” Mettaton yawns. 

 

When everyone wakes up in the morning, Sans and Toriel are chatting while making bacon, eggs, and waffles. 

 

Alphys sneaks her phone camera out and snaps a photo. 

 

“Oh … my … God … I am so sc-scrapbooking this.” Alphys giggles. 

 

Sometime during the night, Undyne must have wrapped her arm around Mettaton’s shoulders and pulled him towards her. Mettaton’s head leans back on Undyne’s shoulder just underneath her chin, and their hands are nearly touching. Mettaton’s other hand rests just near his mouth. 

 

The child-like posture is a stark reminder to Alphys that Mettaton’s corporeal body really is that new. He may have an old soul, literally, but every physical experience is new. 

 

Alphys smiles at the photo of her girlfriend and best friend bathed in the Sunday morning glow. Both of them look completely at peace. 

 

When Toriel is done making breakfast, Alphys wakes Mettaton and Undyne. The two of them glare at Alphys sleepily before springing away from each other like two repelling magnets. 

 

Mettaton laughs theatrically at Undyne’s horrified expression. 

 

“Who could blame you for wanting to be so close, darling?” 

 

He tosses his disheveled hair over his shoulder. 

 

“It’s not my fault Alphy designed you as a damn heater!” Undyne snaps. 

 

However, when no one is looking, Undyne gives Mettaton a warm smile which he returns. 

 

“Thanks for … uh … actually enjoying the movie with me. It was kinda ridiculously fun,” Undyne says. 

 

“Don’t mention it. It was a long … long week for me, too. It was … nice … to lose myself a little.” Mettaton sighs. 

 

“Yeah … about that, Mer . It freaks Alphy out when you don’t take care of yourself. So, like I said last night, no more passing out and then sweet talking your way out of rest anymore … hm?” Undyne says. 

 

She notices that Mettaton does look honestly ashamed. He blushes a little before hiding behind his hair.

 

“Ah … that … I will ensure it doesn’t happen again. It was … unpleasant . I promise that I will do my best to avoid it … ‘wyn ,” he says. 

 

Unlike Mettaton’s other over the top, and sometimes obnoxious, terms of endearment, Undyne actually likes this one. She will never admit it to him, but it awakens something protective in her when he says it. 

 

Neither of them have much time to think about this because Toriel gives Undyne and Mettaton a stern look after breakfast is over. She simply points to the living room. 

 

In the daylight, the two of them both cringe at the disaster they created. They both set to work picking up the blankets, cushions, and exploded dummy bits while teasing each other the whole time.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

I hope you enjoyed this chapter as much as I enjoyed writing it. I absolutely adored writing Undyne and Mettaton’s summary riff off. It was loosely based on the time my younger brother and I attempted to summarize LotR for our dad. Gollum is affectionately called “creepy naked baby” in my family of origin.

However, I think my favorite thing to write was Undyne and Mettaton’s moments of introspection, and their attempts to protect their respective best friends.

You might be starting to notice that the "problems" the characters face are starting to become a little bit deeper or more intense as the chapters progress. That will continue.

It shall get dark, darker, yet darker as they say ... ;)

Undyne is another one of my favorites to write. As much as I adore her dynamic with Papyrus, and I will certainly write more of that in the chapters to come, I chose to prioritize domestic Alphyne fluff (because it is my OTP of OTPs) and explore a friendship we often don’t see in the Undertale fandom. I think both Undyne and Mettaton have a lot more dimensions to them than are often explored. I felt like most of the dialogue was in character, but I also haven’t written these characters hardly ever. But, I so loved the idea that Undyne’s nerdiness extends beyond anime and Mettaton is a closet nerd for more than just dance and music.

I do understand that some may think that Mettaton wouldn’t have the attention span for the Lord of the Rings novels. However, I just pictured him taking all the poetry and songs and writing his own little tunes to it. I imagine Mettaton as a binge reader. He reads like 15 books in three days and doesn’t sleep. Then, he doesn’t read for like a whole year before going back and doing it again … not that I’m projecting or anything. He just seems like a binge reader.

Once I’d settled on using Lord of the Rings, I knew I had to use Return of the King. First, Undyne is the living embodiment of “I am no man.” Second, she would never subject Asgore to watching the burial scene in the Two Towers. Third, it’s an Academy Award winning film which clearly gave me an way to include Mettaton.

That said, a surprising number of lines of dialogue were COMPLETELY improvised while I wrote. (Mettaton’s connection to Pippin, Flowey bonding with Smeagol, and Undyne’s reference to the Barrow Downs being the first few that come to mind.) Initially, I had intended to skip right to the “I am no man” sequence. But, as I wrote, I kept being floored by the sheer number of similarities between Undertale characters and Lord of the Rings characters. Both of these things are special interests of mine, and my friends joke that you can get me to play “Six Degrees from LotR/JRR Tolkien” with just about anything.

So, I hope you didn’t mind indulging me a little. I’m quite proud of this chapter. So, I hope you enjoyed it too.

Love,
Pip

Chapter 5: The Eternal Sunshine of Dr. Alphys' Mind

Summary:

Alphys gets set up during a coffee meet up with her colleagues when asked about DETERMINATION and SOUL theory. Everyone gets drunk watching anime. Alphys and Undyne flirt. Papyrus and Mettaton have a heart to heart. Sans observes his brother's budding relationship and enjoys massive amounts of ketchup.

TW:
Sexism in STEM
References to scientific studies regarding, but not limited to, the following: vaccinations, psychological studies, lobotomy, eugenics
Autism $peaks is a hate group
More than PG-13 use of F-bombs and swearing
Nightmares/ Night Terrors (PTSD)
Alcohol Use
Mew Mew Kissy Cutie’s premise is kind of non-con adjacent and we talk about that for a hot second

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Alphys isn’t sure what to make of the lunch invitation from several of her colleagues. She knows that it will seem weird to them if she keeps refusing. However, she enjoys the fact that she usually just ends up making instant ramen in her office. As much as she enjoys her usual routine, she now has absolutely no alibi to keep it because she has finally finished editing her dissertation to fit human academic standards. 

 

Humans in academia are much more formal in their word choice than any monster would ever have reason to be regardless of their discipline. It has taken her months to edit the grammar. 

 

The Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences, Dr. Becca Robinson, has been extraordinarily supportive in helping Alphys find a journal in which she can publish her research. While Dr. Robinson is not a monster scientist, and therefore did not study SOUL magic or magical sciences, her research primarily pertains to robotics. 

 

So, needless to say, Alphys and Dr. Robinson have become fast friends these last few months. 

 

Alphys has had several very productive conversations with Dr. Robinson. One such conversation did end with Alphys discussing the Amalgamates. In her darker moments, Alphys draws confidence from Dr. Robinson’s response to her description of the accident. 

 

Many human scientists continued, and continue, mind you, to perform far less than ethical experimentation on the most vulnerable members of our population. Humans let these experiments go on for far longer than your … incident … lasted, Dr. Alphys. The intentions behind our “accidents” are often far more malicious. Human experiments often come from a place of greed, malice, and, I suppose, like you, ignorance. But, unlike you and your kind, we remain ignorant even when the answer is clearly in our data. Poor Phineas Gage took a stake to the head for nothing. His accident was no more nor less tragic than the one you caused, but humans learned nothing, and still somehow everything, from it. Seeing a docile man go mad led us down the path of lobotomizing more intelligent women, disabled individuals, and unwanted humans than should have ever been allowed to occur. What you didn’t know brought you horror and great pain. Whereas, with us humans, Dr. Alphys, we often know the consequences and push anyway. You call this DETERMINATION. I agree it is our greatest power and our greatest weakness. But, between us, I think that extends to much more than just the persistence of our SOULS for capture. Where you and your kind desperately sought for freedom from the chains our kind so blindly bound you with, we, humans, simply push because we have to know. Your kind is so much purer in intention than ours. You have learned from your mistakes and made their memories a blessing by returning them, despite their ... ah ... new forms, to their families. 

 

After this discussion, Alphys knows she would accept the invitation in a soulbeat if Dr. Robinson had been invited. However, Dr. Robinson has some kind of important meeting to attend today. 

 

Besides, the invitations have come from the other members of Alphys' “department” to Alphys directly.

 

As it stands, Alphys is both her own “department” as well as being an affiliate of the Department of Engineering. Alphys knows she will be the only monster there and, based on the predominantly male make-up of the Engineering faculty, she will also be the only woman. 

 

Yet, refusing the invitation will likely make her a target for her colleagues’ continued curiosity and badgering to join them. 

 

Therefore, she eventually conceded and accepted the invitation. 

 

She mentally kicks herself for not telling anyone that she planned on doing this. She still isn’t sure why she felt the need to keep it secret. After all, it is just lunch with colleagues. Normal people do that all the time. 

 

She is probably overthinking this, and she knows when she overthinks things that she inserts her metaphorical foot directly into her mouth. 

 

When Mettaton was in a bad mood, he used to say that I should just shove his feet in there to prevent me from stuttering more than speaking and saying something I’d regret. UGH! This is going to be so supremely awkward. Alphys thinks. 

 

Alphys pulls out her phone and texts the “That’s Not Science!” group chat. 

 

She texts:

hey, gonna be home at a weird time. that’s mostly for dyne. 

i finally caved and i’m going to lunch/coffee with the department

this is going to be so awkward and i will probably dust from embarrassment

remember my love for mew mew and miyazaki at my funeral.

 

She puts her phone in her pocket, wraps herself up in a huge puffy bubble coat, and begins to trek towards where her colleagues asked to meet for lunch. 

 

“DR. ALPHYS!! HEY! WE LOVE YOU!!!” 

 

“Autograph my laptop!” 

 

Voices shout various compliments in her direction. 

 

For a split second, Alphys almost thinks that Bratty and Catty decided to attend University. But, she knows that’s not true.

 

True to form, Bratty and Catty have decided to try integrating into a human high school. Apparently, from what Alphys has heard, it’s going about as well as could be expected. However, that means it has been kind of difficult and they’re thinking about transferring to the “upper floor,” the high school portion, of Toriel’s school at the end of the semester in December. 

 

Alphys turns and grins. Sitting at a table, underneath a mostly barren tree, are nine of Alphys' most dedicated students. An early December snow has just begun, and Emerson and Alex are trying to see who can catch the most snowflakes on their tongues. 

 

“T-Too adorable you g-guys.” Alphys tries her best to keep her teeth from chattering. 

 

“Please, Dr. Alphys. Take a picture of us!” A crisp and almost sing-song voice calls. 

 

In a few strides, a tall blonde girl approaches Alphys and hands her a phone. 

 

“A-Alright! Smile!” Alphys snaps the photo. 

 

All of the young people are grinning wildly and waving at her. Alphys notices that Isabella is signing “I love you” at the camera. Emerson, or “M”, is sticking their tongue out seeking more snowflakes, and Saoirse, the blonde who gave Alphys the phone, has decided to ruffle Gloria’s hair much to the amusement and frustration of the other girl. 

 

“Looks g-good guys! I g-g-gotta go!” Alphys says, handing the phone back. 

 

“Cool! We’ll email it to you! Thanks for taking it!” 

 

“BE MY MOM!” 

 

“What on earth is wrong with all of you! Especially you, Emily! You’re an adult ! You’re graduating this year! Act like it!” 

 

“Saorise, it’s funny ! Maybe you should remove the giant stick from up your …” 

 

The conversation drifts away as Alphys walks towards her destination. 

 

As she gets to the door of the coffeeshop, her phone pings with an email.

 

True to their word, her students actually have emailed her the picture. 

 

Alphys rolls her eyes, but she commits to putting it in her scrapbook anyway. 

 

Bratty and Catty would get along very well with this group. How do I keep managing to “adopt” these people? I swear I don’t do it on purpose. What is it about me that screams “be my big sister?” Alphys laughs to herself. 

 

Alphys shakes the gathering December snow off of her jacket as she enters the coffeehouse. 

 

The first person Alphys spots is the Engineering Department’s resident lapdog TA. He’s a gangly and awkward twenty-something with soulful brown eyes and messy light brown hair. The young man waves her over to a crowded table and offers her the seat next to him by pulling it out for her. 

 

Alphys almost rolls her eyes at the incredible formality this kid constantly shows. She has met him a few times, and he’s painfully genteel. He opens doors for her and nearly everyone else who is older than him. This means he usually ends up holding the door for the entire faculty before going anywhere. She swears the young man must sleep in a suit because she has never once seen him in anything else. However, most notably to Alphys, the young man doesn’t often speak unless spoken to by the rest of the professors. He claims it’s because he hasn’t completed his Masters yet. He’s told her a few times now that he’ll talk more once he feels like he’s able to keep up. 

 

But, Alphys knows this kid is sharper, and works harder, than ninety percent of the department put together. That and he’s a heck of a lot nicer. 

 

She smiles at him widely. He has his quirks, and she has hers. She’s grown to accept that about him. 

 

He might act like he grew up in Asgore’s generation, but he’s better than most of the rest of the faculty. It’s his thing . If it makes him feel comfortable, I’m not going to stop him. She thinks. 

 

“Thanks for finally coming Dr. Alphys! We’re super excited to hear more about your research! Is it true you really built a fully functional humanoid body? Is it a mech or more like an android? I quite enjoyed making small mechs with my siblings when I was younger granted we only had like LEGOs to do it with, but you managed to do it with just … what ... scrap?” The young man’s eyes light up. 

 

“Well, I g-guess you c-could say i-it’s … uh … more of a mech since it’s … um … k-k-kinda sorta ... piloted? … by a monster. But, in a-appearance, I s-suppose i-it’s an a-andriod? I wasn’t r-really a-able to finish i-it until w-we got t-to the s-surface. A-Amazon is a g-g-game changer. B-But, … um … i-it’s complicated,” Alphys says. 

 

“Well, did you program the personality and the CPU or not?” 

 

An elderly gentleman with wiry glasses asks with an accusatory tone. 

 

NO ! G-God no …” she swallows. 

 

“So, it’s a mech, then. Not all that impressive,” the same man says. 

 

Tell that to him. He would love to argue that with you. Alphys thinks sarcastically. 

 

Alphys thinks about going up to the front to order something when someone asks her a question. She thanks the Angel that she at least has water at her spot. 

 

“Now, I am quite curious about your research. What exactly is it that makes you a subset of our department and not one of the … other sciences?” A bearded man asks. 

 

Alphys is suddenly mortified by how few of her colleagues names she actually remembers. She thinks the TA’s name is John? 

 

Yeah. It is. It’s John … like John Watson. She thinks. 

 

She swallows hard before answering. 

 

“Well, the w-way I c-came to st-study Souls w-was mostly th-through Engineering. A-A-A fair b-bit of t-technology is … um … n-needed to e-e-examine S-SOUL power. M-My former p-professor, for m-my d-d-doctorate, w-was also an e-engineer,” Alphys says.  

 

“What was his name?” A skinny blonde man asks.

 

Alphys’ mind fills with static. 

 

“Um … n-no o-one r-really r-remembers? H-He … uh … j-just k-kinda disappeared? I-I … n-no one really kn-knows his name?” Alphys says. 

 

“That’s weird? Do any of you know why?” 

 

John leans forward. He is clearly enthralled.

 

Well, at least someone is genuinely having a good time. Alphys thinks. 

 

“Um … n-not exactly? Th-There are … uh … r-rumors, b-but n-nothing else? I-It’s just o-one of th-those things w-we’ve ... ah ... l-l-long a-accepted a-a-as fact.” She sips her water. 

 

Angel, this is awkward. Please someone change the subject. Alphys thinks desperately. 

 

“This all seems rather suspect. Yet, I suppose you could enlighten us more about what you’ve written personally, then?” The bearded man asks. 

 

“Y-Yeah. S-So, my research is mostly about wh-what SOULS power a-and what powers SOULS. A bulk of r-research has a-already been done o-on monster SOULS, b-but h-human SOULS w-were m-my area o-of i-interest. F-F-From wh-what I-I know o-of m-monster SOULS, th-they n-n-need love, h-hope, compassion, and joy i-in order to c-continue existing. W-We … um … die without th-those things. S-S-So, i-if someone w-were to a-attack a m-monster with c-cruel intention, th-they could … um … well … k-k-kill us f-fairly e-easily? H-However, m-monsters h-have their o-own defenses. O-Our SOULS d-don’t persist a-after w-we d-die … w-we turn t-to d-dust immediately. B-But, h-human SOULS d-don’t necessarily n-need love, hope, c-compassion, and j-joy to c-c-continue their e-existence. S-So, there m-must be something e-else that f-fuels them wh-when they can’t g-get those th-things. Like I-I said, i-if monsters d-don’t have love a-and st-stuff, w-we d-d-dust … w-we die.” Alphys explains. 

 

“So, your a psychologist, then? You’re not in the hard sciences at all.” The white haired man scoffs. 

 

“W-Well, not exactly … s-see it’s more th-that there s-seems to b-be a p-p-power, o-or energy s-source, in h-human SOULS that dr-drive them b-beyond wh-what they sh-should be c-capable of … we call it DT o-or DETERMINATION. Th-The resolve to ch-ch-change f-fate, a-and the a-ability for th-the SOUL t-to persist a-after d-d-death comes fr-from th-this. H-Hypothetically, th-this also i-is wh-what a-allows h-humans to … um … s-s-survive, th-though n-not th-thrive, w-without love, h-hope, c-compassion, and j-joy. Further …” 

 

Alphys stops as she’s cut off. 

 

“So, worse than soft science, you’re a philosopher then?” The skinny blonde man shakes his head. 

 

“I d-don’t see wh-what’s so wrong with ph-philosophy, b-but I m-m-mean I w-wouldn’t call m-myself a ph-philosopher really. I-I-I have d-done r-real ex-experiments!” She retorts. 

 

“I think I overheard something about that ,” the bearded man says. 

 

Alphys wonders if it truly is possible to dust from nerves. 

 

Oh please, no. No! NO! I don’t want to … please don’t make me. She pleads with any higher power, human and monster alike, that she can think of. 

 

Yet, Alphys knows she is powerless to stop her colleagues. So, she simply wrings her hands under the table and waits for the inevitable questions to come. 

 

“Yeah, come to think of it so did I . You told me about this recently over cocktails,” the old man says. 

 

“So, I overheard that you did something rather interesting with DT in an effort to escape? You played with other people’s souls and determination? Do tell?” The bearded man asks. 

 

Alphys stands forcefully. 

 

“I … I d-don’t know what y-you overheard , b-but I-I know y-y-you all s-set me u-up!” Alphys shouts. 

 

John flinches. 

 

Well, everyone except you. We’ll talk later. Maybe … just maybe … if I show you how to leave, you’ll actually walk through the damn doors like you deserve. Alphys thinks. 

 

Alphys picks up her coat from the back of her chair and begins heading for the door. 

 

“Oh come now, could we really expect anything less from their kind? They have no regard for the dignity of life after death and the soul.” 

 

The blonde man sips his coffee with a wide smirk.

 

Alphys had been planning to just walk out, but that comment makes her spin on her heel. 

 

“W-Wait?! Y-You really think y-you c-care about S-S-Souls … a-about l-life? Ha! Wh-What a j-joke! If h-humans at large r-really c-cared, a-about the ‘d-dignity of l-life a-after d-death’ you w-would probably figure o-out how to n-nurture the Souls of y-your young p-people in life! W-We have gr-great d-d-dignity for m-m-monsterkind wwhen they d-d-die. I-I understand o-our r-rituals a-are different. B-B-But, a-all the s-same. W-We don’t t-take any of our p-power l-l-lightly. Y-Y-Your kind has so much p-p-power they l-look for w-weakness and e-ex-exploit it c-constantly! F-F-Furthermore, you c-c-cannot pretend th-that a-all of humanity’s e-ex-experiments h-have b-b-been ethical!” 

 

Alphys pauses long enough to breathe. She can sense the baristas staring in wonder in her peripheral vision.

 

Alphys swallows hard once before continuing. 

 

AND! C-C-Currently, h-humans are l-l-looking for g-g-genes to w-w-wipe out c-c-complete g-g-genetic SOUL b-b-based realities. D-D-Don’t pretend you don’t know a-about your eugenics advocates t-th-that m-m-masquerade as ch-ch-charities. Your kind, t-to quote y-y-your phrase, h-has used s-sc-science to c-c-control and m-m-manipulate people of v-vulnerable human p-p-populations, as well as generic gr-gr-groups of humans, simply b-b-because some humans d-d-don’t like them. L-L-Licenses b-b-being revoked or n-n-no, humans st-still managed to c-c-convince each other th-that life s-s-saving technology c-c-causes genetic SOUL b-b-based mutations. Wh-Which is o-o-objectively stupid! V-V-Vaccines don’t affect the n-n-nature of the SOUL in humans. E-E-Even if they did, it’s c-c-completely i-i-idiotic to tempt death r-r-rather than incur SOUL b-b-based mutations. Several o-of my friends e-e-experience the exact SOUL based r-r-reality your kind would love to see g-g-gone! F-F-Further still, you’ve m-m-manged to d-d-destroy several SOULS of y-y-your own k-kind by not t-tr-treating psychology as a valid science wh-wh-when … you know … all it does is … is h-h-help explain the i-i-inner workings of the pr-pr-primary e-energy s-source of the c-c-core of your b-b-being? C-C-Casually. So … so, monsters m-m-may not be h-h-hearty creatures, b-but we’re n-not stupid. Your kind can s-s-survive on DT a-alone … sure. B-B-But, you don’t thrive on it. I-I-It makes you b-b-bitter, a-angry, and empty. I-I-It makes you n-near soulless. Wh-What a w-w-way to l-l-live. I-I … I-I’d r-rather dust right now than l-l-lose my a-a-absolute need for love, compassion, joy, and hope! So, y-y-yes, I’ve m-m-made many, many, many, m-m-mistakes in my time as R-R-Royal Scientist, I-I owned u-u-up to that l-l-long ago. B-B-But, your kind is st-st-still pretending eradicating e-e-entire populations of h-h-humans is n-n-normal. I t-tr-tried to s-s-save my people a-and for a m-m-moment I thought I-I-I had r-r-raised the d-d-dead. So … ha! Your kind? Caring. About. Life. Before. During. And. After. Death. My. Ass!” 

 

Alphys slams her fist down on the table before grabbing her coat again and heading for the door. 

 

Not a second after she’s outside, John follows her waving his hands like a maniac. 

 

“That was totally wicked! You really showed them! Please … I’m like  … um … not as a date at all … like you’re nice, but … uh … can we get coffee just the two of us … what you said was … GOD ! Thank you!” He pants. 

 

Alphys turns around trying to keep the tears out of her eyes. John is standing in the heavy snow in nothing more than his button down and tie. He’s shaking head to foot with the cold, but he still stands in the snow. He just stares at her like she’s some sort of answered prayer. 

 

“Sure … welcome to the department.” Alphys says dryly. 

 

John laughs. “Let me call you an Uber. It’s the least I can do.” 

 

********

 

“Alphy,”

“al,”

“Darling,”

 

You

“said”

“WHAT?!” 

 

Sans, Undyne, and Mettaton are all sitting around her kitchen table staring at her with almost identical expressions of admiration, shock, and awe. 

 

“So, lovely you basically just said I’ve been taking lessons from a great teacher. I don’t know his name sirs, but I’ve been well taught ? Then, proceeded to trounce them verbally? Good for you, dear Dr. Alphys. Always knew you had it in you!” Mettaton says. 

 

“Was that a reference?“ Undyne asks. 

 

“Oh, but of course! It’s not a direct quote per se, but a nod to Phantom of the Opera. Lloyd Webber’s Phantom of the Opera that is. It’s a classic . And, to be fair to me, it applies this time! Our Dr. Alphys is brilliant! And, Mlle Daae was in fact well taught and flawless.” He winks. 

 

“Can you go, like, fifteen minutes without referencing some dorky human musical? I don’t think you can actually. I CHALLENGE you to go FIFTEEN WHOLE MINUTES without ONE reference!” Undyne shouts. 

 

It’s only upon seeing her friends tease each other that Alphys bursts into tears. The adrenaline has completely worn off. Finally, her body realizes that it's safe to fall apart. 

 

Still, the reason Alphys loses it, in her mind, is completely silly. She realizes, at that moment, that she didn’t really even get to order anything, and she’s actually kind of missing her caffeine fix. 

 

Undyne moves first and waves behind her to stop the other two monsters from closing in on Alphys. Undyne kneels in front of her girlfriend and wipes a few tears from Alphys’ cheek. 

 

“Alphy, what do you need?” Undyne asks. 

 

“I-It’s … it’s stupid …” Alphys sniffles. 

 

“Dear Dr. Alphys, nothing could be right now, truly , dear. What do you require?” Mettaton replies. 

 

“I-I didn’t even … like … I’m sorry … ugh … c-can we j-just get something together? L-L-Like us four? … cause … I-didn’t-really-even-get-to-order-or-anything?” Alphys says in one breath. 

 

“Of course, Alphy! Where do you wanna go?” Undyne asks. 

 

“the-bubble-tea-shop …” Alphys mumbles softly. 

 

“don’t think we quite caught that, al,” Sans says. 

 

“The Bubble Tea place up the street.” Undyne clarifies. 

 

“Let’s not dawdle, then! If it’s bubble tea the good doctor wants. Then, bubble tea she’ll have!” Mettaton says with a flourish. 

 

Alphys wipes her eyes and smiles. 

 

Undyne drives the four of them to the shop. 

 

No sooner have the four of them walked through the door when they hear excited shouting from the back corner. 

 

“WE ARE BLESSED!! TWO SIGHTINGS IN ONE DAY!!”  

 

“Emily, don’t be weird! She’s with her girlfriend and her friends! Just because this is a Friday tradition doesn’t mean that I won’t break it and make us move if you’re going to be a dumbass.” Someone hisses. 

 

“Hi! We didn’t think you’d be here today!”

 

“Are these the friends from your desk photos?! Hi Dr. Alphys’ friends!!!”  

 

“I have an actual question, but you're with your friends so I’ll wait till office hours Monday!” 

 

Undyne, Sans, and Mettaton are all biting back grins as Alphys blushes hard into her hands. She totally forgot this was the Friday hangout place for her little collection of students. 

 

When Alphys is alone, she usually chats with them and helps them out with whatever they need before heading home to Undyne. However, right now, it’s just embarrassing especially with the looks Sans and Mettaton are giving her. 

 

“So, I see you have some adoring fans you neglected to mention?” 

 

Mettaton raises an eyebrow with a smirk. 

 

“They’re my st-students . I’m not a c-celebrity, y-y-you asshat!” Alphys retorts in a whisper. 

 

"Ah, Shakespeare, Dr. Alphys! I agree completely! I would, in fact, make a lovely Nick Bottom!" Mettaton grins. 

 

One of Alphys' students giggles. 

 

Alphys' Soul drops to her feet in embarassment the moment Sans opens his mouth. 

 

No ... not the puns. Anything but the puns! Alphys flushes scarlet. 

 

“dunno al, you really seemed to kinetic up the energy here just by walkin’ in here. guess you just gotta keep up the hype by movin’ towards the counter.” Sans grins. 

 

“Now … s-see this is wh-why your br-brother tries to st-stop you from speaking wh-when you’re like this. It … it’s completely unnecessary!” Alphys glares. 

 

“oh, but you can’t stop me, al. i’m on a roll … you’d have to apply the force .” Sans’ grin widens. 

 

“Sans, be nice! Besides, nobody understood those puns anyway! If you want to be annoying, be annoying in a way everyone can understand!” Undyne shouts. 

 

“I got it! Those were funny!”

 

One of Alphys’ students shouts, waving their hand. 

 

“M! N-Not h-helping! He d-doesn’t need encouragement! ” Alphys admonishes. 

 

Sans simply bows towards the table. 

 

All of the students laugh before returning to their tea and conversation. 

 

The four monsters order and then head back to the car. 

 

“kids were sweet. they seem to like ya, al,” Sans says. 

 

“Y-You don’t kn-know the half of i-it. I’m basically their d-d-den mother.” Alphys smiles. 

 

“Do tell us about the “Dr. Alphys Fan Club” then, darling. I for one am curious,” Mettaton says. 

 

Alphys rambles the whole ride home about the group of juniors and seniors who happened to be an incredibly eclectic group of human friends. Many of them are taking Alphys’ class to learn more about monsters in general. Only one or two of them are actually Engineers. 

 

“So, y-yeah, they’re j-just goofballs. I-I enjoy t-teaching them even if th-they are silly. G-Guess not everything is s-so bad. Th-They’re all in m-my follow up c-course next semester a-as well.” Alphys smiles. 

 

Everyone exits the car and piles onto the couch and beanbag chairs that litter the living room. 

 

Undyne and Alphys’ living room looks exactly the way most people would expect. The furniture is eclectic, well-loved, and comfortable. Comics, books, sheet music, and DVD boxes litter almost every flat surface. A piano keyboard and bench is set up by the window facing the front porch next to a window box seat covered in anime plush pillows. 

 

Undyne is sprawled on the couch sipping on a hot tea. Since most bubble tea is iced or a shake, Undyne doesn’t care for it. Thankfully, the place Alphys likes makes hot tea as well. 

 

Sans is tucked into a particularly saggy beanbag chair. He’s sunk so far in that it almost looks like his legs have been swallowed by it. Sans has some kind of milkshake with a random blend of flavors that makes sense only to the skeleton himself. 

 

Alphys gets her usual Tarro milk tea with classic brown sugar boba. She leans her head back onto Undyne’s lap from the linoleum floor. 

 

Mettaton, who upon discovering the wonder that is taste, decided that sweet is clearly the superior flavor. He has a lychee tea with lychee jellies, and he is lounging in the window box seat. 

 

The four of them fall into comfortable silence for a while before Undyne breaks it. 

 

“Is next week or the week after your students’ finals? I know Miss Toriel is having School end two weeks from today for Winter Break,” Undyne says. 

 

“N-Next week. I’m h-hosting extended o-office hours on M-Monday and T-Tuesday. Wednesday I-I’m taking o-online c-calls. Then, their p-paper is d-due Th-Thursday at 11:59,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne grins widely. 

 

“Gryftmas will be fun this year! We all have loads of time off! That means everyone is done by December 16th! We’ll have like a whole week, or maybe a little more, before Gryftmas to hang out together. Plus we have a little more than two whole weeks after Grytfmas before MTT heads off on his tour!” 

 

Undyne shouts and excitedly waves her hands. 

 

“Oh, I couldn’t agree more. I for one cannot wait to aid Frisk in setting up the star on the tree.” Mettaton winks. 

 

“paps is pretty excited about it especially since he’s got a boyfriend .” 

 

Sans gives Mettaton a good natured wink. 

 

Mettaton blushes hard straight up to his ears. He promptly buries his face in one of the many pillows on the window seat. This makes Alphys laugh. Papyrus is perhaps the only topic that can fluster Mettaton, and Undyne and Sans have used this knowledge to their full advantage. 

 

“So, tell me, space heater, what are you gonna do for him for Gryftmas?” Undyne leans forward on her hands. 

 

“i’m-working-on-a-song … it-isn’t-finished-yet,” Mettaton mumbles, blushing harder. 

 

Alphys squeals with delight. She is the only one who has had the extraordinary privilege of reading the lyrics, and she finds it too cute. He demoed the song for her once, but he’s still putting the finishing touches on it. 

 

“Hmmm … you gonna be done in time, metal man?” Undyne teases. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes widen before he squeaks. “I think so?” 

 

Undyne flashes Mettaton one of her signature grins before getting up to give Mettaton a friendly punch in the shoulder. 

 

However, it doesn’t escape Sans that Mettaton’s eyes widen in fear, and that Mettaton tenses up when Undyne stands above him. 

 

“lay off him, undyne. he’s nervous enough as it is.” Sans winks. 

 

“Fine! Gotta toughen him up though!” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton gives Sans a half-smile in thanks for rescuing him from Undyne’s rather scary forms of endearment. 

 

“what’d’ya say MTT, wanna head home?” Sans asks. 

 

“I-I can d-drive you, Mettaton. I-If you want …” Alphys offers. 

 

“now, come on, al! why drive when you can take the world’s laziest shortcut.” Sans laughs. 

 

“You … you’re gonna wormhole me?” Mettaton asks. 

 

“yeah, kid. ya gotta try it eventually, right?” Sans offers. 

 

“NO! It’s literally the WORST! Ew! I HATE it! It’s so TRIPPY! BLECH!” Undyne fake gags. 

 

“I-I’ll give it a go! Why not, darling! YOLO!” Mettaton grins. 

 

Sans offers his hand, and the two of them disappear with a soft “pop.” 

 

Alphys leans back onto the couch. 

 

“I’m r-ready t-to sh-shower, and th-then j-just g-g-go to sleep,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne nods. “I’m pretty beat, too.” 

 

The two of them head up the stairs together before following their respective routines. 

 

********

 

Undyne has her head in Alphys’ lap. Her eye is closed lightly, and she’s smiling softly. A spring breeze blows over both of them. 

 

Cherry blossoms fall around the blanket Alphys and Undyne lie on. 

 

Undyne opens her yellow eye looking up at Alphys like she hung the very wishing stars in the sky. 

 

Alphys takes Undyne’s hand, but Alphys finds that Undyne’s hand is wet.

 

Alphys casts a look up at the sky, but there are no clouds that would indicate rain. 

 

Alphys finds her SOUL in her throat as she looks down to see her hand and Undyne’s fusing together. 

 

Undyne’s pained scream fills Alphys’ ears as their arms blend together. 

 

Alphys only has time to see the rest of her found family fused in some horrible blend of white goop. 

 

Mettaton leans down from above her. 

 

“Isn’t it interesting to get a taste of your own medicine, darling, Dr. Alphys? I. Don’t. Need. You. Anymore. So, no.” 

 

He puts his finger to his lower lip as if in mock thought. 

 

“No. After what you did to Shyster? Pfft … you really think I’d help you, dear?” 

 

Then, everything goes dark as Alphys finds herself melting away …



********

 

Alphys shoots upright and finds her hands shaking horribly. 

 

She grabs her phone and dials the first number she can think to call before she even puts on her glasses. 

 

The phone rings once. It rings again. Her Soul is climbing up her throat. He usually answers on the first or second ring. However, by the middle of the fourth ring, she hears Mettaton’s voice through the line. It sounds pinched with static. 

 

For just a moment, Alphys wonders if Mettaton has been crying, but she knows that wouldn't make any sense.

 

“H-Hello! T-To what do I owe the distinct p-pleasure of sp-speaking with you, dear Doctor? A-Apologies, i-it’s *ahem* two in the morning?” 

 

It’s only after he points out the time that Alphys realizes she probably woke him up out of sleep mode. 

 

He didn’t answer because he was sleeping. You self-centered, idiotic, lying sack of  …

 

She hears Mettaton clear his throat again, and it snaps her out of her thoughts.

 

“Dr. Alphys? Do you need me to come over, darling? I could likely find an Uber fairly easily as the bars have closed nearly an hour ago,” Mettaton says. 

 

“N-No! No … I just … I-I just n-n-needed to h-h-hear y-y-your voice. I-I-I needed to kn-know we were st-st-still friends?” 

 

Alphys buries her head in her knees. 

 

You sound like an idiot! Put his feet in your mouth indeed! 

 

“I … of course , sweetheart! Why would you … did you have a nightmare because of what those fools said to you earlier?” 

 

Alphys notices that his voice lowers nearly into a growl as he realizes what triggered this. 

 

“Y-Yes? I-I-I don’t kn-kn-know? I-I-It’s c-c-c-complicated. B-B-But that’s l-l-likely what c-c-caused it. I-I-I was o-overdue f-f-for one of th-these a-a-anyway,” Alphys says. 

 

“Do. You. Need. Me?” Mettaton asks emphasizing each word. 

 

“N-No. I’m … I’m going to w-w-wake Undyne s-s-soon. I-I-I just needed to h-hear you a-a-answer your ph-phone. L-L-Like I s-s-s-said, I n-needed to kn-know we were st-st-still friends … that y-you weren’t m-mad a-at me.” Alphys stammers. 

 

“Dear Doctor Alphys, never . Not after everything you’ve done for me! Why, I-I’m fabulous . If m-my … my manager is to be believed, why you e-even achieved human standards of … of beauty! *ahem* You’re incredibly talented, darling. You know me well enough to know I don’t give my praise … well … genuine praise … lightly. And, if I recall what you said earlier, one of those men even said that I I was unimpressive? Can you imagine ? ME?! Unimpressive … pffft … can you really believe a thing they say if they say things such as that ? Pay them no heed, my dear Doctor,” Mettaton says. 

 

Alphys takes a shaky breath and gives Mettaton a half-laugh in response to his antics. 

 

“Th-Th-Thank you, seriously ,” Alphys says. 

 

“Oh pish, it wasn’t anything that wasn’t true. You are brilliant. Now, go run into the arms of your Knight in shining scales. I, for one, would love some sleep before tomorrow evening. I’ve no idea what we’re watching because you neglected to tell us last week, but if it’s that Mew Mew Kissy Cutie I’m going to need all the sleep I can get.” 

 

Alphys can hear his shit-eating grin on the other side of the line. 

 

“If you’d watch beyond the first five episodes, you’d actually probably like it! Well … you’d actually probably have to watch beyond, like, episode fifty before it really picks up, but …” 

 

Fifty ! Fifty episodes … If we’re really going to go there , my dear Doctor, then can you read past page ten of Fellowship of the Ring or watch the first hour of Phantom of the Opera , or …” 

 

Alphys can hear Mettaton’s exasperation, and she knows exactly how to feed it. They’ve had this banter a thousand times. It’s a script they both know. 

 

“To be fair, I did go to Rocky Horror with you …” She begins. 

 

And you enjoyed it!” He retorts. 

 

“But, Mettaton, come on, you know why I can’t stand Tolkien and musicals. The characters start singing randomly to move the plot! No one does that in real life …” 

 

“I DO THAT IN REAL LIFE!!! FURTHERMORE …” 

 

He shouts so loud his mechanical voice cracks, and Alphys swears she might go deaf. Then, there’s silence on the other end for a minute. 

 

“Yes, Shyren! Everything’s fine, lovely … um … I’m on the phone with Dr. Alphys. I’ll … um … be quieter. Sure. Apologies, darling,” Mettaton says. 

 

There’s a beat of silence before he begins speaking again. 

 

“Sure … I’ll be quieter as long as Dr. Alphys realizes that musicals are truly the superior form of media.” 

 

He mumbles the last bit directly into the phone’s microphone. 

 

Alphys laughs hysterically at the mental image she has created of Mettaton getting scolded by Shyren, of all monsters, for getting too animated about his musicals at two-thirty in the morning. Alphys wonders if Shyren even opened the door or if she just tapped on it. Somehow, it’s the fact that Mettaton actually listened that makes Alphys dissolve into further giggles that warm her Soul. 

 

“I-I should l-l-let you g-go.” Alphys attempts to get her laughter under control.

 

“You have it easy when it comes to late night rants. Undyne sleeps like one of her boulders. Still, you have not heard the last of this from me, Dr. Alphys . It’s, as Undyne so often says, on , my dear. Toodles!” Mettaton hangs up. 

 

Alphys sets the phone on her nightstand. She rubs her eyes and then finds her glasses.

 

Alphys takes a steadying breath before she starts down the hall to Undyne’s room. 

 

Alphys’ hand hovers over the door. 

 

Alphys you own a house together. She clearly loves you. Just because you currently sleep in separate rooms doesn’t mean anything. She’ll be happy to help. Just knock on the Angel-damn door! Alphys thinks. 

 

After several steadying breaths, Alphys taps on the door. 

 

Alphys counts to fifteen before knocking with a bit more force. 

 

Mettaton is right. Undyne really does sleep like a boulder. Alphys grins. 

 

Alphys turns the knob on the door. 

 

Alphys smiles as she sees Undyne sprawled with limbs dangling off the mattress and a blanket carelessly thrown over her shoulders. 

 

However, what Alphys really notices, much to her own embarrassment, is that Undyne snores. It’s not that Alphys doesn’t find it cute, she absolutely does, but Alphys has always thought her first impression of Undyne sleeping would be more … romantic. 

 

Alphys has always imagined seeing Undyne sleeping would be like seeing a beautiful princess surrounded by roses. Instead, Undyne asleep is much the same as Undyne awake … a beautiful, perfectly-imperfect, disaster. 

 

Alphys’ Soul flutters as she looks at Undyne asleep. Alphys cherishes how seeing Undyne sleeping surpasses anything Alphys could have ever imagined. For, somehow, when Alphys sees Undyne’s arm thrown over her head as a crooked quilt barely covers her back, it feels infinitely more real than roses. 

 

The Undyne before Alphys is a tangible corporeal reality, and that makes her exquisite. 

 

Alphys holds her tail in her claws for a moment before tentatively reaching out towards Undyne. 

 

Undyne springs upright as soon as Alphys touches her. 

 

“A-Alphy? Wha ‘s it? Did I leave th’ stove on ‘gain? ‘s ‘t time fer school? Shit ! I DRIVE THE BUS!” Undyne shouts. 

 

“Um … it’s th-th-three in the m-m-morning on a S-Saturday … you d-d-don’t have to dr-drive the b-b-bus, ‘Dyne. I-It’s just … um … I-had-a-nightmare.” Alphys stammers. 

 

Undyne looks at her confused for a moment before shaking her head violently. 

 

“Well, why didn’t ya just lead with that! Hop in!” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys blushes furiously as she climbs in next to Undyne. 

 

“Oh crap! The covers are all messy and … um …” Undyne blushes. 

 

Undyne springs out of the bed before Alphys can say anything, and Undyne haphazardly readjusts the covers. 

 

Alphys blushes hard and hides behind her claws to keep from laughing as Undyne curses the top sheet into oblivion. In the end, it takes Undyne nearly fifteen minutes to get the mess of blankets and sheets to have any semblance of organization. 

 

“See … *huff* no problem!” 

 

Undyne says as she swipes some hair out of her eye. 

 

After the blankets are organized, Alphys curls into Undyne’s chest. The only thing Alphys can think about is just how right this feels. It’s safer than she’s felt in a long time. 

 

Before she can stop her tears, Alphys starts to cry. 

 

“What is it? Did I screw up something? Do you need an extra pillow?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys smiles through her tears at the seemingly silly questions. 

 

“N-N-No. It’s just … I-I-I’m stupid,” Alphys says. 

 

“No way! Don’t be like that, Alphy! You’re the smartest person I know!” Undyne retorts. 

 

“Th-Th-Thanks, but that’s … th-that’s not what I m-m-meant.”

 

Alphys runs her claws over her head before speaking again. 

 

“I-I-I could h-h-have had h-help b-b-before and s-s-sent everyone home. I-I-I didn’t h-have to h-h-hide. I-I-I shut e-e-everyone out f-f-for nothing. I-I-I wasted so much time. I-I-I could h-h-have had Mettaton a-a-as my fr-fr-friend. W-W-We could have b-b-been happy. I-I-I could have a-a-asked you out s-s-sooner. W-W-We could have h-had this then.” 

 

Alphys curls up tighter into Undyne’s chest. 

 

“Oh, Alphy … shhhhh … I get it. But, I guess … I guess …” Undyne pauses. 

 

Alphys feels Undyne lifting her chin. 

 

“You have to promise you won’t think I’m a sap if I say this. Promise me,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys stifles a giggle, but she nods anyway. 

 

“Good. Well, then, I guess the good stuff is worth waiting for, ya know? The Surface has … for the most part … been worth waiting for, and this …” Undyne breaks off again. 

 

Undyne nuzzles Alphys before pressing a kiss to her girlfriend’s forehead. 

 

“This has definitely been worth the wait. I would wait a thousand lifetimes for just this. I want to spend the rest of my life with you in my arms. I could spend every minute of every day protecting and loving you with all of my strength! I love you, Alphys. I love you more than I’ve ever loved anyone before,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys looks up into Undyne’s face. Undyne’s good eye sparkles with tears as she places her hand on Alphys’ shoulder. 

 

Alphys thumbs Undyne’s single tear away while the two of them share silence and breathe together. 

 

“I-I-I want to st-stay here forever. I-I-I want to sl-sleep here … w-w-with you … i-i-if you’re okay with th-th-that.” Alphys flushes red again. 

 

Undyne smiles. “I’m more than okay with it, Alphy. I’ve been waiting for it for a long time. I just didn’t know how to ask, and I knew you’d tell me when you were … um … ya know … ready.” 

 

Alphys smiles gratefully as sleep beings to claim her. 

 

“Goodnight, Alphy. I’ll chase off all your nightmares because no nightmare would dare challenge me.” Undyne presses a kiss to Alphys’ temple. 

 

The two of them sleep together until nearly one in the afternoon the following day. 

 

 ********

 

Given their late night, Alphys decides to text the “Frisk Family Group Chat ]: )”

 

She starts texting:

hey, so, we kind of had a long night and were hoping to have a party at our place, but we ...

 

Alphys pauses and deletes her text and rewrites:

hey, so, undyne and i were hoping to host a smaller version of my movie night at our place because we’re too tired to drive anywhere. sorry. 

 

Toriel replies almost immediately:

Worry not! Shall we all come there, or were you looking to take the night off? 

 

Alphys thinks about the pain that would be cleaning their living area, and she decides that just having Sans, Mettaton, Napstablook, Shyren and Papyrus, at most, would be preferable.

 

Really, it's just that Alphys cannot let Toriel and Asgore see their living room like this. 

 

Alphys replies:

we’re probably just going to keep it simple. 

 

Toriel responds:

That sounds like a good idea. Have fun, and be good. 

 

Alphys rolls her eyes. It doesn’t matter to her that Asgore and Toriel are older than Mettaton! Toriel’s mothering can be annoying. 

 

Undyne comes out of the bathroom laughing at the text exchange with a toothbrush hanging out of her mouth. 

 

“I do l-l-love T-T-Toriel, I-I-I do. B-But, by the Angel , she is s-s-so overbearing s-sometimes!!” Alphys rubs her temples with her claws. 

 

This just makes Undyne laugh harder as she reenters the bathroom to spit out her toothpaste. 

 

Meanwhile, Alphys sends a text to the “I’m Feeling 22” group chat. 

 

Alphys glares at her phone. Papyrus named the young adult monster group chat this because he likes the song and, technically, if monster and ghost years were able to be converted to human years, their average age would be approximately twenty-two. Needless to say, Mettaton adores the chat name, and Alphys just wants to roll her eyes everytime she sees it. 

 

Alphys texts:

don’t want to clean my living room.

but, you are welcome to come over and get smashed with undyne and i while we watch mew mew.

no pressure. 

and, papyrus just show the phone to your brother.

he can hang out if he wants to. 

 

Napstablook replies:

no thanks. shyren and i are just going to hang with lemon bread. it’s their weekend with shyren. - napsta 

 

Mettaton says:

I’ll try to watch, dear Dr. Alphys. After all, as you have pointed out, you did go to “Rocky Horror.” So, I suppose it’s the least I can do. 

What would you like me to pick up, darling?
 

Alphys grins before texting:

we have pretty much everything here

but not rosé. 

 

Mettaton replies:

A crime against nature itself. 

 

Alphys laughs before her phone pings with another text. 

 

Papyrus says:

WE’RE BOTH COMING DR. ALPHYS! SEE YOU TONIGHT! 

 

Mettaton texts:

What time do you want us there, sweetheart? 

 

Alphys thinks for a moment as she bites one of her claws. 

 

She replies:

7:00? 

 

Mettaton responds: 

See you at 7:00 then beauties! ;D 



Alphys puts her phone next to her and flops back on Undyne’s bed. This is truly the best possible outcome for tonight. She loves it when everyone gets together, but she also loves her house. 

 

Alphys paints the mental image of herself curled up on Undyne’s lap on the sofa, and everyone pulling up beanbag chairs around their television set. Everyone will drink, except for Papyrus, and they’ll all be happy. 

 

It doesn’t take long for 7:00 to roll around. Undyne and Alphys have managed to make, mostly unburnt, popcorn. Undyne is half way through her second shot of neat whiskey, and Alphys has had a vodka lemonade and a half. 

 

So, needless to say, when Sans appears out of thin air with Papyrus and Mettaton, Alphys and Undyne absolutely lose their minds laughing. 

 

“Starting in on the fun without us. I see how it is, dear Dr. Alphys!” Mettaton teases. 

 

Alphys grins up at him before blowing a raspberry in his general direction. She is pleasantly tipsy, and it shows beyond the flush in her cheeks. Alphys looks lighter, and her grin rivals Undyne’s for width. 

 

“I’m just l-letting a l-little loose!” Alphys laughs. 

 

Sans breaks open a bottle of ketchup, and he takes a long pull from it. 

 

Mettaton grabs some kind of brightly colored blue and pink tea cup from the cupboard before popping his bottle of rosé and pouring a full tea cup of it for himself. 

 

Undyne finds this particularly funny. 

 

“What, Spear Maiden , it’s not like you have wine glasses!” He says. 

 

Undyne opens the cabinet on the opposite side of the sink. It is filled with clear drinking glasses. On the second shelf, there is, in fact, an entire row of wine glasses. 

 

Mettaton’s fan whirs as the LEDs in his cheeks flush with embarrassment. He tries to hide it by sipping on the tea cup full of rosé, but Undyne doubles over the sink laughing. 

 

Papyrus watches his friends laugh and tease each other. Mettaton has settled into the window box seat while Alphys and Undyne set up the PlayStation so they can watch the show. Papyrus joins Mettaton on the window seat. Papyrus’ stocking feet are just barely touching Mettaton’s bare ones. Both Mettaton and Papyrus’ boots have been set by the door because Alphys is very particular about no one wearing shoes in the house.

 

Mettaton flushes when he notices Papyrus watching him, and he turns to look out the window into the snow covered front lawn. Alphys and Undyne have a little wreath hanging off their lamppost at the end of the drive way. Papyrus notices that Mettaton seems particularly fixated on it. 

 

Papyrus is glad that he had the good sense to grab a milkshake from a local ice cream shop before Sans sent them here with his wormhole. It’s pleasantly sweet and chocolatey. It feels special and he enjoys that because everyone else is drinking something special. The shake helps him feel included in the fun without having to have any of the alcohol. 

 

Papyrus does not drink. He has never drank, and he never will. It holds absolutely zero appeal to him, and he’s just glad that no one seems to find it that strange. 

 

In fact, Undyne even pointed out, despite her objective distaste of cold beverages, that, in the “cold fridge,” they have provided milk for him. 

 

“Settle in around the TV, nerds!!” Undyne yells. 

 

Papyrus notices that Mettaton seems to startle at Undyne’s voice. In fact, Mettaton nearly falls from the window seat, but Papyrus is quick to grab Mettaton’s hand before he tips all the way off the bench. 

 

I THOUGHT THAT HE MUST HAVE BEEN THINKING ABOUT SOMETHING. I WAS RIGHT IN DECIDING THAT HE DID NOT, IN FACT, FIND UNDYNE AND ALPHYS' WREATH SO ALL ABSORBINGLY INTERESTING. Papyrus thinks. 

 

After a few minutes, Papyrus and Mettaton have settled in on the mountain of beanbag chairs near the couch. Alphys and Undyne snuggle in next to each other, and Sans just leans against the wall to the right of the couch still sipping on his ketchup. 

 

Much in the same the way that no one judges Papyrus for having no interest in alcohol, no one comments on Sans’ obscure choice of beverage. 

 

As Mettaton had suspected, the first episode of Mew Mew Kissy Cutie is painfully slow. It introduces the premise and the characters. All of these things he already knows fairly well. However, something about the idea of a character that controls people’s minds by kissing them makes him viscerally uncomfortable, but it does so in a way that he can’t quite describe. 

 

The fact that the characters don’t remember what they did when their minds were controlled makes him even more uneasy. 

 

Still, he has to admit the music is catchy, and the episodes themselves have a decent score. Mew Mew’s leitmotif is honestly quite pretty, and Mettaton can see why Alphys relates to her. 

 

But, my dear, you’re so much better than this … truly. He thinks. 

 

“See … I-I-I mean I-I know th-this looks b-b-bad with her doing the wh-whole mind control th-th-thing, but l-l-like I promise i-i-it’s not as bad a-as it looks!” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton stiffens, but he tries to force a smile. 

 

Mettaton is half way into his bottle of rosé by the time they’ve gotten to episode five. 

 

He has a sudden impulse to start belting out the theme song of this show if only to try to make Alphys laugh. 

 

He notices that he’s barely able to contain his excitement at the prospect of Alphys laughing at his antics and, so, before he can think better of it, he climbs up on the coffee table. Mettaton does in fact belt the theme song of this TV show that he’s not enjoying all that much. Still, Mettaton earns his reward. His antics do make Alphys laugh hysterically. 

 

Though Papyrus’ laugh will always be in the first spot, Alphys laughing might make the top ten on Mettaton’s list of favorite sounds. Alphys snorts in her giggles when Mettaton has to falsetto the ending of the main theme. 

 

Mettaton watches as Undyne stands to get herself her third shot of whiskey and Alphys a third vodka lemonade, and she pauses the DVD on her way to get the drinks as well as to let Alphys finish laughing. As Undyne passes Mettaton, she gives him a huge smile. 

 

“Nice performance there, Mer .” Undyne remarks. 

 

Mettaton beams as he gets off the table. 

 

Mettaton doesn’t know why, but he feels a sudden urge to say something that has been on his mind since the show started. 

 

“I am enjoying this more than I thought I might, Alphys, darling. But, where the script and concept lack the music is lovely. And, in my opinion, a story is always best told by its music,” Mettaton says. 

 

“Wh-What?! The sc-script is flawless! Y-You j-j-just don’t understand what sh-sh-she’s dealing with! Th-The whole p-p-point is that Mew Mew n-n-needs to learn that c-controling p-p-people doesn’t make her likable, and sh-she has to f-f-fail a lot before sh-she internalizes how much sh-she’s w-worth without using h-h-her powers. It’s b-b-beautiful in ways that I cannot d-describe after this m-m-much vodka, b-but trust me!” 

 

When Alphys finishes her tirade, Mettaton’s expression is unreadable. Alphys realizes that she must be drunker than she thought because he’s usually an open book to her. 

 

“I suppose you’re right, darling. But, I’m just saying … I guess … I enjoy the music. If only because the plot is straightforward, the leitmotifs are easy to identify. It’s like life. I suppose … each one of us having little themes that follow us around before we … poof … fade away.” 

 

Mettaton waves his hands around his face in an effort to emphasize what he’s trying to say. 

 

“What? No. W-We s-s-say words, ton-ton. You’re m-m-making no sense! W-W-We have a script I-if we h-have anything like th-that at all. W-W-We don’t just go around making little n-noises or s-s-singing songs. Well … y-you might. B-B-But, most of u-u-us just talk!” Alphys retorts. 

 

“I suppose you’re right, dear Dr. Alphys. But, all the same, while the premise may not be my favorite, I will admit the music is well composed. That’s all I was trying to say,” Mettaton says. 

 

Undyne comes back in with fresh drinks for herself and Alphys. 

 

“W-W-Well, I suppose th-that’s b-b-better than what I-I expected y-you to s-say.” Alphys grins. 

 

After another four episodes, everyone decides it's time to stop watching. 

 

Papyrus and Mettaton already stepped outside two episodes ago because Papyrus was overstimulated by Alphys constantly pausing and ranting. He needed air, and Mettaton was too drunk to keep reading the subtitles. 

 

Now, Alphys is half asleep, and Undyne is outright snoring. 

 

Sans ambles over to the window seat and finds himself watching as Mettaton leans heavily over the railing of Alphys and Undyne’s porch. Mettaton’s face is in his hands, and Papyrus is staring up into the star-filled sky saying something Sans can't make out. 

 

Sans sees Papyrus’ breath and some of the steam that occasionally comes from Mettaton as the two of them stand side by side. 

 

After a moment, Sans realizes that this might be the first time Mettaton has ever been drunk, and Sans discovers that he feels a sudden protectiveness swell in him. Sans is glad that this is the place and time that Mettaton decided to really try alcohol. He shudders to think of Mettaton on tour, with only Blooky, Shyren, and some human man that none of the family have ever met being the people Mettaton drank with for the first time. It’s becoming clearer to Sans, and he assumes Alphys as well, that, if Mettaton isn’t fully fused to this body, he’s damn near close. 

 

The fact that alcohol actually affects Mettaton at all means that he has to be fused to at least some degree. 

 

Sans takes another pull from his ketchup bottle. There’s something about the tangy tomato taste that makes Sans always go back for more. All condiments are amazing, but ketchup is the ruler of all of them. Bar none, ketchup is the superior condiment and beverage. 

 

This is one of few hills Sans will happily die on. 

 

 Meanwhile, Papyrus turns to Mettaton and looks him over. 

 

“WHAT ARE YOU THINKING ABOUT? YOU’VE BEEN STARING OFF INTO SPACE ALL NIGHT SINCE WE STARTED WATCHING THE SHOW,” Papyrus says. 

 

“It’s silly … but … um … dearest, do you think we … do you think it’s possible to be controlled by the people who kiss you?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Mettaton buries his face into his hands to hide his expression and his blush. 

 

“I DON’T THINK THAT IS POSSIBLE IN OUR REALITY. WHY?” Papyrus asks. 

 

“Nothing, dearest. It’s not important. The show just sparked a thought that’s all, lovely.” Mettaton smiles weakly. 

 

“ARE YOU AFRAID OF BEING KISSED?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Mettaton looks at Papyrus with wide glowing pink eyes. 

 

“No! No … at least … um … not by you. I’d let you kiss me even if you could control my every action. That’s not … I don’t know … I just feel weird. What little filter I do have is gone, and I can’t stop blurting things that I know will make people think I’m crazy!” Mettaton says. 

 

“IT’S  ALRIGHT! I UNDERSTAND. SANS GETS LIKE THIS TOO WHEN HE DRINKS SOMETIMES. HE TALKS A LOT ABOUT LOTS OF DIFFERENT THINGS. MOST OF THE TIME HE ONLY REMEMBERS ABOUT HALF OF WHAT HE SAYS, BUT I REMEMBER. I ALWAYS LISTEN. THE GREAT PAPYRUS IS GREAT AT LISTENING AND REMEMBERING THINGS!”  Papyrus smiles. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head. 

 

“You are a marvel, dearest. Truly, you’re a miracle. The real star and light of the Underground and the Surface.” Mettaton says wistfully. 

 

Papyrus blushes, but he doesn’t say anything. 

 

“It’s true, you know? You are maybe the most observant monster I have ever met, truly, darling. All of it is true. And, I promise what I said about the leitmotifs is true, as well. We all have our little sets of notes that we play … in our lives. They’re composed of the things and the people we love. They’re written in our actions, our desires, our dreams, and our most desperate pleas. Sometimes … sometimes they get lost places, and sometimes they mingle with other people’s songs. They get tangled up and create the harmony to someone else’s melody. Sometimes those harmonies are complementary and sometimes dissonant … and sometimes, sweetheart, they’re both. We create symphonies in our relationships. We clash in vibrancy and … and sound … like … like galaxies of stars. And … and … and … I am making absolutely no sense, am I, dearest?” Mettaton sighs. 

 

Mettaton flops forwards over the railing of the porch. He hears the wood groaning under his weight and backs off of it a little. The last thing he wants is to end up face first in the snow. 

 

Papyrus seems to go quiet for a moment.

 

“I THINK IT’S BEAUTIFUL EVEN IF I DON’T UNDERSTAND IT. I SEE IT MORE LIKE PUZZLES. BUT, NOT LIKE THE PUZZLES YOU SOLVE. MONSTERS … AND, I GUESS HUMANS TOO, ARE LIKE TETRIS … THEY ARE ENDLESS PUZZLES THAT YOU SOLVE IN PARTS OVER YOUR WHOLE LIFE. SOME DAYS THE PARTS FIT TOGETHER EASIER THAN OTHERS, AND DAYS CAN BE FAST OR SLOW. BUT, THE PIECES ARE INFINITE AND OFTEN NEED TO BE LOOKED AT IN JUST THE RIGHT WAY TO MAKE THINGS MAKE SENSE. I SUPPOSE NOTES ARE LIKE THAT TOO, IN A WAY. MELODIES AND SCALES ARE … ARE JUST PUZZLES WITH PIECES THAT YOU SING,” Papyrus says. 

 

Mettaton smiles at Papyrus’ words. 

 

“Melodies are puzzles with pieces that you sing … I love that, dearest. I will hold onto those words forever.” Mettaton stands up straighter. 

 

Papyrus and Mettaton look at each other for a moment. They do not meet each other’s eyes, but it doesn’t matter. The look that they share is more than eye contact can ever give.

 

Bathed in the glow of the moon and street lights reflecting off the snow, the two of them see each other clothed in pure white light. 

 

It takes no time for the two of them to mutually close the gap between each other. Papyrus pulls Mettaton into his chest and holds him close. Mettaton burrows into Papyrus’ shoulder as he breathes in the scent of flour, spices, and charcoal. Mettaton almost laughs because, of course, Papyrus would smell like burnt pasta. 

 

It’s comforting in its own way that Papyrus is endlessly predictable and routine. 

 

Mettaton bites his lip to keep from crying. He’s not sure about leaving for his tour anymore. Mettaton wants nothing more than to travel the world, but he’s not sure he wants to travel without the safety of these arms around him. He’s not sure he can leave Papyrus to go with his cousin and Shyren. Papyrus is stable and safe in a world that feels so much more uncertain that Mettaton ever thought possible. 

 

Still, Mettaton doesn’t cry. No matter how much his Soul aches for tears, he doesn’t indulge them. 

 

He can’t. 

 

Finally, after several minutes, Papyrus and Mettaton walk back inside. Everyone besides the two of them are passed out asleep. 

 

The two of them find their ways back to the beanbag chairs. Mettaton enters sleep mode almost immediately after he plugs himself into the wall outlet behind the couch. 

 

Papyrus takes a bit longer to finally find rest. But, when he does, Papyrus falls into a perfectly peaceful slumber. 

 

 ********

 

When Alphys wakes up the following morning, her head is throbbing. The DVD’s menu screen is still blaring waiting for them to switch disks. 

 

Alphys blindly gropes around for the remote, and she turns off the offending sound and noise as soon as she finds it. Finally, she feels around for her glasses only to find they’ve been pushed up over one of the spikes at the top of her head. 

 

She pulls the glasses down over her nose, and she sees a glass of water, monster-ibuprofen (Nonalchemy, anti-magic-depleating drugs - NAAMDDs), and a note. 

 

WE ARE CURRENTLY MAKING WAFFLES! PLEASE TAKE ALL THE TIME YOU NEED. WE PROMISE THAT NO FIRES OR CHAINSAWS WILL BE USED IN OUR COOKING! - THE GREAT PAPYRUS and MTT <3 

 

Alphys smiles and takes a few of the provided pills. She wonders how Mettaton is fairing given the fact that he seems to be progressing closer and closer to being fully corporeal every day. 

 

Alphys remembers enough of last night to know that Mettaton was also fairly drunk. Yet, she doubts his hangover will be that bad, if he has one at all. One, his body is made of metal. So, while his Soul may have felt the effects of liquor, his body likely won’t. Two, the rosé Mettaton was drinking barely had any alcohol in it. It is effectively glorified grape juice in comparison to the strong liquors Alphys and Undyne had been drinking. Finally, Alphys grins as she recalls just how much water Sans forced on Mettaton.

 

Alphys vaguely reminds herself that Sans had offered her the same amount of water, but Alphys neglected to finish most of what Sans tried to give her. 

 

Alphys deeply regrets that choice now. 

 

Undyne shifts under Alphys. She opens her eye before shutting it tight. 

 

Alphys stifles a laugh as she watches Undyne open her eye into a slit as she makes grabby hands at the monster-ibuprofen and the water. 

 

Alphys wordlessly hands Undyne what she “asks” for and stifles another giggle as Undyne chugs the entire glass of water faster than she can breathe. Undyne swallows the pills dry before finally flopping back onto the couch fast asleep. 

 

Alphys allows herself a half-giggle at that. 

 

Then, Alphys looks at the pills again, and she wonders if she shouldn’t develop some kind of program for Mettaton’s system that would engage if he ever needed something NAAMDDs since the physical pills probably wouldn’t help him. 

 

I mean. It’s not like he’d ever have any real use for it even when he is fully fused. Sure, his body processes magic, but I doubt he will ever process alcohol like a flesh body would. I think, being made of metal, he gets the fun of his Soul getting the buzz with none of the side effects of his body being physically effected the day after. It’s not like I made any of his internal magic-metal organs affected by alcohol. Barring intent to hurt, should he become fully fused, nothing can really hurt him. I tried to design his body such that no matter what stupid stunts he decides to pull nothing can really affect him. So, he should be fine. And, as far as I know, alcohol is the only thing he would ever really need anything like NAAMDDs for anyway. Alphys muses. 

 

Upon finishing that thought, Alphys smells something absolutely wonderful coming from her kitchen. It’s so breathtaking that Alphys wonders if she isn’t in a dream. 

 

Normally, Alphys’ kitchen smells like instant noodles and smoke. 

 

Alphys plops down at the table, and she smiles. 

 

Papyrus and Mettaton are silently pouring batter into a waffle maker. 

 

True to form, based on the smell, Mettaton has made the batter as sweet as anyone would be able to stand it. 

 

Alphys pulls out her phone and silently snaps a photo of Mettaton and Papyrus totally honed in on the task of pouring batter into the waffle maker. The two of them sport matching conspiratorial grins while looking, not at each other, but at the measuring cups, batter, and waffle maker. 

 

The two of them turn around and both blush furiously upon seeing Alphys staring at them. 

 

Tired of trying to hold in her laughter all morning, Alphys finally falls into a fit of giggles upon seeing the wide-eyed look of embarrassment on both Mettaton and Papyrus’ face. She wipes a tear from her eye. 

 

Honestly, you’d think these two were caught making out in a closet … or watching “robots kissing” on their phone. They were making waffles in silence, and they thought that was bad. Pfft … they’re two of the most innocent people I’ve ever met. Oh, sure, ton-ton talks a great game. He certainly flirts like nobody’s business, but this is exactly what I expected he’d get flustered over. Alphys laughs harder. 

 

Still, Alphys grows more serious in her thoughts. He should tell Papyrus soon. It might actually help them connect. 

 

Seeing as Alphys is not planning on making any conversation, the two of them resume working on their waffles. Alphys grins at them. 

 

This is exactly the morning she hoped to wake up to, and nothing is going to steal her joy.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

I’ll start with Easter Eggs:

* GASTER IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE A CHARACTER IN THIS STORY! YOU’VE HAD ALL YOU’RE GETTING FROM ME HEATHENS! Sorry, not sorry.

* Alphys' group chat name with Undyne, Mettaton, and Sans is a "Big Hero 6" reference

* The original line from "Think of Me" PotO is - “she’s been taking lessons from a great teacher!” / “I don’t know his name, sir.” / “A chorus girl?”/ “Let her sing for you Messieurs, she has been well taught.” (I did write this out from memory)

* Alphys’ students going to the tea shop is based on a Friday tradition my friend group had in college. Though we were not nearly as extroverted as Alphys’ students, we did give any professors who came in happy waves.

* “i’m-working-on-a-song … it-isn’t-finished-yet” - Is a reference to “Come Home with Me” (Hadestown).

* Yes. I have actually had the anime v. Broadway debate. I’ll bet you’d never guess which side of that one I was on given the above Easter Eggs. Still love my friend, but she’s wrong. ;P

With those out of the way, the Gaster reference was meant to both add humor AND build tension. If lore is to be believed, Gaster himself was the ONLY thing people forgot. If he taught someone, they would STILL KNOW everything they were taught. But, they wouldn’t remember where the hell they learned it. I assume most monsters have a lot of these anomalies in their memories due to Gaster having a major position in the government. So, everyone must have just kind of shrugged their shoulders and accepted that *meh* you forget things that’s fine. Hence, we get a bit of humor, but also this awkward tension that finally builds into Alphys’ realization that she has been set up.

Also, LOL I forgot that Asgore and Toriel are like 1,000s of years old. Shhh … I totally misremembered that bit of dialogue from Gerson until I looked it back up for something else I’m working on earlier this week. *facepalms* Still, they ARE technically older than Mettaton! In my canon, Mettaton is 200 and Asgore and Toriel are ~250. Again, whoops!

Alphys’ rant is honestly everything to me. Alphys is SMART y’all. We sometimes forget that she’s not just an anime loving, socially anxious, nerd. Alphys is actually freaking brilliant! She built a fully functional android body. She adopted the kids on her block and taught them. She really cares about the individuals she loves. Alphys may have freaked herself out in creating the Amalgamates, but she also managed to figure out how to stabilize them AND keep them safe.

But, despite that, Alphys is still really broken. Being reminded of her past mistakes would be really difficult for her. I think of Alphys as a step beyond socially anxious. She definitely has PTSD, and likely as not, that PTSD is complex because of the longevity of her trauma. Having a slow burn with trauma is … nasty. So, Alphys’ rant followed by her bursting into tears once she’s safe is a COMPLETELY legitimate post-traumatic response. Her nightmare is more classic of both types of PTSD, but it’s still real. Alphys is such a brilliant character because she’s RIDICULOUSLY complex! She has so many layers. Her crushes are complicated. Her friendships are complicated. Even the anime that she loves is complicated in it’s own way. She relates to the character but, as Mettaton lovingly points out, she’s so much better than someone who kisses people to control them. She’s brilliant, loving, and genuine. Alphys hides behind Mew Mew Kissy Cutie because it’s how she sees herself NOT HOW SHE IS! She’s incredible!

Thus ends my rant for why Alphys is AMAZING and SO underrated. I LOVE HER!

Also, I had quite a bit of fun writing the bit about Undyne sleeping. I’ve been married for going on three years. There is nothing more stunning than watching your person sleep, even on nights where they take up more than half their share of the king-sized bed because they’re sleeping horizontally. Your person never sleeps the way you imagined they would, but sleeping is so beautiful because it’s real, vulnerable, and tangible. So, I had to pay homage to that. Alphys was objectively the perfect character to project that kind of writing on because y’all you know she loves Undyne in every state of being. Alphys sees Undyne as a princess no matter what Undyne does. It’s just fact.

TL;DR: I love Alphys. She is 10/10 perfect character writing. The End.

Lastly, I loved writing Mettaton and Papyrus as serious characters. I love them as silly goofballs, but I think they’re more than that. Papyrus and Mettaton are both WAY MORE intelligent, observant, and wise than they let on. Also, yes, I’m in the ace!Papyrus and sex-postive-ace!Mettaton camp. It’s MY SEXUALITY I will project it wherever I wish!

All the Best,
Pip

Chapter 6: The Mysterious Case of Papyrus in the Daytime

Summary:

Some idiots decide to beat up on Papyrus. Frisk reveals something about the days before they climbed Mt. Ebott. Mettaton sings a song. Undyne, Alphys, and Mettaton watch a movie. Everyone plays a Game Gauntlet. Still, Sans knows from personal experience that the supporter also needs some support. So, Sans tries to ensure that his little bro’s boyfriend doesn’t drive himself into the ground … literally.

TW:
Description of Abelsim including but not limited to:
Implied use of the “R” slur,
Forced Eye-Contact in a medical situation (mentioned)
Referenced Physical Violence

 

Non Abelism TWs:
Concussion Recovery
Out of an abundance of caution - references to/depiction of destructive stimming
Described/Referenced Anxiety Attacks
More than PG-13 level cussing + F-bombs

Notes:

The song in this chapter is “Your Song” by Elton John. (The Elton John version is SUCH a cute Papyton ship song).

See end author's note for reasoning, but please be nice if you catch a typo. I think I got 'em all, but my brain is not in a great head space for catching typos at the moment. I only did 3 read throughs of this chapter, and only like 1 of them was looking for goofy sentence structures.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Alphys hears the microwave beep, and she heads to grab her instant ramen. She only has about fifteen minutes before she plans to restart her office hours. She nearly chugs her noodles before she hears a knock on her door. 

 

“Dr. Alphys? I brought a peace offering!” John calls from the other side of the door. 

 

Alphys quirks an eyebrow before opening the door to see the young man holding a taro milk tea with brown sugar boba on the other side of the door. 

 

“H-How did …” she starts. 

 

“Um … I was kind of writing a paper at the cocktail bar across the street when I saw you leave. I just asked for the purple one.” 

 

John rubs the back of his head awkwardly as he speaks. 

 

Alphys shakes her head with a grin. 

 

“Th-Thanks. That’s p-p-pretty weird, but I-I-I mean I really c-c-can’t judge.” Alphys laughs. 

 

“Well, anyway, I gotta blast off to the writing lab to answer questions! I’ll see ya!” John sprints off down the hall. 

 

Alphys props her door open, and she goes back to her desk. 

 

Only four and a half more days till vacation. I still have basically a week left and I’m counting down the days. It really does feel like being back in school. Alphys grins to herself. 

 

“Um … Dr. Alphys?” 

 

Alphys turns her head at the voice. A short black haired young woman stands in the doorway. Her round cheeks are flushed from some combination of the cold and embarrassment. 

 

“E-Emily! I’ve n-n-never known you to be so quiet! C-Come on in! F-Find a seat!” Alphys smiles waiving the girl inside.

 

Emily plops down on a plush chair across from Alphys’ desk. 

 

“So, Luna already tried to explain this to me, because we had the same question and she came into your morning hours, but I still don’t get it. How does the whole intent to hurt thing work? L-Like … not to be creepy, but could … could someone like … like … insta kill you?” Emily tugs on her hair. 

 

And this is why you remind me of Ty Lee …

 

“W-Well, not exactly …” Alphys pauses. 

 

I know that your family is nearly seven thousand miles away and you’ve come to rely on me as a sort of mother-figure. How do I explain the concept without freaking you out? Because, I’m not sure your question is purely academic. Alphys thinks. 

 

“So, humans, w-w-well, actually I s-s-suppose any being really , can g-gather strength by c-c-committing acts of v-v-violence. Those acts of v-violence … um … they allow the p-person to f-f-feel less and h-hurt more …” 

 

“Because they have less empathy?” Emily asks. 

 

“Exactly … e-exactly that! S-So, the m-m-more violent the c-creature and th-the more they i-i-intend to hurt the m-monster in question the m-more damage w-we take.” Alphys explains. 

 

“Do … can … could a monster recover from being hurt?” Emily almost whispers. 

 

And, I am right in my assessment of this not being purely academic. Alphys thinks. 

 

“Y-Yes. B-But, we recover much m-m-more slowly th-than humans. U-Unlike h-h-humans our bodies … o-our bodies b-b-basically are our SOULS because w-we’re m-made of magic. H-Humans can g-g-get in touch with their SOULS I-I-I see you, M, Alex, Luna, Gloria, S-Saoirse,  Isa, Jules, a-and Sandy d-d-do it all the time. B-But, it’s m-much m-more difficult for most h-h-humans. However, y-you heal w-w-way faster. E-Each species has its … um … l-l-limitations.” Alphys states. 

 

Emily nods. Alphys notices that, as Emily processes the information Alphys gave her, that her brows furrow together. 

 

“I would do anything to protect you guys. We all would. Ya know? Don’t hesitate to reach out if you need some help on the human side of things. We worry. We all worry. I keep talking to Orpheus … whoops … Ollie … my boyfriend, and he wishes he would have waited till this year to graduate so he could have taken your class. I miss him. He lives in the middle of butt-fuck nowhere about three hours from here. He’s just  … he’s trying to figure out how to ditch his family without upsetting everyone, and that’s hard for him. But, like, I get it. Coming here wasn’t an easy choice for me either, but my family, at least, wanted me to be here. Still, when you finally get to meet him, you’ll love Ollie. Everybody, and I mean everybody, loves Ollie. Anyway, I keep talking with him about you guys, and he’s convinced that the future is gonna be all of us, humans and monsters, working together to be stronger in spirit. But, like, that’s gonna take time … time I’m worried Ol-monsters don’t have.” 

 

Emily heaves a sigh after her long explanation. She rubs her temples with her thumbs. 

 

“Y-You sl-sl-slipped. Wh-What kind of time doesn’t O-Ollie have?” Alphys asks. 

 

“H-He’s not … his family … if he fucks up … I don’t really feel comfortable talking about it. But, I just want him to come to the city. I miss him.” 

 

Emily pauses for a long time while she tugs on her hair again. 

 

“His family situation is bad, and I want him back by friends. He got sick last month, and it took him almost a week to convince his family to get him seen by the local physician. He’s fine now, but … but we wouldn’t have let that happen.” Emily confesses. 

 

Alphys nods. From what Alphys has heard, human families can range from hostile, to not perfect but awkward and uncomfortable, to decent. She has met several of each but, in these few short months as a college professor, Alphys has met an uncomfortable number of “Ollies.” 

 

“I-I-I understand. So, i-i-is this what you’re doing y-y-your project on?” 

 

Alphys tries to cut the tension. She wants to respect Emily's wish not to disclose more, but she also wants to give her space if she feels like she has more to say. 

 

Emily blushes. “K-Kind of? I was m-more focused on defenses, but this s-seemed relevant?” 

 

Alphys smiles and nods. “O-Oh! Absolutely, I-I-I hope it makes m-more sense …” 

 

Emily smiles and gives Alphys a thumbs up when the door burst open. 

 

Alphys and Emily both turn to see Undyne frantically rushing into the room with an extraordinarily distressed Mettaton hot on her heals. 

 

“Pap … Papyrus is missing.” Undyne pants. 

 

Alphys looks from the two of her friends to her student. 

 

Emily’s bright black eyes widen as she gathers her coat and bags. 

 

“I’ll go. Be safe! Please email if you need a search party … or … or something!” Emily calls as she leaves. 

 

Mettaton shoots a look over his shoulder. He thinks he recognizes her. Based on the sound of her voice alone, that’s “two-sightings-in-one-day.” 

 

“Alphys, darling, perhaps enlisting your fan club in our search is not an entirely terrible idea?” Mettaton pleads. 

 

“N-No. J-J-Just start from the b-b-beginning. Undyne a-aren’t you s-s-supposed to be in school?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Toriel sent me when Sans appeared via … wormhole … to the office … I called …” 

 

“She called me,” Mettaton finishes. 

 

“Sans … is … he’s FREAKING OUT! We’ve … we’ve all tried that nerd like a billion times … and … he always answers, Alphy! HE ALWAYS FUCKING ANSWERS! First, damn ring …” 

 

Undyne runs her fingers through her hair so aggressively that she snaps her ponytail holder in half. 

 

Alphys reaches into the sleeve of her lab coat and hands Undyne a new ponytail holder. Alphys has learned to carry at least one spare because Undyne always manages to break them. 

 

“Where w-w-was he g-going?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Sans says he went to the board game store to pick up some kind of order, darling. B-But, I … I looked there … all over the mall on my way … he wasn’t there ...” 

 

Mettaton’s hollowed out voice sends shivers up Alphys’ spine. 

 

“‘Dyne, don’t dr-dr-drive. I’ll dr-dr-drive,” Alphys says. 

 

“Come on, space heater. We’ll … we’ll find him.” Undyne puts an arm around Mettaton’s shoulder. 

 

********

 

Blooky and Shyren are already in Toriel’s living room when Alphys, Undyne, and Mettaton enter the house. 

 

No one besides Blooky notices Mettaton releasing a breath upon seeing both Blooky and Shyren safe and sound. 

 

heeee’s liiiiiikley neeeervous thaaaaat aaaaaanyoooone wiiiiiill go miiiiiiiissing noooooooow. maaaaaybe the threeeeeee oooooof uuuuuuus shoooooooouuuuuld waaaaaait until suuuuummer toooooooo leeeeeeeave. Blooky thinks. 

 

“When d-d-did he leave, Sans?” Alphys asks.

 

“ten.” Sans states. 

 

“S-S-So, here’s what w-w-we should … um … p-probably do. Sans, Blooky, and Sh-Shyren, you st-st-stay here and m-m-make calls to the game store and the surrounding stores t-t-to see if anyone h-has seen P-Papyrus. ‘Dyne, ton-ton, and I will go l-l-look for him st-starting at the st-st-store and working our way a-around.” 

 

Alphys isn’t sure that anyone leaving Toriel’s house is a great idea right now, but it’s the only plan that quickly gets Papyrus home. Besides, it’s not like they have much choice in who goes on the search. Undyne and Mettaton are strong in comparison to Sans and Shyren. Blooky, though indestructible, being incorporeal, will be unable to assist Papyrus physically if something has gone wrong. 

 

Sans nods, picks up his cell phone, and starts calling the game store. 

 

Alphys, Undyne, and Mettaton give each other a quick glance as they leave the house. 

 

In the end, four hours later, all three of them get a text to the “That’s Not Science!” group chat. 

 

Sans texts:

home. get here. fast. 

 

Undyne grips Mettaton’s hand as tight as she can. Alphys doesn’t know if it’s for Undyne’s benefit or Mettaton’s, and Alphys isn’t sure she wants to know. 

 

********

 

Mettaton paces the hallway outside Papyrus’ room as Alphys talks to his beloved. Undyne is tossing some kind of stress ball furiously between her hands. Neither he nor Undyne have seen Papyrus because Sans dragged Alphys up to Papyrus’ room and shut the door. 

 

Toriel has only just brought Frisk home from the school since no one wanted Frisk here in case Papyrus came home as  … 

 

Mettaton runs his fingers through his hair in frustration. He needs to stop thinking like that. Actually, Mettaton decides that he would quite love to stop thinking at all, at the moment. 

 

“I-I-Is Frisk upstairs?” Alphys whispers. 

 

Both Mettaton and Undyne jump at Alphys’ voice. In fact, Undyne flinches so hard that she throws her head into the wall she has been sitting against. Undyne rubs the back of her head with a curse.   

 

“No, darling. Frisk is downstairs with Lady Toriel. Lady Toriel texted earlier to send a message to her directly when it seems okay for Frisk to come upstairs. Dear Dr. Alphys … um …” Mettaton hesitates. 

 

“Great … th-that’s actually k-k-kind of good,” Alphys says. 

 

Then, Alphys comes all the way into the hallway before closing the door behind her. 

 

Undyne stands and grips Mettaton’s wrist. Mettaton flinches for just a moment before entwining his fingers in hers. He physically feels her relax next to him. 

 

“He h-h-has a concussion … um … it’s n-n-not a bad one, necessarily … b-but… w-w-well … h-he’s pretty out of it? I-I-I need him to st-stay awake for an hour b-before I talk to h-h-him again. If h-h-he’s more lucid in an h-h-hour or two then h-he can sleep.” Alphys explains. 

 

Alphys sighs and rubs her forehead. 

 

Mettaton can tell Alphys is thinking about what to do with her office hours. He vaguely wonders how “two-sightings-in-one-day” is doing after the commotion he and Undyne caused in Alphys’ office. Then, he realizes, that may not have been the same student at all. For, Mettaton, as great as he is at almost everything, is completely face-blind. It has never been a skill he really needed to develop since most of his life everyone he really needed to know was color coded. 

 

“I-If one of you wants to relieve Sans, I-I-I need to call my Dean and my Department Head.” Alphys sighs even more deeply. 

 

Alphys walks past Undyne’s old room to her bedroom near the stairs before closing the door behind her.

 

Undyne looks at Mettaton. He looks down the stairs. He can hear Toriel pacing the floor of the front hallway on the phone. She speaks in whispers to whomever is on the other line. 

 

Likely, Lady Toriel is speaking with King Asgore about legalities. Mettaton realizes. 

 

Mettaton knows Blooky and Shyren have retreated to Shyren’s bedroom at the far end of the hall. The only time Mettaton let his eyes stray from Papyrus’ door was to watch the two of them go into Shyren’s room. 

 

But, if Lady Toriel is on the phone, and Blooky and Shyren are in Shyren’s old room, who is with our darling Frisk? Mettaton thinks to himself. 

 

“You can go first Shield Maiden . Someone ought to check on Frisk since Lady Toriel is preoccupied with the legalities as well as what to do with the school tomorrow. When Dr. Alphys believes that Frisk and I will both be allowed to sit with my dearest Papyrus, then come and find us. However, I doubt leaving Frisk alone is … wise … given the circumstances,” Mettaton says. 

 

Undyne looks at Mettaton with something akin to gratitude before pulling him into a hug so tight Mettaton wonders if she’ll leave a dent in his chest. He stiffens in her grasp and every fiber of him wants to pull away. His Soul hammers in his Soul Chamber but, when Undyne starts to cry, Mettaton wraps his arm around her shoulders. The longer he remains in her powerful embrace, the more relaxed he finds himself. 

 

Mettaton watches Undyne walk into the mostly dimly lit room. 

 

“Your space heater is going to hang with Frisk,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton turns to go. 

 

“Yeah … he’s being too nice. Probably wants me to let him have his SceneIt privileges back. Over my blowing dust is he playing that again no matter how nice he is …” 

 

This is the last Mettaton hears of that conversation before he descends the stairs. 

 

********

 

Sans sits on one of Paps’ sofa chairs in the corner of his brother’s room. Unless Alphys drags him out, Sans isn’t leaving. 

 

Sans watches Paps and Undyne chat about some kind of sparring match they both had with Doggo a few years ago. However, Sans doesn't pay much attention to exactly what Undyne and Paps are saying. Sans' mind wanders away because he's too focused on how hard he had to fight Paps to let Alphys’ examine him. 

 

Sans hates being firm with Papyrus, especially when it’s necessary, because then he can’t give in. 

 

The worst moment, in Sans’ mind, has to be when he forced Paps to look at Alphys in the eyes. Even though Sans knows that Alphys needed to ensure that his little brother’s eyes focused properly, Sans still hates that it had to happen. Sans shudders as he remembers how Alphys shined her phone’s flashlight directly into Paps’ eyes while he looked at her, and Sans’ spine crawls with the sound of his brother’s cries that he didn’t want to look. 

 

Still, Sans rolls his shoulders and looks down at his hands. Everything seems fine now, thank the Angel. Before she left, Alphys told Sans the only thing they still need to be careful of is keeping Paps awake for an hour to ensure that he remains lucid.  

 

With Undyne here, Paps perks up and seems well more with it than after Alphys’ examination. Sans briefly wonders if he and Alphys shouldn’t have pulled Mettaton and Undyne in the room when they asked Paps questions about how he got injured. It appears, now at least, that Papyrus was less confused and more distressed. Sans kicks himself for not thinking about the fact that a more accurate assessment of Paps’ cognitive functioning would have been after he had some time to regulate. For, Papyrus has been poked and prodded by either Alphys or Sans since Paps first walked in the door. 

 

The mere thought of Paps walking through the door makes Sans want to destroy something. So, Sans tries in vain to shake the image of Papyrus stumbling onto the couch in the living room out of his vision. He wants to plug his ears against the sound of his brother’s tears as Paps curled up on his side. Sans hears him repeating the insults those human assholes called his brother over and over. Even now, Sans can almost feel his eye glowing in rage. 

 

Sans blinks the fiery tears away. He takes a deep centering breath in his Soul. 

 

It had been Alphys’ idea to wrap Papyrus’ head in a bandage to prevent Undyne, Mettaton, and Frisk from seeing the small crack in Papyrus’ skull until the crack was healed.

 

“N-N-No use making everyone f-f-freak out.” She had whispered.  

 

Seeing how Undyne keeps sending Sans worried glances over her shoulder, Sans realizes the Alphys is just as wise as he remembers her being in their college days. 

 

Sans notices that Papyrus is laughing about something. 

 

“UNDYNE! BE NICE! YOU KNOW YOU ARE GOING TO MISS HIM WHEN HE LEAVES IN JANUARY!” Papyrus admonishes. 

 

“Yeah … well, he can’t know that. I gotta toughen him up if that nerd is gonna go out into the big scary human world. For having a metal body, he’s a big softie!” Undyne conspiratorially whisper shouts.

 

Paps giggles at that. 

 

Alphys knocks on the door before entering. She catches Sans’ eye as she walks into the room. 

 

Sans pulls out his phone and texts Alphys. 

 

He says:

offer frisk and MTT

been thinking

last time paps was probably dysregulated 

swayed answers out of his favor

probably more sensory overload than true concussion

or some combo of both

 

Alphys looks at the message before giving Sans a quick nod. 

 

“I-If you w-want Papyrus, I can t-t-tell Mettaton and Frisk to come up b-b-before I ask you m-more about what happened. W-W-Would that be b-b-better?” Alphys asks. 

 

Papyrus seems to brighten at that idea before mulling it over a bit more. 

 

“I AM NOT SURE IT WOULD BE A GOOD IDEA TO TELL THIS STORY IN FRONT OF FRISK … “ Papyrus trails off. 

 

“S-S-So … you d-do remember wh-wh-what happened?” Alphys asks. 

 

Papyrus’ face darkens before his eyes widen slightly with fear. 

 

“M-MORE THAN I WOULD LIKE TO,” Papyrus says. 

 

Sans and Alphys breathe identical sighs of relief. 

 

Alphys shoots Sans a look that seems to say “I figured you were right when I also had time to think, but I’m glad we were.” 

 

Sans gives Alphys a “I know, but I’d rather we overreact than under” look in return. 

 

“paps, i’m sure it’s fine. frisk will be more anxious if they don’t know what’s going on. tori’s been on the phone with subs and asgore for almost an hour and a half now. i’m sure MTT and frisk are both totally freaked out. trust me, if you want them, they want to be here,” Sans says. 

 

Papyrus considers this for a moment before he nods slowly. Papyrus winces. 

 

“Don’t do that nerd! Head as still as possible, dumb-dumb!” Undyne scolds. 

 

Sans gives Undyne a grateful smile from his corner. 

 

********

 

Frisk pokes their head in the room with Mettaton’s hand clasped firmly in their own. Frisk looks over their shoulder at Mettaton before gathering their courage and walking into the dark room. 

 

Frisk lets Mettaton guide them towards the other plush chair in Papyrus’ room nearest the door. Frisk makes grabby hands in Mettaton’s direction signaling Mettaton to put Frisk on his lap as both of them sit down. 

 

“S-S-So, what e-e-exactly happened? St-Start before you g-got injured. Y-You went to the store …” 

 

Papyrus takes over and explains that he went to the board game store, and he talked with the manager for quite a while about puzzle games. 

 

In fact, when Alphys checks Papyrus’ phone log, Sans’ first missed call was during the time Papyrus thought he was talking with Peregrin. 

 

Everyone in the family has met Peregrin by now. They always call Papyrus personally when his items are in so the two of them can chat at the coffee bar when Papyrus picks up his things. 

 

Thus, no one, least of all Mettaton, Sans, or Frisk, is not surprised at all that Papyrus and Peregrin got lost in conversation. 

 

However, Papyrus looks towards the ceiling when he describes leaving the store. 

 

“I PROBABLY SHOULD HAVE TAKEN PEREGRIN UP ON THEIR OFFER TO WALK ME TO MY CAR BECAUSE I PARKED RATHER FAR AWAY … FARTHER THAN USUAL ANYWAY. I WAS BY THE HIGH SCHOOL … EBBOT CENTRAL. THAT’S WHERE BRATTY AND CATTY ARE TRANSFERRING FROM RIGHT, DR. ALPHYS?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Alphys nods. “Y-Y-Yeah … now that y-y-you mention it … y-yeah. Ha. E-Even I f-f-forgot that.” 

 

Papyrus explains that he got to his car before a bunch of boys from the high school saw him. Papyrus inferred they must have been going somewhere for lunch because it was around noon. 

 

“Exams. C-Central t-t-tries to coordinate e-e-exams with E-Ebbot U.” Alphys clarifies.

 

Papyrus goes very quiet. 

 

“DO I HAVE TO TELL THIS PART?” He asks. 

 

“I-I-If you remember h-h-how you g-g-got injured, I-I-I need to h-h-hear it from you d-d-directly. I-I’m sorry. I-I-It’s b-basic concussion pr-pr-protocol. The f-fact that y-you had a h-headache and S-Sans said you seemed t-t-tired accompanied by the … um … ph-physical symptom of a h-h-head injury n-n-necessitates this. I’m sorry,” Alphys says. 

 

Frisk flinches at the words “physical symptoms.” They don’t see anything physically wrong, but there is a pretty large bandage around Papyrus’ head. They lean back and curl into Mettaton’s chest. 

 

Mettaton pats Frisk’s shoulder. Frisk knows they have to be strong or Mom is going to make them leave, and they really don’t want to leave Papyrus right now. If they can’t show they can handle it, they’ll never know what happened to Papyrus. They know deep in their Soul that not knowing is far, far worse than anything Papyrus will say. 

 

However, as Papyrus goes on to explain what the teens said while throwing him into the side of his car in an effort to get him to stop talking, Frisk wonders if not knowing and knowing are two equally painful things. 

 

“THEN, THEY CALLED ME A R-” 

 

Frisk shoots up fingers flying. 

 

No. Not. That. Never. That. We. Beautiful. Perfect. Amazing. Great. Flawless. Unique. Unrepeatable. Fabulous. 

 

Frisk’s chest heaves unable to let that word pass Papyrus’ lips in reference to himself. It almost feels like if Papyrus repeats that word that he would be calling both himself and Frisk that horrible thing. 

 

But. Autism. Not. Superpower. 

 

Frisk pulls a face at that idea as it comes to their mind unbidden. 

 

Autism. Us. Just. Us. Us. Just. Us. 

 

Frisk doesn’t realize that they’ve been inching closer to Papyrus as they sign. 

 

The room is silent before Frisk bursts into tears. 

 

“Frisk, dear heart? Papyrus wants to know if you’d like to sit next to him while he finishes his … ah … story, darling.” Mettaton fumbles for words. 

 

Frisk nods slowly. 

 

Then, they feel themselves slowly lifted next to Papyrus. They burry themselves in Papyrus’ shoulder. 

 

“AFTER THEY SAID THAT , THEY SHOVED ME OVER INTO THE CAR AND LEFT ME ALONE. I MUST ADMIT THAT EVEN I, THE GREAT PAPYRUS, FELT A BIT … STUNNED? … FOR A MOMENT. I KNEW, HOWEVER, IT WOULD NOT BE A WISE CHOICE TO DRIVE AS I … UM … FELT SHAKEN TO MY SOUL. SO, I ATTEMPTED TO WALK HOME, BUT THE SHAKY FEELING GOT MUCH WORSE. SO, I HAD TO STOP. I DIDN’T NOTICE THE PHONE CALLS BECAUSE I COULDN’T FEEL THE PHONE VIBRATE AS I WALKED. THEN, WHEN I DID NOTICE IT, I COULDN’T GET MY FINGERS TO QUITE COOPERATE IN ANSWERING THE CALLS. I … UM … ACCIDENTALLY HUNG UP SEVERAL TIMES.” Papyrus confesses. 

 

Frisk hears Alphys and Sans breathe a deep sigh of relief. 

 

“so. whaddya think doc?” Sans asks expectantly. 

 

“M-M-Mild. V-V-Very mild c-c-concussion. Thank the Angel,” Alphys says. 

 

Frisk nuzzles deeper into Papyrus’ shoulder before popping up. 

 

Sucks. Sorry. 

 

They sign. 

 

Recovery. Boring. 

 

Frisk notices that all eyes are on them. 

 

Gym. Class. Clumsy? 

 

They try to make their face convincing as they sign. But, Undyne glares at them. 

 

“You? You? Clumsy? You out-danced Footloose over here … not buying it nerd,” she says. 

 

Frisk rolls their eyes, and they notice Mettaton making an identical expression. 

 

Why do I always do this? I need to think before I sign. 

 

Frisk huffs and pouts before wiggling their fingers to warm them up for the story they’re about to tell. 

 

It had been a pretty average day at the Ebbot Boarding and Finishing School. 

 

Frisk huddled under some blankets in their dorm trying to escape the terrifying giggles of their classmates. 

 

They had some book they don’t remember in their lap and a flashlight perched on their shoulder. 

 

The next thing they remember the blanket had been pulled off of their shoulders, and they saw black. 

 

When they woke up, queasy and alone, they found a message scrawled across their sheets in black Sharpie that they have since blocked from their memory. 

 

Frisk closes their eyes so they don’t have to see their friends’ faces. They don’t want to see. 

 

Took. My. Puzzles. Still. Nobody. Noticed. Left. Climb. Mt. Ebbot. Few. Days. Later. 

 

“W-W-Wait … wait … w-wait … you … um … c-climbed a m-mountain? … a few d- days after a c-concussion with a-a-a full bl-blackout? Y-Y-You FELL … what h-h- how many feet?!” Alphys asks. 

 

Frisk shrugs blushing with embarrassment. 

 

No. Think. 

 

“Yeah … ya think? 'No think' is exactly it, nerd. For a smart kid, that was kind of an idiot thing to do.” Undyne chastises. 

 

I. Know. Stupid. Now. Not. Then.

 

Frisk flops onto the bed towards Papyrus’ feet with their hands under them as if to say “I’m done talking, now.” 

 

Frisk notices that, while no one says anything else, the silence isn’t comfortable the way silence usually is for them. 

 

They poke their head up to see everyone staring at them. Frisk blushes and sits up with their hands still crossed across their body. They carefully search for the comfy cuddle spot against Papyrus’ shoulder again. 

 

Frisk is vaguely aware that everyone in the room shifts around both them and Papyrus. The minimal light in the room goes out, and Papyrus falls asleep after a few minutes. Frisk feels their own eyelids growing heavy as they burrow deeper into the white pillows on the racecar bed. 

 

Only a few minutes after Frisk’s eyes close, they feel someone drawing the blankets over their shoulders.

 

“just get rest you two.” 

 

“Sans, darling, I swear I never heard this story before. I knew things were bad, but … they never told me this.” 

 

“i figured as much. it’s all good, MTT. let’s jus let ‘em both sleep.” 

 

********

 

To Frisk and Papyrus’ delight, Alphys decides that the concussion is mild enough that puzzles and board games are acceptable activities as long as they’re not played on a screen. 

 

Toriel calls Frisk out of school until break, and Asgore comes over to house-sit and discuss legal affairs with Sans while Toriel teaches. Flowey listens in on these conversations with the utmost curiosity. 

 

As the only real doctor in the family, Alphys decides its best to stay at Toriel's place during the day. So, Alphys does all of her office hours via Zoom on Tuesday and Wednesday per the suggestion, and well wishes, of John and Dr. Robinson. Alphys discovers, through Dr. Robinson, that John was actually the one who managed to convince Alphys' Department Head to let her work from home.

 

If only to check and see that Alphys is okay and that her friend was found safe and sound, all nine members of Alphys’ “fan club” call in at various times to say hello and wish her well.

 

After Sans and Alphys basically force him, Mettaton goes into the studio to work on tour prep. Still, Mettaton promises to come as soon as he’s done for the day. 

 

If Undyne is a bit less than engaged in her lessons, her students don’t seem to mind playing Gryftrot tag pretty much every period. They’re mostly hyped up on sugar from various classroom holiday parties anyway. 

 

Thus, it doesn’t surprise Sans in the slightest when Mettaton and Undyne both come through the door at the same time, Mettaton’s guitar case is slung over his back as he takes the stairs two at a time. 

 

“He finished it. ” Undyne grins mischievously. 

 

“undyne … we really shouldn’t.” Sans’ smile spreads. 

 

“Oh, I know, but I really, really, really wanna!” Undyne whines. 

 

“L-L-Losers, I’m t-t-totally getting a p-picture,” Alphys says. 

 

Her voice echoes from the top of the staircase as Undyne and Sans blink up at her in surprise. 

 

Alphys, Sans, and Undyne all tiptoe down the hallway. 

 

Frisk sits up in Papyrus’ lap looking excitedly over the edge of the bed. A deck of cards, Shoots and Ladders , and small tray with a puzzle half finished on it have been set aside on Papyrus’ desk. 

 

Mettaton flushes straight up to his forehead as he tunes his guitar. 

 

“I-I-I … um …” Mettaton swallows hard. “H-Had been kind of … hoping to … hoping to save this f-for … ah … Gryftmas, dearest, b-b-but … um … I-I-I figured n-now might be … better? I dunno … feelings are hard! Okay?” Mettaton pinches the bridge of his nose. 

 

Frisk giggles with pure delight and at how silly their friend’s words are. 

 

“I AM SURE IT WILL BE AS FANTASTIC AS YOU ARE! AND, SANS WAS NEVER VERY GOOD AT KEEPING PRESENTS HIDDEN EITHER,” Papyrus teases. 

 

Mettaton blushes hard again. 

 

Mettaton pulls one of the plush chairs up to Mettaton’s bedside, and he takes a deep breath. 

 

Alphys and Sans sit down to the left of the door. Sans pokes his head over Alphys’ shoulder. Undyne sprawls to the right of the door. All three of them are grateful that Papyrus, Frisk, and Mettaton are too engrossed in the moment to notice them eavesdropping. 

 

Alphys takes a couple of quick photos of Mettaton holding down some chords on the guitar while he lets Frisk strum the strings. Papyrus looks on dotingly. 

 

Sans bites his lip because for the first time he really has to think about Papyrus choosing to break out and start a life of his own. In this moment, Mettaton and Papyrus could be Frisk’s parents. Sans finds himself leaning into the little shiver up his spine. It’s not a bad shiver. He just feels old. For so long, it really has been just Sans and Papyrus alone in the world. 

 

But, seeing Paps and Mettaton so happy makes Sans confront the reality that the “just Sans and Papyrus era” is coming to an end. Sure, Papyrus still needs Sans. Yet, Sans has to wonder how much longer that will be the case. Maybe, there’s a part of Papyrus that will need, or at least want, Sans forever. But, in all the practical ways, Sans realizes that Papyrus has really grown up in his time on the surface. 

 

he’s his own monster now. by the angel, that’s weird. he’s more mature than i am … that’s scary. gotta work on that. Sans muses. 

 

Mettaton brings the guitar from Frisk’s hands back to his own lap. He starts playing softly before singing. 

 

it's a little bit funny

this feeling inside

i'm not one of those who can easily hide

i don't have much money, but boy if i did

i'd buy a big house where we both could live

 

if i was a sculptor, heh

but then again, no

or a man who makes potions in a traveling show

i know it's not much, but it's the best i can do

my gift is my song and this one's for you

 

It takes absolutely every ounce of Alphys’ willpower not to squeal when Mettaton starts singing. Undyne catches Alphys’ eye and both of them are grinning like children. They lay across the floor at the start of the second verse so they can hold hands. Their fingers just barely touch. 

 

and you can tell everybody

this is your song

it may be quite simple, but now that it's done

i hope you don't mind

i hope you don't mind

that i put down in the words

how wonderful life is while you're in the world

 

Sans looks down at his hands. He fiddles with the strings of his hoodie. In the end, this is exactly what he had always hoped for Papyrus. He has only ever wanted his brother to be happy. However, now, Sans realizes that there’s someone else he wants to see just as happy. Sans looks at the way the dim overhead light shines on the back of Mettaton’s glossy synthetic hair. Sans feels that same protectiveness swell in him that he felt when Mettaton got drunk with him, Undyne, and Alphys last weekend. In Sans’ mind, this song is the only vow he needs to consider Mettaton his honorary second kid-brother, and that means Mettaton is inheriting all the over-protective instincts that come with that title. 

 

i sat on the roof and kicked off the moss

well a few of the verses, well they've got me quite cross

but the sun's been quite kind

while i wrote this song

it's for people like you that keep it turned on

 

so excuse me forgetting

but these things i do

you see i've forgotten, if they're green or they're blue

anyway the thing is, what i really mean

yours are the sweetest eyes i've ever seen

 

This verse makes Frisk smile. For all Mettaton’s mind holds on to words, sounds, and the colors of those sounds, Mettaton is useless at remembering people. He’ll introduce himself to the same person three times at the same party completely by accident. Papyrus isn’t exactly helpful in that regard either because he does the same thing. Frisk knows it's not that Papyrus and Mettaton don’t care, but it’s almost like neither of them physically can remember. 

 

So, Frisk thinks it’s sweet that Mettaton points out something in a romantic and silly way that, at some other time, might have caused him embarrassment. 

 

and you can tell everybody

this is the song

it may be quite simple, but now that it's done

i hope you don't mind

i hope you don't mind

that i put down in the words

how wonderful life is while you're in the world

 

i hope you don't mind

i hope you don't mind

that i put down in the words

how wonderful life is while you're in the world

 

Papyrus grins widely with tears swelling in his eyes. 

 

“MAY I?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Mettaton nods with a watery smile of his own. It seems kind of like Mettaton wants to say something, but he doesn’t. 

 

Papyrus pulls Mettaton forward so their foreheads rest together. 

 

After a moment, the two of them pull away. 

 

“IT’S A SKELETON KISS. I DO NOT HAVE LIPS. THEREFORE, THIS IS HOW WE KISS.” Papyrus grins with a blush. 

 

Mettaton looks awkwardly at his hands. 

 

“May I, dearest?” His forehead turns fuchsia again. 

 

Papyrus grins impossibly wider. 

 

“OF COURSE!” Papyrus smiles. 

 

Mettaton brings his lips to Papyrus’ cheek bone and kisses him there. 

 

Papyrus places his hand over his cheek now blushing just as much as Mettaton.

 

Papyrus and Mettaton stare just past each other. Though, every few moments, one of them sneaks a glance at the other’s face before ducking away. Their hands slowly find their way to holding each other.

 

With both of them engrossed in each other, they are completely oblivious to Alphys and Undyne’s joyful squealing noises from the hallway, and that Frisk has fallen fast asleep on Papyrus’ lap. 

 

In fact, it isn’t until Mettaton tries to stand up with his guitar that he realizes that two of Frisk’s fingers are wrapped around one of the bassy copper strings. Mettaton bites his lip to keep from laughing as he removes Frisk’s fingers from the string and finishes standing up. 

 

As Mettaton goes to put his guitar in its case, Sans and Undyne do their best to evaporate, and they both find ways to make themselves look busy downstairs. However, Alphys lingers in the doorway. 

 

“Good night, my love,” Mettaton says. 

 

“W-WILL YOU COME SING AGAIN TOMORROW?” Papyrus asks. 

 

“I shall do my best to be here in a timely manner, but if you get tired of waiting for me, please rest, dearest. I-I have a tour preparation meeting tomorrow. Th-They often go late with the  … the plans for the tour getting closer. I-I … ah … never kn-knew how much planning went into tours.” Mettaton sighs. 

 

Papyrus nods with a smile. 

 

“THEN, I LOOK FORWARD TO MAYBE SEEING YOU TOMORROW,” Papyrus says.

 

Mettaton blows Papyrus a theatrical kiss before exiting the door. 

 

As Mettaton exits the room, he notices Alphys standing outside the door with a smile on her face. 

 

“Cute. W-W-Well done. But, ton-ton, m-m-make sure you take care of yourself, o-okay? Y-You’ve come to m-m-my place after  e-e-every single one of those m-m-meetings this last m-month. Last week, y-you texted m-me you were coming a-at almost m-m-midnight!  I-If you’re too t-tired tomorrow, j-j-just say something and w-we’ll t-take you to y-y-your apartment, or y-y-you are more th-than welcome to c-c-come to ‘Dyne and m-m-my place. Okay? Pr-Promise me you’re g-gonna look after y-y-yourself, too?” Alphys asks

 

Mettaton looks down the hallway towards Shyren’s room on the left. 

 

“I-I … I will try ,” he says. 

 

“That’s all I a-a-ask, ton-ton,” Alphys says. 

 

********

 

Mettaton bounces his knee when Undyne comes to pick him up after his meeting. Mettaton sits on a bench outside the studio. Undyne watches him for a while. His guitar case rests at his feet, and he seems to be staring at it. But, he doesn’t appear to notice her when she pulls up. 

 

Undyne honestly debates honking at Mettaton if only to see the stupid expression he’ll make. But, something about the late hour makes her think better of it. It’s almost 8:45, and something about the way Undyne sees Mettaton fidgeting makes her wonder if he’s still shaken up about what happened to Papyrus. 

 

So, Undyne gets out of the car and locks it. She approaches Mettaton slowly and, as she gets closer, she swears Mettaton almost looks like he has tears in his eyes. 

 

“Hey … um … Mer , you good?” Undyne asks.

 

She risks using the nickname she called him while watching Return of the King . She doesn’t want him to think she has gone soft on him, but he’s had a rough couple of days. He deserves a little slack. 

 

Mettaton's head springs up to look at Undyne. He tries to stop bouncing his leg, but it seems like trying to stop it only makes it worse. Still, Mettaton nods. 

 

 “I’m fine … I just …” he heaves a deep breath and sighs. 

 

Undyne watches as Mettaton runs his fingers through his hair. He bites his lower lip and looks up at the sky. Undyne swears she sees a tear slip down his cheek. Both of his legs start bouncing as he closes his eyes. 

 

Undyne looks around over her shoulder before she kneels down in front of him. She touches his knee, and he flinches almost as though she just slapped him. She immediately pulls her hand away and puts it in her lap. 

 

“Do you maybe just wanna go home, dude? Or, would you rather I drop you off at our place and get Alphy?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head and blows out a shaky breath. He wipes the tear from his cheek. Suddenly, Undyne actually hears his artificial lungs engaging to start Mettaton’s calming feature.

 

Undyne swears her Soul almost jumps into her throat. She clears it a little before speaking. 

 

Mer , you sure you're okay?” Undyne asks. 

 

“No. I’m … I’m fine. There were just … um … some passport issues, and the government got involved, and I really didn’t want to make it harder on Blooky and Shyren so I tried to take care of everything. I spent at least an hour explaining that no, Blooky was not going to be any more visible in a picture on their passport, and the human official from the … oh what was it called … Embassy? … whatever … was trying to convince me that Blooky should just make themselves less transparent? UGH! …  He was an absolute idiot. As Alphys would say, the neurons were there, but the synapses didn’t fire. I almost wished Flowey was there to chew him out. It was, at the very least, an amusing thought to have in that rather stressful situation. Then, our meeting ran late tonight … and … a-and … I haven’t had a minute to think about anything and … I have to get to Papyrus … and … it was … darn it all! … this whole freaking week … has been a lot …” Mettaton sighs again. 

 

Undyne watches as Mettaton flops forward dramatically, but she realizes that drama is mostly earned this time. She has no idea what a passport is, much less what it’s like to spend an hour arguing with someone about one. 

 

“Look, space heater, you don’t have to go over to see Papyrus if you don’t feel up to it. Alphy told me that if you’re exhausted you should go home. It’s late. Papyrus, Sans, and everyone else, they’re all gonna understand if you just wanna head home,” Undyne says. 

 

He shakes his head again, and he takes another huge breath. He stands up and picks up his guitar case. 

 

“No. I want to, Eyown .” He smirks. 

 

He sticks his tongue out at her as his eyes regain their usual little sparkle of mischief. She rolls her eye at him. 

 

Though she hates admitting it, she had been more than a little worried when he didn’t respond to her use of his nickname from their Return of the King movie night with one of the several dumb nicknames he has come up with over the last few weeks. At the very least, she hoped to hear one of his usual terms of endearment. However, now that Mettaton returns to teasing her, Her Soul stops racing in her chest.  

 

Jeeze … this whole thing with Papyrus has got me shaken up enough to care about metal man. I need that dumb vacation. Undyne thinks. 

 

As they walk towards the car, Undyne notices that Mettaton's whole body is shaking pretty bad. Mettaton pulls his coat tighter around his body while he struggles to get the guitar case over his back. 

 

“Want me to carry that thing, nerd?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton hesitantly hands it to her. “Thanks, Spear Maiden. ” 

 

Undyne grins wider. She unlocks the car, and she places the guitar carefully in the back seat. Mettaton takes shotgun and buckles himself in. 

 

However, Mettaton falls into sleep mode almost as soon as Undyne starts driving.

 

He groans lightly in his sleep as his eyebrows knit together. Undyne’s Soul gives a start at the sound. 

 

Undyne isn’t stupid. Now, she knows something’s wrong. 

 

So, as soon as Mettaton heads up the stairs to be with Papyrus, Undyne gives Alphys a look and nods towards the kitchen. 

 

Alphys wrings her hands as Undyne looks at her. 

 

“H-H-How was he doing wh-when you g-got him? ” Alphys asks. 

 

“Shook up. He had a rough day. Said something about the government and photos? I don’t really remember. But, he shouldn’t go home tonight. I love Napsta, and Shyren’s a great student, but he might need help that those two nerds can’t give him. He’s pretty shaky … physically, I mean. He seems pretty tired.” Undyne explains. 

 

Alphys nods, and Undyne notices her eyes drifting up to look at the ceiling. Then, Alphys bites her lower lip in thought. 

 

“Whatcha thinking about?” Undyne asks. 

 

“J-J-Just …what to t-text Napstablook a-and Shyren to keep them from g-getting nervous,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne hums her acknowledgment and agreement. 

 

Alphys suddenly pulls out her phone to send the text. Undyne watches intently as Alphys stops and starts texting. Alphys occasionally tilts her head back and forth as she mulls over words. 

 

“G-Got it,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne raises an eyebrow in curiosity. 

 

“I-I may h-have … uh … t-t-told a slight v-variation … um … on the tr-truth but … here’s wh-wh-what I said. ‘Hi y-you two, M-Mettaton asked to st-st-stay at our place a-after visiting Papyrus b-because we …” 

 

Both Undyne and Alphys jump upon hearing the distinct thud and slight twang of a guitar case being set down forcefully followed by a soft thud. 

 

Alphys goes running first, but it’s easy for Undyne to catch up to her. 

 

I thought I told that punk to take better care of himself! 

 

Undyne prepares herself to scold Mettaton, but he hasn’t passed out. Instead, they find Mettaton sitting on the stairs, hands clenched in tight fists, muttering to himself. 

 

“Stupid … stupid humans … stupid government … stupid passports … stupid international travel agencies … stupid photos ... stupid ... stupid ... stupid ...” Mettaton growls. 

 

Mettaton punches the stair he's sitting on with each phrase. 

 

Undyne’s Soul clenches with empathy. She has never seen Mettaton angry . Sure, Undyne has seen him flippant and sarcastic, and she has definitely seen him faun. Yet, Undyne cannot remember if she has ever really seen him truly angry. 

 

However, the way Mettaton's jaw tightens, the darkness of his expression, and the way his pink eyes do their level best to blaze a hole through Toriel’s front door, all definitely speak anger to Undyne.  

 

“M-Mettaton? H-H-Hey, hey, y-you wanna talk to me about it? I-It’s okay to be u-upset, you know? Y-Y-You can be angry. W-We don’t mind. B-But ... but, let’s not p-p-put a hole in the stair, o-o-okay? Toriel has h-had to do e-e-enough repairs a-after Undyne and P-P-Papyrus set the kitchen on f-f-fire last month. S-So, let’s not b-b-break the stairs. Y-You can hold my hand instead? O-Or, I have some of f-f-fidgets in my work bag.” Alphys offers. 

 

Alphys gently takes Mettaton’s hand to stop him from punching the wood. He immediately grasps Alphys’ hand tight. 

 

Undyne observes Mettaton and Alphys carefully. Alphys’ rubs circles on Mettaton’s palm after he loosens his grip on her hand. Then, Alphys deliberately looks Mettaton over. 

 

Mettaton pulls his hand away from Alphys after about a two minutes of them sitting together. His bites his lip and curls in on himself. 

 

Both Alphys and Undyne are ready for anything. Undyne is ready to rush Mettaton to the training room downstairs to punch something or scream, and Alphys readies herself to hold Mettaton if he starts to cry. 

 

As of right now, the latter seems more likely to Undyne. 

 

“Alphys, darling, I-I … I know I said I was going to start working on staying at my own place more after the last time I invaded your home during the work week. But, my dears, c-could I perhaps … well ... I’d really like to watch a film together. I can go back to the apartment after … if that’s an inconvenience I don’t want to … impose,” Mettaton says. 

 

So much for a “variation on the truth” … maybe you just have some kind of MTT related sixth sense, Alphy. Undyne smiles to herself at the thought. 

 

“... c-course. It’s l-like we said l-last time, remember? Y-You’re never i-imposing. Let's g-g-go home,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne shakes her head to get herself to focus. 

 

“Do ya want a hand up there, dude?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head, and he uses the railing to pull himself up to his feet. He rolls his shoulders a few times and shakes out his hands. When Mettaton looks up at Undyne again, any of the earlier traces of anger, frustration, and uncertainty are completely gone from his face. It is almost as though they were never there. 

 

Undyne’s Soul shudders in the almost uncanny way Mettaton has learned to school his expressions. 

 

Sans hears them leaving and comes down the stairs to see them out. 

 

“I-I-I’ll be back tomorrow m-morning,” Alphys says. 

 

“um … i know this sounds silly, but … what are we doin’ about movie-game night?” Sans asks. 

 

“I’ll a-a-assess further t-t-tomorrow, but P-Papyrus should be f-f-fine to play g-games or w-w-watch a movie as l-long as h-he commits to resting on S-Sunday with no screens.” Alphys smiles. 

 

Sans sighs in relief while sporting a huge grin. 

 

“ah … in that case … he wants to do some kind of game show?” Sans says. 

 

Mettaton’s face brightens. 

 

“Text me a list of what all he wants to do, darling. I can put something together!” Mettaton beams. 

 

Alphys shoots Mettaton a look over her shoulder. Undyne knows that look all too well. Undyne has been on the receiving end of that pointed and derisive frown more often than she’s willing to admit. That’s the “you’re overexerting yourself, don’t be a dumbass” look. 

 

“thanks, MTT. he’ll be so happy.” Sans smiles. 

 

“W-W-We should really h-h-head home, Sans. G-G-Give Toriel a-and F-Frisk our best,” Alphys says. 

 

“Yeah. tell Frisk we’re gonna decorate hardcore some time next week!” Undyne says. 

 

“Tell dear Frisk that I shall be around tomorrow. I know Wednesdays are usually their day to talk with me. It’s been far too long since we had a proper dance session or a walk. I have en - no not enjoyed, as many of them are quite sad, - I have been fascinated by Frisk's stories from their life before their fated climb up Mt. Ebott. And while I had hoped to be early enough to spend time with both Frisk and Papyrus, sadly I was delayed by a … a-a … meeting .” Mettaton says with a grimace. 

 

Undyne looks at Mettaton with a widening eye. She had no idea that Frisk has been discussing their life before climbing Mt. Ebott with anyone, much less Mettaton. 

 

Yet, Sans seems to know all about this because he just gives a thumbs up and a nod. 

 

As the three of them head out, Undyne picks up the guitar case without anyone saying a word. 

 

Thankfully, no one protests.

 

Undyne puts the guitar in the trunk while Alphys says something Undyne can’t hear to Mettaton. He says something in an equally soft voice back. 

 

The drive home is mostly silent. But, Undyne notices Mettaton fidgeting again in the back seat. He’s not going into immediate sleep mode like he had earlier. Undyne flicks her eye between the road and Mettaton. She’s not sure which state of being worries her more. 

 

As they pull into the house, Undyne casts a final look over her shoulder. Mettaton hasn’t settled. He’s still fidgeting with a bracelet on his left wrist. Undyne parks, and all three of them sit in silence for a while. Undyne risks another glance over her shoulder at Mettaton. He spins the bracelet on his left wrist exactly twice before stopping to tap his fingers on his knees before going back and spinning the bracelet on his left wrist exactly twice before tapping his knees. Mettaton continues doing this until Undyne has had enough of watching him. 

 

“Why don’t we go inside?” Undyne suggests. 

 

“D-Do you know wh-wh-what you want to w-watch, Mettaton?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Ah … I actually hadn’t thought of that, darling.” He confesses. 

 

Undyne grins. “I know what I want to watch.” 

 

“I-I-I swear if you say Ponyo one m-more time!” Alphys giggles. 

 

“It’s your fault you showed it to me! Besides, tiny fish baby is cute and a squish.” Undyne coos. 

 

“D-Do you want a tiny f-f-fish baby who is cute and a squish?” Alphys mutters. 

 

Undyne wants to pretend she didn’t hear that because she’s blushing straight down her gills. But, Mettaton actually starts laughing hysterically so Undyne can’t pretend Alphys didn’t say it. 

 

The laughter makes it real.

 

“Let’s just go inside!” Undyne says, trying to scrub the blush from her face. 

 

As soon as they get inside, Undyne and Alphys both watch to confirm that Mettaton plugs himself in before settling into a bed of bean bags below the couch. Mettaton grabs as many blankets as he can find and wraps them around himself in a little cocoon. 

 

“You got enough blankets there? They look almost like a cape, Loki .” Undyne grins. 

 

Mettaton glares as his nose and dark hair are barely visible under a thick green blanket. 

 

“While I see the resemblance, both in terms of personality and charm, I fail to see how that applies to this situation. And, sadly, the recent films have largely ruined the cinematic universe and cinema itself. Unfortunate, as the early films were brilliant.” Mettaton deadpans. 

 

Undyne snorts on her laughter. 

 

“It’s green and it’s a cape. Not everything needs to have perfect cinematic alignment to be funny. Also, I didn’t need to think about the death of a decent film franchise. So, way to bring down the mood, nerd,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton rolls his eyes at her before snuggling deeper into his cocoon. 

 

“This is a sufficient amount of blankets, Thor: Bench-Presser of Children. ” He retorts. 

 

Alphys almost drops the DVD case as she chokes on laughter. 

 

“How the hell do you come up with this shit so fast?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton just shrugs. “Improv and an encyclopedic knowledge of most human media … no matter how terrible.” 

 

Undyne decides that he’s probably exhausted and that’s why he’s being so cranky. 

 

The three of them do in fact end up watching Ponyo . Alphys and Undyne cuddle together on the couch while Mettaton lays across several bean bag chairs. 

 

When the movie is over, Undyne and Alphys carefully step over Mettaton. 

 

“Goodnight, Mettaton. T-Try to e-e-enter sleep mode, soon. O-Okay? J-Just speaking f-from experience, … um … i-it’ll make you f-f-feel less f-f-frustrated tomorrow if you can g-get some rest,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton nods. 

 

Undyne and Alphys walk together up the stairs. Once they’re both snuggled together, Undyne decides that tonight she’s going to ask Alphys a dumb question that has been plaguing her for the last several weeks. 

 

“H-Hey, Alphy … um … not that I really care, but … why didn’t Mettaton want to learn to drive?” Undyne asks. 

 

“H-He’s mostly bl-bl-blind in his r-right eye. Driving f-freaks him out. S-Sans and I tried to t-teach him. He turned the k-key, adjusted the m-mo-mirror, and then … he just turned the k-k-keys again and said ‘Nope. N-Nevermind, darling I’ll U-Uber or d-d-do something else.’” Alphys explains. 

 

“How did he learn to dance and do all those stunts, then? Don’t you need depth perception to dance?” Undyne asks. 

 

“P-Persistence. He l-loves it. D-Driving is only a n-necessary evil. D-D-Dance is everything t-to him. As for the s-stunts, he d-doesn’t love them, b-but he does them b-b-because other people like them. It’s p-part of the reason I-I focused a lot on his d-d-defenses when I f-finalized his body.You’d never k-know he didn’t l-l-like stunts, but I-I could always t-tell. I-I just w-w-wanted him to be s-safe,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne nods. Only having one good eye herself, Undyne can see where driving might freak him out even if she, personally, enjoys it. Undyne loves the freedom of driving. To her, there's nothing more amazing than the feeling of the wind in her hair as she rolls down the windows on the highway.

 

Yet, to be honest, dancing scares the hell out of her because she’s afraid of falling or dropping Alphys. 

 

Maybe I really have been too hard on him. I hope he’s okay out there in the world when he’s not with us. Undyne thinks to herself. 

 

“I get it. I don’t wanna fall when I dance. ‘s why I don’t do it,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys smiles. “I-I-I wouldn’t dr-drop you. Y-You know?” 

 

Undyne places a kiss on Alphys’ forehead before rolling over to her back. Undyne smiles as she drapes an arm over her head and stares up at the ceiling. 

 

“I know.” Undyne whispers. 

 

********

 

Mettaton chews the back end of a pencil as he scrolls Sans’ text again. He’s perched on the end of his bed with a spreadsheet open on a laptop in front of him. He’ll have to thank Blooky for letting him borrow it tomorrow. 

 

The laptop is plugged in under Mettaton’s pink lamp which sits on his bedside table. The pink lamp casts a long shadow over the room. 

 

“So, if we start with SnipperClips because it’s the only team game, then we could do … no Tetris should be last, dearest Papyrus loves that one best … But, SnipperClips should definitely be first. DesktopTower Defense could go second. We could use three laptops because there are … Papyrus, one, Frisk, two, Blooky, three, Shyren, four, Alphys, five, Undyne, six, Asgore, seven, Toriel, eight, Sans, nine. So, do we have four computers? Two rounds … four computers … that’s nine right, darling?” Mettaton rubs his face. 

 

“I hate math, and math hates me …” He half sings and half mutters. 

 

He pulls up a calculator and discovers that four computers would work out to two rounds for eight people, not nine. 

 

“Toriel has a desktop computer, Alphys has a laptop, Blooky has a laptop, and I think Papyrus has a computer, too? That’s four. Does Sans have a computer? I think he does. So, we can make that work if we have five computers,” Mettaton says. 

 

Mettaton texts Sans:

do you and papyrus share a computer, darling? 

or do you each have your own? 

 

Sans replies:

tori has a desktop

papyrus has a laptop

i also have a laptop 

how’s it comin’ you okay?

 

Mettaton pauses for a moment. He feels like he’s forgetting something, but he cannot figure out what it is he’s forgetting. 

 

Mettaton says:

oh fine, lovely! 

it’s coming along great!

i’m just working out how to do desktop tower defense

we need computers for that game

 

Sans replies with a thumbs up emoji. 

 

That settled, Mettaton places SnipperClips in the first slot on the sheet followed by Desktop Tower Defense. Then, he writes a note in the Desktop Tower Defense cell that there will be two rounds, four in the first round, and three in the second. He also notes where the computers will come from - Toriel’s desktop, Blooky’s laptop, Alphys’ laptop, Sans’ laptop, and Papyrus laptop. 

 

Mettaton rolls his shoulders before leaning forward over the computer again. He’ll put the white board together with fun writing tomorrow morning. 

 

He glances at the little clock in the upper right hand corner of the screen. It’s only 11:30. He’ll be done in an hour, maybe three at the most. He got home later than he planned because he got to Toriel’s house later than he planned. 

 

Mettaton didn’t leave the studio until 8:00 when he wanted to leave no later than 7:00. The Uber took forever to get to him because it's a Friday night in a college town. However, that means he didn’t get to Toriel’s until 8:30. Then, Mettaton hung out with Frisk until Toriel forced Frisk to go to bed at 9:15. Then, Mettaton and Papyrus were talking until 10:45. Sans brought Mettaton home via wormhole at 11:00.

 

So, all things considered, Mettaton has made a lot of progress in half an hour! It doesn’t matter that he hasn’t had any time to work on this until now, and he has to have everything organized by 5:00 PM tomorrow. He just has to get the order of events done tonight so that he can spend all morning tomorrow making the board look fancy. 

 

Nobody needs to know that I save this until the last minute. Why am I so tired? It doesn't matter. Focus! 

 

Mettaton shakes his arms out before continuing to work on his order of events. 

 

“Okay, then we should do something with no screens … Jenga has no screens. So, we have a couple of different versions of that, right, beautiful? How many copies did Sans say we have? Two? We have two. So, that makes sense to put after Desktop Tower Defense. It gives Papyrus a screen break. So, if we keep the same pairs as the teams, then we have Jenga heats. It would be too much of a disaster to have everyone play at the same time ..." he trails off. 

 

Mettaton's mind instantly imagines everyone trying to play Jenga together as an elimination game with Undyne in the mix. He simultaneously wants to laugh and hide at the horrifying vision that enters his mind.  

 

"Yes. Probably wise to avoid that. So, Lady Toriel plays Sans, and Undyne plays Dr. Alphys. Then, the winner of those two play each other while Blooky plays against Shyren. Then, either Blooky or Shyren plays either Lady Toriel, Sans, Dr. Alphys, or Undyne. While that happens, Papyrus and Frisk play each other. Then, we’ll take a break and either Lady Toriel, Sans, Dr. Alphys, Undyne, Blooky, or Shyren can play against King Asgore. The winner of that would play either Frisk or Papyrus. Whoever wins the final battle gets 3 points? Wait, but that means Frisk and Papyrus only play once? That's not right. So, it would start the same … Lady Toriel vs. Sans, and Undyne vs. Dr. Alphys. Winners play each other, and then losers play each other. That way each win could give a person one point. That’s right, gorgeous you got it. So, the next heat would be …” 

 

Eventually, Mettaton works out the Jenga heats, but that alone takes him forty-five minutes making it 12:15 by the time he has worked through only three games. 

 

Mettaton puts his cheek on the top of his knee.

 

As he looks over at his wall, Mettaton swears he sees a man’s shadow moving across it. His Soul is in his throat for a few seconds before he realizes it has to be his own shadow. Upon realizing he was startled by nothing, Mettaton tries to throw himself back into his task. 

 

But, he can’t shake the feeling of someone or something standing over him. The feeling is so intense that he almost feels claustrophobic. 

 

“So … so next … next …” 

 

Mettaton stops to place a hand over his chest. 

 

He feels an uncomfortable, though annoyingly familiar, pressure in his chest. 

 

“Get it together … get it t-t-together … i-it always passes … j-just f-f-f-focus … focus … don’t start crying … we don’t have time for crying, you i-i-idiot.” Mettaton grits his teeth.

 

Yet, all Mettaton wants to do is cry. He wants to cry and call Alphys. But, it's 12:15, and he doesn't want to bother her with nothing. He can't believe he lets something so stupid scare him.

 

His chest squeezes tight, and Mettaton takes a strangled breath. 

 

Mettaton knows he needs to cry. Crying has been the only consistent solution to this all too common problem of his chest tightening so much he can barely breathe. He discovered that letting himself cry is the best, and only, solution sometime after crashing at Alphys and Undyne’s house last week Tuesday.

 

Now that he thinks about it, though, maybe, it was the week before last week?

 

As Mettaton's mind spirals, he isn’t sure if he can remember the last time he has gone a whole night without crying. 

 

Mettaton laces his fingers behind his head and curls into his knees. He just can’t quite get his artificial lungs to engage properly as the pressure around his Soul worsens. 

 

“C-C-Come on … j-j-just work … please … please … please work … please w-w-work … please … p–p-p-please …” 

 

Mettaton nuzzles deeper into his knees as his breathing quickens. 

 

“Sh-Shower w-w-w-worked l-la-last … y-yester- … yesterday… t-t-try … try that … that … that again …” 

 

He almost swallows the shallow breath he barely manages to take before standing. 

 

Mettaton’s legs shake violently under him as he grabs his bed post. He clings to it like a life line as he tries to get his feet to cooperate. He outright refuses to fall. 

 

Mettaton will not humiliate himself like that, even if he is his only audience.

 

Mettaton’s mind completely blanks how he makes it to the shower as well as how he gets his pajamas off. He only recalls turning the tap as hot as the water will go before sinking under it.  

 

At first, Mettaton wraps his arms around himself and whimpers. Then, he rocks back and forth under the water as he sobs. He hopes the sound of the water masks the sound of his crying so he doesn’t disturb Blooky and Shyren. 

 

Mettaton finds himself immensely grateful that he doesn’t have any skin to blister or flake into dust. For, even if the water feels like it burns him, he just lets the scorching sensation ground him knowing that it can't really hurt him. After several minutes, Mettaton's artificial lungs finally engage his calming feature.

 

Finally, after another forty-five minutes wasted, he dries himself off. However, he finds that his shoulders have started to glow in a soft pink light. 

 

I didn’t think Dr. Alphys put any LED … I … 

 

Mettaton blinks a few times before grinning so wide he’s sure his face is going to split in pure joy. A whole new burst of energy rushes through him. 

 

I … she … he … we all … we did it. I fused! It’s mine. It’s complete. It’s done … I’m me!

 

Mettaton punches the air and twirls just for the fun of it. 

 

He nearly slips on his own pajama pants, and he blushes as he gets himself dressed. 

 

He looks at the clock and finds it’s now just after 1:00. 

 

“I suppose that means no more burning hot showers, love.” He chuckles to himself. 

 

“So,  SnipperClips, Desktop Tower Defense, Jenga …” 

 

Mettaton repeats as he throws himself back into his organizing. 

 

In the end, it’s 6:00 AM before everything is organized. It’s nearly noon by the time the whiteboard is designed to Mettaton’s satisfaction. 

 

It’s 4:00 PM when Mettaton realizes he never charged himself. 

 

********

 

“Tonight! Beauties and Gentlebeauties we prepare to face the GAME GAUNTLET!” Mettaton announces. 

 

Sans has to laugh. When Mettaton promised that he’d turn Papyrus’ eclectic list of games into something coherent, Sans isn’t sure what he expected. All he knows is that Mettaton has delivered an incredible final product. 

 

A huge whiteboard is wheeled in by Undyne. It has a chart with the list of games and players. 

 

Because he is “hosting,” Mettaton’s name is not listed amongst the players. 

 

Sans looks over his shoulder, and he finds that Papyrus beams. 

 

“The rules of the Gauntlet are simple, my dears. The first, second, and third place winners of each game will each receive three, two, or one points respectively. Well, with a few games that are exceptions and have their own special point system. Regardless, lovelies, at the end, we shall tally up all the points. Aaaaand … by that I mean, Dr. Alphys and Sans will double check my math to ensure I’ve made proper calculations … and then we shall declare THE WINNER!” Mettaton cheers. 

 

Everyone grins. The games are a combination of puzzles, trivia, and generic party games. 

 

The first game of the night they play in teams. They play SnipperClips. Points are awarded for who can complete each level the fastest. Toriel and Sans go first. 

 

The two of them don’t totally botch the level. But, they aren’t very fast, either. Sans is surprisingly methodical and incredible at explaining things to Toriel. 

 

“Well done! Well done!” 

 

Mettaton writes their time on a piece of paper. 

 

Undyne and Alphys are up next. The two of them spend the whole time flirting while snipping off pieces of the other person’s character at random. They don’t even finish the level. 

 

But, everyone is laughing by the time they’re done. 

 

“UNDYNE! REALLY? YOU DIDN’T EVEN TRY TO DO IT RIGHT!” Papyrus scolds. 

 

“Who's to say! This is clearly the BEST way to play this game! Cut the little dudes into pieces! HACK ‘EM UP!” Undyne shouts. 

 

Everyone bursts out laughing. 

 

Alphys does get a redemption round so Asgore can play. But, somehow he’s even worse at the game than Undyne. 

 

Flowey is laughing hysterically through the entire six minutes it takes Asgore to move, and he collapses onto his leaves in the additional three it takes for Asgore to cut Alphys in half. 

 

While no one laughs quite as hard as Flowey, Asgore’s ineptitude does make everyone chuckle. 

 

“I-It’s alright A-Asgore … th-this game is hard.” Alphys assures.

 

Alphys, at least, tries really hard not to laugh. 

 

“My, my such … interesting displays these last two rounds have been! Blooky and Shyren, my dears, you’re up!” Mettaton sing-songs. 

 

Blooky and Shyren are another team of strategists. They manage to complete the level quicker than Sans and Toriel but not by much. 

 

“Well, well! Not bad at all! If our final team is ready, then we shall start the clock.” Mettaton grins. 

 

“READY FRISK?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Frisk nods. 

 

Frisk and Papyrus don’t even need to talk. They both just alternate from watching the screen to watching their fingers. They almost seem able to predict what the one needs before the other gets that point in the puzzle. They finish the level in just under two minutes which is a full minute faster than Shyren and Blooky’s time. 

 

Frisk holds out their fist. Papyrus taps it with his own. 

 

“"BA-LA-LA-LA-LA!” Papyrus says.  

 

Alphys spins on her heel to look at Frisk and Papyrus. She all but falls to her knees. 

 

“NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoooooooooo! Don’t do these th-things to me! It’s too c-cute!!!” Alphys squeals. 

 

Alphys’ reaction causes Mettaton to bite his lip to keep a rather loud laugh from erupting. But, when Undyne hoists Alphys across her shoulders, and then winks at him, Mettaton absolutely loses his battle against laughter. Alphys happily continues to squeal as Undyne spins her around.  

 

The next several games go off without a hitch. It seems like Papyrus and Frisk are unstoppable. Third place is a toss up between Blooky, Sans, and Shyren. But, first and second is a clear battle between Frisk and Papyrus. 

 

“Our third to last game of the evening, sweethearts is SceneIt! Sadly, I am no longer allowed to play because someone decided that it was unfair .” Mettaton glares at Undyne. 

 

“IT WAS UNFAIR, AND YOU KNOW IT! YOU SERIOUSLY COULDN’T EVEN LET ANYONE TRY TO ANSWER THE QUESTIONS! YOU GAVE PEOPLE QUESTIONS FOR FREE BECAUSE YOU COULDN’T HELP YOURSELF!” 

 

Undyne leaps on the sofa. 

 

“Perhaps, it’s best that I leave all you beauties and gentlebeauties to play this one without my hosting as I must admit, I lack self control during this game. Besides, all this announcing has left me a little dried out. Toodles!” Mettaton says. 

 

“Y-Yeah … p-probably for the b-best.” Alphys shakes her head. 

 

Mettaton heads for the kitchen, but something catches Sans’ eye. It’s slight, but Sans swears it looks like Mettaton’s wobbling a little bit. 

 

As Sans continues to watch Mettaton in his peripheral vision, for a split second, it seems to Sans like Mettaton is using the kitchen’s door frame as a crutch. Mettaton puts his hand up to his forehead with a grimace. Then, Mettaton walks into the kitchen like nothing happened. 

 

Everyone else’s backs are turned, and Sans just happened to turn his head. 

 

should probably check on him. i have a weird feeling about that. worst thing that happens is i’m wrong, and he makes some kind of joke about it. Sans thinks. 

 

He gets up and pats Toriel’s hand. 

 

“gonna grab myself somethin’ too. trivia is probably one of the things i’m worst at if i’m goin’ tiba honest,” Sans says. 

 

Papyrus glares at Sans over his shoulder. 

 

“BROTHER, ONE DAY. ALL I ASK IS ONE DAY WHERE YOU TRY TO MAKE YOUR WORD PLAY SLIGHTLY LESS EXCRUCIATINGLY PAINFUL TO LISTEN TO!” Papyrus shouts. 

 

Sans chuckles as he makes his way to the kitchen. But, the laughter dies as soon as Sans enters the room. He is acutely aware that something is very wrong as soon as he sees Mettaton’s head pillowed on his arms on the kitchen table with a half finished glass of tea sitting in front of him.

 

“hey, MTT? i noticed ya kinda stumbled in here. ya okay, buddy?” 

 

Sans pulls a chair up next to Mettaton. 

 

“‘m fine … tired … long week, darl’ng,” Mettaton says. 

 

Sans notes how slurred Mettaton’s voice sounds. 

 

no alcohol in sight. it has to be his battery. someone should have texted him a reminder ‘bout that explicitly. i totally coulda been more specific last night when I checked in. ‘cause last couple days he’s been at the studio, here, and then gone home. one night he was at al’s which was a blessing. still, poor kid probably couldn’t put his week back together if he tried. Sans thinks. 

 

“how’s your charge?” Sans asks. 

 

Mettaton grunts. 

 

“‘s like 5%, but … I think ‘m plugged in? ‘s why I came in here, sweeth’rt.” 

 

Sans looks down. 

 

“ya are, in fact … um … not plugged in, pal,” Sans says. 

 

“Oh? …” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

Mettaton fumbles with the cap over his charging port with little success. 

 

“can i just help ya, MTT?” Sans asks. 

 

Sans realizes that’s a touchy subject only after Mettaton’s eyes fill with synthetic tears. 

 

“NO! Don’t touch it! I don’ WANT you to touch it!! ” Mettaton says forcefully. 

 

Sans raises an eye socket as Mettaton blindly swings his arm up over his head for emphasis. This sends Mettaton forward so he ends up face down on his arm again while the other comes to rest over the back of his head. 

 

red flag. that’s a red flag. gotta be delicate though. Sans thinks. 

 

“do ya want al or somebody else ta help ya with it, MTT?” Sans asks. 

 

“No … I got it. ‘s fine, darl’ng. Don’ bother ‘nyone. ‘m fine,” Mettaton says. 

 

After quite a struggle, Mettaton finally unscrews the cap and gets the cord pulled out of the port. However, he stumbles on his way to plug himself into the wall. Mettaton braces his fall but still lands heavily on his knees. 

 

if it weren’t for paps and undyne shouting, someone definitely woulda heard that. if they hadn’t already heard him yell before. Sans thinks. 

 

Sans kneels next to Mettaton who looks a second away from face planting into the kitchen floor. 

 

“MTT, just sit down and relax, ‘kay? now that you have the cord out, can i just plug it in the wall for ya? i swear i won’t touch anythin’ else below your waist. ‘m jus’ gonna plug in the cord,” Sans says. 

 

“mmmm ... guess tha’s fine …d’rling,” Mettaton says. 

 

Sans watches Mettaton to make sure he doesn’t need Sans’ help getting back to the chair. As it turns out, Mettaton is even more unsteady than Sans expects. Mettaton’s knees start to buckle but, thankfully, when Sans needs to be, he can be pretty light on his feet. Sans grabs a chair and begins to guide Mettaton, by the hand, onto it before Mettaton can hit the floor a second time.

 

“chair’s right behind ya, kid. nice and easy. m’kay? nice and easy, buddy. we’re gonna sit down now. ‘kay? take it nice ‘n slow . how ya feelin’? are ya real dizzy, kiddo? think ya gonna go no power on me?” 

 

Mettaton nods slowly in response to both questions. 

 

“... y-yeah ... d-d-dizzy … r-room ... spinning … not … in n’a the … fun … w-way.” Mettaton manages to say. 

 

Upon having his fears confirmed, Sans gently eases Mettaton’s head between the robot’s knees. Mettaton doesn’t flinch or make any protest as Sans guides him forward, so Sans leaves his hand on Mettaton’s back as he speaks.  

 

“easy, buddy, wantcha ta keep your head right there. if ya pass out, i don’t want ya ta hurt yourself, kid, m‘kay? if ya fall sideways, floor in here’s tile. ‘s not gonna be fun ta hit with an already spinnin’ head. one concussion this week’s plenty,” Sans says. 

 

It seems, at least for now, Mettaton allows Sans to touch his shoulders and back. However, Sans just commits to listening carefully to what is and is not wanted. 

 

Sans waits just a moment longer until he is assured Mettaton won’t move. Then, he turns to plug the charger in the wall. 

 

“there we go, that’s all settled now, MTT,” Sans says. 

 

“‘m sorry … didn’ mean for … my battery to get so low … got distracted las’ night,” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

“hey, buddy, no worries, i get it, accidents happen. don’t sweat it. i forget to do stuff all the time. but, and this is gonna sound totally hypocritical, but … maybe … um … try to remember the stuff that’s important for your health first. wouldn’t want the floor to accuse you of assault and low battery,” Sans says. 

 

Metton cracks a smile, a weak smile, but it’s still a smile. 

 

When Mettaton tries to sit up, Sans puts a gentle hand on Mettaton’s back. 

 

“don’t try to get up yet, ‘kay? how 'bout we jus' take a breather here for a minute. yeah? ‘cause al and paps would offer ta let grilby make me into one of his specials if i let somethin’ happen to ya,” Sans says. 

 

“N-No … I should be … I should be supporting Papyrus. … I-I feel so foolish,” Mettaton says. 

 

“don’t, MTT. like i said, honest, accidents happen. ‘s not your fault. i was jus’ thinkin’ that you’ve had kinda a confusing week. somethin’ was bound ta slip. i shoulda texted you specific reminder the last couple of nights ta take care of yourself. you’ve got a lot on your mind lately, yeah? so don’ sweat it,” Sans says. 

 

It doesn’t escape Sans’ ever perceptive gaze that Mettaton stiffens at his question. 

 

“It‘s not an excuse. I swear . It’s not … not an excuse.” Mettaton’s voice breaks. 

 

“MTT. i saw what ya did for paps when he was recovering. ya sang that song ya wrote for him every night since tuesday before ya went home. not ta mention putting together this whole gauntlet thing. ‘kay? i know this was just an unfortunate lapse in judgement. to be honest with ya, i’m surprised your memory is half this functional right now. ya know, with the tour preparation on top of what happened to paps, ‘s a lot. you’re not perfect. so what, nobody is. no matter how great or super he might be, yeah? so, i’m not so naive to love that i don’t see the way your love radius for my little bro. forgetting ta charge doesn’t change that.” Sans reassures. 

 

Mettaton stiffens, and his eyebrows scrunch together. 

 

“MTT, we really should get, doctor alphys. do ya want me ta get her now?” Sans asks. 

 

Sans moves his steadying skeletal hand to Mettaton’s shoulder. 

 

“N-No. I should … ‘s fine. Don’t interrupt the fun more than I-I have already, darling. Please ,” Mettaton says. 

 

“i really want to emphasize how much this is not your fault. ‘kay? if you’re not feelin’ well, we should let ya charge upstairs where it’s quiet. ya dropped to like what … 2 or 3% by the time we figured out the cord? al told us ya might start to feel pretty damn sick when ya drop to 10% or less power. i’m surprised ya did so well in front of the whole crew for so long. how about ya take it easy and have doctor alphys come in and check ya out. then, tori can getcha tucked in upstairs so ya can have a nice long nap. how’s that sound, kid?” Sans asks. 

 

“No. No. I-I’m alright. Th-This … this is fine.” Mettaton insists. 

 

“ok, ok. but, at least let me hang out here with ya to confirm that you’re as ‘alright’ as ya say ya are,” Sans says. 

 

“F-Fine, but you’re overreacting,” Mettaton says. 

 

i, really, don’t think i am, kid. Sans thinks. 

 

Mettaton groans and massages his forehead with both hands after a particularly loud boom of laughter from Asgore echoes around the lower level of the house. It doesn’t help that the laughter is promptly followed by Undyne whining about playing SceneIt with Alphys being unfair because she has been researching human films for ages with Mettaton to make his body. 

 

“Come now, Undyne. We cannot ban more people from the game just because you lost. Mettaton was only banned for being a steel trap for movie facts … and more than a bit overzealous. Thus, we were keeping things fair. You only lost by two points this round,” Asgore says. 

 

Papyrus groans at the pun while Undyne screams.

 

“WHO DO YOU THINK MADE THE MAGIC STEEL TRAP , ASGORE!?”

 

Alphys and Papyrus both have to laugh at that.

 

Sans’ attention is drawn back to Mettaton when Sans catches him moving in his peripheral vision. Sans watches Mettaton press a hand to his chest piece. Based on the sound, it seems like Mettaton is having trouble accessing his artificial lungs.

 

“mettaton? hey, what’s wrong, buddy? somethin’ hurtin’, kiddo?” Sans asks.

 

Sans puts a little more pressure on Mettaton’s shoulder when Mettaton groans. 

 

“talk ta me, MTT. do. you. need. alphys. be honest,” Sans says urgently. 

 

“‘s nothing … ‘s nothing …” Mettaton wheezes. 

 

“doesn’t sound like nothin’,” Sans says. 

 

Sans kneels in front of Mettaton so Sans can see Mettaton’s face better. Mettaton’s brows are furrowed with concentration. 

 

“talk. ta. me.” Sans drops his voice. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head. 

 

“Happens sometimes …always … always passes …” Mettaton breathes hard. 

 

“have ya told, doctor alphys about this, MTT?” Sans keeps his voice serious. 

 

“No … ‘s fine … like I said … it always … ngh … passes.” 

 

Mettaton waves his hand in Sans’ general direction as Mettaton fights for a ragged breath. 

 

“listen. i’m not an expert or anythin’, but ya look like you’re in pain, MTT. ya need to tell her. is it your artificial lungs? or is it somethin’ else in your core that’s hurtin’? talk ta me, kid,” Sans says. 

 

“‘s … ‘s not a problem … don’t really need to breathe ‘nyway … just happens … when … when … get … stressed … hard to access … c-c-calming … calming feature … always p-p-passes … passes … always passes … after a f-f-few … f-few minutes. I-I … just … just need t-t-to focus … need … need quiet,” Mettaton says. 

 

Mettaton grimaces and fights for another breath that doesn’t come. 

 

“see. now, that sounds and looks like a big problem ta me. if stress is making somethin’ hurt, ‘specially in your core, ya need to tell doctor alphys. ‘kay, buddy?” Sans says. 

 

“No … no … ‘s fine … ‘m fine. S-Sorry … this … it's shallow and … it’s n-n-not … ‘s not important … ‘m fine, d’rling,” Mettaton says. 

 

“don’t apologize for bein’ in pain, MTT. ‘s okay that you're not feeling so great. that’s fine, buddy. nobody out there’s gonna hold it against ya for not feelin' good. so, while i’m not gonna force ya ta talk ta doctor alphys right now, ya need ta talk ta her soon . ‘kay? this isn’t shallow. bein’ in pain isn’t stealing the spotlight, alright? she might be able to write a program or somethin’ ta fix it ‘fore ya leave.” Sans reassures. 

 

Mettaton breathes between his knees for a minute with Sans’ hand steadying him. Mettaton grimaces when a breath seems to stick in his throat causing him to cough. Sans runs his hand in a circle over Mettaton’s shoulders. 

 

“ya sure you don’t want tori and i to set ya up upstairs, at least? you’re clearly not doin’ so well, right now, kid, and ya said it’s easier ta fix when ya have peace and quiet. ‘s okay to ask for some help if ya need it. please, let me get some help for ya,” Sans says. 

 

But, Mettaton shakes his head and tries to sit up again. But, Sans lightly presses Mettaton back down. 

 

“nope. not yet, i want ya to stay there and breathe. once ya get a couple good breaths then i’ll help ya sit up. i jus' don’t trust that ya won’t fall if ya sit up right now,” Sans says. 

 

Sans swears he sees a couple tears slip down Mettaton’s nose as Mettaton fights to get his breathing to regulate again. Sans vows if this doesn’t end in the next minute or two he’s going to bring somebody in to help, at the very least, whisk Mettaton upstairs and out of the noise.

 

However, it doesn't take too long before Mettaton is able to speak again. 

 

“See. Like I said, absolutely nothing to worry about, darling. It just *ahem* comes and goes. I’m okay. I’m fine,” Mettaton says.

 

Sans can’t tell if Mettaton says that to reassure Sans or himself. So, Sans takes it upon himself to make one last attempt to get Alphys involved. 

 

“one, that ain’t normal. so, it is somethin’ ta worry about. two, ‘s kinda freakin’ me out that this has happened enough that there’s a pattern and nobody ‘sides you … uh … seems to know this is happenin’, like, at all . ‘n three, i really think that doctor alphys would like ta know what’s goin’ on,” Sans says. 

 

“I-It’s Papyrus’ night to lead the festivities, and he has had a well rougher week than I. My distractedness and … excitement over the t-tour is not worth worrying anyone over. Truly , it’s all nerves. So, I will not interrupt everyone with my … my frivolous problems, darling. It’s all fine. It’ll be alright. I-I … I’m just nervous about the tour. That’s all, dear ... just nerves.” 

 

Mettaton fidgets with a hole in his jeans while he speaks. 

 

if this is stage fright, kid. how’d ya get this far? still, i guess this is different. but, while it’s true that paps has probably had the roughest week, this is kinda important for the crew ta know. ‘sides paps wouldn’t want ya ta suffer on his account. if you’d started to struggle any more, or this had lasted any longer, i’d have started yellin’ for everyone to get the hell in here. it was freaky seein’ ya like that. freaks me out enough when al panics, and i’ve seen that a hundred times. so, no amount of sweet talk is gonna change what i just witnessed with my own two damn sockets. you’re hurtin’. doesn’t sit right that ya didn’t want ta let me help with that cord. 

 

Despite his conflicted thoughts, Sans decides that it’s not worth forcing the issue. If anything, calling the crew in now is going to push Mettaton further away from talking when he is ready. Still, Sans socks this information away for future discussion. If Mettaton is having these attacks, in any way, frequently, it makes Sans question why Mettaton hasn’t said anything to anyone. 

 

“Do you think I can sit up now?” Mettaton asks. 

 

“depends, what are ya gonna do when you sit up?” Sans asks. 

 

“I’m at 35% charge. I can make it through the night. I gotta go get the results from this last game. Soooooo, we can finish the night with a bang!” 

 

Mettaton springs up and gathers his charging cord. He strikes some kind of silly pose while putting his cord back in his hip port and capping it. 

 

Despite Mettaton’s eyes glowing pink, the light of joy doesn’t reach them. For a brief moment, it almost seems like Mettaton’s right eye is twitching as the LED light in it flickers. 

 

While it’s eerie to listen to and look at, Sans knows that there are only two other people who will likely notice any dissonance because, unless Sans was primed, he wouldn’t even notice anything wrong. 

 

he’s a damn good actor. i’ll give him that. Sans thinks. 

 

However, no matter how many masks Mettaton puts on, Sans has some faith that Papyrus and Alphys will see those dull eyes and hear that overly happy, bordering on manic, sounding voice and know something’s off. 

 

If anything, Sans hopes they do because, hopefully, one of them will be able to talk some sense into Mettaton’s thick magic-metal skull. 

 

Mettaton downs the last of the glass of tea and places it in the sink. Sans watches carefully as Mettaton straightens his back and takes a deep steadying breath before returning to the living room. 

 

Sans finds himself more concerned when Mettaton puts on the perfect host face in front of everyone after re-entering the living room. 

 

No one notices that anything has changed since Mettaton left for the kitchen. In fact, everyone in the family room appears to assume that Mettaton really did go off to the kitchen to prevent himself from blurting answers. 

 

He truly had no self-control the last time they played. Thus, it makes the perfect alibi. 

 

he knew exactly when ta leave that kitchen to avoid everyone wonderin’ about him. he timed that perfectly. he was also clearly in a lot pain. that was no joke ‘cause he absolutely wasn’t fakin’. kinda wonder if he’s still feelin’ pretty bad. so, he’s struggling with somethin’ . but, what the hell is he hidin’ that has him so worked up and secretive?  Sans wonders. 

 

Well, Sans, at least, thought Mettaton’s hosting looked normal, but Alphys turns to look at Sans with concern. 

 

Sans motions towards Mettaton with his head while raising his eye sockets as if to ask if that’s who she’s concerned about. 

 

Alphys bites her lip and nods an affirmation. 

 

Sans has to admire her stealth.

 

The group has moved on to playing some kind of Jackbox game which requires players to design a tee-shirt where images are matched to slogans for points. 

 

Thus, no one notices that Alphys’ answers are totally off while she texts Sans. It just looks like she’s answering the prompts in weird ways. Besides, Papyrus is the only other monster who would normally notice anything. However, he is too preoccupied with shouting about Toriel’s terrible puns, and Undyne’s … creative use of … well … Sans will call it art. 

 

Alphys’ text reads:

is MTT okay? he seems, i don’t know, forced? 

no one would probably notice except for me.

maybe papyrus. 

but, papyrus probably wouldn’t because of the concussions’ lingering effects. 

he’s lucky i cleared this. 

but MTT seems TIRED.

like really tired. 

actually he almost looks sick to me even though that’s not really possible 

unless some piece of hardware is broken. 

 

Sans texts back:

it was worse in the kitchen. 

trust me. 

i think he’s hiding something from us. 

something big. 

don’t think it’s hardware though. 

 

Alphys asks:

is he safe?

does he need help?

 

Sans mulls over his reply before deciding on a neutral answer.

 

He texts:

i don’t know. 

 

Alphys replies:

not sure how much longer i can keep up this ruse. 

but, that’s not reassuring OR helpful, sans.

not even a little.

 

Sans closes his eyes in thought. 

 

Sans responds:

forgot to charge. 

almost passed out. 

real, real dizzy.

exact words

room spinning not in a fun way

seemed like he was in pain.

helped him into a chair and got him to take a quick breather.

he did drink some tea. 

think that helped. 

he’s at only 30-something battery. 

refused to finish charging because he felt bad about forgetting last night. 

really didn’t want to take attention from paps. 

tried to convince him paps would rather him be safe than whatever the hell this is but he wouldn’t listen to me. 

 

Alphys turns around briefly and looks at Sans with wide and angry eyes. She stares him down before going back to her phone to text him. 

 

It reads:

WHAT. 

THE ACTUAL. 

FUCK!

SANS! WHY DIDN’T YOU GET ME?! 

 

Sans replies:

he didn’t want me to. 

 

Alphys replies:

if there is a next time, you WILL get me no matter WHAT he says. CLEAR?!!

 

Sans looks up to see her glaring at him with fire seeming to burn behind her bespectacled eyes.

 

Sans replies:

crystal. 

damn doc, you’re scary. 

 

“WHAT ARE YOU TWO DOING?” Papyrus asks. 

 

“doc’s trying to convince me to get back in the running to take third. but, i wasn’t sure. still, she thinks i could be totally tee- riffic at this. no shirt ,” Sans says. 

 

Toriel and Frisk both almost choke laughing. 

 

“SAAAANS!” Papyrus shouts. 

 

“My, my what a stinker that was! You should most definitely join in on the next round, Sans!” Mettaton exclaims.

 

oh, i will, buddy. if only to ensure you’re in my line of sight until you’re safely in the care of your cousin, undyne, and al. Sans thinks. 

 

“ah. guess i could try. i mean ‘s not like it’ll hurt anything to play. there won’t be any …” 

 

“DON’T SAY IT, SANS! DON’T SAY IT!” Papyrus warns. 

 

casual tees ,” Sans says. 

 

“OH MY GOD! SAAAANS! WHY!?” Papyrus shouts. 

 

Everyone else laughs. 

 

As Sans sits down next to Alphys, she mouths a “thank you.” 

 

Everyone is starting to get pretty tired after another hour of playing games. The final game of the evening is, of course, Tetris. 

 

Papyrus wins the night, but Frisk is only a point behind him. 

 

Get. You. Next. Time. They sign. 

 

“AH! YOU THINK SO! YOU WERE A FORMIDABLE OPPONENT, AND, AS SUCH, I LOOK FORWARD TO OUR REMATCH! NEYHEHE!” Papyrus laughs. 

 

Sans watches Mettaton pull to a shaky stand before putting the last ounces of his energy into his closing announcement. 

 

“And, with that, we conclude our night, darlings! We shall resume next week with … oh!” 

 

Mettaton’s face genuinely brightens for a moment. 

 

“I-It’s my week next week! Well, we shall resume next week with the 25th Anniversary Concert of Les Miserables! Drive safe! Goodnight Everyone!” He beams. 

 

Everyone cheers, and the night winds down as it usually does. 

 

Everyone hugs before beginning to depart. 

 

So, if Mettaton lets his hug with Papyrus linger a little longer than usual, to most anyone, it just looks like the two of them are in love. Papyrus’ hand brushes through Mettaton’s hair as Mettaton leans heavily against Papyrus. Papyrus looks concerned for a moment and seems to ask Mettaton something. Mettaton nods his response to the question and leans in tighter.

 

Alphys and Sans read the word "tired" on Mettaton lips, but that's all they really catch. Still, Alphys and Sans notice that Mettaton’s knees look like they’re buckling a little in the strength of Papyrus’ embrace. Both of them also watch how, for the first time that night, Mettaton relaxes and lets his face fall into an expression that is a mixture of pain, sadness, and genuine affection. Mettaton clearly doesn’t want to leave whatever stronghold he has found to, however briefly, fall apart in Papyrus’ arms. 

 

Alphys looks at Sans one more time with concern. But, she follows Shyren and Napstablook out the door. 

 

After reluctantly breaking his embrace with Papyrus, Mettaton slings an arm playfully over Undyne’s shoulder. 

 

“You know, for what it’s worth, I appreciated the ‘my precious’ joke you snuck in on the Spider Doughnut shirt, Spear Maiden . Muffet can really rival Gollum in creep factor sometimes.” Mettaton winks. 

 

Undyne supports him as they both giggle at a joke only the two of them really understand. 

 

DUDE! We have to do a re-read or, at the very least, an Extended Edition viewing! I’ve ALWAYS wanted to watch the Extended Editions, but no one let those things fall in the dump!” Undyne shouts. 

 

They both laugh their way out the door. 

 

another brilliant cover, MTT. but, we’re gonna get to the bottom of this if only to keep ya safe. we need ya safe, too, buddy. Sans thinks. 

 

“SANS! YOU’RE THINKING TOO LOUD!” Papyrus says. 

 

“right you are bro. let’s go to sleep.” Sans smiles. 

 

Sans ushers Frisk up the stairs. 

 

“i’ll come down to help clean up later. kay, tori?” Sans says. 

 

“Oh! No, Sans. Just make sure Frisk has clean pajamas and is ready for bed. That is more than enough,” she says. 

 

Frisk raises an eyebrow at Sans. 

 

Think. Loud. Correct. They sign. 

 

Sans gives Frisk a shrug. “just contemplating new shirt puns.” 

 

“I’M RETIRING THAT GAME!” Papyrus calls from down the hall. 

 

Frisk and Sans both share a private laugh before Sans helps Frisk pick some pajamas. He tucks them in before heading to his own room for the night. 

 

just hope MTT doesn’t do anything too reckless before we have a chance to help him out. paps really loves him. that alone makes him worth protecting. besides, if MTT's not careful, alphys and undyne are gonna be installing baby monitors in his house so they can use the speakers to send him omniscient reminders. 

 

Sans smiles and falls asleep with that amusing image in his mind.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

If people want, I would potentially consider (no promises) writing a poem/song for Mettaton that is original as a spin off thing.

I debated trying to write something original (I’m a quasi professional poet), but this chapter was already taking forever because my husband and I were traveling. I'm also working on a poetry chapbook that I'm trying, and mostly failing, to write and edit before December. In addition, I'm working on concept art for my novels while working on smaller fiction/poetry projects. My family's also going through some rough stuff, and, like I mentioned before, I'm also a new-ish mom. So, I have like next to no time to write. I grossly underestimated how long these chapters would be when I started writing them. XD

Personal stuff aside, I’ve also been trying to get this chapter to flow as seamlessly as possible into the next several chapters. I have already written the next four chapters before I even finished this one. I like to have my climax done ahead of time so I can foreshadow and make events feel earned. My goal is never to shock my readers - especially with serious topics. I've tried to be diligent with the subtlety of my foreshadowing while also making things obvious enough that the next chapter doesn't completely blindside anyone. So, by now, if you've been paying attention to the warnings/ the foreshadowing, I think most folks probably know where things are headed.

In my professional fiction writing, I primarily write in the dystopian/post-apocalyptic genre. But, much like this, I write that genre of fiction in a slice of life way. The focus of my writing has always been on the day to day mundane things. It's on the births, the marriages, the friendships, the birthdays, and the late night cups of coffee. In the midst of the world's biggest tragedies and joys, the most tangible things are the day to day events of everyday people. Loss is best written, not in billions of injuries or deaths, but in one injury or death. For me, the biggest thing about writing fic and/or my professional writing is to make far off or far fetched things real by playing into the nuances of dialogue, setting, and interaction in the same way as some of my favorite stories.

No matter how absurd the base concept, the reality of life cannot be ignored or escaped. In my opinion, good writing is about capturing something uniquely universal. For better or worse, the bad stuff that really hits you in the feels, so to speak, is usually the "normal" bad stuff. For, in truth, reality is painful enough.

You don't need a wormhole or a multiverse to create tension and draw out the best that characters have to offer. (Though, those things can AND DO have their time and place.) All that's really needed to build tension is to focus on reality and the graveness of those moments in the real world that leave us stripped most emotionally bare. I've grieved a lot in the past year, and I've also had many, many joys. All of the griefs and joys I've felt are personal and small, but personal and small griefs and joys are incredibly powerful because they are real.

That said, please keep yourselves safe and continue to heed the tags. The next several chapters are pretty emotionally raw and painfully realistic because the events are ones that happen in real life more often than people expect.

With that out of the way, I love Papyton. It's easily my favorite non-canon ship. Those two nerds two are perfect for each other, and they're so fracking cute! Those two drama kings just make me melt.

Also, I can never pass up an opportunity for more Alphyne fluff. My husband, who is my beta reader, thought the line about Ponyo was really funny. So, I hope you enjoyed that as much as we did.

I couldn't pass up a dig at Marvel. I love the early films. I think many of the films are brilliantly written, well cast, and incredibly emotional, but things lately leave MUCH to be desired. Sadly. I want to like the new movies, but I can't.

Maybe I should have tagged my copious use of nicknames? LOL. I love the idea that Undyne and Mettaton's friendship is based on who can come up with the most ridiculous nickname for the other person. I really enjoyed exploring their friendship more deeply. Also, admit it, you can see Mettaton getting waaay too into SceneIt, and Undyne getting super annoyed.

I've had fun writing Sans in this chapter. I'm not overly confident that he's as in character as the others. But, I think I did okay.

I'm sorry for how sad things are getting. Normally I have a big ol' list of fun Easter Eggs around this point, and the chapters have been ending on a resolution. But, well, things are starting to get harder to resolve because life isn't always able to be resolved with paint and a good movie.

Stay Safe out There,
Pip

Chapter 7: Don’t they Know They’re Making Love to One Already Dead?

Summary:

The truth comes out about why Mettaton’s “meetings with his manager” have been making him so jumpy. Alphys picks up her friend’s pieces more literally than she would like. No one is happy with this.

TW:
Brief Depiction Sexual Assault (Nonconsual touch/kissing - as flashback in italics),
Depiction of Injury,
GRAPHIC Depiction of Panic Attack,
Swearing beyond what is typically cannon (More than a PG-13 use of F-words)

Notes:

I wanted to post sooner rather than later because I’m nervous about this chapter.

Please HEED THE TAGS!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

When Mettaton stumbles home, both Shyren and Blooky know instinctually something is very wrong. Despite both of them having already turned in for the night, they both hear Mettaton stumbling through the apartment. 

 

Blooky and Shyren notice from Mettaton’s breathing that it seems like their friend has been crying exceptionally hard. They know that Mettaton definitely thinks they’re both asleep because he talks to himself as he walks towards his bedroom. 

 

“K-Keep it together … j-just keep … keep it t-together … i-it’s f-fine … fine … y-you’re … y-you’re  … fine … I-It’s okay … I’m okay …” 

 

Shyren wants to open the door to her room, but she doesn’t. She doesn’t want to scare Mettaton. He sounds terrified, and the last thing she wants to do is make it worse by jumping out of her bedroom. 

 

Blooky wants to offer their cousin a chance to lie on the floor and feel like garbage. However, like Shyren, they’re afraid they’ll startle Mettaton if only because Mettaton probably thinks Blooky has zoned out for the night. 

 

Usually, Mettaton doesn’t come home this late. Lately, Alphys texts the pair of them that Mettaton is at her place sleeping on her sofa if he hasn’t come home by midnight. 

 

They both hear his door close and, if either of them hear him start to cry in earnest, in an effort not to further dismay their friend by making him think that he woke them up, Blooky and Shyren both try to give him space.

 

Blooky and Shyren’s phones vibrate softly. 

 

Alphys’ text reads: 

did MTT make it home okay? he didn’t come here, and i’m worried. i know he had a meeting today. 

 

Blooky texts back before Shyren has a chance. 

 

They reply:

he just walked in the door. he seemed upset about something. - napsta  

 

Alphys responds:

how so? what did he say? 

 

Shyren answers: 

he was talking to himself. he’s alone in his room. i think he’s crying. 

 

Alphys replies: 

thanks for letting me know guys. take care of him, if he lets you, okay? let me know if you need something. i’ll be there as fast as i can if you need me. 

 

Blooky says:

we will. - napsta

 

Blooky swore they would never do this, but tonight it’s necessary. They silently phase through Mettaton’s door, and they watch him for just a moment.

 

Indeed, their cousin is crying silently with his knees pulled up to his chest. 

 

Blooky lies down, to the sound of their cousin weeping, and they lean into what makes them feel like garbage. They lean into the fact that they don’t know how to help their baby cousin stop crying so hard, and they turn the floor into the silent cosmos. 

 

A calm spreads over the room, and Blooky lies there till they are certain their little cousin is sleeping. When Blooky rises from the floor, they hover over the bedside for a moment. 

 

Mettaton breathes deeply in his sleep mode. Though, Blooky sees that Mettaton’s brows are drawn together in either pain, sadness, or fear. Though, which of those things, Blooky can’t tell. 

 

Blooky has never been good with words, and words fail them now, too. But, if their presence can calm their little cousin’s aching Soul, maybe that will be enough. 

 

For, while Blooky is happy to remain incorporeal, and most often a body holds no interest for them, in this one moment, however, Blooky wishes they had arms so they could hold their cousin close and make him feel safe. 

 

********

 

Alphys sighs and sets down her phone. As long as this week has been, and as tired as she is, she desperately wishes Mettaton had come to her instead of going home. 

 

As Alphys walks up the stairs, she hears Undyne step into the hallway. 

 

“The space heater didn’t show up?” Undyne asks. 

 

“N-No. H-He’s home. B-But, Shyren and Napstablook s-said h-he’s in his room c-crying. I-I’m scared for him. Wh-what if h-he’s hurting, b-but he’s afraid t-to come here? Oh … oh n-n-no … wh-what if he’s hurt, ‘Dyne!? Sh-should I g-go over th-there?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne meets Alphys at the top of the stairs. 

 

“Didn’t you make him, like, virtually indestructible, Alphy? He’s fine. He leaves on tour like right after Christmas. He’s probably just, like, … um … trying to figure out what to do when he goes through customs that won’t get him arrested or something. Besides, right now, there is nothing we can do except get sleep. Tomorrow, we go to that apartment, and we get to the bottom of this. Tonight, we sleep. Got it? Alphy, we’ll take care of him, alright? I promise,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys buries her head in Undyne’s shoulder and breathes in deep. 

 

“You’re right. I kn-know you’re right.” Alphys breathes. 

 

The two of them fall asleep in Undyne’s room cuddled together in an uneasy sleep. 

 

Undyne wakes up around three in the morning, and she watches Alphys breathe. 

 

“I swear you better have a great reason for putting us through this torture, metal man. Because, if you don’t, I will give you one,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne rolls back into Alphys’ embrace as she falls back to sleep. 

 

“But, threats aside, seriously, Mer, you better be fine.” Undyne mutters. 

 

********

 

Mettaton doesn’t wake up before noon the next day. 

 

Not that it really matters. It’s Saturday, after all. 

 

He looks at the texts on his phone, and he wishes he hadn’t. 

 

Alphys texted this morning saying: 

MTT, i hope you slept okay. shyren and napstablook told me you made it home. call me when you want us to give you a ride to toriel’s. 

 

Undyne, Alphys, Shyren, and Blooky all sent him texts last night, too. 

 

shield bro. you’re freaking me out. and, more importantly, alphy is freaked out. whatever’s going on had better be pretty freaking important. 

but, like, seriously do i need to beat someone up for ya?

 

MTT, you know you can talk to me about whatever you want right? i’m here for you. i know we haven’t always been great about the whole telling each other secrets thing. but, you don’t have to keep secrets from me. you can trust me. okay? 

 

where are you?

blooky and i are worried.

did you stop at alphys’ house like you usually do?

do you want us to call you a ride? 

 

mettaton. are you okay? - blooky

 

Hey Superstar …

 

Mettaton almost slams the phone down upon seeing the message from his manager. He claps his hand over his mouth to try to hold back a scream and more tears. He swallows hard before he reads the message. 

 

It says:

Hey Superstar, thanks for last night. It was a real experience. Hopefully it gives you some inspiration. 

 

Mettaton pulls his knees up to his chest and rests his forehead on them. Synthetic tears burn at the corner of his eyes as his phone falls from his hands onto the pink comforter. 

 

He forces himself up on his shaking legs and stumbles towards the shower. He throws the clothes from yesterday off in a pile on the floor. 

 

Maybe he’ll burn them later. He doesn’t care. 

 

He never wants to see those clothes again. 

 

He sinks down in the shower as he shivers. No matter what he does the water doesn’t seem like it can get hot enough. 

 

Eventually, he finishes getting ready. 

 

He looks at himself in the mirror, and he knows he won’t fool anyone. 

 

His hair is frizzy and disheveled despite being washed. His eyes look somehow too bright and too dull. The bags under his eyes surprise him. 

 

He didn’t even know Alphys designed this form to be able to have bags under the eyes. 

 

Then, he remembers that he’s completely fused with his body. But, he’s not sure how that would allow metal to form bags under his eyes. 

 

He presses the heels of his hands to his forehead in frustration. 

 

He doesn’t know, and he doesn’t care how anything is possible anymore. All he knows is that he looks as awful as he feels, and no amount of product or makeup can seem to cover it. 

 

His phone rings, and it seems like his Soul is in his throat. 

 

He takes a breath and sees that it’s just Alphys calling. 

 

“H-Hi, Mettaton. When did you … uh … want to g-get picked up? I-It’s almost three-thirty, and w-we want to be at T-Toriel’s b-by five,” Alphys says. 

 

“Oh, I … um … must have lost track of time, darling. Whenever you want to come by, we should be ready.” He fumbles.

 

“You sound tired. D-Did you charge last night? Sleep mode d-doesn’t charge you! Remember? We’ve been o-over this, how many times?!” Alphys reprimands. 

 

“I-I think I did?” Mettaton says. 

 

But, now, he can’t remember anything about last night except the thing he most wants to forget. 

 

“Smooching ghosts? Isn’t that a little risque? But, still … weren’t you a …” 

 

“That’s not something I like to remember …” 

 

“But, I think it makes for a good story. Every music superstar needs a good story. Trust me. Really. It’d make for good publicity as we prep to leave in a few weeks. Even though, I’m sure those words were really only a shameless plug to let your family in on your little secret. Say, what do you think they’d do if we took a little trip for two after the tour? I could give you a little private vacation to see of some of the best places this world has to offer. Places best seen … alone?”

 

His manager leans in to touch his knee. 

 

Mettaton uncrosses his legs and stands. 

 

“It’s late. I want to go home. We’ve finished here a while ago, darling. My family is expecting me.” 

 

Mettaton takes a step back as his manager takes a step forward. Mettaton’s Soul is racing. This is the first time Mettaton has ever tried to flee one of these meetings, and he’s petrified. 

 

Usually, Mettaton just freezes. 

 

“Because, you know, kissing the dead … well that’s just dirty enough to get you some truly adoring fans.” 

 

Mettaton turns to go.

 

“I’m leaving, darling.” 

 

Mettaton feels the man grab his wrist and forcefully turn him around. 

 

“Stay. She did such a beautiful job on your face … you know?” 

 

The wall comes behind his back before Mettaton expects it. It comes before he can defend himself. 

 

Something in his back hurts as soon as Mettaton hits the wall. It knocks the wind out of him for a moment. 

 

The man’s lips are soft against Mettaton’s cheek when Mettaton turns his face. The hand against Mettaton’s cheek and chin burns hot as the man forces Mettaton’s lips to meet his. 

 

It feels like it lasts a long time. 

 

Mettaton sinks to his knees once he’s released. His back hurts, and he knows he’s crying. 

 

“So interesting … a great experiment. You’re a good superstar. You know? The people will love you. But, just remember our little bargain, yeah?” 

 

Mettaton does remember. 

 

Just like this time, each previous touch has come with a warning that Mettaton isn’t the only one his manager is interested in and, if Mettaton says anything, someone else is going to get hurt. 

 

The first time his manager just held Mettaton’s knee and said things that made Mettaton uncomfortable. 

 

That led to the night Mettaton passed out at Alphys and Undyne’s house. He had tried to walk off the embarrassment and had accidentally run to Alphys’ house on autopilot. Then, his battery started to die when he reached Alphys’ porch. It took every ounce of his meticulous acting not to break down when Alphys asked him what was wrong the following morning. 

 

The next week, while his manager stood over Mettaton from behind his chair as they discussed tour logistics, the man brushed Mettaton’s neck with his long fingers and then played with Mettaton’s hair. 

 

He Ubered to Alphys’ place that time because he couldn’t face Blooky and Shyren. He was too shaken up to be with them, and he just couldn’t handle being alone in his room. 

 

Then, it was a kiss on the cheek that lingered too long before getting pulled into a hug where his managers hands touched the small of his back before drifting lower. Mettaton’s manager made some kind of strange sound as he held Mettaton that time. 

 

Mettaton asked Alphys and Undyne both to sit up with him and watch a movie that night after going to visit Papyrus. He knew he looked shaken but, thankfully, they seemed to assume that Papyrus and the stress of planning for the tour was the reason. They had no reason to suspect anything else. But, despite falling into sleep mode in the car on the way to visit Papyrus, he didn’t enter sleep mode again that night, even after he had plugged himself in to charge on Alphys and Undyne’s bean bag chairs.  

 

He shakes his head to bring himself back. He has no idea how long he has been sitting on the floor. But, his phone keeps vibrating with texts. 

 

He made a promise to Blooky, and Shyren, and everyone else in his make-shift family when they got to the surface that he would never hurt them again. 

 

Mettaton concludes that having Blooky, Shyren, Alphys, or anyone find him in this state would count as hurting them. 

 

Yet, he also knows that he’s in pain. 

 

He wants to shower. 

 

But, most of all, he desperately wants Alphys. 

 

Mettaton dreams about knocking on Alphys’ door, breaking down in tears, and charging while going into sleep mode on her lap. Even though he knows this is his fault, he fantasizes that she tells him it’s not as she magically makes the all pain just stop. 

 

But, then, he remembers what will happen if he tells Alphys. 

 

Mettaton will not break his promise. 

 

So, no matter how painful it is, Mettaton forces himself to get up because he can’t stay here on the floor. 

 

He won’t hurt anyone again. 

 

He can handle this. 

 

He’s okay. 

 

“M-Mettaton? M-Mettaton? Hey, are y-you okay? I said you should plug y-yourself in for a while b-before we head over to T-Toriel’s just to make sure y-you’re good. C-Can you hear me? M-M-Mettaton? You’re f-freaking me out. S-Should I come early?” Alphys rambles. 

 

Her voice breaks him out of the nightmare that plays on repeat when he’s left alone with his thoughts too long. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head violently. 

 

“No! No! It’s fine! I-I’m fine! I’m taking your advice right now, darling. Promise. I dropped you when I was bending over to plug myself in so you couldn’t hear me,” he says. 

 

True to his word, even if he lied about everything else, he does plug himself into the wall of his bedroom and gingerly lowers himself on his left side. His back twinges as he lies all the way down on the pillows, but he doesn’t make a sound.

 

“I can come h-hang out with y-you wh-while you charge if you want. It’s n-no trouble,” Alphys says. 

 

“That would be nice actually. Thank you, dear Alphys,” he concedes. 

 

“O-Okay, we’ll be r-right over,” she says. 

 

He sets the phone down. After a few minutes, he hears a knock on his bedroom door. 

 

“Come in, my lovelies!” 

 

He tries making his voice sound cheery. 

 

“oooooh, it’s juuuust us,” Blooky says. 

 

Mettaton smiles and runs a hand through his hair as the door opens to reveal Blooky and Shyren. 

 

“Nonsense! It’s just been a long week, and I, for one, am taking advantage of the quiet before tonight's epic chaos.” Mettaton laughs forcefully. “You’re more than welcome in.”

 

He sits up and faces the door. He forces a wider smile onto his face through the pain. 

 

“it soooooounds like alphys is coooooming early,” Blooky says. 

 

“Yes. She seemed worried after last night, and *ahem* I just wanted to make sure that she is satisfied that I am still functional.” He laughs. 

 

Shyren cocks her head slightly. 

 

“y-you do re mi don’t look well. y-you sure you want to go tonight?” She asks.

 

He doesn’t feel well. His head hurts, and he just wants to sleep. His back throbs where … 

 

STOP! He thinks forcefully. 

 

“J-Just experimenting with a new look, darling. Sadly, it did not go the way I planned it. But, not all looks can be as perfect as the one who a-attempts them,” he says. 

 

He is lying through his teeth, and they all know it. 

 

Yet, just as Blooky and Shyren are about to tell Mettaton they both know he’s lying, all three of them hear a forceful knock on the door. 

 

Of course … why did I agree to this? How am I hiding from her? They’ll both see right through me even more than Blooky and Shyren have already. 

 

Mettaton worries his lower lip with his teeth.

 

“i’ll geeeeet it,” Blooky says.

 

Shyren casts a look over her shoulder and follows Blooky out. 

 

“i do re do not trust him,” Shyren says. 

 

“neither dooooo i, but we’ll juuuuust haaave tooooo wait him ooooout oooor seeeeee whaaat Alphyyyys caaaan geeeeet ooooout oooooof hiiiiiiim,” Blooky says. 

 

Shyren and Blooky open the door for Alphys and Undyne. 

 

Alphys heads straight for Mettaton’s room. 

 

“How is MTT?” Undyne asks. 

 

“noooot well,” Blooky says. 

 

“Hmmm … don’t worry. Alphy will fix this. She’ll get him to talk. I’m sure of it,” Undyne says. 

 

Shyren and Blooky both nod. It’s the truth. Of all of them, Alphys knows Mettaton the best. They all know that she’s the only one who is going to have a chance at getting him to open up. 

 

Alphys knocks on the door before going into Mettaton’s room. He’s lying on his left side with his charger plugged into the wall from the port on his hip. His hands are cupped beneath his cheek.

 

“Hey, um … M-Mettaton … you know if you d-don’t want to g-go tonight  … no one’s g-gonna be mad, right? W-We could even bring just a few f-folks here,” Alphys says. 

 

She walks around the side of the bed, and she puts a hand on Mettaton’s shoulder. 

 

Mettaton flinches slightly under Alphys’ touch as his eyes snap open. 

 

“O-Oh! Alphys, darling! I-I didn’t hear you come in!” Mettaton stretches. 

 

“Mettaton? You feel kind of … err … a little t-too warm? A-Are you … um … are you o-overheating?” 

 

Alphys’ face is scrunched with concern as she reaches to touch his cheek. 

 

As much as he longs to let her take care of him, he can’t. She’ll know. She’ll find out what happened and then who will protect Blooky, and Shyren, and Frisk, and everyone else? 

 

He’s supposed to inspire hope, bring joy, and make people happy. 

 

If he can’t do that, what is he even good for? 

 

So, he moves away from what he knows is going to be the first tender touch he has received in the last twenty four hours. 

 

“I’m fine, darling. You worry too much,” he says.

 

Mettaton knows the smile he gives her doesn’t reach his eyes. Still, he tries to, at least, keep the tears of pain out of them. 

 

His back is hurting again. 

 

“I-I don’t believe you and, wh-while I-I’m not going to p-push you to talk, I … you need to know th-that we l-love you. O-Okay? Y-You know that w-we really love you, r-right? I-If someone i-is hurting you, y-you would, at l-least, tell me , r-right? A-And, I mean this not just as your … your friend, but also as, like, your d-doctor, too. You would tell me if someone was hurting you or if you were hurt?” She takes his hand. 

 

He gives her a watery smile. 

 

“O-Of course, darling. Um … what prompted this strange declaration… not that I don’t enjoy the flattery!” He says. 

 

He knows he fumbled his words. He kicks himself internally for messing that up. 

 

“O-Okay. I-I’m going to have to trust you. B-But, please, i-if you need anything tonight, o-o-or ya know … ever? … let me kn-know. O-Okay?” She squeezes his fingers. 

 

He sighs and lies back down on his side. His head is throbbing with a dull ache that comes and goes, but he feels inexplicably tired. He also feels cold somehow like all the blankets in the world wouldn’t be enough to warm him. 

 

“I-If you need to r-rest, please d-do! W-we don’t have to leave for a-a little while,” Alphys says. 

 

He nods and closes his eyes. It’s his turn to pick the movie. He has chosen the 25th Anniversary Concert production of Les Miserables. It’s familiar and comforting to him. It’s something he has listened to and watched hundreds of times. 

 

It’s safe

 

Alphys nudges Mettaton. 

 

It feels way too soon. 

 

“W-we should g-go. A-Are you sure y-you’re up for this?” She asks. 

 

Mettaton aches to tell her that his head and back hurt, and he feels exhausted. Mettaton longs to tell Alphys how his chest feels tight every time he thinks too much. His chest has hurt like this since the first time … he pushes the thought from his mind. He wishes with everything he has that he could just tell her that he spends most of his nights crying once he’s sure Blooky and Shyren are sleeping. When he’s alone with his thoughts, he feels a squeezing pain that seems to extend all the way to his Soul. 

 

He desperately wants her to just fix it. 

 

But, he can’t hurt them all again because he promised that he was going to be better than the person he hated himself for becoming before. 

 

He will not destroy all the progress Alphys has made on herself because, contrary to popular belief, he actually loves his silly friend Alphys and her strong girlfriend Undyne. He adores them both. He knows that, somehow, even worse than killing him, Undyne would stop being his friend. He can’t lose Undyne and Alphys right now because that would truly end him. He can’t tell either of them. For he knows Undyne would kill him if he hurt Alphys, for any reason, in any way.

 

After all, hadn’t he promised Undyne the same?

 

Plus, Papyrus would be heartbroken if he knew that Mettaton didn’t care enough about their relationship to tell his manager to stop. Mettaton swallows hard because that means he can’t risk Sans’ ire either. Mettaton actually wants Sans to respect him, and he likes the honorary kid-brother status that he has somehow, undeservingly, managed to earn. 

 

Lady Toriel and King Asgore have enough to worry about with learning the politics of the Surface. Lady Toriel especially doesn’t need him to add to her stress. She’s raising Frisk as both human and monster, while teaching full time, as well as, occasionally, giving King Asgore tips on policy. 

 

He will dust himself before he leans on Frisk. They’re only a ten year old child. They have done enough, and they deserve to be nothing but happy. If Mettaton could put a protective shield or bubble over them for the rest of their life, he might sell his Soul to give it to them. 

 

He supposes he could consider Flowey, but Flowey is … scary.  

 

How Papyrus has come to see a confidant in that, as Sans so aptly puts it, weed is beyond Mettaton’s ability to comprehend. 

 

Besides, and most importantly, all of this is a moot point as if he says anything his manager will hurt someone else. 

 

So, no, Mettaton certainly cannot, and will not, say anything that could bring any pain or harm to Blooky and Shyren. 

 

He renews his resolve not to tell Alphys because that love she told him that they all have for him can only go so far. 

 

If they knew how dirty and weak he has been this last month, there is no way they will still love him. 

 

He cannot tell her. 

 

So, he tries to smile and put his best face on display. 

 

“M-Mettaton? I asked a-are y-you s-sure you’re u-up to this b-b-because it’s o-okay if you’re not …” 

 

“Of course I am, darling!” Mettaton says. 

 

He brings his legs over the side of the bed and stands. He surprises himself when he doesn’t feel like he’s going to collapse even though his back still hurts. 

 

Alphys watches Mettaton’s every move carefully. She doesn’t miss the way he seems to stand slowly while bracing his lower back. More worryingly, to her, he appears unsteady on his feet as they walk out of the room. It almost looks like he’s limping on his right leg. 

 

Alphys doesn’t say anything because she knows she’ll be a stuttering mess if she does. 

 

This is her friend who taught himself to dance on a single wheel. This is her friend, the performer, who sang the Mew Mew Kissy Cutie theme song at the top of his lungs while both of them were half-drunk just to cheer her up. 

 

This is her friend who is clearly hurting, and who she can’t help because he refuses talk to her.

 

Undyne and Alphys exchange a glance. Undyne can see that Mettaton looks awful. Whatever smart ass thing she was going to say about him being Sleeping Beauty dies on her lips when she sees him. 

 

Undyne isn’t sure what to say. So, she doesn’t say anything. But, it isn’t lost on her that every time she tries to help Mettaton he flinches. 

 

So, only Alphys is allowed to touch you today? Undyne thinks. 

 

As they all get in the car, Alphys joins Mettaton in the back and lets him rest his head on her shoulder. He’s asleep within moments of the car moving. 

 

He’s definitely overheating. That means something’s definitely broken. Why won’t he talk to me? I’m going to have to get it out of him somehow. He’ll need a repair before he leaves in January. Alphys thinks. 

 

When they get to Toriel’s house, Alphys helps Mettaton out of the car. 

 

Mettaton finds his way directly to the couch as soon as everyone is inside. He gingerly lies down in his stomach before faceplanting into the armrest. 

 

Toriel gives Alphys a sideways glance. Alphys waves Toriel off. 

 

However, when Sans gives Alphys a look, they hold each other’s gaze for a moment as though silently exchanging information with their eyes only. 

 

So, before Alphys can think about kneeling down in front of Mettaton, Papyrus drops down next to the couch. Mettaton simply burrows further into the well worn armrest. 

 

“‘m sorry … long week … ‘m tired … dearest.” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

“DO NOT APOLOGIZE. I WILL ATTEMPT TO KEEP UNDYNE’S ANTICS TO A MINIMUM TONIGHT, THEN!” Papyrus says.

 

As Papyrus gets up, Undyne offers Mettaton a blanket, but he doesn’t even acknowledge that she’s there. Undyne glances at Alphys for instructions, but Alphys waves her off too. 

 

Alphys turns her attention back to her ailing friend and kneels next to the couch. 

 

“Do y-you want tea?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods into the armrest. 

 

“O-Okay. I’ll be right back, a-alright? Y-You still okay?” She asks. 

 

Mettaton finally finds it in him to turn onto his side towards Alphys who has her back to the TV. 

 

Mettaton nods again. “‘m fine, sweetheart. You worry too much.” 

 

Alphys squeezes his shoulder. For once, she thinks she's actually worried a normal amount because, even if he’s not dangerously overheating yet, he’s warmer than he was in the apartment. 

 

Mettaton curls up tighter on his side and shakes off a shiver. He runs his fingers through his hair. 

 

Get it together! Get it together! You have to get it together! He thinks. 

 

He feels tears pricking his eyes when his lower back starts to burn.

 

He just wants Alphys, and Blooky, and Papyrus, and maybe Undyne, too. 

 

He wants to lie down somewhere soft while Alphys fixes whatever is broken in him, Blooky plays music, and Papyrus holds his hand. He briefly wonders, if he apologizes profusely enough for upsetting Alphys and Papyrus, if Undyne would read to him.

 

Someone kneels in front of Mettaton, and his eyes open to see Frisk. 

 

Ton-ton. Okay? They sign. 

 

He gives Frisk a weak smile, and he nods. 

 

“I’m fine, darling. It’s just been … quite a week,” he says. 

 

Sad? Tired? They sign. 

 

“Tired …” he admits. “Very tired, dear heart.” 

 

Stay here? Frisk asks. 

 

“T-That might not be a bad idea, sweet,” he says. 

 

Sleep over! Frisk applauds. 

 

They lean forward expecting some kind of physical token of Mettaton’s affection. Mettaton smiles and ruffles Frisk’s hair. He completely forgets that they will be able to feel how warm his hands have become when he does this. 

 

Frisk’s eyebrows scrunch together as they sign. Hot. Sick? 

 

“Aren’t I always, lovey? No, no. Long week, my darling. That’s all,” he says. 

 

Frisk gives him a wary smile before heading to sit next to Sans in the back of the room. 

 

The next person who kneels in front of him is Alphys again. 

 

“It’s iced just like y-you like it. Can I sit w-with you? Y-You can put your head in m-my lap,” Alphys says. 

 

Her voice is soft as she talks to him.

 

“I-I’d like that. It’ll be like old times, Phy,” he mumbles. 

 

Alphys’ Soul gives a start at that name. He hasn’t used that name for her in ages! 

 

Something is wrong. He never uses that name for me unless something is wrong with one of us, or he’s nervous. He either just slipped, or he’s trying to be subtle . Alphys thinks. 

 

Alphys offers Mettaton a hand to help him sit up. Once he’s upright, Mettaton sips on his tea, and it feels amazing to have something take the focus off how much pain he’s in now. He feels achy all over, but it seems to stem from his lower back. So, he takes another sip and centers his mind on the coolness. The next time he drinks, he thinks about the sweetness of the golden flower tea. It’s comforting in its own way. The simplicity of the way that aforementioned sweetness melds into a tartness which then comes back to sweet. It almost tastes like apples but with a lemony aftertaste. 

 

At least, that’s how he thinks of it. 

 

Mettaton is vaguely aware that the rest of the family is filling in their spots for the night. 

 

Toriel is on the plush loveseat in the corner with Frisk between her and Sans. Asgore sits by the door to the main hall with Flowey on the side table next to him. Undyne and Papyrus are lounging on beanbags in the corner opposite Toriel. They likely have a huge bucket of popcorn that, should Papyrus and Undyne deem a character worthy of being beaten up, they will use as ammunition to mercilessly pelt the unsavory characters. 

 

Sometimes, Mettaton and Frisk will compete to see who can catch more kernels before they hit the screen. 

 

But, he really doesn’t feel up to it tonight. 

His head hurts too much to concentrate on much of anything, much less small projectiles that are mere vehicles for salt and butter.

 

Besides, Mettaton knows Toriel only allows Papyrus and Undyne the popcorn because it is easier to clean up than the mess that occurred when they all watched Beauty and the Beast

 

Popcorn can be cleaned with a vacuum once Frisk and Papyrus are no longer in the room.  

 

Though, nothing can compare with the disaster that he and Undyne caused during Return of the King

 

Despite the near overwhelming exhaustion, he smiles at the memory. 

 

Blooky and Shyren nestle on beanbag chairs near the sofa where Mettaton is currently lying on Alphys’ lap. 

 

While Mettaton knows that Alphys wants to sit with him because she thinks he needs some kind of observation, he finds that he doesn’t care that Alphys is on to him anymore. He just wants to be held by his friend. He wants the familiarity of his head in her lap, or, rather, just being close to her in general. He doesn’t feel well, in fact, he’s starting to feel much worse. His head throbs consistently with each of his soulbeats, and his chest feels tight with a pressure that, he knows, only crying will release. But, worst, there’s the burning pain in his back accompanied by an exhaustion and chill creeping over him that he just can’t seem to escape.

 

He’s confused and, more than anything, he just wants to feel safe and warm. 

 

Alphys is safe. 

Everything else in the world is scary, loud, and cold.

 

Right now, Alphys’ warm embrace is the only thing in the world that feels safe. 

 

“I-I really think we should talk m-more after this is o-over. I c-can tell something’s w-wrong. Something’s b-bothering you. Y-You sure you’re f-f-feeling okay? Do … d-do you want a blanket? Y-You’re shivering p-pretty bad.” Alphys asks. 

 

Alphys rubs Mettaton’s shoulder as she speaks. 

 

“No. N-N-No. I’m a-alright. You’re overreacting, d-d-darling.” He mumbles, teeth nearly chattering. 

 

Mettaton doesn’t know who presses play, or when they did so, but he’s happy to lose himself in the familiar music. 

 

He snuggles into Alphys’ lap and watches the familiar costumes and listens to the familiar voices lull him into a light doze. Alphys’ hand is gentle but firm against his shoulders. 

 

The pain in his body lessens for a moment as he listens to the gentle lilts of the wind instruments playing the first instance of his favorite leitmotif while Alphys plays with his hair. 

 

In his darkest moments, before his initial form was created, he used to associate the pattern of notes with unfulfilled dreams that could never come to pass. 

 

When they first crossed the Surface, Mettaton associated those floating notes with rising towards the sun, the greatest spotlight, that flame that never dies for the wretched of the Earth or, rather, under it. 

 

Now, he wonders if he wouldn’t mind falling down to the familiar pattern of notes that has followed him all these years. 

 

Will he fall down beloved and surrounded by his friends in the way Eponine is held by Marius and rallied around by the men of the barricade?

 

While he has already had his greatest dream fulfilled by Alphys, he wonders if she would find it in her Soul to do him one last favor. Even though he knows he has asked Alphys for far too many favors, he hopes that she would take care of Blooky and Shyren, as Valjean did Fantine’s beloved Cossette, should Mettaton fall down. 

 

Mettaton’s chest tightens as tears form in his eyes. He could never hope to be as pure hearted as Valjean. 

 

He will never be worthy of that forgiveness. 

 

No one will come looking for him if he disappears. Not even a half crazed police inspector will hunt him down across the country. His own past actions ensured that fate. 

 

“I quite like this,” Asgore’s voice rumbles. 

 

The voice snaps Mettaton back into tune with reality. 

 

Oh. Valjean’s Soliloquy … yeah … that is King Asgore’s song most assuredly. Knowing his story, he has, in fact, earned that association. Mettaton thinks. 

 

He fades back into the fog for a while until he hears that song. 

 

His song. 

 

How many hours did he spend feeling like garbage swirling in the cosmos listening to his song? 

 

He can almost feel all of his senses slipping away, as though he was back, in the pink house next to Blooky’s in the underground. He can feel the world dropping out from beneath him surrounded by his diaries. 

 

The image is both surreal and, somehow, comforting. 

 

then i was young and unafraid

when dreams were made and used and wasted 

 

He hangs on each and every word on this human woman’s lips. He clings to every sound and syllable like the sole survivor of a wreckage clings to a lifeline at sea. 

 

but, the tigers come at night 

with their voices soft as thunder

as they tear your hope apart

as they turn your dream to shame

 

Tears pour down his cheeks. He digs his fingers into the fabric of the couch. 

 

Alphys rubs his shoulders before returning to stroke his hair. 

 

He knows she knows what this song means to him. 

 

But, it, somehow, means more now. 

 

he took my childhood in his stride …

 

Mettaton’s chest twists and tightens. These words hurt in a different way after this past month. The words that this beautiful woman sings fall on him like bombs from the sky. 

 

He tries in vain to keep the tears at bay. He swipes at his eyes, and he gets his sleeves covered in makeup. 

 

“I know y-you like this song,” Alphys says. 

 

She passes him a tissue, and he wipes his eyes as she pats his shoulder gently. 

 

He nestles back into her knees and closes his eyes for a moment. The applause rings through the speakers. 

 

Then, the tone shifts. 

 

Oh No…

 

No!

 

NO!

 

He forgot about this song. 

 

They need to skip it. 

 

He can’t listen to this. 

 

lovely ladies, waiting for the call

standing up or lying down

or any way at all

bargain prices up against the wall

 

His chest feels like it’s constricting on itself, and his throat is closing up. He swallows, but it doesn’t help. 

 

He brings his knees up closer to his chest, and he struggles for a strangled breath. 

 

He has to calm down. 

 

Don’t feel it. Shove it down. They can’t know! If they find out, they’ll leave you! Or worse, he’ll hurt them. Don’t hurt them, you prick! Get it together!! Don’t feel it! Mettaton thinks. 

 

He runs his fingers through his hair before bringing his thumb to his mouth and biting down hard on his knuckle. 

 

Alphys has placed her hand right between his shoulder blades. 

 

She might say something but, if she does, he doesn’t hear it. 

 

lovely ladies

waiting in the dark

ready for a thick one

or a quick one in the park

 

Toriel’s voice breaks through his racing thoughts for a moment. 

 

“Is this, um, appropriate for Frisk to be watching?” 

 

Mettaton knows he can’t answer even if he wanted to, which he doesn’t.

 

His throat tightens again, and this time he brings his hand up to his chest. He wonders if his Soul is going to crush itself under the weight of the pressure there. The movement makes his back hurt, and he must let out some kind of sound because Alphys leans over. He can see her in his peripheral vision. 

 

She looks concerned. 

 

Her mouth moves wordlessly. 

 

She is talking to him. 

“H-Hey … okay?”

Mettaton hears the words, what feels like several minutes, after seeing Alphys’ mouth move.

 

easy money, lying on a bed

just as well they never see the hate that's in your head

don't they know they're making love to one already dead?

 

Mettaton’s vision dilates on the screen. The costumes are suddenly too bright, and music that he has heard, at least, a thousand times suddenly seems far, far too loud. 

 

The words reverberate in his ears. He can’t quite pick anything apart anymore. 

 

Suddenly, all Mettaton can hear are those awful and terrifying words echoing in his brain. 

 

“Smooching ghosts isn’t that a little risque? …“ 

 

“Because, you know, kissing the dead … well that’s just dirty enough to get you some truly adoring fans.” 

 

“She did such a beautiful job on your face …”

 

Suddenly, he knows, with absolute certainty, that he’s going to die here on the floor of the studio. He’s going to die here alone with that man’s touch all over him. 

 

He’s going to die. 

 

He’s going to dust.

 

He’s going to fall down  

 

“Turn it off! Papyrus. Turn. It. Off! ” Alphys yells behind her. 

 

Then, Alphys turns her focus back to Mettaton. Eyeliner rolls down his cheeks as he cries making his tears look almost black. His hand is still pressed firmly against his chest as he sobs.

 

Alphys’ Soul longs to break for him.

 

Later. You can fall apart later. Alphys promises herself. 

 

Sans takes a step closer to Alphys. He gives her a long hard look before nodding his head towards Mettaton. Alphys holds a hand up to tell Sans to wait. 

 

“Mettaton? H-Hey, hey, ton-ton? Y-You’re safe. You’re safe, o-o-okay? We just turned the m-movie off. It’s off. All gone. You get to tell us when a-a-and if we restart the m-movie, I promise .” She murmurs. 

 

Alphys can feel just how hard Mettaton wheezes against her knees. Now that most of the eyeliner has been worn away, she sees pink tears, not clear synthetic ones, pour down his cheeks and soak into her leggings. 

 

It takes Alphys a second to realize that these tears … these are ghost tears. 

 

I didn’t even think that was possible. Alphys shivers with the thought. 

 

She takes a deep breath before trying to muster up some authority in her voice. 

 

“Mettaton, can you hear me?” Alphys asks. 

 

“I’m gonna fall down …I’m going to … going to fall down … ghh … gonna fall down …”  He pants. 

 

“I know, I know that’s exactly what it feels like, Mettaton. I know. I absolutely know. It’s so, so scary and i-i-it sucks. B-But, you need to focus on my voice, okay? It’s Phy. Just breathe. Please, br-breathe, ton-ton. Just l-like people do when they s-s-sing songs. I know y-you know all about th-that. Try a big br-breath for me,” Alphys says. 

 

She presses down between his shoulder blades and runs her hand in a circle. But, upon hearing his next words, it’s clear to Alphys that Mettaton isn’t just panicking.

 

He’s completely disoriented.

 

He doesn’t know where he is. 

 

“I’m gonna f-f-fall d-d-down … alone … a-alone in … i-in t-th-the d-d-dark …” Mettaton sobs. 

 

“Mettaton, you’re in Toriel’s living room. We’re all together. Everyone’s right here. It’s Saturday night. We were watching Les Miz. Papyrus turned it off because s-something sc-scared you. We’re all here. You’re safe , ton-ton. Y-You’re safe.” Alphys reassures. 


Give me a place, ton-ton. Where are we? What am I working with? Alphys pleads internally.

 

“N-No … no … st-st-studio … o-office … he’s … ghh … gonna  … he’s g-gonna come b-back … and … I … i-i-it h-hurts … hurts … can’t breathe … but … I-I can’t tell … I c-can’t … ngh … h-h-have to …k-keep th-the s-secret… have to keep … can’t breathe! … I don’t wanna hurt any- …” Mettaton chokes. 

 

Alphys doesn’t say anything, but she makes a shooing motion with her hand. 


Guys get out. Get Frisk out. Get out! 


Alphys hopes someone understands what she wants because she’s not going to say it out loud.

 

Everyone else just stares, but Undyne knows Alphys well enough to know exactly what Alphys wants. 

 

Undyne gets up and half drags Papyrus out the door first before going back for Napstablook and Shyren who hover close to the couch. 

 

“We gotta give her space to work, guys. We have to trust Alphys to take care of him right now. She’ll let us know if she needs us,” Undyne says gently. 

 

Toriel picks up Frisk because they’ve started crying. Asgore takes Flowey who just looks confused. 

 

Sans gives Alphys a look and cocks his head to one side in a silent question. 

 

Parts . Alphys mouths exaggeratedly to Sans.

 

His parts . In my lab. Get his parts . He is hurt . I am certain. He is overheating . It’s bad. Hurry. 

 

Sans nods and disappears.  

 

“I’m here. I’ve gotcha. It’s just us now, ton-ton. It’s j-just m-me. It’s just Dr. Alphys. It’s Phy, ton-ton.” She murmurs. 

 

She strokes his hair again as he clings tighter to her waist shaking like a leaf on one of the old trees in the Ruins. Alphys presses her palm to Mettaton’s cheek to thumb away more of his ghostly tears. 

 

By the Angel, he’s burning up! Shit. I should have been more firm before. But, I can’t dwell on that right now, I have to get him calm so that I can figure out why he’s overheating. Keep it together, Alphys. You can’t fix anything until he’s calm. Calm him first. Then, fix him. Alphys thinks. 

 

“You gotta breathe for me, ton-ton. Can y-y-you breathe for m-me?” 

 

Alphys asks as she rubs Mettaton’s back between his shoulders. 

 

Mettaton breathes shakily, at her request, before trying to speak. 

 

“If I can’t … bring joy … can’t give … give hope … make people happy… what am I … what am I good … good for? … I have to keep … my promise … or else … ” Mettaton wheezes. 

 

Alphys pauses for a moment. 

 

Is that how he feels? Is that what this is about? And what promise? She thinks. 

 

“You’re good for so, so many things! You’re my f-friend, ton-ton. Y-You’re probably m-my best friend. So … so you’re good for just existing! You’re good just for being a member of our f-family. And, i-it is a family! We tease each other and, some days, we probably e-even get really a-annoyed with e-each other. But, at the end of the day, w-we would do a-anything for each other because l-love goes d-deeper than a-annoyance. So, you’re good for being our s-space heater. You’re good for w-watching movies. But, y-you’re also good for making us feel c-confident and special. You’re good for so m-many things. I could go on forever, but y-you’re not just b-built for making other people happy. No! I made this b-body so you could be h-happy, silly. I wanted you to be able to t-taste, and to feel my h-hugs, and to d-dance like you d-dreamed of being able to, and to, most importantly in my-not-so-humble-opinion, f-f-feel like yourself. We don’t need you to be a s-superstar because you’re our s-star already, ton-ton. I love you. We all love you,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton takes a shaky breath against her. Alphys runs several more circles over Mettaton’s shoulders as he continues to take a few more trembling breaths. 

 

“Phy?” He groans. 

 

“Yes. It’s me. I-I’m right here. J-J-Just don’t move, o-okay, ton-ton? Y-Y-You need anything?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton wheezes again, but he manages to calm himself enough to speak. Even still, his speech is fast, nearly incoherent, and, to Alphys at least, more than a little disturbing. 

 

“Doctor A-Alphys, ’m sorry. I-It’s my fault, darling … I-It’s all my fault! I ruined everything! I-I was supposed to handle it. Stupid prick … I-I wasn’t supposed to make y-you feel worse! Th-There’s so much going on w-with everyone else, the school … Papyrus … a-and … and I’m s-supposed to br-bring joy . Hahaha! Totally doing that right, dear? And… and t-tonight I-I-I’m m-making things w-worse for you … all of you … and y-you’re d-doing so much better, my dear Doctor Alphys … I’m so proud! …  B-B-But … even th-that’s n-not p-p-perfect … everyone is h-having problems … I … I-I’m supposed to … not supposed to … ‘m sorry, dear. My fault … this is m-my fault … darling … you idiot, stop …I-I should handle it a-alone … b-but … I … I don’t want to ‘nymore… … Shut up … please … please don’t go, sweetheart … don’t leave me alone!!! …I’m scared. I’m scared! I’m scared!! … m-m-make it stop …” He sobs. 

 

Alphys brushes Mettaton’s hair back as gently as she can.  

 

“What … No?! Please, by the A-Angel, please, please it’s okay! You’re … y-you’re not … n-not a stupid p-prick. Absolutely n-n-not! Y-You haven’t done anything wrong, ton-ton. You h-haven't. Not even a l-little bit! Of course I’m not g-going to leave! What kind of friend would I be if I abandoned you during a p-panic attack?! On t-top of that, you’re overheating! That m-m-means your core temperature is g-g-getting really h-h-high. Remember, e-even at our w-worst moments, you always kept me s-safe when I was s-sick or sc-scared. So, no, you d-don’t have to apologize for anything. L-Let me take care of you, n-n-now. Just breathe, o-okay, ton-ton? Breathe, and rest. I’m h-here. You’re safe.” Alphys says reassuringly. 

 

Alphys feels utterly destroyed by the thought that Mettaton would ever apologize for being this terrified and for hurting this much. Hypocrisy of that thought be damned, it still horrifies her.

 

Mettaton tries to take another quivering breath, but he coughs and wheezes again. Alphys runs a circle over his shoulders. 

 

“Try to breathe with me, okay? I kn-know. Round two is always th-the worst. Y-You have to try and breathe w-with the circles. Let's try some of those nice big singing breaths so we c-can get your calming feature engaged, okay?” Alphys encourages him. 

 

Mettaton chokes on another sob and shivers against Alphys with a low whimper. 

 

“In until the circle comes to a close, and out until the circle comes to a close.” Alphys soothes.

 

She makes an exaggerated circle between his shoulders as Mettaton breathes in and another as he breathes out. 

 

“Good job! Can you do a-another big, big breath just l-like that o-one?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton takes more deep breaths as Alphys runs more wide and slow circles over Mettaton’s shoulders. 

 

In Alphys’ peripheral vision, Sans appears with a soft pop and sets the box of parts next to the couch. He leaves with another pop as quickly as he came. 

 

“I-I’m afraid, Phy. I-I’m so … so terribly frightened. I-I c-c-can’t … every t-t-time I close my e-eyes … I-I see it. … i-i feel it, phy … I w-w-want it to go away, d-darling.” Mettaton whispers.

 

“What are y-you afraid of? Wh-What do y-you see? Wh-Wh-What d-d-do you f-f- feel? Please, t-talk to me. Talk to m-me like we u-used to in the fan club, ton-ton. I promise I’ll l-listen. I’m n-n-not going anywhere, ton-ton. Just trust me,” Alphys says. 

 

That seems to be the exact thing to say to get the floodgates to open. Finally, Mettaton tells Alphys everything

 

He clings to Alphys as he hiccups on sobs between his words. If he had a flesh body, Alphys realizes that she would be worried that Mettaton might make himself sick. In an effort to protect him, Alphys gently maneuvers Mettaton so he rests against her shoulder where she can hold him more securely. Alphys brushes his hair with her claws and tries to keep synthetic hair out of Mettaton’s eyes and mouth. 

 

As Mettaton continues explaining the last month of abuse, Alphys does her best to blink away her own tears. 

 

“A-A-And i-it’s n-n-not like … like … *hic* it was … that b-b-b-bad … ‘till yesterday … but … b-but … *hic* I-I-I d-didn’t w-want it … e-ever! I’m *hic* n-n-not a … a … a *hic* cheater , d-d-darling! I … I swear, Phy! I’m not! I’m not!! ” 

 

Mettaton’s entire body shakes with the force of his tears. He keeps muttering something about being “sorry” and “please forgive me, darling.” 

 

Alphys is stunned into silence, for a moment, until the force of what he says really hits her.  

 

What!? No! N-No, no, no, no, no! O-O-Of course not! Oh, ton-ton … no. Oh … oh … oh… shhhh … there’s …there’s n-n-nothing to forgive, ton-ton. I promise! No o-one would ever even b-b-begin to think that! B-B-Besides … all of it was that b-bad! You sh-should have never had to g-go through any of that. I-If you d-didn’t w-want to b-be touched, y-you sh-should never h-have been t-t-touched! Oh … oh … ton-ton. So, y-yes, it w-was all v-v-very, v-very, very b-bad,” Alphys says. 

 

Now, no matter how hard she fights, Alphys finds tears rolling down her cheeks. 

 

She slowly and carefully pulls Mettaton closer, and rocks him gently, when a particularly forceful hiccuping sob shakes Mettaton’s upper body. Alphys watches Mettaton press a hand to his mouth in an effort to stop the sound from coming out, but he just breathlessly keens around his hand. Alphys feels him shuddering against her shoulder as he buries his face there. His tears go suddenly, and eerily, silent. 

 

Alphys slowly rubs his back in swooping circles as fire burns in her Soul.

 

Of course, he’s scared. He has barely had a body that can feel sensation for two months. Well, I guess closer to three, but still! And, one month of those two to three has been living in this hell! The first month he really started to feel things was marked by painting a school and … and what? … watching movies on the weekends? He had no reason to suspect any of this! So, of course, he’s confused! Of course, he’s hurting! I’ll kill that asshole!!! No one goes and shames my friend and convinces my friend that everyone will just leave him because of some combination of his nativité and his past mistakes.

 

Alphys’ eyes blaze with anger. 

 

Angel, we are so stupid. And … and he thinks everyone else has had it tougher … or even just that he would be bothering us with … with this? I mean not that we need to compete but, by the Angel, how could he not see that we would want to give him some help, at least? Ugh! Now, everything makes sense! No wonder he kept flinching when ‘Dyne tried to touch him. No wonder he only trusted me to help him today! He has been suffering so much, and for so long! By the Angel, a whole MONTH!? And … nobody had any clue. Nobody came to his rescue because we. didn’t. know. But, we should have known. In retrospect, everything makes sense! Oh! I’ll find that human thing, and I’ll kill him. I swear I’m gonna kill him and place his rotting SOUL on display on my desk as a little desk ornament. Alphys thinks.

 

Despite her murderous thoughts, Alphys just hushes Mettaton and continues to rock him slowly and resumes playing with Mettaton’s hair the way she knows he finds relaxing. 

 

“It’s okay to cry. J-Just cry. Just cry, ton-ton. Let i-it all out, o-okay? You c-cry for as long as y-you need to cry. I-If that means we stay h-here all night, th-that’s fine. If … if we stay here f-for a year, that’s fine. I’m sorry. I’m so, so sorry th-that happened to you. I’m so sorry we didn’t try to figure out you were hurting sooner. I w-won’t say it’ll be o-okay, but we, o-our family, won’t let him hurt anyone else. Blooky is safe. Shyren is safe. Frisk is safe. Everyone is safe. Th-That I can promise. Just … thank you for telling me i-if only so I can k-keep you safe. Y-You’re worth keeping s-safe, too. O-O-Okay, ton-ton? You are worth keeping safe . Let us k-keep you safe now. You’ve d-done m- more than enough to k-keep us safe. L-Let us take c-care of you, ton-ton. We love y-you, o-o-okay? Y-Y-You’re so loved. So, so, so loved.” 

 

Alphys stops stroking Mettaton’s hair so she can focus on gently rubbing his quivering shoulders. 

 

“I gotcha, ton-ton. I gotcha. Let it all out. You’re safe, ton-ton. You’re safe . We love you so much.” 

 

Alphys repeats this mantra while Mettaton’s silent weeping continues. Alphys alternates between playing with Mettaton’s hair and running circles over his shoulders and mid-back. Alphys never once stops cradling Mettaton as close as she can in an effort to remind him that he is not alone. 

 

It seems like an eternity, despite being just less than an hour, before Mettaton’s sobs finally die down.

 

However, as Alphys goes to help Mettaton lie back down in her lap, he gasps and braces his back with his hand. His eyes are blown wide in agony. Alphys almost feels the air escape from his artificial lungs. Alphys stops as soon as she hears him gasp and slowly moves him back to her shoulder. 

 

“ton-ton? W-What is it? A-A-Are you in pain?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods tearfully. 

 

“Physical p-p-pain? I-I-Is … is there a sp-spot on y-y-your body that hurts?” Alphys prompts.

 

He gives another small nod. 

 

“Where exactly d-does it hurt? C-Can you tell me in w-w-words or d-do you need t-to p-point?” Alphys asks. 

 

“my … my back … a-angel … m-m-my back … ‘s l-like ‘s burning …l-l-low … low back … m-might pass out …’s … ‘s so bad …” He says breathlessly.

 

Tears roll down his cheeks, and Alphys notes, with only minor relief, that his tears have returned to the clear synthetic ones that she designed herself. 

 

Following that realization, Alphys’ eyes dart to Mettaton’s lower back and, then, they widen. 

 

He hit that wall with intent to hurt ... by the Angel, it actually happened. He’s fully fucking fused with this body! But … that means …that means he can take physical damage with cruel intent!! His central cooling fan … that’s … that’s in his lower back …  the crueler the intention …  the more it … HOW LONG HAS THAT BEEN BROKEN, THEN? LIKE … WHAT?! A WHOLE ANGEL DAMN DAY?!?! No wonder he’s so lethargic and doesn’t feel well!! He has been feverish and scared, with no relief because that fan is broken, basically on his own, for almost twenty-four hours?!?! Poor, ton-ton … UGH! Why does the universe always conspire against both of us!!?? Shit. Damn. Fuck! She thinks.

 

With her thoughts racing, Alphys props Mettaton up on the sofa using a throw pillow and one of the armrests. Mettaton’s arm shakes as he leans heavily on the couch; everything in his posture speaks to how little energy he has left in him. Mettaton’s hair falls limply over his face, and his eyes keep slipping closed from exhaustion. Alphys isn’t sure what scares her more, the way he trembles, or the fact that his usual larger-than-life, performance ready façade has crumbled giving way to his current disheveled, and almost childlike, appearance. 

 

Alphys cups Mettaton’s cheek gently in her claws. She uses her other hand to brush his hair out of his eyes again. She briefly considers pulling his hair back but decides not to if only because Mettaton seems to calm down more when she strokes it. 

 

So, as Alphys wipes some of Mettaton’s lingering tears away, she wonders how long it will be before he cries himself into forced sleep mode. She knows it very well could be soon. So, Alphys knows she needs to help him understand what happened to his back so she can repair it as fast as possible. Thus, she taps Mettaton’s cheek softly with her thumb to get his attention. 

 

“Hey, ton-ton? W-While I-I can’t fix much, I can make the pain in your b-back go a-away. So, ph- physically, I th-think I c-c-can make y-you feel a l-little better. A-Alright? Sans brought your spare parts b-because I th-thought s-something might be br-broken when I felt you overheating. The fan in y-your back, the one that c-cools you down, it isn’t working right now. It’s broken. Th-That’s why you f-feel so sick and why y-you’re so sleepy, ton-ton. So, is it o-okay if we bring s-someone in to help us fix th-the fan? All I’m gonna need you to do is lie down on your tummy in power off mode. B-But, we need th-that e-extra set of hands to help keep you comfy and safe while I fix it. Even powered off, it wouldn’t be s-so good for you t-t-to … um … f-fall off the s-s-sofa? A-Alright? But, I can fix it. I know what’s wrong, now, and I can fix it. I’ll make your back feel all better, ton-ton. I promise.” Alphys reassures. 

 

Alphys tries to keep her voice calm and gentle even if it means using several more simplistic words. Alphys just hopes her tone is soothing and not patronizing because she definitely doesn’t want to patronize him. 

 

Alphys is encouraged that her tone has the desired effect when Mettaton just nods his understanding and reaches for her hand. She takes his hand gently and rubs his knuckles. 

 

“‘m tired … ‘n ‘m ready … f-for the … the hurt t-to … to st-stop, phy … d-darling.” Mettaton rasps. 

 

“Okay. Then, I’m going to text Undyne to come back in to help us. Is … i-is that o-okay? Or d-d-do … do you want somebody else?” Alphys asks gently. 

 

 “‘wyn i-is s-safe. she … w-won’t hurt m-me. undyne’s my … shield s-sister l-like … eowyn ‘n *ahem* m-merry … but, d-do you …*ahem* you think sh-she’ll be m-mad at me for … *ahem* for m-m-making you upset?” 

 

Mettaton’s voice waivers with pain and lingering emotion. His voice keeps getting weaker as he talks more. Alphys drops Mettaton’s hand and begins stroking his cheek again with her thumb. He leans into her claws as she cups his cheek. 

 

He’s really getting hot. He’s gotta be so uncomfortable. We should wash his face with cool water as soon as he’s powered back on because I can’t imagine the tear-sticky makeup is making this any better. Alphys notes as she replies to him. 

 

“No! No. She won’t be mad at you. Sh-Sh-She’ll be m-mad as hell, b-b-but n-not at you, ton-ton. So, you’re r-right. ‘Dyne won’t h-hurt you. N-No one’s gonna h-hurt you. I promise . O-Okay? No one is gonna h-hurt you anymore.” Alphys assures. 

 

“so … undyne w-will still be my … my friend even though … i wasn’t st-strong enough … to … n-not to make you sad … phy?” 

 

If possible, Mettaton’s voice softens even more, and he hangs his head as a few more silent tears fall down his cheeks and off the end of his nose. 

 

Alphys’ Soul sinks, but she lifts Mettaton’s chin. He has to hear this. 

 

“You are so strong, and, even st-still, it wasn’t you who m-made me sad. I’m s-sad because someone h-hurt you . So, of course ‘Dyne will st-still be your friend. In fact, she’ll probably be ready to wr-wrap you up in bubble wrap and d-d-dare anyone who tries to touch y-you to get well acquainted w-with her spears. O-Okay? I promise,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton actually manages a small smile at that. But, it’s short lived. The pillow supporting his back slips just a little, and he hisses with pain. Alphys is quick to support his back again. 

 

“I-I’m gonna t-text ‘Dyne now. Wh-Why don’t you rest your voice o-okay? It sounds l-like it hurts to talk. I’ll let you know if I-I need you to answer a-anything,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton nods. 

 

Now that Alphys is satisfied that Mettaton is calm, safe, and understands the procedure, Alphys grabs her phone from her pocket with the hand that isn’t continuing to support Mettaton’s pillow. 

 

She texts Undyne:

need you 

figured out what’s wrong

been down cooling fan for 24 hrs 

very VERY bad

need you 2 hold him 

i fix

 

Undyne replies:

in hallway

tell him ur right about the bubble wrap

k? 

 

Undyne sprints into the room, phone still in hand. She looks up before kneeling next to the sofa. 

 

“What can I do to help?” Undyne asks. 

 

Undyne pockets her phone and is immediately dialed in on Alphys’ words. Her soldier’s training is apparent on every feature in her face and body, and Alphys couldn’t love her more for it. 

 

“Okay. Mettaton, ‘Dyne, here’s what we have to do. Mettaton, we have to take your shirt off to give me access to your back panel. B-But, first, we’re going to transfer you to Undyne’s lap. Okay? So, you’re going to lie on her lap while I work. Th-Then, I’m g-gonna replace the f-fan before w-we set y-you up to r-rest upstairs. I-Is that okay? I-I need verbal confirmation, a-alright?” Alphys asks. 

 

He nods and says, “y-yes.” 

 

Mettaton clears his throat a little bit after speaking which makes Undyne bristle at how hoarse Mettaton’s voice sounds. 

 

“Okay. Good. S-So, ‘Dyne is going to lean you forward nice and gentle,” Alphys says. 

 

“Easy … easy, space heater. I gotcha. I gotcha. Try not to tense up, big guy. But, I’m sure the pain sucks ass, MTT,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton grits his teeth as Undyne brings him closer to lying flat but, eventually, Undyne eases him onto her lap. She rubs his shoulder with uncharacteristic tenderness. 

 

“Damn, you really are on fire, dude. It’s no wonder you feel so crappy. But, we’re gonna fix that. M’kay? You are being so tough, MTT. You are so, so crazy tough,” Undyne says.

 

“Okay, now we’re going to slide your arms up and out of the shirt y-you’re wearing. N-Nice and easy. Good job. You’re d-doing so well,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne helps Alphys throw the shirt off to the side. Alphys thanks every deity she can call to mind that Mettaton decided to wear hip hugging jeans so they didn’t have to try to get those off or, rather, cut them off. 

 

Alphys runs her claws through Mettaton’s hair as she talks. 

 

“Now, we’re going into p-power off. Your back will feel so, so much better when you wake up. I know  it hurts r-really bad right now. So, w-we’re gonna fix it. O-Okay? Then, like I said, we’re gonna take you u-upstairs before I turn you on a-again so you can r-rest. You need to rest b-because, even after w-we fix the fan, y-you still might n-not feel very w-well until late tomorrow o-or even the day after. It could take a-a while for the p-part to w-work, and l-longer for it t-to actually finish c-cooling you d-down. B-But, but the p-pain in your back is going to be gone. That’ll be all done. I’ll make it better, o-okay? A-At least, we’re gonna s-solve one problem,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton nods weakly, and Alphys turns him off. 

 

After everything that has happened, Alphys has to take a quick breather before starting her work. Powered off, Mettaton almost looks dead. Eyeliner and makeup lingers on his cheeks, and his hair sticks up randomly in all directions. So, while she knows he’s not fallen down, it doesn’t sit right with her looking at him so limp and vulnerable. 

 

Even powered off, Mettaton’s SOUL is still inverted to look human as it glows with a pinkish light. Mettaton’s eyes also glow a dim pink around the edges of the LED, despite his eyes being fully closed, and his battery being powered off. While his eyes have nowhere near the vibrancy they usually do when his battery is live, and his eyes are open, the fact that they glow at all surprises Alphys a little bit. 

 

Alphys opens an app on her phone to make sure that there’s no electricity running through Mettaton before beginning to make her repairs. 

 

She confirms her suspicions that there is no electricity running behind Mettaton’s eyes but, instead, it seems that Mettaton’s SOUL is what powers the lights. Alphys wonders if it’s because Mettaton, in his Soul, wants to tell her, to reassure her, that he’s alive. 

 

If I had any doubt he was fully fused before, it’s completely gone now. Alphys thinks. 

 

Therefore, after assuring herself she won’t be shocked by free flowing electricity, and taking a few more calming breaths, Alphys grabs a screwdriver and sets to work quickly taking off Mettaton’s back plate. She places the screws in a ceramic pencil holder on the coffee table. Then, she puts the back plate against the couch. 

 

Bless you Angel. Bless you … this could have been so much worse. Alphys thinks to herself. 

 

While none of his nerve wires have been severed, despite the broken fan parts being dangerously close to touching several of them, some of the wires in the fan itself have partially melted. Alphys realizes that the melted wires would explain the burning sensation Mettaton had described. Alphys hypothesizes the motor was probably still trying to run despite the fan being broken. She remembers that, while she programed the fan to stop running, his motor must run on a separate system. 

 

I’m so sorry. You must have been in excruciating pain that whole time while you were anxious and overheating to boot. You were so brave. You are so brave. I’m so, so sorry. 

 

Alphys tries to send her love to him as she finishes scraping melted wire out of the port where the fan connects to the motor. 

 

Alphys praises her past-self for having the foresight to get at least three sets of duplicates for all of Mettaton’s most important parts. 

 

Alphys pulls out the broken pieces carefully, and she looks at the serial numbers. Then, Alphys digs through the box and finds the replacement parts. Alphys triple checks to make sure she removed all the melted wiring from the plug. Finally, she inserts the new fan into the port where she removed the broken one.

 

Alphys pulls up a file on her phone, and she sees the pieces have been accepted. Thankfully, she doesn’t have to replace the motor. Even still, as she told Mettaton, it’s going to take some time for the new fan to fully connect to his software system. Additionally, Alphys knows his software is going to be slowed because of the heat. It could take until afternoon tomorrow for the piece to connect and actually start working. 

 

He is going to feel like absolute shit. And, we’re going to have to be really careful with him. If the heat starts affecting his CPU … bad things could happen. But, that’s not overly likely. I think? Though, all of this is so far out of anything I remotely considered as a possibility. Stop. Breathe. I gotta stay positive. He’s just going to feel like crap and need lots of TLC. Nothing too hard. You nursed Bratty and Catty back to full HP hundreds of times. It cannot be any worse than that. Alphys’ thoughts race as she screws Mettaton’s back plate back into place. 

 

“Done. All done. It’s a-all done.” 

 

Alphys sighs with relief. 

 

Alphys leans forward on her arms and face plants into the couch. The full extent of everything that just happened hits her all at once. Alphys takes a shaky breath. 

 

Someone hurt her friend. 

 

Her best friend could have fallen down.  

 

If Mettaton had tried to continue to hide his injury, he surely would have dusted himself. 

 

They are all so very lucky that he managed not to hurt himself more in the past twenty-four hours. 

 

Especially during that panic attack and when he was crying on my shoulder. That he didn’t make any movements that were sudden enough to sever his main line is an absolute miracleI … I couldn’t have repaired the whole CNS in time to stop his Soul from dusting. The best I could have done was duct tape it and pray. Alphys swallows hard at the thought. 

 

“You were amazing, Alphy. You did so well,” Undyne says. 

 

“I-I just did wh-what I h-had to do. But, we should t-take him upstairs. I-it’s going to be a h-hellacious next twenty-four hours o-or so for him,” Alphys says. 

 

“Can I lift him the normal way this time? Like, I can move his back, right?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Y-yeah. You can move his back. But, be gentle! Nothing rough. He’s insanely fragile right now. I-I don’t wanna freak you out ‘Dyne. S-So, I’m n-not giving details, especially s-s-since I know everyone’s listening next door, b-but this is bad l-l-like bad-bad.” Alphys warns. 

 

Undyne nods her understanding before taking a knee next to the couch. 

 

“I’m gonna pick you up now, ’kay, MTT? Then, I’m gonna take you upstairs like Alphy said we would. M’kay? We’re gonna get ya nice and comfy-cozy in Alphys’ old room ‘cause, apart from Frisk’s room, it’s the closest to the stairs. We’re goin’ up in three, two, one. I gotcha, space heater. I gotcha,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne knows Mettaton won’t answer but she feels like she should tell him what she’s doing to him anyway … given the circumstances. Undyne’s Soul hammers in her chest as soon as she lifts him up bridal style. Undyne cradles Mettaton close to her for a moment before wrapping a protective arm around his head. Only then is Undyne satisfied that he is secure as she walks towards the main hallway. 

 

When Undyne carries Mettaton into the hallway where Blooky, Shyren, and Asgore are waiting, Alphys notices that Papyrus and Sans are mysteriously missing. 

 

Alphys gives Undyne a look. Undyne makes a face that’s somewhere between grief-stricken and fearful. Then, she mouths “tell you later.” 

 

Blooky and Shyren both attempt to approach Undyne and Alphys but quickly decide it’s better to wait. 

 

When Alphys and Undyne are near the top of the stairs, Toriel exits Frisk’s room. Toriel covers her mouth with her hands as Undyne ascends the stairs with Mettaton pillowed against her chest. 

 

“Is he alright? Is there anything I can do?” Toriel asks Alphys. 

 

“We need cool towels. H-H-His central cooling fan broke in an …” Alphys awkwardly pauses. 

 

“In an accident. The fan h-has been down for nearly t-twenty four hours. I-I only had s-suspicions until he finally told me j-just now. U-Undyne helped me with the repair. But, we have to g-get him cooled down or something could short circuit. T-That would be … um … h-harder to f-fix and c-could cause permanent d-damage.” Alphys explains.

 

“Of course! I shall prepare what you need right away,” Toriel says. 

 

Undyne walks into Alphys’ old room, and she gently places Mettaton on the bed. Alphys pulls Mettaton’s charging cord out of the covered port in his hip, and she plugs him into the wall outlet closest to the bed. 

 

As Alphys moves to power Mettaton back on, Undyne interrupts with a question. 

 

“Can’t we just leave him off until the fan turns on? Or ya know … he cools down? Wouldn’t that be the … ya know … nicer thing to do?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys smiles sadly while shaking her head. 

 

“No. I-If he’s p-powered off for too l-long he’s g-going to be extremely d-disoriented when h-he wakes up. I cannot do th-that to him r-right now. The n-night terrors w-would be brutal by the time he was c-c-cooled all the way down. If … if he were even a-able to come b-b-back at all. So, h-he has to be powered on. Th-That and his b-battery has to be l-live to calibrate the part. I-I can make transfers o-or replace p-parts with him powered o-off, and I prefer it because I’m less likely t-t-to shock myself, but t-they don’t calibrate u-unless his b-battery is l-live. B-But, h-he can ch-choose sl-sleep mode through most of the calibration. We’ll j-just have to wake h-him up to g-get him to drink e-enough to keep his m-magic strong and h-his steam s-sytem functional. B-But, I hope h-he sleeps. Tomorrow … um … i-it’s not going to b-be pleasant.” Alphys explains. 

 

With everything settled, Alphys powers Mettaton back on before going to do a quick check to ensure the charging cable is secure in the outlet. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes flutter. He opens them slowly with a groan and then snaps them back shut. He opens them just enough to see Undyne kneeling next to him. 

 

“We moved you up to Alphys’ old room, MTT. Remember? Alphys said we were gonna bring you upstairs so you could rest somewhere comfier than the couch,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton nods his understanding, but his half-lidded eyes still search around the room.

 

“phy?” Mettaton asks weakly. 

 

“I’m right here, Mettaton. R-Right here. Y-You okay?”Alphys asks. 

 

She rushes to his side so he can see her. 

 

“I-I don’t feel good, Phy … darling, everything h-hurts … my head … especially … ‘n ‘m really … tired. Is … is it odd to just … just want to sleep, dear? Phy, all I want … want is sleep.” Mettaton grimaces. 

 

Some part of Undyne is relieved by the fact that his voice is stronger than when she heard it downstairs. She realizes that he must be responding to being plugged in, but that relief is short-lived when Mettaton shuts his eyes before bringing a hand to his head. He tries to rub the space between his eyes as he speaks. 

 

Alphys takes Mettaton’s hand, and she squeezes it gently. 

 

“Not at a-all. Between the p-panic a-attack and the broken fan, you’ve g-gone through a lot. I’m sure you’re not f-feeling well, and you h-have every r-right to be completely e-exhausted,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton nods and grimaces again as he squeezes Alphys’ hand gently. He lies back and tries to get comfortable, but he struggles to pass into sleep mode. Alphys rubs Mettaton’s arm when he winces. 

 

“Anything I-I can do?” Alphys asks. 

 

“No, darling. ‘s just my head … it’s hard to go into sleep mode n-no matter how much I want it. It hurts too much, Phy.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Alphys notices that Mettaton has kept his eyes closed nearly the entire time since she has powered him back on. 

 

We’re really going to have to watch out for his CPU. The headache is making me nervous. Wait … did he hit his head too? Alphys thinks. 

 

“Hey, ‘Dyne c-can you turn the lights o-off? If I need them to see l-l-later, I can always turn them b-back on,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne nods before flicking the lights off. Undyne makes her way back to the side of the bed. 

 

“Ton-ton, I r-really need to know b-because the h-headache is so bad, a-and you’re so tired, wh-when … when your back hit the wall … um … d-d-did you hit your h-head, too?” Alphys asks. 

 

Alphys squeezes his hand tight when Mettaton flinches at her question. He slowly shakes his head “no,” and he instantly regrets it. He closes his eyes tight, and bites his lip. 

 

“Thank y-you. I’m sorry. I-I-I just n-needed to m-make sure th-the headache was c-coming from the h-h-heat not … um … something e-e-else.” Alphys explains. 

 

Undyne can feel the tension in the room, and she knows she needs to find a way to diffuse it before everything explodes. 

 

“Well then, we’re just gonna have ta getcha cooled down, space heater. Alright? That’s gonna make you feel a ton better, and, besides, we don’t want you burning us, now, do we? You’re our heater not our furnace.” Undyne teases. 

 

A weary smile passes over Mettaton’s face as his eyes open to gaze up at Undyne and Alphys. Alphys notices that there’s an overbright flicker to the LEDs behind Mettaton’s eyes. Alphys also realizes that LED lights in Mettaton’s cheeks have started to glow brighter, mirroring a feverish flush, as his core temperature rises. 

 

Before either Alphys or Undyne has much time to think about Alphys’ overcommitment to realism, Toriel knocks softly at the door. 

 

“I have what you requested, Dr. Alphys,” Toriel says. 

 

Alphys gets up and quickly takes the cool towels before leading Toriel further out into the hallway. 

 

“Is everyone alright after … um … a-all that? H-How much did everyone h-hear?” Alphys asks in a whisper. 

 

“Only as much as he wanted us to.” Toriel whispers in a way that barely conceals her fury. 

 

So, everyone, except hopefully Frisk, somehow heard pretty much everything he didn’t say in a whisper but, for his sake, they’re pretending not to. Alphys concludes. 

 

Alphys nods. “Thank you.” 

 

Alphys scurries back into the room and over to Mettaton’s side. She wipes his face down with a cool towel. She’s careful to remove all of the makeup from his face in an effort to get him comfortable. Alphys smiles as Mettaton leans into the coolness and closes his eyes. He finally seems to be able to access sleep mode. Alphys folds a towel and places it behind his neck. Then, she lays the final towel over his forehead. 

 

Alphys holds Mettaton’s hand and rubs his knuckles with her claw until she’s certain he’s sleeping. 

 

“We’ll need to r-replace the cool compresses and try to get h-him to drink s-something n-nearly every hour. I-I also want t-to stay up a-and observe h-him all n-night and th-throughout tomorrow until the fan starts working. Pr-Probably, even a-after it starts w-working, because, w-with his core temperature this h-high, it’s going to take awhile f-for the f-fan to bring it down. A-And … well … I-I’ll stay with him for now, b-but I don’t th-think it’s … um … a good idea? … for me to stay up for more than f-forty-eight hours,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys almost forgets Toriel followed her into the room until Toriel responds to Alphys’ rambling. 

 

“No. I do not think that would be a wise choice either.” Toriel agrees. 

 

Silence hangs heavy on the room for a moment before Toriel speaks. 

 

“I will inform everyone that they should remain here. That way we may have many hands to make the work light. Someone will bring fresh towels and something cool to drink every hour while you take your vigil, Dr. Alphys,” Toriel says.

 

“Th-thank you. That w-would be great. I-I’ll stay with h-him until, l-like, mid-morning t-tomorrow. I d-don’t think I-I’ll sleep very w-well until I-I see him all the w-way through the n-night,” Alphys says.

 

Toriel nods before gently shutting the door on her way out.  

 

Undyne puts her hands on Alphys’ shoulders, and Alphys finally weeps quietly. 

 

Undyne leans down and wraps her arms around Alphys. 

 

“You are so strong, Alphy. So is he, you’re both so tough. You’ll get through this. We’ve beaten every obstacle these humans have thrown our way so far,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys nods into Undyne's chest before taking a long deep breath. 

 

“I-I suppose … I just w-wish w-we … he especially, didn’t have to. ‘Dyne he m-m-must feel so alone. I-I’ve never ever seen him, or a-a-anyone, even myself, th-that broken. When h-he cried so hard h-he w-w-went silent …” Alphys says, shaking her head. 

 

Undyne nods. She rests her chin on the crown of her girlfriend’s head for several minutes before Alphys relaxes into Undyne’s touch. The two of them finally break their embrace when they’ve both drawn enough strength from each other. 

 

“I’m going to go check on Papyrus. He’s fine. He’s just … angry. When he heard that … the thing about the … um … cheating … he finally lost it. He has that, like, same thing with his eye that creeps me out when Sans does it. Sans rushed the two of them downstairs after he saw it. So, I’m gonna go make sure Sans got him to calm down. But, then, I’m going to try to get some sleep. Alright? That way I’ll be fresh for tomorrow,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys stares at Undyne slack jawed for a moment before nodding her understanding. 

 

Finally, Undyne kisses Alphys’ cheek before she leaves. 

 

Once she is alone, Alphys climbs into the bed next to her friend. She curls around Mettaton, and she lets his head fall onto her chest. 

 

Alphys reaches out and softly strokes Mettaton’s hair. He settles into her touch, but he doesn’t wake up. 

 

Alphys gathers all of her waning resolve and begins to speak.

 

“I hope you kn-know that w-we can stay curled up in bed for eternity … just like old times. We can lie on the floor and f-f-feel like garbage. E-Except, instead of rambling about anime, or comics, or my terrible life ch-choices, we’ll talk about w-whatever you want. We can talk about dancing, m-musicals, fashion, or we can just … just s-sit in the quiet. I w-want to make you feel safe again. We can talk about those other things too … f-for nostalgia … if you wanted. But, we don’t have to change out of our pjs. We don’t h-have to take on the world. We can eat waffles in bed, or have hot cocoa on the couch, or iced tea in the snow, or w-w-whatever makes you happy. I just want to see you smile … r-really smile again. I want to see you smile like when you f-f-first felt your fingers, or when you t-t-tasted butterscotch pie, or when Papyrus c-called you beautiful.” 

 

Alphys turns the cloth on Mettaton’s forehead. 

 

His apology for the panic attack stings like needles at the core of her being all over again. She can’t believe that Mettaton’s manager would use her friend’s art to hurt him, taunt him, and finally convince him that they would all abandon him if that man took their Mettaton away. Alphys knows that she would track Mettaton to the ends of the earth to bring him back safely, and everyone else would follow right behind her. But, Mettaton didn’t know that, and that thought makes her feel like knives are piercing her Soul. 

 

Despite the beauty of their creations, humans can be so cruel … and so convincing when telling lies. While Alphys has lied often, she is rarely convincing. 

 

Alphys breathes deeply and finds her voice again. 

 

“What I wanted t-to say downstairs w-was, you don’t have to give other people hope or be a star if that’s not y-y-your dream anymore. D-Dreams change when we change. Because … for what it’s worth anyway … you’re already my star. I can be the sky you h-hide in or shine from. But, please, know that you’re my star whether you make it b-b-big here or not. If you don’t make it big, you can always travel other ways. Go see the world as a bl-blogger or s-something. You always l-l-loved to write. Or, at least, I-I assume you do if your, like, 50 diaries and 1200 notebooks of song lyrics are a-anything to go by. R-R-Regardless, you’re my star whether you, a-and your f-family, challenge that terrible h-h-human or choose not to. You’re my star because y-you’re my friend. You’re my star because together we did what we b-both thought was impossible. And, s-so, if you can’t trust me as your friend, trust me as the doctor who gave you what you most wanted because … because I-I’m not giving up on you. O-Okay?” She whispers. 

 

Mettaton’s artificial lungs fill with air gently moving his chest up and down in an effort to cool his overheating body. As Alphys continues to play with Mettaton’s hair, Alphys realizes if she leaves it untied that it will quickly become uncomfortable because of the damp towels. So, she ties Mettaton’s hair back with the spare hair tie she always keeps for Undyne. 

 

Then, Alphys rolls onto her back for a moment so that, if he wakes up, he won’t see her crying. Well, at least, he won’t see her crying immediately. 

 

“And, please, Angel, please, don’t let that awful person take a-a-away the love he found for and i-in this b-body. Don’t let him lose his sp-spark because he is h-h-hurting. But, if that spark h-has to g-g-go, can you just give me a s-sign that it will come b-back someday? Please, I don’t ask for m-much. But, d-don’t l-let him p-permanently let go of all he’s w-w-wanted so much. He’s n-n-not perfect, but are a-any of us? Still, w-w-we try … r-right? He has worked so, so hard. Don’t p-p-punish him like th-that.”

 

Alphys doesn’t know when she turned this ramble into a prayer. But, she has, and she means every word. She can’t bear to watch him struggle with his body like he did before. She couldn’t bear it if he stopped being himself because of what someone else did. In the end, it will be his choice. She knows that. But, she also knows she will be unbelievably sad should he never find his way back to loving himself as he is.

 

So, she prays for him. She prays for them both. She doesn’t want to lose Mettaton as he is because he doesn’t deserve that. Her friend deserves to be saved if only because most everyone deserves mercy and a new beginning to their story. 


Isn’t that kind of the point of that musical he likes so damn much? I … I actually don’t remember anything about it except that one song he likes. Ton-ton, I promise I’ll watch whatever musicals you want  I won’t even complain … much … when we do. I’ll even try to keep track of the plot. Alphys promises.

 

As Alphys watches over Mettaton, she rests with his head on her chest warming her up … just like old times.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

Each chapter I’ve written endears me more to different characters and the group of characters as a whole.

Don’t worry I’m not leaving this here. There’s a lot more.

On the subject of “more,” there’s more of me in this chapter than I am willing to admit. You who know me well, and love me well, will know exactly what I’m talking about. (If my real life friends are reading this, yeah …)

I have way more to say on this, but it’s coming in a future chapter.

I feel like there’s an expectation for me to say something profound, and I just don’t have it in me. I wrote the author’s note for Chapter 9 before this one.

I’m spent.

Stay safe.

Love,
Pip

Chapter 8: Frisk, to Thine Own Self Be True

Summary:

Before heading to bed, Undyne helps calm Papyrus. Alphys has several realizations. Toriel's Mom-mode is activated. Flowey comforts Frisk. Sans, at Flowey’s prompting, talks Frisk down from a RESET, and shows Frisk the power of where love meets determination.

TW:
Grief
References to non-con in the previous chapter THROUGH FLASHBACK DIALOGUE and snippets of an episode of “Mew Mew Kissy Cutie”
More than PG-13 use of swearing/f-bombs
References to Genocide Route

Notes:

Disclaimer: I literally know nothing at all about anime and used names from the two animes I loved as a teen - Sailor Moon and Ouran Highschool Host Club - for all of the Mew Mew Kissy Cutie names.

All the anime proofreading comes from my beta, my adoring husband, so any references to anime have been approved/edited by him.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The laser beam almost cuts off Undyne’s hair as it shoots through the room when she opens the door. 

 

Undyne’s eye widens as her face takes on an expression of equal parts terror and wonder. 

 

Every surface in the room smolders with embers left behind by the beams of orange fiery light coming from the mouths of giant dog-like skulls that appear and disappear, seemingly, at random. 

 

Sans stands off in a corner waiting for it all to end. 

 

After watching Papyrus’ great display of anger for several minutes, Undyne sees Papyrus fall to his knees. 

 

Fiery orange tears spill down Papyrus’ cheeks as he buries his face in his hands and lies on the ground. 

 

Undyne swallows before taking a tentative step into the room. 

 

“undyne. go.” Sans’ voice is low and hollow. 

 

However, Undyne doesn’t say anything to Sans, and she certainly doesn’t follow his direction. Instead, Undyne keeps walking. She ignores the blazing orange fire. She steps around splintered pieces of wood, ripped up leather, and shattered chains from punching bags. 

 

Somehow, in all of the chaos, every single training dummy remains untouched. 

 

Undyne hesitates a moment before kneeling in front of Papyrus. 

 

Undyne has always known that Papyrus was stronger than he appeared. Papyrus is, somehow, stronger than a boulder and sweeter than any flower on Earth or under it. However, witnessing this, Undyne discovers that Papyrus’ magical control must be impeccable, because Undyne has never seen Papyrus do anything like this no matter how hard she has pushed him. 

 

Truly, Undyne has only seen magic like this once, and it’s on a day she would rather forget. For, the only time Undyne remembers anything like this at all is when Sans stepped in and killed the human who took her eye with one of those … creatures?

 

No, not creatures, those weapons. 

 

Undyne shudders at the memory before returning to the task at hand. 

 

“I’m sorry.” 

 

Undyne knows she ought to say more, but there are no other words to say when grief runs this deep. There is nothing she can offer that can repair the damage that has been done. Undyne knows that.

 

For, there are two days every year that Undyne has always committed to sitting in silence with Asgore making tea and watching the dusty shadows of two small children run amok in New Home. The day always begins and ends with the same five words. 

 

“I’m sorry. I love you.” 

 

Undyne means those with the depth of all she is every time she has said them these past sixty-two years. For, Asgore may have become her mentor at nineteen, but he became her father at twenty-eight.

 

While Undyne has never called Asgore “Dad,” the word weaves itself into the intricate tapestry of their lives. The first thread appeared in their sparring match, and more spawned over the decades of lessons on fighting, tea, gardening, and living. The word “Dad” means nothing in comparison to the feeling of Asgore nurturing Undyne throughout her life. 

 

She loves him. She is his. 

 

Undyne is Asgore's to nurture, his to command, and his to pour his love into.

 

Undyne is a simple monster, and there is nothing more than that to her relationship with Asgore. There has never needed to be more. 

 

Undyne shakes herself from her thoughts as she looks down at Papyrus. She realizes that he hasn’t moved. So, she speaks a bit louder and with more force. 

 

“I’m so sorry.” 

 

Papyrus shoots up from the ground at her words this time. He looks at the wall behind her before saying anything. 

 

“WHY ARE YOU SORRY? YOU DIDN’T DO ANYTHING.” 

 

Undyne stiffens at Papyrus’ words. She knows he means that she didn’t do anything to hurt Mettaton. Of course, logically, she absolutely recognizes that's what he means. Still, there’s something about the hardened bitterness to his voice that pierces the core of her being like a spear. 

 

“That’s why I’m sorry!” 

 

Undyne risks scooting forward so the knees of her ripped jeans touch Papyrus’ bared boney ones. The two of them sit that way for a long time. This is not their usual silence, and Undyne despises the dead air. Papyrus wants to say something. Undyne can feel it in her Soul. 

 

Finally, Papyrus asks exactly what Undyne expected he would. 

 

“WHY?”

 

Undyne thinks carefully. There are a hundred different “whys” that Papyrus could be pondering. Yet, after thousands of kitchen fires, hundreds of puzzles, and decades of friendship, Undyne knows exactly which of the hundreds of “whys” Papyrus needs answered. 

 

“MTT didn’t understand the difference between hurting us and us hurting for him, Papyrus. So … NGGGH … I guess, his brain got twisted up in human lies! And! Because … because he loved you too much to hurt you. MTT loved us all too much to hurt us.” Undyne whispers.

 

For a moment, the two of them just breathe alongside each other. They don’t look at each other. They just sit staring at opposite walls as they breathe. 

 

Finally, Papyrus falls into Undyne’s arms and sobs.

 

“I’LL KILL THAT MAN. I’LL FUCKING ANHIALATE HIM. I CAN DO IT! I CAN! EVEN IF I SHOULDN’T, I CAN! ” Papyrus screams. 

 

“I know … I’m sorry. But, feel that to it’s maximum power, Papyrus. In order to be of any use, you have to feel your anger, tap into your sense of justice, and don’t hold back! I beat the shit out of things when I get angry all the time! It helps me clear my head. Feel. Your. Damn. Fury. So … so that tomorrow you’ll be fresh and ready to do the practical thing, dude. But … right now … feeling angry is the practical thing,” Undyne says. 

 

“I HATE THAT HUMAN. I HATE HIM! I’VE NEVER HATED ANYONE BEFORE, I’VE NEVER LOST FAITH IN ANYONE BEFORE, AND I NEVER WANT TO AGAIN! BUT, I CAN’T FORGIVE HIM. I CAN’T BELIEVE IN HIM.” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne closes her eye. 

 

“Not every monster, person, human, or whatever deserves that trust, nerd. I know you want to believe that everyone can be redeemed, but not everyone can. Your faith is so … UGH … you’re too good, Papyrus! You’re allowed to hate that asshole!” Undyne says forcefully. 

 

Papyrus dissolves further into tears. Now, Undyne is certain that Papyrus has run out of words. So, she holds Papyrus tight. 

 

Then, Undyne looks over at Sans. Sans stares at the wall behind Undyne. His skeletal fingers are clenched in tight fists. His expression is completely unreadable but, somehow, Undyne can tell Sans is barely containing his anger. 

 

Suddenly, Undyne sees Sans look at his phone. His eye sockets widen, and he disappears. 

 

Undyne has known both Sans and Papyrus well over the course of her time as the Captain of the Guard. There have been seldom few times that Undyne has ever seen either one of them truly angry. 

 

This is the first time that she has ever seen both of them wrathful, and Undyne wishes with everything she is that she can prevent anyone from ever seeing it again.  

 

********

 

Meanwhile, Alphys scrolls through her phone trying to stay awake for as long as she can. She knows, curled up this close to Mettaton, that she’ll wake up if she feels him move. Yet, still, she doesn’t really want to sleep anyway. 

 

She worries she’ll hear him sobbing against her knees in her nightmares. 

 

Alphys drops her phone on her face for the second time in the span of a half an hour. She decides to get off the bed and sit on the wooden chair they have pulled up to the bedside instead. 

 

She opens her CrunchyRoll app to a downloaded episode of Mew Mew Kissy Cutie on her phone. It’s just a few episodes before the finale, and it has always been one of her favorites.  

 

She smiles at the theme song and shakes her head. 

 

I miss you doing silly things like that you weirdo. Your voice was so flat tonight even when you tried to make everything seem fine. Usually you practically sing when you talk, but tonight … tonight I knew something was going to go wrong. I used to get so annoyed when I would answer the phone … you always liked to call … and you would ask about your body, or rant about your ratings being low, or try to talk my ear off about some musical I didn’t understand. Then, you’d practically sing your goodbye. “Toodles!” Now, I would … I would give anything to go back and cherish those stupid calls. I don’t care what dumbass thing you want to talk about … I … part of being a friend … part of what I wanted … it should have been to cherish that … right? Ton-ton, I’m so sorry. 

 

Alphys shakes herself from head to foot as she rouses herself from her rambling. She realizes she was about half asleep in her thoughts. So, she rewinds the episode. 

 

* “I need to convince Tamaki to ask Usagi out to the dance. I wonder if I should … I really shouldn’t. I promised Setsuna that I’d stop. 

 

Mew Mew pulls on her ears lightly. Her tail swishes back and forth in agitation. The camera angle zooms down to Mew Mew’s cropped skirt and socks while her tail swishes again. 

 

* “Still, I suppose it wouldn’t be so bad to use it on Tamaki. That way I haven’t technically done what Setsuna asked me not to because she said not to use it on them, our friend group, anymore. She didn’t say anything about the boys. Besides, I think Tamaki kind of likes me anyway? 

 

Alphys pauses the episode for just a minute. She remembers Mew Mew being controlling, sometimes selfish, and definitely manipulative, but Alphys doesn’t remember her as this calculating about using her powers. 

 

Alphys unpauses the show. 

 

* “It’s not like I’m even doing this to help myself. I’m not getting him to ask me.” 

 

Alphys pauses the show again. 

 

Now, I can’t remember how this goes. She doesn’t go through with it does she? Alphys thinks. 

 

She increases the speed on the episode and watches Mew Mew in quick-motion walking the halls of her high school. There are quite a few more shots of Mew Mew's tail swishing over her skirt and socks for fan service than Alphys remembers.

 

Finally, Alphys returns the episode back to normal speed when Mew Mew finds Tamaki in the hallway. 

 

* “Mew Mew! I’m so happy to see you! Do you have a date to the dance yet?”

 

* “Oh, I’m not sure I’ll be going, but you should!” 

 

The two characters stare at each other awkwardly before Tamaki rubs the back of his head. His cheeks flush pink as his dark hair flops around his face. He smiles widely showing off all of his teeth as his eyes close. 

 

* “Oh, I don’t know … I have someone I want to ask, but … I don’t know if they would go with me.” 

 

Mew Mew flushes as she steps towards him. The camera zooms in on her bright blue eyes blinking. She shuts them tight and blushes. She leans towards him.

 

* “You’re easily one of the most handsome and popular people in our school, Tamaki. Surely everyone would want to go with you.” 

 

Tamaki backs away as Mew Mew moves closer to him. He looks confused as she leans in towards him. The camera angle zooms in on Mew Mew’s glossy lips as they move inches away from Tamaki’s. 

 

His head turns. 

 

Alphys fumbles and closes the app completely. She breathes hard for a minute before she sets her phone down on the end table. 

 

Alphys' head spins as she places it in her claws. 

 

“I didn’t want it … I-I-I *hic* … I t-t-turned my h-h-head, Phy … I-I w-w-wanted *hic* … wanted to … to … g-g-get away! M-My … it h-hu-h-hurt … I-I-I didn’t know … *hic* wh-what … to do … or … o-o-or what … wh-what to… *hic* s-s-say!"

 

Alphys swipes tears from her eyes. Alphys can still feel Mettaton trembling in her arms. She shudders as she remembers how his shoulders shook with each hiccup. It was as though she could feel the sobs starting in his artificial lungs, the little spasm in that artificial diaphragm, before the heavy puffs of air ripped at the chords in his throat. In Alphys’ memory, Mettaton’s hands still desperately clutch the fabric of her lab coat, and his jaw clenches against each word. As she reflects, it seems as though he needs to pull out each one like a shard of broken glass going up his throat. 

 

“I-I-I can’t forget … I-I w-w-wanted to … I-I-I … *hic* I-I wanted i-i-it to be … be … *hic* l-l-like that sh-show …t-th-the … the one … wh-where th-they … they j-j-just *hic* … black out … a-a-and f-f-forget i-it ever … *hic* happened …” 

 

Alphys swears she’s going to be sick. But, she swallows hard, and she breathes. She doesn’t know how he could stand watching Mew Mew at her house two weeks ago. She thinks back to that night, and she remembers his unreadable expression when she defended the writing. He even managed to say something good about … she swallows hard again. 

 

She does not deserve that. She absolutely does not deserve him trying to find something good in that horrible anime … not when he was, and still is, suffering so much.  

 

Alphys’ glasses are fogging up with her tears. She wishes that Mettaton knew that he absolutely did not need to try that hard for her. 

 

“A-A-And i-it’s n-n-not like … like … *hic* it was … that b-b-b-bad … ‘till yesterday …”

 

Suddenly, Alphys’ Soul drops to her feet when she wonders if Mettaton thought she wouldn’t find the things that happened to him that bad because of Mew Mew Kissy Cutie. Alphys recalls the number of times she has justified Mew Mew’s writing, plot, characters, and called it moving

 

“I’m *hic* n-n-not a … a … a *hic* cheater, d-d-darling! I … I swear, Phy! I’m not!!” 

 

Alphys shudders as she remembers his change in volume and, even more so, his change in demeanor. Her mind will never forget the way Mettaton's eyes opened and stared up at her with a wild and terrified expression that she didn't even know Mettaton was capable of emoting. Even now she feels him buried in her chest as he whispers. 

 

"phy ... he s-swore ... *hic* swore he'd ... *hic he'd hurt someone else ... *hic* i-i-i couldn't ... *hic* couldn't let him ... *hic* he wanted to take me ... me ... *hic me away ... please, ... please ... *hic* don't let him t-t-take me away, phy ... please ... *hic* please don't let him take me 'way ...” 

 

Alphys takes off her glasses and wipes them on her shirt with one claw as she mops tears with her other sleeve. Alphys’ tears are near perfectly silent despite the fact that her breathing has gone funny. 

 

For a moment, Alphys exhales and puts her glasses back on to check to make sure Mettaton is still in sleep mode. 

 

He is.

 

Mettaton’s eyes glow under his closed lashes, and the LEDs in his cheeks blaze brightly. His chest rises and falls, deeply and evenly, though, Alphys notes, perhaps a bit quicker than normal, in an effort to cool his body down. Mettaton’s eyebrows are drawn together in a slight furrow. 

 

Alphys knows that Mettaton will likely have nightmares. For, she knows first hand the ways the horrible things that happen in life can get distorted in dreams. Personal experience aside, Alphys knows this is especially true when the Soul's defenses are focused on fighting illness ... or in this case syncing software. 

 

Alphys buries her head in her hands again. Mettaton's usually powerful, beautiful, sing-song little voice haunts her once again with its brokenness just like the ghost he once was. 

 

“Please … p-pl-please forgive m-me, d-darling. Sorry … I-I’m sorry … s-sorry … please forgive me, darling … will he ever f-f-forgive me, phy?” 

 

Alphys’ can feel her leg bouncing with nervous energy. She rubs her forehead with her claws before looking over Mettaton again. 

 

He’s still, mostly peacefully, in sleep mode. 

 

Alphys feels her leg start vibrating faster. If she doesn’t do something soon, she’s worried she might explode. 

 

Tumblr is right … Mew Mew Kissy Cutie is awful. Alphys thinks. 

 

Knowing that she’s not going to be able to do anything more useful, Alphys opens her phone to Tumblr and starts a text post. 

 

****

I Get It Now … 

I’ve recently had to think about how I feel about Mew Mew Kissy Cutie because this particular anime has seen me through a lot, but, I've come to realize that, you all are right ... it’s really problematic.

I know … you told me so.  

But, like, in one sense, I relate to the protagonist’s desires to … change her circumstances make people see her the way she wants to be seen. For lack of a better way to phrase that. And while I still think there’s something like that in all of us, I see the problematic way of how that’s written in the show.  

I guess … like Mew Mew … we want to be loved, and we want other people to accept us as we are. Sometimes, I guess, those desires make us do terrible things. They might even make us want people to see us as better than we are. Instead of loving us as we are. 

Or, in my case, all of that and they make us want to find something to relate to in objectively terrible writing. 

A few folks on here have pointed out things to me about Mew Mew Kissy Cutie’s character and writing … things that I have argued and disagreed with … vehemently … 

But, a thing happened recently, and I just want to say …

You were right. 

I get it. 

And, honestly, I think I should have gotten it a lot sooner. 

Everything in me wishes I had. 

I think my love for Mew Mew, as a show and character, may have made it hard for someone I love very, very much to tell me something really important. 

While I have to acknowledge that I love what Mew Mew did for me when I was in a dark headspace, I hate the show, and I see why it’s gross. 

Thanks for reading. 

<3 ALPHYS

****

 

Alphys saves the post to her drafts. She’ll post something similar when she can be more analytical and less raw. 

 

Alphys shoots up straight when she hears a soft tap on the door. 

 

She sees Toriel in the doorway with fresh towels slung over her arm, and a glass of tea in her hand. 

 

“I … I do not mean to pry, Dr. Alphys, but it seems as though you might benefit from a moment alone. I would be … more than happy to assist Mettaton if you … you would … or if you … ah … need a moment to yourself? It is no trouble for me, dear one. In fact, I was going to ask you if you would like me to try to heal him. It is the magic that I have honed most throughout my exile in the Ruins. I am an even more gifted healer than baker, as it were,” Toriel says. 

 

Alphys nods wordlessly before clearing her throat. 

 

“I-I-I’m just gonna w-wash my f-f-face. Um … d-don’t wake him u-up j-j-just yet. I-I-I want to b-be here to … um … m-make s-sure he knows I d-d-didn’t leave? That was ... um ... k-k-kind of ... er ... important? ... to him earlier,” Alphys says. 

 

Toriel nods. “I understand completely. I shall wait on the chair for you, then.” 

 

Alphys scurries to the bathroom down the hall. She splashes some cold water on her face before rushing back to her old room. 

 

In Alphys’ absence, Toriel has gently adjusted the fresh cool compresses over Mettaton’s forehead and the other behind his neck.

 

He must be really out if he slept through that But, then again, he did sleep through my sobbing. Which, I am eternally grateful for. Alphys thinks. 

 

“He didn’t stir when I laid the compress on his forehead nor did he when I placed the other behind his neck. He finally seems at peace,” Toriel says. 

 

“For now … he’s a-a-at peace, f-f-for now. There’s n-no telling wh-wh-what the r-r-rest of the n-n-night and tomorrow w-w-will bring,” Alphys says. 

 

Toriel nods. “You have had many nightmares, then … after … after your accident?” 

 

Alphys looks at her feet in shame. 

 

“They’re … th-th-they’re fewer a-a-and further b-b-between now … now that e-e-everyone knows. H-H-His will be w-w-worse … I-I-I could have changed … c-c-could have been more c-careful. H-H-He’ll always f-f-feel trapped. It's … it seems worse because ... th-this was never h-h-his choice,” Alphys says. 

 

Toriel closes her eyes. 

 

“You are not alone in that, Dr. Alphys. I sometimes feel as though I could have been more careful. I could have ensured … I could have stopped our son from … I should have watched both of my children more closely.” Toriel’s voice is barely a whisper. 

 

Alphys’ Soul almost stops. She hasn’t thought about how this will affect Toriel and Asgore. 

 

Oh Angel, please … don’t take him. Let him go back to his dancing, his scheming, and his mischief making quickly. And, like, not just for my sake … Toriel and Asgore cannot go through that again. I almost forgot about that. Please … please … make this quick and easy. Alphys pleads. 

 

“I-I-It’s not like that w-w-was really y-y-your f-f-fault though …” Alphys starts. 

 

“I suppose … I suppose Asgore and I do share some blame. And yet, it is hard to … hard to blame him entirely because he … he was finally sleeping when it happened. He had been awake for days on end. It is hard to blame him. So, perhaps, no one bears any blame at all for what happened to ... anyway. I do not begrudge him for that at least. Though, it is quite easy to blame him for what happened after.” Toriel remarks bitterly. 

 

“H-He only d-d-did what he th-thought b-b-best. It … i-i-it wasn’t e-e-easy for him,” Alphys says. 

 

Toriel nods. 

 

“I know that now, dear one. I was … rash … in saying that I would never forgive him. I have. I just … I am a silly old lady, Dr. Alphys. Though, I am a silly old lady who understands you better than you might think, my dear.” Toriel smiles weakly. 

 

Alphys gives Toriel a tight smile of her own as the two of them sit in silence. 

 

“I-I-I think we can wake h-h-him up to try the t-tea and th-the healing now,” Alphys says. 

 

Toriel nods and runs her paws through Mettaton’s hair. When that doesn’t work to wake him, Toriel gently braces his shoulder. 

 

“Dear one, please wake up. We have something that will likely make you feel a bit better,” Toriel says. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes flutter, and he groans. He rolls to his back and pulls away from her. 

 

“It is alright. You are safe, sweetheart. We are merely here to help you drink a little tea. With your permission, dear one, I would also like to try healing you.” Toriel murmurs. 


Mettaton opens his eyes slowly before whimpering and shutting them again. 

 

Toriel runs another calming paw through Mettaton’s hair while Alphys comes closer to Mettaton’s side. 

 

“Ton-ton? What i-is it? D-D-Does something hurt?” Alphys asks. 

 

His eyes open slowly again, and he looks towards Alphys with raised brows. 

 

Confused. He was just confused. 

 

Alphys releases her breath. 

 

“Phy? Wh-Why? … Where? … Where … where am I?” He asks. 

 

Mettaton’s overbright pink eyes stare just over Alphys’ shoulder. Alphys isn’t sure he’ll remember waking up from sleep mode at all. 

 

“Y-You’re still a-at T-T-Toriel’s house in m-my old r-room. I-I-I can o-o-only imagine h-h-how disorienting it w-would be to w-wake up here wh-wh-when you’re n-not used to it a-after everything from e-e-earlier.” Alphys reassures him. 

 

“I … I …”

 

Mettaton’s eyes widen as some kind of memory strikes him. 

 

Alphys takes his hand and squeezes it tight, and Toriel replaces her motherly hand on Mettaton's shoulder. 

 

“You are safe here in my home, dear one,” Toriel says. 

 

“She’s right, ton-ton. E-E-Everyone in the f-family is h-here. ‘Dyne, Sans, and P-Papyrus are d-d-downstairs. Asgore is on the c-c-couch in the living room. Fr-Frisk is next d-d-door …” Alphys soothes. 

 

“Bl-Blooky? Shyren? I … what an idiot! ... I put them … put them in danger!” Mettaton shoots upright. 

 

Alphys notices that Mettaton puts his head in his hands as soon as he sits up. He begins to list sideways and it appears, at least to Alphys, that Mettaton might go into forced sleep mode and pass out. Alphys moves as quickly as she can while gently bringing Mettaton onto his arms so that he can lean forward. Then, Toriel begins to rub his back. 

 

“It’s o-okay, deep breath. Y-Y-You’re okay. I-I know. You s-sat up a little too f-f-fast, huh? That’s o-okay. Y-You’re okay.” Alphys reassures. 

 

Alphys soon realizes, in her effort to comfort Mettaton, and keep him from hitting his head on the side table, she hasn’t actually answered his question. 

 

“Napstablook and Sh-Shyren are b-b-both in Shyren’s room at the e-end of the h-h-hall. Th-They’re safe too, ton-ton. Do … d-do you need to s-s-see them?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head as his mechanical eyelids droop. 

 

“Let us know if you need them, or anyone, or anything else, sweetheart. We are all here to help make you comfortable and to feel safe, dear one.” Toriel murmurs. 

 

Mettaton nods and leans more heavily on Toriel. 

 

“Rubbing your back like this is alright, is it not? Would you rather I do something else, honey?” Toriel asks. 

 

Mettaton nods and then shakes his head in response to each of her questions respectively.

 

Upon having confirmation, Toriel continues to gently rub Mettaton’s back in slow, even, circles. 

 

“Ton-ton, l-l-let’s try and dr-drink something before you f-f-fall asleep again, o-o-okay? It’s g-going to k-keep your m-m-magic strong and h-h-help feed the st-st-steam system so i-i-it doesn’t run o-out of l-liquid,” Alphys says. 

 

Toriel continues to rub Mettaton’s back as Alphys helps him sip the tea. 

 

“You did very well. You are very good.” Toriel encourages him.

 

“Sh-She’s right. Th-That went w-way faster and easier th-than I-I-I expected,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton smiles weakly at their praise. 

 

“Is it alright if I try to heal you, dear?” Toriel asks. 

 

Toriel gently brushes Mettaton’s hair from his face as she and Alphys slowly lie him back against the pillows. 

 

Mettaton nods once as he fights to keep his eyes open. 

 

“You may rest while I heal. I merely required your permission before I began the process,” Toriel says. 

 

Mettaton reengages his sleep mode as soon as Toriel tells him he’s allowed. 

 

Toriel looks at Alphys before speaking again. 

 

“This works best when I am given as much access to his Soul as possible. For most monsters, that is in their chest, but I am unsure of how he is designed.” Toriel explains. 

 

“It’s … um … j-j-just below his ch-chest piece. I-I’m not s-sure how he w-would r-r-react …” Alphys stammers. 

 

“Say no more! There is another way. What does he lead with head or heart? The strongest connection to the Soul will be there,” Toriel says. 

 

“Oh … he’s d-d-definitely a h-heart thinker. A-Act first ask q-questions later.” Alphys smiles. 

 

Toriel smiles softly before resting both of her hands over Mettaton’s chest. Alphys watches as Toriel centers herself by closing her eyes and breathing deep. 

 

A soft light appears under Toriel’s hands, and Alphys’ eyes open wider in wonder. She has studied and researched this kind of magic hundreds of times before, but she has never really seen it. While Alphys’ own magic is not so different from healing magic, she still finds herself drawn in by the miraculous nature of this beautiful and rare magic. 

 

The fact that Alphys knows, not one, but two healers makes her Soul flutter with joy. Sans has told her that, while Papyrus is not nearly as accomplished a healer as Toriel, both of them share this magical gift. 

 

However, Alphys’ Soul nearly stops when Toriel withdraws her hands with a confused and concerned expression. 

 

“I am sorry Dr. Alphys, but it … it appears the magic will not work. His Soul refuses to accept the healing. It is almost as though he feels … h-he feels, at his core, as though he is valueless.” Toriel’s voice waivers. 

 

Alphys closes her eyes tightly and rubs them with her thumb and foreclaw. 

 

“It’s … it’s p-probably because of h-h-how he got i-injured. The t-t-type of intent to h-h-hurt could affect him th-th-that way. I-It’s good t-to kn-know though. I-I-It means I’m r-right in th-thinking that i-it will t-t-take until early to mid afternoon f-for the p-p-part to sync to his s-s-software. I-I-I worried about th-that as soon a-as I found o-o-out what h-h-happened and the things … his f-fucking asshole manager said.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Toriel shakes her head. “While I did not personally hear what occurred, as I was with Frisk when the others overheard his confession, I heard Asgore discussing matters with our dear Naptstablook as I prepared the cool towels for you earlier. I understand there is likely a line to destroy this soulless Angel-forsaken gobshite, is there not? May I be placed in the line, Dr. Alphys.” 

 

Alphys looks up at Toriel with a dumbfounded expression. 

 

“Um … y-y-yes … you … I-I mean … y-y-you would need to ask Napstablook, but … I-I ... ah ... d-d-don't see wh-why not?” Alphys stammers. 

 

“Then, I shall decide exactly what is a suitable way to damn a human who wounds at the Soul directly. For certainly, that twat deserves to be sent to the fiery pits of Hell. But, I promise, Dr. Alphys, that I shall save the final blow to that bastard for you.” Toriel mutters. 

 

Alphys truly has no words. Toriel has managed to verbally eviscerate Mettaton’s manager without ever once saying “fuck.” Honestly, Alphys just admires Toriel even more for this uncanny ability. 

 

“Oh, do not look so surprised. You do not live for 230 years and not find your way around language,” Toriel says. 

 

Alphys notes that Toriel is still seething with barely concealed rage even as she tries to settle into her normal patterns of speech. 

 

“I-I … wow … yeah … I-I-I … um… I guess?” Alphys fumbles her words. 

 

Toriel shakes her head and stands up. 

 

“If you, or he, have need of anything, you have my cell phone number,” Toriel says. 

 

Toriel pauses in the doorway for a moment before turning back around. 

 

“I have decided where in the line of destroying that  thing I would like to fall. If our Mettaton would permit it, I would love to personally fire his manager. Perhaps, in more ways than one,” Toriel says. 

 

Alphys nods. “I-I-I’ll ask him. But, I-I think that would be f-f-fine as long as h-he doesn’t want to … um … wh-which I d-d-doubt he will.” 

 

“Very good. I shall speak with Asgore while I set him up to remain with us. We have much to discuss about how our laws will interact with human laws regarding this matter. Do not mind us if things get heated. We had both expected human cruelty, but never to this degree. I have had very few interactions with dearest Napstablook prior to our return to the Surface but, from what I know of them, they seem quite reasonable. Based on the discussion I overheard between them and Asgore, that thing should be prepared for a long trial.”

 

With that said, Toriel leaves the room.  

 

It’s only after Toriel leaves, that Alphys realizes that this is going to be an incredibly difficult legal matter. By monster law, anyone who did this would be punished according to what Mettaton himself and his family decide is a deserving punishment. Therefore, Asgore has asked Napstablook what they wanted to see done to the human. However, Alphys knows, as much as she hates to admit it, that there is another family member who, by law, needs to have say in this matter.

 

Though, on a more positive note, Alphys also happens to know two very accomplished future law students who just passed her Monsters Studies course with flying colors who might be able to help them navigate the human legal system. 

 

Alphys makes a mental note to ask Toriel and Asgore if they would be willing to consult with Gloria and Saoirse, or Ruiz & Mitchel, as they often jokingly call themselves, on the human legal side of things. 

 

After Alphys has processed as many of the logistics as she can, the reality of Toriel’s statement about Mettaton’s injury finally sinks in for her. 

 

It’s as though he feels, at his core, he is valueless



Alphys sinks to her knees, curls on her side, and silently sobs. She lets herself feel now so that, if a crisis should arise, she won’t be useless later. 

 

Her friend needs her at her best, but that means she must take advantage of the calm before chaos. So, Alphys lets the storm of fear, hatred, and self-loathing rage in all of its icy anguish, scorching heat, and blowing winds. 

 

When Alphys rises from the floor, her grief spoken, she vows to save what has been lost by any means necessary. 

 

********

 

As soon as Toriel closes Alphys' old door and heads downstairs, Frisk stops pretending to sleep. They slowly sit up and hug their knees. 

 

They are happy they asked Asgore if Flowey could stay with them because they really don’t want to be alone. 

 

Frisk curls further into their knees as their back shakes with little sobs. 

 

This is my fault. I shouldn’t have brought them all here. I should have just convinced everyone to stay in the Underground. I knew how unhappy the Surface is!! That's why I went to Mt. Ebott in the first place. I should have listened to Asriel. I should have known something bad would happen to all of them. But, until Papyrus … until METTATON nothing seemed totally unfixable. I don’t even really know what happened to him, but … but it had to be bad if he was scared. Ton-ton isn’t afraid of anything! 

 

Frisk squeezes their knees as their thoughts race faster. 

 

Ton-ton is fearless!! What made him so scared? He looked really sick. Is he broken!!? Can Dr. Alphys fix him!?!? Ton-ton is always so happy and fun! But … it has been a long time since we danced together, and he hasn’t looked really happy in a while. He looks lost when I think he doesn't notice. Will he die … will he die lost, scared, and sad? 

 

Frisk bolts upright at the thought. 

 

The first thing they see is Flowey looking at them with an unreadable sort of expression. 

 

He opens his mouth to say something, but he closes it again. 

 

Frisk looks at him and puts their index finger to their lower lip before pulling it down and then dejectedly pointing at themselves. 

 

Tell. Me. 

 

“It’s not very nice. Are you sure? ” Flowey says. 

 

Frisk bows their head, but holds up a fist with their thumb over their middle finger. Then, they make a nodding motion with their hand. 

 

Yes .

 

Flowey freezes for a moment considering his words carefully. 

 

“Frisk … we … um … we both knew this would happen, but it still … I guess … even I wanted it to work, Frisk,” Flowey says. 

 

When Frisk looks up, they see that Flowey has changed his face to mirror Asriel’s in his petals. 

 

I really wanted it to work, ” he says again in Asriel's voice.

 

Frisk wraps their arms around Flowey’s flower pot and sobs. They feel Flowey rubbing one of his leaves over their hair. This only causes Frisk to cry harder. 

 

Finally, they sit up and sign - 

 

I. Know. 

 

Frisk returns their chin to their knees staring at the wall across from them intently. Then, Frisk slowly sits up and blinks the tears from their eyes. They cock their head to one side before tapping their nose in thought. 

 

“Watcha thinking ‘bout, Frisk? ReVeNgE?! Discovering some SeEcreEts? OoOoOoh! I bet we could make that iDiOt PaAaAY!!!” Flowey cackles. 

 

Frisk shakes their head. 

 

R.E.S.E.T. I. Fix. 

 

Flowey blinks for a moment. 

 

“You can’t … Frisk … you wouldn’t be allowed to tell them anything! Whatever notes you wrote or took now, they wouldn’t no … they couldn’t … see them. They wouldn’t believe you even if they could.” Flowey explains. 

 

Frisk’s eyes go wide before going back to tapping their nose again. They shut their eyes tight and swallow hard. They open their eyes and let all the life drain from them as they look at Flowey. They feel their eyes go empty as they sign. 

 

Frisk takes one hand and puts their four fingers up while placing their thumb over the palm in the letter “B” sign. Then, they take their other hand in a fist before extending their index finger out across their open palm like the thrust of a knife. They bring their hands to their torso, with their thumbs up, before rotating their hands up their body once. As they rotate their hands a second time, their dominant hand’s forefinger finger points upright. 

 

Kill. Everyone. 

 

Flowey’s eyes widen in horror. 

 

“F-Frisk … seriously? I mean … what would … what would that even solve?” Flowey asks. 

 

As he speaks, Flowey discreetly grabs Frisks’ phone and opens their text app. He finds Sans’ number and pauses to see Frisk’s answer. 

 

If Flowey had a Soul, it would sink to his roots as he watches Frisk sign. 

 

Die. Heroes. 

 

“As much as I think experimentation is a WoNdErFuL IdEa , I don’t think this counts, Frisk. I veto,” Flowey says. 

 

As he speaks he texts Sans:

hi smiley trashbag 

sos

frisk needs you

NOW YOU IDIOT

the weed. 

 

Frisk glares at Flowey’s words. 

 

Better. Idea?

 

Flowey bristles. “Not exactly, no. But, I do know someone who probably does … aaaaaand … they’ll be here …” 

 

Sans pops through a wormhole into the room. 

 

“what’s up, kid? if they weed thinks its bad, it’s bad,” Sans says. 

 

Flowey bristles, but he has to admit that Sans is right. 

 

Frisk glares daggers at Flowey before flashing a rude gesture his way, crossing their arms across their chest, and rolling over onto their stomach. They bury their face into the pillows before blowing a raspberry into the fluffy pink, white, and blue striped pillow cases. 

 

Hmph. Some confidant you are! I haven’t told anyone your secret! And, here you went and ratted me out to Sans of all monsters. I don’t think it was that bad of an idea. It was no worse of an idea than letting them all waste away in this compassionless, hopeless, loveless, and joyless world! 

 

Frisk thinks as they repeatedly throw their head into their pillow mountain. 

 

“spill it weed.” Sans turns towards Flowey. 

 

Flowey looks over at Frisk and sees them repeatedly throwing themselves into their pillows, and he sighs. 

 

“I guess little old me really will have to do … we’re not getting anywhere fast with Frisk.” Flowey sighs, rubbing a leaf over his face. 

 

Flowey relays Frisk’s plan to Sans. Flowey notices how uncomfortable Sans gets as he explains Frisk’s plan. 

 

“So, their plan … if you can call it a plan, is to DESTROY EVERYTHING! Normally, that would be my favorite type of plan. Buuuut … now … it seems like we could come up with something better IF soMeOne would just COOPERATE!” Flowey looks pointedly at Frisk. 

 

Frisk pops up fingers flying cursing Flowey with every cuss sign they know. 

 

Which, Frisk has to admit isn’t many. 

 

“OH! I’m stupid!?!? Whose idea was it to kill people until nobody came!? That sounds like a great idea!” 

 

Butt. Face. Want! Help! Not. Hurt! 

 

“Oh hoo, hoo, hoo, sOooOO helpful you idiot!” Flowey retorts.

 

Frisk waves their hands aggressively in Flowey’s direction before flopping away from him and rolling back to their stomach.  

 

“enough. both of you. flowey, knock it off and be nice. frisk, sit up.” Sans admonishes. 

 

Frisk pounds their head a final time into their pillows before following Sans’ instruction. 

 

“frisk. explain.” Sans demands. 

 

Frisk shudders when Sans’ pupils fade and his eye sockets go dark. The only time Sans has ever done this to them is when Sans wanted Frisk to know he was being serious. 

 

Frisk’s hands take over before they have a chance to think. They frantically explain how they just wanted to prevent everyone from coming to the surface because everything has been so terrible. Well, it hasn’t been all terrible, but these last two weeks have been terrible enough that Frisk can’t possibly, in good conscience, leave everyone here to stuffer. 

 

Frisk fidgets with their sleeve in thought. 

 

Papyrus is their best friend. He’s the most like them of anyone Frisk has ever met human, monster, or otherwise. Mettaton made them feel awesome. He is usually confident and funny. Frisk remembers going to the park with him once and looking out into the fluffy fall leaves. Mettaton’s watery smile that gave way to hysterical laughter at Frisk’s confession they accidentally read his diaries will forever brand itself on their brain. 

 

“Ah. I see …” he said. 

 

Sorry. Much. Pink. Knew. Yours. 

 

“I suppose that would be a give away, my lovely.” He grins. 

 

Something. Else. 

 

Mettaton quirked an eyebrow at that. 

 

We. Trade. I. Give. You. Human. Body. I. Become. Genderless. Blob. 

 

It took Mettaton a full five seconds of owlish blinking to process what Frisk signed. When he does understand, he tips his head back and laughs. 

 

Universe. Got. Us. Backwards. 

 

“But, dear heart, I’m starting to think the universe made us both just right. For, I enjoy these … blunt … talks of ours. Truly. And, I doubt they would happen any other way.” 

 

Mettaton wrapped an arm around Frisk’s shoulder. 

 

Guess. So. Not. Mad?

 

“Oh, never, dear heart! Never. The laugh was genuine, and well earned, darling Frisk.” He smiled. 

 

Frisk leaned into his side watching the fall leaves blow off the trees down onto the ground below. At the time, they thought Mettaton had been right. At that moment, the sensation of the world wasn’t so unbearable, and their friend was happily beside them. 

 

Frisk vaguely remembers falling asleep on Mettaton’s shoulder as the wind whistled through their hair. They supposed this sensation was something they’d miss if they lost it.

 

As the memory fades, Frisk finally finds their words and continues signing at an even more rapid speed than when they began.  

 

Frisk explains that they adore hanging out with Papyrus and Mettaton both, and Frisk learns from both of them equally. Frisk has never been confident as an agender human or an autistic one.

 

Mettaton and Papyrus are their heroes. 

 

Sure, Undyne and Alphys are great.

 

Mom is awesome.

 

Sans is amazing.

 

Asgore is pretty goofy and fun to hang out with.

 

Flowey has taught Frisk more than they could ever possibly want to know.

 

However, it’s not the same pain that Frisk feels watching Blooky suffer because Mettaton is sad. Mettaton being sad doesn’t even seem like a concept Frisk can fathom. Papyrus’ unshakable strength falling apart last week still has Frisk shaken up. So, at first, Frisk describes how they had wanted to go back and warn everyone what would happen before they left. If they can do that, Papyrus wouldn’t go to the board game store by himself, and Frisk would just tell Mettaton to trust Alphys with whatever happens to him no matter what he thinks people might feel. Frisk still isn’t sure what happened to Mettaton, and that freaks them out even more. But, they reveal how Flowey told them they couldn’t go back and warn everyone because that’s not how RESETS work. Thus, Frisk has decided to go back and let everyone die heroes at the hand of a friend as opposed to falling down slowly and painfully at the hand of strangers. 

 

Once Frisk has finished their tirade, their hands are throbbing with exertion as they spit hair from their mouth. Frisk’s back heaves with their panting breaths for a few moments. Then, they pitch forward onto their hands and sob. 

 

Flowey stares at Frisk with wide frightened eyes. He’s not sure what scares him, but something about the idea of Frisk going into the Underground and destroying everything, regardless of how pure their motivation, unnerves him. He supposes that feeling comes from the knowledge that everything being destroyed likely also includes him. Flowey has just enough self-preservation left to not want to disappear into the endless nothingness that comes with having no Soul of his own. 

 

“this makes so much more sense than what the weed explained …” Sans mutters to himself. 

 

Flowey humphs. “Only told you what I knew, smiley trashbag!” 

 

Sans rolls his eyes before hopping on the bed next to Frisk. 

 

“can i hug ya, kid. i have a feelin’ this is gonna be a long chat,” Sans says. 

 

Frisk leans onto Sans’ boney chest and buries their face there. They bring a trembling hand onto the soft fleece of Sans’ hoodie and cling tight. Their other hand paws at the hoodie string and loops it around their fingers. 

 

Sans leans back onto Frisk’s pillow mountain to take some of the pressure of his back and Frisk’s hips. Frisk tucks their knees up towards their chest as Sans begins rubbing Frisk’s shoulders and back. 

 

“this comfy, kiddo?” Sans asks. 

 

Frisk nods into Sans’ chest. 

 

“good. ‘m glad,” Sans says. 

 

Frisk notices that Sans seems to be thinking about what to say because he goes completely silent for several minutes. Frisk doesn’t mind this at all they’re lost in thoughts of their own. 

 

It’s not even that I want to destroy the world so much as ensure that the person who killed them is someone who loved them. I’d make each death as quick and painless as I could. I’d make sure to kill Dogamy first before Dogaressa. Dogamy would be too sad alone, and I’d let Dogaressa beat me up a lot. And, I know 01 would be too sad if I killed 02 first. And, I’d … I’d never draw anything out. I would be fast. No one would ever notice me strike them. I could muster up enough intent to hurt even if I only just intended to hurt them enough to make the death quick. 

 

Frisk’s head buzzes as they rest on Sans’ chest. So, yes, Frisk is grateful that Sans needs time to think because they’re not sure they’ll hear Sans if he talks to them. 

 

But, even if I can reason though the Royal Guards and the Guard Dogs, could I really kill Mom? What about Papyrus? What ... what would Undyne say to me? Would Undyne ever, even with massive amounts of intent to hurt, EVER go down easy? Would I even … would I even have to kill Alphys? Or … I don’t want to think about that. Honestly, I might let ton-ton step on my face a couple times before giving him the most epic death I can think of. He can go down in a blaze of fiery glory like some kind of superhero. I’d give him the Tony Stark of deaths. I’d give him the death that Loki deserved instead of the stupid one he got. But … Frisk … when you’re honest with yourself … could you really do that? Could you really kill him … could you really kill him knowing Alphys would be watching? Nevermind, let’s say I COULD do all that. I’d let Sans judge me thoroughly, and I’d probably have him kill me several times. Then, I’d make death as quick for him as he would let me. I’m not sure what Asgore would do to me at that point? I guess I’d just follow through with the mission to make everything fast. Then, all that’s left … I don’t think I could … Flowey hated me when I first fell, but Asriel’s still there. Asriel … could I really kill Asriel? Could I stand there and crush my first friend, and first enemy, to nothing? What would become of me after? What would I be if I could do all that? Would there be anything left of me? Do ... do I care what's left of me?  

 

Frisk shudders and curls further into Sans at the thought of the barren emptiness of the normally bright and happy Underground. The more they consider everything the more they question if they could ever bring themselves to commit that much violence no matter how much they felt they would be trying to help everyone by doing it. 

 

Frisk whimpers into Sans’ side. They’re resolve to RESET crumbles faster, but they still hate everything about their current situation. 

 

Frisk hears Papyrus and Undyne’s muffled voices as they come up the stairs and go down the hall from as Frisk’s thoughts slow down to a manageable level. 

 

“Dude … find out … stop it from happening … promise …”

 

“CAN’T STAND SEEING HIM LIKE THIS …  DON’T KNOW WHERE TO START … LIKE BUILDING A PUZZLE WITH NO BORDER …” 

 

“... not sure … ask Alphys … been his doctor forever … Soul-sister …” 

 

“HE LIKES THAT SONG …” 

 

“So does Alphy …”

 

Frisk wipes their eyes before nestling back into Sans’ chest. 

 

“kiddo, you have a lot of heart. ‘s like i said back in the judgment hall, if you follow your heart you’ll do the right thing. this … this violence isn’t you, kid. ya forgave the weed! you put him in a pot and carry him around like he’s your best friend! if ya can forgive the weed, there’s no way violence is in ya. it’s jus … it’s not possible, kiddo. it’d kill ya!” Sans says. 

 

Kill. Me. Good. Thing. Death. Fine. 

 

Frisk signs the words onto Sans’ chest as best as they’re able. What they can’t sign outright, they spell. 

 

“ya can’t mean that kid. can ya?” Sans asks. 

 

Why. Go. Ebbot. Otherwise? 

 

Flowey winces. 

 

Sans puts an arm over Frisk’s shoulder. He presses them tight to him. 

 

Sans assumed this was true based on what Frisk had said about their fated climb the first time it came up two weeks ago. However, as he watches Frisk spell it out, literally, right in front of his face, it makes Sans' Soul clench with empathy. 

 

“i’ve known alphys a long time. did ya know that? went ta school with her. she’s always been real bright. always knew she’d make more of herself than i did even though she never had much goin’ for her. paps and i knew mettaton, too. we knew him way back before he was mettaton. took us both a while to place him after his … ah … transformation. figured al had somethin’ ta do with it. when i went ta see her it … ah … lead ta me learnin’ about her accident the hard way,” Sans says. 

 

Frisk stiffens against Sans’ chest. 

 

Why. Tell. This?

 

“kid, i talked her off a ledge, too. granted my impeccable use of puns may have been jus’ slightly overdone. but, i made it work. ya know?” Sans gives a melancholy chuckle. 

 

Frisk smiles against Sans’ side. They can imagine that. 

 

“frisk, ya have an amazing power. ‘n i’m not just talkin’ about ‘determination’ or time travelin’ or anything like that. your gift is that big ol’ heart of yours. ya gotta be the greatest person - monster or human - i’ve ever met. you’re a star, kiddo, in every sense of the word. i’m lettin’ two friends speak through me, but it’s nothin’ those two wouldn’ say themselves. when the time comes, i know you’re gonna find a way to put that determined, lovin’, joyous, compassionate, hopeful heart ta good use maybe through the use of your ‘special determination powers’ or maybe ya won’t need that at all. but, i know … whatever ya do, you’re gonna do the right thing, kiddo because that’s what ya do. you’ve always done the right thing,” Sans says. 

 

Frisk feels Sans squeeze them tight to his chest, and they start crying again. Sans doesn’t say anything, but he instead gently massages Frisk’s scalp with his long fingers. Frisk melts into the paternal touch as they sob harder. 

 

Frisk isn’t sure how much time passes between when they start crying and when they stop. But, when they do, they know they’re exhausted. 

 

They sit up from Sans’ side and sign. 

 

Stay? 

 

Sans gives them a pensive smile. 

 

“of course, kiddo. wouldn’ dream of leavin’ till you’re safely in the land of hopes and dreams,” he says. 

 

Frisk gives Sans a somber, but grateful, smile as they lie down on their side. They pull their knees up to their chest. Frisk holds one of the several plushies that Toriel and Asgore have given them in the last five months close as they snuggle down into the sheets. 

 

Sans flops down behind them and wraps a protective arm around their shoulders. 

 

“this chill, kid?” Sans asks. 

 

Frisk nods. 

 

This is exactly what I needed. Sans is right. No matter what happens, I’ve gotta do the right thing which is following my heart. My heart wasn’t in my plan. I could have never done it. Not really. So, I just have to trust my instincts … 

 

Frisk giggles sleepily. 

 

Close my eyes … and leap … unlimited … our future is … unlimited …

 

“sleep well, frisk. i know you’re gonna make me proud, kiddo. you always do.” Sans whispers. 

 

Flowey watches as Sans softly pats Frisk’s shoulder. Sans heaves himself off the bed on near silent feet. Frisk doesn’t even stir. 

 

Sans looks at Flowey and points toward the door. 

 

Flowey shakes his head and stares at Frisk. He can’t shake the bad feeling he has about tomorrow, and he really doesn’t want to leave Frisk alone tonight. 

 

Not after that confession. Is the trashbag crazy!? I’m not leaving this spot, and nobody can make me. Flowey thinks. 

 

Sans shrugs and leaves the room. 

 

Flowey nestles down into his flower pot and falls into an uneasy doze. His dreams are plagued with a once happy child filled with soulless determination wandering corridors with dusty hands muttering about a better ending. Flowey hopes, if a SOULless being can hope, that Frisk’s DETERMINATION remains oriented towards something … less hostile than their original plan. 

 

“Look at me, going soft.” Flowey whispers. 

 

In the end, Flowey ends up watching Frisk breathe in their sleep until Frisk wakes up the following morning. 

 

It surprises Flowey that he holds no grudge for the loss of sleep, and he feels only gratitude? for the fact that Frisk woke up at all. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

While I know that this chapter is about Frisk, much like some other chapters, there is some bonus content that I felt needed to exist. First, I knew, or at least hypothesized, that people would want to see how Papyrus reacted to the last chapter. However, for me, personally, it was important to acknowledge Alphys.

I saw a post floating around Tumblr ages ago talking about how Tumblr wouldn’t cancel Alphys for the Amalgamates, but it definitely would shut down her love for Mew Mew because of the non-consensual kissing in the show. As I was writing chapters 7-10, which I did as one complete arc, I realized I needed to let Alphys tackle that. I also realized that it was a good catalyst to let her feel her emotions surrounding what transpired in Chapter 7. In a certain way, going into doctor mode helped her numb her feelings, but she needed to feel them before I could justify how I had her handle things in Chapter 9 & 10. Thus, you get this little bit of bittersweet character growth. This section was purely written for myself, and I hope you enjoyed(?) it.

Another thing that I’ll likely get some questions about in terms of my authorial choices is Papyrus’ reaction to what Mettaton says. While Papyrus knows and loves his neighbors, I do think the Genocide Route would play very differently if you fought Papyrus after you kill Undyne and/or Mettaton. In the Genocide Route, sure, you, as the player, have killed a lot of monsters before you approach Papyrus. He knows you’re a murder. However, none of those people you murdered are in Papyrus’ inner circle.

Thus, he still thinks he can redeem you.

In a Neutral Route, when Papyrus calls you on the phone, it’s clear that people haven’t told him or explained to him what exactly you’ve done to his friends. Sans describes it as people going on “vacation” when Papyrus is the only one left alive. While it’s clear that Papyrus seems to question the “reality” of that statement, he wants to believe it. Death is a confusing thing for autistic folks to grasp because it really does feel, at least to me and some other autistic folks I know, like the dead might just reappear after taking a long vacation. Sometimes the vacation theory feels more real than the reality of death. Something like what happened to Mettaton feels MORE real than death because the reality of what happened is still alive in that person.

So, that is why I think Papyrus has this visceral reaction to this event when he doesn’t just destroy the protagonist on sight in the Genocide Route or hold the deaths of his friends against the player in Neutral Routes. It has everything to do with how autistic folks process death.

This is the exact same reason why I had Frisk react the way they do. To Frisk, killing everyone, and destroying everything, at this point, feels like mercy.
Death doesn’t feel real to them or, in so far as it does, it’s just an end to the very real suffering they see their friends experiencing. Death cannot be worse than watching everyone fall apart. However, that’s where Sans comes into play. He knows how Frisk thinks because it’s how Papyrus thinks. Frisk is willing to give up their SOUL to “set the monster’s free.” They don’t care that it means dying because if everyone dies no one has to live with the pain of what problems humans cause on the Surface.

I love writing Undyne and Papyrus as friends. I adored creating the interaction between Toriel and Mettaton as well as Toriel and Alphys. Toriel is truly a GOAT Mom, even if she is a little overbearing. Sans and Frisk having a kind of a father/child dynamic is my everything. Frisk is a bean, and they’re confused. Thankfully, Frisk has got good people in their corner to help them make good choices. I love writing Frisk so much. I chose "agender" as the gender-neutral flavor for Frisk because that's my gender-neutral flavor too. I can really see Papyrus and Mettaton as role models for Frisk because of the connections they would have with them.

Lastly, Flowey makes things spicy in a way that I love. I adore Flowey’s complexity! He’s getting used to feeling things again after his brief moment getting to be Asriel at the end of the True Pacifist Route. In so many ways, Flowey is one of my all time favorite characters purely in terms of character development and complexity. My husband and I are replaying the game on our Switch right now, and I have provided the Flowey voice. It is my element! That psychotic flower deserves every hug he gets, and that may be like five hugs from Frisk and like a billion from Papyrus, but, still, he deserves them all.

All the Best,
Pip

Chapter 9: Entr’acte

Summary:

Mettaton’s injury weighs heavy on everyone’s heart. So, everyone helps each other in their own ways. Toriel mothers, Sans supports, Asgore tends, Undyne protects, Alphys mends, Blooky composes, Shyren retrieves, Papyrus solves, and Frisk saves. After all, it was Mettaton who used to say they all had their little tunes, their motifs, to play, and together they’ll remind him of his too.

TW:
Character Near-Death,
Graphic Depictions of Illness/Injury
Grief
More than PG-13 Level Use of Swearing/ F-bombs
(Warnings Apply to Chapter 9, 10, and 11)

Notes:

I feel the need to shout out Tamora Pierce and her series “Circle of Magic.” I loosely based the end of this chapter on “Briar’s Book.”

*****

My Dearest Readers,

The above comment remains true. However, I feel some explanation is in order as to why I have chosen to make the edits that I have made to the former "Chapters 9 and 10" - now chapters 9-13.

Firstly, I was looking back over my previous fanfiction "What My Mother Would Have Wanted." That fic is 57,000 words long and has nearly 30+ chapters. This fic is now almost twice as long with 1/2 as many chapters. I realized that this chapter in particular is almost three times the length of any chapter I've posted in this fic thus far!! I did not catch this until I was re-reading Chapters 9 and 10 to figure out what direction I would like the rest of the story to move. Upon re-reading them, I realized that they really need to be split into multiple chapters.

If anyone has been struggling to finish Chapters 9 and 10, I sincerely apologize for this error. Usually I am better at catching these issues before I post.

Secondly, on that same subject, my brain has not been in editing mode of late because my grandfather passed just about a week before I posted "Entr’acte." My grandfather and I were exceptionally close. So, I hope I can be forgiven for not having the best editing brain these last few weeks.

If you were hoping to finish this fic and found yourself unable because of the length of these chapters, I hope these revisions help you complete it! If you have stuck around and finished this lengthy behemoth of a chapter, I commend you!

Finally, I just thank you all so much for your engagement and your patience as I make this more readable for current and future readers. I've really enjoyed writing this fic as a way to process my own life events, but I also want it to say something meaningful about the characters and the story of Undertale as a whole. I love this game. I love this story. I love you all.

I worry that I've failed a bit in saying what I wanted to say about the game and it's lore due to poor editing. Though, in light of current circumstances, I hope that is forgivable.

The incredible thing about AO3 is that these edits are easy enough to make.

Cheers,
Pip

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

After the failed healing, Alphys is pleased that Mettaton’s rest is mostly undisturbed except when she wakes him up to sip on water. She’s also encouraged by the fact that he finishes most of what he’s given, throughout the night, and falls immediately back into sleep mode. Though, he does wake up wheezing once after a nightmare. But, he calms almost instantly after Alphys turns the lights back on, helps him sip some more water, and rocks him back to sleep. 

 

So, when Toriel and Sans come in to relieve Alphys at around 11:00 AM, they discover Alphys carefully wrapped around Mettaton in an embrace. Toriel can’t help but think that the two of them curled together would have been adorable if Mettaton didn’t appear so clearly ill. 

 

For, Toriel knows Alphys only rests there so she can feel any significant changes in Mettaton’s breathing or movements. 

 

It was the same reason Asgore used to fall asleep in the wooden chair, with no pillow, holding … 

 

Toriel has to take a deep breath as she looks at Mettaton to quell the quivering in her Soul. 

 

It matters little that she already knew what Mettaton would look like after her failed attempt at healing him last night. 

 

No, the scene before her still reminds her far too much of her own adopted child’s final days. For, the eerie glow of the LED lights in Mettaton’s cheeks highlight the ways his face twitches from peaceful to pained while casting shadows under his eyes. 

 

Toriel shakes the image from her mind, and she kneels next to the bed. She first places a soft and motherly hand on Mettaton’s cheek before removing the cool compress on his forehead. Toriel winces as she removes the warmed towel from the back of Mettaton’s neck. 

 

Toriel wonders how Alphys isn’t getting burned lying so close to Mettaton’s overheating body. Yet, Toriel doesn’t really question it because Alphys actually seems quite comfortable. 

 

Mettaton groans slightly, and he blearily opens his eyes and rolls to his back to look at Toriel. 

 

Alphys stirs but doesn’t wake up just yet. 

 

“It is alright, dear one. We are simply replacing these towels with fresh ones in just a few moments. How are you feeling?” She asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head weakly. 

 

“M-My … th-throat feels d-dry somehow … but that d-doesn’t make s-sense … does it, Lady Toriel?” He whispers. 

 

Alphys groans at the sound of Mettaton’s voice but remains, at least, partially asleep. 

 

“Dear one, that is not a question I can quite answer because I, myself, have studied very little of magical robotics. Yet, I am being silly. For, irregardless of why your throat feels dry, we can remedy it soon,” Toriel says. 

 

Toriel quickly gathers the compresses and hands them to Sans. 

 

“okay, buddy. do you want tea or would you rather i getcha some water?” Sans asks. 

 

Sans’ voice finally wakes Alphys. She rubs her eyes under her glasses. Then, she gives Toriel a grateful smile. 

 

“… tea would be nice. Th’nks, darling.” Mettaton closes his eyes. 

 

“don’t sweat it, buddy. we gotcha.” 

 

Sans pats Mettaton’s shoulder. He gives Toriel’s hand a quick squeeze before leaving. 

 

“H-Hey, Mettaton? I’m going to l-let Toriel a-and Sans take over for m-me for the next two hours. Then, Undyne a-and Asgore are g-going to take o-over for them f-for a couple h-hours. Then, I’ll b-be back. O-Okay? I’ll b-be just down the hall. Everyone knows to get m-me if you need me,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton gives her a slow nod. 

 

“Try to d-drink most of what Sans b-brings. All of it, a-actually, if you can m-m-manage. It’ll make you feel better. O-O-Okay? Anything we can get in y-you that’s c-c-cool is going to help keep the secondary cooling measures f-functional,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton nods again. 

 

“A-Alright, ton-ton. Keep resting. I’ll be back a little l-l-later in the afternoon,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys climbs off the bed, and she squeezes Mettaton’s hand softly once before turning to go. 

 

Toriel watches Alphys leave before turning her attention back to Mettaton. She notices that he’s shivering even beneath the blankets. So, she pulls the blankets up higher and strokes his hair. His shivering lessens as she calms him. 

 

“This is alright, is it not?” She asks. 

 

He nods and leans into her paw as it cards through his hair. 

 

“Then, I shall continue.” She smiles.

 

Sans comes back quickly with more cool compresses. He hands them off to Toriel and pops downstairs. 

 

“Here we are, dear one. I am going to wash your face now, alright?” 

 

Toriel is gentle as she tries to soothe her charge. Her heart breaks as she looks at this poor creature that just over two months ago was raising Alphys towards the roof of the school house. She remembers how bright his smile had been when he painted the mural with her student. Before yesterday, she cannot recall a time when Mettaton wasn’t tapping his foot, or spinning in circles, or planning some crazy scheme. 

 

It is unnatural to see him lying so still. 

 

Toriel can only imagine how Alphys, Napstablook, Papyrus, Undyne, and Frisk feel upon seeing their friend fall apart so hard and so fast. Toriel recalls how Frisk told her that Mettaton once had actually danced his limbs off, and was completely happy to do so, until his battery died. 

 

Toriel is startled from her musings by a hand on her shoulder. Sans is holding a glass of tea and a coaster. 

 

“he’ll probably wantcha ta help him,” Sans says. “you’re much softer than i am.” 

 

Toriel gives a half smile and nods. 

 

“Dear one? Sans brought the tea you asked for. Let us sit up, alright?” Toriel says. 

 

Toriel waits for a nod from Mettaton before she gently lifts him onto her shoulder. Toriel rests her arm behind his shoulders. The other she uses to brace his chest. 

 

“slow sips. alright, buddy. nice and easy,” Sans says. 

 

Sans guides the straw up to Mettaton’s mouth while Toriel supports most of Mettaton’s weight. It takes a while but, to his credit, Mettaton does finish the glass. 

 

Toriel lowers Mettaton back onto the pillows and places the last of the cool compresses against his neck and forehead. Toriel brushes Mettaton’s bangs from his face and reties his hair back from his neck. Before she has finished, he is already asleep. 

 

Sometime yesterday evening, when Toriel brought supplies for Alphys, Alphys had attempted to explain to Toriel the way Mettaton’s hardware works. Though Toriel understands very little of Alphys’ explanations, she appreciates the knowledge all the same. 

 

Sans, by contrast, finds Alphys’ design for Mettaton’s body extraordinarily clever. He mulls over what she explained to him trying to see if there’s anything else they can try to get Mettaton comfortable while they wait for the new fan to sync to Mettaton’s software. 

 

“His steam power cooling system is working overtime. I designed the steam system a-a-as a fail safe because he is already … well … m-m-mostly powered by steam. But, really, the steam system is d-designed to give him enough time to call me … a-a-and for me to get him to the lab … b-b-before anything bad would happen to h-h-him. Really, I never designed this system to work for more than … uh … about f-f-five hours without …um … significant problems. I-I didn’t account for him being so secretive about injuries. The th-th-third overheating prevention m-mechanism is … well … b-b-breathing. S-St-Strictly, he w-would be right in s-s-saying he d-doesn’t need to ‘breathe.’ It’s j-j-just a support for his cooling f-f-fans so the motors would l-last longer before I needed to replace them. I also designed breathing as a way to keep him c-c-calm. You know like d-d-deep breaths to … um … stop anxiety? Breathing is a way to access his c-c-calming feature. But, anyway, the f-f-fan should, hypothetically, sync within the next day, b-but when in the next d-d-day I’m not sure. I-I don’t think it sh-sh-should be much p-p-past 1:00 PM. But, everything in his b-b-body is going to run slower because he’s overheating. Wh-When I upgrade the EX body again, I-I’m not taking any more chances. I-I-I’m going to try and design around things like this s-s-so I don’t b-build myself a loop. B-B-But, I’ll h-have to w-w-wait until he was strong enough f-f-for a full b-b-body rewire, and I-I honestly h-h-have no idea when that will be.” 

 

Sans shakes his head. 

 

she’s smart. you’ve gotta give her that, right? yeah ... yeah, ya do. an anxious mess? yes. but, clever? also. yes. Sans thinks to himself. 

 

So far, Sans can’t think of anything else to do but wait and continue to supply the steam system with cool liquid. Alphys’ idea of using “external cooling measures,” in Sans’ mind, is likely more to help alleviate Mettaton’s suffering rather than having any real effect on Core temperature. 

 

But, Sans also knows, for monsters, at least, more than half the battle is comfort and care when trying to heal. Since monster SOULS are literally made of love, compassion, joy, and hope, Alphys is more than right in thinking that keeping Mettaton as comfortable, and at peace, as possible will speed the healing process more than any degree of logic.

 

On that subject, Sans can’t quite imagine the kind of pain and confusion Mettaton must be feeling. In some ways, being a ghost inside a robot, Mettaton is probably literally older than most of them. He’s certainly older than Undyne and Alphys. 

 

But, Sans realizes that, in every single way significant to this experience, Mettaton is all of two to three months old. 

 

damn it, kid. we did one bang up job of helping ya understand what all was goin’ on this last month and stopping it ‘fore ya got cornered. the hurt had already happened the first time that asshole touched ya. we couldn’t stop that, but we shoulda helped ya get outa there ‘fore this whole mess. shoulda trusted my non-existent gut when ya wouldn’t let me touch ya last week, kiddo. Sans thinks. 

 

Sans reads enough between the lines to know that Mettaton is fully fused with this body. Alphys won’t say it outright, but this is it. It’s why she said that she would have to wait until he was ready for a full body rewire to upgrade him. 

 

Sans isn’t stupid. He knows what that means. 

 

However, Sans isn't sure how much everyone else knows about what him being fully fused means. Napsta would know what full fusion means, but Sans isn't sure if Napsta realizes that Mettaton is fully fused. 

 

On that subject, Sans realizes that none of them will ever know exactly when that eternal bond was formed.

 

Perhaps, Sans thinks with a soft smile, even Mettaton himself doesn’t know when exactly this body became his forever body. Sans wonders if maybe it was the fantastic taste of Tori’s butterscotch pie, or maybe it was Paps’ compliment when Mettaton first appeared up the stairs, or maybe it was later in a private moment dancing in his apartment while humming to himself, or maybe it was one of the movie nights where the world fell into place just right, or maybe it was a combination of all of those things that bound a ghostly soul to a material body. 

 

Sans will never cease to be amazed by the power of SOULS, and not just human SOULS. There is a special kind of power in the vulnerability of connecting with a body knowing that it means the possibility of injury, pain, and, perhaps, eventual death. The love and joy Mettaton has found in this body has become so strong that the metal vessel can be damaged. Mettaton has had, by Sans’ maximum estimation, just over three months of this new life full of new experiences. 

 

he’s a two hundred year old baby … literally. Sans thinks to himself. 

 

In any other circumstance, Sans knows he would laugh at that ridiculous realization. 

 

However, in this situation, it’s just sad. 

 

Sans is startled from his thoughts by a soft cry. 

 

“you okay, kid?” Sans asks. 

 

Mettaton brows are drawn tight together and his hair quickly comes loose from the messy ponytail as he mutters. 

 

“Don’t… please … it’s not … she didn’t do anything to you!! … How could you do that to her? … J-Just me … you c-can have … have me … but leave her,” Mettaton says. 

 

Sans immediately comes over and takes the hand that Toriel hasn’t already grasped. 

 

“Sweetheart, it’s just a bad dream. You can wake up now. You are amongst friends, dear one. I will not let anyone hurt you or your friends. I promise,” Toriel says. 

 

Sans squeezes Mettaton’s hand. 

 

“easy, kid. we gotcha. ‘s alright. we gotcha.” 

 

“No … no … stop, please!! I … I have to stop this … have to try … he’s gonna hurt them …” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

“no one’s gonna hurt anyone, MTT. i swear. no one’s gettin’ hurt, buddy,” Sans says. 

 

Toriel gently wipes a few synthetic tears from Mettaton’s cheek with the thumb of her paw. She remains stroking his cheek gently without a word. 

 

“‘m …‘m sorry, it’s my fault … should have known … kept him away… ‘m sorry …” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes snap open and look up at Sans and Toriel with fear and confusion. His eyes dart around the room looking for something that isn’t there. 

 

Toriel continues stroking Mettaton’s cheek gently with her thumb. Her other paw reaches to stroke Mettaton’s hair. 

 

Sans gives the hand he’s holding a soft squeeze before speaking. 

 

“‘s okay. nothing that happened was your fault, ‘kay, kid? it was jus’ a horrible dream. go back ta sleep. jus’ go back ta sleep. i’m gonna go getcha some water. ‘kay? jus’ rest. i’ll be right back,” Sans says. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes slip closed again. His head falls limply to one side, and he resumes resting peacefully. The nightmare and the confusion disappear as quickly as they came. 

 

Sans notices how Toriel still absentmindedly strokes Mettaton’s cheek. 

 

Sans removes the compresses and goes to refresh them. He also gets water for Mettaton to give himself another moment to collect his thoughts. 

 

When he returns, Toriel hasn’t moved at all. 

 

Sans taps her shoulder and hands her the fresh supplies. 

 

Toriel tucks the compresses around Mettaton’s forehead and neck. 

 

Sans goes to the other side of the bed and squeezes Mettaton’s hand. 

 

“we gotta help ya drink somethin’,” Sans says. 

 

However, when Sans and Toriel offer Mettaton the water, he doesn’t drink much more than half the glass before falling back to sleep. 

 

he’s gettin’ weaker, fast. Sans thinks. 

 

“‘s okay, kid. jus’ rest. we gotcha,” Sans says. 

 

Sans continues to hold Mettaton’s hand as the skeleton talks with Toriel. 

 

“tori, if this is too much for ya, ya know no one would judge ya if ya left this to us. undyne has already tried to talk asgore out of helping her during her shift for the same reason,” Sans says. 

 

“No, no. I will be alright. I would not forgive myself if I left when I am most needed,” Toriel says. 

 

She brushes back strands of Mettaton’s hair that came loose in his confusion before ponytailing his hair again. 

 

“i know. that’s what asgore told undyne, too. he said he needs to observe what happens so that full justice can be served,” Sans says. 

 

Toriel nods. 

 

“I do not doubt this will be immensely difficult for him to watch. He … he did most of our child’s tending while I tried to support … our As-… other child.” Toriel says. 

 

Sans nods sympathetically encouraging her to go on. 

 

“As such, I … I wasn’t in the sick room often. Asgore and our human child were … very close. They so often called for him that he stayed and slept there for many, many days. Their loss … Asgore felt it deeply.” Toriel sighs. 

 

“I miss my children, Sans, more than any words can describe. But, for Asgore, that loss changed him beyond any recognition. My heart opened itself up to receive new lives in the Ruins. I became the caretaker of these children who fell down. At times, now that I am … farther removed from my grief, I ask myself if Asgore merely wished to spare himself the heartache of another adopted human child. To Asgore, it seems that all humans would be simply another child who would fall down and leave him. In such ways, I suppose, both Asgore and I are pathetic, are we not? Where I hovered, he destroyed. I see now why we cannot not reforge what has passed between us for there is no place for us to meet,” Toriel says. 

 

Sans nods sagely. He does see it. He understands the way that Toriel’s and Asgore’s personalities just cannot hope to meld together. 

 

“tori, i don’t think either of ya are pathetic. you’re both grievin’, and ya both will, probably be greivin’, forever. i’m not going ta sugarcoat it or anythin'. ’s tough, but you’ll manage. so, well … i guess … does it really matter that your personalities don’ mesh that way? we’re family now, tori. a weird, and fundamentally messed up family, that’s not related by blood. but, since when has that mattered ta, well, anybody under this roof? be honest with us, tori, and we’ll catch ya. ‘cause like families, people might leave the house for a while, but we’re always going to come back to knock on the door,'' Sans says. 

 

Sans sets Mettaton’s hand down after giving it a gentle squeeze, and he comes to Toriel’s side. 

 

“so, it’s time ta stop just listening to the knocking on the door and find out who’s there, old lady. wouldn’t want you to stay bonely forever, would we?” Sans winks. 

 

Toriel gives him a watery smile that turns into a few tears. Toriel hugs Sans tight as she half cries and half laughs. 

 

“now, don’t get all sentimental on me. or i’ll just have to goat you some tissues,” Sans says. 

 

“You are incorrigible.” Toriel laughs quietly. 

 

Sans smiles. “i know.” 

 

“Hey, punks! We’re taking over,” Undyne says. 

 

She gestures to herself and points behind her. Sans assumes Asgore is somewhere nearby.  

 

Sans stands, but Toriel seems to want to take another moment. 

 

“he should probably try to drink another glass of tea or water soon,” Sans says. 

 

Sans is thankful that Toriel had made extra tea last night for them to use today in advance. It will keep things moving more efficiently throughout the day.

 

Sans sees Asgore nod and head downstairs to retrieve something for Mettaton to drink. 

 

“How is he doing? Anything I should prepare for?” Undyne asks Sans. 

 

“not great. he had a nightmare and was kind of disoriented. he’s gettin’ weaker. he’s havin’ a harder time stayin’ awake. and … the lights make it look worse.” Sans gestures to his cheeks. 

 

Undyne nods. “I noticed that last night, too. It’s sad. Alphy loved that feature. She was so proud of it.” 

 

“she has a lot to be proud of. you tell her that from me when she takes over for ya. we can’t let this color our view of the future. we gotta … i dunno … this is your field … this hope stuff isn’t my speciality. but, ya know we gotta keep livin’ or they win. we gotta be positive for MTT. we give up on him - he gives up on himself.” Sans rubs the back of his skull. 

 

“I will tell her. Thanks, Sans. I’m not good at emotional stuff, but, you’re right, hope I am good for. We have to support each other as best we can. We’ll drag him through this if we have to,” Undyne says. 

 

“yeah, frisk was pretty shook up last night. if only for both frisk and MTT’s sakes, we gotta keep our heads,” Sans says. 

 

Undyne raises an eyebrow, and her expression turns somber. 

 

“How’s Papyrus after last night?” She asks. 

 

“paps is … fine. still angry. but, i mean, how would you feel if this was alphys? it’s complicated,” Sans says. 

 

Undyne’s spine crawls at that comparison. 

 

“I told Papyrus he was justified. I stand by that. I always knew there was more to his power and strength than he let on. As freaky as it was to witness, I’m glad he got it out of his system in a safe place,” Undyne says. 

 

“me too,” Sans says. 

 

“Well, I should probably actually relieve Miss Toriel in looking after the space heater,” Undyne says. 

 

Sans can tell how hard Undyne is trying to keep up appearances, but she’s shaken. There is fear and trepidation in Undyne’s eye even as she jokes about Mettaton as the “space heater.” Sans sees it and, not for the first time, he wishes he could give that … thing … that hurt his honorary little bro a really bad time. 

 

but, al has first dibs. Sans thinks. she’s owed, at least, that much as, perhaps, the most important member of his family. 

 

Toriel joins Sans in the doorway as Undyne takes Toriel’s spot. 

 

Undyne looks over her shoulder to make sure she’s alone. 

 

“Listen, Shield Bro. The other night I wished something, and I want to take it back. I-I didn’t mean to say that you needed to have a reason for putting us through this … this stress. In fact, I would much rather it be that your dramatic ass couldn’t do twelve backflips in a row because your stage was too small. I would much rather it be something I could fix because my job is to protect yo- … all monsters … and I failed. I never … I never once expected this … damn it …” Undyne whispers. 

 

Undyne balls her hands into fists and bites her lip. She will not cry. She cannot cry. 

 

“‘s not your fault …” Mettaton says softly. “I didn’ make it easy … to figure out …” 

 

Undyne gives Mettaton a watery half smile. 

 

“Didn’t realize you were awake, space heater. Or else, I wouldn’t have been anywhere near that sappy.” 

 

He gives her a weak smile as his eyes slip closed again. Shortly after that, he falls back into sleep mode. 

 

Now, Undyne understands exactly what Sans meant when he told her that Mettaton is getting weaker. His quirky mannerisms are gone. He doesn’t try to call her Spear-Maiden of the Riddermark, Thor, or Eowyn, or even his usual “darling.” Undyne would give anything to hear him call her one of those dumb names. 

 

“These need replacing,” Undyne says. 

 

She takes the now warmed compresses from Mettaton’s forehead and neck and makes a haphazard pile on the floor. 

 

Asgore knocks quietly on the doorframe before coming into the room and setting the glass he’s carrying on the coaster. 

 

Asgore freezes for just a moment. It is so slight that only Undyne would have ever noticed that Asgore flinched. 

 

Then, Asgore shakes his head while picking up the discarded pile of towels and leaves to refresh them. When he returns, Asgore carefully adjusts the sheets and blankets to let out some of the building heat. Then, he places the compresses over Mettaton’s neck and forehead. Mettaton flinches against the coolness for a moment but then leans into the compresses as the coolness offers some relief. 

 

Finally, Asgore kneels down and places his paw on Mettaton’s shoulder. 

 

“We need you to drink something. We need to help keep you strong. Is that alright, son? Can we sit you up?” Asgore asks. 

 

It’s clear to both Undyne and Asgore that Mettaton makes an effort to open his eyes and respond, but he can’t. As soon as he stirs, he falls back to sleep. 

 

“That’s alright, MTT. We can wait a little bit and try again in a minute,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne and Asgore sit in an uneasy silence for a while. Asgore absentmindedly takes Mettaton’s hand. 

 

“You may be one of the strongest monsters I have met, and that includes my Undyne.” Asgore smiles sadly. 

 

Undyne’s heart never fails to swell with pride when he claims her as “his Undyne.” She knows that it’s just his old fashioned way of saying that she’s like his kid, and she absolutely will give him crap for it later. Yet, she is no longer a rough and tumble orphan when Asgore calls her his. So, at this moment, Undyne relishes that “my” like it’s the only word in the world that means anything at all. 

 

Silence falls over the room, for a time, until Asgore’s rumbling voice fills it again. 

 

“I have heard from so many how much joy you brought them waiting for the surface. I admire what they have told me you said to Frisk on your *ahem* final episode. I even admire you for trying to outsmart me. I was … blinded by grief when I decided a second war on humanity would be prudent.” Asgore sighs. 

 

Undyne raises her eyebrow. She and Asgore have talked about something similar once before, over dinner, what feels like forever ago.

 

“Monsters have never been born fighters. We are made to be a celebration of life. Do not lose sight of that. Do not lose sight of what delighted and brought you wonder about this world. Therein lies your greatest strength,” Asgore says. 

 

Undyne tucks her knees up to her chest. She has heard Asgore say things like this before. But, it strikes a chord in her. She remembers how sparring with the Royal Guard Dogs, 01 and 02, and, most especially, Papyrus always felt more like a game than an actual preparation for war. 

 

As hard as she has fought in her life, Asgore was and is right, her Soul has settled in peace. 

 

Thus, Undyne can’t help but agree that Asgore is right, as he so often is, in these matters. Though he is not a great politician, or great at names, Asgore’s grace lies in his personal judgments of individuals and situations. 

 

Asgore gently sets Mettaton’s hand on top of the blankets over Mettaton’s chest. 

 

“I hope you can forgive an old fool his musings,” Asgore says. 

 

“You’re not a fool and you’re not that old, Asgore.” Undyne teases. 

 

They both give each other somber, but humorous, smiles. 

 

“You and Dr. Alphys should be incredibly proud of what you accomplished last night, Undyne,” Asgore says. 

 

“But, I failed him. I failed …” Undyne begins. 

 

“You cannot save everyone. You are one monster. You are one being of hundreds. But, you do carry with your whole being a sense of justice. So, do not let him believe that this should go unpunished. Show him that he deserves justice. That is your mission now, my dear girl, and I know you will not fail me,” Asgore says. 

 

“How could I give you anything less than total obedience to that request? You’re basically offering me an order to do exactly what I want to do anyway.” 

 

Undyne tucks a piece of hair behind her fin as she speaks. 

 

“But, I have a challenge with that request,” Asgore says. 

 

He smiles at her, and he casts her a knowing look.

 

“You cannot force this, Undyne. This is an exercise in gentleness and patience. There is nothing to fight. Not anymore. Not really. Just as your magical spear is a weapon, so also, is it a shield. You must use it in the latter way this time,” Asgore says. 

 

Undyne nods. “I accept your challenge, old man.” 

 

“I thought you said I was not that old?” Asgore asks. 

 

They both chuckle softly so as not to startle the sleeping monster between them. 

 

The silence that falls on them now is less heavy and oppressive. It is punctuated only by steady breathing.

 

“Should we try to wake him up again?” Undyne asks. 

 

“I think that would be wise, yes.” Asgore nods.

 

Undyne leans over, and she places a hand on Mettaton’s arm. She gently gives it a shake. 

 

“Hey, MTT. We gotta wake you up this time. Your tea’s melting. Which, you know, is objectively gross, right? Tea is hot,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes open, and he gives Undyne a sleepy glare. 

 

But, at least, I woke him up. I got a reaction. He’s in there somewhere. It’s gotta count for something. Undyne thinks to herself. 

 

Asgore simply shakes his head with an amused smile. 

 

“Now, now, Undyne, preferences are different for different monsters.” Asgore chuckles. 

 

Then, Asgore clears his throat and turns serious. 

 

“Do you think you can drink a little something?” He asks.

 

Mettaton hums an affirmation.

 

“Can we lift you up, son? Is that alright with you?” Asgore asks.

 

Mettaton nods shakily. 

 

Asgore gently eases Mettaton up against his shoulder. Then, he adjusts the pillows so Mettaton is completely supported upright. 

 

“Alphys told us to have you take this slow. So, easy does it, alright?” Undyne says.

 

Undyne helps him drink slowly. It’s a painful process for her because Undyne realizes that she may be physically incapable of patience which kind of sucks because Asgore just told her that her new job is to be patient. Undyne thinks that this might be a job for Papyrus, or Alphys, or anyone other than Undyne. But, Papyrus can’t do all of the shifts himself, and Alphys really needs a break. So, Undyne tries her best to be patient with the slow process of drinking small sips at a time. 

 

Asgore pats Undyne's shoulder in a gesture of encouragement. His paws are damp. Undyne realizes that she became so absorbed in her task she barely noticed Asgore slipping in and out to refresh the towels. 

 

“... ‘m tired …” Mettaton says.

 

“You did well, truly. That was a wonderful effort.” Asgore praises. 

 

Undyne sees that the glass is still about somewhere between a quarter and half full, but she lets it go. Mettaton is clearly more than tired. 

 

“Are you in pain, MTT?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Mmmhmm ... head hurts … I-I wanna l-lie down … on my side …” Mettaton confesses. 

 

“We can make that happen, Footloose. Let’s do this,” Undyne says. 

 

Between Undyne and Asgore, they very carefully manage to roll Mettaton to his left side. Asgore tenderly adjusts pillows and Undyne as Asgore replace the compresses after the change in posture. 

 

“Is there anything else we can do for you, son? Anything at all?” Asgore asks.

 

“Bl-Blooky? ‘n Shyren?” Mettaton asks.

 

“Shyren’s doing something for Alphys. She should be back later. But, do you want Napsta?” Undyne asks. “They’re just down the hall in the room next to Alphys.” 

 

“Y-Yes … I-I want Blooky.” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

Undyne looks to Asgore for some kind of signal on who should go. He nods her off to go find Napsta. 

 

Mettaton brings his knees closer to his chest as he shudders. Asgore draws the blankets over Mettaton’s shoulders and tucks them in place gently but firmly.  Then, Asgore unties Mettaton’s hair so that he can fix a few strands that have come loose. 

 

Undyne reappears with Napsta in just a few moments. 

 

Napstablook hovers into the empty space at their cousin’s back. They don’t say anything. But, they, instead, lie down and wait. 

 

Asgore joins Undyne near the door. Neither of them wants to intrude, but they remain close enough to intervene should hands and legs be needed. 

 

“Bl-Blooky?” Mettaton hesitates. 

 

“i’m riiiiight here dooooon’t woooorry,” Napstablook says. 

 

“‘m sorry … I didn’t mean t-to have this happen.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

“yoooou doooon’t have toooooo be soooory anymooooore.” Napstablook replies. 

 

Mettaton bites back a sob. 

 

“let it goooooo, nooooow. yooooou’ve done enough. trust meeee,” Napstablook says. 

 

“S-Stay … please? Please … d-don’t go.” Mettaton’s voice is barely audible.

 

“ooooof cooooourse, i’ll staaay. i never waaaaanted toooooo leave,” Napstablook says. 

 

Almost as soon as the conversation ends, Mettaton falls back into a restless sleep. 

 

Undyne and Asgore return to the places they had left. 

 

Despite the blankets and the company, Mettaton still shivers and grinds his teeth in his sleep. Sometimes he rests peacefully for a few minutes, but it’s always short lived. 

 

Undyne gently takes Mettaton’s hand in hers and rubs his knuckles with her thumb. He weakly squeezes her hand back. 

 

Undyne knows this means that his sleep mode isn’t fully active even though he seems desperate for rest. 

 

“We’re here, MTT. You’re not alone, bud.” Undyne reassures. 

 

As she holds Mettaton’s hand, Undyne wonders if the reason Mettaton pleads so hard for everyone not to leave him is because he feels bad for leaving his family and Alphys behind for stardom. 

 

But, surely, surely, he knows that this is different? 

 

Right? 

 

He knows that they’re not going to just abandon him when he’s hurt, and sick, and recovering from an injury. Even Mettaton, egocentric as he sometimes is, returned every time Alphys called him for help. He has even managed to reconcile with his family. So, surely, he must know that they’re not going to abandon him. 

 

What kind of damage did that asshole do to you that you feel like you even have to ask, much less … beg, anyone not to leave you right now, shield bro? ‘s like I said we’re shield siblings. You’re not getting rid of me. Ugh … I shouldn’t have been so hard on you. You are too damn good an actor. I should have trusted Alphy’s instincts when she said you seemed scared. I threatened you when you were the one who needed my protection the most. I’m so sorry. I’m so fucking sorry … Merry. Undyne thinks. 

 

She sets Mettaton’s hand down, but not before giving it a tight squeeze. 

 

“Thanks, Napsta. I know this must be… um … weird,” Undyne says. 

 

She knows how dumb that sounds before she says it. But, she isn’t sure what else to say. 

 

“i should thank yoooooou,” Napstablook says. “i waaas worried i’d just be in the waaaay.” 

 

“Not at all, nerd! We probably should have expected that he’d want you here,” Undyne says. 

 

Asgore absentmindedly tucks a stubborn strand of hair behind Mettaton’s ear. Asgore watches Mettaton closely as Mettaton’s rest becomes increasingly fitful. It’s unnerving to witness if only because Asgore remembers this feeling of helplessness all too well. 

 

Suddenly, Mettaton flinches hard in his sleep and brings his hands to his head. 

 

“Hey, MTT? You okay, dude?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head, and he swallows a pained cry at the movement. 

 

“… w-want … w-want Phy … my … m-my head … d-damn it … m-my head  …” Mettaton gasps. 

 

Mettaton curls further into himself while pressing the heel of his palms into his eyes. Asgore braces Mettaton’s shoulder gently. 

 

“Get Dr. Alphys, go!” Asgore says. 

 

Undyne nods and sprints out of the room. Mettaton never cusses. Papyrus swears more than Mettaton. If Mettaton is swearing, the pain must be truly excruciating. 

 

“It will be alright, son. Dr. Alphys is coming.” Asgore reassures.

 

“…hurts … i-it hurts … b-bad …” Mettaton pants. 

 

Blooky does their best to huddle close to their cousin’s back. 

 

“we’re here nooooow, and alphys is coooooming,” Blooky says. 

 

Alphys races through the door. 

 

Asgore immediately stands, removes the now warmed towels, and lets Alphys take his spot. Asgore moves next to Undyne and puts his paw on her shoulder. 

 

“Mettaton? H-Hey, it’s alright. I’m h-here. C-Can you tell me wh-what’s going on? Undyne s-s-said your head hurts?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Phy? … hurts … i-it hurts so bad, Phy … m-make it … please make it st-stop … stop …” Mettaton grits his teeth. 

 

Synthetic tears pour down his cheeks as he shuts his eyes tight against the pain. Alphys takes Mettaton’s hand and squeezes it. 

 

“I-I’ll do my best. I p-promise,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys pulls up the file with his vitals that she had synced to her phone from her computer. 

 

Power surge. She confirms. 

 

Shit. This is starting to affect his CPU. Why hasn’t his fan started working? I thought we’d be able to avoid power surges if he made it this late into the day without one. This was just about the latest the fan was supposed to come on based on my calculations! Shit! Alphys thinks. 

 

Alphys takes a deep breath before saying anything. 

 

“Mettaton. Th-There’s nothing we can really d-d-do right now. Okay? We just g-gotta ride this out. Y-Y-You’re gonna be fine … e-even though I’m sure i-it hurts. O-O-Okay? I’ll stay right h-h-here until it passes, ton-ton. Y-You’re safe . B-B-But, I know it must really, really h-h-hurt,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys rubs his shoulder when Mettaton cries harder.

 

“H-Hold me? ‘m sorry, Phy … but … pl-please … please h-hold me …” he begs.  

 

Alphys brushes some tears from Mettaton’s cheeks. 

 

“It’s o-okay. You have nothing to be sorry for. You’re not f-feeling w-well. It’s okay to w-want to be h-held anytime, b-but especially when you f-feel sick, ton-ton. Shhhhh… shhhhh …” 

 

Alphys climbs on the bed next to him, and Napstablook moves from lying on the bed to hovering over Alphys’ shoulder. 

 

Mettaton burrows into Alphys’ chest. She keeps the blankets around his back and rocks him slowly. 

 

Alphys is not at all surprised that Mettaton is clingy. For as long as she has known him, he has always been very physical with his affection and his fear.

 

For, even as a ghost, he would try to hug her. 

 

So, Alphys tries her best to give him what she knows he needs. She runs her claws through Mettaton’s synthetic hair as she rocks him. She hums the main motif of Spirited Away, though, admittedly, wildly off key. After several minutes of humming and rocking, Mettaton eventually falls into a mostly peaceful sleep. 

 

Napstablook watches as Alphys carefully lowers their little cousin down onto the pillows. Mettaton’s hair looks almost like a halo until Alphys and Undyne help each other roll Mettaton on his side.

 

“H-H-His system is working too hard. P-P-Power surged to his main processing unit. I-I-It’s like the e-end of a really intense m-m-migraine. But … but being metal … h-h-he can’t r-really f-f-f-find much relief apart from sleep or … well … f-f-fainting. He can’t … ya kn-know … A-A-Anyway, unfortunately, h-h-he’ll probably have m-m-more. Th-They’re going to get w-w-worse before they get better, a-at least, until his fan starts working.” Alphys explains.

 

Alphys looks over at Mettaton before climbing off the bed and onto a wooden chair next to it. 

 

“I’m going to take my shift n-n-now, you’ve a-all been at this for cl-close enough to two h-h-hours. Napstablook, Undyne, and A-A-Asgore you’re welcome to stay if you want to, b-b-but you’re also fr-fr-free to go,” Alphys says.

 

“I’ll refresh these for you, and then I shall take my leave unless I am needed further,” Asgore says. 

 

Napstablook surveys the scene. Then, they remember something. 

 

“i’ll beeeee baaaaaaaack in juuuuuuuust a minuuuuuute. i-if heeeeeee aaaaaaasks foooooooor me, i’m juuuuuuuuust getting a suuuuuuuuuuuurprise,” Blooky says. 

 

They phase out of the room. 

 

muuuuusic. Blooky thinks to themselves. muuuuusic will heeeeeelp hiiiiim. it haaaas alwaaaaays heeeeeeeelped him caaaaaalm dooooooown befoooooooore. 

 

Once everyone leaves, Undyne kneels next to the bed. She looks up at Alphys, and Alphys stares back. 

 

Asgore’s challenge be damned. I’m hunting that human down, and I’m totally beating him to a nice bloody pulp. Undyne thinks. 

 

“Alphy, we’re gonna beat that guy up right? Like, we’re not going to let him get away with hurting Mettaton like this are we? It was one thing when it was a dumb guy at a bar, or like some asshole coworkers that you already trashed verbally and epically, but this …” Undyne shakes her head. 

 

“We’ll find a way to help Blooky and Mew Mew get justice for him … if he wants it,” Alphys says. “But, r-really what I most need right now is my u-university stationary so I can write an o-official letter, as his doctor, saying he can’t w-work for at least a week. I can do that, r-r-right? At the v-v-very least, that b-b-buys us a little t-t-time to figure o-out how to br-br-break the contract.” 

 

Undyne smiles but it doesn’t reach her eye. 

 

“Yeah. You can. I think humans do that or have that,” Undyne says. 

 

“I just can’t stop feeling like … l-l-like an i-i-idiot for n-not noticing a-any of this s-sooner,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys swipes some tears from her eyes. 

 

How could we have known, Alphy? Other than just seeming like an over-enthused work-a-holic, there was nothing that you could tell was off about him! Besides, I was the one who tried to convince you that you were wrong!” Undyne exclaims in a whisper. 

 

“I knew something was wrong the first time he p-p-passed out at our place. I just assumed it was my p-p-paranoia, but I knew b-b-better. Especially wh-wh-when he just k-k-kept showing up at our house after every meeting with … ugh Still, I know he’s a g-g-good enough actor that, even if I had asked, he could have f-f-fooled me. But, if I’d a-a-asked then , a-a-after that f-f-first time, would he have t-t-told me?” Alphys asks. 

 

“No. You heard what he said yesterday. So, no. I, honestly, don’t think that would have made any difference. He wanted to make everyone happy and protect us from this,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne shakes her head. 

 

“Ugh,” Undyne mutters. “He just … damn it … I wish he would have said something, too … anything at all.”

 

Alphys brushes away some more tears before face planting into the side table next to the chair. She just needs a moment to look away from the trainwreck that lies before her. 

 

It's like that myth he likes so much but in reverse. That guy wasn't supposed to look, and all I'm supposed to do is watch. He looked, and I need to look away. Alphys thinks. 

 

Undyne gets up to put her hands on Alphys’ shoulders. 

 

“Where are you tight?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Mostly in the center between my shoulder blades. The spot where I hunch. Yeah. There,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys leans into Undyne’s massage and lets her head flop back over the back of the chair. 

 

“I just hope he can … you know … c-c-come back from this. Seeing him like this … kn-knowing that this  … *sigh* … yesterday was like s-s-seeing myself from the outside … but worse. I spent y-y-years afraid, panicky, and d-d-depressed. He was my … he has been my r-r-rock for so long. Even when he d-d-disappeared into st-stardom, he still showed up i-i-if I remembered to call. L-Like was he a gr-gr-great friend, n-n-no? He was m-m-moody, he m-m-made fun of my stutter, and h-he constantly a-a-asked for annoying favors. B-B-But, was I a good f-fr-friend to him? N-N-No. I-I-I used his d-d-dysphoria to m-m-make him r-r-reliant on me, I-I-I used him to get in g-g-good w-w-with Asgore, and I-I definitely s-s-said other th-th-things I t-t-totally regret. T-T-To our c-cr-credit, we’re both tr-trying to be b-b-better. But, n-n-now, this l-l-last week or so, h-h-he’s swung too f-f-far the other d-d-direction. I know why t-t-too. Mettaton t-told me last night, and i-i-it was … it was disgusting … and horrible, ‘Dyne. Th-Th-There were things h-he said I’m s-s-sure you couldn’t hear b-b-because I could barely hear. B-B-But, I-I-I know he would w-w-want me to t-tell you this had nothing to d-do with anything y-you or a-anyone else said. It was  … a-a-all that h-h-horrible, horrible man … ‘Dyne … I just … I h-h-hate this .” Alphys admits.

 

Alphys leans back into Undyne’s chest. Undyne wraps her arms around the chair and Alphys, but Undyne’s gaze is on Mettaton. 

 

Undyne observes that Mettaton’s mouth is partially open, and his brows are still slightly furrowed. But, apart from that, he looks peaceful, especially in comparison to how he looked just moments ago. His hands are pillowed under his cheek as he sleeps. The lights in Mettaton’s cheeks glowing brightly with the rise of his core temperature is the only outward sign of this messed up situation.

 

He looks like a kid . He looks just like a little kid! How could I miss this? I was so worried about him hurting Alphys’ feelings or breaking Papyrus’ heart that I didn’t even think anyone could hurt him. And … and still, I can’t help thinking of him like the kid brother you’d kill someone for looking at the wrong way. Damn it! When did I start thinking of Mettaton like I think of Papyrus? Undyne thinks to herself.

 

“He looks so young,” Undyne blurts. 

 

“Yeah. He’s not y-y-young, as monsters go, but I m-m-mean, if we talk about his c-c-corporeal b-b-body, he’s basically a b-b-baby. How do you p-pr-prepare someone for s-s-something like this wh-when it's so f-f-far out of his e-experience?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne doesn’t have a good answer to that question. 

 

“I th-thought I had th-th-thought of everything w-wh-when I told him about f-f-feeling badly if he went into low p-p-power mode and f-food pr-preferences. That s-s-seems so l-l-laughable in retrospect. B-B-But, I had no idea that … this would happen.” Alphys’ voice breaks. 

 

“No one did. It’s messed up as shit. But, not because of anything he, or you, did wrong, Alphy,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne squeezes Alphys’ shoulder. She lets her hand linger there for a while before checking in on her girlfriend. 

 

“Do you want anything?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Coffee would be great, and bring up iced golden flower tea. I know you hate iced tea, but it’s his favorite. When y-y-you come back, we’ll help him drink more.” Alphys gives an exhausted smile. 

 

“He better be glad I like him.” Undyne grins. 

 

Then, Undyne leaves the room. 

 

Alphys knows Undyne well enough to see that there is no joy behind that grin. It’s just routine. It’s to make this feel normal when nothing feels normal at all. 

 

They have roles they have always played, and now those scripts have exploded as they step on mine, after mine, after mine. The time tested lines grow stale, and they all have to navigate the bomb laden road before them. 

 

Alphys can’t stop them from exploding this time no matter how hard she tries. 

 

Scripts are dead here. 

 

Last night alone, Alphys talked Mettaton down from a panic attack. 

 

Papyrus blew things up downstairs in anger. 

 

Flowey and Sans comforted Frisk in the room next door. 

 

Today, Alphys has given orders to people higher in rank. 

 

Sans has been giving pep talks without completely abusing puns. 

 

Undyne looks like she’s about to give up. 

 

Nothing is normal anymore. 

 

Who are they now? 

 

Who will they be tomorrow?

 

Will they ever be normal again?

 

Alphys looks down at Mettaton. For now, his breaths are still deep and even as he rests. His long synthetic eyelashes flutter from time to time. 

 

He is breathing, and he’s safe. She reassures herself as she waits for Undyne to return. 

 

Alphys closes her eyes and, for a moment, she finds that she’s caught up in an old memory. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

I’m sure folks have noticed by now that I am quite intentional with what I title my chapters. An Entr'Acte, at least in my native English, refers to a piece of music that is played between two acts of a play, opera, or musical. Often, an Entr’Acte highlights and repeats musical leitmotifs to call attention to important themes. In this chapter, as well as the next two, I make references to each of the previous chapters at various points and to various degrees.

Additionally, in French, the closest thing I have to a second language, Entr'acte means a pause between two parts of a stage production, synonymous to an intermission. I figured the best place to take that "intermission" was as Alphys changes our scene for a brief moment.

I just wanted to call attention to that because I found it interesting, and it's really easy for non-music people to miss. I also wanted to confirm, for anyone who caught on, that what I did in this chapter, as well as the next two, I did intentionally.

The other two chapters that I split from this one follow a similar pattern in their titles ("Final Bows" and "Encore"). I do enjoy using foreshadowing in my titles as you may or may not have noticed.

I just want to reiterate how much I appreciate people continuing to read, give Kudos, and comment on this fic even as I reconstruct a little bit.

So, pardon my pixie dust and much love!

Love,
Pip

Chapter 10: Final Bows

Summary:

(See previous chapter for details)

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“I-I can’t do this anymore … I can’t take it … I can’t!” 

 

Her fingers shakily dial Mettaton’s number and, to her shock, he answers on the first ring. 

 

“Hello, darling! To what do I owe …” 

 

She cuts him off. 

 

“N-need … ton-ton … I-I …” Alphys chokes. 

 

She doesn’t need to say anything more. 

 

“I’m on my way to the Lab. I trust you won't do anything permanent, Phy, dear. Just … I’m coming.”

 

The phone clicks. 

 

...

 

Mettaton whimpers in his sleep, and it startles Alphys. As soon as she regains her composure, Alphys cards her claws through his hair gently until he settles. 

 

...

 

It seems like an eternity, and yet no time at all, has passed by the time he wheels himself into her room. 

 

“Phy, can I sit by you, and can I touch you?” He asks.

 

“Y-Yes …” she wheezes. 

 

He finds a way to maneuver his boxy body next to her. His hand rubs her back in slow circles. 

 

“Phy, darling, what’s the most important thing I can do for you right now?”

 

“I-I-I d-d-don’t know, y-y-yet. J-J-J-Just d-don’t l-leave . I f-feel l-l-like I’m d-dying. A-Am I … Am I d-dying?”

 

“Darling, do you think I would be this calm if you were falling down? I may be the Underground’s best hope for entertainment, and a world class actor, but I would be terrified if you left me here without you, lovely. I promise.” 

 

...

 

This time, Alphys is prepared when Mettaton twitches and begins crying. She reaches out and strokes his cheek with the back of her claws until he relaxes. 

 

“I gotcha. It’s okay. You’re safe. It's okay to be scared, but I-I gotcha.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Alphys gets swept away into her mantra after a few repetitions. 

 

...

 

“Sweetheart, humor me. Let’s try something,” Mettaton says. 

 

He takes Alphys’ shaking hands gently and helps her lie on the floor. 

 

“Lie on your back with me. Yes. Like this. Now close your eyes and lean into whatever makes you feel horrible. Then, let it go, dear. Let it float away like it never existed. Release it to the stars.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Alphys’ breaths still come quickly, but she does close her eyes. 

 

...

 

The door opens and Asgore walks in with more cool towels. 

 

Alphys loses the memory again, for just a moment, as she speaks. 

 

“W-we’ll put one over his eyes th-this time. The … um … the lights might be b-b-bothering him,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton whimpers against the compresses and pulls away before settling back down and leaning into the relief and darkness. 

 

Asgore departs, and Alphys returns to her memory. 

 

...

 

“Wh-Why are w-we … we on … the floor?” She asks. 

 

“Well, darling, I’m afraid if this doesn’t work I am going to feel rather silly,” he says. 

 

“N-No … you … y-you’ll play it … o-o-o-off … l-like you … you always d-d-do!” She snaps. 

 

“It’s a family thing, dear. It was the only thing I knew I would miss if being fully corporeal took the connection. So, yes, darling, even I, fabulous as I am, would feel silly. You see, after a long day, or a difficult week, or any kind of a… a hard time … we lie on the floor and lean into what makes us feel like garbage.” 

 

He gives a little laugh that sounds more like a covered voice crack. It sounds like he would cry if he could. 

 

“But, that means you have to focus, Phy. Part of feeling like garbage on the floor necessitates that a flesh being would breathe into it …”

 

...

 

Undyne rushes in with the tea and Alphys’ coffee. 

 

Alphys once again lets the memory pause and fade away. 

 

“Mettaton? H-Hey, I want you to try and drink a little more. A-A-Alright? We got fresh tea,” Alphys says gently. 

 

Mettaton groans and shifts while trying to wake up. 

 

“Phy!? Even m-m-my good eye is dark? Why can’t I-I see a-a-anything?” Mettaton asks. 

 

He sounds a second away from panic, but Alphys is quick to respond. 

 

“I put a c-cool towel over your eyes to help b-bl-block out the l-l-lights. We can move it i-if you w-w-want.”  Alphys explains. 

 

“N-No. It’s … it’s helping a little … headache ‘s not quite as … intense,” he says.  

 

“G-Good. That’s really good t-to hear,” Alphys says. 

 

“You ready to drink a little more, MTT?” Undyne asks. 

 

“… try … I’ll try ... ‘m so … tired,” Mettaton says. 

 

“Th-that’s all we ask. Y-Y-You’re such a trooper,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne helps Alphys get him propped up just enough to help him sip on the tea. 

 

“Slow sips, space heater,” Undyne says. 

 

As they coax him into drinking, Alphys enters autopilot and is brought back to her memory. 

 

...

 

Alphys breathes, shakily at first, but over the course of several minutes her panting breaths finally turn into quiet tears. 

 

“Perfect, dear. You’re doing it just right,” Mettaton says. 

 

Alphys breathes through her quiet sobs. 

 

“H-Hold my h-h-hand? Pl-Please, ton-ton? Is th-th-that something you c-c-can do d-d-during th-th-this thing? ” She asks.

 

...

 

Mettaton whimpers and tries to pull away from the glass. Though his effort to stay awake is valiant, his strength is clearly fading. 

 

Alphys strokes Mettaton’s cheek with the back of her claws. 

 

“Good job, but I need you t-to keep drinking. J-Just a little more. O-Okay? You’re d-doing so well, ton-ton,” Alphys says. 

 

He nods and tries to push on while Alphys slips back into her memory again. 

 

...

 

“I’ve never had hands to try with before, Phy, dear. I will happily let you hold mine,” he says. 

 

Alphys reaches for him, and he takes her hand. 

 

And they hold hands, and they breathe.

 

...

 

“‘m tired … ‘m so t-tired …” Mettaton says. 

 

“Can y-y-you take one more sip for me?” Alphys asks. 

 

He shakes his head. 

 

“ … don’ want anymore … just wanna sleep …” He says. 

 

Undyne and Alphys help him lie on his side once more. 

 

“Just rest then, it’s o-o-okay to give in to s-sl-sleep mode if th-that’s what you need,” Alphys says.

 

“You did your best, bud. That’s all we ask. It’s right here for you if you want some more, ‘kay?” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne and Alphys fall back into silence. 

 

Alphys takes the coffee off the table and half chugs it while she fades back into her thoughts.

 

...

 

And, Alphys and Mettaton breathe. Well, being a metal box, Mettaton breathes ... metaphorically.   

 

Together, Alphlys and Mettaton both breathe in the stardust and the galaxies.

 

“Just breathe, dear. Lean into the starlight and breathe,” he says. 

 

“I-I’m tr-trying.” She replies. 

 

“And, you’re doing so well , darling. Truly magnificent, my dear,” he says. 

 

...

 

Napstablook appears in the doorway with a little Bluetooth speaker and their phone. 

 

They start setting up the speaker and phone on the nightstand. 

 

“That’s a really g-g-good idea.” Alphys encourages. 

 

“Thaaaanks,” Blooky says. 

 

Blooky hits play on a track on their phone. 

 

“Doooon’t judge it toooooo haaaarshly. It’s noooot finiiiiiiiiiished yet,” they say. 

 

Alphys listens to the soft music coming through the speaker. She recognizes the music from, it seems, a few different musicals but with a lofi beat mixed on top of the songs. 

 

It pulls her back into her memory again while she downs the rest of the coffee. 

 

...

 

They lie on the cold tile floor in her bedroom. 

 

Mettaton’s hand grips hers. 

 

“I … it still works … *ahem* Open your eyes, darling. What do you think?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Alphys slowly opens her eyes. 

 

...

 

“I waaaanted to suuuuuuurprise him with thiiiiiiiiiiis aaaaas a rooooad trip soooooong for oooour first toooour, but he needs it moooooooore nooooow,” Blooky explains. 

 

Alphys gives the ghost a tight and weary smile, but she’s mostly lost in thought. 

 

...

 

Alphys finds she’s no longer lying on her tile floor. Now, she lies on a galaxy of starlight. The cosmos swirl beneath them both in infinite directions. 

 

“H-H-How?” She asks. 

 

“Don’t ask, darling. Just let it happen, and enjoy it,” Mettaton says. 

 

...

 

Alphys takes a deep breath and lets it go. 

 

For a while, Alphys, Undyne, and Napstablook sit in silence listening to the music. 

 

Alphys recalls the peace of lying on the floor with her friend simply relishing in the stunning galaxies spiraling beneath them. 

 

If we get out of this even close to intact, we have to do that again. Alphys thinks wistfully. 

 

Mettaton’s strained voice breaks Alphys from her thoughts. 

 

“Ph-Phy … my … my h-head … w-w-worse … than … than l-last time… ‘s really f-fuck … ‘s b-bad …” 

 

Mettaton winds his fingers in his hair as he curls into a tight ball. Before Alphys can do anything, Undyne has already begun gently untangling Mettaton’s fingers from the strands of synthetic hair. 

 

“It’s gonna make it worse if you pull on your hair, big guy. Do you wanna squeeze my hand instead, MTT?” Undyne offers. 

 

Knowing that Undyne has Mettaton, Alphys looks at the app and confirms a second power surge. 

 

I hate being right about this. Alphys thinks.

 

Mettaton gasps and then whimpers loudly and reaches for Alphys with the hand Undyne isn’t holding. Alphys throws the compresses aside so she can hold Mettaton more easily if that’s what he wants. 

 

“You’re going to be o-o-okay. D-Do you want me to h-hold you, ton-ton?” Alphys asks.

 

Mettaton nods painfully. 

 

Alphys notices that the room seems darker now. She looks over and sees that Blooky has turned the lights off just like Undyne had last night. 

 

“O-O-Okay. Just focus on me. A-A-Alright? I-I-It’ll be fine ,” Alphys says. 

 

“I’m gonna hand you to Alphy now, MTT. And, Napsta and I are here too, big guy. They just turned the lights off for ya. We all gotcha.” Undyne reassures. 

 

Undyne lets go of Mettaton’s hand as Alphys gathers him into her arms. Mettaton’s arms wrap around Alphys as he cries. His back shakes with the force of each broken sob. Alphys holds Mettaton close and squeezes him tight. 

 

“It’s okay, dude. We gotcha. I know it hurts. We gotcha,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys notices that Undyne is rubbing Mettaton’s back up and down as Alphys rocks him. Undyne’s face is pinched with concern. Alphys casts a glance to Napstablook who just barely meets her eyes. 

 

“It’s g-g-gonna be alright, ton-ton. I’m g-gonna do what I c-c-can to m-m-make it better, o-o-okay? Even if that just means h-h-holding you t-tight until it’s o-o-over. Promise .” Alphys murmurs. 

 

For the first time, Alphys realizes that she might have to question the survivability of Mettaton being without his main source of internal cooling for almost two days. She has seen how high his core temperature is getting, and it’s not good. 

 

Angel, please, please don’t let him short circuit. Even if you take him away, even if he dies, don’t take him that way. He has been through enough. I would literally give up anything to prevent him from dying in pain. If you have to take him, can you take him peacefully ... and if not peacefully ... painlessly? Alphys pleads internally. 

 

Alphys takes a deep breath as she continues to rock Mettaton slowly. She knows she can’t think like that even as Mettaton’s back shudders. 

 

For now, she has to believe in him. He’s strong. He’s not giving up. 

 

“Phy? … i-it … it h-hurts … feels like … like my head … i-is getting c-crushed … f-from the inside … ‘n l-like … s-s-someone ‘s d-dr-drilling out … out m-my eyes.” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

“Shhh … shhh … I kn-know. That s-s-sounds awful. Is anything helping, ton-ton?” Alphys whispers. 

 

“Yeah, anything else we can do for ya, Mettaton? Anything at all, you name it. I’ll get it.” Undyne asks. 

 

“… keep rubbing … my back … ‘n holding me … just … don’t leave me… please please stay …” He keens. 

 

Alphys just holds Mettaton tighter and continues her slow and steady rocking. 

 

“I’m not going anywhere . Like I s-s-said, I promise , ton-ton,” Alphys says. 

 

“For sure, I’ll keep rubbing your back, bud. I’m not going anywhere either. Napsta is still right here playing DJ for ya. Can you hear the music? They’ve got some sick jams, right, dude? We’re here, MTT. You just focus on getting cooled down. We’ll do the hard part, m’kay? You just focus on getting air in and out so you can cool down. We’ll do the rest. Got it?” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne will never stop surprising Alphys as long as she lives. Alphys has rarely seen Undyne this tender, for this long, with anyone other than Alphys herself. Yet, here, Alphys sees the comforting and gentle side of the tough Captain of the Guard. This Undyne is the one who took in Papyrus and taught him to cook. This Undyne is the one that personally tended to each member of the Guard’s injuries. This Undyne is the one Alphys fell in love with not so long ago. 

 

 “I-Is the p-p-pain letting up a-a-at all, ton-ton?” Alphys asks. 

 

“… n-no ‘s …’s getting … w-worse … i … really … d-don’ feel good … m-my … my r-right leg hur’s … ‘n … ‘n I-I f-feel … shaky … b-but … the … d-d-dizzy … ‘s worse … ‘m really d-dizzy, phy … s-so … s-s-s-so … d-dizzy.” 

 

Mettaton’s voice gets staticy every few words almost like a dropped phone call. 

 

“Th-That’s okay … you’re safe. I’m holding you, ton-ton. I know you don’t feel well, b-b-but you’re safe . If you f-f-faint, I promise y-y-you won’t fall. Okay? Y-Y-You’re in a safe place. You’re o-on a nice soft b-bed in my arms. Y-Y-You’re not alone. I’m h-here now. Y-Y-You never need to b-b-be alone again. I s-sw-swear you’re never ever leaving my s-s-sight if I can h-h-help it.” 

 

Alphys whispers into Mettaton’s hair as she continues to soothe him. 

 

Mettaton buries his face deeper into Alphys’ shoulder as he takes a few shuddering breaths. She can feel Mettaton trembling against her as she holds him. 

 

Alphys quickly reaches behind her and grabs her phone. She takes a split second glance at her app. 

 

Alphys feels Mettaton tense against her as she glimpses the electric waves spiking on her phone, and they just begin to fall when Mettaton gasps. Then, if possible, he clings tighter to her. 

 

“Th-This is it, ton-ton. O-O-Okay? This is the p-p-peak of the power s-s-surge. ‘Kay, almost done. Almost done, ton-ton. We’re a-a-almost done.” Alphys soothes. 

 

Undyne gently strokes Mettaton’s hair before continuing to rub his back when he silently screams. 

 

“Hear that? It’s almost over. You’re being so brave, and so tough, and so strong. It’s gonna be over soon, Merry. It’s almost over. We promise , m‘kay? ‘s almost over, Mer ,” Undyne says. 

 

At this point, Undyne doesn’t give a crap who hears their dumb nicknames for each other. She just knows it made Mettaton happy once. In that moment, Undyne realizes she would give anything to hear him respond, laughing, one of her magical spears in his hand, with one of her nicknames in return.

 

Eventually, Mettaton slumps against Alphys’ shoulder. He whimpers in between pants.  

 

“It’s a-a-alright. You d-d-did so well, ton-ton. You did so w-w-well. C-Can you drink a little more before y-y-you go back to sleep?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne catches the hint and grabs the glass of tea. 

 

Between Undyne and Alphys’ coaxing, Mettaton manages a few sips before falling limp against Alphys’s chest.

 

However, Alphys notices that, despite the power surge being over and his forced sleep mode being activated, Mettaton’s arms and legs still tremble.

 

It’s Napstablook who breaks the silence with the question that Alphys dreads. 

 

“i-is he gooooing tooooo … tooooo f-faaaaaaaall dooooooown?” 

 

“O-Of course not! He’s too tough for that. He’s weird, and he’s silly, but he’s no quitter!! A-A-And, even still, can’t we just like … I dunno … keep him in a jar until you could build a new body, Alphy? We can do that right? Right, Alphy?!?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys lies Mettaton back against the pillows on his back. She leaves him propped up as she finds a discarded cloth and wipes the tears from his cheeks. Then, Alphys gently brushes Mettaton’s hair away from his face. Alphys takes one of Mettaton’s shaking hands while speaking to him so softly no one else can really make out what she says. It’s clear she knows he can’t hear her. But, it doesn’t matter. Whatever Alphys is saying, it’s for the two of them alone. 

 

Although, Undyne does think she hears Alphys promise something about Napstablook and Shyren being well cared for as well as finding a way to, at least, publish Mettaton’s lyrics as poems. 

 

For more than two minutes, Alphys blocks out the world to offer the comfort of her soft friendly voice and her tender physician’s touch to Mettaton as he attempts to rest. Only when she is finally satisfied that Mettaton is at peace does Alphys respond aloud to Undyne’s question. 

 

“N-N-No … now that h-h-he’s bonded to the b-b-body … h-h-he ... he's fully corporeal. I can put him into stasis, power off, to … to f-f-fix br-broken parts — or add f-f-features, but … I … I c-c-can’t ‘switch bodies.’ He … He chose this one. It’s as m-m-much him as … as you are you or … or I a-a-am me . But … as for him s-s-surviving this, I-I-I … I don’t know a-a-anymore …” Alphys confesses. 

 

Alphys’ shoulders tense as she clenches her fists at her side. 

 

“Y-Y-Yesterday, I was s-s-so, s-so, so fucking certain the p-p-part would b-b-be done syncing b-b-by now, b-b-but …” Alphys shakes her head. 

 

Undyne’s eye widens. 

 

“B-But … what about healing magic!?” Undyne hesitates, worrying her lip. 

 

“Toriel tried last night. It didn’t take,” Alphys says. 

 

“Oh. S-Should I get everyone … for …" Undyne says haltingly.

 

“N-N-Not yet, I-I-I’m not giving up, yet. I can’t give up, yet. I-I-I just … I needed him to know some things b-b-before … t-t-to make things easier … but I won’t give up on him u-u-until he t-t-tells me to. H-H-He’ll tell us, one way o-o-or the other. W-W-We’ll know. But … bring Papyrus i-in now. Th-That could help perk h-h-him up a-a-a little. Or … at least, i-i-it could give him a f-f-fighting chance to keep going,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne nods and gets up from the floor. Her knees ache as she moves, and Undyne hears Alphys through the door. 

 

“I ... I’m s-s-so, s-so sorry. I never meant f-for this to h-happen to him, or … or to you … or to a-a-anyone … I-I-I should have suspected … I should have known … when h-h-he makes it to the other side o-o-of this … th-there will b-b-be c-c-consequences … it’ll be h-h-hard … I-I-I’m sorry … I …” Alphys’ voice breaks.

 

“yooooou didn’t cause this, dr. alphys. thaaaat huuuumaaan huuurt hiiiim. and i … oooooh i doooon’t knooooow … all i knoooooow is it’s noooooot mettaton’s fault and it’s nooooot yooooours. he woooouldn’t waaaant us toooooo blame oooourselves i dooooon’t think … heeeee loooved us tooooo much toooo waaaant us tooooo blaaame ooooourselves. ooooooh … i’m raaaaambling again …” Naptsablook says.   

 

Both Alphys and Napstablook cry together, and Undyne hates herself for wanting to join them. 

 

She should be stronger than this, but she’s not. Undyne wishes she could have protected Mettaton, but she just didn’t know. Her whole life has been dedicated to protecting monsters from humans, and she isn’t sure when she forgot how to do that. 

 

When did you forget your history lessons, girl? I told you and Fluffybuns this was a terrible idea. Humans, not all, but many, are hard to predict and they strike dirty. You remember that, Fluffybuns’ girl. You remember that when ya go up there. Don’t forget your lessons, girl. Remember your eye. 

 

The hallway feels too long as Undyne walks to Papyrus’ room while being crushed by the weight of her thoughts. All of them ring in Gerson’s gravely voice admonishing her for forgetting what she had been so carefully taught by Asgore and Gerson both. 

 

As she blocks out her thoughts, Undyne steals herself and knocks on the door. 

 

“COMING, JUST A MOMENT!” Papyrus says. 

 

He opens the door and his eyebrows raise in confusion. 

 

Undyne shuffles her feet. She knows she must look like a mess as she rubs the back of her head. 

 

“We need you to start your shift watching MTT a little early. He needs you,” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus nods slowly. “IS … EVERYTHING, OKAY?”

 

Undyne shakes her head because her voice is completely untrustworthy. She pounds her fist against the wall just to the right of the doorframe. She clenches her jaw, but two tears fall anyway. 

 

“UNDYNE? WHY … WHY ARE YOU CRYING?” He asks. 

 

“Because I failed . I failed, Mettaton. I failed, you. I failed, Alphys. I even failed myself and those poor human students. I failed, Asgore. I failed, Sans … and Miss Toriel … and the school. I FAILED! ” Undyne yells pounding the wall with each name. 

 

Undyne sinks to her knees with her head against the wall. No more tears fall, but Undyne's shoulders heave with each breath. 

 

Papyrus just looks at her for a moment before kneeling down and pulling her in for a hug. 

 

“IT’S ALRIGHT, UNDYNE. WE JUST HAVE TO REMEMBER OUR LITTLE SET OF NOTES!” Papyrus says. 

 

“Our what? ” Undyne asks incredulously. 

 

“OUR LITTLE SET OF NOTES! REMEMBER? WE ALL HAVE OUR LITTLE SET OF NOTES, BUT I THINK WE’VE LOST THEM SOMEWHERE. YET, DO NOT FEAR, WE JUST HAVE TO FIND THEM AGAIN.” Papyrus explains. 

 

Undyne tries her best to trace what Papyrus is thinking. Then, she remembers the night they were watching Mew Mew Kissy Cutie with Alphys. 

 

Undyne knows, for an absolute fact, that she and Alphys will never be able to watch that show again. Its premise alone makes Undyne sick. The fact that they ever made Mettaton watch it makes her want to scream.  

 

Still, that night, everyone got drunk at Alphys’ and Undyne’s house. Mettaton had said something about how the music was better at telling the story than the script which set Alphys off on a rant about how the script was flawless. Undyne can only imagine the heartbreak that Alphys feels about saying that now.

 

Then, Mettaton had said something about them all having little tunes, lit or lithe somethings, to play. He seemed serious about it at the time, but none of them understood. Except … Mettaton had gone off with Papyrus for a while because both Mettaton and Papyrus were tired of the noise. 

 

This must have been something Mettaton expanded on when talking to Papyrus.  

 

“Tell me more about the little notes while we walk, nerd.” Undyne says while heaving herself off the floor. 

 

“WELL, METTATON HAD A NAME FOR THEM, BUT I DON’T QUITE REMEMBER WHAT IT IS. HE EXPLAINED THAT THE LITTLE NOTES OR TUNES DESCRIBE US SOMEHOW. BUT, NOW, I THINK WE MISPLACED THEM. AND, I JUST DON’T KNOW WHERE TO LOOK. DID WE ALL EXCHANGE NOTES, UNDYNE? CAN I HAVE MINE BACK NOW?” Papyrus asks her. 

 

“I still don’t really understand what you’re talking about. But, sure, you can have yours back.” 

 

Undyne gives Papyrus the first genuine smile she has managed in at least a day. 

 

“OH GOOD BECAUSE I THINK I FOUND YOURS LAST NIGHT, AND I MUCH PREFER MINE. I THINK YOU MIGHT HAVE SANS’ WHICH IS SCARY TO THINK OF,” he says. 

 

Despite everything, Undyne actually chuckles at this. When the two of them are together, Undyne has never needed to concern herself with anything except the joy Papyrus brings her. When they’re together, reality is only their friendship and the time they share. 

 

However, upon entering the room, the weight of the situation hits them both. 

 

Papyrus stares at everything. The lights have all been turned off save for a single lamp in the corner of the room that is on the lowest setting and a bubble tea shaped night light on the side table next to Alphys. Towels are still piled next to the bed, a half glass of tea is melting on a coaster, Napstablook is fiddling with their speaker, and Alphys is sitting on a chair with her head in her hands facing the door. However, Alphys straightens when she hears their footsteps. 

 

“O-Oh thank g-g-goodness.”

 

Alphys says as she peers up at them from her claws. She looks exhausted, sad, and nervous. 

 

“I-I-I have one l-l-last trick up m-m-my sleeve if Shyren can c-c-convince her. B-But, I know h-h-he’ll be happy to see you,” Alphys says. 

 

Papyrus casts a look over his shoulder at Undyne, and she nods him forward. 

 

“M-M-Mettaton? H-Hey, look who’s here,” Alphys says. 

 

Papyrus kneels next to Mettaton’s side as Napstablook hovers at the foot of the bed. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes open sluggishly but, when he looks towards Papyrus, a genuine smile crosses his face. 

 

In fact, Alphys is certain that some real light reaches Mettaton’s eyes again when he looks up at Papyrus. 

 

Mettaton reaches out toward Papyrus with both of his trembling hands. 

 

Papyrus immediately understands and sits on the bed. He pulls Mettaton into his arms. 

 

This whole situation feels strange to Papyrus. Just a week or so ago, he vaguely remembers being confused, Undyne swearing a lot, and people hovering over him. 

 

But, what Papyrus recalls appreciating most was when Frisk signed about their life and shared experience, and when Mettaton sang to him. 

 

If Papyrus can return even half of that comforting peace to his beloved, he will. 

 

For, Papyrus knows Mettaton well after these last months on the surface. 

 

He knows that Mettaton loves challenging puzzles. Actually, come to think of it, Papyrus knows that Mettaton loves any kind of challenge really. 

 

Papyrus knows that Mettaton is thoughtful, bordering on philosophical, when he gets drunk. 

 

He knows that Mettaton loves waffles because most waffles are rectangles, and Mettaton thinks that’s funny. 

 

But, Papyrus also knows that Mettaton goes really quiet when he’s hurting, and, right before he loses it, he’ll ask for someone to hold him. 

 

He knows that Mettaton hates crying because of the way it feels when his throat closes. 

 

He knows that Mettaton’s biggest fear is disappointing Alphys and hurting his friends and family again. 

 

Papyrus knows that Mettaton’s deepest fear is the only reason that he didn’t tell all of them about what had been happening to him. Papyrus wishes so deeply there was something one of them could have said, or unsaid, to help Mettaton understand that Papyrus, at least, wanted, no, loved, holding and comforting his beloved. 

 

Even if providing that comfort makes Papyrus feel sad and angry, he wants to do it anyway. 

 

Papyrus recalls how Mettaton once told Papyrus that he thought that Papyrus might have been the most observant monster he had ever met. Papyrus remembers blushing, but he doesn’t recall what he said in response. 

 

However, Papyrus wishes he would have said that, even if he observes these sorts of things about everyone, the things he observes about Mettaton matter to him differently than they matter about other monsters or Frisk. 

 

Papyrus is removed from his thoughts when Mettaton nestles into his embrace. Papyrus brushes Mettaton’s bang aside and looks at his boyfriend. 

 

For a while, he just stares and memorizes each line and curve of Mettaton’s face. However, then, Papyrus leans forward and hovers his forehead just above Mettaton's in a silent request for consent. After a moment, Mettaton smiles weakly and attempts to lift his head. Papyrus notices that Mettaton is too weak to even close the gap between them, so he gently lifts Mettaton up and places their foreheads together in a “skeleton kiss.” As Papyrus presses their foreheads together, he hopes, wishes, and prays to the Angel that Mettaton will recover soon. He also notices just how bad the overheating has gotten. 

 

Mettaton smiles sleepily as Papyrus pulls away. Papyrus notices that Mettaton places a shaky hand against Papyrus’ chest. Papyrus closes one of his own skeletal hands around it. 

 

“I-If this were … were a ... a movie … that would ... have ... have fixed everything … dearest.”  Mettaton whispers. 

 

“WELL, WE SHALL HAVE TO WAIT AND SEE IF IT WORKS THEN. I AM, AFTER ALL, A VERY DASHING KNIGHT IN SHINING REGULAR CLOTHING!” Papyrus says. 

 

Mettaton laughs weakly, but he just can’t quite manage to keep his eyes open. 

 

“I know … I hope … you … you are right … dear’st.” Mettaton closes his eyes and smiles. 

 

Undyne stiffens. 

 

Mettaton is trying so damn hard for Papyrus. It's not lost on Undyne how hard Mettaton tries to keep his manner of speaking normal, to keep everyone’s fears at bay, even though they can all clearly see that Mettaton is dying. Well, Undyne knows, at least, that Mettaton is going to fall down. 

 

Not for the first time in the last several hours, Undyne desperately wants to revise her words during Return of the King . Instead of “end yous” and “don’t dos,” she wishes she would have told Mettaton to trust her with things he didn’t think the others were strong enough to handle. He has internalized her words too literally. 

 

But, now, it’s too late to amend her words and take that pressure to perform away. 

 

Undyne feels grief closing in on her like an avalanche of boulders. She knows that Mettaton doesn’t want to hurt them, and he hasn’t, not really. He didn’t ask for this or cause this. Somehow, knowing that makes Mettaton’s struggle to appear normal hurt worse than anything he could have ever said or done. Undyne silently hopes that Mettaton doesn’t feel any pain from his current efforts to keep them all from worrying about him. 

 

For a moment, she wishes Mettaton had insulted them, mocked them, or even abandoned them, at least then, Undyne knows they all could have found reconciliation somehow. 

 

For, how many times has Vegeta been forgiven despite making the same mistakes over again? Zuko betrays the Gaang twice and still finds his redemption. And, if Naruto has taught Undyne anything, it’s that friendship is a power source that can be rekindled or created given the right words. 

 

So, yes, Undyne concludes, this is far worse than anything Mettaton could have ever chosen to do. For, there is no undoing this. Undyne understands, even as strong as she is, she cannot fight or reason with death. 

 

“I-If you’re t-t-tired, you should sleep.” Alphys tells Mettaton. 

 

“YES. WE WILL HAVE PLENTY OF TIME TOGETHER IN THE NEXT FEW HOURS! I DON’T MIND WAITING AT ALL! THE GREAT PAPYRUS IS AMAZING AT WAITING!” Papyrus says. 

 

This draws another genuine, though exhausted, smile from Mettaton. 

 

“Th’nk … th’nk you, d’rest,” he says. 

 

As if permission was all he needed, Mettaton falls back into sleep mode. Papyrus gently settles Mettaton onto the pillows but remains seated on the bed. 

 

“SLEEP WELL,” Papyrus says. 

 

Once Mettaton is mostly comfortable, Alphys gets off the chair and starts to pace the floor. Papyrus turns and watches Alphys walk back and forth across the floor. 

 

Undyne is sure Alphys paces in silence for at least five minutes before speaking. 

 

“W-What should we do n-n-now?” Alphys asks herself. 

 

Papyrus turns further and sees that Undyne is leaning against the door frame while rubbing her face with her hands. 

 

“I’m here for whatever you need, Alphy. You know that,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys acknowledges Undyne’s words with a nod before going back to pacing. She rubs her forehead in circles as she walks. 

 

Papyrus, suddenly, begins to understand what’s happening. 

 

Papyrus looks at Mettaton and then to Alphys. His Soul sinks to his feet because he knows why Alphys is upset. 

 

Tears prick the corners of Papyrus’ eyes. 

 

He will not accept that there isn't a solution to this … this broken fan puzzle. It’s like any puzzle worth Papyrus’ time. There has to be a solution that no one has thought of yet. That’s why they asked him to come in now instead of later. They just need his help finding the answer to this complex puzzle. 

 

And, who better to solve any kind of puzzle than The Great Papyrus himself! 

 

“DO NOT WORRY, I’LL SOLVE THIS. FOR, IT’S TRULY A CHALLENGE WORTHY OF MY PUZZLE SOLVING SKILLS.” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne moves from the door and wraps her arms around Papyrus’ shoulders. She rests her chin on the top of his head. She doesn’t have the heart to tell him he’s wrong, but she doesn’t want to get his hopes up too high either. 

 

Alphys stops pacing for a moment, and she just stares. 

 

Napstablook has come to hover in the place Alphys left. The ghost has made themselves fully tangible, and they curl into their cousin’s side crying. 

 

While Napstablook has cried often in their life, these tears are unlike any other they’ve experienced. They have heard songs and watched films about tears that healed loved ones. They recall how they rested with their cousin on the floor, back when they were both still incorporeal, and life was simpler. Though it was a simpler time, it pales in comparison to the laughter that surrounded these last months. That simplicity is only a shadow in comparison to the brilliance of the reenactment of The Battle of the Pelennor Fields. In that memory, joy shines as bright as all the rays of the sun the moment spears cut through bed sheets. For even now, Napstablook hears their cousin’s laughter ringing through the floorboards and rafters. They wish they had known it was possible for Mettaton to laugh like that. Napstablook knows they would have pushed Mettaton out the door and into Alphys’ Lab themselves if they had known laughter like that would have been the outcome. For, Napstablook wishes that memory was a broken record so they could hear it over and over and over again.

 

So, yes, the tears Blooky cries now are different than any they’ve ever cried before. For, these tears make all their past tears feel empty. 

 

Undyne wraps her arms firmly around Papyrus’ shoulders. Papyrus’ deft skeletal fingers gently brush through Mettaton’s hair. Papyrus breathes into Undyne’s embrace. 

 

Who is drawing strength from who doesn’t matter. Papyrus and Undyne handle this as they have handled everything. They lean on each other and hang on tight. It matters little to them whether the flames they face come from their disastrous attempts at cooking or are the fires of hell itself. They face it together. They have each taken a turn riding on the other’s shoulders when the burden was too heavy to carry alone. This moment of grief is no exception. Undyne will bear Papyrus, for now, when death seems too much like a puzzle that can be solved or a formula that can be balanced. For, her eye is not blinded by the purity of love. Yet, tomorrow, when all is done and the weight of the boulder of grief is so heavy even Undyne cannot surplex it, Papyrus will carry her. He will find no fault in her. He will extend his hand and show her mercy despite her insistence that justice failed. In the days following, they will repeat this dance, where one lifts the other, until they return to dust. 

 

As Alphys watches her friends’ emotions so rawly displayed, she realizes that there’s nothing she can do anymore. Nothing at all, and it’s killing her. 

 

She knows she needs to step away, if only for just a minute, or she’ll crumble completely. 

 

“I-I-I’m going to go d-d-downstairs and b-br-bring everyone up. W-We all need to t-t-talk,” Alphys says. 

 

“Good idea, Alphy. You need a breather,” Undyne says. 

 

“Text m-m-me if he asks f-for me, okay? I-I-I shouldn’t be t-t-too long,” Alphys says. 

 

As soon as she has left the room, she sinks down against the wall in the hallway just outside the bedroom. The December sun is just starting to set which means it must be between 4:00 and 5:00. 

 

Alphys looks up at the large window above the front door and sees snow blowing in sheets across the sky like particles of white dust or a galaxy full of stars. Both images make her sick, and she buries her head in her knees. 

 

After a few moments, Alphys notices that someone is sitting down beside her. They pull her in close. 

 

“i figured when you brought paps in early things had gone sideways,” Sans says. 

 

Alphys just nods. 

 

“you wanna stay here and let me get tori, frisk, the weed, and asgore?” Sans asks. 

 

She nods again. 

 

“you got it, doc. take your time,” Sans says. 

 

“Th-Thanks.” Her voice cracks. 

 

“don’t worry ‘bout it,” Sans replies. 

 

It doesn’t take Sans long to reappear with everyone following him. But, he takes long enough for Alphys to send a few texts to Shyren and Mew Mew. 

 

Alphys texts Shyren:

shyren. if mew mew is not going to come, you should come back now. 

things aren’t good. 

he’ll want you here. 

convincing her to see him was maybe a dumb idea on my part. 

she hates him. 

maybe, even knowing what you told her, she still hates him. 

 

Alphys texts Mew Mew:

Please listen to Shyren. 

You will regret not being here. 

Please come.

I would have come to talk to you myself, but I can’t. 

 

Shyren replies:

we are on our way. we have been for a while. the buses are really backed up because of snow. but, we’re close enough to walk pretty soon. we’ll get off at the next stop. 

 

Alphys replies:

oh thank the Angel. that’s great. 

 

Mew Mew replies:

We’re coming! 

We’re coming!! 

WE’RE COMING! 

Why did you send Shyren anyway? 

Why not just text? 

 

Alphys replies to Mew Mew: 

You wanted me to TEXT that your little cousin became fully corporeal, is Mettaton, and was hurt by a human? You know, instead of telling you I was sending someone over to TALK? 

 

Mew Mew replies: 

No. No! NO! 

You’re right. 

You’re right! 

YOU’RE RIGHT! 

 

Alphys hears the footsteps coming up the stairs. She pockets her phone and stands to face them all. 

 

“Th-Things didn’t go the way I i-i-initially thought they would. Y-Y-Yesterday … Yesterday … I thought that the part would have c-c-calibrated by the mid a-a-afternoon a-a-at the latest . Th-Th-The part is still a-a-accepted, but it won’t c-c-connect to the software. So it can’t … it won’t r-r-run. I-I’ve been m-m-monitoring him since the f-f-first power surge a-around 1:00 this afternoon, and … and … h-h-he … his  … his HP h-h-has dropped … a-a-a lot … I-I-I sent Shyren o-o-out to try a-a-and find the th-th-third cousin that lived with N-N-Napstablook and M-M-Mettaton pretty early this morning, b-b-but they’ve both b-b-been delayed because of the s-sn-snow. A-A-Apparently, th-they’re coming. B-B-But, since we’re all here, we should … we should …go b-b-be with … w-w-with him.” 

 

Alphys runs a hand over her face. 

 

Sans grips Toriel’s hand tight. Frisk leans into Asgore’s side, and even Flowey nuzzles into Asgore’s palm. 

 

Toriel takes a deep breath, and she walks over to Asgore. She looks at him and embraces him. 

 

“Whatever happens, we have got to be strong for …for all of them.” 

 

Toriel points into the room and then down to Frisk. 

 

Asgore breathes deeply and rises to his full height before nodding sagely. 

 

“I can only agree with you,” Asgore says. 

 

Alphys leads them into the room while her soul thunders in her chest. 

 

Everything has remained exactly as Alphys left it. Napstablook is still curled into Mettaton’s side. They’re still crying. Undyne is still holding Papyrus in her embrace, and Papyrus is still playing with Mettaton’s hair. 

 

Alphys hears someone wince behind her, but she doesn’t look back. 

 

“I-I have one l-l-last request b-b-before we all s-s-settle in,” Alphys says. 

 

Everyone turns to look at her. 

 

“I-I-I want to try to get him comfortable. S-So, if we c-c-could get one more round of fresh t-t-towels, like four or f-f-five of them, and another g-gl-glass of tea, I think that w-w-would help,” Alphys says. 

 

Asgore and Toriel look at each other and nod. The two of them head off in separate directions. Asgore descends the stairs to make the tea, seeing as they’ve run out of what they had pre-prepared, and Toriel heads to refresh the towels. 

 

As Asgore enters the kitchen, he braces himself on a chair before grabbing a glass. He fills it with ice. Then, he places the tea in a mug and begins boiling water. He watches the stove for what feels like a long time before deciding that the stove is too slow. He heats the water himself with magic. 

 

As he boils the water, he thinks back to the first time he met Dr. Alphys and Mettaton. He smiles at the memory. He remembers how they both looked at each other before answering his questions and, even now that he knows why they kept looking at each other, it still brings him fondness for the pair of them. His smile grows sad at the memories of how uncomfortable and intimidated Alphys was, well, really both Alphys and Mettaton were, by Asgore before he got to know them better. 

 

Asgore thinks about how he occasionally watched Mettaton’s TV show when the loneliness became too much to bear. Asgore’s bittersweetness increases as he thinks back on all the monsters he has talked to since they came to the surface and how much they have said Mettaton’s show meant to them.

 

The monster youth and Toriel’s students, especially, will feel this loss. 

 

Yet, as Asgore ensured with his own children, the funeral will be filled with what Mettaton loved most. Music and dance will play a key role in his memory … no matter how painful it will be to watch. 

 

As Asgore muses, he brews the tea on autopilot. His thoughts continue as he waits for a few minutes for it to steep. Then, he lets the tea cool for another few minutes before pouring it over the ice. 

 

Asgore heads up the stairs, but he pauses for just a moment at the top to take a final deep breath before the plunge. 

 

Asgore notices that someone, likely Sans, has brought chairs in the room for everyone to sit on. 

 

“no use standin’. we could be here a while,” Sans says. 

 

Asgore nods before handing the tea off to Alphys. 

 

Toriel has Frisk curled up in her lap in a rocking chair in the corner of the room furthest from the door. Flowey has been placed on a dresser near the rocking chair. 

 

Sans sits on a folding chair that he has moved next to Toriel’s rocking chair. 

 

Asgore finds a seat on another chair near the door. 

 

As Asgore settles, he sees Undyne come to stand behind him. She rests her chin on the top of Asgore’s head in much the same way she had embraced Papyrus. 

 

“Papyrus has got this. He told me to go stand with you,” Undyne says. 

 

Asgore can tell based on her voice that she’s looking straight ahead at Alphys. 

 

“I cannot say that I do not appreciate the company and, also, I cannot say that it is unnecessary. Yet, should you be needed or if you need ... for your own sake, my dear ...” 

 

“I’ll go wherever Alphys tells me to, Asgore. I promise,” Undyne says. 

 

Asgore nods. He knows there is more Undyne will need to hear, but Asgore also knows that Undyne is not ready to receive what he has to say. 

 

If for your own sake you must leave me, please do. You may wish to be close to him. Your Soul is not composed of the stones you throw or the walls you have built around your heart, dear girl. Asgore muses. 

 

Alphys and Papyrus have arranged a cool towel over Mettaton’s forehead, and they use the others to pat down Mettaton’s arms and the upper part of his chest. 

 

Mettaton whines when the cold towels touch his shoulders. 

 

Alphys’ voice cuts through his keens.

 

“It’s okay … shhhh … shhhh … shhhh… I-I-I know th-this sucks. But, it’ll be o-o-okay. We’re here, ton-ton. It’s Phy and Papyrus. Y-Y-You know us. Papyrus and I are just t-tr-trying to g-g-get y-you cooled d-d-down so you can get n-n-nice and comfy. I kn-know it’s cold. I know, ton-ton, I kn-kn-know. I know it’s n-not c-c-comfy j-j- just yet, b-b-but it w-w-will help. J-J-Just lean i-i-into it. B-B-Because you’re w-w-way,… um … you’re way too hot … s-s-so fabulously much so, i-i-it’s dangerous . Right, silly?” Alphys murmurs. 

 

It unnerves everyone that Mettaton doesn’t respond to Alphys’ attempt at a joke or even acknowledge the word “hot” in reference to himself. Alphys presses another cool towel to Mettaton’s cheek, and he cries louder and pulls away. 

 

But, after a while, Mettaton’s eyes open halfway as he looks up at Alphys. 

 

“phy? … ‘s … col’ … head hur’s … ‘vryth’ng hur’s, phy … m’k ‘t stop?” he whimpers. 

 

“I-I-I’m trying my best, ton-ton.” Alphys admits. 

 

Alphys strokes Mettaton’s cheek with the back of her hand when he whines again. Papyrus squeezes Mettaton’s shoulder with strong hands when Mettaton arches his back in an attempt to flee from some kind of internal pain. Mettaton keens high in his throat before choking. Papyrus immediately begins running skeletal fingers through Mettaton’s hair as Alphys hushes Mettaton while she makes a final effort to cool him down. 

 

Eventually, the two of them manage to get Mettaton settled and slightly more comfortable. 

 

“We gotcha. We gotcha, ton-ton. Just breathe. Breathe, ton-ton. Good job. G-G-Good job. N-N-Nice big breaths, ton-ton. K-K-Keep that calming feature engaged, sweetheart. I-I-I know. That’s your l-l-line, right? I’m just b-b-borrowing it until y-y-you w-w-want it back. B-B-But, hey, ton-ton? I-I-It’s been about an hour, maybe l-l-longer, since you l-l-last tried to d-dr-drink anything. C-C-Can we try to drink a-a-a little more? It might m-m-make you feel a little better to strengthen your m-m-magic. A-And, and Asgore e-e-even brewed the t-t-tea fresh th-this time, s-s-so it’s going to b-b-be really good. D-D-Does that sound o-o-okay?” Alphys asks. 

 

She strokes Mettaton’s cheek as tenderly as she can with her hands shaking as badly as they are. 

 

Alphys knows this is the end. Mettaton is telling her he’s done. He’s spent and wants the show to be over. These are his curtains. Alphys just needs to ensure he has a comfortable final bow.  

 

“c’n try … ‘m tird … but c’n try …” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

Papyrus helps sit Mettaton further up against the pillows before helping him try to drink. 

 

“ALPHYS SAYS YOU HAVE TO KEEP YOUR MAGIC STRONG. SO, WE SHALL WORK TOGETHER TO DO THAT,” Papyrus says. 

 

Alphys gently strokes Mettaton’s hair as he barely manages to take a sip. 

 

“‘s … ‘s hard … t’ swallow. … phy … pr’mise … ‘m trying …” Mettaton whispers.

 

Blooky burrows in closer to Mettaton’s side. Mettaton moves his arm shakily around his older cousin. 

 

“I know y-y-you are. I-I-I know you’re tired. Y-Y-You’re doing g-gr-great. You’re d-d-doing so, so awesome, ton-ton. J-J-Just keep taking i-it slow, o-o-okay? W-W-We’ve got lots of t-t-time,” Alphys says. 

 

“YES. NO ONE IS GOING ANYWHERE ANYTIME SOON. SO, YOU’RE STUCK WITH US,” Papyrus says. 

 

Mettaton hums an acknowledgement. 

 

“i … i’m jus’ … s-s-so  … tired … but … b-but … i’m glad that … everyone’s here,” Mettaton says. 

 

Alphys doesn’t have the heart to tell him that Shyren still hasn’t made it back.

 

Suddenly, to Alphys at least, it seems as though Mettaton finds some kind of energy reservoir from within himself. He breathes deeply, and he steels himself for his final act. 

 

Good. Don’t go quiet. Go down fighting. Take your encore. I couldn’t bear to watch you go without your great final soliloquy, or ballad, or whatever name you’d give it. I never thought I’d outlive you. In part because I thought it would be impossible, but mostly because I always wanted to die … I wanted to die for so long. How did you, so full of fucking life, find death before me? But, I … seeing this … I don’t want it … I can’t want death anymore. Alphys thinks darkly. 

 

Finally, Mettaton looks up at Papyrus with a weary and sad smile. 

 

“C-Can you … do something for me, dear’st?” Mettaton asks. 

 

“ABSOLUTELY! WHAT DO YOU REQUIRE?” Papyrus asks as he tucks a strand of hair behind Mettaton’s ear. 

 

“D-don’… don’t let them … forget … their songs,” Mettaton says. 

 

“THE LITTLE NOTES?” Papyrus asks. 

 

“Yes … those darl’ng … the themes …  the singer … the mother … the gardener … the judge … the protector … the … the problem solver,” Mettaton brushes Papyrus’ cheek with his hand. 

 

Mettaton turns and gives Alphys a tired, though genuine smile, before gently poking her in the nose. 

 

“ … the doctor … and … the one who always remains.” 

 

Mettaton wraps his arm back around Blooky and squeezes tight. 

 

“… and of course … our … our f-fabulous … young savior. Please … p-pl-please don’t let them forget … how their songs go.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

“Little notes … songs … music motifs …” Alphys says to herself. 

 

Of course he would see us as music. He sees everything as music. "The story is always best told by its music." Isn’t that what he said? Alphys thinks. 

 

The word “savior” bounces around Frisk’s head as they take in all of Mettaton’s words. That … that word has to be theirs, but they’re not sure what to do with it yet. 

 

It feels like far too big a word for their ten short years to hold. 

 

Mettaton’s gaze is trained on Papyrus’ face without looking directly into Papyrus’ eyes. It’s clear that speaking for so long has drained a lot of energy from Mettaton. 

 

“I’LL HELP THEM REMEMBER! I PROMISE, AND, AS YOU KNOW, WHEN THE GREAT PAPYRUS PROMISES SOMETHING … HE NEVER BREAKS THAT PROMISE … EVER,” Papyrus says. 

 

“Yes …thank you dear’st … Papyrus … please … jus’ … stay ‘till … ‘till ‘m sleep’ng …” Mettaton’s voice fades. 

 

“THERE IS NOTHING UNDERGROUND OR ON THE SURFACE THAT COULD MOVE ME FROM THIS SPOT,” Papyrus says. 

 

“th-th’nk you … dear’st … papyr’s?… h-hold … hold my hand? … ‘m scared …” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Papyrus doesn’t know what to say anymore. So, he just takes Mettaton’s hand and holds it tight. 

 

It doesn’t take long for Mettaton’s eyes to slip closed. He grimaces a little before breathing deeply and speaking again. 

 

“didn’ think it would … end this way …” Mettaton says.

 

Undyne doesn’t miss a beat. 

 

“End? No the journey doesn’t end here. Death is just another path … one that we all must take.” She recites. 

 

“th-th’nks f-f’r the … the send off … ‘wyn … take c-care of … ‘f … phy ‘n …bl-blo’ky … ‘n p’yrus … f’r … m-me?” 

 

Mettaton gives them all a last award winning smile before the lights behind his eyes flicker through his lashes. Then, his eyes go dim as his face takes a neutral expression. 

 

However, not a moment after the lights in his eyes dull, the sound of a fan whirring startles everyone. 

 

Alphys whips out her phone and looks at her app. The fan has connected and is working at 100% efficiency. According to her app, all Mettaton should need to do is just replenish a little bit of magic with another couple sips of tea. Then, they can worry about getting him stronger, and dealing with whatever complications the overheating has caused, over time. 

 

Alphys practically jumps on top of Napstablook as she tries to take Mettaton’s hand. 

 

“Mettaton? ?H-H-Hey, it’s w-w-working … everything … e-e-everything is working! I-It’s going to be fine now! See!? We just need you to r-r-replenish some m-m-magic and then … then everything will be f-f-fine! S-S-Sure it’ll take a lot of time, b-b-but … you kn-kn-know eventually, i-i-it’ll be n-n-normal again!” Alphys shouts. 

 

Alphys brushes Mettaton's hair with her claws, but there’s no response. The lights behind his eyes don’t glow or sparkle pink with life upon the fan working. It seems almost like the body is ... empty. 

 

“Ton-ton?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne quickly moves behind Papyrus and puts her hand on his shoulders.  

 

“I’LL TRY TO CONVINCE EVERYONE TO REINSTATE YOUR SCENE-IT PRIVILEGES.” 

 

Papyrus prompts while squeezing the limp hand he still holds. 

 

Everyone tenses at Papyrus’ offer, not for fear of Mettaton’s boundless enthusiasm, but because they fear that endless energy has been lost to the valley of the night forever. They fear the loss of this bright Soul, that once graced their presence with campy silliness and joyful songs, more than his penchants for mischief and blurted answers. 

 

“i think i speak for everyone when i say that’s already done, kiddo. we’ll play it right now if ya want, MTT … shoulda never revoked ‘em in the first place,” Sans says.

 

After a moment, Papyrus lets Mettaton’s hand go. As much as he doesn’t want to admit it, if only because he doesn't understand, Papyrus knows what has happened. So, even though it feels like Mettaton will just come back sometime, hopefully soon, Papyrus accepts that there will be no more Scene-It, or karaoke, or dance offs, or Disney movie sing-alongs, Game Gauntlets, late night chats under the stars, or even Tetris battles. 

 

It is only when Papyrus realizes the things he can no longer share with his beloved that death becomes real to him. Upon that realization, Papyrus leans into Undyne, hugs her, and starts to cry. 

 

Undyne makes a choked sound. 

 

“Shield Bro? Come on, dude, this isn’t funny! Alphys’ app thingy can’t be wrong! I didn’t … I never thought that … SHIT! ” Undyne shouts. 

 

There’s a long pause before Alphys takes Papyrus from Undyne. Alphys nods Undyne forward. Then, Undyne kneels and places a hand on Mettaton’s upper arm. 

 

Merry i-its Eowyn … um … we still … still have to watch the Extended Editions … Alphy doesn’t … d-doesn’t like them … so … um … wh-who else am I supposed to watch ‘em with, nerd? A-And who will m-make fun of the CGI in Marvel movies with me, Loki? Come on, Footloose! Merry…please …?” Undyne’s voice breaks. 

 

But, Mettaton still doesn’t respond. 

 

Undyne’s Soul sinks. 

 

She should have told him that she liked it when he called her Eowyn. By the Angel, she's going to miss that stupid nickname. 

 

Frisk burrows into Toriel’s lap as tears stream down their face.  

 

Some savior I am … Frisk thinks. 

 

Frisk begins to fingerspell the word “savior.”

 

S.A.V …   

 

THAT’S IT! They realize. 

 

Frisk bolts upright from Toriel’s lap and looks Flowey dead in the eyes. Their tears are still drying on their cheeks. 

 

“What do you want? There’s nothing left to do!” Flowey says. 

 

“My child, what are you doing?” Toriel asks. 

 

Frisk points at Flowey then moves their index finger to their lower lip before gently pulling it out in a downward arc and flipping their wrist to point at the rest of the room. You. Tell. Them. 

 

Then, they put their thumb and pinky finger up while bringing their hand, thumb first, to their chest. They hold their hand up making a fist while sliding their thumb over their middle finger, putting their thumb against the side of their fist next to their pointer finger, making their index and middle fingers into a “V,” and finally putting their thumb to the center of their palm and tucking the rest of their fingers in to make an “E” shape. I S.A.V.E. 

 

It’s not lost on Sans that Frisk chooses to finger spell the word “save” instead of using the sign for it. 

 

Flowey pulls a face. “No way! I’m not telling them that! You can’t make me!” 

 

Frisk stamps their foot and takes a step towards Flowey. Their eyes open wide as they stare him down. They try to do their best impression of Sans when his eye sockets go pure black before bringing their index finger back to their lower lip and forcefully bringing it into another downward arc before pointing around the rest of the room again. 

 

TELL THEM! 

 

Flowey shrinks back. He has only ever known one other human who could make a face like that, and he will not disappoint them. 

 

“Fine,” he sighs. 

 

Frisk moves in toward Mettaton. Everyone clears a path for them. Frisk wraps their arms around Mettaton’s chest.

 

* FRISK CHOOSES SAVE 

 

Frisk’s breathing deepens as their body goes limp. They’re vaguely aware of shouting before Flowey’s cartoonish voice cuts through the commotion. 

 

“Stop you, idiots! This is a long story that I don’t want to have to repeat myself!” He shouts. 

 

As Frisk enters into the dark chasm, they see exactly what they expected. Mettaton’s SOUL is covered with the same white fog that Toriel, Asgore, Papyrus, Sans, Alphys, and Undyne’s were once covered by when Flowey took their SOULs at the barrier.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

As I said in the previous author's note, please pardon my pixie dust! I'm doing a bit of cleaning to make this story more readable to anyone who decides they would like to binge/ take this sucker off a DNF.

This chapter has some of my personal favorite bits of writing. I quite enjoyed exploring Napstablook's character as well as Papyrus and Undyne's friendship.

I feel like this chapter title goes without much explanation. But, I quite liked it anyway.

A note on lore here, if I may, in these past few chapters, I became really invested in the hints that we get in the books at the Librarby in Snowdin. Specifically, this line really struck me “And the crueler the intentions of our enemies, the more their attacks will hurt us.”

As an assault survivor in my teens, this April marked eleven years since I finally ended the relationship, I can think of no “crueler intention” than taking advantage of someone who trusts you and who “doesn’t want to fight” you. Thus, I realized that, if we take this line as true, there has to be a lasting effect. Things like this don’t just get washed away in an instant.

Perhaps from my own griefs and traumas, I have come to the conclusion that all things that need to be grieved are grieved slowly. As life changes, grief sneaks up on you and makes you see things from new perspectives. Grief grows with you, and it never leaves. Just when you think you've outgrown it, grief reminds you that it's still there. As someone with a chronic mental illness, I grieve the fact that I'll never be like other spouses or other parents. Thus, nowhere is grief more stark, in my mind, than in two distinct places: assault and death.

As I post these chapters, I will have lost two grandparents, that were closer to second-parents to me, in the span of about four months (almost to the day). Perhaps, my writing is my way of coping.

Perhaps, that's not so bad of a thing in the end.

Yet, grief can impair one's ability to notice chapter length. ;P

So, to make an addendum on famous phrase, write grieving edit in acceptance?

Thus, while I did not intentionally make the original version of "Chapter 9" over fifty typed pages long, it was important to me to let the characters grieve organically. It is a personal pet peeve of mine when authors simply wave away the discomfort and the reality of grief - both for the dying and those who survive them. Death is long. It is brutal. It is painful. Too many authors, perhaps for fear of repetition, shy away from the slow deterioration and weakening that occurs in death.

I’m too bonded to accuracy to shy away from the subtle changes in perspective that come over a relatively long period of active grief. Twenty-four hours can be the difference between life and death and, for those left living, a lot can change in their perspectives when all is said and done. (As I know all too well from recent experience.)

Additionally, as an autistic primarily dystopian fiction writer, I explore grief and long, painful, tragedies relatively often. My love for realism, and allergy to short-cuts, has required me to explore the human condition from several angles. As such, I have found that there is a painful, but truthful, beauty in the innate desire to be understood, to understand, to be cared for, and to be loved until the moment we die. There is an innate NEED to be protected, cherished, and remembered. (In my mind, remembered being the most important.)

So also in those who remain behind, there is the real, deep, and dark feelings of memory and regrets. But, in their own ways, those dark feelings are also beautiful because they are real. There is so much wisdom in the hollow nature of grief. I feel this grief for my past self and what they suffered. I feel this grief for my family members who have died without knowing me in my entirety - especially in regards to gender expression. I feel this grief for my friends who suffer from chronic physical and mental illness. Grief, in all its forms, is such a universal experience for people.

So, I just kinda wish more authors, fic authors and real authors alike, took the time to let characters lean into the places where time stands most still -

the joys of falling and being in platonic and/or romantic love and grieving our own wounds and the wounds inflicted on those we love.

Sorry for the rant I just like to "hear" myself think.

 

This is perhaps why I write a certain rather dramatic robot so well ... ;D

Love,
Pip

Chapter 11: Encore

Summary:

(See Chapter 9 for details)

Notes:

This is the chapter where I must again mention the phenomenal Tamora Pierce and novel "Briar's Book." What a story, and this chapter owes a lot to that book.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

* THE LOST SOUL APPEARS 

 

* FRISK CHOOSES ACT 

 

* FRISK POSES DRAMATICALLY AT THE LOST SOUL

 

*THE LOST SOUL RESPONDS WITH A DRAMATIC POSE OF HIS OWN 

 

“Witness the true power of humanity's star!” 

 

Frisk dodges Mettaton’s attacks easily. They remember this dance well. 

 

********

 

“weed. you better have a great explanation, or i’m going to uproot you and feed you to aaron!” Sans snarls. 

 

Flowey shrinks back for a second and breathes deep. He hates that he’s actually about to do this for the damn kid, but he will. 

 

“How much do you all remember about when I showed up before the barrier broke?” Flowey asks. 

 

“You w-w-were there when the b-b-barrier b-br-broke?” Alphys asks. 

 

Everyone stares at Flowey with confusion. 

 

Flowey rubs his face with one of his leaves. 

 

“Oh boy … this … this is infuriating !” He shouts. 

 

“Go on, Flowey. Explain.” Asgore commands. 

 

“Okay. Okay … so, I … I called Papyrus to get him to bring you all to the barrier so that I could … ah … I could steal your SOULS because … well … I was bored , and ...” Flowey sighs. 

 

“You DID WHAT YOU TURD!?” Undyne shouts. 

 

“Yes. I did . But, anyway … when I had … what happened was …” Flowey lets out a long breath. 

 

“spill it weed ,” Sans growls. 

 

********

 

* THE LOST SOUL STANDS THERE

 

* FRISK CHOOSES ACT 

 

* FRISK BOASTS THAT THEY WON’T GET HIT

 

* SOMETHING ABOUT THE WAY YOU BOAST IS SO FAMILIAR TO HIM

 

“I'm the idol everyone craves!” 

 

Once again, Frisk dodges the attacks with ease. Though they notice that Mettaton’s voice waivers on his words in a way it didn’t when they fought, Frisk doesn’t pay that much attention to it. They have a job to do. One more left, they know what to do next, and it’s not in the usual script. 

 

********

 

“So, when I took your SOULs, I … turned back into myself … my real self. I fought with Frisk, but they refused to give up until they SAVED you. They reached inside me and made you remember the things … all the memories I … that I took away.” Flowey sighs. 

 

“S-So, t-th-that’s what they’re d-d-doing? Th-They’re going a-a-after him to t-tr-try to b-br-bring back his SOUL?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Yes,” Flowey says. 

 

He looks down at the ground from his shelf. 

 

“But … that’s not everything … see, Frisk SAVED me too …” Flowey rubs a leaf over his face again. 

 

“you still haven’t explained this true form thing weed,” Sans says. 

 

“I-I DON’T KNOW HOW TO SMILEY TRASHBAG !” Flowey snaps. 

 

“Now, now Flowey, be nice.” Asgore admonishes. 

 

“After Frisk saved me, I used the six human SOULS and the SOULS of the monsters, which I eventually returned , to open the barrier. I-I remember remaining in my true form for a little while before transforming back into … this. Frisk talked to me before I became this again. It was the only reason I decided to follow you up to the surface at all,” Flowey says. 

 

********

 

* FRISK CHOOSES ACT

 

* FRISK HUMS A FAMILIAR TUNE 

 

* FRISK SIGNS - and remember the truth that once was spoken/ to love another person is to see the face of God. 

 

* HE RECOGNIZES THAT TUNE … SUDDENLY THE MEMORIES COME FLOODING BACK 

 

Then, something happens that Frisk doesn’t expect. 

 

********

 

“FLOWEY NONE OF THAT MADE ANY SENSE! HOW COULD YOU HAVE RETURNED AND USED THE SOULS TO BREAK THE BARRIER? AND, WHAT DID YOU TURN INTO?” Papyrus says. 

 

Alphys’ eyes widen. “O-Oh  … o-o-oh by the A-A-Angel, I th-th-think I get it!” 

 

Flowey slumps over. 

 

“Y-Y-You … because of the dust … it … the f-fl-flowers in the garden had … oh sh-sh-shit,” Alphys says. 

 

“Dr. Alphys, if you have any answers at all, I think I speak for everyone in this room when I say that we would like an explanation,” Toriel says. 

 

“Well … th-this goes deep into m-m-my research about SOUL th-th-theory …” Alphys begins. 

 

********

 

Much like with what happened when Frisk SAVED Asriel, they are shot alongside Mettaton into a series of flashbacks. 

 

While Frisk knows some of this story, because they accidentally read Mettaton’s diaries after purchasing a funny key from Bratty and Catty, this feels so different. 

 

First, Frisk sees three ghosts living together. One of them has angry eyebrows, one of them has a fluffy looking bang, and the other is Napstablook. 

 

Mew Mew and Mettaton … Frisk realizes. 

 

Then, Shyren comes into Mettaton’s house crying, and she cuddles into his side. Napstablook looks on forlorn while Mew Mew hovers against the wall. 

 

Eventually, Mew Mew leaves the farm. Mettaton and Napstablook lie on the floor of Mettaton’s old house. Mettaton looks resigned, and Napstablook looks sad. 

 

Then, Mettaton and Alphys start their fan club. They argue about human entertainment. They tease each other mercilessly. They both dissolve into laughter. They are so happy

 

Alphys shows Mettaton the blueprints for his EX form. Mettaton looks at her with awe, reverence, and exuberant joy. 

 

Shortly after, Alphys helps Mettaton bond with his box body. She teaches Mettaton how to exist in his new corporeal form. Alphys holds him up as he learns how to balance on his tire. She shows him all the features his new body has, and they’re both full of hope. 

 

Frisk can feel the love and joy Alphys and Mettaton share wrap around their SOUL like a blanket. 

 

After Mettaton inhabits his Initial form, he watches movies and teaches himself to dance. No matter how many times he falls, Mettaton pushes himself back up and tries again. No matter how many doors he accidentally runs into, he laughs and rises again. 

 

Next, Alphys and Mettaton meet Asgore. 

 

Frisk can’t help but notice the shock on Mettaton’s square tiles when Alphys tells Asgore she fabricated Mettaton’s SOUL from nothing. 

 

When they return to Alphys’ house, Alphys chases after Mettaton. He packs his very few things while Alphys tries to reason with him. 

 

The two of them end up in a shouting match which it’s clear both of them still regret. 

 

Shortly after, Mettaton signs a poster and sends it back to Alphys before going on stage. He wants to repair their friendship, but he doesn't know what words to say. He offers genuine praise on the back of that poster. 

 

Alphys never sends a reply.  

 

So, Mettaton tries meeting up with Alphys once after the Lab in Hotland is remodeled, but she doesn’t engage in conversation. 

 

Frisk can feel the confusion, rejection, and insecurity while they exist in Mettaton’s memories. 

 

After that, Mettaton spends most of his time alone developing his brand. 

 

Alphys never returns his calls. She texts him sometimes, but he replies with only a few words ... if he remembers to respond at all. 

 

Though, the few times Alphys calls him, Mettaton answers immediately. 

 

Alphys is always desperate in her phone calls. On one call, Alphys is in the midst of a panic attack. On another, call she's sick. Others come when she is desperate for company. 

 

In the midst of all of this, Mettaton becomes aloof, crass, and sometimes quite terse in his responses to her constant text messages. 

 

Yet, when the two of them are together face to face, or face to screen, Mettaton still desperately seeks Alphys' friendship. He worries about her. He misses her.

 

It's clear to Frisk that, in his SOUL, Mettaton still feels as though Alphys is his sister. 

 

Yet, one memory stands out clearly. Unlike the other memories that are sepia, this one is in full color. 

 

Papyrus is hanging out at Undyne’s house when Alphys and Mettaton show up there together. 

 

Papyrus and Mettaton crash into each other in the doorway of Undyne’s house. 

 

So, this is where Mettaton first met Papyrus. Frisk grins. 

 

Mettaton gets a phone call from Alphys, and he hears her proposal for Frisk to appear on his show. 

 

His boxy face goes blank. 

 

He feels shaken to his SOUL. He doesn't want to fight Frisk. He doesn't want to hurt them. He doesn't want to lie. 

 

Yet, he feels an obligation to Alphys. 

 

In all of this, Frisk's SOUL is bound up in Mettaton's desperation. It's clear how much he hates the idea of a war on humanity. Frisk discovers how much Mettaton wants to inspire monsters to stop hating humans. He just wishes his people would appreciate his art. He longs for them to stop toiling away at meaningless things. He ruffles Burgerpants' feathers in attempts at jokes, and yet the teen only ever takes him seriously.

 

Despite all that, somewhere in Mettaton, Frisk experiences Mettaton's SOUL's desperation for freedom. 

 

When Frisk sees themselves on Mettaton’s show, they smile. Frisk remembers how dancing with Mettaton had been so much fun. He challenges them, and they rise to that challenge. 

 

For a moment, both of them see in each other a kindred spirit, and they both feel freer than they ever had before. 

 

Finally, Frisk sees the past few months from Mettaton’s point of view.

 

Yet, as soon as Mettaton’s skinny red haired manager comes into view, Mettaton pulls Frisk into his side so they can’t see anything anymore. 

 

He really doesn’t want me to know what happened. Frisk realizes.

 

Mettaton kneels and pulls Frisk into his chest protectively and holds them there. The memories halt completely as Mettaton blocks them out. 

 

“I … I think I’m quite ready to go home, dear heart,” Mettaton says. 

 

Frisk gives him a wide smile and offers him their hand. 

 

The two of them walk back hand in hand ... together. 

 

********

 

Frisk lifts their head up from Mettaton’s chest, and they feel it rising and falling with deep, even, calming breaths. The lights behind Mettaton’s long synthetic lashes flicker into life again. 

 

Frisk takes a quick look behind them and gives their family a thumbs up. 

 

Toriel and Asgore are hugging Flowey around his flower pot, and Flowey actually seems happy to receive their love. 

 

Sans gives Frisk a big smile, and he nods at them in a silent acknowledgement of a job well done.  

 

Alphys, Undyne, Papyrus, and even Napstablook are a breath away from tackle hugging Frisk and Mettaton both, but they all manage to restrain themselves. 

 

Mettaton opens his eyes slowly, and he hesitantly reaches for Frisk’s hand. 

 

Frisk offers their hand happily. Mettaton gives Frisk’s hand a squeeze before looking at them for a moment. Frisk gives him a big smile and opens their arms wide while still holding Mettaton’s hand. Then, they feel themselves pulled into a long and gentle hug. 

 

“th-thank you, dear heart … your encore … w-w-was superb .” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Mettaton releases Frisk from the hug when he sees Papyrus kneel behind Frisk. Papyrus places a hand on Frisk’s shoulder for a moment before letting go to take Mettaton’s hand. 

 

Mettaton’s smile brightens as Papyrus leans down to press their foreheads together. 

 

Frisk jumps off the bed to give both of them space. Frisk catches Sans beckoning them over with his finger.

 

Frisk bounds over to him. 

 

good job, kid. see wha'd i tell ya?” Sans grins. 

 

Sans wraps his arm around Frisk’s shoulder. 

 

Alphys whispers something to Undyne. 

 

“Attention, nerds! Alphys needs time to check over the patient. Thus, she would like everyone to kindly scram. ” Undyne announces. 

 

Papyrus sits up, and entwines his fingers with Mettaton’s for a moment before departing. 

 

Undyne shoos everyone out of the room before beginning to shut the door. 

 

“W-W-Wait …Undyne, if Sh-Sh-Shyren’s … um … friend shows up t-t-tell her I-I-I’ll be down in a m-m-minute,” Alphys says. 

 

“Will do, Alphy!” Undyne says on her way out. 

 

Mettaton looks up at Alphys with eyes that are still far too bright and cheeks that are still fully flushed by his LEDs. He looks exhausted and shaken now that it’s the two of them alone, and he has no audience to perform for anymore. 

 

Alphys sighs deeply as she offers Mettaton the glass of tea, which he happily drinks. Alphys holds the glass for him so it won’t spill. She doesn’t miss the fact that he is still trembling. 

 

“P-Pl-Please promise me a f-f-few things,” she says. 

 

Her voice breaks for a second before she clears her throat. 

 

“um … sure … a-a-anything ... *ahem* anything Phy,” Mettaton says. 

 

Alphys places the now empty glass on the table before taking Mettaton’s hand and rubbing his knuckles with the thumb of her claws. 

 

“First, p-pl-please let T-Toriel personally fire y-y-your manager. I-I have never h-h-heard her so angry as sh-she was when her healing magic … um … didn’t take. I’m n-n-not sure h-h-how much o-of that y-y-you remember, b-b-but … um … sh-she had some … eer … ch-ch-choice words. Words I-I-I … um … didn’t know she knew? A-Anyway, she t-t-told me to a-a-ask you i-if she could t-t-take the inevitable phone c-c-call, whenever it c-c-comes. I f-f-figured th-that way you n-n-never have to speak to that … that human again,” Alphys says. 

 

When he’s honest, Mettaton doesn’t remember Toriel trying to heal him at all. He remembers her being here this morning, but everything else before this morning, and after, is a blur. 

 

Thus, Mettaton mulls over Alphys’ words for a second before deciding to agree with a nod. It would be nice to be free of this burden and, if Toriel wants the job, Mettaton is more than willing to let her have it. 

 

In fact, the mere thought of having to hear his manager’s voice sends shivers down his magic-metal spine. He’s too exhausted to break down into tears, but Alphys must see something of what Mettaton is feeling because she squeezes his hand tightly before moving to her next point. 

 

“S-Second, please, p-pl-please listen to U-U-Undyne and A-A-Asgore when they talk about how to p-pr-proceed. Y-You deserve j-j-justice and … and c-cl-closure,” Alphys says. 

 

He casts his eyes down and looks away before nodding. 

 

Mettaton hopes Alphys doesn’t have too much more to say because he just wants to sleep. Apparently, coming back from the almost-dead is exhausting. 

 

Who knew?

 

“Third, and this is very important,” she says. 

 

Mettaton looks up at her with wide eyes. If she says that it’s important, he has to try to listen. 

 

“If you ever break a part and don’t tell me again, I will sit on your chest and I will make you rewatch my entire Miyazaki film collection, including When Marnie w-w-was There, over and over a-and over, with me u-u-until you l-l-literally s-sing my praises,” she says. 

 

Silence hangs over them for a moment before both of them, despite everything, start laughing without dropping each other’s hands. 

 

“Is that a threat, dear Dr. Alphys?” Mettaton asks. 

 

“Y-Y-You better believe it.” Alphys says

 

Silence falls over them again. 

 

“But, seriously, please don’t shut me out, o-o-okay?” Alphys says. 

 

He opens his mouth to apologize for not opening up to her. However, Alphys seems to know exactly what he’s going to say, and she stops him. 

 

“I-If you are about to a-apologize, just know that n-n-none of this was y-y-your fault. O-O-Okay? I promise. N-N-No one’s mad at y-y-you. Y-Y-You don’t have anything to be sorry for. Y-Y-Yes, you s-sc-scared us, but only because w-we don’t like seeing y-y-you hurting. So, y-y-you don’t have to worry a-a-about Undyne or anyone e-el-else. I’m p-pr-pretty sure she’s r-r-ready to c-c-camp out at the s-st-studio to beat the c-cr-crap out of the asshole who h-h-hurt you. S-S-So, consider th-th-this your open invitation to t-t-tell me a-a-anything at a-a-any time. A-After today, seriously … I-I-I absolutely d-d-do not care if it’s 2 AM a-a-and you just want to go to iHop or drive south for h-h-h-hours and h-hours on end t-t-to try Waffle House … I literally d-d-do not care. Call me. I-I-I … yesterday night … I-I thought about how many t-t-times I got a-a-annoyed with you for calling m-m-me to a-a-ask for th-th-things? A-A-And … and I-I realized that i-i-if I c-c-couldn’t hear y-y-your voice again in i-it’s little s-s-singsong g-gr-greeting … a-a-and g-g-goodbye … that I-I-I would be impossibly s-s-sad, and then … th-th-then just now wh-wh-when you …y-y-you … y-you didn’t e-ev-even s-s-say … say … T-Toodles! Y-Y-You just … you just a-a-asked … a-a-all y-you ever w-w-wanted … f-f-fuck … p-pl-please just call me. I’ll n-n-never be mad. I m-m-might be sleepy f-f-for a minute, b-b-but I’ll a-al-always be h-h-happy to get a c-c-call from you b-b-because you’re s-st-still fucking here, ton-ton.” 

 

Alphys starts crying while opening her arms wide for a hug. Mettaton closes the gap between them by pulling her in close. 

 

Neither one of them is sure how long they remain in each other’s embrace. Alphys feels his synthetic tears on her scales, and Mettaton feels her tears on his metal chest. They cling to each other for a while before Alphys notices that Mettaton tries, and fails, to stifle a yawn.

 

“I swear I won’t shut … shut you out, darling. Not … not up for waffles, jus' … just yet … so don’ worry about that ... too much,” Mettaton says.

 

Alphys breaks away from the embrace when Mettaton yawns again and tries to rub his eyes with the heel of his trembling hand. 

 

“G-G-Good. And, I k-k-kinda figured that. R-Rest up, okay? Y-Your HP is s-st-still in the d-danger zone, and I c-can tell y-y-you're still pretty sh-shaky. Y-Y-You need good rest,” Alphys says. 

 

With permission granted, Mettaton’s eyes shut, and he falls into sleep mode. 

 

Alphys takes in the sweet music of the fan whirring as she pulls the blankets up towards Mettaton’s chin. 

 

Tomorrow Alpys hopes Mettaton will finally get, at least some, decent rest and, with any luck, his overheating will also end tomorrow.

 

However, Alphys knows they’ll still have to watch him carefully to ensure there are no further complications. His core temperature definitely may have melted wires. She wonders, too, if Mettaton might always suffer from headaches now and again even after he recovers completely.

 

So much for my thinking that NAAMDDs would be useless to him. I wonder if they would work in pill form or if I should write a reboot program at a certain power surge threshold. Alphys wonders. 

 

Still, Alphys knows once Mettaton has slept off the overheating, and she’s certain there’s nothing else to fix, that the few days where he’ll need to be on bed rest to finish replenishing his HP will be ... difficult. 

 

She shudders as she speculates on the what they’re going to need to do to keep Mettaton from self-destructing in a fit of boredom. Mettaton on bedrest over Gryftmas is not a Mettaton Alphys is looking forward to dealing with. 

 

As she muses, a loving grin spreads across her face as Alphys watches Mettaton for a while. Then, she decides that Mettaton will be alright while Alphys throws the towels in the laundry and sees if Shyren is back.

 

Once Alphys has completed her to do list, she brings back a single fresh cool towel. 

 

As she opens the door, she finds an imposing pink cat figure waiting for her. 

 

“Ah … I-I-I see you … uh … m-m-made it, Mew Mew!” Alphys says. 

 

“Maddie … Maddie with an IE! It’s more feminine, mew!” She says. 

 

“C-C-Cool … I’ll … uh … u-up-update that i-i-in my contacts,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys sneaks past Maddie and lays the cool towel over Mettaton’s forehead. His eyes flutter when he feels Alphys press the towel down. Mettaton groans slightly.

 

“F’ve more minutes … Blooky,” Mettaton mumbles.

 

Alphys stifles a laugh as she watches him settle back into a peaceful sleep. 

 

“All this time … I had no idea … no idea … no idea,” Maddie says. 

 

Alphys nods. 

 

“M-M-Maybe t-tomorrow would be a g-g-good time to catch up, if, and that’s a big if, he’s up for it, but t-t-tonight we all d-d-desperately need to get s-s-some sleep. I-I-It has been a long day,” Alphys says. 

 

Being the oldest of the three cousins, Maddie feels some sadness creep over her as she looks at Mettaton. Her rivalry with him is, now that she really thinks about it, stupidly petty. She just wants to play video games. He just wants to sing and dance. There’s plenty of room for both of them on the Surface. Besides, she should have known that the silly dancing robot was her little baby pink cousin. 

 

Suddenly, as she tastes something salty, Maddie remembers what Frisk told her back in the Underground about using emotions, other than anger, to fuse with her perfect new body. 

 

Maddie is crying. 

 

“Was he really, was he really, was he really … falling down?” She asks. 

 

“I-It was a r-r-real p-p-possibility, yes,” Alphys says. 

 

“Why? HOW? WHY?!” Maddie asks. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes flutter slightly at Maddie’s voice, but he remains in sleep mode after turning his head over. 

 

Alphys takes a deep breath trying to keep her emotions in check. Maddie and Alphys have never quite seen eye to eye on … most things. But, Alphys reminds herself that Maddie came. Maddie is making an effort. Alphys has to accept that this isn’t going to be easy. 

 

But, since when have the things in Alphys’ life worth doing ever been easy? 

 

“One, that’s not my s-st-story to t-t-tell. T-T-Two, I desperately need you to be quiet .” Alphys says with as much authority as she can. 

 

Maddie flicks her tail in embarrassment and a silent apology for getting too overzealous. 

 

Alphys sighs. 

 

“S-S-Soon, Maddie. W-Wh-Whenever he’s up to it, I s-sw-swear, I’ll g-g-give you both all the time you need. But, that … y-y-you have to a-accept that it m-m-might be a long time,” Alphys says. 

 

Maddie casts one more look at her baby cousin, and she nods before leaving Alphys and Mettaton alone for the night. 

 

Soon. Soon! SOON! Then, we’ll talk. But. But! BUT! I will make certain that the human that chose to hurt MY LITTLE BABY PINK COUSIN will PAY! Maddie thinks to herself.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

I wouldn't have actually killed our dear Mettaton ... unless I were writing about the Genocide Route ... which I may be doing ... for the 8th anniversary of the game.

I feel like this title explains itself. He's back on stage friends and ready to keep this show going!

However, as I mentioned the last two author's notes, grief is long. It is hard and, pardon my language), recovery is a bitch.

I don't know if any of y'all have ever been in trauma recovery before, but it SUCKS.

In other words, this isn't over. The rest of the story will be one of recovery from trauma, from loss, and from grief. This story is about rebuilding as much as it is about anything. The next two chapters, for those folks who finished the old "Chapter 10, know that there's a lot to rebuild ... literally.

However, there will also be moments of tenderness, love, comfort, and, yes, even fluff as things move forward.

As I write the back half of this fic, I have found that the Papyrus and Mettaton of Chapter 15 onward are very reminiscent of my relationship with my own spouse - spontaneous and exciting but cautious and gentle in equal measure.

I just want to thank you again for your patience and support! It means the world to me. Hopefully this doesn't disrupt people's reading too much.

Much Love,
Pip

Chapter 12: Your Best Nightmare

Summary:

The previous day’s overheating causes more internal damage than Alphys’ phone app could process. Undyne does some introspection. Alphys faces her demons in order to finish Frisk’s work on making her best friend’s life worth living. Papyrus continues to do what he does best. For what Papyrus lacks in practical skills, he makes up for in believing in the reality of doing the impossible.

TW:
Graphic Depiction of Injury
Nightmares/Night Terrors
References to Genocide Route
References to Surgery and Recovery
More than P-13 use of F-bombs/ cussing

Notes:

Once again, a thousand pardons if my grammar isn't quite as sharp in this chapter. I have a funeral I'm attending tomorrow, and I'm not sure how great an access I have to editor brain right now.

But, I hope you like the chapter anyway!

_____

Oh past me ... I probably should have revised these chapters for length a bit more thoroughly before posting. Thank you for your patience as I clean these chapters up a bit.

~ Pip

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Mettaton blinks awake. He looks around and finds himself in Alphys’ Lab in the Underground. 

 

Confused, he pushes up to a stand. But, he finds he is missing his legs. He’s back rolling on his wheel. 

 

He nearly falls because he expects the stability of his legs.

 

He hears Alphys’ strained voice. 

 

“No. No. No! No! NO! Undyne no!” Alphys yells. 

 

Mettaton rolls to Alphys’ side. To his horror, Undyne appears on one of Alphys’ Waterfall cameras. Undyne melts away until she explodes into dust. The camera is obscured in the fine white powder. 

 

He cannot see what brought down his mighty friend. 

 

Alphys collapses in tears on top of her keyboard beneath the screen. 

 

“Phy … I … whatever did this, darling … we have to stop it,” Mettaton says. 

 

Alphys glares at him. 

 

“Where h-h-have you been? It came with F-F-Frisk but it killed them. I-It killed Papyrus, and we assume Toriel. N-N-Now, Undyne is gone! No o-o-one has e-even heard from Napstablook or … or Sh-Shyren. So … so Where.  Have. You. Been?” Alphys asks. 

 

His SOUL drops to his feet and suddenly rises to his throat. 

 

This … thing it took the life of one of its own children. It killed his beloved, their savior child, and his family. For surely, this thing had to be a human filled with great DT if it could take down Undyne. 

 

I’ll avenge you … Shield Maiden, Mettaton thinks. 

 

However, he’s much more cautious speaking to Alphys this time. 

 

“A-Alphys s-surely …” He stammers. 

 

He hears a familiar pop beside him. 

 

“this is your fault … this thing is relentless.  it’s hunting us down. it killed my brother! you called this thing to us MTT. was being a star worth it?” Sans asks. 

 

Mettaton’s SOUL fluctuates between sitting in his feet and rising towards his throat again.

 

If he's here, all of this makes sense. 

 

With a flash of light, Mettaton is transported to a dark hallway. It’s the same one where he and Frisk had danced so long ago. 

 

The door to the hallway slams shut. 

 

Mettaton collapses on his hands and knees … when did he get his legs back? 

 

His manager … he’s standing over him with a long dusty blade with flecks of dried blood on the tip. The face of the human is obscured, but he knows the voice when it speaks. 

 

“I’m the demon that comes when its name is called ...”

 

Mettaton bows his head and waits for a strike that never comes. 

 

********

 

Alphys texts Sans to help her as soon as Mettaton starts mumbling in his sleep. 

 

It reads:

MTT

nightmare

bring a glass of water with you 

still running hot 

potential complication?

 

“m sorry … I-I didn’t mean … please don’t be mad… sorry Alphys … I-I didn’t know …” Mettaton mutters. 

 

Alphys tries to gently shake Mettaton awake, but it doesn't work. Then, she tries rubbing his arm hoping that the repetitive sensation will wake him up. More than anything Alphys knows that she needs to try and bring him back to reality slowly but also soon. So, she tries just a bit more force as she shakes him again, but nothing she tries really works. 

 

“It’s okay. I’m not mad, ton-ton. Just w-wake up f-f-for me, o-o-okay? You’re still pr-pretty f-feverish, and you’re having a n-nightmare. Well … n-nightmare, yes. Fever n-not exactly, b-but it’s the same pr-principle … kinda? A-Anyway, Sans is g-gonna come help us. We’ll g-get you some more w-water, a-alright? Y-You’re okay. It’s all okay, ton-ton. You just need to w-wake up.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Mettaton drops still again, but his brows are drawn together. Alphys takes his hand and rubs Mettaton's knuckles. However, the stillness is short lived.

 

Sans comes in with the water just as Mettaton starts trembling and speaking again. 

 

“It … it wasn’t … wasn’t worth it, Sans… forgive me … please … I … I d-didn’ call it!“ Mettaton yells. 

 

Mettaton tosses and turns again. Alphys lets go of Mettaton's hand in favor of brushing his hair with her claws. Sans sets the water on the table and goes to the opposite side of the bed as Alphys. 

 

“MTT. buddy, wake up. you’re havin’ a nightmare, kid,” Sans says. 

 

Sans and Alphys move to brace Mettaton's shoulders. Mettaton flinches under their gentle grasps. 

 

“So much … how many did you kill … so much dust … killed our child … blood ‘n dust … we’re never getting out in time …” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

Alphys and Sans share a glance as they begin to understand some of the context of Mettaton’s nightmare. 

 

“ton-ton, just open your eyes. You’re s-s-safe. We’re already o-o-on the S-Surface. Frisk is sleeping n-n-next d-door. J-J-Just o-open your eyes, ton-ton,” Alphys says.

 

Alphys strokes Mettaton’s hair away from his face and hushes him. Sans rubs Mettaton’s shoulder with his skeletal fingers. 

 

“al, the hell happened? did his temp spike?” Sans asks. 

 

“N-N-No. But, his right leg h-h-has been having terrible spasms. Still, h-h-his core temperature is actually s-st-stable if not f-f-falling, but … I-I-I mean … that’s not s-s-saying much. I-It’s still h-h-high … a-about two-hundred degrees. Yeah. I-I-I know. You d-don’t want to know how b-b-bad it was at its p-p-peak yesterday. Core t-t-temperature dropped the f-f-first time a-about an h-h-hour after the f-f-fan started w-working. Since then, it’s still been f-f-falling pr-pretty slow, m-m-maybe two t-to five d-d-degrees every h-h-hour. I expected th-that, though, given h-h-how long the f-f-fan had been d-d-down,” Alphys says to Sans. 

 

Sans nods his understanding before returning his attention to the task at hand. 

 

Mettaton whimpers and tosses his head back against the pillows. 

 

“Didn’ want them … want them all to fall down … didn’ call …” Mettaton says. 

 

“‘course ya didn’ call anything bad, kiddo. we know. jus’ wake up for us, buddy. m‘kay?” Sans assures. 

 

Alphys grabs a tissue from the side table and wipes synthetic tears from Mettaton's cheeks. She wonders if he can even feel her touching his face. She had kind of hoped that any of the physical sensations would have woken him by now, but nothing has. Still, Alphys tenderly rubs Mettaton’s arm as it shakes in her grasp and his nightmare carries on its rampage. Then, Alphys hushes him and runs her hand up and down Mettaton's right leg just below the knee as several particularly aggressive tremors shoot through it. 

 

It must be one hell of a nightmare if the pain from the leg spasm didn’t wake him. Last time he had one of those, I swore he was going to grind straight through the magic-metal in his teeth. Alphys thinks. 

 

“‘s not worth it … please … don’ hurt them … don’ … don’ wanna die,” Mettaton shivers. 

 

“everyone’s safe, kiddo. more importantly, you’re safe. just come on back to us, buddy. ‘s okay. big bro’s here. i gotcha,” Sans says. 

 

Mettaton bolts upright clutching at his chest. He nearly takes Sans and Alphys with him. Fresh tears roll down his cheeks as his breath comes in short gasps. 

 

Mettaton looks frantically around the room. Upon only seeing Alphys and Sans, he brings his left knee to his forehead and starts rocking back and forth. His right leg remains extended for just a moment. Then, Mettaton pulls his right leg towards himself as well and tries to curl up tighter. 

 

“Didn’t call it … didn’t … didn’t call … don’t wanna fall down.” Mettaton says repeatedly. 

 

he’s overwhelmed. not surprised that he is, but this is bad. usually, he’s sensory seeking, not avoidant. Sans thinks. 

 

“al, move. i deal with frisk and paps when they’re like this all the time,” Sans says. 

 

Alphys gives Sans a quick nod before stepping back. 

 

Sans gets on the bed facing Mettaton. 

 

“touch or no touch?” He asks. 

 

“No touch! NO!” Mettaton shouts. 

 

“you got it kiddo. silence or noise?” Sans asks. 

 

“N-Noise?”  Mettaton whimpers. 

 

“talking or music?” Sans prompts. 

 

“Talking,” Mettaton says. 

 

“sans. dr alphys. or somebody else?” Sans asks. 

 

“Someone else.” Mettaton wheezes. 

 

“toriel. asgore. paps. or undyne?” Sans asks. 

 

“Undyne!” Mettaton bursts into tears. 

 

Alphys doesn’t need to be told twice as she sprints out of the room towards Undyne’s bedroom. 

 

Alphys knocks on Undyne’s door. 

 

“Alphy? Wha’s up? ‘s it MTT?” Undyne rubs her eye. 

 

“Yes. Mettaton had a b-b-bad … very, v-v-very b-b-bad … n-n-nightmare. I know … it sounds ch-ch-childish. But, ‘Dyne, he a-a-asked f-for you to talk to h-h-him.” 

 

Alphys shifts from foot to foot nervously as she speaks. 

 

It only takes about a second for Undyne’s body and brain to synchronize. 

 

“There is nothing childish about post-traumatic stress, Alphy!” Undyne calls. 

 

Undyne is halfway to the room before Alphys even moves. Undyne skids to a stop outside the door. She takes a breath before entering the room. 

 

Sans gives Undyne a nod and steps off the bed. Undyne approaches Mettaton carefully and slowly. 

 

“Hey … hey … Alphy says you had a really crappy dream. Do ya wanna talk about it? I know it was probably super scary, but we’re tough. We’re gonna handle it together, am I right?” Undyne keeps her voice low. 

 

Undyne knows to stay close enough that he can reach for her, but she’s not so close that he might feel like she’s hovering. 

 

“You’re a-alive, d-d-darling? Y-Y-You’re not m-melting?” Mettaton looks up at her. 

 

Her face scrunches with concern and confusion. 

 

“Nope. I’m solid. See, big guy.” Undyne says softly. 

 

She hits her chest with enough force that he can see her hand bounce off of her collar bone. 

 

“B-But … b-but … he … I saw … so … much dust …” 

 

Mettaton wraps his arms around the back of his head as he rocks. 

 

Undyne’s soldier’s heart breaks for him. The trauma hangs like a heavy fog around them all. It’s so thick Undyne swears they’re all almost drowning in it. 

 

“It’s okay, Merry.” 

 

Undyne pauses to see if he reacts. When he doesn’t, she continues. 

 

“Take all the time you need to come out of that nightmare. Alright? I’ll bet that it was super creepy, but you did it. You kicked its butt and woke up. Now, Sans and Alphy are here. Shyren and Napstablook are down the hall. Asgore is sleeping on the couch. Flowey is in his stupid little pot next to Asgore. Frisk is next door. Toriel is in her room. Everybody’s safe, shield bro. Everybody’s safe.” Undyne reassures. 

 

After a few minutes, Mettaton untangles himself from his knees. His hair looks completely disheveled as it plasters itself to his face in some places and sticks up in others. Mettaton bites his lower lip while his eyes glow intensely as he stares almost through Undyne opposed to at her.  

 

“Touch or no touch? I’m good with either, Mer.” Undyne restates. 

 

With permission granted, Mettaton lunges forward into Undyne’s arms. She receives him and holds him tight. 

 

“I-I … where are we, ‘wyn? I’m s-so confused.” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

Undyne smiles sadly as she brushes some hair from Mettaton’s face. 

 

Undyne has decided that Eowyn is not only a name she loves. It has officially been added to that same list of favorite names as Asgore calling her his girl, or Papyrus saying her name with a laugh, or Alphy calling her ‘Dyne.

 

Undyne just hopes that, someday, she will hear that favorite name in a happier context again. She vows to tell Mettaton, when all of this is over, that she loves that silly nickname, and she wants to hear it often. 

 

“Home. We’re home at Toriel’s house on the Surface, Mer. We’re at Toriel, Papyrus, Sans, and Frisk’s Surface house,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton nods into Undyne’s chest. His arms wrap tightly around her. 

 

Alphys holds up the glass of water, and Undyne takes it. 

 

“Let’s sip on this, m’kay? Then, we’ll try going back to sleep, sound good, bud?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Mmmhmm … ‘s good,” he says. 

 

Undyne leans Mettaton back against the pillows. She gets him to drink all of the water before he falls back to sleep. 

 

As soon as Undyne is sure Mettaton is asleep, she sends a fiery look in Sans and Alphys’ general direction. 

 

“What. The. Fuck. was that?” She growls. 

 

“N-Nightmare likely d-d-due to a c-combination of o-o-overheating and t-tr-trauma.” Alphys explains. 

 

“No. Not that. Why. The. Fuck.  Was. I. Melting ?” Undyne snaps quietly. 

 

“DETERMINATION probably. he knows enough about the amalgamates and … uh … your general personality ta mix them. from what i heard of his ramblin’, he thought a human, probably … the … uh … asshole, got ta us in the underground somehow because MTT called him there. apparently, the ass killed a lot of monsters and … frisk. figured he must have seen ya fall based on how he said your name when he asked for ya.” Sans tells her. 

 

“H-H-He was pretty desperate. I-I-I think, because Sans and I w-w-were in the r-r-room, h-he th-th-thought we were still alive … and m-m-mad at him f-for causing the problem? He s-s-seemed to kn-kn-know we were there, b-but not enough t-to understand w-wh-what we said or even f-f-feel anything. I-It was hard to tell what e-e-exactly he was s-seeing based o-o-only on w-wh-what he said.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Undyne closes her eye tightly. 

 

This . Isn’t. Fair. He. Doesn’t. Deserve. This.” Undyne hisses through her teeth. 

 

Alphys puts a hand on Undyne’s arm. 

 

“I-I … I know, ‘Dyne,” Alphys says. 

 

They sit in silence listening to the whirring sound of Mettaton’s cooling fan. Alphys breaks the silence. 

 

“I need a f-f-favor anyway n-n-now that you’re b-both up. I-I need my l-l-laptop fr-from the l-l-lab in our house. I-I-I need to run a hardware d-diagnostic th-that’s more complete th-th-than what I c-c-can do on m-m-my phone. I-I think he tr-tripped a c-c-cable in his n-n-neck, sh-sh-shoulders, or b-b-back somewhere. H-H-His hands shouldn’t be sh-sh-shaking this badly a-anymore and, l-l-like I told Sans before, every once in a-a-a while his r-r-right leg spasms. Th-The shaking in his hands d-d-doesn’t seem to b-b-bother him, a-a-and I suppose it … it could be due to the lingering h-h-heat, but the s-sp-spasms … those h-h-hurt. It woke him up t-tw-twice already. Once at about 2 AM and a-a-another time around 5 AM. It’s, w-wh-what, like, 7:30? I-It looked like he w-w-was having another sh-sh-short one d-d-during the n-n-nightmare.” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne grabs her phone from her jeans pocket. 

 

“No. It’s 7:05,” Undyne says. 

 

“So, every th-three hours on th-the hour almost.” Alphys mutters. 

 

“we can take one of my shortcuts ta get the laptop,” Sans says. 

 

“Will you be okay alone, Alphy, or should Sans stay with you and I can drive over?” Undyne asks. 

 

“F-Fine. I-I-I’ll be fine. But, y-y-you two stay for just a m-minute. I need to get s-s-some fresh supplies,” Alphys says. 

 

In just a few minutes, Alphys returns carrying a damp washcloth, a towel, and an ice pack. 

 

Alphys is confident that Mettaton’s core temperature is low enough now that ice won’t shock his system. She hesitated to use any ice yesterday because she didn’t know if the drastic differences in temperature could trip his circuitry. She wants to see if adding a little ice to Mettaton's leg will stop the pain if another spasm hits. At the very least, Alphys knows for certain it won’t hurt him now that he’s officially running around one-hundred-ninety-eight degrees. She does a quick check to confirm that his temperature has actually dropped below two-hundred. 

 

With that confirmed, Alphys wraps the damp cloth around the ice and sets it next to the bed in preparation for when she'll need it. 

 

Alphys releases a breath after she sees a soft smile pass over Mettaton’s face once she takes his hand. 

 

Once I get him more stable, he’d probably appreciate a cool shower like any other corporeal being would after being this hot for this long. I wonder if he’d let someone help him with it, or if that would be too much for him. Alphys thinks. 

 

“G-G-Good to go, now that I h-h-have something ready if h-his leg starts sp-spasming again. Oh, I-I-I almost f-f-forgot, c-c-can I get a ch-ch-change of clothes?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Laptop and clothes for my hot doctor girlfriend, coming right up,” Undyne says. 

 

“Thanks, ‘Dyne. S-S-Seriously, thanks f-f-for everything. Y-You’ve been so, so g-good with him these l-l-last two d-d-days. He really trusts y-y-you,” Alphys says. 

 

“Don’t sweat it, Alphy. You’re not Captain of the Royal Guard without seeing some shit and helping people through some shit.” 

 

Undyne rubs the back of her head. 

 

“ready ta go?” Sans asks.

 

“Yeah. Hate doing this stupid wormhole thing, but let's get it over with,” Undyne says.  

 

With a soft pop, the two of them appear in Undyne and Alphys’ living room. 

 

After the events of the last few days, Undyne discovers that her own house feels like another world. 

 

“i’ll get the laptop. go grab the clothes and anythin’ else that might be needed,” Sans says. 

 

He disappears down the stairs of Alphys’ Lab. 

 

Undyne climbs the stairs to her and Alphys’ bedroom. If she stomps up them harder than usual, she doesn’t care. 

 

She goes into "Alphys' room." Undyne grabs a duffle bag and throws it on the bed. Undyne throws in several pairs of Alphys’ leggings and anime tee-shirts. As hasty as she is, Undyne avoids any and all Mew Mew tee shirts, and Undyne may or may not strategically put a Ponyo shirt at the top of the pile. 

 

Then, Undyne walks over to their shared bedroom. 

 

Initially, when Undyne and Alphys first moved in together, they slept in separate rooms. But, over the last two weeks, they have taken to sharing a bed. But, with the chaos that caused the two of them to want each other's company in the first place, neither of them have had time to move Alphys’ things into "Undyne’s room" yet. 

 

Undyne grabs herself several pairs of pants and some tank tops. Toriel’s house is always just a little too warm for anything other than tank tops. Undyne blames the fact that Toriel almost exclusively uses fire magic for cooking, and her magic lingers making the house pretty warm. 

 

Undyne looks over at the small bookshelf near her closet. She drops down and decides to grab a large gray bound book with gold embellishments. 

 

Just in case he’s bored ... ya know? Not because I like it … or like having it around or anything. Yeah … we’re going with that. 

 

She throws the book in the duffle bag. Then, she sees something on Alphys’ side of the bed. It’s half tucked under the end table. 

 

Undyne picks up a large book. It has a polaroid picture tucked in the cover of Frisk with everyone around them in front of Toriel’s school. Papyrus has his arm wrapped around Undyne’s shoulders, and they’re both laughing. Asgore is holding an annoyed Flowey up to the camera. Toriel has her paws on Frisk’s shoulders. Sans is giving Frisk bun-bun ears with his other arm behind Toriel. Napstablook and Shyren sit to the right of Mettaton who is the one using his extendable arm to take the photo. Napstablook is even smiling a little. But, the thing that most catches Undyne’s attention is that Alphys is smiling so hard her eyes are closed. Alphys has her cheek pressed to Mettaton’s. He is winking theatrically, but his smile is genuine. 

 

Undyne heaves a deep breath and looks at the photos. There’s pictures from their first movie night. She sees a picture of her and Papyrus fist pumping with the marshmallow gun aimed toward the ceiling. There’s a picture of Shyren and Mettaton asleep in the pillows on Toriel’s floor. There’s a photo of Sans and Toriel teaching them all how to bake pie. There is a picture of her and Papyrus covered from head to toe in flour. There’s another photo of Mettaton heaving a chainsaw over his head and cutting into a cake with Frisk and Monster Kid cheering him on while Toriel looks on horrified in the background. 

 

Undyne snaps the book closed and holds it to her chest. She can’t look at these photos anymore. She can’t see them all so happy knowing how it all ends. 

 

But, it’s not over. Is it? We can be like that again, right? 

 

Undyne interlocks her fingers behind her neck and takes a deep breath. She bites back a mighty yell of frustration and anguish. 

 

We’re still in the Houses of Healing. There’s no shame in it. And, it’s not the end. Everyone is happy in the end. None of us are who we expected to be in this story, and that’s fine. We can’t just give up. I won’t let us give up. Undyne thinks. 

 

Undyne takes Alphys’ book and sets it in the duffle bag with a soft pat. She pulls the zipper shut, and she heaves a sigh before descending the stairs. 

 

“ready?” Sans asks. 

 

“Yeah. I probably took more than we’ll really need, but … better safe than sorry, I guess?” She says. 

 

The two of them re-enter the room with a soft pop. 

 

Even before they step through the wormhole, they hear screaming. 

 

“fuckfuckFUCK! It hurts!” Mettaton grinds down on his back teeth. 

 

Alphys grips Mettaton’s hand as she braces one of his shoulders. Papyrus is holding down Mettaton’s other shoulder with one hand while Papyrus’ other skeletal hand rests on Mettaton’s chest. Papyrus gently, but firmly, presses Mettaton back onto a mountain of pillows when he tries to lean forward. 

 

Undyne grabs the laptop from Sans and thrusts it into Alphys’ hands and, then, dumps the duffle bag on the floor.

 

“Undyne, hold his hand and turn it so the inside of his wrist is facing upright!” Alphys instructs.

 

Undyne nods and wordlessly does as she’s told.  

 

Alphys plugs the computer into a port in the inside of Mettaton’s forearm. Then, she quickly moves into Mettaton’s line of sight while Sans holds the laptop in place. Alphys brushes Mettaton’s bangs back as she talks. 

 

“Ton-ton, the first step to fixing this is figuring out exactly what’s wrong. I p-pl-plugged my laptop in so we can run a better d-d-diagnostic. Undyne is gonna hold y-your hand in place. Sans h-h-has the laptop. Undyne and Papyrus have g-g-got you. You probably won’t be able to see m-m-me because I’m going to be n-b-behind the screen. W-We’ve all got you. But, listen carefully, okay? You need something, if you feel dizzy or in any other way unwell, you tell us. You got it,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton nods as he hisses out a breath. Undyne can feel him squeezing her hand hard as his leg shakes violently. 

 

Undyne hadn’t been sure exactly what was wrong when she first came into the room, but now that she sees what’s going on she’s impressed Mettaton is this composed. 

 

“YES! WORRY NOT! EVERYTHING WILL BE ALRIGHT! ONCE WE HAVE A PROBLEM … WELL, A DEFINED PROBLEM … WE CAN FIND A SOLUTION!” Papyrus says. 

 

Mettaton tries his best to bite back another curse, but Undyne hears it. He hisses as his right leg is wracked with several more painful looking tremors. 

 

“We gotcha. Okay? You’re doin’ great. Like Papyrus just said, we’re gonna find the source of the pain, and then we’re gonna stop it. It’s not like yesterday where we were waiting on some other stupid bullshit. We’re gonna solve this like we fixed the pain in your back. Remember? Alphy and I fixed that. We’re gonna find the problem and, then, we’re gonna fix the problem. M’kay, Mer,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton nods and hisses again. 

 

Papyrus grabs a few tissues from off the side table behind and wipes synthetic tears off of Mettaton’s cheeks. 

 

“WORRY NOT, WE WILL KEEP YOU SAFE,” Papyrus says. 

 

“Th’nks, dearest. C’n … c’n is there ... there a way to ... to just wash my face? Please …” Mettaton’s voice tightens. 

 

Mettaton squeezes Undyne’s hand again. Undyne looks around for anything they can use to accomplish that request. She sees the discarded washcloth under the ice pack and hands it to Papyrus. Then, Papyrus wipes down his face. Mettaton tries to say some kind of “thanks” but another tremor completely steals his voice. Undyne tucks a strand of hair behind Mettaton’s ear. 

 

“You’re so damn strong. I’ll bet it hurts real, real bad, doesn’t it?” Undyne whispers in Mettaton’s ear. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly as he squeezes Undyne’s hand again. 

 

Alphys yanks Mettaton’s charger out of the wall. 

 

“G-G-Got it. I-I-I got it. Sans, I’m t-t-texing you a list of parts. I need you and T-Toriel to g-g-get to the hardware store as f-f-fast as you can and g-gr-grab the s-st-stuff on th-the list. W-We don’t have time f-f-for things to sh-sh-ship. We’ll p-p-pay you back. I-It’s a lot,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys sets the computer on one of the two end tables after she completes her text.

 

“i really do not think ya understand how little i give a shit about how expensive this is,” Sans says reading over his phone.

 

Undyne realizes, about a full minute after she hears Sans’ comment, that it might have been funny if the situation wasn’t so dire. 

 

Undyne watches as Sans leaves to find Toriel, but her attention is drawn back to Mettaton when he whimpers and squeezes her hand for what feels like the hundredth time. It's not even that she's mad at Mettaton for it. She just feels Soul-achingly bad. 

 

“How long has this been going?” Undyne asks. 

 

“NEARLY TEN MINUTES AND THIRTY SECONDS,” Papyrus says. 

 

Of course that dork would count the seconds. Undyne shakes her head. 

 

“You’ve got this. You’re tough enough that you came back from the Angel-damn dead. Even if you needed some help to come back, you came back. You’re so damn tough. You can beat this.” Undyne encourages. 

 

Undyne notices that Mettaton’s leg has finally stopped shaking. Mettaton flops back exhausted against the pillows. Alphys, Papyrus, and Undyne watch and wait as Mettaton stares blankly up at the ceiling. 

 

Mettaton cocks his head slightly before drawing his eyebrows together in concentration. His eyes go wide for a second before making another face of pure concentration. 

 

“T-Talk to me, ton-ton. W-Wh-What’s going on?” Alphys asks, rubbing her temples. 

 

“I … I … I can’t feel it … I can’t … I can’t move …” Mettaton’s voice breaks off. 

 

Alphys looks up at the sky, and then at the computer. Alphys quickly mouths a curse that Undyne can’t quite make out. Undyne grips Mettaton’s hand tight. She’s ready for anything. The moment someone gives her an order she’ll spring. 

 

Alphys quickly returns to the present moment when Mettaton’s voice hollows out. 

 

“I … my leg won’t move …” he says. 

 

“Ton-ton, don’t go th-th-there. I’m g-g-gonna fix it. O-O-Okay? Sans and Toriel are g-g-gonna be right b-back. I-I-It’s fixable . It’s gonna t-t-take t-t-time to heal, but it’s fixable . Please, for y-y-your own sake, j-j-just breathe and t-t-take a nap. A-A-Alright? I can fix it,” Alphys says. 

 

“I … I can’t feel my leg. I … I … I can’t … I can’t … feel my leg … it won’t move …” Mettaton says in an almost trance-like voice.  

 

It’s clear to Undyne that, through absolutely no fault of his own, Mettaton doesn’t seem to hear Alphys. To Undyne, it seems like Mettaton is in a reality all his own. Still, it’s physically painful for all three of them to hear Mettaton just repeating the same words over again. But, Undyne doesn’t have a clue how to snap him out of it. She knows, If he were one of her lieutenants in the Guard, she probably would have just slapped him by now. 

 

She did have to slap 01 once when 02 had heat stroke from patrolling Hotland without sufficient hydration. 

 

But, like Asgore warned her yesterday, this situation calls for something gentler.  

 

So, Undyne rubs Mettaton’s upper arm hoping that he’ll register her touch. More than anything, Undyne just wishes there was a way to help him stop shaking. 

 

“Alphy, is … is he in shock?” Undyne asks. 

 

Papyrus keeps his hands on Mettaton’s shoulders and gently applies a little pressure after the tenth time Mettaton repeats himself.   

 

“I’m n-n-not sure? Medical sh-sh-shock, probably n-not. Th-Th-Though, i-it’s not impossible c-c-considering his ch-ch-charging cord melted o-o-one of his t-t-tendons and shorted out quite a few n-n-nerves. H-H-Hence the lack of f-f-feeling. He’s still a-a-at just under 98% p-p-power, but I-I have to g-g-get j-j-just about e-everything b-b-below h-his h-h-hip on h-his right s-s-side c-completely r-r-rewired in the n-n-next eight h-h-hours. So … this is fine. I’m fine … th-this i-is g-gr-great. ” Alphys sinks to her knees. 

 

Welp. That explains why she unplugged him so forcefully. Undyne thinks. 

 

“Papyrus, you got MTT?” Undyne asks. 

 

Papyrus nods. 

 

“You got your phone, dude?” Undyne asks. 

 

Papyrus nods. 

 

“Kay, something goes wrong, something changes, or he doesn’t snap out of this in the next five minutes, you text me . I’m gonna take Alphys out for some air. Got it, Papyrus?” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus nods. “YOU CAN ALWAYS COUNT ON ME.” 

 

Undyne gives Papyrus a somber smile. “I know.” 

 

Undyne looks down at Alphys. Alphys is still just sitting on her feet staring into space. 

 

“Alphy, I’m gonna just be one more minute. Then, we’re taking a breather. No objections.” Undyne instructs. 

 

Undyne turns back and squeezes Mettaton’s hand. He continues staring at his foot muttering to himself. Undyne lifts Mettaton’s chin to look at her. 

 

While they don’t look each other in the eyes, she’s just happy that he’s looking anywhere other than his injured leg.   

 

Mer , it’s gonna be okay. Alphys is gonna work some awesome science, and it’ll all work out. It’s like … Angel, this is gonna sound so damn nerdy … it’s like the Black Shadow. It makes things go numb, remember? So, we’re gonna get all fancy with some sci-fi healing hands and then your cousin will come hang out with you. You’re just playing Merry this time like we did when we watched the movie … or Pippin after he got crushed by the troll and his foot was all mangled and gross. Right? You like those guys, and they were both fine and running around dancing in no time. It’ll all be fine, dude. You’ll see.” 

 

Undyne isn’t sure what she expects, but Mettaton actually processing and responding to her nerdy crap is not it. While he is still shaking and has a faraway look in his eyes, he stops repeating himself, and she feels his thumb running over her knuckles. 

 

“Papyrus, one more thing,” Undyne says. 

 

Well. If that worked, I've got one last idea. Undyne thinks. 

 

Undyne squeezes Mettaton’s hand tight before she drops it. Then, she grabs the gray book she threw in the duffle bag. She half throws it into Papyrus’ hands before heaving the duffle bag over her shoulders. 

 

“Read,” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus nods. 

 

“A LONG EXPECTED PARTY. WHEN MR. BILBO BAGGINS OF BAG END ANNOUNCED …” 

 

Satisfied that everything is finally somewhat under control, Undyne helps Alphys up off the floor. 

 

Undyne assists Alphys in sitting down in the hallway not too far from the door and, then, Undyne sits down next to her. She chucks the duffel bag strap off her shoulder. 

 

“Spill it. What are we doing? Don’t give me the ‘I have to do this on my own’ crap. If you’re doing something, I’m invested, and I’m doing it with you. So, what are we doing?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys takes a deep breath. “I-I-I need ear buds that can connect to my phone s-s-so I’ll b-be able to c-c-concentrate.” 

 

“Done. Frisk has some. I’m sure they’ll happily lend them to you,” Undyne says. 

 

“I’m gonna have to … I’m going to have to use my magic.” Alphys releases a breath. 

 

“Didn’t you have to do that when you made his body in the first place?” Undyne asks. 

 

“No. N-N-No. That’s pure science. Magic-metal is … i-i-it’s an alloy. It u-uses any k-k-kind of recycled magic that i-i-is then put i-i-into the metal. S-S-So, anything th-that magic has t-t-touched counts. P-P-Papyrus did most of the actual m-m-magic. But … ya know … r-r-remember when I asked for everyone to g-g-give me a b-bit of m-m-magic? … It’s all a p-p-part of him. I …I wanted it that way,” Alphys says. 

 

“Everyone except you …” Undyne says. 

 

“Not anymore a-a-apparently. Th-The last time I-I-I used m-m-my magic, significantly a-a-anyway, was … was t-to s-s-sedate the A-A-Amalgamates a-after they all m-m-melted together. M-M-My magic is … isn't just e-electric. Ugh … th-th-this is so ironic … I can c-c-calm things to s-sl-sleep, too. I-I-Isn’t that funny ? M-M-Me, right? I-I’m a n-n-nervous wreck that has m-m-magic that c-c-calms p-people at the core of their S-S-Soul. I’m b-b-basically the living e-e-embodiment of a-an-anesthesia that has a-a-anxiety. Hilarious, right? I-I-It’s what drew m-me to s-sc-science in the f-f-first place. That, combined w-w-with my a-a-ability to manipulate e-electricity, I-I was basically m-m-my street’s l-local m-medic by the t-t-time I w-w-was e-eighteen.” 

 

Undyne’s eye widens. 

 

Most monsters don’t develop control over their magic until they’re thirty, when they’re considered adults. The fact that an Alphys that young had that level of control over her magic, while she was still just in stripes, amazes Undyne. Honestly though, Undyne wouldn’t be surprised if Alphys still has that level of control over her magic. 

 

Alphys runs her claws over her head as she speaks. 

 

“I-I-I don’t use the S-S-Soul calming m-m-magic much at a-a-all because i-i-it takes a r-r-ridiculous amount of f-f-f-focus to u-use p-pr-properly. It’s a-a-almost more d-dr-draining than expressive, s-s-sometimes. S-Sc-Science b-became a w-w-way of only u-u-using a little m-m-magic, m-m-mostly electrical, and getting to be p-pr-pretty free w-w-with my e-e-expression. I-I could f-f-finesse things w-w-with my m-m-magic without h-h-having to u-u-use it a-a-at full c-c-capacity. B-B-But, after the A-A-Amalgamates… I-I-I just c-couldn’t hardly b-br-bring myself to e-even use e-e-electric magic a-a-anymore … b-b-but I have to now. I have to. I won’t let him suffer l-l-like this until I can b-b-build a c-c-completely new leg th-th-that I c-c-could attach. Th-Th-That, and h-h-he’s fully f-f-fused. His … the fan … ph-physical attacks wouldn’t a-affect him if … if h-he weren’t f-fully fused. S-S-So, this is th-the only w-way to do the l-l-leg replacement quickly and without a-a-any loss of f-f-function. I don’t th-think his b-b-body will a-a-accept a n-n-n-new part as c-c-completely as a r-r-rewire. A-As I learned f-f-from the fan y-yesterday.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Alphys pulls her knees up to her forehead. Undyne pats Alphys’ back gently. 

 

Undyne casts a glance at her phone. 

 

How … how the hell is it only 9:00 AM? Undyne thinks. 

 

No one besides Alphys, Papyrus, Sans, Toriel, Mettaton and herself are up yet after the insanity that was yesterday. 

 

Hell, if Alphys hadn’t woken her up, Undyne realizes she would probably still be asleep, too. 

 

A strange thought crosses Undyne’s mind because, for some dumb reason, all she can think of, at this moment, is her immense gratitude for Toriel’s decision to start the school’s Winter break a week earlier than all the other schools in the area. Undyne doesn’t want to imagine trying to teach while thinking about Alphys dealing with this alone. 

 

Once again, Miss Toriel’s wisdom comes in clutch. Undyne thinks. 

 

Undyne looks at her phone again as she and Alphys sit in silence. No messages from Papyrus appear on the screen, and it’s only 9:15. 

 

Undyne looks over at Alphys. 

 

“So, just to clarify, he’s not going into … uh … what’s the word … power off for this?” Undyne asks. 

 

Undyne hears Papyrus’ voice ringing through the hallway as he reads. Alphys breathes deeply, and Undyne can tell Alphys is trying to gather herself. 

 

“H-H-He can’t … unless his b-b-batery is live … I can’t m-m-monitor where the e-e-electricity is going and what w-w-wires are tripped. I-I-I can’t m-m-m-monitor anything when he’s ‘o-o-off.’ S-S-So, b-b-basically, I have to m-m-magic him into s-sl-sleep mode, through his Soul, like a-a-any other corporeal b-b-being, and k-k-keep him there w-wh-while my laptop sh-shows me what to r-r-rewire and r-r-replace. I-I-If I just wait f-f-for him to s-sl-sleep, on his o-o-own, he m-m-might w-w-wake up while I-I-I’m working, and that w-w-would be painful f-f-for him. W-W-We do not n-n-need that. B-B-Basically, what I-I-I-I’m going to h-h-have to d-d-do is l-l-like … r-r-rebuild a w-wh-whole t-t-tendon and p-p-part of his C-C-Central N-Nervous S-S-System. The ch-ch-charging port i-i-is a whole d-d-different thing too, b-b-but it’s vaguely a-a-attached to the CNS. Th-The worst p-p-part is I-I-I’m not sure this wasn’t c-c-caused d-d-directly by the f-f-fucking fan! It h-h-honestly might have b-b-been something I-I-I missed then. H-H-His fan m-m-motor was still t-tr-trying to r-r-run after the blade broke. I-It c-c-completely d-destroyed several w-wires in the f-f-fan itself. B-But, when I-I didn’t see a-any severed o-or obviously m-m-melted wires, I-I assumed I f-fixed e-everything th-there. B-But, he w-w-was also p-pl-plugged in a-all day yesterday wh-while over heating s-s-so that also could h-h-have caused it. I-I-I mean, yesterday,  h-h-his p-peak core temperature was o-o-over t-two h-hundred degrees wh-when normally he sh-shouldn’t r-r-run much o-o-over one h-h-hundred sixty … o-o-one s-s-seventy, max. So, wh-who the frick kn-kn-knows wh-what sitting a-a-at almost two h-h-hundred tw-twenty d-d-degrees for n-n-nearly f-four hours did to h-h-his ch-charging cord wh-wh-while plugged in.”

 

Alphys lets out a long breath after her rant. She leans back against the wall. 

 

Why ... why does e-e-everything I do a-al-always fall apart, ‘Dyne? Why?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne isn’t sure if she’s supposed to answer that question, but she does anyway. 

 

“Alphy, you’ve made a bunch of awesome things that haven’t broken. I didn’t understand most of what you said, but there are too many what ifs in what you told me to know what caused what. This is all fixable, like you said, but you gotta focus. Give this everything you’ve got. We’ve got a problem with a solution. I’m gonna get you those headphones. You focus on making the surgery playlist ... like that guy had in the movie about the surgery guy who became a magic man ... DR. STRANGE! That guy! Find that guy’s annoying ass confidence!” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne pauses for a moment as she looks Alphys over. Alphys still has her head leaned back against the wall. 

 

“Look ... Alphy, I’m not the best hype woman, I get that, but, right now, your hype man needs you to see in yourself what he has always seen in you. He believes in you. I believe in you.” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne must be louder than she thinks she is, or Papyrus’ super sonic hearing is even better than Undyne remembers. 

 

“I BELIEVE IN YOU TOO!” Papyrus calls. 

 

Undyne breathes a sigh of relief when she hears Mettaton’s giggle echo down the hall for a second. 

 

“METTATON SAYS HE TRUSTS YOU, AND THAT HE’S IN GREAT HANDS. WELL, OF COURSE YOU ARE! WE ARE HUGGING!” Papyrus calls down the hallway again. 

 

This time both of their laughs echo for a moment before dropping off. 

 

I have no idea what you, or that book did, Papyrus, but you’re a miracle worker, dude. I knew I could count on you. Undyne thinks with a smile.

 

Alphys wipes a few tears from her cheeks. 

 

“I-I have n-n-no idea wh-what I-I-I’d do without you … a-all of you, b-b-but especially y-you ‘Dyne,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne smiles and tries in vain to hide a blush. 

 

Alphys pushes herself up. “I-I-I’m gonna sh-shower and ch-change to g-g-get myself f-f-focused up. Th-Then, I’m going t-t-to give you and P-P-Papyrus a m-m-message to e-explain to e-e-everyone what’s g-g-going on. Then, w-we’ll get r-r-ready to w-work.”

 

Undyne nods and hands Alphys some clothes from the duffel bag. 

 

“Wh-Why did y-y-you br-bring my s-sc-scrapbook?” Alphys asks. 

 

“It … uh … made me remember how happy we can be. I dunno, Alphy, it just seemed… right?” Undyne fumbles. 

 

Alphys smiles at the picture on the front cover. Her eyes fill with tears. 

 

“I’m g-g-going to u-use the ph-ph-photo on the f-front a-as a centering i-i-image. F-F-Feel free t-to l-l-look at it. Y-You and P-P-Papyrus are p-pr-probably gonna be really bored wh-while you w-w-wait for me this a-a-a-afternoon.” Alphys says. 

 

Then, Alphys takes her clothes and heads for the shower. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

Much like I said in the author’s note of the last few chapters, I am committed to realism above anything else. There is absolutely no way, magical or otherwise, that a computer system could go through that degree of overheating and not have something melt or malfunction. It would be impossible.

That said, I do not touch Engineering with a ten-foot pole. However, I have read a lot of science fiction/ science fantasy stories about robots. Thus, I based what malfunction would happen more on general logic, biology, and proximity to a heat source than anything else. I do not pretend to know anything realistic about robotics, technology, computers, or anything of the sort.

Quite literally, I wrote what I do know and this is what we got.

With that out of the way, I had this kind of quirky idea about Alphys not only controlling electricity but also being kind of like a medic. We know from the game that Alphys had a fairly close relationship with Bratty and Catty, and they seemed to know of her affinity for science. It made me wonder how she made that kind of a name for herself on her block. So, I came up with this little backstory for her. It might be kind of weird, but I liked it.

This chapter's title is a reference to the photoshop Flowey song also titled "Your Best Nightmare."

I just wanted to reiterate how grateful I am to everyone who clicks on this story, who subscribed to it, who bookmarked it, and who has commented on it. It just gives me so much joy to know that this story is making people happy.

So, thanks again for sticking with me as I fix up a few odds and bobs in these longer chapters now that I'm in a better headspace. The funeral went really well for those who saw the original author's note on this chapter. I'm just immensely grateful for ya'lls patience.

Love,
Pip

Chapter 13: Look at all the Days Gone By ... to the Life That Used to Be

Summary:

(See previous chapter)

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

As Alphys walks to the bathroom she realizes she's finally alone, but that realization doesn't bring as much peace as it normally would to her introverted Soul. 

 

Yet, it would be a lie, she thinks, if she doesn't relish the feeling of the hot water as it pours over her. Alphys decides to relish this brief moment of relief as she sinks down under the hot water as she lets it pour over her. 

 

I can do this. I have got to do this. What would Papyrus say to me? 

 

I BELIEVE IN YOU DR. ALPHYS BECAUSE THE WORD IMPOSSIBLE DOESN’T EXIST IN MY VOCABULARY AND FAITH SEEMS TO BE THE ONLY THING I UNDERSTAND. 

 

Well, he wouldn’t say it like that exactly, but something like that anyway. 

 

What about Undyne? I could probably piece together something of what she’d say. 

 

ALPHY! I love you. You’re so cute and sexy! You’re amazing! Screw his knee on backwards for me! Then, fix it later, but … wouldn’t it be funny! He’d look like one of those weird birds I saw on the zoo field trip! They were even PINK! FUHUHUH! 

 

Alphys actually has to stifle a laugh at her mental Undyne impression. That would have been the Undyne of like a month ago. Alphys refocuses herself on how Undyne was so uncharacteristically gentle while she rubbed Mettaton’s arm earlier this morning. 

 

Alphy, you got this. Take care of my little shield brother for me, ‘kay? I know you can. I’ve seen you do it a hundred times. You’re so awesome, Alphy. You’re so damn smart, sexy nerd! Whatever you need me for, you know I’m here, right? 

 

Alphys smiles. That's way more accurate to the Undyne Alphys has grown to love since coming to the Surface. 

 

Okay, last thought, get yourself hyped Alphys. What would Mettaton say? 

 

She doesn’t have to create an imaginary voice for this. She already knows. The moment their friendship really started he just looked at her in that spectral pink form and said:

 

Everyone thinks I’m so happy, and I try to be … really I try. But, I’ve never been all there… I guess. I’ve never had hope to be … complete … until today … until this. Just … just seeing it ... my body ... on paper … it’s like a dream from days gone by. I have hope, now. Life is worth it, darling. I … I cannot wait for this, my dear. I absolutely cannot wait. Thank you, my dear friend. Thank you, Dr. Alphys.

 

Alphys turns off the water. She dries herself off, and she begins composing a playlist. When she finishes, she throws on her clothes and heads down the hallway. She notices the duffle bag in the hallway. Alphys pulls the picture out of the cover of her scrapbook and tucks it in her pant’s pocket. 

 

However, Alphys knows she has dawdled long enough, and she leaves the bag in the hallway. 

 

As she enters the room again, she sees Sans and Toriel unloading bags. Mettaton is sleeping soundly on Papyrus’ shoulder. Undyne is leaned up against the wall staring at Alphys’ computer screen. 

 

“got everything you asked for, doc. tori and asgore insisted on splittin’ the bill for everything ,” Sans says. 

 

“It is needless for him, or for you, to worry about money. It is the least Asgore and I can do after everything the two of you have been through together these last months as well as Underground. I have heard from many, many of my monster students how most of the reason they kept hope for the Surface at all was our dear Mettaton’s doing. Both of you have much to be proud of in your work together,” Toriel says. 

 

It takes everything in Alphys not to fall apart at Toriel’s immensely kind words. For all his bravado, she also knows Mettaton would be blushing straight up to his ears if he wasn’t asleep. 

 

“Y-You … just … thank you. Th-Thank you, both,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys breathes deep. 

 

“So, h-h-here’s what we need to do. I n-n-need his leg e-e-elevated not crazy high, but above h-h-his chest. So … uh … w-w-we’ll h-have to lie him f-fl-flat. I’m g-g-going to go o-o-over the specifics w-with him after w-w-we wake him u-up. I-I-I just m-might need help from you, S-S-Sans, to m-make it make s-s-sense to him if I-I-I go too s-sc-sciency in a w-w-way he can’t u-un-understand,” Alphys says. 

 

“you got it, doc.” Sans gives her a thumbs up. 

 

“Once h-he’s settled, I-I-I’ll have S-S-Sans h-help me monitor him wh-while I work. U-U-Undyne and Papyrus, I want the tw-two of you to s-st-stay outside the door so that n-n-no one kn-knocks or comes in h-here. You’ll likely b-b-be explaining this t-to everyone a c-couple of t-t-times, at least. B-B-But, everything I-I’m doing is r-r-really, really d-d-delicate. M-Maddie will be a special case, and I-I-I’m sorry I’m not the o-o-one explaining this to h-h-her.” Alphys sighs. 

 

“Don’t worry about Maddie. I’ll talk to Maddie, She usually listens to me,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys nods. 

 

“T-T-Toriel can you and A-A-Asgore just keep everyone quiet o-o-once they’re d-d-downstairs and really … um … for the r-r-remaineder of the day? H-H-He’s going to be … and I cannot stress this enough … really out of it. I-I-I once did this kind of m-m-magic on someone when resetting a m-m-magical fracture and th-they tried to p-pr-propose t-to their b-b-best friend. I-I-It was awkward as h-h-hell. So, if that’s any in-indication of h-h-how potent this is o-or the k-k-kind of things h-h-he might say … well y-you’ve been warned. T-Tr-Try to forget it if h-he says something w-w-weird. H-H-He’s probably going to be em-embarrassed even though j-h-he shouldn’t be.” Alphys explains. 

 

“Absolutely, I shall set up quiet activities. Though, Dr. Alphys … do you think, so long as it were worded in such a way that no … private matters were exposed, he would like me to put out something to the students and families to send words of encouragement? If this is overstepping, then of course I would …” 

 

“N-N-Not the school, b-b-but, if everyone i-in the house did something, that I-I-I know he’d love. O-Oh and flowers … he loves flowers.” Alphys says with a soft smile. 

 

Toriel nods with a sad smile crossing her face. “Then, it seems my quiet activities have been planned for me.” 

 

Toriel takes her leave for downstairs. 

 

Alphys wakes Mettaton gently and explains to him what’s going to happen while Papyrus and Undyne slip outside the room. 

 

The two of them sink in almost perfect unison onto the floor. 

 

“How you holdin’ up because all I know is that I would love a Scotch neat and several bars of chocolate,” Undyne says. 

 

“I-I’M JUST VERY ANGRY AND SAD,” Papyrus says. 

 

“Righteous fury. It’s the best and worst kind of anger. The best because it’s meaningful. The worst because it hurts in your Soul.” Undyne holds his hand. 

 

“I WAS QUITE ENJOYING THAT BOOK,” Papyrus says. 

 

“Yeah? Can’t believe I never made you read it.” Undyne smiles. 

 

The silence that covers the two of is like a well worn quilt. They’ve nestled beneath it a hundred times. They know all the holes and stains. It has covered them time and time again in moments of grief, anger, and peace. This time is no different. 

 

However, Papyrus breaks the silence when he notices Undyne’s duffle bag still sitting in the hallway. 

 

“UNDYNE, WHY DID YOU LEAVE YOUR BAG THERE?” Papyrus asks. 

 

“I completely forgot I took it with me when I made Alphys come out here,” Undyne says. 

 

She picks up the bag and notices that Alphys took the picture out of the cover of the scrap book. Undyne reverently lifts the book out of the bag. 

 

“WHAT IS THIS, UNDYNE?” Papyrus asks. 

 

“Alphys’ scrapbook,” Undyne says. 

 

“OH! PHOTOS! ARE WE IN MANY OF DR. ALPHYS’ PICTURES, UNDYNE? WELL, I’M SURE YOU ARE IN A GREAT MANY. NEYHEHEHE.” Papyrus teases. 

 

Undyne smiles. 

 

“Only one way to really find out,” Undyne says. 

 

The two of them flip through the first pages that Undyne had already seen this morning. Undyne appreciates the washi tape borders around the pictures this time. The tape borders have been carefully selected to highlight the colors in the pictures. 

 

They’ve barely looked at the first two pages when Papyrus and Undyne hear footsteps, humming, and feel a slight shift in the air.

 

“is heeeee sleeeping?” Napstablook asks. 

 

“how si re si mi is he doing?” Shyren asks. 

 

“Why is the door closed? WHY?! WHY?! ” Maddie demands. 

 

“Maddie! You need to be quiet !” Undyne snaps. 

 

Undyne’s anger fades into weariness as she sighs. 

 

“There was a … complication from his overheating because … well … it’s hard to explain … lets walk downstairs for a sec … ‘kay?” Undyne says. 

 

She looks over her shoulder at Papyrus. He just gives her a thumbs up. 

 

“DO NOT WORRY, UNDYNE. I CAN KEEP WATCH WHILE YOU EXPLAIN THINGS. THOUGH, HURRY BACK!” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne nods. 

 

Undyne does her best to explain the sciency stuff to Mettaton’s family and Shyren, but she knows she probably flubbed quite a few things. 

 

“But, anyway, the biggest thing to know is it’s all fixable. He’ll need time to heal. But, the only reason Alphy’s doing all this right now, instead of later, is so that he can make a full recovery. He’ll be alright.” Undyne reassures. 

 

“undyne,” Shyren stars, “do re mi do you think it’s a good idea for him to come live with us again? or … or do re do you think he’d be safer with you and dr. alphys?” 

 

“shyyyyyren and i were taaalking laaaast niiiight, aaaaand weeee doooooon’t waaaant him toooooo feeeeeel like he haaaaas tooooooo come baaaack with us,” Napstablook says. 

 

“I don’t know, guys. That’s probably a question for Alphys and Mettaton not me,” Undyne says. 

 

Shyren and Blooky just expectantly stare at her. 

 

Undyne sighs. 

 

“Look, nerds, if it were up to me, I’d wear him like a backpack right now and never let him leave my side so I could beat up the first shadow that freaked him out,” Undyne says. 

 

“ooooooooh … she’s right, shyyyyyyy. it doooooesn’t maaaater whaaaaat we think. it’s nooooooot gooooing tooooo be easy for him tooooooo deciiiiiiide oooone waaaay oooor anooother,” Napstablook says. 

 

Maddie holds her tail in her hands and bites her lip. She has gone surprisingly quiet. 

 

“I’ll leave you guys to talk, I promised Alphy I’d keep any distractions at bay,” Undyne says. 

 

“Yes. Return upstairs. I shall ensure that everyone has the space they need. Run along to your post now.” Toriel calls from the kitchen. 

 

Undyne takes the steps two at a time. 

 

Delivering hard news to families never gets easier. Doesn’t matter how many times I’ve done it. Undyne sighs. 

 

“SO, WHILE ALPHYS FINISHES HER REPAIRS, I AM JUST WAITING FOR UNDYNE TO RETURN SO WE CAN STAND GUARD OUTSIDE THE DOOR UNTIL ALPHYS SAYS WE CAN COME BACK INSIDE. IT WILL PROBABLY BE AWHILE … SADLY. BUT, AS I’VE SAID BEFORE … THE GREAT PAPYRUS IS AMAZING AT WAITING AND HELPING HIS FRIENDS!” Papyrus says. 

 

Frisk looks over their shoulder at Undyne. They tug on Undyne’s hand. 

 

Not. My. Fault. Right? Frisk signs. 

 

They wrap their arms tightly around Undyne’s legs and cry. Undyne sinks down to brink Frisk into her arms. 

 

Papyrus moves to help, but Undyne shakes her head. She pulls Frisk close and rocks slowly. 

 

“What? No? Hell no! Frisk, no. Without you we wouldn’t be thinking about this at all because he would … Mettaton wouldn’t even … he’d be dust , dude,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne almost chokes on the word “dust” because it keeps getting caught in her throat. Undyne hasn’t had time to think about yesterday too carefully. This is the first Undyne has been forced to admit how close they had come to truly losing Mettaton. If Frisk hadn’t been as quick thinking on the fly as they are, Undyne realizes Mettaton’s Soul would have crumbled apart without its vessel. 

 

Undyne swallows hard. 

 

“S-So … So, it’s thanks to you that we all still have a Mettaton to think about. Besides, this is no one’s fault … except one person’s … and that thing made a terrible choice when he decided to mess with my friends.” Undyne’s eye glows bright with fury. 

 

Frisk nods into Undyne’s chest and wipes their eyes. 

 

Did. Good? Frisk signs. 

 

“Frisk, you did more than good. I promise. Remember what Mettaton said about your song, or whatever nerd stuff he was talking about? You’re the savior. So, don’t ever feel like you caused anything bad. You’ve only ever done cool, good stuff. Mettaton loves you. We all love you, Frisk. You’re, like, the most awesome kid ever. So, we’ll just figure out how to handle the new challenges together. Even when we were Underground, we just, like, I dunno … figured life out together. But, this time, it’ll be more AWESOME because we have you to share the ride on the struggle ferry with, Frisk. I promise, ” Undyne says.  

 

Trust. You. Frisk signs and wipes their tears on their sleeve. 

 

“Good, as you should, punk.” 

 

Undyne noogies Frisk affectionately before sending them down to Toriel. 

 

Once Undyne is sure they’re alone, Undyne flops unceremoniously into Papyrus’ lap.  

 

“THAT IS AN EXCELLENT PHYSICAL ILLUSTRATION OF THE LAST SEVERAL DAYS. WERE YOU PLAYING CHARADES?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Undyne bites the inside of her cheek to keep from both laughing and crying hysterically. She wonders if she has finally cracked. 

 

“Papyrus … can we just … um … look at the pictures?” Undyne asks. 

 

“YES! HERE WE ARE!” 

 

Papyrus opens the book to where they left off. 

 

Here are the pictures she hasn’t seen yet, and she smiles at them. 

 

There’s a picture of her breaking her child-bench press record. She remembers benching nine kids that day.

 

There’s a silly selfie of her and Alphys at some kind of amusement park they went to in early October as well as the photo booth strip of photos from that day. Undyne gives a breathy laugh at the anime pose, the hug, the nose nuzzle, the cheek kiss, and finally a deep kiss in the string of photos. 

 

Undyne smiles at the caption in gold gel pen I looked good today. I had fun. I was happy. 

 

There is a page of just landscape photos from the park as the leaves changed in October

 

There are more pictures from movie nights. There is a picture of Undyne and Asgore making popcorn and trying to throw it and catch it in their mouths. There’s a picture of the disastrous SceneIt debacle. 

 

Undyne brushes tears from her cheeks. 

 

Mettaton is grinning wildly while pointing at something on the screen as Shyren lies on her side giggling. Sans’ head is tipped back in a full body laugh pointing at Undyne who looks incredulous about whatever Mettaton had just done. 

 

shoulda never revoked ‘em in the first place …

 

Undyne barely registers that she’s crying until Papyrus pulls her in close. 

 

“THESE ARE VERY HAPPY-SAD PICTURES. I CAN’T REMEMBER THE LAST TIME SANS SMILED LIKE THAT.” Papyrus says with an uncharacteristic somberness. 

 

“Yeah … yeah, they are.” Undyne nods. 

 

“IT WAS A QUESTION ABOUT SCORES IN MOVIES. I THINK THE ANSWER WAS HANS ZIMMER, BUT METTATON PROCEEDED TO TALK ABOUT THE SUPERIORITY OF HOWARD SHORE FOR FIFTEEN MINUTES STRAIGHT BEFORE YOU THREATENED TO THROW HIM OUT THE WINDOW. HE DIDN’T EVEN HEAR YOU. THAT’S WHEN SANS AND SHYREN BOTH LOST IT, AND ALPHYS TOOK THE PICTURE.” Papyrus explains. 

 

“Sounds about right.” Undyne laughs breathily. 

 

She wipes a tear off her cheek and pulls away as the two of them continue to flip through the photos. 

 

Undyne smiles at the Halloween pictures. Undyne recalls how Mettaton somehow convinced Alphys to go to a live Rocky Horror Picture Show with him. Mettaton is completely decked out as one of the characters. His dark synthetic hair is blown back and his usual pink books are swapped for gold ones. Alphys just wears a Rocky Horror tee-shirt Mettaton gave her for the event. The pictures they took at the show are super sweet. 

 

It’s clear that the two of them took a ridiculous number of selfies. 

 

Surprisingly enjoyable. He was so happy. Should do things like this more often. Alphys’ script lines the bottom of the page in pink glitter pen. 

 

Undyne bites the inside of her cheek when she sees the whole family’s actual Halloween costumes. She can’t remember now whose idea it was, but they had all decided to go as each other. 

 

In the photo, Papyrus sports one of Sans’ hoodies and slippers. Sans wears Papyrus’ scarf and red boots. Undyne is bundled Asgore’s cape and fluffy robe. 

 

Undyne digs her teeth into her lower lip to prevent herself from dissolving into hysterical laughter at the ridiculous image of Asgore in an eye patch, skinny jeans, and a black tank top that barely covers his fluffy stomach. 

 

Toriel has a purple and blue striped sweater on while Frisk wears a long purple tunic with the delta rune at the clasp at the top. Frisk’s hair is pulled into two little short pigtails to resemble Toriel’s ears. Napstablook sports a ghostly ponytail and side bang. Shyren wears a little top hat and headphones. 

 

Mettaton and Alphys are unable to even look at each other as they are both doubled over laughing. 

 

Mettaton has a hand on his knees with the other wrapped around his chest, and Alphys is curled on her side laughing. Mettaton has little circular glasses perched on the bridge of his nose with a long white lab coat on. Under the lab coat, he’s wearing a shirt that he must have made because it says “Mew Mew Kissy Cutie 2 stinks like” with a little cute poop emoji painted on it. Alphys is wearing high heeled pink boots, crazy shoulder pads, and the most ridiculous wig Undyne has ever seen. 

 

All Mew-Mew Kissy Cuties with their non-consensual kissing bullshit stink like poo. Undyne thinks bitterly. 

 

“I REMEMBER THAT NIGHT. I WANT TO DO THAT AGAIN … I MISS THAT.” 

 

Papyrus points to the joy and laughter that is clear on everyone’s faces. 

 

“Me too, Papyrus. But, there will be more Halloweens. We can do a similar thing again, or we’ll do something else that’s funny.” Undyne smiles. 

 

Undyne gives a broken half-laugh at the caption written in rainbow gel pen bubble letters. 

 

He nailed it.

 

The next page is marked by photos and stickers from the University where Alphys teaches. She has a sticker of the University’s mascot in the upper left hand corner of the page. It's some kind of strange looking bird. The photos are of the student union, Alphys’ office, the courtyard, and a group of nine or ten students, mostly young women, waving from a picnic table. One of them signs “I love you” at the camera. It looks as though it’s snowing slightly in the photo.  

 

Undyne vaguely remembers those students from the bubble tea shop. 

 

University photos. Love these crazy kids. Made my scrapbook out of order though … I forgive them. Needed to fill a hole on this page anyway. 

 

Then, Undyne’s Soul almost stops. 

 

Several rather blurry photos, that seem to be screen stills from a video, line the next two pages with a single image in the center of the right hand page. The blurry photos are of her and Mettaton acting out the Battle of the Pelennor Fields. The photo on the middle of the right page is of Undyne holding Mettaton close the morning after her movie night. 

 

Undyne can’t look anymore. She closes the book and, then, she leans forwards with her head on her knees. She finally lets herself completely and totally dissolve into tears as she brings her arms around herself. 

 

Much like with everything she does, Undyne cries with force enough to shake her whole body. 

 

Papyrus doesn’t say anything. He doesn’t need to. He just puts Undyne’s head on his shoulder and holds her tight. He doesn’t even look at her. Papyrus stares at the wall across from them while Undyne cries. 

 

“I should have … done more. I should have told Alphy … to trust her instincts. I … I should … have known when … when he got jumpy around me.” 

 

Undyne viciously swipes at her tears. 

 

“UNDYNE … THE BAD MAN WHO DID THIS … WE’RE GOING TO STOP HIM, RIGHT? HE WON’T HURT ANYONE ELSE? AND … AND, UNDYNE, I DON’T JUST MEAN ANY ONE OF US, EITHER. I MEAN … OTHER PEOPLE … HUMANS, MONSTERS, EVERYONE … THEY’LL BE SAFE RIGHT? WE’LL MAKE SURE THEY’RE SAFE? AFTER ALL, WE ARE VERY GREAT AT PROTECTING OUR FRIENDS … WHEN THEY LET US, THAT IS.” Papyrus sighs. 

 

Undyne stops crying to listen to Papyrus. He speaks in words that she understands. He’s talking about justice. 

 

“WHAT I’M TRYING TO SAY IS … EVEN IF WE WERE NOT SO GREAT THIS TIME WE WILL NOT LET IT HAPPEN TO ANYONE AGAIN … WILL WE?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Undyne sits up straight and balls her fists. 

 

“No. I’m not gonna. I refuse to let that thing hurt another man, woman, human, monster, or child again. Human law, human beings, or whatever force of nature can try to fight me, but … They. Will. lose .” 

 

Undyne spits the word “lose” like a toxic substance. 

 

Papyrus nods. 

 

“THEN, I … I THINK I CAN BE HAPPY LOOKING AT THE PICTURES BECAUSE NOW, SOMEWHERE ELSE, SOMEONE ELSE CAN LOOK AT THEIR SCRAPBOOK WITHOUT HURTING SO MUCH.” 

 

Undyne turns and stares at Papyrus. His skeletal face is pinched in thought, but his eyes are still gentle. 

 

“Yeah … and I refuse to let this be how this ends, dude. We’re gonna be happy if I have throw everyone on my shoulders and drag us to our happy ending,” Undyne says. 

 

“IF ANYONE CAN DO THAT, IT’S YOU, UNDYNE!” Papyrus says. 

 

She nods and settles back against his shoulder. 

 

“... I’m glad you’re here with me,” Papyrus’ voice is uncharacteristically soft. 

 

Undyne almost jumps with surprise at the softness of his voice. 

 

“DUDE! I … WARN ME!” She shouts. 

 

He cocks his head to the side in confusion. She can feel his chin move against the top of her head. 

 

“Sorry. But, yeah … I’m glad you’re here too, Papyrus. So glad,” Undyne says. 

 

********

 

“everything looks good. parts are accepted. the charger is working at peak efficiency. we’re up from just under fifty percent charge to just over fifty-five in the last twoish minutes. core temperature is falling really well now. he’s at about one-eighty as opposed to the almost two hundred he was at this morning. still can’t believe ya survived that, kid. the leg parts say they’ll be fully functional, at original capacity, in about a week or so … merry gryftmas, right?” Sans summarizes. 

 

Alphys nods and breaks her magical connection. Her hands shake with exhaustion as she sets Mettaton’s leg with two metal rods on either side and, then, straps it in place. She wraps the whole thing in some white electric tape. Then, she smiles, pulls out a Sharpie, and writes her name with a little smiley. 

 

“Merry G-Gr-Gryftmas is about r-r-right. That would p-p-put us right a-around December 25th a-as a c-c-cast removal d-d-date. H-He could probably t-tr-try dancing again around New Years.” Alphys shakes herself awake.

 

Sans opens and closes his palms in request for the Sharpie. He writes his name in some completely illegible font and then does an incredibly poor drawing of Papyrus. 

 

“ya need a break, al. now that he’s stable i can watch him, or papyrus, or undyne, or literally anyone ‘sides you.” Sans says, finishing his doodle. 

 

“Y-Y-Yeah. I’m g-g-gonna make Undyne d-do it. I-I-I don’t want him to s-s-say anything embarrassing a-a-and have to h-have him l-l-live with the f-f-fact that his b-b-boyfriend, or, worse, h-h-his b-boyfriend’s brother , h-h-heard him saying c-c-crazy shit … nope. I-I know m-my S-S-Soul would sh-shatter from unfiltered a-a-akwardnes if th-that were me. M-M-Marry m-m-me first, th-then you could s-s-see me l-like that,” Alphys says. 

 

Sans chuckles. 

 

“sounds like we have a plan and can let her in then?” 

 

Alphys shakes her head. 

 

“I want a m-minute alone w-with him. Th-Th-Then … th-then I’ll go,” she says. 

 

Sans nods. 

 

“jus’ open the door when you’re ready for me to send undyne in,” he says. 

 

Sans opens the door and then quickly closes it. 

 

Alphys can hear Undyne, Papyrus, and Sans’ muffled voices outside the door. 

 

Alphys takes Mettaton’s limp hand. 

 

“I-I-I’m so, so sorry. I’m so sorry. I’m sorry a-a-about your jeans … we’ll g-g-get new ones. I-I-I know we a-a-already talked about it before I h-h-had to cut them off. B-But, I-I-I still feel bad. *sigh* Just … p-pl-please … please don’t feel l-like you h-h-have to do anything o-other than r-r-recover. By the A-Angel, like I-I-I said yesterday, I just h-hope you kn-kn-know that n-none of th-this was y-y-your f-f-fault. It w-wasn’t your f-f-fault. N-N-None of it. Y-You were s-sc-scared and c-c-confused. I-I don’t blame you f-f-for n-not saying anything about the f-f-fan … or … or the p-pr-problems you were f-f-facing. I … I only wish I-I-I had t-tr-trused my instincts a-a-and the red flags. S-So, nobody b-bl-blames you. Okay? I … I just n-n-need you to know that w-we’re gonna k-k-keep you safe. J-Just like before w-we came to the S-S-Surface, we’re a-all going t-t-to keep each other s-s-sane and s-s-safe. Please … please … l-l-let us help, o-okay? We … we l-love you so, so m-m-much, ton-ton. Just … I … A-A-Angel, I’m sorry, so sorry, so, so sorry … so damn sorry.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Alphys rubs her thumb over his hand before pressing it to her forehead. She holds it there for a moment before pressing a soft kiss to his knuckles. 

 

“Undyne is g-g-gonna sit w-w-with you, o-o-okay? Sh-She’s gonna sit w-w-with you while y-y-you rest. I-I need sleep. O-O-Okay? But ... but, w-w-we’re gonna keep t-t-talking. Love you, ton-ton.” 

 

Alphys rubs his hand one more time before laying it across his chest. 

 

As she leaves the room, Alphys’ Soul feels lighter. While Alphys knows that Mettaton may not have been able to respond to what she said, and he may not even remember it, she considers it merely a rehearsal for the encouragement she knows she will be giving for months, years, and maybe even centuries to come. 

 

When Alphys does open the door, she finds that Sans has joined the pile outside. 

 

“‘Dyne, I want you to watch him first. I-I-I just don’t want him to say anything e-em-embarrassing and f-f-feel weird a-a-about wh-who heard it. Wh-Wh-Whatever lingering e-e-effects there are sh-sh-should wear off in a-about th-th-three hours. Th-Then choose anyone y-y-you want to c-c-cover for you. W-W-We’ll cycle through everyone once b-b-before someone else has to t-t-take a turn again,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne nods wordlessly and goes into the room. 

 

“al, go sleep. paps and i’ll stand guard here for a minute before heading downstairs,” Sans says. 

 

Alphys nods. “But, o-o-obviously, if there’s an e-e-emergency, g-g-get me. B-But, b-b-barring that, p-pl-please take care of him for me?” 

 

“HE WILL BE IN THE GREATEST OF HANDS. REST ASSURED, DR. ALPHYS,” Papyrus says. 

 

“I-I-I know he will.” Alphys smiles. 

 

Alphys picks her scrapbook up off the floor and slides the picture from her pocket back in the cover before leaving for Undyne’s old room. 

 

********

 

Undyne listens to Mettaton’s fans whirring and lets herself get lost in the sound as she writes her name. 

 

Then, she sees her omnibus copy of Lord of the Rings sitting on the bedside table with some random Sailor Moon sticker sheet Papyrus must have found in a drawer somewhere to use as a bookmark. She reaches for it, and she flips through the sections she has dog eared over the years. 

 

As she flips through the pages, she finds what she’s looking for. She quickly scrawls a quote. 

 

“But these evils can be amended, so strong and gay a spirit is in him. His grief he will not forget; but it will not darken his heart, it will teach him wisdom” - Aragorn RotK 

 

As she finishes her quote, Undyne hears Mettaton groan lightly. 

 

“Welcome back to the land of the living … again , big guy.” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton gives her a half-lidded sleepy smile. 

 

“Hiiiiiiii EeEeowynNnNn SPEAR maidenNnNnNn … c’n I tell you a secret? Shhhhh …” Mettaton’s head flops in her general direction. 

 

“Shoot, dude. Say whatever you want,” Undyne says. 

 

“Papyrus is cute … I love him … soooooooo … much … gives niiiiiiiice hugs,” Mettaton says. 

 

“Yeah? That’s pretty cool.” 

 

Undyne bites her lip to keep the giggles at bay. Even drunk, Mettaton has never been quite this free with his speech. 

 

“Yeah …” Mettaton smiles. 

 

His eyes are closed, but he’s still grinning stupidly wide. 

 

“Do y’ think … he lik’s me, too?  … hope ‘e lik’s me too …” Mettaton slurs. 

 

“Oh, he loves you, dude. Don’t you worry,” Undyne grins. 

 

Mettaton smiles impossibly wide at her statement. 

 

Undyne watches Mettaton closely. So far, he hasn’t said anything that puts Undyne on edge, or is even really that embarrassing, but she definitely understands why Alphys was so adamant Sans or Papyrus weren’t the ones on watch when he first woke up. 

 

“S’mtimes … I think ‘bout holding his hand, ‘n going on loooooooooong walks, ‘n laying on the floor ‘n feeling like garbage when … we’re both, l’ke a miiiiiiiiiillion years old. S’mtimes … he even kisses me … ‘n my foot pops  … l’kin the movies … turn on fountains, aaaaaand … and lights … aaaaand set off fireworks … boom !” 

 

Mettaton waves his fingers and laughs. 

 

Undyne takes a deep breath through her nose to stop her giggles again. 

 

Undyne makes a mental note to tell Alphys that she definitely has some prophetic level wisdom because Undyne knows Mettaton well enough, now, to be acutely aware of the fact that he would rather his battery explode than let Papyrus or Sans hear him like this. 

 

As it is, unless by some unusual punishment from the Angel that he remembers this, Undyne will never tell him what he said. 

 

“That sounds nice, Mer . But, maybe, we should think about going back to sleep. If you go to sleep, you can dream about cute dates to go on with Papyrus when you feel better, ‘kay?” 

 

Undyne begins smoothing Mettaton’s hair back away from his face and starts to pull the blankets up over his shoulders from where they had been moved during Alphys’ repairs. 

 

“Noooo … don’ wanna sleep … too m’ny nightmares … don’ wan’ no m’re nightmares …” 

 

Mettaton looks up at her with eyes filled with pure terror. Undyne sets the blankets down and takes Mettaton’s hand instead. 

 

He’s ‘lways ‘n my nightmares … so … so m’ny nightmares …” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

“Not while I’m here, ‘kay? He can’t get in while I’m here. There’s no way he can beat me,” Undyne says. 

 

As Undyne strokes Mettaton’s bang back again, she notices that the flushing in his cheeks has just about faded completely. She breathes a sigh of relief.

 

“B-But … ‘n my nightmares … he ge’s everyone even … ev’n Frisk … ‘m ‘posta give people joy ‘n stuff … but he ge’s us every t’m … don’ wan’ ‘im ta hurt ‘nybody ‘cause of me.” Mettaton’s eyes widen. 

 

“I know, Mer . I know. That’s super scary. But, it’s not your fault, m’kay? None of it. Not even a little. We’ll get the bad guy, okay? Tell your mean brain to piss right off because it’s lying. I got you.” Undyne keeps her voice level and soft. 

 

“Trus’ you … but I still don’ wanna sleep …” He pouts. 

 

Undyne smiles sadly as she moves back to holding his hand. 

 

“Ya gotta try to sleep the magic off, ‘kay? It’ll help you heal up so you can go back to spinning in circles and having your foot pop when Papyrus gives you cute little skeleton kisses.” 

 

Undyne pulls the blankets up over Mettaton and squeezes his hand. Mettaton closes his eyes, but it’s clear that he can’t quite get comfortable. Undyne wonders if this is because he can’t roll on his side due to his leg or if he’s still worried about the nightmares. However, after several minutes of seeking a comfortable spot, Mettaton throws the blankets off his shoulders with a huff. Eventually, he opens his eyes and tries to look at Undyne. 

 

“C’n I ask you a question?” 

 

Mettaton’s eyes are unfocused as he stares in the general direction of her face. 

 

“Shoot, space heater,” Undyne says. 

 

“I know you tol’ me never ta ask, but I wanna anyway. ‘s tha’ okay?” Mettaton slurs sleepily. 

 

“Whatever you want to ask me, just ask me. You get a free pass this time, punk,” Undyne says. 

 

“C’n you sing f’r me? Y’r voice is pretty … y’ sing on key … Phy doesn’ sing on key … c’n you sing ‘n make the nightmares go ‘way?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Undyne closes her eye and breathes deep. 

 

“That’s not such a huge request, I guess,” Undyne says. 

 

“You sure you wanna? ‘cause … ‘cause you sa’d never under ‘ny circumstances f’r or with me ever …” 

 

Of fucking course he remembers that part of that conversation. And, of course he remembers exactly what I said. She rolls her eye. 

 

“Yeah … well … things change. I guess I didn’t think of this circumstance when I said that.” 

 

Undyne smiles and squeezes his hand gently again. She uses her free hand to pull up lyrics to a song she knows he’ll like. 

 

“‘kay … don’ feel like you have ta if ya don’ wanna …” he says. 

 

“Nope. I want to, Mer. Honestly, it’s the least I can do,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne breathes and begins …

 

lay down

your sweet and weary head

the night is falling

you have come to journey's end

sleep now

and dream of the ones who came before

they are calling

from across the distant shore

 

As she sings, Undyne watches Mettaton’s breathing deepen and his firm grip on her hand go slack. While Mettaton remains lying on his back, his head turns towards her. It’s not lost on Undyne that he finally seems at peace. He smiles faintly as his sleep mode engages in earnest. 

 

why do you weep?

what are these tears upon your face?

soon you will see

all of your fears will pass away

safe in my arms

you're only sleeping

 

She thinks about the words she’s singing to him as she lets them form, with her breath, in the core of her being before being sent out when she forms the notes and words. Undyne lets herself feel the words gently flowing in and out of her like the tides of her native Waterfall. She pushes through a soft tearfilled tremor in her voice as she sings about fears passing away. She vows to keep him safe. She makes this song her promise. 

 

what can you see

on the horizon?

why do the white gulls call?

across the sea

a pale moon rises

the ships have come to carry you home

and all will turn

to silver glass

a light on the water

all Souls pass

 

As many times as she has hummed this song, it isn’t until now that she notices how raw, real, and apropos these lyrics are to their lives. She lets a smile ghost over her face as she thinks about her whole found little family going someplace like the beach, or really anywhere, where they can see the moon on the water. Maybe, once spring or summer comes, they really could go and sit by the beach and see the gulls, the sea, and the moon. They could all use time to refill their SOULS with hope. 

 

hope fades

into the world of night

through shadows falling

out of memory and time

don't say

we have come now to the end

white shores are calling

you and I will meet again

and you'll be here in my arms

just sleeping

 

Her voice waivers just slightly over the first phrase of the second verse. But, she keeps herself steady. As she sings, she pulls the blankets back up over Mettaton's shoulder, and she tucks him in firmly. Undyne smiles as she looks at him. For, finally, he is truly just sleeping safely in the care of his friends. There are no more broken parts, no more days of overheating, and, soon, she prays, no more bad guys to chase away. 

 

and all will turn

to silver glass

a light on the water

gray ships pass

into the west

 

Undyne finishes the song with a smile. She looks at the time on her phone, and she has about another hour left. 

 

Undyne shrugs and moves to sit in the rocking chair in the far corner of the room. She flicks through the book to the first chapter of Return of the King , and she silently begins reading. 


“Sleep well, Merry … you nerd.” Undyne mutters.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

We shall start with the Easter Eggs!

The chapter title is a reference to "Drink With Me" From Les Miserables - "Drink with me to days gone by/ To the life that used to be."

The main Easter Egg in this chapter is the Halloween costumes. Those were my homage to the fandom’s obsession with Alternate Universes. Though in most of the AUs the characters are usually swapped by couple (Asgore and Toriel as each other and Alphys and Undyne as each other), I thought it made more sense to swap characters by parent-child, sibling, and/or friendship if only because I found it fit the post-Pacifist ending better. I just don’t think that Toriel and Asgore would go as each other for Halloween because that wouldn’t appeal to them. So, I had to do some rearranging. The wonderful-hysterical idea of Asgore and Undyne deciding to swap closets hit me, and the rest of the characters fell into place around that.

There is the obvious Rocky Horror reference. I also reference this in the next chapter. I really think MTT looks like Dr. Frank-N-Furter! Look at that face, that hair, and those boots and tell me I'm wrong! I'm NOT wrong!!!

The quote is from the novel "Return of the King" from the "Houses of Healing" chapter/section. I used to have my omnibus copy memorized down to the page number (long story as to why/how I could do that). Sadly, that information is something I no longer can do. But, my omnibus copy and Undyne's look identical. LOL! So, there's that.

Song lyrics are "Into the West" by Annie Lennox. Also, one of my go to lullabies for Baby-Pip.

Those are the main Easter Eggs in this chapter. I might have missed a couple from the last chapter, but I don't think I did.

With that out of the way, there were many things I enjoyed writing in this chapter, but a high as frick Mettaton talking to Undyne was not something I knew I needed in my life. Apart from the scrapbook, that might have been my favorite scene to workshop and put together in this chapter. The rawness and sweetness of that interaction speaks to some of my favorite parts of writing as a craft.

Personally, my favorite part about creating characters is putting them in places that push beyond even where they would expect to end up. I love characters that find unexpected courage, get bit in the butt by their own hubris, give mercy when there should be no mercy left, and sacrifice their life for others’ safety when that seems like the last thing that they would do ... ya know kinda like what happens in various paths of this game?

Undertale, to me, is simply a brilliantly designed, coded, and composed visual novel.

Therefore, I think there’s something important about taking characters to a place of vulnerability where they have to take on something challenging - whether that’s accepting their successes and failures, or falling in love, or loving themselves, or building a family - it doesn’t really matter. In the best fiction, there’s this point where the “twist” isn’t necessarily just a twist for shock value, but it is instead the logical progression of something that requires the characters to step into the “beyond” and dig deeper. I strive to create these moments as both a fic author and original fiction author.

I think that’s because our greatest successes and joys, as well as our greatest pitfalls and griefs, are often unexpected and unplanned.

Lastly, I loved the idea of Alphys keeping a scrapbook as a way to write to herself. With her love of anime/manga and tangible sciences, she strikes me as a character who is very visual. I ADORED writing her scrapbook. That was probably, a part from Undyne’s movie night, some of the most self-indulgent writing I’ve done in this series. As I’ve written this fic, I’ve grown to appreciate many of the characters from Undertale so much. But, I really grew to love Alphys and exploring her backstory, magic, and the way she thinks.

Lastly, I had planned on 15 chapters of decent length. I am writing well more than I thought I would. That is why I chose to change the total number of chapters to "unknown." There is one chapter that I have outlined that is comprised of 12 one-shots. I have no idea if I want to split it in 1/2, 1/3s, or 12 one-shots posted mostly together. Thus, I have elected to let myself have a little more freedom by changing the total number of chapters.

Therefore, thanks for keeping up on the story so far and for being patient with me as I edit and continue to write. Y'all are the absolute best!

Love,
Pip

Chapter 14: How Long? How Long? How Long?

Summary:

One of Alphys’ students becomes the MVP of the ongoing investigation. Asgore makes a bouquet. Toriel’s full mom-mode is unlocked. Asgore reflects on his life as King, and his role as surrogate father to a grieving family.

TW:
Stalking (mentioned)
References to Non-Con in past chapters

Notes:

Also, websites for flower research, if you’re interested:

(Just remove spaces to get the link to work. I'm not sure if you're allowed to post links on AO3. You didn't used to be allowed to do that.)

https:// www.bloomandwild. com/ floriography-language-of-flowers-meaning
https:// hortnews.extension. iastate.edu/ flowers-and-their-meanings-language-flowers

Also, the described Get Well Soon card in this chapter actually does exist! Here is the Esty Link -

(Once again, just remove the spaces)

https://www. etsy.com /listing/ 544536723/funny-get-well-card-feel-better-card-get

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Alphys wakes up to an email from one of her students, Jules. Jules is an incredibly accomplished pianist as well as being a member of Alphys' little “fan club,” as Mettaton calls it. So, at first, Alphys thinks Jules might have a performance that she wants Alphys to attend. Yet, as Alphys reads, that couldn’t be further from the truth. 

 

Hi Dr. Alphys,

 

So, sorry to bug you on break, and I’m not sure you’ll even get this. However, Sandy told me I should send it all the same. 

 

Do monsters have like … I dunno … some equivalent to the police? 

 

I sure do not trust the regular cops with this. 

 

Sandy and I live next to this really cool group of three monsters …

 

Alphys shoots up and half launches herself out of bed as she reads the rest of the email. She throws pants on and a tee shirt from what Undyne brought her before, finally, swinging her arms wildly into the sleeves of her well-worn lab coat. 

 

I have no idea if you even know these guys, but they’re rad. There’s this adorable little fish monster, a sweet little ghost, and a robot with one of the most charming senses of humor. He looks like he popped straight out of Rocky Horror Picture Show. They live next door to Sandy and me.

 

Alphys, despite her racing Soul, has to smile at that description. 

 

Psh … know those three … I made that body. Thank you for the compliment. It’s exactly what he wanted. 

 

Alphys takes a deep breath and continues reading. 

 

Anyway, there’s this guy, Anthony Davis, who is a famous music producer guy, and he’s been kind of stalking their door since Monday afternoon. I’ve seen him scouting around Ebbot U and the performance spaces in the city before. 

 

He came to one of my recitals once, but, as you know, I’m not really interested in performing for a record label as some kind of trained elephant or whatever expression people use. I’m going on to get my PhD in music history. Anyway, from what I’ve read online, even though he’s famous, he’s also known for being a huge creep! No one has ever really been able to nail him on anything, but he’s bad news. 

 

I wouldn’t be surprised if he’s trying to take advantage of the fact these three wouldn’t know much about his reputation. 

 

Do you know what Sandy and I can do to help?

 

We haven’t seen or heard from our neighbors since Friday either, and Sandy’s starting to totally freak out . I have to admit it’s making me quite nervous to have him skulking around here, too. 

 

Anyway, thanks for the class! I left you a great review for the University (the only eval I actually completed) lol! And, I gave you great rating on Rate My Professor as well. I would have given you a chili pepper, but they got rid of it. 

 

Can’t Wait for Next Semester,

Jules 

 

Alphys rushes down the stairs to where she knows Toriel and Asgore will be, which is in the kitchen. 

 

“... very nice. Those are truly beautiful, Asgore. I am certain that he will love them. They are from your greenhouse, are they not?” 

 

“Thank you, Lo- Toriel. Yes. They are from the greenhouse. I felt white would be too on the nose, and red … was just the wrong color all together. Pink … pink seemed the most appropriate. Pink roses the color of perfect happiness, gratitude, and joy. The red hyacinth means playfulness, and white means that he is prayed for. Pink was a perfect combination of both, and …” 

 

Alphys bursts into the room. 

 

“We … w-w-we have a big problem …” she pants. 

 

Alphys simply hands the phone to Asgore who sets the bouquet of flowers, in their vase, down on the table.  

 

Though it’s stunning, Alphys doesn’t pay much attention to the bouquet. Instead, she faces Toriel and Asgore before pacing the kitchen floor while they read. 

 

Both of their faces darken in almost the same second. 

 

“At the very least, we now have a name …” Asgore trails off. 

 

“Likely, that thing thinks he can get away with this because Mettaton’s cell phone was left behind at the apartment. Try as we might, no one has been able to find it. That thing will try to use Mettaton not answering calls as an alibi. He was merely trying to ‘check in on’ them.” Toriel remarks, bitterness lacing her voice. 

 

“Yet, that soulless thing cannot. He never tried to call Napstablook, who would have been the logical choice to contact, as they are the eldest member of the Blook family, nor did the soulless one try calling Shyren.” Asgore replies. 

 

Toriel nods sagely. “I shall go and retrieve Mettaton’s phone. It is likely somewhere obvious that in our distress we failed to see.” 

 

“Wh-Wh-What should I t-tell Napstablook and Shyren?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Nothing yet, Dr. Alphys. We certainly cannot have anyone panic.” Asgore rubs his forehead. 

 

“For once, I am in agreement with Asgore. We cannot tell them until we are certain Mettaton will not know. This would be too great a setback for him.” Toriel sighs. 

 

Alphys nods before sinking onto a chair. 

 

“I-I-I wonder if all of th-them should m-m-move. But, Mettaton … w-w-we can’t let h-him go b-b-back there … ever,” Alphys says. 

 

“No. I do not think that would be wise.” Toriel and Asgore, both say almost in unison. 

 

"I-I-I was afraid of that. I-I-I'd really l-like to s-s-see him m-move in with U-U-Undyne and I, at least ... at least until h-h-he's back on his f-f-feet ... literally." Alphys rubs her forehead. 

 

"I think that is the wisest choice, Dr. Alphys." Toriel nods. 

 

Alphys sighs. She knows Mettaton well enough to know that they’re going to have to make him think moving in with her is his idea. If they don’t, at best he’ll be resistant, and at worst, he’ll panic. She’s more worried about the later response now than she would have ever been before. As much as she never thought she'd say this, Mettaton's obstinance is the least of her worries. 

 

Alphys hears the tell tale creaking of her old bedroom door which means that Sans and Papyrus must be switching places. While it may be overkill, Alphys doesn’t want Mettaton left alone just yet. Undyne is the top of the watch order, followed by Maddie, Napstablook, and Shyren together, followed by Toriel, followed by Asgore, followed by Sans, followed by Papyrus, and Alphys watches him last. 

 

Despite having clear shifts and plenty of breaks, no one has slept much, least of all Alphys herself. Every single time Alphys closes her eyes to sleep, she sees Mettaton die, and Frisk can't save him. She wakes up walks down the hall and watches Mettaton sleep peacefully for ten minutes. Then, she gets an hour or two of sleep before being woken by the same nightmare. 

 

She once thought that dreaming of the Amalgamates was the worst dream she could imagine, but she has officially decided that this dream is somehow far worse. In this dream, she has to live with the guilt of the Amalgamates without the aid of brightest Soul she has ever had the pleasure of befriending. In that nightmare, Undyne believes she truly failed. Papyrus turns bitter. Frisk retreats from them. Toriel and Asgore waste away at the loss of yet another child.

 

So, yes, this new nightmare is truly a worse one than the one where all of her friends become one entity and melt together. For, at least in that horrible dream, her friends, no, her family still exists somehow. 

 

“i think he’ll remember waking up this time. seemed more with it this time around. he even asked what day it was instead of just saying ‘hello’ and falling back to sleep like napsta said he did last time they were watchin' him.”  

 

Sans remarks as he enters the kitchen. 

 

Alphys almost jumps, but she doesn’t. Yet, Sans still notices her startle. 

 

“why so jumpy doc? i actually used the stairs this time.” Sans grins. 

 

Before Alphys can say anything, Toriel simply hands Alphys’ phone to Sans. 

 

Alphys watches Sans’ expression carefully. She notices the barely concealed rage as he progresses through the email, but Sans still manages a smile at her student’s closing remarks. 

 

“seems like you’ve got quite the little detective network there, doc. i hope those two students of yours get some … sneakers … for gryftmas as they have quite the spy for details.” Sans elbows her. 

 

“Dur-hur, v-v-very funny, Sans. I know your o-o-only using th-those horrible puns to c-c-cover for the fact that y-you’re nervous. Th-Those were b-b-bad even for you.” Alphys glares. 

 

Sans drops his usual grin in favor of something only slightly less terrifying than the expression he made when he read the name of Mettaton’s assailant. However, Alphys has read Sans correctly. He is using humor to cover his anger. 

 

“ya caught me there, doc,” Sans says bitterly. 

 

“Sans, I plan to attempt to retrieve Mettaton’s phone from his apartment. I was so hoping you could send me there and back. If it is not too much trouble, that is,” Toriel says. 

 

Sans simply nods. 

 

“given the circumstances, let’s jus’ plan on stickin’ ta inside the apartment … fer now.” 

 

Sans opens a wormhole from the kitchen to the apartment. 

 

The two of them disappear into the wormhole as it closes up. 

 

Alphys looks at Asgore. 

 

It’s only then that Alphys really sees the vase of flowers on the center table. 

 

It consists mostly of pink roses and pink hyacinth flowers in equal measure. The flowers are accented with tall sprigs of lavender. Additional purple and white accents come from a few orchids, lilies, and poppies. Finally, holly, berries and greenery, comprise the leafy accents around the flowers. 

 

“Y-You s-s-said these have meaning?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Ah … yes … I have a card here for us to read to him that explains it fully. I have quite a greenhouse now where I can tend other flowers besides the golden ones I planted Underground. I still have a large section of them in the greenhouse, but  … I quite enjoy the array of colors I have been able to cultivate now. It is one of my few simple pleasures, and I intend to make the most of it.” 

 

Asgore hands the note to Alphys as the two of them share a smile. 

 

The outside of the card has a little anthropomorphized waffle on it and reads “Sorry you feel so Waffle.” Alphys shakes her head with a laugh at the pun, and the fact that Asgore somehow remembered Mettaton’s love of waffles. 

 

However, as Alphys opens the card, she notices that a several pages long handwritten letter is enclosed inside. Much as Alphys expects, Asgore’s handwriting is flawless and elegant. Alphys unfolds the note and begins reading. 



Our Dearest Mettaton,

 

Alphys mentioned you loved flowers. It is perhaps the worst kept secret amongst our people that I love to garden. Yet, what few people know is that I have studied the way monster-kind and human-kind have used flowers to speak to each other over the many years that flowers have grown upon the Earth as well as beneath it. These flowers are meant to hearten and encourage you in ways that few spoken words can. 

 

Pink Roses, traditionally, are signs of perfect happiness. Yet, in recent years, they have come to represent gratitude and joy. We are endlessly grateful to the happiness and joy that you have given to those Underground, and I, for one, would love to see you receive that same happiness and joy in return. 

 

Alphys smiles tightly at Asgore’s first explanation. She always knew that Asgore considered himself something of a father figure to every monster, but it is in moments like this that Alphys realizes the full extent to which that paternal love runs. 

 

Hyacinth is an interesting one. Pink is not a color of hyacinth that has a true meaning. Though, the red hyacinth often means playfulness, and white means loveliness as well as that the recipient is being prayed for. In pink, I had hoped to convey that your playful nature is beloved. Though, in equal measure, we raise up your sorrows and pray for your recovery. As a lover of human mythology, the hyacinth flower was fabled to have been created by the Greek god Apollo after the accidental death of a beloved friend, or lover depending upon the tale, - Hyacinthus. It was out of the blood and tragedy of this death that Apollo honored his beloved. Watching you and your beloved, it reminded me of this myth. For, in these last weeks, you both have been Apollo and Hyacinthus in turn. 

 

Alphys blinks a few times before re-reading the paragraph. She had absolutely no idea the depth to which Asgore has studied anything about human art. Yet, Alphys realizes, if Asgore was to make a study of anything humans created, it would be their mythology. 

 

“Y-Y-You know he’s going to hand you a wh-wh-whole soundtrack from s-some musical that c-c-came out years a-a-ago after reading this r-r-right? It’s like … at leas t t-t-two hours long. I can’t e-e-even remember what m-myth it was a-a-about,” Alphys says. 

 

“I look forward to listening to it while I garden then,” Asgore says. 

 

“I-I-I could never f-follow it … but … y-y-you’d like it.” Alphys smiles. 

 

Lavender generally is a more modern flower in bouquets, and it signifies purity and serenity. I have found that lavender is a relaxing scent. I hope it helps your Soul to find peace and to remember your own goodness. Orchids are tender little flowers, but they signify strength. Though, they can also signify love and beauty. I know that word, “beauty,” holds much more weight now. Yet, I hope you can find strength in these delicate beautiful flowers as you go on to rebuild the love you once had for yourself. White lilies represent purity and majesty. I feel it does not take much explanation as to why I have chosen to include two representations of purity. You are pure of Soul in both your intention regarding to your work and in your intention regarding your deep desire to protect us. None of what has occurred in this last month, and especially in these last days, is your fault. It is understandable why you felt the need to conceal what you have concealed, and we, as your family, hold nothing against you. 

 

The white poppy is a flower of consolation. Grief comes in many forms and many ways. It also stems from many different events. Certainly, it is not just deaths that are grieved. It is my hope that you find consolation from your grief while still remembering that grief lingers within you like pollen and flower seeds. Grief cycles and flows like the seasons and the stars. Though, unlike the stars, grief does not return and return the same, and you cannot hold a course or aim by it. Before you ask, I did go and finish your musical privately on Sunday while Alphys and Undyne watched over you, and I quite enjoyed it. I feel as though I've learned something about you by knowing this is something you found and find safe. So, though we cannot hold course and aim by grief, we still seek consolation in those who are willing to abide by us on the days where grief feels like a weight we can no longer carry. You will come to find that we are happy to be those safe walls of consolation around you if you would like us to provide that protection for you.

 

Finally, holly, both the berries and the greenery that comprises the accents, represents defense. As I said, we are the stronghold around you. You do not need to defend yourself alone anymore or ever. 

 

They are also quite festive, are they not? 

 

When you see these as you recover, know of my well wishes for you as your King, but also as your friend and the father of all those Underground.

 

~Asgore 

 

Alphys stares up at Asgore in wonder. In all the time she has known and worked for him, Alphys has never seen Asgore as someone so real

 

“H-H-He will love th-this,” Alphys says. 

 

Asgore beams. 

 

“You should see the drawings Frisk made. His cousin, Maddie, is it? Well, she also created something rather … interesting. Shyren is quite the accomplished painter. The fridge is also stocked with all of his favorites, courtesy of Toriel. Papyrus made some art as well, and Sans, with Napstablook’s guidance, used Sans’ wormhole to bring over any and all of Mettaton’s comforts - including fresh clothes. Though, the phone was nowhere to be found when they went. Napstablook managed to recall and point out exactly which of Mettaton’s many plush toys and pillows are his favorites. He seems quite the collector of plush toys. However, all of his things are waiting in the living room for now because we were uncertain when would be the best time to bring everything upstairs. Oh, I also happen to know that Undyne has been singing for him. Which, I am glad for. Her voice is lovely even if she does not think it.”

 

Alphys starts at the last comment while Asgore counts his fingers to make sure he hasn’t forgotten anything. Alphys has never once heard Undyne sing before. Though, before Alphys can ask Asgore about that, Asgore’s expression suddenly darkens. 

 

“A final thing, Dr. Alphys, Sans mentioned a pile of clothes on the floor of the bathroom that is attached to Mettaton's room in the apartment. No one has touched them. Sans, and Napstablook, both mentioned that they believe that’s what … what Mettaton was wearing when he was … attacked.” 

 

Alphys shudders at the image of those clothes on the ground. 

 

“We … w-we should p-pr-probably save them as e-evidence, b-b-but … I-I doubt he’ll e-e- ever want anything to do w-with them again.” Alphys sighs. 

 

The wormhole reopens and Toriel holds Mettaton’s phone in her hand. Toriel looks absolutely furious and Sans’ right eye is still flaming as Toriel plugs the phone into one of the many outlets in the kitchen. 

 

“O-O-Oh no … what …” Alphys starts asking. 

 

“i still can’t believe you didn’t throw it directly at his head. he totally would have deserved a headshot.” Sans mutters. 

 

“I could not kill him, Sans. As much as I wanted to, I think the broken ribs will be more than enough of a lesson. He asked to be bought out of the contract. The gold should suffice.” Toriel states bluntly. 

 

“D-Dare I-I-I ask …” Alphys turns towards Sans. 

 

the ass heard us in the apartment and banged on the door. tori answered it and told him to leave. she also mentioned that he was not welcome inside, and we have evidence of him stalking the place. he asked if we knew who he was. when i said i did, he said it didn’t matter what evidence we had. i asked him if he wanted to bet on that, and tori told him he was fired. she lit up her hand for good measure. i must admit it was a pretty sick burn. but, he didn’t seem to take that well. seems he’s not used to hearing the word no. so, he told us if he’s fired he wants to hear it from MTT. tori said absolutely not and that his superstar, the ass' word for MTT ... seedy ass bastard ..." 

Sans shakes himself from head to foot to put out the growing flame in his left eye.

 

"anyway, she says that MTT gave her express permission to fire him. then, when he demanded to be bought out of the contract, tori found a gold bar and chucked it at him right in the chest. she said if he wants to take us to court we have a long list of evidence of far worse crimes that he committed. since, apparently, MTT told tori that ya installed a camera in MTT somewhere …” Sans finally finishes. 

 

Alphys Soul races in her chest as Sans speaks, but she blushes when he asks her about the camera.  

 

“It … i-i-it was meant a-as a s-s-saftey precaution s-so he c-c-could watch h-h-his stunts and st-st-stuff from v-various angles. Toriel a-and Asgore, I-I-I don't think you know this b-b-but Mettaton is m-m-mostly blind in one e-eye. S-S-So, I originally d-d-designed it so h-he could watch st-stunts from a-angles he wouldn't o-o-otherwise be able to s-see. So ... uh ... when … when I-I-I designed that I never r-r-really thought about the … err … other th-things it m-m-might be used for. I-In fact, I-I-I promised him I-I would n-n-never look at the f-footage … unless h-h-he wanted me, or n-n-needed me, to.” Alphys stammers. 

 

“so, we do have hard evidence then …” Sans muses. 

 

“Th-Th-Though it’s p-p-possible when … when h-h-he fell down,” Alphys gulps, “th-th-that the f-file may h-have gotten c-c-corrupted. W-W-We’ll have to s-see.” 

 

“regardless that information was news to the ass . he said somethin’ about ‘if he’d known that metal monstrosity had a body cam,' he never woulda done it.” Sans growls. 

 

“So, I think that we are safe from him for now, as it were. The thing does not know about the potential erasure of the evidence. He believes that we have it, and it is possible that we may yet have the video, is it not?” Toriel asks.

 

“O-O-Oh i-it’s totally p-p-possible! It’s j-j-just … d-d-downloading a-and uncorrupting the f-f-file might t-t-take time. I-I-I made a back up of h-h-his software f-f-files, and p-p-personal data, and such b-before I f-f-fixed his l-leg yesterday. H-H-He gave m-me p-p-permission to s-s-see the v-video files.” Alphys explains. 

 

Alphys shudders at the memory of rewiring Mettaton’s leg. She isn’t sure how she had managed to keep her hands steady enough to turn the tiny screws and avoid electrocuting herself. Yet, here she is remembering the feeling of the screwdriver in her hand as she praised Mettaton for his bravery and thanked Sans for his help. 

 

“doc? you okay?” Sans asks. 

 

Alphys shakes herself from head to foot to dispel the memory. 

 

“F-F-Fine. I-I-I’m fine … j-j-just yesterday was a-a-a l-lot.” Alphys admits. 

 

Alphys runs her claws over her face. 

 

“Thank y-y-you b-b-both for … um … dealing w-w-with that, and finding the ph-ph-phone,” Alphys says. 

 

“It was absolutely no trouble, Dr. Alphys. I … I found it quite satisfying to enact some bit of justice on that thing. I only hope there is more justice to come.” Toriel states. 

 

“yeah doc, who else was gonna do it?” Sans asks. 

 

Alphys nods. If Undyne and Papyrus had been the ones to get a hold of Mettaton’s former manager, both of them would likely be in prison with no bail right now. Alphys knows she would have fallen apart at the sight of the man who nearly took her friend from her. She stops herself short of thinking about what would have happened if Blooky, Shyren, or Mettaton were the ones to meet up with this man. 

 

“No o-o-one … o-or well … no one s-s-safely.” Alphys replies. 

 

Alphys looks up at the clock. It’s nearly her turn to watch over Mettaton. 

 

“go on up, doc. we know ya wanna be with him. ‘s hard ta keep ya away even when ya need time. jus’ go. paps’ll appreciate the company anyway,” Sans says. 

 

Alphys nods and turns to leave. 

 

“I shall follow you, Dr. Alphys.” Asgore rumbles. 

 

Asgore reaches and takes the vase and card from the table. The two of them ascend the stairs in silence before entering the room. 

 

Asgore smiles softly as he sets the vase down on one of the side tables with the letter and card. 

 

As Asgore looks down, his heart swells with pride, grief, and protectiveness in equal measure. While he knew months ago that Mettaton was more to him than just one of his subjects, it never ceases to amaze him just how much he cares about this little group that has come to fill the void left by the loss of his wife and children. Though, he supposes, he has gotten his son and wife back. 

 

It is just in a very unexpected sort of way. 

 

Asgore watches Mettaton in sleep mode for just a moment longer. He wonders if the monster before him is still in a lot of pain or, if in sleep, he is spared the physical discomfort that comes with healing. Asgore hears the fans in Mettaton’s body whirring, and it is, somehow, the sweetest sound he has heard in decades. 

 

Asgore kneels next to the bed and bows his head. 

 

Angel, you could not spare my son or my beloved Chara the cruelty of the human race. You could not spare my soul-daughter her eye. You could not spare this boy-monster his own share of human inflicted heartache. I only ask that you find a way to make our suffering find meaning. Let it bring us closer together as a makeshift family. Show me there is yet a reason to have faith. But, I am old. I have lived a good life. If by my life I can spare this family more heartache, starting with this boy, I will. 

 

Before he rises, Asgore softly smooths back Mettaton’s hair and gently kisses his forehead. 

 

Mettaton smiles in his sleep and latches onto Asgore’s paw, holding it to his cheek. 

 

Asgore gives Mettaton’s sleeping form a watery smile. 

 

“Be at peace, little one. Listen to Dr. Alphys, and be good.” Asgore teases. 

 

Alphys stifles a laugh at Asgore’s joking tone, and the fact that Mettaton does not seem willing to let go of Asgore. 

 

With practiced grace, Asgore untangles his paw from Mettaton’s grasp before he rises and takes his leave. 

 

Despite the sweet interaction, Asgore descends the stairs with a dark cloud hovering around him. 

 

He wanders aimlessly around the kitchen heating and reheating a mug of water several times before he eventually makes himself a large mug of hot tea and plops down on Toriel’s sofa. 

 

He sets the mug down on a coaster and leans back into the well worn and well loved plush couch covered in a green, almost corduroy, fabric. 

 

Asgore feels the tears matting his fur long before he feels the hollow place in his Soul. He does not censor his emotions now because he knows they demand to be felt. 

 

If he fails to feel the sadness that causes the emptiness in his Soul, he knows he will end up filling it with anger. Anger will turn bitter, and the bitterness will cause Asgore to blame the whole human race for a single act of cruelty … again. He cannot blame all humans lest he reconsider war with humanity a second time. 

 

Asgore sips his tea again and tries to quell the fury that burns at the core of his Soul when he remembers his son bursting apart into dust over a bed of flowers in Asgore’s throne room. He sips his tea again and tries to center himself on its warmth instead of the fire that rages inside him when he sees the pink lights behind those charming and roguish eyes go dim. Yet, try as he might, Asgore cannot make the anger leave.

 

If Dr. Alphys is to be believed, Mettaton will never be quite the same energetic agent of chaotic entertainment he had been. Asgore understood little, but there is some magical damage to Mettaton's CPU that cannot be fixed. It seems it will not be too much of a problem but, in times that it flares up, it has the potential to be debilitating. It's all a watching, learning, and waiting game now. 

 

If that were not bad enough, Asgore's son, his beloved Asriel, is a flower with no Soul.

 

Asgore does not once blame Dr. Alphys. For, how could she have possibly known that Asriel's dust would bind his memories to a flower? 

 

His son is a Soulless flower because the humans of Ebott killed him. Dr. Alphys, poor naïve Dr. Alphys, would never have been able to resurrect his son if humans never killed him. 

 

“Asgore?” 

 

A voice says his name. It’s too familiar a voice for him not to respond. 

 

“Yes, my girl?” He replies.

 

She hesitates, and he does not look at her. Yet, he hears her shifting from foot to foot.

 

“Wh … NGHHHH … What do we do now?” She asks. 

 

His girl sounds so defeated. No, not defeated, she sounds lost. 

 

“We hold on to each other as we always have. It is not so different from what we did before we came to the Surface. Only, now, we have a real sun to rise with each morning, real seasons to grow with, and real stars to wish upon. But, in all other ways, life will remain the same as before.” Asgore tries to sound encouraging. 

 

“No. It’s not really. Everyone has changed.” Undyne whispers. 

 

She sits on the floor in front of Asgore and puts her head on his knees. Asgore’s Soul blazes with love for her. For, the simple act of resting her head upon his lap is something Undyne hasn’t done since she was in her last years of stripes. 

 

“Everyone has changed, my girl. That is true. Yet, we must hold onto hope that all of our Souls were right in seeking the Surface. We must hold on to love as we move through winter and into the fruits of the later seasons. Like flowers, we lay down roots and then we grow. Our roots are deep. We are hearty monsters. We will endure as we always have,” Asgore says. 

 

Undyne nods into Asgore’s knees. 

 

“Why does it suck so much?” She asks. 

 

“Because, my girl, our Souls are made of love, for love, and by love. You have come to love your Dr. Alphys’ soul-brother as your own soul-brother. So, it will, as you say, suck because we grieve for the pain of those we love. And, I suppose, we carry that grief because we desire the good of those we cherish. Pain, of any kind, does not serve the good of those we love.” Asgore gently rubs Undyne’s shoulders. 

 

“I know. I know you’re right. It’s not that different from the things I said to Papyrus yesterday. But, I hate this! I hate it! Everything about this was supposed to be better, and it’s not better it’s just different. We have more space. Our money is worth like thousands of dollars more than it was below. And, somehow, that has to matter. We’re not over crowded, we’re not broke and starving, and we’re not working towards something that seems futile. But … NGHHHH … it’s not fair! Gerson’s right humans play dirty!” Undyne buries herself further into Asgore’s knees.

 

“Yes. Gerson was right that humans can play dirty. You know that better than any other monster. Yet, Gerson did not foresee the problems of remaining Underground forever. He could not. My political negotiations may leave something to be desired, but I am not so blind as to find my people’s suffering invisible. Toriel sees the politics and negotiations. I see the suffering in Soul. As king, I saw monsters falling down younger and younger because we could not connect with the Angel’s dust in the stars. We could not educate our children in ways that were meaningful because we struggled simply to stay alive. Now, even with the challenges, we see the Angel’s dust in the sky, and our wishes may rest in their dust. They rest l in the stars. I wish on them every night, and I have prayed and hoped harder into them than these last days than I have in many years. We are still cared for, Undyne, and we are still loved. We must believe that especially when it is hardest to do so,” Asgore says. 

 

Undyne lets out a shaky breath against Asgore’s knees. 

 

“You’re right. As always, you’re right about these things.” She sighs. 

 

Undyne sits up and turns away from Asgore before leaning back against him. She draws her knees up to her chest. Asgore begins speaking again in as comforting a tone as he can muster.

 

“I will do my best to ensure that negotiations move much more quickly and efficiently going forth. It is my hope that I can help to convince the humans in charge of this world that we monsters have something to offer them, as they do not understand the damage they constantly do to their own and others’ Souls. We embody the damage they do to each other by making it physical. The cynical part of me wonders if they will care …”

 

“We’ll make ‘em care! It’s the one thing I promised Papyrus and Mettaton equally. Humans are gonna care if I have to beat them into submission. Things are gonna change.” Undyne growls. 

 

Asgore pats her head. 

 

“Sadly, my girl, you cannot brute force politics. But, I agree with your sentiments.” Asgore chuckles. 

 

Undyne blows a raspberry.

 

“You should be able to brute force dumb laws.” She mutters. 

 

“On that, we are in agreement,” Asgore says. 

 

After a time of sitting in silence together, Undyne phone pings with a text. 

 

She smiles at the screen. 

 

“Gotta go help with something upstairs. Thanks Asgore … for everything.” Undyne smiles widely at him. 

 

“Go to your duties, and you are welcome.” Asgore smiles in return. 

 

As Undyne walks up the stairs, Asgore sips his now lukewarm tea. 

 

Asgore knows now that he cannot let this go on any longer. He recommits himself to finding a way to assist his people in becoming full members of the society of the Surface. 

 

When the day turns to dusk and the Angel’s dust, the stars, litter the sky, Asgore steps out into the cold and looks up. The storm of the previous days has fallen still and snow coats the ground in a thick blanket. Asgore can see his breath in the air as he stares up into the twinkling lights above him. 

 

How long until something comes from wishing on stars, Angel? How long until something comes of the songs we all sing? The ones that are sorry and the ones about love? How long, Angel? How long? How long? 

 

Asgore turns and heads back inside where Flowey waits for him on the coffee table in the living room. 

 

The two of them say nothing to each other. But, Flowey arranges his petals into the face of Asriel and smiles. 

 

Asgore’s Soul stops for a moment before returning a watery smile of his own. 

 

It matters little that his son’s face forms in the petals of a flower. Asgore has seen his son again, and that is all that matters.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

A million apologies to anyone actually named "Anthony Davis." I'm sure you're a lovely person. I literally just Googled common first and last names and that's what I got.

That said, I thought this was going to take me waaay longer to write. But, I chose to break up chapter 11 into two parts, so I was able to write a little faster. I just wanted to give Asgore a chance to be in the spotlight for a little bit. I just think Asgore is super underrated. He's such a sad and tragic character! I love him. So, I just wanted to give him a moment to be the focus.

Easter Eggs are as follows:

The chapter title comes from the song "How Long" from Hadestown. The lyrics to the song are also referenced at the end of the chapter. Asgore, to me, shares characteristics of both Persephone and Hades from that musical and the song "How Long" is one of their major duets in the second act. Hadestown is phenomenal, and I may or may not be planning to include a few more Hadestown Easter Eggs.

The last Easter Egg is in Asgore's letter, right before he mentions watching Les Miz, he references the lyrics to "Stars."

Next chapter will include a fair amount of fluff again. So, we're moving in the direction of resolution, but it's not like waving a magic wand kind of fluff. It's happy-sad fluff and a little bit of elaboration on permanent consequences of what I've set up in these last few chapters. But, it's MOSTLY happy-sad fluff. So, there's that.

I hope folks have been enjoying the story thus far. I've really enjoyed seeing how many folks have been willing to give this story a shot. I hope people haven't been too turned off by the length/subject matter of the last two chapters. I got pretty heavy handed in regards to lore and magic-science in the last two chapters. Haha!

In regards to length, I might end up breaking up chapter 14 into two parts as well depending upon length. So, if I add another chapter, I decided that it was too long and needed to be broken in half.

All the Best and Much Love,
Pip

Chapter 15: A Little Fall of Rain, Right Here, Right Now

Summary:

After everything that has happened, all Mettaton really wants is a shower and his boyfriend’s company. Well, Papyrus’ company when Mettaton is lucid enough to remember it. Both Mettaton and Papyrus are ambitious monsters … why not accomplish both at the same time?

TW:
References to Non-Con in past chapters
References to near-dying in past chapters
Injury Recovery
Strongly Implied/Referenced PTSD in this and future chapters

Notes:

If you haven't seen the notes on previous chapters, I did go back and edit a few things just to break chapters up a little bit. I went back and did a reread of Chapter 9 and 10 after they were posted, and I came to the conclusion that they were too dense. So, I broke them up to give folks a little easier time reading them. If you toughed them out as they were previously written, good for you! Thanks for bearing with me! If you got to this after they were fixed, I hoped that help improve your enjoyment. That being said because I'm making a few editorial changes like that for future chapters, I actually don't know how long this fic will be.

But, we're in the resolution stage fam! So, back to your regularly scheduled fluff positions!

Papyton shippers this chapter is for you/ us. :)

CW:
Two romantic partners end up in a shower together in a queer-platonic way. I am ace/ gray-romantic as all get out so I promise it’s not going to cross any PG-13 boundaries. (Like so much so that I think people holding hands deserves a T-rating … I’m only kind of joking.) But, it is the closest you’ll ever see, in my writing at least, to “sexy.” If that’s not your thing, you can skip this chapter.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Mettaton feels himself coming back to consciousness slowly. 

 

He still cannot believe that it’s Tuesday. Well, at least, it’s Tuesday according to what Sans told him the last time he woke up. 

 

The next thing that Mettaton is aware of, and immediately wants to be rid of, is that his hair feels sticky. He doesn’t know how it got sticky or why it feels sticky. However, it is an absolutely abhorrent sensation, and he wants it gone yesterday. 

 

Mettaton lets out an incredibly undignified groan as he forces his eyes open. 

 

“I feel gross …” he mumbles to the ceiling. 

 

After trying to bolt upright when talking to Sans, Mettaton has learned that sitting up on his own is a bad idea. 

 

“G-Gross how?” Alphys asks. 

 

Alphys’ voice is soft and blissfully familiar. 

 

Mettaton turns his head towards her before speaking again. 

 

“My hair feels gross.” He pouts. 

 

He turns his head back towards the ceiling and closes his eyes again.  

 

Mettaton permits himself this one moment of petulance. In the last approximately forty-eight hours, he has died and come back to life. His leg practically melted off, and it now throbs dully. Then, to top everything off, his hair is sticky and feels like someone is constantly pulling on it.

 

So, Angel forgive him if he decides he has earned a bit of childish pouting. 

 

Mettaton hears Alphys trying not to giggle at him, and he deepens his frown. 

 

“A-A-And what do you w-w-want me to do a-a-about that? Hmmm?” Alphys teases while still keeping her voice soft. 

 

“Honestly, darling, I have no idea.” He mumbles. 

 

Then, he turns his head and opens his eyes to look at Alphys. She’s grinning widely as she sits on a chair next to him. For all the time his Soul has existed, Mettaton is still unprepared for how important these well-known and seemingly mundane things would be to him. 

 

After a moment of gathering herself, Alphys looks serious behind those round glasses of hers.

 

“I-I-I could have someone h-h-help you with a sh-shower if y-y-you’re u-up for that.” Alphys offers. 

 

Mettaton stares at her for a moment before blushing. 

 

“I-I … ah … don’t suppose I have any other choice do I, sweetheart?” He asks. 

 

Mettaton swallows hard in embarrassment. 

 

“Who … um … do you have in mind?” He flushes harder. 

 

“Wh-Wh-What? Y-You don’t have to d-d-do anything. I-I-I could p-pr-probably figure out h-how to wash your h-h-hair, at least, here i-in the r-r-room. A-A-And, I am i-in no w-w-way … err … assigning a-anyone to y-y-you. You’re p-p-picking who you w-w-want and then and only then I-I-I’ll make a request.” Alphys emphasizes. 

 

Truthfully, Mettaton knows immediately who he’d like to have to help him, but he’s worried it would come off as too forward. 

 

So, Mettaton mentally runs through his list of options. Alphys is off the list because that’s far too awkward. He doesn’t care that she made his body. He’s not doing that. Undyne might have to carry him to the shower, but that’s the most he’s willing to subject either of them to enduring. No matter how close to his own parents he has come to considering Lady Toriel and King Asgore, he would rather his hair fall off completely than let the Underground’s royalty see him naked.  

 

Alphys’ voice breaks through his thoughts. 

 

“Y-Y-You know i-if you w-w-want P-Papyrus to help you all y-y-you have to do is a-ask?” Alphys prompts. 

 

Mettaton flushes bright pink almost to his hairline. 

 

“I-Isn’t that a bit too forward !?” He squeaks. 

 

Alphys looks at him with an expression that screams “ARE YOU KIDDING ME RIGHT NOW!?” 

 

“Ton-ton … h-h-how do I say this … err … I-I-I’m pretty sure asking h-h-him outright to h-h-hold your h-hand while you … um … f-f-fell d-down is like w-w- way more forward than helping y-you w-w-with a task of d-daily living b-b-because y-you can’t get a c-c-cast wet … or … ya kn-know … m-m-move without assistance?” Alphys says. 

 

I said that?  

 

That is what Mettaton thinks, but it is not what he says. 

 

“B-But … but , I won’t have clothes !” His eyes go wide. 

 

Some kind of recognition passes over Alphys’ face, but Mettaton realizes that she didn’t catch his meaning as soon as she starts speaking. Alphys’ voice takes on a soothing and gentle quality that Mettaton has only known her to use when she used to operate on monsters out of her apartment in Hotland. 

 

The same voice she used on him yesterday when he remembers slipping into her controlled sleep mode as she repaired his leg. 

 

“If that’s wh-wh-what you’re worried about, P-Papyrus is s-s-seriously one of the b-best people f-for this job. H-H-He’s gonna be so r-r-respectful and g-gentle. But … I th-think we c-c-can work s-something out if th-that’s too much f-for y-you.” Alphys reassures. 

 

“I mean … I want him to help me … I just  … ugh … I don’t know … I-I don’t want him to feel obligated , darling.” Mettaton huffs. 

 

Mettaton watches Alphys’ expression change again, and she looks impossibly sad. He’s not sure why. After all, isn’t he manipulating them into helping him? He’s a magic metal robot . It’s bad enough he nearly managed to …  it’s bad enough he put them through that .

 

None of this should be possible. Fully corporeal or not, Mettaton should be stronger than this. 

 

He’ll be an Angel-darned ass if he forces them to deal with anything else they don’t want. 

 

So, why is Alphys so somber? 

 

“N-N-No one feels o-obligated to do a- anything . W-W-We all want to h-h-help in whatever w-w-ways we can,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton doesn’t expect that response. He expects Alphys to realize that he’s just seeking attention. He blinks at her for several seconds before nodding his understanding. 

 

“Ah … I see, darling. Well, if that’s really how you feel about it …” He begins. 

 

“If you r-r-really need h-help accepting th-that we w-w-want to do this, think of it a-a-as your special HP r-r-recovery privileges. W-W- Within reason , y-you get a-a-anything and e-e-everything you want, o-o-okay?” Alphys sighs. 

 

“Even my SceneIt privileges?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Alphys looks as though she tasted something unpleasant, and Mettaton presumes he overstepped. 

 

“Ah … yes, darling, you did say within reason .” He mumbles.  

 

“No … you … y-y-you wouldn’t r-r-remember … when y-you … wh-wh-when y-y-you … died … it was the f-f-first thing P-P-Papyrus offered you.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes widen in shock. 

 

“A-A-And … and everyone was okay with that?” He asks. 

 

Alphys gives him another “ Seriously?! ” sort of look. 

 

“O-Of course we w-w-were! By the A-A-Angel, you died ! D-D-Don’t you think we’d want to … I-I-I don’t know … p-p-play with you, laugh w-w-with you, after all th-th-that? Don't you r-r-remember our conversation after y-you w-woke up? Well ... err ... a-a-actually you probably don't r-r-remember much of that. A-A-Anyway, the b-basics were that I-I-I would have flown t-t-to the moon i-in a rocket that s-s-said ‘Anime s-s-sucks and B-B-Broadway rules!’ at that m-m-moment … and, r-r-really even n-now if it m-m-meant you’d sm-sm-smile.” Alphys half-sobs and half-laughs. 

 

Mettaton isn’t sure why, but he just doesn’t quite believe her. She's not lying. She believes what she's saying. Still, he doesn't trust that she isn't just under his manipulation.

 

We're not so different you and I. You know? Flirtatious ... Ambitious ... Driven. I could make you the brightest shining star in the world ... 

 

No. He won't be like that. He refuses.  Yet, at the same time, Mettaton also doesn’t want Alphys to panic or become hysterical. He can’t really be worth that much to all of them. He'll just have to make them understand that. For now, however, he just decides it’s best to accept what Alphys says. 

 

“I think I understand now, sweetheart.” Mettaton replies. 

 

He can tell by Alphys’ expression that she knows what he’s really thinking, but what she feels about that fact remains unreadable to him. The only emotion he can really identify is that she’s sad. He tries to offer her a smile, but he knows it doesn’t really reach his eyes. 

 

The two of them sit in silence for a minute before Mettaton breaks it. 

 

“S-So … ah … about the shower?” He prompts. 

 

Alphys blinks for a second before shaking herself back to reality. 

 

“‘Um … y-y-yeah  … Dyne i-i-is going to h-h-have to do the l-l-lifting. Y-Y-You’re too t-tall for anyone else to c-c-cary safely. U-Unless, you’d r-r-rather have Toriel or Asgore …” 

 

“NO! Nope. No way! I am not letting the reigning monarch or his ex-wife carry me to the shower. Are you daft, darling! I would never be able to show my face in polite monster society again!” Mettaton waves his hands as he speaks. 

 

Mettaton is pleased when his rather dramatic outburst causes Alphys to chuckle lightly as she shakes her head at his antics. 

 

“I-I-I was only o-offering you o-o-options, ton-ton. I wasn’t s-s-saying you h-had to do a-a-anything you’re not c-c-comfortable with,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton blushes again. “I know , darling.”  

 

“S-S-So, I’ll t-t-text ‘Dyne and Papyrus. Th-Th-Then … um … we’ll g-g-get you cl-cleaned off and t-tucked back in b-b-bed. Sound g-g-good?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly. He closes his eyes and breathes deeply. 

 

He isn’t sure why or how he managed to nod off, but he wakes up to the sound of Papyrus’ voice. 

 

“DR. ALPHYS SAYS THAT YOU WISH TO WASH YOUR HAIR AS IT IS UNCOMFORTABLE. I MAY NOT HAVE HAIR, BUT WORRY NOT I UNDERSTAND THAT THERE ARE MANY PHYSICAL SENSATIONS THAT CAN BE … UNPLEASANT .” Papyrus says.

 

Mettaton smiles and tries not to be overenthusiastic about his desire to be held by Papyrus. 

 

He has enough self control not to burst into tears, but he does not have quite enough to prevent himself from throwing his arms out towards Papyrus’ voice like a child. 

 

As he throws his hands Papyrus’ direction, his fingers just barely graze something silky and soft like flower petals. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes snap open as he realizes he may have just grazed Flowey.

 

Instead, he is greeted by the sight of one of the most beautiful bouquets of flowers he has ever seen. 

 

Mettaton stares at the flowers with his mouth slightly open in surprise and wonder. He thought the room smelled different when he and Alphys were talking, but he couldn’t quite place where the scent came from or what was producing it. 

 

“Th-Th-There’s a card that comes with them, if y-y-you want to read it,” Alphys says. 

 

He reaches to take the card and giggles slightly at the image on the front. However, when he opens the inside and sees the intricate script. He skips reading the letter, for now, as he scans for a signature. When he finds it, his eyes widen and he blushes. Mettaton hurriedly flips back to the beginning of the letter. He spares glances towards the bouquet as he reads the name and description of each flower. 

 

However, once he reaches the description of the orchids, his carefully placed mask begins to fall. His hands shake slightly as he wills himself to finish the letter. However, by the time he reaches the end of the paragraph, after the description of the lilies, Mettaton feels tears slipping down his cheeks. He forces himself to keep reading, but he can no longer contain his sobs as he reaches the end of the second to last paragraph. 

 

Mettaton knows the last bit is something about holly berries being festive from his previous scanning. But, he can’t finish those last few sentences. He curls in on himself and cries. He drops the sheets of paper to rest on his lap.

 

Mettaton feels Papyrus’ hand on his back as he is gently guided toward his boyfriend's chest. Mettaton buries himself there and relishes in the comforting presence. 

 

Papyrus says nothing, but he rocks Mettaton in his arms. 

 

“CRYING IS GOOD, OR SO I HAVE BEEN TOLD. WHEN SOMEONE HAS BEEN THROUGH SO MUCH … UM … IT IS BEST NOT TO KEEP THOSE FEELINGS INSIDE LEST IT CAUSE DAMAGE TO YOU. I THINK YOU HAVE TAKEN ENOUGH DAMAGE. SO, IT IS BEST TO LEAN ON US. WE ARE VERY STRONG. TOGETHER WE ARE STRONGER THAN ANYTHING. PERHAPS, THAT IS BECAUSE UNDYNE IS INCLUDED IN THE EVERYONE … YET, REGARDLESS, WE ARE VERY STRONG WHEN WE ARE TOGETHER!” Papyrus says, 

 

Mettaton allows himself a small smile and a tearfilled laugh. This is exactly what he needed. 

 

“Oh … you read Asgore’s letter. He’ll be happy you liked it. He said something about cath … catharsis? Ah whatever sappy crap he wanted I think you delivered.” 

 

Undyne says as she walks in the room. 

 

Her remark does make Mettaton laugh a bit harder. 

 

“You’re incorrigible, Shield Maiden.” 

 

Mettaton shifts slightly to face Undyne.

 

“Yeah … well … Mer not all of us are Soul-on-our-sleeve types.” Undyne fumbles. 

 

Mettaton watches her rub the back of her head. He’s gotten to know her well enough to know that there’s more she wants to say, but she won’t say it unless the two of them are alone. The prospect of that conversation intrigues him, but he desperately wants out of this bed if only for a few moments. 

 

“W-W-Wait … um … b-b-before we do anything I-I-I … Angel this is a-a-awkward … I need t-t-to … err … w-w-wrap your c-cast in plastic,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys pulls the blankets away from Mettaton’s right leg. That’s when remembers he has nothing, well nothing substantial anyway, on under the blankets. This causes him to blush. 

 

“I-I-I’ll be fast. S-S-Sans and Napstablook b-b-brought fresh c-c-clothes and some of your things. ‘Dyne and I-I will g-g-get things situated in h-h-here while you shower.” Alphys assures. 

 

Alphys grabs what looks like a small cardboard box and begins pulling a sheet of clear plastic from it. She wraps the plastic wrapping around his “casted” leg. 

 

“A-A-Alright, Papyrus wh-wh-why don’t you g-get everything s-s-set up in the b-b-bathroom. Then, ‘Dyne you l-l-lift him up. Remember ‘Dyne, gentle .” Alphys warns. 

 

Undyne nods before carefully lifting Mettaton up. He winces once when she first lifts him, and Mettaton wraps his arms around Undyne’s neck as tightly as he can without choking her by accident. 

 

“I gotcha. Just relax. I gotcha.” Undyne assures. 

 

His left leg bends gently at the knee while she carries him while his right leg sticks straight out covered in white surgical tape and a layer of the clingy plastic substance. Yet, as Mettaton looks over his leg, he notices various drawings, well wishes, and writing. 

 

His Soul swells in his Soul Chamber, and he feels tears rising to his eyes again. 

 

“You okay? Should I slow down?” Undyne asks. 

 

“N-No … it’s not that … I just … I didn’t expect …” He gestures towards the cast. 

 

“Oh, what you thought we were all gonna pass up an opportunity to make doodles?” Undyne teases. 

 

Mettaton once again smiles though his tears. He wonders if there will come a day when he stops crying over silly things that don’t matter. 

 

Though, he wonders if not feeling anything would be worse than feeling too much.

 

His pushes that thought from his mind. His head is already a little achy from moving around, and he certainly doesn't need some sort of philosophical headache on top of the hundred others he's already dealing with.

 

After the short walk to the bathroom, Undyne gently places Mettaton down on a bench in the shower. 

 

“Has Lady Toriel always had this here?” Mettaton asks. 

 

“LADY TORIEL GOT THIS LITTLE STOOL YESTERDAY WHEN SHE AND SANS WENT TO THE STORE FOR BUTTERSCOTCH PIE INGREDIENTS. IT SEEMS THAT SHE IS VERY WISE WHEN IT COMES TO PLANNING AHEAD.” Papyrus explains. 

 

Mettaton smiles and nods his understanding. Papyrus is right. Lady Toriel thinks of everything. 

 

“Papyrus … erm … just text me when you two are done. ‘Kay?” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus nods. 

 

When the two of them are alone, they both look at each other and blush furiously. 

 

It takes both of them a full minute to be able to even kind of look at each other when they realize exactly what else needs done. 

 

With just a bit of effort, and quite a bit of awkwardness, the two of them manage to get the shower turned on and Mettaton situated under the warm water. 

 

All of the awkwardness and tension melts away slowly as the two of them sit together. Papyrus is in swim trunks behind Mettaton, and Papyrus offers Mettaton shampoo. 

 

Mettaton begins shampooing his hair, and it feels like a weight has been lifted from inside him. He finally feels clean in a way he hasn’t in days … maybe even in this whole month. 

 

Papyrus helps to support Mettaton as he leans back under the water to get the soap out of the synthetic hair. 

 

This is a new experience for them both. It is simultaneously awkward, intriguing, and euphoric in a way neither of them ever expected. Nothing happens, and everything happens. They barely hold hands, but it's like kissing for the first time all over again. The simplicity of the warm water raining down on them reforges them stronger and helps them grow. 

 

The silence between them is a whole conversation of "hellos," "how are yous," and reintroductions.

 

However, there are some things that are better asked in words. 

 

“CAN I ASK YOU A QUESTION?” Papyrus asks. 

 

“Anything, dearest. You never need to ask.” Mettaton states. 

 

"WHY DID YOU ASK ME TO HELP OUR FRIENDS REMEMBER THEIR LITTLE NOTES AND NOT SOMEONE LIKE ASGORE, AS HE IS OUR KING, OR ALPHYS, AS SHE IS YOUR BEST FRIEND, OR UNDYNE, AS SHE IS THE MOST ... UM ... PERSISTENT?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Mettaton raises an eyebrow trying to remember what Papyrus is talking about. His mind had been so addled by the overheating at that point that there's little he remembers other than pain and cold. However, he finally has a sudden moment of clarity. 

 

The leitmotifs … Mettaton thinks. 

 

“I-I-I … I knew you wouldn’t give up on any of them … even if they all gave up on themselves, darling. You … I’m sorry to have placed an undue burden on you, dearest. I just … I couldn’t let her … I couldn’t let them … I could let any of you be consumed by grief. i’m not worth it …” Mettaton whispers. 

 

“WHY DO YOU TALK LIKE THAT?” Papyrus asks. 

 

“because it’s true,” Mettaton blurts before he can think. 

 

“WHY DO YOU THINK THAT WAY?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Mettaton doesn’t have an answer to that. He wants to emphasize what he just said because he believes it. He’s damaged goods now. Quite literally, he might add. 

 

“i’m broken, and nothing can fix it.”

 

That’s the phrase Mettaton settles on. It captures the sentiment well enough. 

 

“IF YOU ARE REFERRING TO THE DAMAGE IN YOUR LEG AND CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT, THEN YOU ARE FOCUSING ON THE WRONG THINGS. WELL IT IS TRUE THERE HAS BEEN PHYSICAL AND MAGICAL DAMAGE THAT IS UNDOABLE, THAT DOES NOT MATTER BECAUSE YOU ARE MY FRIEND AND MY MONSTER. NOTHING CHANGES THAT. WE ARE VERY GREAT! EVEN IF YOU HAVE FORGOTTEN THAT YOU ARE, IT IS OKAY, FOR I, THE GREAT PAPYRUS, HAVE AN AMAZING MEMORY OF YOUR BRILLIANCE! HOWEVER, IF YOU’RE REFERRING TO THE DAMAGE THAT … THAT MAN DID TO YOUR SOUL WHEN HE HURT YOU … WHILE NOTHING CAN TAKE AWAY THAT HURT, YOU ARE NOT BROKEN. HURT, YES. BROKEN, NEVER. I BELIEVE IN YOU. IT WILL GET EASIER EVEN IF IT IS FOREVER. FOR, YOU WILL HAVE ME FOREVER.” Papyrus states with all the conviction he can muster. 

 

For what seems like the hundredth time that day, Mettaton finds himself in tears. Papyrus rubs Mettaton’s back as the two of them huddle together under the streams of the shower. Papyrus’ deft fingers comb through the tangles in Mettaton’s hair as the two of them rest in each other’s embrace until the water starts to cool. 

 

Then, Papyrus turns off the tap, and he hands Mettaton a fluffy towel. Mettaton dries off his hair while Papyrus helps him with the rest of his body.

 

The two of them return to their blushes as Papyrus helps Mettaton into fresh clothes.  

 

After a bit of fumbling and more awkwardness than the two of them know what to do with, both of them manage to get Mettaton into a pair of fuzzy pajama pants and a tee shirt that has “24601” printed on it. Despite Papyrus doing most of the work, Mettaton can’t help but feel exhausted. 

 

With that settled, Papyrus texts Undyne. 

 

Undyne knocks on the door, and Papyrus eagerly opens it. 

 

Mettaton gives Undyne a sleepy grin. 

 

“Despite looking absolutely exhausted, you look more like yourself than you have in days, space heater.” Undyne quips. 

 

Mettaton grins lopsidedly while humming his agreement. He holds his arms up so she can lift him. 

 

Undyne chuckles softly as Mettaton pillows his cheek on her shoulder. 

 

When Mettaton is set back down on the bed, he notices that several things have been altered. 

 

The lights are on now so he can see the room better. He looks over his right shoulder and finds that someone has plugged in his record player and brought several of his favorite records in a milk crate. Then, he looks over his left shoulder and sees that several hand drawn pictures have surrounded the boba lamp. Mettaton realizes with a smile that most of them have been drawn by Frisk. Though, Papyrus has made several as well. There is a beautiful painting of Mettaton, Shyren, and Blooky posing against a starlit background hanging on the wall. 

 

It must have taken Shyren hours to paint that. Mettaton thinks. 

 

Then, he notices his plush collection of Ugly Dolls and Squishmallows have been stacked in the rocking chair. Papyrus’ laptop and the community Switch are plugged into a powerstrip on the wall across from the bed. 

 

Then, as he feels around next to him, two very special plushies have been posted on either side of him. One of them is a little stuffed bear with a satin fabric mask sewn to half of its face. He also sports a little black cape. Mettaton immediately pulls it close to his chest and buries his face in it. Then, his other hand reaches for the other stuffed toy next to him. 

 

The tears that had begun to form in his eyes finally fall at the sight of the little white ghost plush. 

 

“I-I-I told Napstablook a-a-and Sans that th-they had to find h-h-him for you. I-I-I figured he m-m-must have fallen under the bed wh-wh-when you w-w-were stumbling a-around in the a-a-apartment. I-I-I remember when y-y-you rescued him from the d-dump and b-b-begged me to c-c-clean him up. I-I-I knew he w-w-was special then, a-and I f-figured y-you’d want him now. The b-b-bear was easier to f-f-find. Y-You had him on a ch-chair by the p-poster wall.” Alphys rambles. 

 

Mettaton wipes tears from his eyes. He cannot believe someone, or multiple someones, went back to the apartment for all this. 

 

“We just wanted you to be nice and cozy while you finish healing, Footloose.” 

 

Undyne grins widely though Mettaton hears her voice go thick with tears. 

 

“IT IS THE SMALL COMFORTS THAT HAVE THE GREATEST IMPORTANCE. NEYHEHEHE,” Papyrus says. 

 

Mettaton pulls the two plush toys close to his chest. He wipes some of his tears away with a smile and a breathy laugh. 

 

Then, he looks up at the three of them and opens his arms towards them. 

 

All three of his friends lean in and wrap Mettaton in their embrace. 

 

“W-W-We love you, ton-ton.” Alphys whispers. 

 

He nods slowly as his friends pull back one by one. If Mettaton and Papyrus sneak a skeleton kiss before finally breaking their embrace, Alphys and Undyne only share a knowing glance. 

 

Mettaton yawns widely as Papyrus leans him back against the pillows. Mettaton’s eyes drift shut as he wraps each of his plush friends in an embrace. 

 

“Just sleep and let yourself continue to heal up. Alright, shield bro?” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton gives her a sleepy grin and a thumbs up before sliding back into sleep mode.

 

Undyne offers both Alphys and Papyrus knucks as they leave and she takes up her vigil for the hour. 

 

"Now, where did that nerd leave off in this thing?"

 

Undyne pulls the Sailor Moon sticker sheet out and begins reading. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

*Enters late with Starbucks, and some fluff* Have delivered the fluff requested by my beauties and gentlebeauties, or have I delivered the fluff? XD

(But seriously, I hope I delivered the fluff.)

AAAANYWAY, on to the Easter Eggs.

There's only two that were truly intentional. The title of this chapter was a reference to "A Little Fall of Rain" from Les Miserables.

The second is actually an homage to a story from when I was VERY young. There was a book sold by Hallmark about a ghost named Guy (shocker /s it was titled "A Ghost Named Guy"). I remember very little of the story. I only remember that the ghost was shy and his friends made him go trick or treating? The white plush ghost is a reference to this story because Hallmark sold a plush of Guy the ghost. (One of my siblings had one, but we both liked the book.) I thought the ghost in the story, if my memory serves, had a similar vibe/look to Blooky. Hence, the little reference.

The tee shirt and the bear are actually both real merch sold at the shows Les Miz and Phantom of the Opera. Not sure exactly how/where MTT would have picked up the shirt and the plush friend. But, my guess is they're collections from the Waterfall dump (or perhaps a packing gift from Frisk and/or Toriel?)

I hope you enjoyed this chapter as much as I enjoyed writing it. Papyton as a ship is literally my favorite ever because it has the possibility to be so tender and so soft while also being awkward as hell. Both Papyrus and Mettaton, for different reasons, kind of put on a "face" for their friends and family to make them happy. I love the idea that the two of them can let that "face" down around each other.

For folks who have been in a close romantic and/or platonic relationship, you know what I mean. It's that moment at the end of the day when the crappy things that didn't go your way just sort of fall away and, then, there's just you two enduring it. It's not always a pleasant feeling, but it's great in the sense that it's better than going all that alone. You want to help your person, and you feel them lifting that weight off of you.

It's a bittersweet feeling which is what I hope this chapter's fluff kind of got at.

Anyhow looking forward to keeping this sucker going for y'all! And, once more, a thousand thank yous for folks who have been so patient with the restructuring!

Cheers!
Pip

Chapter 16: Let Me Lead You from Your Solitude

Summary:

Mettaton experiences his first migraine in a fully fused corporeal body, and all the “joys” that entails. Despite the fact that this new bug is kind of scary, Alphys and Papyrus seem to know just what to do. As it turns out, Papyrus can whisper … and he gives the greatest snuggles.

TW:
Description and Depiction of Migraines (Visual and Vertigo aura presentation)
Referenced Non-Con in past chapters
Implied/Depicted PTSD
Asexual Coming Out + Euphemisms for sex

Notes:

Special thanks to my spouse who requested Papyrus whispering as part of this chapter. I am converting him to my OTP slowly.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Wednesday … 

 

As Mettaton rests his head on Undyne’s shoulder, his good eye begins to go a little fuzzy. Well, fuzzy isn’t the right word, it’s more that the world looks smeared. He shakes his head slightly and tries to refocus on the movie they’re watching. 

 

However, Mettaton can’t seem to follow even the simplest of plots, and he has a suspicion that he’s seen this movie before. However, he just can’t quite place it. 

 

Well, that and Mettaton just can’t quite seem to get the smudges out of his left eye no matter how many times he blinks. 

 

Oh darn it all! Will I be wearing stupid spectacles like Alphys now on top of everything else!?

 

Mettaton draws his brows down in frustration. 

 

“Awww … come on now, space heater. Stark isn’t so bad! We’ll get to Thor soon enough, Loki .” Undyne teases. 

 

He schools his expression again. That’s right, they’re binge watching the Marvel movies in order. Frisk claims it to be the “best sick person activity” because “they’re easy to watch and there are a lot of them.” Yet, as easy as the plot should be to follow, Mettaton can’t seem to remember anything after the car exploded near the beginning of the film. 

 

Well, he thinks that's the beginning? It might have been closer to the middle? 

 

Confound it! I actually like this movie! 

 

Yet, somehow, to his immense vexation, he still can’t remember what’s going on in this blasted film. He can’t even recall the bald villain’s name! 

 

Jedediah Smith is the cowboy from Night at the Museum. So, that’s not it. Mettaton thinks. 

 

“You tired there, space heater? Alphy said to let you enter sleep mode whenever you’re tired. It’ll make your leg heal faster.” Undyne reminds him. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head. “I’m not tired, darling.” 

 

Truly, he’s not tired. He’s just frustrated, and there’s something blurring his vision that he wants to make go away. 

 

He tries to rub it out, but it doesn’t help. 

 

“See you are tired,” Undyne says triumphantly. 

 

Mettaton could scream in frustration, but he bites down on his lip. 

 

“I’m really not, Shield Maiden , I swear. There’s something in my eye.” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

Undyne cocks her head to one side before she appears to have some kind of epiphany. 

 

“Is it blurry?” She asks. 

 

“Smudged.” He replies tersely. 

 

Mettaton really wishes Undyne would just stop talking as a dull throbbing sensation blooms across the side of his head. The smudging in his eye is gone, but it is quickly replaced by the lights in the room intensifying to such a degree that he’s sure he’s going to be blinded.  

 

It reminds him far too much of the headache that he swore was going to kill him … and did. 

 

“I … Alphys … ‘kay?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Hmmm?” He asks. 

 

“Texted …” She says. 

 

“Sounds great, darling.” He replies. 

 

She texted Alphys. I think.  

 

He burrows deeper into Undyne’s shoulder. Now, he feels like he’s swinging and spinning all at once. Every time he moves his head he’s either skyrocketing up or down. He thanks the Angel that he doesn’t have a flesh body or this could become interesting. 

 

Mettaton infers that this is the closest to nauseous he will ever feel, and he never wants to feel it again. 

 

“It’s okay. Alphy said this might happen. I knew.” 

 

Undyne rubs his back as she speaks. 

 

Glad someone did . Mettaton thinks bitterly. 

 

However, the only sound he makes is a soft groan. 

 

“How bad? Like in comparison to the two you had when you were ... um ... sick. How bad?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Mmmm … like … not ‘s bad ‘s that, but really hurts, ‘wyn.” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

He feels her nod as she holds him steadily to her. 

 

“Do you think rocking will help? Alphy’s on her way up,” Undyne says. 

 

“No … no … I’m rocking enough as is. Fee’s … Feels ‘ike … like I’m on a bad roller coaster.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

“So, you’re dizzy?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly. However, that simple movement makes the dull throbbing, starting from his temple, transform into a hard smacking sensation. The pain is so bad he wonders if someone or something struck him from inside the left side of his head. 

 

He closes his eyes tight and presses a hand to his temple. 

 

“Don’t move your head m‘kay? I’m gonna help you lie back so we can keep your head steady. Then, you can hold your buddies nice and tight. Okay? I’m also just gonna turn the lights off, space heater. Breathe in through your nose and out through your mouth. It helps with the vertigo. ‘Kay, you do that, and I’ll make the light go away,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton follows Undyne’s instructions as best he can. He keeps his eyes shut against the light until she turns them off. 

 

“Any better?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Kin’a … kin’a … ugh …” Mettaton groans with frustration. 

 

He pounds his fist down on the mattress in anger, but the movement shifts his head. Then, the pain drills him in the temple again. 

 

“‘s not important, dude. I swear. I know what you’re saying. Fuck diction, right now. If I can't understand you, then, I'll just have you write it or text it or something.” Undyne assures. 

 

The throbbing pain intensifies and quickens with Mettaton's soulbeats. Mettaton wonders if it's the anxiety or the headache itself that's starting to make his eye water and twitch slightly. 

 

The door creaking makes it feel like someone hit him with some kind of mallet. 

 

Then, Mettaton feels a soft pressure against his arm. 

 

“When d-did this start?” Alphys whispers to him. 

 

“Dunno … ‘ike … ugh … like twenty minutes, dar’ing … darling .” 

 

Now, he’s just starting to feel increasingly agitated. Tears well at the corners of his eyes because this feels too much like he felt … he’s not going to … he can’t …

 

Angel, please. Please not again. I can’t do it again! Even if they'd all be better off without me, please it hurt so bad … Mettaton begs internally. 

 

“Hey, hey , listen to m-me, o-o-okay? It’s a migraine. I-I can see on your face where your b-brain is going, b-but I can show you that the b-bad thing isn’t happening again. Y-Your magic is shorting o-out some wires in y-your CPU wh-which is preventing the m-magic flow to the other parts of your CPU. It’s b-basically causing a magic back up. It h-hurts like hell, but it’s treatable if y-you catch it early. Right now, we’re going to try s-some medicine and sleep m-mode. If that doesn’t work, I-I’m going to try to write a r-restart program as fast as I can. W-We just h-have to manage this one. F-Future ones we can catch before they get th-this bad.” Alphys reassures in a whisper. 

 

Angel, he adores her. 

 

The knot in his chest loosens as a few more stray tears of relief fall down his cheeks at her explanation. 

 

Mettaton reaches for Alphys hand. She immediately catches on and takes his hand in hers. 

 

“D-Do you wanna try the medicine?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Mmmmhmmm.” He agrees. 

 

“I-I don’t think it’s a great idea to experiment with p-pills right now. S-So, we’re just calculating out how m-much liquid to give you. Thankfully, Papyrus h-hates pills. So, we’re prepared.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

“Tha’s good … tha’s … ugh!” Mettaton groans. 

 

He just can’t figure out why his tongue won’t cooperate. 

 

“Let’s n-not focus on performance diction right n-now. L-Let’s just focus on s-some nice d-deep breaths and resting .” Alphys assures. 

 

Mettaton brings his plush toys closer to him and nuzzles deep into Phantom’s soft fur while bringing the ghost plush, Guy, up to his other cheek and pillowing into it. He glares through his bang at the wall.

 

He wants to rest, but he can't sleep. The world tips sideways everytime he closes his eyes. 

 

After a little while, Alphys seems to notice he's not asleep.

 

“D-Do you want something else? W-We could play some m-music nice and low? I-I could get some heat packs too now that y-you’re not o-o-overheating?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton isn’t sure what he wants. The room still won’t stop spinning, even with his eyes open, and it scares him. So, Mettaton reaches for Alphys' hand again. 

 

Alphys grips Mettaton’s hand. “I g-gotcha. Can you tell me what’s hurting or w-wrong now?” 

 

Mettaton swallows hard. “B-Bad th-thrill ride, sweetheart.” 

 

“Okay … oh … y-yeah, I-I got it. I understand. I-I’m keeping track of h-how you feel so we know what c-comes after what. I-I-I’m gonna rub your good leg. Helps with ‘Dyne’s m-m-migranes and vertigo sometimes. I-I-Is that okay?” Alphys asks.

 

Mettaton attempts to sign “Yes.” 

 

“Good. Th-Th-That’s a great idea to sign.” Alphys praises. 

 

He smiles weakly at her encouragement and the way she rubs the lower part of his leg below his knee. It gives him something to focus on that isn’t the crazy spinning and throbbing in his head. He vaguely wonders why her focus on the back of his knee joint is working and why holding her hand relieved so much pain. 

 

“Pressure p-points. I tried to design you with pretty s-standard anatomy.” Alphys explains, as if reading his mind. 

 

Some unknown amount of time passes before the throbbing in Mettaton's head is so bad he’s sure it's is going to explode. It can’t be that long since he tried sleep mode the first time because Alphys never stops rubbing his leg. However, he groans against the pain. 

 

“worry not, sans is coming with something that will make you feel much better soon, you are doing very great. we are proud of you.” Someone whispers. 

 

Wait. No. Is that …? 

 

Mettaton cracks his eye open and, as surely as he now has a fully fused corporeal body, Papyrus is whispering to him. 

 

Mettaton tries to smile at Papyrus, but he’s sure it looks more like a grimace. 

 

“you know you do not have to do that, correct? if you are in pain, you are allowed to show it. i am very strong, and i can handle you not being picture ready for now. even undyne, as strong as she is, is felled by these migraines. so, worry not, i am greatly prepared, for i am the great papyrus.” Papyrus assures. 

 

Mettaton reaches and tries to find Papyrus’ hand. When their hands intertwine, Papyrus laces their fingers together while rubbing Mettaton’s knuckles. 

 

It feels like an eternity before Sans enters the room. 

 

‘here ya go, kid. got somethin’ ta help take the edge off while al codes. she jus’ left about a few seconds ago. paps ‘s gonna stay. ‘kay? let’s drink this. i have a chaser for ya when you’re done.” Sans explains. 

 

He hands Mettaton a small paper cup with something inside. Mettaton asks no questions.

 

If Sans says this will take the edge off, Mettaton’s willing to do anything. Mettaton absolutely means anything, up to and including letting Sans drill a hole into his temple to pull Mettaton's CPU out to wash it in hot water before putting it back. 

 

Yet, Sans is correct that the medicine needs a chaser. It tastes like artificial cherries, and it’s vile

 

“it does not taste very great does it? somehow it is better than trying to swallow tiny rocks, but it does not taste nice. this will help it go down better. the brilliant dr. alphys suggested warm beverages. it’s not too hot, and it tastes good.” Papyrus soothes. 

 

Mettaton drinks what Papyrus offers him. It’s sweet, and it does take the edge off the horrible taste. It takes his brain a second to catch up with what he’s tasting, but it seems to be some kind of coffee-chocolate beverage. It’s got a bit of a peppermint in the aftertaste as well. 

 

“al said something about how caffeine and magic have some sorta interplay and that it might help to get some in ya.” Sans explains. 

 

Mettaton is generally more of a tea drinker, but he has to admit that, whatever this is, it’s good. 

 

For a little while, he does manage to pass into sleep mode. However, he feels worse rather than better when he wakes up. 

 

The headache seems to be passing from the left side of his head to the right, and it intensifies as it migrates across his forehead. 

 

Mettaton kicks himself for letting out the most undignified sound that he can recall making. 

 

“Oh, honey …”

 

Toriel’s voice covers him in a silky soft embrace. She pauses to gently rub his arm. 

 

“Whe'e’s Papy'us?” Mettaton asks.

 

His tongue is starting to feel stiff in his mouth again. It doesn't annoy him quite as much as it did earlier, but Mettaton is still not overly happy with the sound. 

 

“We changed shifts, sweetheart. He’s resting. Alphys told me that she’s almost done writing the program, dear one. If you can just rest a little more, I’m sure she’ll be up soon.” Toriel assures. 

 

Mettaton tries to re engage sleep mode, but he can’t. The world is spinning again, and he desperately wants it to stop. It’s making his artificial stomach do backflips. 

 

He groans again as the throbs now attack the right side of his head.

 

“It’s okay, dear one. Dr. Alphys is almost done with writing the program. She just texted me to tell you to and I quote ‘Just finalizing a few things. Programing a sound to let him/us know reboot successful. Trying to make it pleasing to listen to. Know he hears colors. Don’t want it to hurt his eyes. Would be unnecessarily cruel. Should be done within the hour.’” Toriel reads. 

 

Mettaton tries not to cry at the prospect of relief coming in an hour. 

 

“Fee’ bad f’r making her do a’ this. ‘s jus’ one thing af’er another …” 

 

Mettaton grits his teeth in pain and frustration in equal measure. While he has given up on his television ready diction, he doesn’t expect to sound like a toddler. 

 

“Now, now, none of that. Or did you ask to be this ill, dear one?” Toriel asks. 

 

“N-No, I jus’ wish she’d ge’ s’eep,” Mettaton says. 

 

Angel darned “L’s!!” 

 

“I understand, sweetheart. But, take heart in the fact that Dr. Alphys wants to see you get well again. We all do. It will take time, and we understand that. We want to be here. I appreciate you preventing Undyne and Papyrus from setting my kitchen aflame. While I do not always agree with your … ah … methods … of cutting up your desserts, you are very talented. So, worry not, my dear, I am merely returning an overdue favor, if that is how you need to see it,” Toriel says. 

 

Mettaton blinks up at Toriel owlishly in response. He likes that idea of this being a repayment or, as Alphys said yesterday, a privilege until he can recover. As long as he is reasonable, he can’t hurt them. He just resolves to always ask twice to make sure it’s really okay with whomever is helping him. Though, if he forgets to ask a second time, he hopes he can be forgiven for his lapses in remembering.

 

Maybe, everyone can play a game together tomorrow. Everyone likes games. That will be his peace offering for being so much trouble. 

 

Mettaton’s plan is the last coherent thought he has before passing into some kind of listless liminal state where he is half-awake and half-asleep. 

 

Alphys’ voice calls him back into complete consciousness, and he wishes she hadn’t. He would love nothing more than someone to just open a hole in the side of his head and drain whatever magic has managed to collect there. 

 

Angel, please make it stop. Mettaton thinks. 

 

“Ton-ton? H-Hey, I just finished the p-program. Okay? So, h-h-here’s how it works. Remember when we designed this body and w-we couldn’t see any reason for y-you to power yourself off, right? But now, … err … that’s n-not exactly the case? Still, I’m not confident in wh-what a full shut down would … err … do? Anyway … the software file I-I’m going to upload is an o-override to the program that prevents y-you from powering yourself off. It’ll get triggered after a certain point of m-magical back up. If it gets t-triggered, y-you’ll get a little m-message that says “Restart Necessary” f-followed by a question that says “Are you in a s-safe place?” Then, there will be a little c-count down timer. Y-You have five m-m-minutes to find someone a-and get somewhere safe before y-you’re going to automatically r-restart. As soon as your s-safe, if the timer hasn’t hit zero, y-you can accept the restart and reboot. I-It won’t be all that different a f-feeling, I hope, from what h-happens when y-you go into low power mode and g-get plugged in. D-Do you think that’s okay? C-Can I start the upload?” Alphys asks. 

 

P’ease . A-Anything … make ‘s s’op.” Mettaton begs. 

 

“Sure thing, Ton-ton. Y-You got it.” Alphys rubs his arm. 

 

She plugs her computer into the port on his arm. 

 

“I-It says it’ll take about half an h-hour to upload. Anything I-I can do in the meantime?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Wan’ Papyrus back,” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

“I’ll t-t-text him. If he’s a-a-awake, he’ll come here I-I’m sure.” 

 

Alphys rubs Mettaton’s arm as she texts. 

 

“M’knee? Rub m’knee?” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

“S-Sure. Absolutely .” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Alphys rubs Mettaton’s knee again just as the vertigo hits again. 

 

“S-S’on the b-b-bad ro’r coas’er …” Mettaton slurs. 

 

“You’ll be able to g-get off of it in about twenty more m-minutes. Y-You feel okay? Think you c-can make it that l-long?” Alphys whispers. 

 

“Mmmmhmmm.” Mettaton confirms. 

 

Mettaton fades out of reality for a while but, when he comes back around, Papyrus is right by his side. 

 

Mettaton looks up at Papyrus with a watery smile. 

 

“I’m sca’d an’ I wan’d you he’, dea’es’” Mettaton whimpers.  

 

Despite everything, Mettaton hopes that Alphys didn’t wake Papyrus. Still, he’s so endlessly grateful not to be suffering without Papyrus there. Mettaton is terrified , and Papyrus is brave. Papyrus won’t judge him for being weak. Papyrus doesn’t need him to make anxiety go away. Papyrus isn’t counting on him to be joyful or his idol. Papyrus can see him at his most vulnerable and not care at all. 

 

The mask of perfection washed away yesterday in the rain of the shower. 

 

Papyrus doesn’t say anything. He just rubs Mettaton’s arm gently. Then, the message Alphys described comes across Mettaton’s vision. 

 

“G-Go’ a message …” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

“Y-You’re safe. We gotcha. G-Go ahead.” Alphys rassures. 

 

Mettaton has nearly forgotten that Alphys is still there, despite the fact that she never stopped rubbing his uninjured leg. 

 

Mettaton accepts the message, and he feels all of his wiring tighten at once before hearing a faded-blue chord.

 

C-major, if he’s not mistaken. 

 

As soon as he reawakens, the pain is mostly gone. However, he immediately feels like he’s going to go into sleep mode. 

 

“Sleep, darlings. ‘m fine … just wanna … wanna sleep. Lovely audience … sweethearts!” 

 

Mettaton flops back on the pillows with a slight flourish of his wrist. 

 

“G-Good show, big guy. Just rest now, y-you’ll probably still feel pretty tired later. B-But, we don't mind, ton-ton. Just rest up.” 

 

Alphys chuckles, though there’s not much joy in her statement. She takes a deep breath before addressing Papyrus.  

 

“P-Papyrus would you wanna stay with him t-tonight? I-I think he’d like that and honestly, there’s no one I trust more r-right now. I-I might actually sleep if you t-take over,” Alphys says. 

 

Papyrus beams for a moment. 

 

“should i keep whispering dr. alphys or am i allowed to return to normal speech?” Papyrus asks. 

 

“I-I’d stay quiet j-just until tomorrow ... probably? I-If it seems like he’s going to get a second m-migraine, there’s a bottle of the liquid NAAMDDs with a n-note to say how much to give. I-It’s been well more than s-six hours so he can h-have more if he needs it.” Alphys explains. 

 

Papyrus nods. He understands perfectly. 

 

“Th-TThanks Papyrus, you’re a-amazing. Truly.  If he wakes up, offer to cuddle with him. He won’t ask. He thinks h-he’s imposing on us. B-But, if you offer, it’ll pr-probably make him really happy,” Alphys says. 

 

Papyrus nods. This he understands less, but he still agrees. 

 

“dr. alphys, why does he think he is imposing on us if we offer to help him? i know there are many ways to love. but, i also know that we love him. all of us … even undyne and sans. you love him like sans loves me, i think, if i've observed correctly. and, i love him in a special kind of way that only happens when two people who are very great meet and then realize that other person’s greatness … like you and undyne did … so, why doesn’t he understand that he is very great and therefore people want to love him?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Alphys feels the tears welling up in her eyes, and she covers her mouth to stop the sob from escaping her. Though Papyrus’ language is simple, and his comparisons are personal, it is an absolutely accurate assessment of her relationship with Mettaton. Papyrus is wiser than anyone would ever know upon meeting him for the first time. Alphys would and will always stake her life on that. When she has time, she hopes to tell him that. 

 

Alphys wonders if Papyrus doesn't have more feelings about this subject than he has words for at the moment as well. She'll have to ask him more about that some other time. However, Papyrus has asked her a question, and Alphys knows she ought at least to try to answer it. 

 

“I-I'm ... I'm really only speaking th-theoretically ... I haven't h-had much time to ask him. So ... S-So, what I'm telling you is based on what I-I know f-from past experiences about Mettaton as my f-friend. But, when … when the bad man h-hurt Mettaton, it made e-everything in the world look scary, Papyrus. Even ... e-even us. But, especially M-Mettaton himself. I ... I think … he’s afraid of hurting us … or really … well … t-taking advantage of us because of how he was … err … well, y-you know ... hurt. Mettaton… um … i-it’s complicated … I don’t think M-Mettaton wanted to or wants to fall down e-exactly, b-but … but I-I ... I sometimes ... that's not important." Alphys stops abruptly.

 

Alphys doesn't really want to voice her doubts about Mettaton's mental state to Papyrus. Alphys doesn't have enough data to prove that she isn't projecting her own insecurities and struggles onto him. So, she decides it's best not to worry Papyrus unnecessarily.  

 

"What is important to u-understand is … um … M-Mettaton is not exactly healed y-yet … he’s still in a lot of pain … physically. Becoming c-corporeal is ... it's tricky and ... a-and it comes with a lot of difficulties when it comes to r-repairs and healing that ... well, to be c-completely honest, neither Mettaton nor I are used to. He's recovering okay, but ... his HP ... i-it's kind of a mess. But, h-he really, really doesn’t want to h-hurt us . So, he’s trying to push us away … l-like he did before. B-But, I-I’m not stupid. I already tried that. I’m not letting him try it too ... mostly because he really doesn't deserve that.”

 

Alphys shuts her eyes tight with resolve.  

 

Papyrus nods. Even if what Alphys says confirms what Papyrus has guessed, Papyrus doesn’t like the explanation. 

 

However, Papyrus knows he must never give up. Mettaton is simply missing a few pieces of himself. Therefore, it is understandable that Mettaton is not himself lately. A puzzle is never complete or itself while the pieces are missing. But, all a monster has to do is look under the table or in the loose fragments of a shag carpet to find those pieces that have gotten lost. So, Papyrus renews his resolve to help his beloved find his missing parts again. After all, it seems that Mettaton has just lost his little set of notes like they all have. It will be hard to recompose nearly a dozen short songs, but Papyrus will never give up on it. 

 

For, rebuilding and recomposing are truly challenges worthy of the Great Papyrus! 

 

Yet, in regards to Mettaton, at least, Papyrus knows he should consult Alphys. Not only she is very brilliant, but she is also Mettaton’s Soul-sister. Thus, Papyrus knows she will have many answers. Dr Alphys is like the instruction manual for the task of rebuilding the Mettaton-puzzle. 

 

Alphys is the picture on the front of the puzzle box! 

 

“is there a way to find the pieces he’s missing? can we put him back together?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Alphys bites her lip. 

 

“Yes and no. I-I think he’s always going to be a little … err … d-different, now. He might be more skittish sometimes, and e-eventually he might be even be a-angry. If that happens, he m-might be destructive … i-if only to himself. B-But, he loves you … he loves all of us . It … I-I don’t think he’ll ever, even if he gets angry, h-hurt anyone, other than himself ... err … a-at least on purpose. B-Besides, he’ll listen to you, maybe e-even only to you … um … if he does eventually g-get moody. H-He listens to you better than me already. I-I know that’s because he loves you differently than m-me … um … M-Mettaton and I squabble like siblings m-more than we don't.” Alphys’ smiles somberly. 

 

Papyrus blushes. 

 

“well, then, i shall enjoy seeing the final mettaton picture. for, that is my favorite part of puzzles. in the end, there is something beautiful to look at when it has been completed. and, if mettaton does get angry, i think that might be a good thing. undyne told me that just anger is good. i think his anger will be very just. then, undyne can help him because she was very good at helping me to be angry a few days ago,” Papyrus says. 

 

Alphys smiles, but this time it appears, to Papyrus at least, a little more genuine and less sad. 

 

“She is very good a-at that, you’re right. She has had l-lots of practice. It would make her feel better to be u-useful in a way she understands.” 

 

Papyrus grins back at Alphys. 

 

“i agree that undyne would appreciate that. it is very great to feel useful. i am happy to be helpful now, too. it feels … not great … but better to be able to help you, dr. alphys. therefore, if you want to rest, you should.” Papyrus beams.

 

Alphys smiles and nods. She comes over to Mettaton’s side and makes a few minute adjustments to Mettaton’s stuffed toys. She brings the bear, Phantom, up closer to Mettaton’s chest. Then, she fluffs Guy just a little as Mettaton’s head rolls onto it. 

 

“Have a good sleep, Ton-ton. I-I’ll see you in the m-morning. We’re gonna h-have some fun learning to swallow p-pills … wooo …” Alphys sighs. 

 

Alphys gives Mettaton’s arm a soft rub before looking up and addressing Papyrus. 

 

“Good n-night, Papyrus. Thanks so much for t-taking the night shift,” Alphys says. 

 

Papyrus gives her another glowing smile. 

 

“i do not often need much sleep, much to the annoyance of my brother, who needs a lot of sleep. at the very least i am now putting my talent of staying up very late to good use.” Papyrus whispers. 

 

Alphys gives Papyrus a genuine smile that wrinkles her nose while pushing up her classes. As she smiles, she shakes her head at Papyrus. 

 

“P-Papyrus, you n-never cease to amaze me.” 

 

Papyrus watches Alphys’ eyes widen for a moment before she begins speaking again. 

 

“Oh, I almost forgot … um … m-migranes can leave both humans and m-monsters more susceptible to … err … n-nightmares. So … um … ya know … err … d-don’t be freaked out … i–if he has one. Just try and be calm. T-Text me if he p-panics.” Alphys instructs. 

 

Then, Alphys finally departs as Papyrus resumes his vigil. 

 

For the first hour, Papyrus just watches Mettaton sleep. A small smile plays over Mettaton’s features as he rests, and it makes Papyrus’ face split into a grin from non-existent ear to non-existent ear.  

 

By the second hour, Papyrus has loaded his saved farm on Stardew Valley and is obsessively planting melons in 3x3 grids to, hopefully, get a giant melon. He has, so far, planted five 3x3 grids and is watering each grid meticulously when he hears Mettaton make a soft sound next to him. Papyrus nearly tosses the Switch in surprise at the noise, but he immediately pauses his game before looking down at his boyfriend. 

 

Mettaton’s brows are knit together, and his eyes start to flutter slightly. 

 

“mettaton? are you awake?” Papyrus asks tentatively. 

 

“D-Don’t make me … please … do anything … don’t make me … don’t …” Mettaton mutters. 

 

Papyrus watches Mettaton toss and turn slightly. 

 

“D-Don’t wanna sing for you anymore … no … I'll take both of them somewhere you can never find us … all of them … move all of them …” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

Papyrus isn’t sure exactly how to wake his boyfriend, but he knows that Mettaton is uncomfortable and very scared. 

 

“it’s okay. you can wake up now. you are very safe and very well protected by your boyfriend, the newest, and only, member of the royal guard. though, i have heard that asgore is thinking about reinstating it. which, is very exciting. though, i wonder why asgore is thinking about that.” Papyrus rambles.

 

Mettaton’s eyes shoot open but, instead of bolting upright, he simply turns his head towards Papyrus with tears in his glowing pink eyes. 

 

“i am here, mettaton. do not worry for it is only i, the great papyrus. you are, as i just said, very safe.” Papyrus reassures. 

 

Mettaton pulls both of his stuffed toys close to his chest and does his best to make himself small despite the fact that his right leg remains sticking straight out.

 

“do you want me to hold you? the great papyrus is very warm and cuddly.” Papyrus offers with a blush. 

 

Mettaton simply nods and extends his arms. 

 

Papyrus is quick to respond. He brings Mettaton up to his chest, and he cradles Mettaton close. Tentatively, as if Mettaton will break, Papyrus begins stroking his boyfriend’s hair. 

 

“Don’t let me go, dearest. Please … never let me go.” Mettaton whispers right into Papyrus’ tee shirt. 

 

“i promise will never let you go, mettaton. never ever. why do you think i would?” Papyrus asks. 

 

“I-I don’t want to hurt you … I’ve hurt everyone I ever loved. Either on purpose, or on accident, or just by existing. Maybe it would've been better for everyone if … if …” Mettaton sobs into Papyrus chest. 

 

Papyrus just spends a few minutes brushing Mettaton’s silky synthetic hair with his bony fingers. Then, what Mettaton has said hits Papyrus all at once. 

 

“no. that would have been very sad. nothing about that would be better. you cannot think that, mettaton. never.” Papyrus pulls Mettaton closer. 

 

Mettaton shakes against Papyrus as Mettaton tries, without success, to steady his breathing. 

 

“I know … or … I think … I think I know? I-I-I don’t know what I know and what I don’t know anymore!” Mettaton pulls closer to Papyrus. 

 

“would you like me to tell you what i know?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Mettaton’s breathing evens out slightly, and he nods into Papyrus’ shoulder. 

 

“i know that you are very great at making music and dancing. i know that you want to make people very happy - sometimes even at the expense of your own happiness. i know that you get angry at yourself. i also know that you sometimes get angry at other people, and you feel bad when your anger hurts them. then, you shut down and do not know how to fix it. but, we love you anyway because we all get angry and do not know how to fix the things we have said sometimes. i know that whatever anger you turn towards others you’ve turned ten-fold towards yourself. i know that when you say things that make people think you like yourself a lot it's on the days when you believe those statements the least. but, you feel like you have to say them, or people will know that you do not like yourself very much. i know because i do that too. so, i know that i love you, and i would miss you very much if you were gone. dr. alphys would miss you, too. i think it would be much like if i … if sans … if sans and i were not together for some reason. as much as sans and i find each other an annoyance at times, we would not be so great as we are together. undyne also needs you around, if only to watch her three-hour movies and beat up pillows to reenact them. she will likely never say it, but i think she misses the night you woke us all reenacting lord of the rings. it is why she has offered to watch movies with you. besides, i know … err … spooky bloo bloo would miss you very much too,” Papyrus says. 

 

Throughout most of Papyrus’ speech, Mettaton has been crying softly. However, as soon as Papyrus says “Spooky Bloo Bloo,” Mettaton bites his lip to keep from laughing. 

 

“B-B-By “Sp ... Spooky ... Spooky Bloo Bloo” do you … do you …” Mettaton breaks off into hysterical laughter. 

 

“oh … i did get it wrong … what is your cousin’s name again?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Mettaton clings to Papyrus and nearly shrieks with glee. 

 

“I love you … so much … dearest.” Mettaton wheezes between unrestrained giggles. 

 

Despite this being a complete accident, Papyrus finds that he is quite pleased with himself. He has made Mettaton laugh for the first time in at least a day. The Mettaton before laughed a lot. So, Papyrus glows with pride because he has been the one who has made Mettaton express his happiness the most since Mettaton, for lack of a better term, got sick. 

 

That proves to Papyrus that he is in fact very great … if only at making his beloved happy. 

 

Yet, in this moment, Papyrus realizes, if making Mettaton smile and laugh were the only things Papyrus was great at, he would still be very proud of himself. 

 

After about a minute, Mettaton clears his throat and lets out a few more breathy laughs. Yet, to Papyrus’ dismay, Mettaton grows somber and serious again. 

 

“Blooky … dearest … their name is Blooky. There were once a great many Blooks on Blook Acres. Did you know that? …” Mettaton trails off. 

 

Papyrus feels Mettaton tense for a moment. 

 

“Papyrus … I … I want this relationship to work. LIke, really work … I’m … I want … I want to do this for the long haul. So … you know what I am … right? Like … you know … you know what I really am?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Papyrus thinks that’s a rather silly question. For, of course, Papyrus knows who Mettaton is, but he decides to explain in as much detail as he can all the same. 

 

“you are mettaton. you are my friend. you had the underground’s most popular and only tv show. you like to cut cakes with chainsaws. your soul most freely expresses itself through musical magic. you love to spin in circles. you blurt the answers to trivia because you can’t possibly contain them. you love challenges, and you are very smart. though, you do not always make yourself appear as intelligent as you are  … i think because you are afraid that people might not like what you say. for, i have found too, if you only talk about the weather or make silly jokes, no one can say you have said something wrong. yet, it does not change that you like to read and, when you talk about books, you talk like you’ve lived in them … like you have played the characters' lives as your own. i like that about you. you have made many choices … not all of them have been perfect. and, many of them have hurt you or been hurtful to those around you. but, deep down, i know you . that means i know you were always trying to do the right thing even if no one understood, or understands, how you got to your conclusion. besides, you chose me. so, you do not always choose badly. neyhehe. so, you are mettaton, and i love you . you are nothing less and nothing more. i don’t need to know anything else before i decide i want to spend the rest of my life learning more. i know enough to say yes.” 

 

Papyrus smiles as he speaks. He stares off at the wall thinking about Mettaton dancing, singing, laughing, smiling, playing, and simply being. As Papyrus finishes talking, he pulls Mettaton closer to him. 

 

“I-I …” Mettaton stammers.

 

Papyrus feels Mettaton press his face deeply into Papyrus’ shoulder. Mettaton hugs Papyrus as tight as he dares without crushing the skeleton. 

 

Papyrus’ grin widens. 

 

Mettaton is so close to Papyrus he feels him smiling into his shoulder. Mettaton slowly lifts his head. 

 

“I … can I … iwannapressmyfaceintoyourneck …” Mettaton says hurriedly. 

 

Papyrus looks down and notices Mettaton blushing furiously. However, Papyrus really did not understand a word of what Mettaton said. Loathe as he is to make Mettaton repeat something that is clearly flustering him, Papyrus must ask him to repeat the question. 

 

“i am sorry, mettaton. however, i did not understand what you said.” Papyrus explains. 

 

Mettaton swallows. “Can I press my face into your neck?” 

 

Papyrus blushes for a second blinking wide eyed down at Mettaton. Then, Papyrus smiles and nods silently. 

 

Mettaton, rather awkwardly, presses his metal nose against Papyrus’ skeletal neck. Then, Mettaton begins humming softly. 

 

i'm gonna hold you forever

the wind will never change on us

long as we stay with each other

then it will always be like this ”  

 

Papyrus takes those words in as Mettaton sings them. When Mettaton sings, he doesn’t sound the way he used to on TV in the Underground. Mettaton’s voice isn’t quite as … how does Undyne put the thing that annoyed her so much … autotuned? She once compared Mettaton to a singing calculator, and that annoyed Papyrus very much. However, Papyrus is sure she wouldn't say that now because it isn't true at all. 

 

Though, Papyrus realizes that he may have never heard a fully fused Mettaton sing before. For, it is possible that Mettaton fused after Papyrus’ concussion, or it is possible the head injury prevented Papyrus from noticing the change. Papyrus realizes that this is, perhaps, what Mettaton wanted to explain to him. The haunting and nearly bewitching quality of Mettaton’s voice is beautiful in a whole new way. 

 

For, in Papyrus’ mind, even without full fusion, Mettaton’s voice has always been stunning. 

 

Yet, Mettaton’s new voice is something altogether different. There’s something more in Mettaton’s voice now. It is as though his Soul and his voice have reconnected after a long time apart. 

 

“I mean every word of that … you know … I will do my best to make good on it, dearest. I am not the best at keeping promises … and no one is when compared to your prowess at it. Still, I will try, my darling. I … I want to spend many future nights like this … if only so i know the touch is yours.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Papyrus puts a protective hand around the back of Mettaton’s head and holds him tighter. There are no words that Papyrus can say to make Mettaton less afraid. Yet, Mettaton has given Papyrus a way to be helpful. He has given Mettaton a way to find comfort and draw strength. Papyrus does not question his task once. Instead, he merely holds his beloved close and resolves to wait out the storm. 

 

Mettaton clings to Papyrus as his hands shake. Mettaton’s voice comes out as the softest whisper. It is so soft that even Papyrus has to strain to hear it. 

 

“i meant what i said … friday night … i never wanted it … i-i never sought it out … i’d been planning to say what i’ve just said to you for awhile … that i want to be with you forever … that i want to be held … forever … but, i … i didn’t want what … what he did ever … i don’t even know if i like the idea of kissing on the lips … much less what he implied he wanted … and i  … i know … i know that i flirt a lot … i play a part on the tv … sometimes it’s funny … sometimes it’s entertaining … sometimes its campy ... haha ... ngh ... but, that’s not … i wouldn’t actually want to … you know …” 

 

Mettaton’s cheeks are so flushed with LEDs that Papyrus can actually feel a slight heat against the part of his neck where Mettaton has buried his head. 

 

Papyrus nods sagely for a moment thinking about Mettaton’s words. 

 

“be encouraged then, for i do not have any lips, so that would make kissing on them difficult. as for everything else, i do not much care about ... um ... those things either. so, it is very great that we have chosen each other. it makes things much less complicated than they could be. for if either of us were like undyne … that could be … interesting .” 

 

Papyrus decides to keep the adjective as neutral as he can. Though, he thinks terrifying may, perhaps, be a more accurate depiction of that scenario. 

 

For a moment, Mettaton doesn’t say anything. However, Papyrus feels Mettaton’s back shaking, and Papyrus is deeply worried he said something wrong. 

 

However, when Papyrus hears a few soft snorts against his shoulder, he relaxes. Papyrus cranes his neck further and sees Mettaton’s grin spreading wider. 

 

Suddenly, several peels of unfettered laughter spring forth from Mettaton's lips. Mettaton clings to Papyrus' shoulder for support against the giggles. 

 

“Those … those two … two really are … a match … a match made by … by the Angel. People think … think I am … am the dirty one … I learned … learned it ... learned it all from … from… learned it all from Alphys!!!” 

 

Mettaton barely manages to finish the statement before his body is shaken by another several full body laughs. 

 

However, after just a few minutes of laughing, Mettaton feels eminently exhausted. 

 

“I fear my midnight oil is truly spent, dearest. Would you … can we … do you mind if we stay like this?” Mettaton asks sheepishly. 

 

Papyrus smiles broadly as his Soul flutters in his chest. 

 

“WOWIE!!! OF COURSE, METTATON! I WOULD LOVE NOTHING MORE THAN TO CUDDLE WITH YOU FOREVER! NEYHEHE!” Papyrus bursts out in joy. 

 

Mettaton manages to hide the full extent of his grimace, but Papyrus still notices the wince. 

 

“oh. i am sorry. how silly of me to forget … if you are still in pain, dr. alphys recommended that you take another bit of medicine. we do not have much in the way of chasers, but i can offer you a little water.” Papyrus returns to whispering. 

 

Mettaton nods. There is still some pain in the right side of his magic-metal skull. The laughing, the crying, and the everything else this conversation entailed likely did nothing to help. 

 

Papyrus quickly scans the note and pours out the measured liquid. 

 

Mettaton drinks it down and, then, he chugs the offered glass of water as quickly as he can. 

 

It doesn’t take long before Mettaton returns to his place against Papyrus’ neck and snuggles in close. Papyrus slowly leans both of them back before, very carefully bringing his legs onto the bed. Papyrus, with all the grace of a cat, manages this without once having to move, or even to brush, Mettaton’s injured leg. 

 

“are you comfortable rotated at the waist like that, mettaton?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Mettaton nods. “It’s a bit awkward, but it’s not uncomfortable, dearest. Thank you.” 

 

“let me know if there is anything that you require of me to make it more comfortable for you,” Papyrus says. 

 

“I doubt there would be much. Not until I am cleared to be on one side or another … which sadly will be a week at least …”

 

Mettaton pouts glaring at his injured leg as if he can will it to heal faster though his displeasure. 

 

Papyrus runs a soothing hand through Mettaton’s hair. 

 

“let us fall asleep thinking of something happy. what was your favorite part of learning to dance?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Papyrus knows he has chosen a good question because he can feel Mettaton grinning against him. Papyrus loves talking about his puzzles, his games, his action figures, his family, his friends, and, of course, his boyfriend. Mettaton is no different. For, Papyrus has come to recognize that monsters, humans, and everyone really are not so different from him in this way. Most creatures do not derive the same electric pleasure Papyrus does from talking about his aforementioned favorite things, but it does not change the fact that most creatures enjoy talking about all the things that matter most to them. 

 

Papyrus glances down at Mettaton who appears somewhere between half asleep and very deep in thought. 

 

“My … favorite part … was … seeing the way … movement could … could express the … the … the color … of sound … like ... Hairspray ... song about color of sound? ... probably wrong ... wrong lyric ... fun to dance ... dance to ...” 

 

Mettaton trails off as his metal body falls limply against Papyrus. Mettaton’s pre-programed sleep mode breaths come at perfectly even intervals, and it makes Papyrus smile. 

 

Eventually, Papyrus finds that he is beginning to drift to sleep. So, he allows himself to nod off to the bouncy music still coming from the Switch. 

 

As he dozes, Papyrus rests his hand on Mettaton’s chest. In his sleep mode, Mettaton snuggles closer to Papyrus and brings a hand to rest over Papyrus’ own. 

 

That is exactly how Alphys and Undyne find them in the morning. The two of them both have to quietly shut the door to keep their excited squeals from waking their friends. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

As a side bar, I have had chronic migraines since I was about five or six years old. They are just about as pleasant as I have described them to be in this chapter. However, much like Papyrus, my spouse has done some incredible things for me when I've been laid up with migraines in the past. Nothing better than feeling like your brain matter is going to come out of your ear than *checks writing on wrist* fluffy conversations about the transgender experience?

Yeah... that sounds right.

Now, for Easter Eggs.

Title of the chapter is a quote from "All I Ask of You" from Phantom of the Opera. I think this quote is probably coming from Papyrus to Mettaton, but I think it could go both ways.

I must admit that when I am sick I do enjoy binge watching either "Lord of the Rings" and/or several of the Avengers movies. This is a tradition that I hope to pass to baby-Pip someday.

Night at the Museum reference is based on the fact that I literally confused Obadiah Stane and Jedediah Smith because their names sound eerily similar to me while writing this chapter. Then, I thought it was funny so I left it in.

The diction changes is actually something that used to happen to me when I was younger. That happens less frequently as an adult, but I know the migraine is going to be BAD when my diction goes.

The coffee-chocolate-peppermint beverage is a peppermint mocha a.k.a. the superior Yuletide beverage.

My favorite part of Mettaton's show in the game is the chainsaw cutting the cake. I cannot. I love it so much. I love it so much I referenced it twice.

Also, melons are the superior giant Stardew food. I am open to debate ... but you are wrong.

Spooky Bloo Bloo is in fact a canon name that Papyrus has called Napstablook. This is also based on real life experience as an autistic person with friends. I have found that my best bet at comforting my friends is to try to say something comforting and end up saying some silly dumb thing on accident. Will your heartfelt speeches or other comforts you offer work? Nope. Best thing you can do is say something silly completely on accident that makes your friend laugh. At some point in the conversation/comforting, this will inevitably happen, and then you will make your friend laugh. 100/10 recommend.

The song Mettaton hums is "All I've Ever Known" from Hadestown.

The song Mettaton enjoys dancing to is "You Can't Stop the Beat." He's referencing the chorus: "'Cause the world keeps spinning 'round and 'round/ And my heart's keeping time to the speed of sound/ I was lost 'til I heard the drums then I found my way." As an a person with audio visual synesthesia the way the harmonies layer in this song make it appear very "bright" and "colorful." So, unless I'm singing the song, I could see where he might confuse "speed" and "color" of sound. That song is a bop by the way. You should definitely listen to it. It's so bouncy.

That's all the Easter Eggs that I can think of. But, I might have had a couple that were unintentional.

As I said, I am an ace non-binary trans person. I will project that wherever I please. I agree that Mettaton is likely strongly gray-romantic/ aromantic camp, and I will play that in character. However, I also take some issue with him being completely aro just because he's flirty and kind of aloof sometimes. I too am flirty and kind of aloof sometimes, but I still enjoy being romantic with my person. However, aro folks generally put friendship as a higher value than romantic relationships. Which, I think Papyrus and Mettaton both do (another reason why this ship is everything to me). So, that said, just because Mettaton is a flirt does NOT mean he has to be allo. Exhibit A, I have flirted on purpose (to greater or lesser effectiveness) all the time! It's called ACTING! I just copied the things my incredibly allo roommate did. XD

So, I will die on the aroace!Papyton ship hill.

Thank you for coming to my TED talk.

On a more serious note, I loved writing Papyrus in this scene. As an non-binary trans person, I can tell you the trans folks in your lives sometimes just need to hear something akin to the "You are Mettaton, and I love you." That was some VERY self-indulgent writing I did there. But, I hope it satisfied the fluff cravings while also saying something profound. Papyrus is the literal best, and I love writing him.

Much Love,
Pip

Chapter 17: There Will Be Motion in the Stillness... as There is Music in the Silence

Summary:

Shyren, Blooky, and Asgore spend an evening celebrating an old monster holiday on the night of the Winter Solstice. Since the beginning of monster reckoning, the Solstice, Angelmas, has been a time of wishing, hoping, and dreaming for a better new year. Despite having to huddle close to Asgore for warmth, Shyren is glad she participated in this impromptu celebration … if only because Mettaton can’t.

TW:
Almost dead-naming of a trans(coded) character

CW:
Prayer/Religious Undertones

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Shyren isn’t sure what possess her to go downstairs at midnight. Yet, something strange draws her out of her room. After she descends the stairs, she looks out the large picture window into the dark where she sees Blooky and Asgore outside in the snow. Both of them are sprawled on a blanket looking up at the sky. 

 

She barely notices Flowey half-asleep in his pot but, when she sees him, she is careful to remain quiet. She certainly doesn't want to incur his wrath. She also prefers avoiding his shrill voice cursing her as he wakes half the household. 

 

Yet, Shyren remains curious as to why Blooky and Asgore are outside at this hour. So, she takes a quick glance over her shoulder at the calendar in the kitchen. 

 

angelmas … 

 

For a brief second, Shyren’s eyes widen. 

 

i should … no i shouldn’t … but he’s been do re do … doing this for nearly all of his two hundred years … i really should … but i also really shouldn’t. i mean, technically asgore moved the feast si re si re ti … to the thirty-first anyway, but … 

 

Shyren shuts her eyes tight, and she shakes her head with a firm resolve. 

 

mettaton needs the rest. i shouldn’t wake him or papyrus do re me fa - for a feast we aren’t even celebrating until over a week from now. 

 

As Shyren thinks, she pushes the door open and steps out into the cold. She nearly turns back inside. 

 

Yet, somehow she knows that she needs to be here to support Blooky. Yet, even more so, she needs to be here for Mettaton. She knows that he would love nothing more than to be outside under the stars right now. He has been so looking forward to the first Angelmas on the Surface. 

 

Shyren's Soul drops to the bottom of her fins. She feels impossibly bad about this whole situation. 

 

First, she and Blooky both worked day in and day out for the last month or more with both Mettaton and Davis , and neither of them noticed absolutely anything amiss in that horrible human man asking so frequently to see Mettaton alone. Second, Mettaton has hidden all of this to make it up to her and Blooky. So, clearly he had no idea to what degree she, at least, has forgiven him. Thirdly, she heard Mettaton sobbing in his room the night his fan broke, and she did nothing about it. Blooky apparently snuck in because they have already told her what they did that night. Finally, and worst of all, Mettaton literally fell dow n without Shyren there. 

 

While Shyren knows that it’s not like she can control the weather, she still feels immensely guilty for not being there when Mettaton passed. Somehow, the fact that he survived anyway doesn't really assuage her guilt. 

 

Shyren eventually makes her way over to the edge of Asgore and Blooky’s blanket. 

 

“... toot …” she whispers. 

 

Asgore turns and gives her a wide smile before motioning her over to them. 

 

“It is good that you are here.” Asgore’s deep voice echoes in the quiet night air. 

 

Shyren nods. She nestles into Asgore’s fluffy and warm side. It is so cold she can see little clouds as she breathes. She smiles thinking of the very few times she ventured into Snowdin because this night reminds her very much of Snowdin.

 

Though, there is yet one major and beautiful difference from the quaint and cramped little town Underground.

 

The stars sparkle with a brilliant light as Shyren stares up at them. 

 

"JUST REMEMBER MY BEAUTIES AND GENTLEBEAUTIES YOU ARE ALL MADE OF THE STARDUST … THE PLACE FROM WHICH MAGIC COMES AND TO WHICH GOES! BE SAFE AND KNOW THAT, AT THE VERY LEAST, I  ADORE YOU ALL! GOOOOOOODNIGHT AND TOODLES!" 

 

Mettaton, the box, waves animatedly in Shyren's memory. 

 

oooooh, daaarlings. soooomeday we’ll see it. yooooou knoooow, my deeeeeears. fiiind ooooooourselves in the looooving glooow of the aaaaaaangel duuuust. woooooon’t thaaaat beeee juuuuust  … everything … sweeeeeheeeeearts? 

 

Shyren wipes a tear from her cheeks with her fin. 

 

how did we not know it was you … you gave us every sign. there was nothing more you could do re me do to have made it clear … except tell us outright. but, you tried ... in your own way. 

 

“he would si re si mi so love to be here right now.” Shyren whispers. 

 

“i knoooooooow he woooooooould,” Blooky says. 

 

Shyren looks towards Blooky. Their expression, as it so often has been in the years she has known them, though solemn, is unreadable. So, Shyren relies on their words to interpret how Blooky feels.

 

It is a puzzle Shyren has become a master at solving. 

 

“asgooooore and i were juuuuuuuuust taaaaalking about hooooooow mettaton woooooooould goooooooo tooooooooo the wishing roooooooooom every angelmaaaaaaas. i knoooooooow asgooooooore tooooooooold us thaaaaaaaat when we were still undergroooooooooound. buuuuut, it’s different noooooooooooow becaaaaaause noooooooow i knooooooooooooow whoooooooo mettaton reeeeeeeally is. beeeeeefore .... oooooooooh ... iiiiiiiit waaaaaas juuuuuuust a fuuuuuuuuun faaaaaaact abooooooout my faaaaaaaaavorite tv staaaaaaaar.” Blooky explains. 

 

Shyren nods at them. 

 

“i was just thinking the si re si mi same thing.” Shyren murmurs. 

 

Asgore hums an acknowledgment. As Shyren observes his expression, she notices that Asgore appears to be deep in thought about something. Shyren and Blooky both glance at one another as Asgore begins to speak. 

 

“I sincerely doubt the Angel would much mind receiving two rounds of hopes and dreams from the three of us. Save a few wishes, hopes, and dreams for the official Angelmas celebration, if you wish, but, in the end, repetition never hurt any monster … so far as I know,” Asgore says with a wink. 

 

Both Shyren and Blooky simply nod their heads at Asgore's offer. 

 

Shyren closes her eyes softly as she and Blooky wait for Asgore to begin the story of Angelmas. It is tradition for the story to be recited before any hopes and dreams are spoken aloud to the Angel. 

 

As Shyren listens to Asgore’s rumbling voice describe the way magic, and thus life, had been bestowed on monsters, she breathes deeply and enters into her Soul. Finally, Shyren recites Asgore’s words in her own Soul as he says them. 

 

Please hold our hopes and grant our dreams Angel. Reunite the magic of the Souls of our dead to you. The Souls of the living grow strong by the light of your dust. We are the dust of the starlight - your dust - and, to your dust, may we ever return. On our return to your light, may we aid in the granting of wishes, hopes, and dreams ever watching, guiding, and advising those whose magic comes after ours onto the vast eternity of your blessing. Every life is a gift full of potential. Every life is a blessing full of wonder. Every life is a puzzle awaiting solution under the gentle light of your gaze. 

 

“Now that we have presented ourselves before you, Angel, we ask for your infinite wisdom and providence over the wishes, the hopes, and the dreams we here express. May these hopes, dreams, and wishes be ever present in our minds as the New Year draws open … or rather will … in … ah … about a week's time.” Asgore stumbles. 

 

Shyren looks over at Blooky who remains lying on their back looking at the stars. Shyren thinks they deserve to go first after everything that has happened. 

 

“it is my wiiiiiiish thaaaaaat we aaaaaall fiiiiiiiind juuuuuustice, reconciliatiooooooooon, and peeeeace. thooooooough, i moooooooost wiiiiiiiish thiiiiiiis foooooooor my faaaaamily’s yoooooooungest meeeeember. foooooor, sooooooooo loooooong … weeeeeeee aaaaaaaall dismissed hooooooooow muuuuuuch heeeeeee diiiiiid, hooooooow muuuuuuch he understooooooooood, aaaaaaaaaand hooooooooow muuuuuuch he loooooooved us. let him fiiiiiiiiiind his reeeeeest, and his dreeeeams, toooooooo. ooooooooooooh … is thaaaaaat toooooo loooooong … i hoooooope i diiiiiiidn’t taaaaake tooooo muuuch ooooooof yooooooour tiiiiiiime. sorry …” Blooky trails off. 

 

Shyren bites her lip to keep a melancholy smile from crossing her face. She wishes Blooky would learn to take up space ... well ... metaphorically, at least. 

 

It seems Asgore shares Shyren's sentiment because he gives Blooky an encouraging grin. 

 

“Nonsense, the Angel has listened to my litany for nearly the last hundred years. Hoho! I’ve rambled far longer than that, I assure you, dear Napstablook.” Asgore's smile fades slightly. 

 

Shyren knows only a little of what must have been in Asgore’s litany, but she knows, if any monster deserved to ramble an extensive list of grievances to the Angel, it is Asgore. 

 

After a few moments of quiet contemplation, Asgore nods Shyren on to speak. 

 

“i … um … i hope that i can continue so la ti to bond with my sister in her amalgamation. i am so grateful that she’s still with do re mi me. though you may have been calling shyster so la ti to you, selfishly, i am happy she si re si mi is still with do re mi me, here,” Shyren says. 

 

As they inch closer to her, Blooky gives Shyren a shy smile at her hope. The two of them have long discussed Shyren's joy in rediscovering her sister in the hours they’ve spent alone together on the Surface. 

 

After another few minutes of quiet, Asgore heaves a deep breath. 

 

“Angel, as I do every year, I have a long list of wishes, hopes, and dreams. However, the first I carry on behalf of someone who has had this hope for nearly a hundred years. So, he has told me. It is his wish that monsterkind may forge a peaceful union with the human race. He hopes for your joy and love in the face of despair. He dreams of healing for those who most need it. He hopes that the dust of those past finds its way to you and for their peaceful rest in your light. May this very special dream come true for the one who has wished it most vehemently in his Soul. I know he would love nothing more than to wish it here himself tonight. I, myself, wish for you to know of all monster-kind’s delight in the human child, Frisk. I thank you for entrusting them to my former-wife so that they may continue to find healing and a home amongst our people. I thank you for entrusting them to this family and to all of monster-kind. Most especially, I thank you for the treasure of their wit and quick thinking under pressure. We would not be here speaking directly to you apart for them. I wish, as always, for the strength to continue to nurture the Souls and magic of the people you have entrusted to my care as King of all Monsters. Lastly, on a personal note, my dream is for our bright and shining star, Mettaton, to find himself bathed in the blessing from the glow of your light. Truly, he is a gift directly from the brightest of your stars. I have listened to him for nearly five years now, and I cannot help but see how he is a shining representation of the blessings you bestow upon your people in the midst of our greatest hardships. I hope and dream a day where he finds your glow again. He grows stronger each day if only by the power of your bright light within him. Thank you, Angel, for your patience with all of us, and the love that you have given to glow within our Souls by the gift of your magic.” Asgore concludes. 

 

Shyren inches closer to Blooky as Asgore speaks. Though Blooky’s “hand” phases through her fin, Shyren still tries to lean in as close as she can to them. She attempts to rest her head on Blooky as she snuggles in close as she can to them. Shyren feels a few of Blooky's tears in her hair as Asgore hopes for Mettaton. She silently unites a hope from deep in her Soul to Asgore's hope in an attempt to strengthen it for Mettaton. 

 

As all of them sit in silence, Shyren smiles softly when she recalls of one of the questions Mettaton asked Frisk when they first appeared on his TV show. 

 

WOULD YOU SMOOCH A GHOST?

 

Shyren blushes slightly because she would, if they wanted a kiss, she would definitely give them one. 

 

Suddenly, Shyren involuntarily violently shivers. 

 

“ooooooooh ... weeeeee diiiiiidn't reeeeeeally thiiiiiink ... yoooooou are prooooooobably coooooooooooold we shooooooooould go insiiiiiiiiiide,” Blooky says. 

 

Shyren simply nods and follows Asgore and Blooky back inside. 

 

“WhaAaAt were you idioOoOTs doOing out there? Trying to freEze to death? HeheEheEE.” Flowey squeaks. 

 

“Flowey, I already told you earlier that we were celebrating Angelmas on the traditional date. Were you simply ignoring me?” Asgore asks him. 

 

Flowey rolls his eyes and dramatically crosses his leaves over his stem. 

 

“NoOoO. I knew I was just teasing!” Flowey insists. 

 

Shyren giggles softly watching Asgore give Flowey an admonishing glare. After a moment, Asgore chuckles softly and gives Flowey's flower pot a soft pat. 

 

After saying their goodnights, Shyren and Blooky silently creep up the stairs to Shyren’s old room. Maddie is awake and waiting for the two of them. 

 

“WHERE WERE YOU? WHERE? WHERE!? ” Maddie asks. 

 

“we went outside so la ti to celebrate angelmas with asgore. it has …” Shyren begins. 

 

“It was always Hap- Mettaton’s favorite holiday. I know. I know! I KNOW!” Maddie shouts. 

 

Blooky flops down on the floor. Shyren notices Maddie raise an eyebrow before she joins Blooky on the carpeted floor. Shyren also finds her way next to both Blooky and Maddie on the shag rug. 

 

Shyren closes her eyes, and she’s almost certain that all three of them lean into identical feelings at that moment. 

 

Shyren lets herself feel the peaceful calm wash over her as the galaxies begin to swirl beneath the three of them. Yet, for Shyren, there are two empty spaces in this circle, and she knows one of them will always feel different, if not barren, to her. Still, Shyren has immense gratitude that the other empty space will someday be filled again by that brilliant head of glossy synthetic hair. She can almost hear him as she feels her eyes drooping with sleep.  

 

After the third time she shakes herself awake, Shyren departs from Blooky’s side because, as much as she loves them, she cannot sleep on the floor if she wants to be of any use tomorrow. 

 

Finally, as Shyren fades into sleep, her only hope is that Blooky has good dreams as they space out for the night. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

Many apologies for the brevity of this chapter and how long it has taken me to write it. Things have been rather chaotic on my end lately. I've had so many short errands to run, I've had a couple of smallish family things (joyous this time) crop up, and it's summer which means I've been enjoying the weather.

I'm also in a show soon so I've been kind of trying to memorize lines. Big emphasis on kind of because rehearsals don't actually start until July. So, with that said, expect slower updates throughout July and August. Again, many apologies, I will try to continue updates as frequently as possible. But, this is my first show in a while, and I'm not sure how much it will take out of me physically.

That said, one of my personal projects has also started to take up a little more space in my brain so I've been dedicating some focused time to that as well since it NEEDS to be finished by January. So, once more, just expect slower updates. I've not given up on this boheamouth. I've just gotten a bit slower at writing it.

With all that nonsense out of the way, on to THE EASTER EGGS!

The title of this chapter is a quote from Fraggle Rock's "The Bells of Fraggle Rock" episode. Cantus says this to Gobo's friends when he leaves them to go find Gobo. It's a great show and a really powerful episode about faith. I've actually borrowed a lot of my understanding of the Angel from this episode. In my mind, the "heart of Fraggle Rock" being the Fraggles themselves is a lot of how I see "the Angel." The Angel is the "source" of magic but, since monsters are magic, they are also an important part of the Angel.

"We are the dust of the starlight - your dust - and, to your dust, may we ever return." - This is loosely inspired by a line from the Catholic funerary tradition. One of the Catholic funeral prayers has a line that says "remember you are dust and to dust you shall return."

Not quite so much an Easter Egg as just a weird thing I wanted to point out, the Solstice being the shortest day of the year means that the stars would be out for the longest. (Someone is actually going to be bringing this up in the next chapter.) Thus, Angelmas, being a celebration of the creation of the monsters from the dust of the Angel (aka the stars), is traditionally celebrated on the Winter Solstice (the time in which, in the Northern Hemisphere at least) the stars are out for the longest. I actually do have a reason WHY the Northern Hemisphere's Winter Solstice is the date of Angelmas (no it does not have anything to do with the fact that I happen to have spent all my life in the Northern Hemisphere). As I mention, it's also traditionally their new year. However, Asgore has chosen to shake things up by moving Angelmas to human New Year in an effort to sync monster and human calendars with each other. (Again, more on that to come in the next chapter.)

That is all in the way of Easter Eggs.

I hope you all enjoyed getting something from Shyren's perspective. So precious little is known about Shyren, yet, I love her so much.

I'd love to also give a special shout out to some of the folks who have commented about being interested about the Angel as a religious figure. I had always kind of wanted to get into my Angel-as-religious-figure special interest in this fic, but I was going to keep it pretty superficial until people told me they enjoyed it. So, if I went too far off the deep end in this, my apologies. XD I've never really seen anyone explore who/what the Angel is to the monsters. So, I guess, just consider this my way of being unique/ continuing to attempt to make the characters more realistic.

I've really appreciated all the comments from new and old readers alike! They really do make me want to continue writing!

So, thank you all for being such a lovely audience and for your patience. My goal is always to make sure I write things that are quality and worth your time to read (*cough* *cough* secretly my excuse for over-editing). ;)

Next chapter is Undyne centric and the chapter after that is Alphys centric. Both will likely be posted together - which is why they're taking a while.

 

Much Love,
Pip

Chapter 18: The Cloak of the Soldier

Summary:

As Mettaton’s HP recovers the day following his migraine, the pain, but more importantly the boredom, that comes with a whole leg recalibrating is keenly felt. Yet, the work of cheering him up is lightened by everyone's contributions. Music is shared, a game long promised is played, and favorite foods are shared. Of all the days since that fateful Saturday, despite a few struggles and Alphys' lingering reservations, Undyne sees today as the sign of a possible new normal.

TW:
Injury Recovery
Discussions of Non-Con in past chapters
Allusion to stalking from past chapters/ paperazzi mentioned
(Subtle and Repurposed) References to Christianity
Cussing/Harsh Language
Alcohol (Mentioned)
Consensual Kissing Between Two Women Described in Relative Detail

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

Title is a reference to “The Peace Carol” by John Denver. I love John Denver. If you’re into holiday music in July, go give it a listen. The song/ John Denver and the Muppets: A Christmas Together have Christian themes, but they’re not overly aggressive and in your face. Two of the songs from that Christmas album ARE referenced in this chapter - not just in the title.

If you need to fast forward through the song stuff for Religious trauma/ any other reason, all the lyrics are italicized and lower cased to make them easy to skip.

The inspiration for Mettaton’s tee shirt can be found here:
https:// www. teepublic. com/t-shirt/ 13318582- phantom-of-the-opera
(remove the spaces for web address)

Also, thank you Google and the random pun Reddit threads it sent me to for the help with the puns!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Thursday …

 

After Alphys and Undyne finish grinning at the adorable image of Papyrus and Mettaton curled up together, Alphys and Undyne poke their heads back into the room. 

 

Papyrus smiles at them as Undyne comes over to help Papyrus get up off the bed. Between Alphys, Undyne, and Papyrus, they manage to get Papyrus untangled from Mettaton’s sleepy hold without waking the slumbering robot. 

 

Alphys flops into the rocking chair and checks something on her laptop as Papyrus leaves the room. 

 

Undyne watches carefully as Alphys’ face scrunches up, and she types something into the computer. Before Undyne can ask what’s going on, Alphys seems to read her mind. 

 

“His leg is going to go through a b-bulk of it’s recalibration today. I-I wouldn’t be surprised if he’s in a lot of pain and kinda bored because of it. Can you rally everyone to get the G-Gryftmas and Angelmas decorations out? I-I think that might be a … err … welcome distraction. Then, you can carry him d-downstairs.” Alphys fakes a smile. 

 

Undyne crosses her arms over her chest and raises her eyebrow in Alphys’ direction.

 

“There’s something else going on, Alphy. Lay it on me. You wouldn’t be this nervous if metal man, here, was just going to be achy and bored all day. Sure, he can be kind of dramatic, but it’s nothing we couldn’t handle if that was all you were worried about. So, spill, nerd,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys heaves a sigh and pinches the bridge of her nose under her glasses. Alphys’ face contorts into a confused sort of expression as she glances up at the ceiling like the answer to Undyne’s question is printed up there. Undyne knows Alphys is simply looking for the right words so she waits. 

 

“The only thing that’s still really b-bugging me is how low his HP is … normally his maximum level is s-sixteen hundred. Thankfully, praise the Angel, that’s nearly b-back to normal. His maximum HP level is f-fifteen hundred and holding. Hell, I’d even be h-happy with that as his n-n-new normal maximum HP. But, the p-pr-problem is he’s only at one hundred HP as his current level, and it won’t b-budge no matter what I’ve t-tried. It's been stuck at o-one hundred since ... hmmm ... Tuesday night-ish? A-Anyway, it doesn’t help that with the migraine yesterday, and the r-repair, he hasn’t had much of a d-desire for food … or even to drink anything. But, really, I’m not sure how much that would really h-help him a-anyway? He’s a music magic user … at least innately. And, his favorite way to e-express that is through d-dance. So, I-I think at least getting him walking, if only on c-crutches, will help. Which, based on what I see here, most of the recalibration will be d-done tomorrow. I’ll feel more comfortable with him tr-trying the c-crutches tomorrow because of that, but that also means he n-needs to start exercises to manually finish the recalibration because … err … full fusion necessitates that the S-Soul and b-body part almost … ah … r-refuse? Well … not exactly … more like he needs to manually rebuild m-magic flow. None of that really matters. All that matters is it’s going to hurt and take like a full w-week, at least, before he’s even c-close to fully functional.” Alphys explains. 

 

Over time, Undyne has come to better understand Alphys’ explanations of things, and she kind of gets this one. Still, she has also learned that it’s best not to assume and to clarify with Alphys that she has actually comprehended what Alphys just said. 

 

“What I’m hearing is that you think that Footloose needs to be able to be mobile to finish replenishing HP. So, tomorrow, you’re teaching him how to walk with crutches and helping him take other steps towards getting his leg fully functional. But, full functioning is going to take awhile and hurt. So, you’re thinking that getting him outta this room will help make tomorrow more bearable and prevent him from self-destruction from pain induced boredom. So, today, we’re gonna go decorate and set him up on the couch. If I heard correctly, you also seem to wanna see if we can get him to eat and drink a little more?” Undyne clarifies. 

 

“Exactly. Y-You got it!” Alphys says. 

 

“Anything in particular you want us to set up?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Yes. Make sure he has a d-decent number of blankets on the sofa. R-Recalibration can mess with his perception of core t-temperature since most of his energy will be d-directed towards the part being recalibrated. I-I’d like to have his leg propped a little just to keep him comfy. So just a pillow or two on the s-sofa would be great. Make sure we have the liquid NAAMDDs out just to be safe. If Toriel wouldn’t mind, ask her if we can do b-breakfast for dinner and a-ask her to make the b-butterscotch pie. Can someone go to that local coffee p-place we like and p-pick up another p-peppermint mocha? Sans told me Ton-ton liked it, and it seemed to h-help with the headache yesterday. The caffeine is good to pr-prevent magical backups and keep magic flowing smoothly through his processors. Lastly … ha … yeah … l-let’s get the Disney Scene IT out, too.” Alphys grins. 

 

Undyne gives Alphys one of her wide signature smiles. 

 

“That, I think we can manage,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne texts herself a quick message. 

 

It reads:

disney sceneit - shyren + napsta 

peppermint mocha from whole latte love roasters - me

brinner + pie - toriel

liquid NAAMDDs - sans

pillow fort on sofa - papyrus 

decorations - maddie + asgore + frisk 

 

“Got it all, just texted it to myself.” Undyne grins. 

 

She gives Alphys a quick nod before leaving the room. 

 

As Undyne descends the stairs, she feels a growing knot in the pit of her Soul. She still hasn’t talked to Alphys or Papyrus about what she said to Mettaton on the night they all watched Return of the King. 

 

Initially, Undyne just thought the guilt would disappear after Frisk revived Mettaton. Yet, that hasn’t proven true. If anything, after watching Iron Man with him yesterday, Undyne just feels worse. Sure, it has only been less than a full week since he was injured, but it always seemed to her like Mettaton could bounce back from anything. 

 

Hell, half the time she wonders if he isn’t just as determined as her. Though, she knows she would rather suplex a boulder onto her own head than tell him that.  

 

Yet, much to her utter disdain and horror, Undyne realizes Mettaton might actually be stronger than her. She shudders to think about Mettaton almost falling down and then letting Frisk pull him back into that battered body. 

 

Somehow, as though on autopilot, Undyne finds herself in Toriel’s storage corner of the basement.

 

Since she’s here, Undyne heaves a box labeled “ornaments” up onto her shoulder. Yet, as she ascends the basement stairs, Undyne’s Soul clenches in her chest when she half-wonders if Mettaton’s recovery hasn’t been impeded by her own poor choice of words about a month ago. 

 

Undyne suddenly realizes she hasn’t exactly talked to him about what she said either. 

 

Undyne sets the box of ornaments in the living room. Upon closer inspection, she realizes it’s a box of Papyrus and Sans’ Gryftmas ornaments. 

 

“What are you doing? WHAT ARE YOU DOING? WHAT ARE YOU DOING?! ” Maddie yells from the kitchen. 

 

“My dear, I do not think that it is strictly necessary to scream like that. We can use our inside voices, can we not?” Toriel suggests. 

 

Maddie glares at Toriel before gripping her tail in her hands and pouting.

 

“Hey, Maddie … didn’t know you were still around. Haven’t seen ya all that much,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne fills a glass of water from the sink and chugs it.

 

“I’ve been catching up with Blooky and Shyren!! Baby-cousin hasn’t been awake long enough to talk! Why do you wanna know? Why? WHY?” Maddie screeches. 

 

“Dunno … tryin’ to make conversation, dude.” Undyne shrugs. 

 

Toriel gives a soft chuckle, and Undyne flashes her a smile. Undyne surveys the folks around her. She sees that Shyren, Toriel, Maddie, and Blooky are here. Then, she sees Sans and Papyrus making their way into the kitchen for breakfast.

 

“Hey, while I’ve got a captive audience, Alphy wants us to bring the Gryftmas and Angelmas decorations up so Mer- MTT can get carried down to help with ‘em. He’ll be couch bound, but Alphy knows it’ll help make him feel better. Also, I’m not sure y’all know, but Asgore officially moved Angelmas to coincide with human-New Year instead of the 21st of December. Think I saw his post on the UnderNet? Anyway, Angelmas is the 31st now. He says anyone who wants to can celebrate twice. So, celebrate on the 21st if ya want to. Don’t if ya don’t want to. Wait a sec … the 21st … oh shoot … that was yesterday?!” Undyne shouts. 

 

Shit … I had actually planned on being with Asgore for that this year. Wait … hasn’t MTT celebrated that like his whole life? Damn … he’s gonna be devastated. Plus, we’ve kept his phone down here because Alphy was worried about the text messages that came through from the ass. That means he doesn’t know the date got moved. Somebody should tell him sooner rather than later. 

 

Undyne shakes herself violently from head to toe in an effort to connect her brain back into her body. 

 

“Whatever, it doesn’t matter anyway ‘cause Asgore even said that moving Angelmas to the 31st makes more sense since it’s technically Monster New Year. He said starting New Years in the middle of the month was weird.” 

 

Undyne finishes her ramble by sipping another glass of water. 

 

“Which I told him before, but he did not listen to me.” Toriel mutters. 

 

Asgore humphs from the doorway as he crosses his arms over his chest. 

 

“Toriel, you know that the 21st is the shortest day of the year which means the Angel Dust shines the longest and brightest on that day. It has been tradition for time out of mind. I have only changed the holiday in an effort to unify with the humans. Honestly, I shall probably continue to celebrate on both days as I did last night,” Asgore says. 

 

Undyne laughs to herself and shakes her head. She snickers because of course Asgore would have an explanation for his weirdness.

 

ASGORE! You’re so old fashioned!” Undyne exclaims. 

 

Asgore laughs and places a large hand on Undyne’s shoulder. 

 

“There’s a couple more things we’ve gotta do besides just the decorations. I got a list on my phone,” Undyne says. 

 

She pulls out her phone before rattling off her list. 

 

“Napsta and Shyren if you could look for the Disney Scene IT that would be rad as hell. Alphy said MTT needs to eat a little more so if you wouldn’t mind, Lady Toriel. She asked if you could make brinner and a pie?” 

 

Undyne barely has the question out of her mouth before Toriel responds. 

 

“Consider it done already, dear one.” Toriel smiles. 

 

True to her word, Toriel begins bustling around the kitchen. 

 

“Asgore and Maddie if you could start helping with the decorations. You can have Frisk help you with that when they wake up too.” Undyne instructs. 

 

Asgore squeezes Undyne’s shoulder before nodding and departing for the basement. Maddie thinks about it for a moment before following Asgore down the stairs. 

 

“Papyrus and Sans I have a …”  

 

Papyrus interrupts as she sees him levitating a few boxes through the doorway. 

 

“WE ARE BOTH WAY AHEAD OF YOU!” Papyrus exclaims. 

 

Papyrus is carrying a box of decorations in one hand while levitating two boxes with the other. Sans is levitating two boxes. 

 

“still think i have the better of it, bro. you’ve only got one more box than i’ve got, and i’m barely breakin’ a sweat.” Sans grins. 

 

“I’M JUST REVELING IN THE FACT THAT IT TAKES ALL YOUR CONCENTRATION TO LEVITATE SO YOU HAVEN’T PLAGUED ME WITH ANY OF YOUR INCIDENTAL PUNS, SANS!” Papyrus retorts. 

 

Sans sets the boxes down. 

 

“ah. now that i’ve set those down, if you look at from the right angel, you might even notice that i’ve dropped some mass. i’m sure you didn’t ornament for me to do this to ya, bro, but now that you reminded me i couldn’t elf myself.” 

 

Sans raises both of his eye sockets in Papyrus’ direction. 

 

Toriel laughs hysterically as Frisk gives Sans knucks on their way to the kitchen. Papyrus just groans dramatically.

 

Undyne bristles. For, while she loves them both deeply, they cannot those stop causing havoc for fifteen minutes even if their very lives depended upon it. 

 

“That’s NOT what I was gonna say, Papyrus! I was going to ask if you could make a pillow fort on the couch with some extra blankets and a spot for MTT to prop his leg up!” Undyne glares at him. 

 

Papyrus sucks in his cheek bones and widens his eyes. He nods his head and salutes her before the words really hit him. Then, he beams with pride, rushes another little salute, before rushing around the house like a mad-monster gathering blankets and the fluffiest pillows Toriel owns. 

 

“what do ya want me to do, boss?” Sans winks. 

 

“I was just gonna have you help me find the liquid NAAMDDs, but why don’t you help me gather coffee orders so we can hit up Whole Latte Love Roasters by the university,” Undyne says. 

 

“sure thing.” 

 

Sans gives her a thumbs up before making his rounds around the living room. 

 

Undyne hops up the stairs to let Alphys know everything is well underway. She pauses outside the doorway for just a minute as she hears Alphys and Mettaton talking. 

 

“... really smarts today, sweetheart.” 

 

“ … where’s it h-hurt … spot i-is worst?” 

 

“Knee. In the joint.” 

 

“L-Let me look. O-Okay?” 

 

There’s a long pause followed by a soft high pitched yelp. Undyne can hear Alphys murmuring some muted platitudes followed by another few pained whines that make Undyne wince. Then, Alphys starts speaking again. 

 

“... g-getting stiff … hurt worse unless … assisted e-exercises … start those t-tomorrow … promise they’ll help … w-worse in the moment though.”

 

“... n-normal eventually … Right, darling?”  

 

“Oh! Absolutely! Just … i-instructions … be p-patient, okay?” 

 

“I understand. Can I try … practice … Tic-Tacs, Phy?” 

 

Undyne hears Alphys laugh pretty hard. 

 

“Sure … w-water first … Tic-Tac … well … fake NAAMDD … one at a t-time … n-now … swallow … Wow … b-better than last … spit take.” 

 

“... tiny rocks … most accurate description, darling.” 

 

Undyne bites back a snort. Papyrus would feel so vindicated knowing that Mettaton agrees with his assessment of pills. 

 

“... just use l-liquid … doesn’t matter.” 

 

“... not a child! … so silly, Phy!” 

 

“Papyrus … l-liquid.” 

 

Undyne isn’t sure if Mettaton is whispering or if the pause in their conversation is just that long. After another several seconds, Undyne realizes it’s the latter. 

 

“… logically … right, as usual, Phy … doesn’t change …I feel childish.” 

 

Undyne’s first instinct is to bristle at the implication that Mettaton feels like using liquid makes him a child because that implies Papyrus is a child. Yet, that thought causes Undyne’s Soul to freeze in her chest. For, Undyne is more than guilty of treating Papyrus like a child. Besides, as soon as Mettaton had been reminded that Papyrus prefers liquid medicine, he seemed more at peace with the whole thing.

 

Yet, Undyne thinks darkly, even if Papyrus didn't used liquid medicine, Undyne doesn’t really understand why Mettaton sets such a high standard for himself. It shouldn’t matter if he’s not perfect at everything. He deserves to suck at a few things especially things he should never have really needed to learn in the first place. 

 

Alphys and Mettaton seem to be finished with their conversation, and they have settled into a few moments of silence before Undyne knocks on the door. 

 

“Not interrupting anything am I, nerds? Everybody decent?” Undyne calls through the door. 

 

Undyne can almost hear the synchronous eyerolls on the other side of the doorway. 

 

“Yup! A-All good. Come in!” 

 

“Just finished, Shield Maiden.” 

 

Undyne pushes open the door with a smile. 

 

“Alphy told me you might want another one of those peppermint mocha things she had us get you yesterday. So, Sans and I are gonna grab that. But, before I head out, Alphy do you want anything?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys smiles up at Undyne. 


“What, you don’t know your brilliant and gorgeous girlfriend’s order, ‘wyn?” Mettaton quips. 

 

“It’s not my fault! She changes what she orders every other time we go depending on her mood!” Undyne flushes. 

 

Undyne notices that Alphys hides her giggles behind her claws. 

 

“Please, Alphy! Back me up on this!” Undyne pleads. 

 

When Alphys starts laughing harder, Undyne knows she has done her job. Undyne’s only goal in playing up this act was to make Alphys laugh harder, and she succeeded. 

 

“N-No. Sh-She … she’s right. Don’t worry. I’ll just t-text it to you.” Alphys wipes her eye. 

 

Alphys pulls out her phone. 

 

As Alphys sends her text, and probably looks the menu over again, Undyne takes a quick glance at Mettaton. She tries to keep her gaze subtle so she can more accurately assess him. 

 

Now that Alphys isn’t looking at him, and he thinks Undyne isn’t either, Mettaton appears to deflate. His eyes almost gloss over as they lose focus. After a second or two, Mettaton draws his brows together and closes his eyes tight with an inaudible wince. 

 

Undyne feels her fists involuntarily clenching. There’s nothing she can physically fight, but she wishes she could beat something up to improve the situation. Such as it is, however, this is an injury that simply needs to heal. 

 

Undyne is pulled from her thoughts by a soft vibration in her pocket. 

 

“Done. When you c-come back, you’re still good to carry Ton-ton d-downstairs, right?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne looks back over at Mettaton with just enough time to see a shit-eating grin pass over his face. 

 

Oooooooo! My own personal chariot. How much would it be to hire you permanently there, Thor? ” He winks theatrically. 

 

Undyne bites back a groan and laughter in equal measure. 

 

“Hmmmmm … infinity gold, punk!” She grins. 

 

Undyne does laugh when Mettaton seems to seriously “consider” her offer. He taps his chin as if doing some sort of calculation before he dramatically sighs. 

 

“Pitty … a bit out of my price range.” Mettaton shakes his head.

 

All three of them dissolve into a fit of giggles. After Undyne composes herself, she pulls out her phone and reads over Alphys’ order. 

 

“Alright, nerds. I’m off to grab a peppermint mocha for Footloose, and a medium red eye for my brilliant girlfriend.” 

 

Undyne salutes them with two fingers before descending the stairs. 

 

As she makes it to the last stair, she notices that Frisk, Maddie, and Asgore have placed way too many boxes far too close to the stairs for Undyne to navigate them comfortably. She takes a glance to her left and notices that Asgore is busy fluffing the tree. 

 

Rolling her eye, Undyne takes a deep breath. 

 

“Hey! Nerds! Don’t forget to leave me a path to get the big guy downstairs!” Undyne shouts. 

 

To her surprise, Flowey flashes her a huge smile from the coffee table before taking up her message in his high-pitched voice. 

 

“HEY, YOU IDIOTS! Didja ever think about … heHEeHE … I don’t knoOow … the importance of a PATH!? ” Flowey sing-songs. 

 

Undyne facepalms and rolls her eye. It’s better than not having a path and, in his own dumb way, at least Flowey is trying to help. 

 

Papyrus, Maddie, and Frisk come rushing over and start moving boxes. Papyrus ascends the stairs after moving a few with Toriel in tow. 

 

Undyne almost jumps when she hears Sans chuckling to himself at her right. 

 

“ready to go, boss-lady?” Sans quips. 

 

“Yup. Everything seems to be going as smooth as it’s ever gonna go. So, now’s as good a time as any,” Unydne says. 

 

“then, lead the way.” Sans replies. 

 

The drive to the coffee shop is relatively uneventful. Sans has all the orders on his phone from everyone except Mettaton and Alphys. The two of them sit in a relatively comfortable silence with human “holiday” songs playing on the radio. 

 

Undyne doesn’t understand much about the various human winter holidays except that most of them are celebrated sometime between November and December. 

 

According to Frisk, humans have traditions that they practice, just like monsters do, but each human celebrates something different depending upon a whole host of factors. Some humans celebrate their winter holidays for longer than others, and only some humans tie religious meanings to these holidays. 

 

Undyne has decided that human holidays and traditions are, to put it mildly, hard to learn. 

 

She prefers the simplicity of her race’s own holidays. Gryftmas is for food, family, and presents. Angelmas is for new year wishes, hopes, and dreams. Gryftmas is for being silly, playing games, and hanging out. Angelmas is a time to seriously reflect on the creation of monster kind through magic as well as being an evening to prayerfully consider the gift of one’s own life. 

 

Easy. Our holidays are easy. I wish humans weren’t so damn complicated! 

 

Undyne gets into the right turn lane for the street outside the coffee shop. Some melodic song sung by a choir of human children hums softly through the radio. It’s pleasant. In listening to the song at the world’s longest red light, she supposes that human traditions have just as much of a place as her own traditions. 

 

If we’re gonna live here long term, I guess gotta figure it out. Frisk said a lot of the holidays are based on who was raised with which tradition. The traditions coincide with where those humans live, used to live, or were forced to live. Huh  … that must be an interesting thing, ya know? I guess it would get complicated when you have so much space, and so many of you, that everyone can believe, and practice, something different. Monsters have always been so few that, even if we have some different practices, nothing has really changed, and we certainly don’t celebrate completely different things. How weird. 

 

Undyne pulls into a parking space, unclips her seatbelt, and turns off the engine. She flops her head back against the headrest. 

 

The fact that Asgore was able to post that the date for celebrating Angelmas changed on the UnderNet, on like Monday night, and everyone knew by Wednesday, everyone except MTT, would be weird for humans to even consider. Frisk said there was something like 7 or 8 billion humans?! I think there are like 100, maybe like 150, of us on a good day. 

 

“penny for your thoughts there, boss-lady?” Sans asks. 

 

Undyne huffs under her breath. 

 

“First, for the hundredth time, I’m not your BOSS anymore! MOVE ON!  But … also ... the Surface is … big. It’s bigger than I ever imagined, ya know? There are … NGHHH … there are a LOT of humans! There’s so damn much to remember!” Undyne vents. 

 

Sans hums under his breath and seems to ponder that for a moment. 

 

“yeah. but … well … i don’ think anyone, necessarily , expects us ta get it all right away. frisk said most humans don’ even try ta understand other humans. ‘member? so, we should all just ease into it. take it all in nice and slow. all of ya are so high strung. jus’ relax.” Sans advises. 

 

Undyne sighs and rubs her forehead. 

 

“I know you’re right, Sans. I never knew you to be so wise,” Undyne says. 

 

She grins slightly before tapping Sans in the shoulder with her fist. 

 

“ah. my advice ain’t that good.” Sans fumbles. 

 

All the same, Sans gives Undyne’s shoulder a shove as he phases through the car door. 

 

Undyne scrambles out her own door after him. 

 

“OH! THIS IS SO ON!” She calls. 

 

“save it … boss-lady.” Sans laughs. 

 

Undyne notices that Sans is surprisingly quick for someone who has so often been incredibly lazy. Despite wearing his signature slippers, Sans doesn’t once sink in the snow. He almost looks like he’s skipping away from her. 

 

I’m happy for him. Toriel … Frisk … Papyrus having a secure life of his own … it has been good for Sans. 

 

Undyne casts her gaze down to her feet. Thinking about Papyrus having a life of his own feels weird. Thinking back to about a month ago, she realizes there was, and perhaps still is, a part of her that didn’t think Papyrus could have a life of his own. 

 

It makes her Soul ache because she really shouldn’t think that about her best friend. Yet, she can’t help thinking about him like a child sometimes. 

 

Metal Man so often treats Paps better than any of us put together. I hope that MTT gets back to normal soon so the two of them can go back to causing trouble and making Frisk laugh. I think Frisk misses that. 

 

Undyne only looks up when she hears the cafe’s bell ring as Sans opens the door. 

 

“ah. come on, undyne. never known you to to be a slow-poke.” Sans winks. 

 

Undyne huffs loudly as she stomps snow from her boots. 

 

“Hello! Welcome to Whole Latte Love Roasters! My name is Jules what can I get started for you?” The young person behind the counter quips. 

 

Undyne knows that name is familiar. 

 

“heya, jules we’ll have …” Sans rambles off the orders. 

 

Undyne knows that Sans has an irrational love for this place because all of the beverage names are horrible puns. So, she lets him take over ordering. 

 

“hey, undyne, what did alphys want?” Sans asks. 

 

Undyne watches Jules’ deep brown, almost black, eyes nearly pop out of their head. 

 

“Wait … wait … wait … you’re friends with Dr. Alphys! Can you tell her Jules and Sandy say hi and that we wish our floormates well, if she knows them? I miss the Rocky Horror robot … what was his name … it started with an “M,” I think. He was so sweet! He always said hello to Sandy and me whenever we saw him. Gosh. He was so rad … METTATON! That’s his name! He told us he was leaving for some kind of music tour in January … I wonder if he left early? Anyhow, if you all know him, tell him Jules and Sandy wish him a happy holiday and that Luna and Emily miss him at the karaoke bar they like. Neither of them have seen him in like a month … maybe more. The paparazzi have been rabid around that bar ever since he stopped going out in public. I’m pretty sure Luna said that Toni almost punched out one of the getaway car’s headlights last week. Emily actually did key a door. He used to pop in on Friday nights which was musical theater night. Sometimes, they’d also hit up that monster owned burger place nearby … um … Grilby’s? Yeah. Sweet dude - really knows his way around whiskey! Anyhow, Luna and Emily are total nerds. Haha! Emily studies theater as her second major and she still can’t get enough of it, and Luna just likes to blow off steam after singing Frozen for the fifteen hundredth time at her student teaching placement. I mean a few other members of our friend group sometimes pop by there, but only when Ollie's in town. He hasn't been in months. Whoops … I’m a bit of a ramble. Well, tell Dr. Alphys I said hello, and say hi to Mettaton too … if you know him.” Jules grins. 

 

Undyne blinks owlishly for a second before she notices that Sans is typing something down in his phone as quick as his skeletal fingers will go. 

 

“you got it, kiddo. tell al hello from ya and sandy. let MTT know that you and sandy say happy holidays, and some friends at the karaoke bar are asking after ‘im.” Sans repeats. 

 

“YOU DO KNOW HIM! Thank you! Oh Sandy is going to be so excited!” Jules squeals. 

 

Undyne shakes her head and smiles. 

 

“Um … anyway … Dr. Alphys wants one medium ‘You’re the Apple of my Red Eye,’” Undyne says.

 

Jules gives Undyne a thumbs up before writing something down on a piece of paper. 

 

“I’m not charging Dr. Alphys. First, because I took up way too much of your time. Also, 90% of us who work here have taken Dr. Alphys’ class. None of us would dream of charging her for anything. She … all of us owe her a lot … you know?” Jules says. 

 

Jules looks down at what they wrote. 

 

“For Mettaton, when you get a chance … it’s … it’s just my phone number. Weird shit has been going on at his and his friends’ apartment. If he is out of the country, let him know that we’re holding down him and his roommates’ fort. We live next door. If he, or his roommates, need anything, I want him to know there are some folks in his corner to help him out. He’s okay … right?” Jules bites their lip. 

 

“jus’ fine. he and dr. alphys have been friends a long time. don’ worry about it. he’s with her. but, we’ll give ‘im your number. he’ll appreciate that.” Sans smiles warmly. 

 

Undyne nods along with what Sans says. She doesn’t really trust her own voice on this. However, Undyne does take the note from Jules. The young human squeezes Undyne’s hand tight. 

 

“Good. God, we miss him … a lot. Give him our best. Tell him if he comes back to the bar to watch out because Luna will mom-friend him to death, Toni's allegedly already calling him and Ollie her 'prodigal sons,' and Emily’s just about crazy with worry. Emmi said to tell him she can be twice as scary as the paparazzi if that’s what he’s worried about. I can, in fact, confirm that that is true.” Jules smiles. 

 

Undyne puts the note in her pocket. She’ll have to find a time to bring this up with Alphys and Mettaton both because this could either go extremely well or it could crash and burn. Undyne thinks the former is more likely and, in Undyne’s mind, Jules is a wish fulfilled. 

 

Sans pays before quirking an eye socket in Undyne’s direction. 

 

The two of them stand side by side looking out the large window into the parking lot. 

 

“they seem to be an answered prayer.” Sans whispers. 

 

Undyne nods as she fingers the slip of paper in her pocket. 

 

“I was honestly thinking the same thing, Sans. The fact that there are humans out there who remember him and seem to want to help is … encouraging? NGHHH … I don’t know. I just feel so lost lately. It’s hard to explain.” Undyne mutters. 

 

Sans nods sagely before turning back to look out the window. 

 

“jus’ hope, if only for his sake, that MTT recovers okay. i mean, paps would be devastated if anythin’ happened to MTT, but i just … i didn’t do right by what i knew,” Sans says. 

 

Undyne nods her understanding. 

 

“I think we can all say we should have known better or done more in one way or another.” Undyne mutters. 

 

Sans hums an affirmation before he scowls deeper. 

 

“i knew somethin’ was wrong the night he almost passed out during the paps’ game thing. i was tryin’ ta help him charge and he … he practically begged me not ta touch him. angel, the kid was a wreck that night. kept sayin’ that paps had it worse, and he didn’ wanna bother anyone, or make anybody upset because he forgot ta take care of himself. poor kid looked scared shitless. i think he had a panic attack that night too, but he didn’ know what ta call it so i didn't exactly catch on. apparently, he’d had ‘em before, but he didn’t say anything. i tried ta convince him ta talk ta al, but he wouldn’t hear it. then, he jus’ … jus’ went right back ta normal. i shoulda told al right then what happened. hindsight, man … i dunno.” Sans shakes his head. 

 

Undyne nods silently in response to Sans’ revelation. 

 

Undyne swallows hard and tries not to get impatient with their extremely large order. 

 

However, moments later, the other barista behind the counter calls their names. Undyne and Sans carefully pick up the coffees and teas before heading back to the car. 

 

The drive home is pretty equally silent. Though, Undyne’s mind buzzes with thoughts about these young people that made friends with Mettaton. She can’t help but wonder what this group makes of the sudden disappearance of the vibrant soul that performed alongside them. She imagines he listened to their griefs, gave them advice, and encouraged them to tackle their problems before he acquired so many of his own. 

 

And you added to it. Knowingly or unknowingly, you made that nerd’s life way worse than it had to be.  

 

Undyne barely notices the yellow light, and she stops just a touch fast. Thankfully, their carefully balanced coffees and teas don’t topple over. 

 

“somethin’ on your mind?” Sans asks. 

 

“No! It just changed fast on me!” Undyne snaps. 

 

Sans simply hums and goes back to closing his eyes. 

 

When the two of them return home, Undyne helps Sans pass the drinks around before setting Alphys and Mettaton’s drinks on the coffee table. 

 

Undyne knocks on the door. 

 

“Hey, Alphy, I need your help for a sec.” Undyne calls from behind the door. 

 

She hears some shuffling before the door creaks open. 

 

“H-He’s napping anyway. Wh-What’s up?” Alphys asks. 

 

“Jules? … your student? They … um … they wanted to give MTT their number. Apparently, Jules and MTT and co. were next door neighbors or something? Some weird stuff has been going on around the apartment, which I mean, we already knew, but they didn't know that. They wanted to connect with him. Also, a couple of Jules’ friends have been asking about him because he used to do … ” 

 

Alphys nods and cuts Undyne off there. 

 

“He u-used to do karaoke with them. Yeah. I -know. I’ve gotten a c-couple of worried emails about that. E-Emily said she was k-kicking herself for not r-recognizing him when she was asking about her p-paper the day of Papyrus’ concussion and when she saw us at the bubble tea shop. Jules said they w-waved at the shop, and Ton-ton waved back. L-Luna wasn’t at the bubble tea shop that day, or she s-said she would have asked him where he had been. Emily's latest email told me that paparazzi were around the bar. Apparently, Emily keyed a car?" Alphys rambles. 

 

Undyne’s eye widens. 

 

“Do you think giving him Jules’ number would … ya know … help?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys rubs her face with her claws. 

 

“Yes. Jules is … absentminded, but incredibly sweet. But, right now, Asgore and I are … um … st-still using his phone to gather evidence. The m-manager is still texting him even though, obviously, no one is texting back from Mettaton’s phone. We’ve c-collected some … um … interesting information. Though, we haven’t received any t-texts since y-yesterday morning. Unless we g-get more today, we’re going to block the n-number either tomorrow or the day a-after. Ton-ton should be able to have his phone back by the day after Gryftmas. Then, I-I’ll offer him Jules’ number,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne nods. That seems like as good a plan as any she could come up with but, then, something strikes her as strange. 

 

“Wait … he hasn’t asked for his phone?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys looks at Undyne like she’s grown a third head. 

 

“‘Dyne … um … you’re super sm-smart so don’t take this the wr-wrong way… but … ah … when would he have had time to ask? He’s been asleep more than he hasn't since Saturday!” Alphys whisper shouts. 

 

Undyne’s eye widens in realization. She has honestly kind of forgotten how hard Alphys has been working to keep distractions and naps in plentiful supply. 

 

However, Undyne knows Mettaton must be feeling pretty trash because his guitar and sheet music haven't even been touched since they were brought up on Tuesday. Actually, Undyne realizes that most of what Mettaton has asked for these last couple of days are easy films, not artsy ones, and some games for the Switch. He played on Papyrus' farm on Stardew Valley a little on Tuesday. Though, Papyrus and Frisk also tried to persuade him to try Color's Quest which is some kind of drawing game where you progress by drawing things based on various themes and rules. Undyne wonders if that might not be good for Mettaton to lose himself in doodling because, the few times Undyne has seen Frisk play it, she has found it pretty zen looking. 

 

Undyne shakes herself back to reality. 

 

“Yeah … to be honest … I guess I didn’t really think about that. I guess I always thought he’d be as glued to it as you are.” Undyne teases. 

 

Alphys flushes hard. 

 

“D-Deserved, but ouch.” Alphys grins. 

 

Undyne shares a quick and quiet laugh with Alphys. 

 

“HeeeeeelloooooOoooOooo! We’re all waAaAiting down here!” Flowey calls up the stairs. 

 

Undyne notices Alphys shudder, and Undyne pats Alphys’ shoulder. 

 

“I-I know why he is the way he is … I a-accidentally made him. B-But, I never would have suspected that he was … err … rather is … A-Asriel.” Alphys swallows. 

 

Undyne heaves a breath and shakes her head. 

 

“Yeah ... But, well ... on the brightside ... I know for one thing that Asgore and Toriel are happier. You can see it in the ways they carry themselves. It’s like a hundred years has been lifted off Asgore. Angel … but, how are you holdin’ up knowing all that, Alphy?” Undyne asks. 

 

Undyne watches as Alphys looks up at the ceiling. Alphys’ eyes glisten behind her glasses. She rubs her forehead with her claws as she continues to look up. 

 

“I … I just w-wish I hadn’t been so impulsive with my experiments? I-I should have taken more time. I should have thought more about what th-theorists wrote about our dust. Dust in the sky! Wh-Why don’t I ever think, ‘Dyne? I’ve learned a lot, but … by the Angel, ‘Dyne, I … I used to be so much less c-cautious ... and ... and I mean that in a b-b-bad way! I-If anxiety has done anything positive, it has f-forced me to slow down. I’m much more intentional now with e-everything than I was before. But, overall, I … I’m about as good as can be expected.” Alphys lets a few tears fall.

 

Undyne pulls Alphys in close. 

 

As monster custom dictates, Undyne has counseled Alphys through a bulk of what happened in the True Lab.

 

For the first few months on the Surface, Undyne sat with Alphys on their porch until the sun rose. The two of them sipped on hot tea, beer, wine, or coffee as Undyne listened to Alphys talk. At first, Alphys would stare into her coffee and say nothing as she drew her ragged lab coat tight around her shoulders. Alphys wrapped herself up in an old tie blanket patterned in pink and purple stars as she kicked her short legs to rock in the rocking chair. However, when Alphys began to talk, Undyne realized just how heavy a weight Alphys carried on her own. 

 

As much as Undyne realizes she should probably care about Alphys’ hasty use of DETERMINATION, she can’t bring herself to blame Alphys. She can’t blame Alphys any more than she can blame herself for the human lives she has taken to impress Asgore.

 

For, the humans Undyne fought had mostly been children and, apart from one, all of them were completely innocent. 

 

So, as summer faded into the sunset of fall leaves, Alphys began asking Undyne questions. The two of them slowly shared their Souls under the glow of the Angel’s Dust in the sky. Strengthened by the magic of the evening light, their infatuation became passion. Finally, their passion became love. 

 

However, Undyne knows that she cannot take full credit for Alphys’ transformation these last few months. No, some credit also belongs to Mettaton. 

 

As his paychecks began rolling in, Mettaton began taking Alphys out to shop for clothes. The two of them would often go out on Fridays because Alphys didn’t teach any classes on Fridays and Mettaton, Napsta, and Shyren all got off at noon to work on songwriting over the weekend. So, once Alphys’ wardrobe was updated to Mettaton’s satisfaction, the two of them used to get their nails done every two or three weeks. They went out to lunch on the weeks they didn't do nails.  

 

Then, the first week in December, Mettaton’s manager insisted that he stay alone on Fridays for a while to discuss tour logistics.

 

So, the outings never restarted. 

 

In fact, now that Undyne thinks about it, that had been the only real reason Alphys ended up going to lunch with her colleagues in the first place.

 

Mettaton had bailed on Alphys that morning. He told only Alphys about the meeting as he left their house Friday morning after crashing there Thursday night. Both Alphys and Undyne had asked why Mettaton was staying with his manager after noon on a Friday.

 

Once they pressed him, Mettaton flushed and said something about his manager needing to have longer and later meetings as the tour approached. He assured them it was just a lunch meeting and he would see Undyne and Alphys at their place after Undyne got off of school.

 

At the time, Undyne remembers being incredibly bitter at Mettaton for abandoning Alphys. In fact, she might have even texted him about it. 

 

Now that she thinks about it, she did. 

 

punk, you’re making alphy super sad by not hanging out with her today. what the hell, dude? what happened to your whole “family first” shtick?  

 

Yet, now, Undyne kicks herself upon remembering how she had phrased that text. She wonders, if she had texted in a less accusatory way, if Mettaton might have opened up to her. Honestly, she wonders how much Mettaton told Alphys that they all couldn’t hear. Undyne remembers that Alphys had said Mettaton told her things in whispers. 

 

In fact, Undyne wonders if there are things that Mettaton didn’t tell Alphys the night when he was overheating and disoriented. 

 

Undyne questions how much Mettaton remembers clearly or if all of those horrible memories from the last month run together like some kind of feverish nightmare. 

 

Angel, what happened to him the Friday we went out for tea? He was breathless and a mess when he showed up at Alphy and my house at 3:30. His hair was down over his face and his clothes were completely disheveled. It almost looked like he ran there. I just … I told him he should have been there sooner. He … fuck … I punched him in the shoulder that day, didn’t I?! He flinched … did that ass … was he hurt? UGH! Why am I like this!? What about the night before Papyrus’ Game Gauntlet? Sans just said at the coffee place that MTT almost passed out in the kitchen the night of the Gauntlet because MTT got disoriented and forgot to plug himself in! Why didn’t Footloose ask for … oh … oh, by the Angel … he really thought I would be mad, didn’t he? Why the fuck did I say that stuff?! If you hurt Papyrus I will end you? Isn't that what I said? Fuck! He must have felt so scared, and he didn’t ask for help because he was worried about what I would say? … Shit! 

 

Alphys finally breaks their embrace and kisses Undyne on the cheek. 

 

“‘Dyne, are you okay? Y-You look pretty shaken up. Is … is s-something w-wrong?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne shakes herself out of her thoughts. 

 

“No. I’m just worried about taking the space heater down the stairs because of all the boxes. I think everyone moved them directly out of the way of the stairs, but it might still be tight.” Undyne mutters.

 

As much as Undyne hates lying to Alphys, she needs time to explain her actions to her girlfriend. She wants to be able to have Alphys understand her actions, but she can’t quite seem to explain herself in ways that don’t make it seem like she is making up excuses. 

 

I stand by the fact that that nerd doesn’t have the best track record but … 

 

Undyne sighs. There is no real justification for the way she treated Mettaton. Even when he had been struggling, he treated all of them exceptionally well. 

 

Mettaton made them laugh, kept their spirits high, and never let on how much he was struggling. In fact, the worst thing he did was forget to answer a few texts during the week before his assault. Yet, now that Undyne thinks about it, he called Alphys to apologize for that at some point. So, even when Mettaton's manager tried his damndest to overwork Mettaton, Mettaton still tried to put them all first. 

 

How many nights did that nerd cry himself to sleep? Yeah. No. SCREW IT! It doesn’t matter what fucked up things metal man did Underground. I was … He gave me no reason to say what I said. I gave him shit for doing his job. I work on Friday afternoons. He was getting ready to leave the Angelforsaken country, and I told him he was abandoning Alphys? Angel! What the fuck was I thinking!? I … I owe him. He seems to trust me well enough now. I … I could bring all of this up with how much I love his nicknames? Yeah … Yeah … we’ll do that. 

 

“Um … ‘Dyne, y-you gonna come help me? A-Are you sure you’re alright?” Alphys asks again. 

 

“Oh! Sorry, I’m still thinking about what Jules said at the coffee shop … ya know … ‘bout the weird stuff going on at Napsta, Shyren, and MTT’s apartment? Kinda freaks me out to think about what might still be going on there.” 

 

Undyne scratches the back of her head as she speaks. That’s only a half lie. It’s not what she’s thinking about right now. Though, it does really freak her out. 

 

"Me t-too." Alphys confesses quietly. 

 

Undyne nods.

 

"Well, lets not keep everyone waiting or Flowey might just wilt with impatience." Undyne jokes. 

 

Alphys gives Undyne a half smile before opening the door to the room. 

 

As Undyne follows Alphys, Undyne sees that Mettaton seems mostly at peace as he rests. Though, his breathing is far more rhythmic than Undyne recalls seeing it the last few times she has watched him sleep. 

 

Alphys kneels next to Mettaton’s side and gently rubs his arm in an effort to wake him up slowly. Mettaton rubs his eyes with the back of his hands as he sluggishly blinks awake. Undyne notices that someone must have helped Mettaton shower and change today while she and Sans were gone because Mettaton’s tee shirt is different from the one he was wearing this morning when she left. 

 

The fresh one says “All I wanted was to be loved for myself” with a mask and a red rose incorporated into the design. It hangs loosely off his right shoulder, and his hair has been pulled away from his face in a messy ponytail. Though, his signature sidebang hangs out of the ponytail and over his eye. 

 

Undyne can’t help but make note of the fact that most of what Mettaton has chosen to wear these last couple of days has been much looser and simpler than his usual revealing and tight fitting outfits. Undyne tries to assure herself this is only because the loose clothing is easier to sleep in and to change into with his injured leg. 

 

However, Undyne can’t bring herself to completely believe that. 

 

Undyne notices that Mettaton rubs his eyes again sleepily as he pushes himself further upright. He bites back a yelp as his hips move. 

 

“D-Don’t do that! Ask for help if you want to s-sit all the way up! O-Okay? You’ll p-put me out m-more if I have to rewire your leg a s-second time.” Alphys admonishes lightly. 

 

Mettaton flushes before nodding. 

 

“It was just … just subconscious, darling. I wasn’t even really thinking about it.” Mettaton yawns. 

 

Undyne looks at the shag carpet on the floor. 

 

He seems exhausted. It’s like he hasn’t slept much. But, I mean, he is recovering from … he’s recovering. We can’t really expect him to be energetic. 

 

“W-Would you r-rather we let you sleep, Ton-ton? W-We can let you r-rest if you’re tired.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Undyne’s Soul drops to her shoes, for what feels like the hundredth time that day, as she listens to Alphys’ question. Based on her tone, Alphys seems to suspect that Mettaton’s tiredness seems a bit unusual. 

 

However, Undyne notices how Mettaton’s eyes widen, and he shakes his head. 

 

“No! I wouldn’t miss decorating the house for the world, sweetheart! I can’t miss Angelmas decorating! You should have seen the hotel around the holidays! Now, that was spectacular! There were luminarias hung throughout the lobby. I had custom made lights that blinked like stars. If it were possible, I would have had a bonfire right in the middle of the hotel! I so desperately wanted it but, sadly, that is not an indoor activity.” Mettaton pouts. 

 

Undyne chuckles lightly under her breath. 

 

“I dunno you just must not have been creative enough! Frisk and I created a pretty massive bonfire in my house when they visited! Where’s your imagination, dude!” Undyne grins. 

 

Mettaton startles at the sound of Undyne’s voice. However, as she speaks, he arcs one of his perfectly even eyebrows in her direction. 

 

“As I seem to recall, you and Frisk destroyed your house so badly that you remained couch surfing in Papyrus and Sans’ living room for the next several days after that cooking fiasco. Really, Shield Maiden, it’s as though you never bothered to watch any of the episodes of Cooking with a Killer Robot . Pitty. It might have spared your home the belated, or early, Yuletide blaze.” Mettaton deadpans. 

 

Undyne watches as Alphys absolutely loses it. Alphys drapes herself over the bedside table and nearly launches the boba nightlight as she tries to push herself back upright. The giggles don’t subside for several minutes. 

 

“Besides, I’m pretty sure that idiot teenager … Burgerpants? is that what he called himself? … would have had an aneurysm if I’d actually set a bonfire up in the lobby. Serves him right for how annoying he used to be to Blooky … ” Mettaton grins wickedly. 

 

That comment makes both Undyne and Alphys pause. The two of them just blink at Mettaton. He looks at them innocently for a moment before quirking another eyebrow. 

 

“What? You don’t actually think I would have been that cruel to him without a good reason. D-Do you?” Mettaton asks.

 

Mettaton’s face falls at Alphys and Undyne’s shared glance. Both of them awkwardly look away and, for her part, Undyne finds a sudden interest in her black combat boots. 

 

“Oh … ah … I see. Um … Well, he used to egg our houses, mess with Maddie, and try to imitate Blooky. As soon as I heard he was trying to get famous, and applied to work with me … welp, I knew I had the perfect solution to pay him back for being a nuisance.” Mettaton smirks. 

 

Undyne casts a long look at Alphys. 

 

“Um … yeah … actually that … that explains way m-more than it … err … than it doesn’t?” Alphys shakes her head. 

 

Okay … now I know never to mess with MTT’s cousins. Not that I would, Napsta is sweet, and Maddie can hold her own … but … jeez, Footloose! Chill! 

 

Undyne shakes the thought from her head. 

 

Aaaaaanyway, you ready to head down to decorate, Mer? I think everything’s pretty much unpacked.” Undyne offers. 

 

Undyne watches Mettaton nod slowly. He looks hesitant and a little uncertain. 

 

“Um … ‘wyn, can … can you count down before you lift me? I know this is going to hurt, darling, and … and I need a moment to … um … prepare for it.”  

 

Mettaton’s voice is so quiet Undyne has to strain to hear it. 

 

Undyne closes her eye as she takes a deep breath. Then, she takes Mettaton’s hand and squeezes his hand.

 

Absolutely, Mer. Do you need anything else from me before I pick ya up?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head and bites his lip. 

 

“Ton-ton, y-you sure you wanna do this? Y-You don’t have to. W-We could …” Alphys fumbles. 

 

“No! Like I said, I’d give anything to do this, Phy, dear. Please! Please, I ... I want to! Just … please be gentle, o-okay, Thor?” He pleads. 

 

Undyne’s first inclination is to want to react with anger at the implication that she doesn’t have the self-control to be gentle when it’s needed. Yet, Undyne’s Soul almost snaps in two when she really considers why he might think that. 

 

“I swear. I’ll be as gentle as I can, nerd. You hang on tight, though, okay? Up we go in three, two, one. I gotcha. I know. I’ll go quick.” Undyne assures. 

 

A single tear rolls down Mettaton’s right cheek as he buries his face in Undyne’s shoulder. 

 

“We’re at the st-stairs now, Ton-ton. ‘Dyne is g-going to step down in three, two, o-one,” Alphys says. 

 

It’s clear to Undyne that Mettaton is in a fair amount of pain as he clings to her when she steps down. He whimpers after the second step. His whole body feels as though his artificial tendons and muscles are in a giant knot. She can feel the soft fabric of his pink sweatpants under her hand shifting as his body shakes with an effort to hold back a scream. 

 

“It’s okay, Mer. I gotcha. Almost done. Almost done. Final step. I gotcha.” Undyne assures. 

 

Flowey pokes his head around the door. His eyes widen when he sees Mettaton clinging to Undyne’s shirt. 

 

“MOVE THE BOXES ALL THE WAY AWAY FROM THE COUCH YOU FREAKS! ” Flowey shouts.

 

 Flowey pokes his head back out and gives Undyne, Alphys, and Mettaton a wide smile. 

 

“YoOoOou’re welcome !” Flowey sing-songs. 

 

However, Undyne notices that Flowey looks kind of fearful seeing Mettaton in her arms. 

 

Undyne feels Flowey tap her arm as she passes him. He looks up at her with wide eyes. 

 

“Is … is he okay?” Flowey asks. 

 

The flower’s voice is uncharacteristically soft. The tone forces Undyne to confront just how incredibly child-like Flowey still is, at times, despite everything he has done. 

 

Before Undyne can say anything, Mettaton answers the question himself. 

 

“I … I‘m fine, sweet. Don’t worry ... about me. I’m just a touch ... um ... stiff from not having moved for ... for ... for several agonizingly boring days.” Mettaton assures. 

 

Flowey raises an eyebrow at Mettaton. 

 

“Hmmmm … why do I not believe you, sparkler farts?” Flowey pouts. 

 

Mettaton grimaces as Undyne readjusts him. 

 

“Let me set the space heater down on the couch and you can annoy him there, cactus butt.” Undyne quips. 

 

Flowey glares at Undyne, but Undyne’s Soul lightens when Mettaton giggles. As Undyne sets Mettaton on the couch, she looks over her shoulder and finds Alphys sipping on her coffee while hurriedly talking to Toriel and Asgore. 

 

Undyne notices that Alphys looks distressed, but Asgore looks adamant. Toriel just appears conflicted. Their tones are hushed as they disappear into hallway likely to go into the dining room away from prying ears and eyes. 

 

Papyrus taps Undyne on the shoulder before kneeling down next to Mettaton. Papyrus gently takes Mettaton’s hand. 

 

“DR. ALPHYS ASKED THAT WE PROP YOUR LEG UP A BIT. MAY I LIFT IT FOR YOU?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly. Papyrus gives Mettaton’s shoulder a gentle squeeze before gently adjusting Mettaton’s leg on the pile of pillows. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes are wide with pain, and Undyne braces his shoulder. 

 

“You okay, Mer? You need anything?” Undyne asks. 

 

Undyne keeps her voice low and even as she speaks. 

 

“H-Hot … feel kind of … hot.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Undyne nods as she places a hand on his forehead. He’s not overheating at all, but he might be running low on water for his steam system. She realizes that he might be confusing “hot” with faint. 

 

However, she recalls the conversation with Alphys from earlier and almost facepalms at her own stupidity. 

 

“You want something cold before you have your mocha? Why don’t we try some ice first?” She asks quietly. 

 

Undyne catches Papyrus’ eye and shoos him into the kitchen to grab a cup of ice. If she needs to, she figures she can just grab one of the chips and rub it on Mettaton’s neck until he regulates. 

 

“Y-Yeah … yeah … that might be nice, darling. I’d … I’d like that.” He pants.

 

“Still feelin’ hot, bud?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton nods and fans himself with his hand.

 

"This is ... uncomfortable." He confesses. 

 

Frisk has popped over to Undyne's side holding a magazine. Undyne nods her thanks and begins fanning Mettaton with it as soon as Frisk pops off to hangout with Flowey. 

 

“This’ll be more effective, furnace face.” She teases. 

 

He gives a little half-laugh before he leans his head all the way back so his head and shoulders hang over the armrest of the couch. His head flops so that it hangs completely upside down. His bang falls away from his face as he closes his eyes. 

 

He’s just a little too long for the couch. 

 

“Here. Sit up, dude.” Undyne instructs. 

 

Undyne guides Mettaton upright so he can lean forward. Then, she grabs several of the pillows Papyrus collected earlier and creates a small wall of pillows behind Mettaton’s back. As soon as she finishes her task, Papyrus shows up with a cup of ice. 

 

“Here. Just … just suck on ‘em nice and slow. I know you haven’t had much of anything since Tuesday. So, it’s best to start off nice and easy anyway,” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus wordlessly takes Mettaton’s hand again as Undyne slowly helps Mettaton with the ice. It takes about a minute or two before Mettaton seems to regulate as his artificial stomach process the water. As he finishes the last few ice chips, Mettaton gives Undyne an award winning smile and makes grabby hands towards his coffee.

 

Undyne rolls her eye and hands it to him. Immediately after he wraps his left hand around the coffee, his right hand finds Papyrus’ hand again. 

 

“I wish there were a way to share this incredible little throne with you, dearest. Though, sadly, there does not seem to be much room.” Mettaton flushes. 

 

Papyrus beams. 

 

“WORRY NOT! WHEN YOU ARE WELL ENOUGH TO SHARE IT WITH ME, IT WILL BE ALL THE MORE EXCITING! NEYHEHE!” 

 

Papyrus leans his head on Mettaton’s shoulder. 

 

As Undyne watches the two of them, her Soul tightens. Undyne has never really noticed just how much Mettaton draws the best out of Papyrus. Papyrus is more open, more silly and, yet, somehow, also more wise around Mettaton than Papyrus is with anyone, even Sans. 

 

The two of them quickly get lost in a silent moment of their own. Papyrus sips on his hot chocolate while Mettaton carefully drinks his coffee. The two of them are blissfully unaware of the unpacking going on around them. 

 

When Alphys finally joins them, Mettaton and Papyrus have finished their beverages and set them down. However, both of them are still holding hands with Papyrus’ head now having found its way into Mettaton’s lap. 

 

Undyne doesn’t fail to notice how Alphys brightens when she sees Mettaton and Papyrus together. 

 

Undyne suddenly feels a silky soft tap on her shoulder with what she can only imagine is one of Flowey’s leaves. It sends a shiver up her spine. 

 

“I believe you promised that I could have a turn to ‘annoy the ‘space heater?’’” Flowey quips before retracting his leaves back to his pot. 

 

Undyne rolls her eye before setting Flowey on the coffee table next to Mettaton. 

 

“Knock yourself out, Flowey.” Undyne mutters. 

 

Despite going over to help Asgore finish fluffing and setting up the tree, Undyne can’t help but listen to the conversation between Flowey and Mettaton. 

 

“So, I’ve got some owning up to do. Frisk … Frisk says its only fair that you get to know because … well … anyway …” Flowey starts. 

 

Undyne watches Mettaton raise a perfectly crafted eyebrow in Flowey’s direction when several people stop what they’re doing to watch and listen. Frisk rushes over to stand behind Flowey in silent support. 

 

“OH, YES! THIS IS A VERY INTERESTING STORY, METTATON. I CANNOT SAY YOU WILL LIKE IT. HOWEVER, IT IS FILLED WITH A LOT OF ACTION AND A VERY CONFUSING PLOT. I HOPE YOU WILL BE ABLE TO FOLLOW IT! BUT, I KNOW YOU WILL! FOR, YOU ARE A VERY SMART COOKIE!” Papyrus exclaims. 

 

Flowey heaves a deep breath and lets it out slowly. His face contorts into a little grimace as he begins speaking. 

 

“Before Frisk fell Underground, I had a  … very special power because … because Dr. Alphys filled me with raw DETERMINATION.” Flowey says haltingly. 

 

Undyne watches Frisk give Flowey an encouraging nod while smiling. 

 

The room stills completely and Flowey seems to sense this. He glares at all of them before they all silently return to their tasks. 

 

“What … what kind of power, Flowey, darling?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Flowey scrubs his face with his leaves. 

 

“Before Frisk fell, I was able to reset time. I could make things happen and restart life at various points as though the previous events had neEeEver happened. WoOoOpsie. HeheEHEHEHE!” Flowey giggles. 

 

Frisk glares at Flowey, and he looks away with an eye roll. Though, he does have the decency to look kind of ashamed after a moment.   

 

Anyway, even though I remembered what happened before, everyone else forgot. I used this power both to help … and to hurt.” Flowey sighs. 

 

Undyne glances over at Mettaton’s confused and concerned face. 

 

“I see …” Mettaton hums. 

 

“With only DETERMINATION, but no Soul, I couldn’t really love anyone. It was … ” Flowey whispers.

 

Undyne is far enough away from the conversation that she can’t hear what Flowey says after being unable to love because of his lack of a Soul.  

 

Undyne winces. It doesn’t matter that she has already heard this story. She can’t fathom how Flowey must feel, and she really doesn’t want to try. Flowey is Soulless, and Flowey is the child Undyne has helped Asgore grieve for, at least, the last several decades. Both of those things are true. Yet, they are almost impossible to comprehend at the same time.

 

“I … I did horrible things to everyone. Frisk has helped me to understand that I need to be open with all of the people I’ve hurt … and, oOoOoOhhh boy, did I hurt! They have told me many times that you are a fantastic listener. But, well, I already knew that from past timelines. You had me on a talk show once. Your questions were very deep and more insightful than I could have ever imagined … It was the closest to therapy I think I’ve ever gotten. TeeHEHEHE … But, I was embarrassed you see. SoOooOOoo ... I killed you, felt kind of bad about it, and RESET the timeline immediately after.” Flowey blurts. 

 

Mettaton looks around the room at everyone else with a skeptical sort of expression on his face. When he sees everyone else’s faces displaying varying degrees of discomfort, his eyes widen. 

 

“F-Flowey … um … e-explained all of this to us … when you were … um ... u-unavailable? B-But, he … um … there were, and well, are? ... Yeah, there are too many d-details for this to be f-fabricated.” Alphys offers. 

 

Mettaton sucks in wince and nods slowly. 

 

“Um … wow … that is certainly not what I was expecting to hear, sweet. But, I’m flattered that I could provide you a listening ear, even if I don’t recall doing so, honey.” Mettaton flushes. 

 

Flowey nods. He looks behind him, and he hears Frisk clearing their throat. Frisk widens their eyes before glaring pointedly at Flowey while signing. 

 

Keep. Topic. Apologize. Feel. Better. 

 

Flowey sighs exaggeratedly. 

 

“But, I want to apologize, not only for that, but I want to explicitly say sorry for borrowing your Soul in an effort to keep Frisk, you, and everyone Underground prisoner since I couldn’t have what I wanted. You wouldn’t necessarily remember that. But, having everyone’s Souls inside of me, and feeling their love, allowed me to access my true form …” Flowey looks up at the ceiling. 

 

Mettaton looks at Flowey with a look of complete concern and investment in the tale. 

 

“The dust that spread over the flower that became … well me. That dust belonged to Prince Asriel, and I … I am him. Or, well, at the very least, I share his memories. So … ah … yeah … then Frisk gave me, as Asriel, a hug. The barrier broke and … now we’re here? Tada!” Flowey grumbles. 

 

Flowey looks over at Frisk with a hostile expression. 

 

“Happy now!” He hisses. 

 

Frisk nods, but signs to Mettaton. 

 

Workshop. Flowey. Storytelling. Skills. Sorry.

 

“Well, I’m soOoOrry that I haven’t figured out how to do the perfect reveal of all that!” Flowey retorts. 

 

Tell. Logical. Start. Beginning. End. Ending. 

 

Flowey crosses his leaves and pouts. 

 

“Boring! That’s a BORING story, you idiot!” Flowey snaps. 

 

Mettaton blinks several times. Then, He opens and closes his mouth several more. He looks over at Alphys who stares at her feet. 

 

“Um … o-okay … Papyrus, dearest, you … yeah … interesting … interesting is a word ... it is a word that could describe … ah … that. Wow … that’s a lot, sweet.” 

 

Mettaton’s eye twitches slightly for a few seconds. Then, Mettaton shakes himself head to uninjured foot before patting both of his cheeks with his hands. 

 

“Firstly, Flowey, darling, be nice to Frisk. They are merely helping you try to craft your story in a way that makes sense and is not quite so … ah … overwhelmingly difficult to follow, honey. However, darling Frisk, it is … well … it is Flowey’s story, dear heart. He will tell it as he is wont to tell it … I suppose,” Mettaton says. 

 

Everyone in the room freezes solid and stares at Mettaton. Upon realizing everyone’s eyes are on him, he looks away. 

 

“What, did I say something incorrect, lovelies?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Undyne’s mouth is still agape. 

 

He … how did he just accept all of that so quickly? He didn’t even flinch. I mean his eye twitched, sure. But, like, I almost strangled that weed the first time he told me! 

 

“N-No. I’m just … wow … you took that way b-better than I expected you would,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton smiles sympathetically at her. 

 

“I will need more time to parse through all the information and process it. But, I have spent enough time holding grudges. I’d like to think none are held towards me for my own actions.” Mettaton says to Flowey. 

 

He rubs his forehead with his hand before addressing Alphys. 

 

“I assume you were the one who helped everyone to make sense of how this was possible? I also infer you had no idea this occurred until you found it out when everyone else did?” Mettaton asks bluntly. 

 

Alphys blushes hard. 

 

“Both … b-b-both of those are correct. Y-Yes.” She confirms. 

 

He hums lightly under his breath in acknowledgement. 

 

“And, you are alright, Phy?” He asks seriously. 

 

Undyne notices that Alphys’ jaw hangs open for a second before she closes it and nods. 

 

“Y-Yup. Just fine. ‘Dyne and I already chatted about it. Y-You … please … please focus on you right now. O-Okay? I’m good. T-Trust me.” Alphys assures. 

 

Once more, Mettaton hums an acknowledgement. His gaze falls on Undyne who simply gives him a nod. She hopes the face she makes reassures him. However, Mettaton’s face hardens for a moment as he gazes more sharply at her. 

 

“It’s true. She’s telling the truth. We just talked about it briefly today.” Undyne assures him. 

 

Satisfied, Mettaton finally turns to Flowey. His eyes are soft as he looks down at the flower. Flowey looks almost sheepish when he glances at the floor as soon as Mettaton’s gaze turns back to him. 

 

“Flowey, honey, don’t look so morose. I am quite sure asking for this forgiveness was quite … um … difficult . To have to do all of this twice, shows how truly beautiful you are, inside and outside, sweet. It would be quite … shall we say … hypocritical for me to pass judgment on you for seeking out who you truly are no matter how desperate and … ah … unconventional the means, my dear. Now, I’m not saying you ought to make a habit of borrowing people’s Souls to get your way, but I understand the desperation and the … the hunger for your body and mind to match if only for a moment. Is there anything I can do for you that does not involve loaning you my Soul?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Sans does a full spit take in the corner of the room. Papyrus leaps up to go help his brother who appears to have aspirated some of his black coffee. 

 

Undyne almost laughs. For, surely, Mettaton cannot think leaving his family in the middle of the night, with only some diaries for company, to chase stardom and his true identity, is equal to multiple accounts of Soul stealing and cold blooded murder! 

 

Metal man is nuts! He has lost his fucking mind! That’s the only answer that I have. 

 

Undyne is about to open her mouth and say as much when she looks and sees Alphys wringing her hands. Alphys makes eye contact with Undyne before nodding her head towards Maddie. Undyne follows Alphys’ gaze towards Maddie. Maddie has her arms crossed over her chest as though she refuses to accept what Mettaton is saying as true, not because it sounds absolutely insane, but because Maddie thinks it doesn’t seem like Mettaton is sorry enough. 

 

I always knew she had a few screws loose, but that’s kind of ridiculous … right? She can’t honestly think that what he did is on the same level as Soul stealing. Can she? I mean … be bitter, by all means, he was kind of an ass. I know she was really upset because she told me so as I sparred with her as my dummy. But, MTT is nowhere near Soul stealing levels of ass. 

 

Undyne quickly realizes, without anyone saying another word, that she may have grossly misjudged why Mettaton left that farm and why Napstablook is so shy. 

 

Meanwhile, Flowey finally seems to regain his composure after staring at Mettaton incredulously. 

 

“You know … heheHEHEhee! You always did manage to give me the most surprises before Frisk showed up. You and Papyrus were always the most fun to plaAaAaAay with! I mean … eventually, like everyone else, you two got boring. But, you and Papyrus were always the most amusing of everyone else! HeheHEHEHEheee!” Flowey’s eyes glow maniacally. 

 

“I fail to see how I could ever be considered boring, sweet!” Mettaton tosses his hair. 

 

“*cough*U-Understatement. *cough*” Alphys jokes. 

 

Mettaton glares at her before she gives him an innocent smile. 

 

“Y-You will definitely make my s-scales go gray before my t-time!” Alphys retorts. 

 

Mettaton rolls his eyes with a laugh and a shake of his head. 

 

Finally, Flowey leans forward while spreading his leaves, and Mettaton just cocks his head slightly. 

 

There is a beat of awkward silence and staring before Frisk intervenes. 

 

Flowey. Hug?

 

Mettaton’s lips form a soft “o” shape in understanding before he accepts the “hug.” In reality, Flowey just plops his petals into Mettaton’s shoulder for a few seconds before retreating to his pot. 

 

Asgore rises next to Undyne. 

 

“Well done, Flowey. That was very kind of you, and Mettaton … I cannot thank you enough for your gentleness. Of all of us, I must say you took Flowey’s revelation the best. From the moment we first met, you have never ceased to amaze me!” Asgore beams. 

 

Mettaton blushes straight up to his hair with wide eyes glowing bright magenta in shock. 

 

“I … It is no trouble … I only … I mean …” Mettaton flushes again. 

 

Alphys giggles before putting on her serious face. 

 

“Wh-What he’s trying to say is that he likes helping p-people be confident in their identities, and he’s happy to help … l-later … very later,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne watches Alphys give Mettaton a pointed look. Mettaton huffs and glares at her with his arms crossed over his chest. Alphys gives everyone a head motion to give them both space before Alphys kneels next to Mettaton. 

 

He refuses to look at her, and Undyne watches Alphys’ shoulders sag. Undyne can just barely make out a few words on Alphys’ lips. 

 

“... m-mad at me … not r-ready … HP still really l-low.” Alphys explains. 

 

Mettaton glares deeper at the wall. His lower lip sticks out, and Undyne almost feels bad for him. It takes a few minutes before Undyne sees him roll his eyes. 

 

He rubs the back of his head and says something back to Alphys that also requires Undyne to strain for a scant few words. 

 

“... bored … embarrassed … Darling, … least I can do … help out.” Mettaton offers. 

 

Alphys shakes her head. 

 

“... better f-first … advise l-later … but, if it really … make it work … j-just not this week … acceptable, c-compromise?” Alphys offers. 

 

Mettaton blows his bang up with a puff of air in frustration before letting his shoulders sag in defeat. 

 

“... better than nothing, darling.” He concedes.  

 

Undyne hides behind the tree when Alphys stands up and goes to get something from the kitchen. Then, Undyne pokes her head out from behind the tree. 

 

However, all Undyne sees is Mettaton pulling loose threads out of one of the cushions in the couch. 

 

“Really glad I ordered Lady Toriel a better couch. This one is rather beat up.” He mutters to himself.

 

Undyne hides a laugh, but Mettaton hears her. His eyes blaze with a nearly red light in her general direction.  

 

“That’s quite unbecoming of you to hide behind that tree, Spear Maiden. If you would like to laugh at me, please do me the kindness of doing it to my face.” Mettaton hisses. 

 

Undyne raises her eyebrow with her hands up in defense as she steps out from behind the tree. 

 

“No! I was laughing because that’s Sans and Papyrus’ old couch. The thing like eats money and spits it back out randomly. I wonder if Sans didn’t like magic it or something. But …But, I was the one who killed it when I crashed on it after my house burnt down. I … It probably does need to be replaced with something longer and … um … less destroyed? I kept falling off of it.” Undyne explains. 

 

Mettaton blushes before giving her a quick smile and a nod. 

 

“My apologies, ‘wyn. I … I was confused and I shouldn’t be so sensitive. Though, I’m not trying to make excuses,” Mettaton says.

 

As he speaks, Mettaton looks down at the ground. From what Undyne has observed this last hour or so, it seems like Mettaton can’t quite make up his mind as to whether he is in pain or not. Well, that and Flowey's confession is probably still wracking his brain. It has made his emotions bounce all over the map. He reminds her of one of those goofy “How are you feeling today?” emotions charts she once found in the dump and put up on Napsta’s wall to make them smile. 

 

“Don’t sweat it, dude. I probably would have thought the same thing if positions were reversed. It … It was a bad look, Footloose. I’ll give you that.” Undyne grins.

 

He smiles back at her weakly. However as soon as the rest of the family starts returning to the living room, Mettaton’s grin becomes something more like his usual theatrical smile. 

 

Undyne finds it rather creepy how easily he passes from whatever he must be really feeling into the emotion that people have come to expect from him. Yet, in a certain sense, Undyne is glad that he at least has the option to pass into his usual charismatic skin. 

 

She doesn’t spend too much time thinking about whether or not it's a good thing for him to do. 

 

If he wants to fake happy, let him fake happy. I’d rather that than have him dampen everyone’s mood - including his own. 

 

Alphys looks over at Undyne with concern, but Alphys quickly bites her lip. 

 

“Well, everything has been unwrapped and we can all start hanging the decor. Mettaton, dear one, you have such an eye for design. Why don’t you instruct us on where to hang things around the room and on the stairs. If you would like, you may help each person pick something to hang in their rooms as well. Is that agreeable to you or is it not?” Toriel asks. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes light up as he breaks into a huge, and Undyne notes genuine, grin. 

 

“Oooooh, that is more than agreeable, Lady Toriel. This will be marvelous! ” Mettaton exclaims. 

 

Thank the Angel for Miss Toriel. She knew exactly how to make him feel like he’s not just dead weight. I mean … he’s not, but it’s also not like he can really do much. 

 

Undyne crosses her arms over her chest waiting for instructions from the metal man. 

 

Mettaton grins wickedly at Undyne. 

 

“My first command is that Frisk shall climb just high enough on the ladder and hold mistletoe over Undyne’s head! Dr. Alphys told me that she would love nothing more than to participate in the human Yuletide tradition of kissing under the mistletoe! So, if Undyne is amiable to such an action, let the scene commence! Places, dear heart! Action, darlings!” Mettaton claps his hands. 

 

Frisk gives Mettaton a full salute while Flowey howls with laughter from his usual perch on the side table nearest the hall door. 

 

Undyne blushes and gives Alphys a look. Alphys joins Undyne under the mistletoe. The two of them stare at each other awkwardly before Undyne leans down next to Alphys’ ear. 

 

“Did you really tell him that exactly? ” Undyne squeaks

 

“I … I … Yes … Yes, I-I-I did. Um … I said it this-this m-morning. He was h-half conscious! I didn’t think he even h-heard me much less that he’d r-remember!” Alphys flushes bright red. 

 

Undyne grins at Alphys with all of her smiling strength. 

 

“Ah … I mean … in that case …” 

 

Undyne swoops Alphys back and kisses her full on the mouth. 

 

Alphys squeaks with delight as Undyne strokes the spines on her head. 

 

“Ahem! I do think that is quite enough you two. There are children present.” Asgore rumbles. 

 

“In this I will agree with Asgore, it is perhaps best that we … stop now.” Toriel suggests. 

 

Undyne and Alphys both look up from their dipped positions with their eyes cartoonishly wide. 

 

From her position, Undyne notices Maddie trying to hide behind one of the doors. She looks rather upset by Alphys and Undyne’s kiss. Though, to her credit, it does look like Maddie is trying to smile. 

Undyne gently brings Alphys back to the ground. 

 

Mettaton beams at both of them, and Undyne smiles back. He looks genuinely pleased with himself and, for once, Undyne thinks he should be allowed a little self-admiration as a treat. It isn’t lost on Undyne that Mettaton highlighted how much Alphys explicitly asked for this tradition to be met and emphasized that things would only proceed if Undyne herself was comfortable. 

 

Oh would you two just smooch already! The audience is dying for some romantic action! 

 

Undyne bites her lip and tries not to think about the awkwardness of that moment at the barrier. It wasn’t that she didn’t want to kiss Alphys, with such a hot soon-to-be-girlfriend, when would she not want kisses? It is more just that Undyne can’t help but see the stark contrast between pre- the-asshole Mettaton and post- the-asshole Mettaton. 

 

It’s not that one thing is a bad change, and the fact that he helped Alphy take charge of what she wanted is … sweet. It’s about as close to old-Mettaton as I want … or any of us can probably hope for, honestly. I’m kind of glad he’s back to his antics. His lack of … energy? weirdness? … whatever it was … it was starting to creep me the fuck out.

 

Undyne is shaken from her thoughts when Papyrus throws a wad of wrapping paper at her. 

 

Papyrus covers his mouth with both hands, and Mettaton’s eyes go wide. 

 

“IT WAS HIS IDEA! JINX! JINX AGAIN!” The two of them shout pointing at each other. 

 

Undyne raises an eyebrow at Papyrus. 

 

“Dunno, dude. Evidence doesn’t look good, Pap. You did throw it.” She grins wildly. 

 

“AH! YES! I CAN SEE WHY YOU WOULD THINK THAT UNDYNE, BUT YOU SEE …” Papyrus fumbles. 

 

“And, I mean … blaming it on your injured boyfriend is just kind of cowardly … even if he did think of it. Take one for the team!” Undyne shouts. 

 

She tosses the wrapping paper back at Papyrus. She watches as it bounces off of Papyrus’ head. 

 

Then, she feels something else hit her in the thigh. A plush snowball flops on the ground and rolls next to her. 

 

“do you wanna have a bad time?” Sans grins widely. 

 

“Nah, dude. I’m about to have a fucking great time!” 

 

Undyne picks up the plush snowball and whips it in Sans’ direction. 

 

Frisk giggles when Toriel stands and takes the “hit” for Sans. Toriel tries to hit Undyne with the plush snowball, but Asgore catches it and throws it at Frisk. Frisk artfully rolls away from the in coming snowball. 

 

Maddie drops a handful of plush snowballs on Mettaton’s head, and he in turn attempts to hit Alphys with a few of them. He finds the spot where Maddie is standing in front of Blooky and underhand throws one at her. It misses, and he laughs. 

 

Undyne wonders briefly how the reveal that Maddie is the third Blook cousin went. It's clear from what Maddie said this morning, and how Mettaton is acting, that they know who the other is, but the interactions look almost scripted. So, while they both know each other now, Undyne realizes little other than the facts must have been discussed. 

 

Undyne feels a snowball hit her good cheek. Frisk blushes widely as Undyne turns to face them. 

 

Hope. You. Saw. Sorry.

 

Undyne laughs and throws the snowball back with a fair bit of force. Frisk actually stumbles catching it, and they smile with the understanding that all has been forgiven.  

 

The game lasts for almost half an hour before Alphys calls it off. 

 

It’s only then that Undyne catches Papyrus bringing several blankets around Mettaton’s shoulders. Frisk rushes in with a third tie blanket from a decorative basket by Flowey’s side table. Papyrus’ face is drawn with concern as he rubs his hands up and down Mettaton’s blanket covered arms in an attempt to warm Mettaton. Papyrus accepts the blanket from Frisk and places it over Mettaton’s chest. 

 

Alphys takes as long of strides as she is able and drops down next to the couch. She shoos Frisk away before placing her claws on Mettaton’s forehead. 

 

“Wh-Why’s it so c-c–c-cold in here, d-darling?” 

 

Alphys gently runs her fingers through Mettaton’s hair as he shivers harder. 

 

“Your leg is r-recalibrating. Remember, this morning I told you that it m-might make you feel too cold or too h-hot randomly? You can remember what I said about m-mistletoe but not that?” Alphys asks. 

 

Alphys accepts a cup of hot tea from Asgore and helps Mettaton drink a little of the warm liquid. 

 

“The m-m-mistletoe w-was important!” Mettaton whines as his teeth chatter.

 

Undyne and Alphys roll their eyes almost in sync with each other. Yet, Alphys smiles and shakes her head before joining Papyrus in rubbing Mettaton’s back and arms. 

 

“Would you like us to start a fire, dear one? I have not yet had reason to use the fireplace but, if you would like it, I think today is the perfect occasion for one. Do you not?” Toriel offers. 

 

Mettaton nods pulling the blankets closer. 

 

“S-S-Sorry, everyone f-f-for the sl-slight i-i-interruption i-in our r-regularily sc-scheduled p-program.” Mettaton shudders. 

 

“IT IS ALRIGHT. YOU DO NOT NEED TO WORRY. IT IS NOT AS THOUGH YOU ASKED TO FEEL SO CHILLED!” Papyrus assures. 

 

Papyrus. Correct. 

 

Frisk signs while nodding emphatically. 

 

Papyrus rubs Mettaton’s arms again when another shudder shakes Mettaton’s whole body. 

 

“He’s right, Ton-ton. I-It’s okay. You’re just r-recovering. Welcome to having a c-corporeal body. They do things you don’t want or e-expect sometimes.” Alphys jokes. 

 

Mettaton gives her a nod and a weak half smile through his still chattering teeth. Then, Alphys helps Mettaton sip on more tea as Toriel gets the fire started. 

 

“‘Dyne can you h-help move him closer to the h-heat?” Alphys asks, with concern lacing her voice. 

 

Undyne nods.

 

“I’ll do you one better,” she says. 

 

Undyne drags the entire sofa over up close to the fireplace, and Alphys scurries after it. Undyne has to admit that dragging the whole couch with Mettaton on it might have been a bit heavier than she expected. However, the surprised, though delighted, look on Mettaton’s face makes it worth it. It doesn’t hurt that Alphys looks at Undyne like she personally scattered the Angel Dust in the sky. 

 

“WOWIE UNDYNE! THAT WAS QUITE IMPRESSIVE! THOUGH, I SHOULD NOT BE SURPRISED ANYMORE. HOW MANY CHILDREN CAN YOU BENCH PRESS NOW?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Undyne laughs while she offers Papyrus a hand up from his place on the floor. 

 

“My official record is nine. That was at the last pep rally. However, last time I practiced before break, I benched twelve kids. But, one of them was a kindergartener. So, I don’t think that counts.” Undyne shrugs. 

 

Undyne swipes sweat off of her forehead and backs a little further away from the heat. 

 

Undyne has to laugh because Alphys almost looks like she wants to crawl in the flames. Undyne supposes that that makes some sense because Alphys is half-dragon, on her mother’s side. As Undyne watches Alphys’ face, it really does seem like Alphys is weighing the pros and cons of cooking herself like a pizza in the fake charcoal. 

 

“And … he’s a-asleep.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Undyne and Papyrus both turn their heads towards Mettaton. Sure enough, Mettaton’s chest rises and falls in the perfect rhythm it had been in earlier this afternoon. 

 

Papyrus steps away from Undyne’s side and adjusts the blankets so they’re wrapped tightly over and around Mettaton’s shoulders. Then, Papyrus gently eases Mettaton’s head back against the pillows so his neck isn’t kinked. 

 

Mettaton yawns once before turning his head to the side and falling back to sleep. 

 

“Dr. Alphys. I shall finish preparing the food and then we can decorate the tree as we eat. That will work, correct?” Toriel asks.

 

Alphys smiles and gives Toriel a thumbs up from beside the couch. Then, Alphys gently unties Mettaton's hair so that it lays in waves just past his cheeks and flows out over the pillows. 

 

Undyne is once again struck by just how young Mettaton looks as he sleeps. 

 

“Undyne, my girl, would you mind very much helping me to set up the Angelmas fire pit outside? Together we will easily have it done while we wait for Toriel to finish cooking.” Asgore explains. 

 

Undyne startles before nodding in Asgore's direction. She is just happy to make herself useful. 

 

She throws on some random puffy coat Toriel made her buy because her favorite leather jacket went up in smoke in the house fire she and Frisk set. Undyne misses the warm insulated lining that was made out of some kind of fuzzy, perhaps soft wool, material. She will never forget how wonderfully warm it was. However, her favorite feature had been the fact that it fit so well. For, Undyne misses the comfort and the way the jacket fit loosely over her arms while also having sleeves that weren’t too long. She has so few shirts and jackets that actually fit her correctly, and she would be lying to herself if she pretended that she didn’t miss that stupid coat. 

 

Finally, Undyne follows Asgore outside. She can see her breaths coming out in soft clouds in the cold air. The way the snow covers the ground and the roofs of the houses makes her think of Snowdin. She can hear the crunch of the snow under her feet as she walks. She notices that she doesn’t sink much because the earth has frozen nearly solid. 

 

“I think he is much improved today,” Asgore says. 

 

Asgore's voice carries distantly from the shed near the house.

 

Undyne follows the sound and quickly stands near Asgore. He rolls a large golden pit towards her, and Undyne immediately picks up the lip of the metal bowl while Asgore grips the other side. Then, the two of them lift together. 

 

The two of them set the pit in the center of the front yard. 

 

After she sets down the pit, Undyne dusts her hands off of the soot from the well used fire pit. 

 

“I agree. He’s stiff, and he’s still healing, physically, anyway. But, mentally he seems himself …” Undyne trails off. 

 

Asgore hums his acknowledgment and his agreement with her statement. 

 

“Your Dr. Alphys disagrees with you.” Asgore states bluntly. 

 

Undyne nods looking around at the beautiful trees that line Toriel’s driveway.  

 

“She’s just … I suppose she’s just worried about him because of some kinda issue with his HP. She’s also kind of overprotective of … well … of a lot of people, but MTT in particular, lately,” Undyne says. 

 

Undyne kicks at the frozen ground with her boots as Asgore, once again, gives a gentle hum in response to her assessment of the situation. She looks at him, and he gazes up at the tops of the trees. 

 

“I suppose I can respect why she would think that way. Yet, seeing him today, it renews my resolve that we need to start pursuing justice as soon as possible. I agree with your assessment. His physical recovery seems as though it has only begun, but he seems quite himself. If he could handle Flowey … there is no doubt in my mind that he can handle anything. Besides that, Dr. Alphys has been clear that she has been unable to unscramble the files from Mettaton’s body cameras. She had previously stated she didn’t think it would be much work to do. That has since changed. It will be a hard battle for us in the courts if not for clear and accurate statements. If his memory of the events fade or alter … I fear it will be much more difficult for him to receive what he is due. ” Asgore sighs. 

 

Undyne follows his gaze up to the sky. The sun is unbearably bright in her one good eye. It’s only just around noonish, maybe even earlier, but the sun seems to be brighter than ever even in this cold season. She thinks that Alphys explained once that the light reflects off the snow, or something like that.

 

“What did Alphys say was her reasoning behind not wanting to have him take his statement now? Alphy always has a reason for things. The logic of those reasons might not always make sense to folks who aren’t her, but she always has a reason.” Undyne explains. 

 

Asgore nods and motions for Undyne to follow him back to the shed. 

 

“Dr. Alphys explained that HP usually corresponds with a monster’s mental, more so than physical, state. She fears, based on things Mettaton told her that we were unable to hear last week, that his mental state is more fragile than he is allowing us to see. Dr. Alphys also believes, based on what she has experienced, that Mettaton is good at hiding what he does not wish to address. To which I countered, this could allow him to close this chapter and move forward. Yet, she remains adamant that it is too soon.” 

 

Asgore rubs his forehead and paces the shed floor as he speaks. Undyne listens patiently as she takes stock of their firewood for the Angelmas bonfire. 

 

As she considers her response, she pulls down a box to look for the lanterns they had ordered last month. They aren’t in that box. 

 

“Asgore, I’m not sure what to say. I just … I trust Alphys, but you know me … I am always on the side of whatever is going to make justice most effective and efficient. NAGH! Where are those STUPID LANTERNS!? I know I helped Miss Toriel put them somewhere in here!”

 

Undyne kicks at one of the doors on the bottom of a worktable that has been built into the wall of the shed. The door swings open and hits her in the shin. Undyne curses at the door. However, when she looks down, the lanterns are inside the cupboard behind the half-opened door.

 

Asgore chuckles and helps her stack the boxes on the table. 

 

“You agree that we should pursue his statement then?” Asgore asks. 

 

Undyne freezes for a moment. She bites her lip, and she thinks about all the information she knows. She thinks about Mettaton’s rapidly oscillating emotions earlier, but he has always been kind of moody. Besides, she wonders how much of that isn’t that he’s in physical pain. If she were in his position, she knows she would rather just get everything out of the way right away and pull it off like a gross, but necessary, BandAid. 

 

In the end, she turns to Asgore and nods. 

 

“Get it done so he can move on. We can put it behind us, and he can be happy again,” Undyne says. 

 

Yet, as she speaks, Undyne feels uneasy. She wonders if she should backtrack and tell Asgore to just trust Alphys. Yet, Undyne isn’t sure if there is a right answer at this point. 

 

Asgore wraps his large, warm arms around her. Undyne nestles her head on Asgore’s shoulder, and she draws some strength from his embrace. For a moment, Undyne wonders if she might cry, but she forcibly shakes the thought from her mind. 

 

She won’t cry. 

 

“This has been very trying for all of us. But, I am sure that, once we have justice, we all will find some peace. Put your Soul to rest about the matter now, my dear girl. I only needed to ensure I was not being too hasty. I will handle everything from now on.” Asgore rumbles.

 

Undyne trusts Asgore with her life. She knows that he will do right by Mettaton as he has always done right by their people … as he has done right by her. 

 

As much as Undyne loves Alphys, Asgore raised Undyne, and she has to trust that he knows best as she always has. 

 

“Come now. They are likely wondering where we are,” Asgore says. 

 

He breaks their embrace. 

 

“Tell anyone about this, and I’ll deny it.” Undyne mutters. 

 

Asgore chuckles and places a paw on her shoulder to guide her out of the shed. 

 

“Of course, my girl, I would never dream of letting them think you had gone soft. It would quite ruin the reputation you have for yourself.” Asgore winks. 

 

Undyne flushes slightly with embarrassment. 

 

“Thank you, Asgore. Gotta make ‘em think I’m still tough! Otherwise, they’ll walk all over me.” Undyne chuckles. 

 

She sends a quick loving punch to Asgore’s shoulder. 

 

Asgore laughs and opens the door for her and waits for her to enter the house before following her inside. 

 

Undyne rolls her eye, but she lets him do his thing. 

 

“Oh, good, you are both just in time. The food is still plenty hot. Please, do go on and help yourselves.” Toriel instructs. 

 

Undyne gives Toriel a smile and half drags Asgore into the kitchen. 

 

Undyne watches Alphys and Mettaton both in equal measure. As Undyne observes, she notices that Alphys stares at Mettaton carefully throughout most of the meal. In fact, Undyne checks to ensure Alphys is blinking. Alphys is that focused. 

 

“Darling, I may not be well learned in anatomy, but I do think blinking is necessary to ensure normal eye functioning.” Mettaton teases Alphys with a wink. 

 

That is the only time Alphys looks away. She flushes and fiddles with the sleeves of her lab coat in embarrassment. 

 

Mettaton, to his credit, does make his way through a few waffles, a few pieces of fruit, and several glasses of iced tea. However, he can’t quite bring himself to finish his third waffle, and he spends most of his time, after attempting to eat it, slowly sipping on his fifth glass of tea. 

 

Undyne watches Alphys look Mettaton over before Alphys takes one of his hands in hers and squeezes it. 

 

Whatever she asks, Mettaton shakes his head and looks away. 

 

Once again, Undyne feels her stomach drop thinking about what she just said to Asgore. She wonders if there might be something wrong that she doesn’t understand and can’t see. 

 

Undyne goes to pick up Alphys and Mettaton’s plates off the coffee table. Alphys and Mettaton are both completely unaware that she’s present. 

 

“You would t-tell me if you felt s-sick, right? D-Do you feel like you did on Wednesday with the v-vertigo?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head. 

 

“Y-You sure?” Alphys presses. 

 

Mettaton glares at her and nods pointedly. 

 

“I’m fine … it’s just a lot, darling. You don’t need to … ugh … oh I don’t know … mother hen all the time! You were once perfectly capable of leaving me to my own devices!” Mettaton snaps in a hushed voice. 

 

Undyne bristles at his words. She opens her mouth to say something. Then, a thought strikes her, and she feels ashamed. 

 

So, what, you never snapped at Asgore when he’s tried to force you to take it easy after you lost your eye? How many times did Agore pester you about keeping your HP strong, or giving you hundreds of helmets and other armor related stuff? You told him off too, didn’t you? 

 

However, she still doesn’t feel like Mettaton has a right to be mad at Alphys. So, Undyne compromises by shutting her jaw tight and glaring hard at Mettaton. He may not be able to see her glare but, somehow, it makes her feel better. 

 

Alphys’ soft voice breaks Undyne out of her thoughts. 

 

“I w-worry about you because you f-forget to worry about you half the time … at least in the physical sense. B-Besides, I’m done l-leaving you to your own devices. We do this together from now on or n-not at all.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Mettaton blushes and looks away at the wall. He looks conflicted for a moment before he carefully rebuilds his camera ready smile. 

 

“Thank you, Dr. Alphys. Honest. It’s just … It’s as I said, being in the midst of the hustle and bustle is just rather overwhelming at the moment … in a good way, lovely!” Mettaton adds hurriedly. 

 

Undyne chooses to walk away right then because she has been standing there too long to ask them if they need anything without revealing that she has been spying on them. 

 

After walking into the kitchen, Undyne notices a stack of dirty dishes. So, Undyne begins trying to help out by loading the dishwasher. She makes it her mission to load things as carefully as possible. She doesn’t want to break anything, and the discussion in the hall next to the kitchen intrigues her enough to want to be quiet. For as Undyne loads the dishware, she hears a passing conversation between Toriel and Sans. 

 

“... somethin’ seems off, tori. i can’t place it. but, he seems a little too perfect. i’m tellin’ ya he’s hidin’ something. paps won’ tell me much because he wants ta keep confidence. but, i’m with al, we can’t push him yet,” Sans says. 

 

The clinking of the plates covers most of Toriel’s response. 

 

“... justice would allow us all to put this behind us, would it not?” Toriel asks. 

 

Sans huffs. 

 

“this isn’t jus’ somethin’ that can be put behind anybody - monster or human.” Sans sighs. 

 

Undyne looks over to see Maddie place several plates on the counter next to her. Undyne gives her a smile and a nod before Maddie slinks away without a word. 

 

Huh? Wonder what’s gotten into her?  

 

Undyne shakes her head and goes back to loading and listening. 

 

“tori, i jus’ can’t shake the feelin’ that  somethin’ bad’s gonna happen if we push him too far too fast. the fact that he’s smilin’ and jokin’ around today doesn’ mean he’s gonna be that way tomorrow.” Sans pleads. 

 

Undyne freezes. That is not something she thought to consider when she spoke with Asgore earlier. 

 

“While I may be inclined to agree with you, Sans, I just do not believe that Asgore will budge on this now that he has gotten justice into his head. It is rare that he acknowledges my advice, and rarer still that it is followed. In his plot to free us after the … after everything , Asgore's eyes were blinded. I fear they are blinded again. This is not the first attack on our people on the Surface. This is the first time, however, that we have evidence and a … a survivor who is, at least mostly, willing to come forward. It is also the closest, we know of, that a monster has come to truly losing his life. I believe Asgore fears if he does not pursue justice quickly that all hope of gaining protection under the law will fall apart. The mother in me wants to tell Asgore to leave that poor little one alone. The former queen in me … begrudgingly … agrees with Asgore,” Toriel says. 

 

Undyne hears feet shuffling into the kitchen, and she is quick to make herself look busy with the last few dishes. 

 

“Oh! My dear, Undyne! Why thank you very much. You did not have to take up the cleaning. I would have been more than happy to do that on my own later this evening.” Toriel gushes. 

 

Undyne sneaks a look at Sans. He simply raises an eye socket in her direction and looks at her like he can read her true motivation off of her like an aura. 

 

“Well, you cooked! I figured … I dunno someone should help you clean up. I guess?” Undyne flushes. 

 

Sans just shakes his head and smiles at her while Undyne starts the dishwasher. 

 

“well, we shouldn’t keep everyone waitin’ ta decorate on our account. they might think that we forgot to grace them with our presents.” Sans winks. 

 

Toriel laughs, and Undyne rolls her eye. 

 

“oh. and don’ you worry, i’m gonna sleigh these puns during the holiday!” Sans chuckles. 

 

Undyne breathes deeply through her nose as Toriel laughs so hard she snorts. 

 

“Sans. I am really, really starting to empathize with Papyrus. I have lived with you now for less than a week. I must say … this whole pun fest …” 

 

Sans jumps in before Undyne can finish. 

 

Festivus,” Sans offers. 

 

Toriel snorts again. Undyne’s eye starts twitching as a crazed grin spreads across her face. 

 

“Sans … You. Need. Help. It is not normal to … to … THINK like this! HOW!? WHAT PERCENTAGE OF YOUR BRAIN IS PUNS ANYWAY!? NAGGGGHHHH!” Undyne shouts. 

 

“oh … i’d say at least ten percent … that’s pun in ten!” Sans elbows her. 

 

Undyne pulls on her hair and almost screams. She just stomps away. 

 

Papyrus has settled himself next to Alphys and is leaning his head on Mettaton’s lap. Mettaton is running his fingers over Papyrus’ skull while Alphys rests her head against Mettaton’s shoulder. 

 

Undyne kneels in front of Papyrus. 

 

“Paps, I need to apologize for every time I told you that Sans’ puns could not possibly be as annoying as you said they were. I am pretty sure that if he says one more that I will javelin throw him into next week. I am literally begging you. Can you make it stop?” Undyne pleads. 

 

Undyne flops into Papyrus lap. She hears the telltale flipping and flopping of Sans’ slippers and lets out an auditory whimper. 

 

“Please, please Papyrus, Asgore should use him as a form of torture!” Undyne begs. 

 

At this, Mettaton, Papyrus, and Alphys all burst out laughing. 

 

“Why … I … I can’t … how the mighty … have … have fallen … the … brave … the strong Undyne has been … been brought low … by puns! ” Mettaton forces out between uncontrollable giggles. 

 

Undyne shoots upright to look at Mettaton. 

 

“You weren’t there!! He … He made like four without even thinking about it! HOW? WHO THINKS LIKE THAT!?Undyne shouts. 

 

This only causes all three of them to laugh harder. Sans looms over her, and Undyne actually throws her hands over her ears. 

 

“HA. HAHAHA! I OUTSMARTED YOU! YOU CAN’T MAKE ME LISTEN TO YOUR PUNS IF MY EARS ARE COVERED!” Undyne shouts.

 

She sticks her tongue out at Sans. Sans, for his part, simply returns the gesture. 

 

The interaction causes everyone in the room to laugh. 

 

“Well, what say you lovelies? Shall we get going on the decorating? We have much ground to cover if we want to be ready for the holiday tomorrow! Thankfully, I, for one, work well in a time crunch.” Mettaton winks. 

 

Alphys laughs and gets up from her spot on the floor. Papyrus gives Undyne a hand up from the ground. 

 

Undyne looks at Alphys with a raised eyebrow. There is no holiday tomorrow. 

 

Alphys just subtly shakes her head. 

 

She hasn’t told him that he missed it … or … well … more that it got moved. She’s probably waiting until they’re alone. 

 

“My dear lovebirds, time is, as they say, of the essence. I had certainly hoped that this morning’s display of affection would be enough to satiate you both, but it appears I was wrong.” Mettaton gins wickedly. 

 

Undyne blushes hard. 

 

“Just give me directions then, your hiney!” Undyne snaps. 

 

Then, she mock bows. 

 

Mettaton gives a half-laugh before shaking his head slowly. 

 

“I believe I did. I told you to assist Asgore with the stairs, and I asked Dr. Alphys to get the luminaria supplies for Frisk and Papyrus.” Mettaton states. 

 

Undyne cocks her head. She kind of figured Mettaton would give Papyrus a fun job but not one so clearly meant for children. 

 

“Oh, so we’re only making the wishi-…” 

 

Mettaton glares at her before she can finish. 

 

“Don’t you dare finish that sentence! You just wait and see.” Mettaton growls.  

 

Undyne actually takes a step back and holds up her hands defensively. 

 

She didn’t mean anything by her statement. It’s just that, traditionally, the wishing luminarias are done by children. So, while Undyne understands why Mettaton asked for Frisk’s help, asking Papyrus to do anything with the luminarias doesn’t make much sense. For, clearly, based on his hostile response to her insinuating that Papyrus was going to work on the children's' lanterns, that’s not what Mettaton thinks he’s doing. However, there is a secondary type of luminaria that would, technically, be traditional. However, it absolutely is not, and cannot be, possible that Papyrus would be making those. For, the second type of luminarias, the ones that represent the beauty of magic, are usually crafted by skilled artisans. Sadly, most of those artisans have been lost to time. 

 

Still, there must be some method to Mettaton’s madness because Undyne does find that Mettaton’s eye for design actually is much better than his crazy hotel would have led people to believe. 

 

However, before anyone begins decorating in earnest, Frisk shuffles up to Mettaton and Toriel holding something behind their back. They rub their heal into carpet before holding out a CD case.

 

Mettaton takes it in his hands. 

 

Everyone is curious, but Undyne finds herself leaned over Mettaton’s shoulder with a decent view of the CD. 

 

On the cover, there is a picture of a smiling human man in black top hat with a red band. His hand rests on the tip of the hat. He wears a large red scarf. In the background, there are several plush looking creatures that almost appear like monsters. There are two of the plush creatures in front of the human man. One looks a bit like a Froggit and the other is shaped like a pig. 

 

Undyne knows very little about pigs, but Frisk showed her a picture once. 

 

The title of the album is printed in white font: John Denver and the Muppets: A Christmas Together. 

 

Undyne notices Mettaton smile, as though he is remembering something with some degree of fondness, but he quickly shakes himself from whatever he’s remembering. 

 

“What is this, dear heart? I … I cannot tell if I recognize the man on the cover, sweet. Yet, he seems familiar somehow.” Mettaton grins. 

 

Remember. Human. Friend. Mary? 

 

Frisk signs. 

 

Undyne doesn’t know anything about Mary. However, it’s clear Mettaton does because his grin fades into more of a heartbroken smile.

 

“Ah. Yes. The one who moved with her family for her father’s work, right, honey? The one who wanted to take you with her?” He asks. 

 

Frisk nods with a pensive smile before blushing slightly and running a hand through their hair. They look from Mettaton, to Sans, to Toriel, who all give encouraging nods, before signing to the rest of the assembled group. 

 

Mary. Only. Friend. Before. Monsters. Mary. Family. My. Family. Before. Mary. Dad. Job. Move. 

 

Frisk pauses before sighing deeply and pointing to the CD case. 

 

Mary. Family. Love. This. Music. Listen. Decorate. Tree. Family. Tradition. Want. Share. Everyone. 

 

Undyne smiles. She knows so little of Frisk’s life before falling into Mt. Ebbot despite being one of Frisk’s teachers. Though, it seems that Frisk has had some time to confide in several different people. Yet, it still surprises Undyne that Mettaton found a way to make time to hear so many of Frisk’s stories despite his insane work hours. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes brighten. 

 

“Well then, we shall have to play it at once!” He shouts. 

 

He hands the CD case off to Toriel who puts it in the CD player in the living room. She turns on the set of speakers attached to the family TV. 

 

As the first song begins, Frisk grins and wraps their arms around Mettaton’s neck. They look at him with wide eyes before pointing to his cheek. Mettaton smiles and turns his head so Frisk can give him a quick kiss on his cheek. Mettaton pulls Frisk carefully onto his uninjured leg causing Alphys to nervously wring her hands. 

 

“P-Please, Frisk, I know … I t-t-trust you, but be careful … in f-f-fact make him be careful!” Alphys instructs. 

 

Mettaton pouts before giving Frisk a smile and ruffling their hair. 

 

“What say you Frisk, will you babysit me this time? I mean, I suppose it is only fair, dear heart.” Mettaton winks. 

 

Frisk giggles and nods enthusiastically leaning into Mettaton’s chest. 

 

Alphys shakes her head and walks off to the kitchen with Toriel. If Alphys appears with a large glass or red wine along with the luminaria craft supplies, no one says anything. 

 

With the music taken care of, Mettaton instructs Asgore to wind some faux evergreen garland around the stairs. Then, he has Undyne come in and wrap some silver and gold starry garland around the evergreen strand. Finally, they add a layer of fairy lights. Once the light strand is plugged in, the stars almost seem to glow. 

 

The Blook family and Shyren, are instructed to hang the ornaments evenly throughout the boughs of the Gryftmas tree. Maddie’s idea of evenly leaves something to be desired. She haphazardly piles several ornaments on the same branch. So, Toriel and Sans subtly move them around to create a homey, but beautiful, finish. 

 

After Alphys assists Mettaton in finding the supplies for Frisk and Papyrus, she helps wind some twinkle lights around the mantle piece above the fireplace. 

 

Finally, Mettaton asks Toriel to assist him in hanging the luminarias from the ceiling and setting them in the windows when they’re finished. 

 

Undyne settles in a bean bag in the back corner of the living room, almost in the kitchen doorway, while Frisk and Papyrus finish their work. Undyne casts a glance at Papyrus who seems hard at work with an Exacto-knife balanced skillfully in his hand. 

 

I didn’t even know that nerd knew how to use one of those nevermind that Sans would let him anywhere near one. 

 

Alphys plops into Undyne’s lap with her glass of wine still half-full. She cuddles into Undyne’s chest before taking a sip. 

 

“Th-This is nice. I want to r-remember today for a l-long time. Everyone is so happy. He … He’s in his e-element. H-Hell … even Sans is happy. And … a-a-and … well … I get to share this moment with you.” Alphys giggles. 

 

Undyne cups Alphys’ cheek and runs her fingers under Alphys’ chin. The two of them hold each other’s gaze for a moment before Undyne places her lips over Alphys’ lips. 

 

The taste of the wine lingers on Alphys’ lips and tongue, and Undyne smiles into the kiss. Alphys artfully sets the glass down next to her on the floor. Undyne only knows this because she hears the clink of the glass against the linoleum floor of the kitchen. Alphys wraps both of her arms around Undyne’s neck and then kneels in her lap. 

 

The two of them eventually break the kiss, and Alphys nuzzles into Undyne’s neck. 

 

Undyne’s Soul soars as she pulls Alphys’ into her embrace. Undyne rests her chin over the spines of Alphys’ head, and she places a kiss on Alphys’ temple. 

 

“Alphy? You know I love you for all of you, and I think you’re not only incredibly smart and attractive, but also one of the kindest and wisest monsters I know.” Undyne whispers. 

 

“I d-do. And … A-And, ‘Dyne, you know I love you too, r-right? I love you for more than just your st-strength. I … I see you and there’s more to you than just p-protecting us. C-Can you let yourself have some fun, now? I like it when you have fun. I … I like to h-have fun with you. This time, ‘Dyne, leave justice to m-me and live a l-little. Justice, in th-this case, is living.” Alphys smiles.

 

Undyne brushes Alphys’ cheek with the back of her fingers. 

 

“I’m not sure, Alphy. But … But, for you, I’ll try.” Undyne whispers. 

 

Alphys looks up at Undyne with a huge smile before pulling Undyne in for a quick kiss. Alphys’ claws wind their way into Undyne’s hair for a moment. As they pull apart, Alphys leans in again and the kiss lingers.  

 

“G-Good. That’s all I-I ask.” Alphys whispers breathlessly. 

 

The two monsters look around and see Sans holding out an open palm to Toriel who passes him a ten dollar note in human currency before rolling her eyes. 

 

Upon seeing the interaction, Alphys burrows into Undyne’s shoulder with a squeak. 

 

“Frisk has requested that the CD be replayed, my dears! If someone would be so kind as to restart the music, I, for one, would be quite pleased. For, I got so caught up in giving directions, I doubt I heard much of the music anyway.” Mettaton chuckles. 

 

Frisk has been moved off of Mettaton’s lap and onto the floor at some point during the decorating. However, they lean into Mettaton’s hand as he softly ruffles their hair again. They sign “thank you” to him before continuing to draw on the luminarias set before them on the coffee table. 

 

Undyne watches intently as Papyrus starts on his third luminaria. 

 

Sheesh. He’s taking forever! 

 

Undyne notices that Sans stands and restarts the CD. Though, he not so subtly looks over at Papyrus with interest. Papyrus simply looks up and glares at Sans.

 

“DO NOT LOOK! I AM NOT YET FINISHED BROTHER!” Papyrus shouts. 

 

Sans holds up his hands and backs away. 

 

“ya showed your boyfriend the designs. guess i’m usually jus’ used to seeing whatcha make before it’s done.” Sans chuckles. 

 

Papyrus blushes. 

 

“YES WELL … *ahem* THINGS CHANGE.” 

 

Papyrus immediately goes back to his work. 

 

Sans smiles so widely that Undyne wonders if the bones in Sans’ face will crack. Happy tears brim in Sans’ eyes as he looks over at Mettaton. 

 

“i guess they do.” 

 

Sans pats Mettaton’s shoulder gently before rejoining Toriel. 

 

Undyne feels Alphys tighten her hug as she nuzzles deeper into Undyne’s shoulder. 

 

A peaceful silence passes over the room, and Undyne finds herself really listening to the songs from the CD this time. 

 

“Oh … I know who this is! John Denver … of course!” 

 

Mettaton chuckles as he places his palm against his forehead and shakes his head. 

 

“He wrote all that beautiful folk music in the 70s! I used to listen to his music all the time Underground! He wrote such beautiful songs about the physical nature of the Surface I swore I’d been there! If I recall, he was quite the name in the mid-20th century singer song-writer movement. I have a record of his greatest hits upstairs. He …” Mettaton smiles wistfully. 

 

Frisk squeezes Mettaton’s hand with a smile. 

 

“I remember learning to play guitar once I was in Initial. Country Roads that was one of the first songs I played. I found a piece of sheet music for it with the chords in the dump with  …” Mettaton trails off. 

 

He looks over at Alphys. Undyne notices that Alphys is grinning widely. 

 

“I r-r-remember that. It was one of the less … err … loud m-music phases you went through.” Alphys laughs. 

 

Mettaton chuckles along with her as he shakes his head. He looks up at the ceiling and bites his lip.

 

“Ah. If you’re referring to the time I listened to Green Day until four in the morning the night before we spoke to Asgore …”

 

“Oh. Y-You know that is e- exactly what I-I’m referring t-to. I'm p-pretty sure I still have H-Holiday memorized.” Alphys teases. 

 

Both of them laugh so hard they end up wiping tears from their eyes. Mettaton returns his palm to his forehead and shakes his head again. 

 

“I must be tired if I forgot his name, but that voice … I could never forget that voice,” Mettaton says. 

 

Alphys tenses briefly against Undyne before Alphys seems to realize Mettaton doesn’t seem to mean that he’s literally tired. Upon that realization, Alphys leans back against Undyne’s shoulder and takes another small sip of wine. 

 

Despite the fact that Undyne finds the first song rather annoyingly repetitive by the time it’s over, and she still has no idea what a Muppet is, Undyne finds that the music itself isn’t so bad. In fact, this John Denver human has a gentle folksy quality to his voice that Undyne finds surprisingly enjoyable. 

 

However, the third song strikes something deep in Undyne. 

 

the garment of life, be it tattered and torn

the cloak of the soldier is withered and worn

but what child is this that was poverty-born

the peace of christmas day

 

Undyne’s eye widens with each phrase. Her Soul drinks in the words about the soldier’s withered and worn cloak. She thinks about how Underground all of her jackets were filled with stab holes, the favorite tee-shirts lost to dog slobber and spear slashes, and the way the knees of her jeans would constantly wear out quickly due to her intense training. 

 

the hope that has slumbered for two thousand years

the promise that silenced a thousand fears

a faith that can hobble an ocean of tears

the peace of christmas day

 

Undyne notices this verse, perhaps because of the reference to water, reminds her of her homeland in Waterfall. The first line makes her think of the ghosts of Waterfall. The ghosts who, after the death of Chara and Asriel, lost their livelihoods and nearly lost their farm. The ghosts who were forced to take up careers as training dummies to save their home. The Blook family Elders who would have remembered the hope and joys of the Surface. Undyne thinks about the children, Maddie, Blooky, and Mettaton, that those Blook Elders were forced to leave behind to save their farm. She thinks about the little she has learned from Alphys about Mettaton’s childhood. Undyne finds that she has to wonder if Mettaton ever knew his parents, or if they left him with Maddie and Blooky soon after he was born. 

 

The next phrase makes her think of the ancient writing on the walls of Waterfall. In those ancient words, the promises of the Surface were permanently etched in the Delta Rune. The promise was accompanied by the story of the monster’s banishment. Finally, the Wishing Room had been mined so carefully hundreds, perhaps thousands, of years before Undyne’s birth. The Wishing Room was a last effort to help recreate the stars and silence the fears of her race. 

 

add all the grief that people may bear

total the strife, the troubles and care

put them in columns and leave them right there

the peace of christmas day

 

She smiles introspectively at this verse. For, she, and her entire race, have certainly born much grief, strife, trouble, and care. 

 

We still do.

 

She thinks bitterly as she looks over at Mettaton. He has closed his eyes lightly as he smiles faintly with his arms behind his head. She almost wonders if he hasn’t fallen asleep. However, he opens his eyes as the song ends and blinks several times. 

 

“A lovely song … it reminds me of soft light … and the stars. Though, there is a warm undertone in a color I can’t quite describe. Shiny … shiny and warm.” Mettaton breathes. 

 

Undyne’s spine tingles as his words reach her ears. Alphys simply gives Undyne a knowing smile. 

 

“H-He’s not as vapid as he p-pretends to be sometimes. You just have to get him in the right m-mood.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Alphys’ smile fades for a moment. 

 

“Though, he must be quite happy … and a little t-tired because he would n-never usually say things like that if he knew M-Maddie was around,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne raises her eyebrow. She casts her glance around the room before seeing Maddie’s foot on the other side of the tree. Undyne leans further forward a bit to see Maddie rolling her eyes before returning to gaze at Napstablook who is sitting in the chair next to Maddie. 

 

The next song on the album is about a fat goose. It makes everyone laugh. 

 

“Whose that Miss Piggy character? She reminds me of someone I know.” Undyne wheezes with laughter.

 

Mettaton finds a bow and peels off the sticky part on the bottom of it. He closes his bad eye and aims it so it lands on the top of Undyne’s head. 

 

The bow, quite literally, sticks the landing. 

 

Alphys snorts with laughter as Mettaton fist pumps in the air. Undyne peels the bow off her head with a grimace as a few hairs come with it. 

 

“Nice shot.” Undyne admits with a grin. 

 

She can’t deny a truly good, albeit lucky, shot when she sees one. 

 

This time, however, no one is in the mood to play another round of wrapping paper and snowball fighting. So, the room once again passes into an easy silence. 

 

“i’m gettin’ up does anyone want anything?” Sans asks. 

 

The room is quickly filled with shouts for water, hot tea, iced tea, hot chocolate, and wine. 

 

“I shall help you carry what everyone requires, Sans. It is no trouble. I will also start heating up our butterscotch pie for dessert.” Toriel smiles. 

 

Mettaton casts a look at Alphys who simply smiles back at him. 

 

“Can the space heater have any wine? Usually he asks for rosé with the pie.” Undyne comments so only Alphys can hear. 

 

“No. I won’t clear him to have any until he’s at f-fifteen hundred a-active HP since that’s his c-current base and one I’m h-happy with. He knows. We t-talked about it. He told me he d-doesn’t really care much anyway. Though I know he misses the taste, I … I might have a s-surprise for him for Gryftmas, and … and i-if not then then certainly by Angelmas.” Alphys smiles. 

 

Undyne nods her understanding. 

 

However, she can tell that Alphys feels bad because both Alphys and Undyne remember how excited Mettaton had been to be able to participate in all of the Angelmas traditions this year. 

 

My first Angelmas with a corporeal form! I cannot wait to toast with everyone and be able to taste what I am toasting with! 

 

It has been a tradition for as long as Undyne can recall for adult monsters to raise their Angelmas wishes with a strong whiskey that is similar in taste to human Scotch. In fact, Undyne remembers learning somewhere, probably from Asgore, that Scotch actually comes from a monster recipe. 

 

Sadly, no monster has made the traditional whiskey in a long time. Asgore and Toriel still have the recipes. However, the ingredients for the brew simply did not exist Underground. 

 

Undyne remembers a night in October, around Halloween, where she and Asgore poured Mettaton a taste of the Scotch they would use for Angelmas. Undyne cringes at how much she absolutely didn’t want to share Asgore with Mettaton that day, especially because Halloween had been Asriel’s birthday. 

 

However, Undyne has to admit that she’s glad she gave into Asgore’s instance that Mettaton join them. She knows it was this memory that caused her to question whether or not she had been right about him being all wiring and no brains. 

 

She just wishes special moments, like tasting Angelmas whiskey and sharing nerdy movies, had been enough to convince her to tell him he was welcome in her fortress. But, she knows she has never been touchy feely like that. 

 

Still, she remembers that day where Asgore was so happy to get to know Mettaton beyond just the TV personality that entertained monster’s in their loneliness. Undyne shakes her head with a soft huff.  

 

They all had such a good time. 

 

A preview, dear boy! We wouldn’t want to shock you with this on the night of Angelmas. It has quite the … ah … strong taste. 

 

Undyne smiles at the memory of how the three of them toasted. Mettaton’s face had spread into a wide eyed and curious grin at the first sip. 

 

Okay, nerd, hit us. Whatcha got? 

 

Undyne closes her eyes and gets lost in the memory of her friend’s description of the Angelmas whiskey. 

 

It’s … well … it tastes more like smoke than I expected. Yet, it’s pleasant. I’ve never had so much warmth in me all at once. It’s like fire, but pleasant. Somehow … somehow it reminds me of how I imagine … oh this is silly … how I imagine the feeling of falling in love tastes. It sits in your chest and fills you. I’ve only ever felt that feeling in me a few times, and one of them was … was the first time I ever met my best friend … and she taught me to stand. 

 

Undyne heaves a sigh. 

 

“I-I know. But, you know how strong that wh-whiskey is … it’s … it’s not s-safe. Alcohol can really m-mess with HP, and I can’t take a chance.” Alphys rubs her forehead. 

 

Undyne sucks in her cheeks. 

 

“A single sip wouldn’t actively kill him … right?” Undyne asks coyly. 

 

Alphys looks up and seems to do some kind of calculation in her head. 

 

“O-One sip. You can give him one. If only because, I think, l-losing out on the t-tradition would be worse for his h-health. You’re insufferable. You d-do know that, right?” 

 

Alphys shakes her head and gives Undyne a light punch in the shoulder. 

 

“Ah … but you wouldn’t have it any other way.” Undyne practically purrs. 

 

She gives Alphys a kiss on the nose before kissing her on the lips again. 

 

They quickly break apart at the sound of Sans laughing at them as he sets a piece of pie down for each of them. He quickly returns with a cup of tea, and two fresh glasses of wine. Undyne sips on the tea. 

 

As she eats her pie, and sets in on her wine, she returns to listening to the CD. She realizes it must be playing its third round. She looks up at the clock and sees that it’s nearly eight thirty in the evening. She wonders where all the time went for a moment. However, she is quick to lose herself in the delicious flavors of the hot tea, the pie, and her wine as she listens to the music. 

 

However, on this second real listen. Undyne finds that there are some lyrics that confuse her. For, it seems that many of the songs talk about some kind of child savior that was born on Christmas. Undyne wonders if somehow Frisk got their birthday mixed up and Christmas was their birthday. For, the human, baby, child that John Denver sings about sounds an awful lot like Frisk. 

 

While Undyne supposes that there are some things that would be weird if they were true, actually, if Frisk were a demi-god, Undyne finds she wouldn’t be all that surprised.

 

“FRISK, THE MORE I LISTEN TO THESE SO CALLED CHRISTMAS SONGS THE MORE I WONDER IF YOU KNOW YOUR OWN BIRTHDAY! IS IT POSSIBLE THAT YOU ARE WRONG AND YOUR BIRTHDAY IS ACTUALLY DECEMBER 25TH AND NOT SEPTEMBER 15th?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Frisk looks up from their luminaria with wide eyes and a blank expression. 

 

Complicated. September. 15. Birthday. Correct. No. Christmas. Baby. 

 

Frisk blushes with embarrassment. 

 

“I mean, Pap is kinda right though. You were a promise fulfilled by the Angel, nerd! All evidence points to the fact that you set us all free from our banishment and all that stuff. And, I mean, you’re basically Miss Toriel’s kid making you … well not a savior king, but certainly some kinda savior ruler of some form!” Undyne adds. 

 

Frisk covers their face with their hands while they shake their head “no.” When they finally stop shaking their head, they simply sign. 

 

Weird. Stop. Birthday. September. 15. Complicated. Trust. Me. Complicated. 

 

Undyne nods and notices that everyone follows suit. If Frisk says it’s complicated and they don’t want to explain it, that’s where everyone will leave it. 

 

However, in her Soul, Undyne will always wonder if Frisk isn’t the “savior child” and “little Angel” the human man mentions in his carols.

 

Undyne casts a glance at Papyrus. He has one luminaria left. He’s made a pile of finished ones. Yet, from her corner, she can’t quite see anything except a pile of white paper. 

 

“I liked this song last time. The words are so … so inviting and true. ” Mettaton half-hums.  

 

Undyne’s curiosity is perked as she listens, and she finds that her Soul agrees with Mettaton’s assessment of the song. 

 

The words of the song speak so reverently to the pillars of what monster Souls need to survive. Though, as far as she can tell, the song is not sung by the human man. 

 

for i have held the precious gift that love brings

even though I never saw a christmas star

i know there is a light i have felt it burn inside

and i have seen it shining from afar

 

Undyne’s gaze falls on Toriel. Undyne sees the way the boss-monster looks at Frisk as these words carry throughout the room. Undyne wonders if Toriel thinks about Frisk as the precious gift that love brought to her. However, that makes Undyne pause. For, she recalls the times she herself has held Frisk over her head to make them feel like they were flying. Then, Undyne remembers how Frisk always pulls Flowey close during the scary parts of books, games, and movies. Undyne thinks about the hugs Frisk has shared with Asgore and Sans, and the way Frisk and Alphys have snuggled side by side when watching hours of anime. Finally, Undyne swipes a tear away thinking of the way Frisk once sat perched on Mettaton’s lap strumming chords on his guitar as Papyrus watched on only two weeks ago. 

 

christmas is the time to come together

a time to put all differences aside

and i reach out my hand to the family of man

to share the joy i feel at christmas time

 

Undyne is forcibly snapped back to the memory of Frisk’s little outstretched hand when Undyne lie prone on the ground of Hotland. Undyne can see that water cup, still dripping slightly in Frisk’s right hand, but Undyne’s gaze focuses sharply on that tiny hand that reached for her. 

 

for the truth that binds us all together

i would like to say a simple prayer

that at this special time you will have true peace of mind

and joy to last throughout the coming year

 

Undyne finds that her sight is set on Mettaton who has once again peacefully closed his eyes. The guitar gently twanging between the phrases reminds her of how much that nerd loves to fidget with his hands. In fact, after only having heard it twice, she can see him miming the chords over his chest with his fingers. A small smile plays at the corner of his lip as a sweet flute plays a touch of the melody of the song. 

 

and if you believe in love

that will be more than enough

for peace to last throughout the coming year

and peace on earth will last throughout the year

 

Undyne looks down at Alphys who is huddled in Undyne’s arms. Alphys has pressed herself into the crook of Undyne’s neck as if it is the only shelter that matters to her. Undyne wraps her arms tightly around Alphys and finds her Soul, finally, at peace.

 

For, no matter what, Undyne knows that she and Alphys are Soul-bound. Alphys understands Undyne completely. So, no matter what time Alphys may need to forgive her, and Undyne knows Alphys may need time, Undyne is not afraid. Peace will last because Undyne has found that her Soul rests in love. 

 

Undyne is startled from her thoughts by Mettaton’s exuberant voice. 

 

“Those are stunning, Papyrus!” Mettaton exclaims. 

 

Undyne spins and looks at the intricate cut designs. Her Soul flutters in her chest. Mettaton isn’t exaggerating. In fact, stunning doesn’t quite describe the designs that Papyrus has cut into the paper. 

 

Alphys and Sans look at each other with huge smiles before rushing over to turn the lights off. Frisk begins turning on tea lights for each of Papyrus’ luminarias.

 

One of the luminarias is cut to look like inverted hearts, monster SOULS, around a single human SOUL. One of the others are incredibly precise diamond shapes of varying sizes throughout the paper. Five others are clearly meant to represent the Ruins, Snowdin, Waterfall, Hotland, and New Home. Each one is covered in oak leaves, snowflakes, swirls of rain, tongues of fire, and flowers respectively. However, a sixth one is designed to display a beautiful grove of trees around a house with all the windows cut out so it glows with the warm candle light. 

 

Toriel’s house … this house.

 

Undyne looks at the beautiful craftsmanship on each of the luminarias and finds herself amazed at how quickly and skillfully each of the designs has been cut. In fact, the designs are so perfect that Undyne swears they must be stenciled or punched out. 

 

Yet, it isn’t possible because there is nothing other than that small Exacto-knife next to Papyrus. 

 

“I never thought I would see anything like this again in all my days. Truly, the Angel provides …” 

 

Asgore murmurs as Undyne sees his shadow surveying the designs. 

 

Alphys and Sans flick the lights back on while Toriel carefully hangs the luminarias in the windows and on the ceiling. 

 

Mettaton places a soft kiss on Papyrus’ temple. 

 

“I told you they would turn out perfectly, dearest!” Mettaton exclaims. 

 

Frisk applauds with their fingers before giving Papyrus a tight hug. 

 

“hmmm … can’t believe your designs were for all of our homes and your boyfriend here didn’t push for a waffle house .” 

 

Sans teases, elbowing Papyrus and Mettaton in the sides goodnaturedly. 

 

Papyrus groans and Mettaton gives Sans a pity laugh. 

 

“ah. not one of my better ones, you did great, pap. truly.” Sans grins. 

 

Then, Sans squeezes Papyrus’ shoulder. 

 

Papyrus looks around as everyone smiles before taking a deep breath. 

 

“AS HAPPY AS I HAVE BEEN TO BE ON THE SURFACE, CHANGE … CAN BE DIFFICULT. SO, I THOUGHT IT BEST, TO CREATE SOMETHING THAT WOULD HELP ME, AND ALL OF US REALLY, TO PAY HOMAGE TO THE PLACES WE HAVE BEEN MOST, IF NOT ALL, OF OUR LIVES. THE WORLD HAS NEVER FELT BIGGER THAN IT DOES RIGHT NOW. I SUPPOSE, I THOUGHT IT BEST TO HELP REMIND US THAT WE HAVE ALL COME VERY FAR, AND WE ARE ALL GOING EVEN FARTHER. AS SCARY AS THAT CAN BE TO THINK OF … WELL … TANGIBLE THINGS DO SOMETIMES MAKE IT EASIER TO FACE THINGS THAT ARE SCARY. I HAVE FOUND THAT, WHETHER WE LIKE TO ACKNOWLEDGE THEM OR NOT, WE ALL HAVE PHYSICAL COMFORTS: FLAVORS, SMELLS, TOYS, AND  … AND PEOPLE WHO MAKE US FEEL SAFE IN A WORLD THAT IS SO … SO SURPRISINGLY DANGEROUS. PERHAPS IN FUTURE YEARS, I WILL PAY HOMAGE TO OTHER THINGS, BUT THIS YEAR … IT FELT RIGHT TO CAPTURE THE PLACES WE HAVE BEEN AND THE PLACE WE ARE! FOR WHERE WE ARE, THERE IS MUCH MAGIC AND I THINK …” 

 

Papyrus turns to look at Mettaton. 

 

“AND I THINK THAT IS VERY BEAUTIFUL.” 

 

Mettaton gives Papyrus a wide watery smile. Undyne notices that Papyrus hesitates for just a moment before seeing Mettaton nod. Papyrus gently smashes his and Mettaton’s foreheads together. 

 

“I love you, dearest.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Papyrus nods. 

 

“I KNOW. YOU ARE MY FAVORITE OF ALL THE LIGHTS THAT BURN INSIDE AND I AM GLAD YOU SHINE RIGHT HERE,” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne looks at Sans. Undyne isn’t sure what kind of emotion she expects to see on Sans’ face, but pure and genuine relief isn’t the first one she considered. 

 

Sans has always had faith in Papyrus' judgment as much as Sans can have faith in anything. ‘Dyne, it’s you who didn’t have faith in Papyrus. Of course he’s relieved, Papyrus has found a monster who sees in Papyrus what Sans himself has always seen. Why wouldn’t Sans be relieved? Papyrus doesn’t exactly have the best track record with dating people who can keep up with him … literally. Granted Paps is gonna be what thirty-three? Ha … that’s right … his hobbit year is this year. Wow … Pap has been an adult-adult for like three years? Has it really been that long? I still remember meeting him when he was like twenty and barely passing his classes. Yet, somehow, when Sans pulled Pap out of school and let Papyrus study for his general-certification, Paps passed in like a month. What a weird little nerd. 

 

Undyne smiles and looks at the luminarias again. 

 

Why did he even want to join the Guard anyway? He could have made so much gold selling art and all the other shit he knows how to make. Asgore totally would have hired him. But … oh … oh Sans. He would have had to leave … 

 

Suddenly, Sans’ relief makes even more sense to her. Sans isn’t just relieved because Papyrus has never been able to find someone who sees Papyrus’ infodumping as anything better than an inconvenience. No. Sans is relieved because Papyrus is finally confident enough in himself, and in Sans’ health, to let go.  

 

When her gaze returns to Papyrus and Mettaton, she sees that they are just hugging. They are holding each other tight, and while Undyne can’t see Papyrus’ face, the pure bliss the embrace brings to Mettaton is enough to rattle Undyne’s Soul. 

 

The two of them need both so much and so little. It has become clear to Undyne, in this moment, that the two of them have found, in each other, both the much and the little. 

 

Papyrus eventually pulls away and rests his head on Mettaton’s lap. Mettaton blinks slowly a few times before his head shoots up with a shiver. 

 

“Ton-ton, it’s about t-ten o’clock. If you w-want to, we can all play one r-round of Scene-It together before we go up to bed. If you’re tired, I w-want you to say so.” Alphys offers. 

 

Mettaton immediately brightens as he looks at Alphys. 

 

“Y-You really mean I get to play it again, darling? Honest? You’re not tricking me right, Dr. Alphys?” Mettaton grins broadly. 

 

Undyne watches Alphys’ face. Alphys drops to her knees next to Mettaton and hugs him close. 

 

“I’m d-done breaking promises.” Alphys whispers fiercely. 

 

Mettaton wraps both of his arms around her. Alphys pulls away after a moment. 

 

“Let’s do this, my dears!” Mettaton squeals. 

 

Everyone helps to set up the board for the game on the coffee table which Undyne quickly pulls over next to the couch. They all choose their pieces before putting the DVD in the player. 

 

Undyne has to admit, to Mettaton’s credit, he claps both of his hands over his mouth to keep answers from slipping out. He is mostly successful. Though, for a few of his favorite films, Beauty and the Beast, Cinderella, Mulan, The Hunchback of Notre Dame, and Hercules, he finds it almost impossible to contain himself. 

 

Yet, Undyne can’t help but breathe a sigh of relief watching those excited eyes widen as he sees question after question pass by where someone answers incorrectly. Undyne can only tearfully laugh when she hears him blurt the answer “Phoebus” from behind laced fingers when it’s Alphys’ turn on a “Who Am I” question. The question barely appeared on the screen for three seconds. 

 

However, on one of Mettaton’s turns, there is no answer. 

 

Undyne whips around frantically and far faster than she cares to admit. 

 

“before you shout, he’s sleeping. he fell asleep during two turns ago when frisk answered.” Sans explains. 

 

Undyne looks over at the couch and, sure enough, Mettaton is peacefully sleeping with one of his extendable arms hanging off the couch. 

 

“i know. ‘s weird. but, he’s peaceful. ‘s more than we could’a ever hoped for last week.” Sans pats her shoulder. 

 

Alphys looks up at Undyne with a somber sort of half-smile. 

 

“He shouldn’t sleep here overnight. I-I'd worry about his l-leg,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne nods. 

 

“Hey … Hey Miss Piggy , I’m gonna pick you up now, ‘kay? Three, two, one. Up ya go into the arms of your personal chariot Thor: Bench Presser of Children. ” Undyne jokes. 

 

However, Mettaton’s head simply falls limply onto Undyne’s chest. It’s clear to her that he’s exhausted, and he probably won’t wake up, at least, until they get up stairs and try to situate him in bed. 

 

“I gotcha, bud. I’m glad you’re sleeping. You really need it, dude. Stairs in three, two, one.” Undyne says, nearly on autopilot. 

 

Undyne is right to think that Mettaton would wake up when she set him down on the bed. He blinks up at her sleepily for a moment before looking to his bedside table. 

 

“Do ya need somethin’?” Undyne asks. 

 

“‘m thirsty.” Mettaton replies softly. 

 

Undyne feels her lip quirk up a little. She pulls out her phone and shoots a text to Asgore. 

 

“Asgore’s with ya tonight, dude. He’ll be up in just a minute with something to drink. Sound good?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton hums his acknowledgment before letting his eyes slip closed again. Undyne hesitates before gently placing her hand on his shoulder and softly rubbing his arm.

 

“Feels nice …” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

Undyne smiles, but she knows there is still concern in her eye. 

 

“I’m glad, bud. Asgore might have something to talk about with you if you’re still awake when he comes up. Okay? But, if you’re too sleepy, he can talk to you tomorrow.” Undyne whispers. 

 

Mettaton looks at her with those exhausted eyes wide with questions. 

 

“Ah … I did not expect you to be awake. But, I am glad to see that you are.” Asgore grins. 

 

Asgore offers Mettaton a glass of water which Mettaton gladly takes. 

 

“You’re in good hands. ‘Kay, metal man?” Undyne assures. 

 

She pats Mettaton’s shoulder before rising. As she leaves the room, Undyne hears Asgore’s voice, and it makes her freeze in place. 

 

“We are hoping you would be able to have us take your statement about last week’s occurrences as soon as possible. I, personally, am hoping for Saturday. That is, if you are up for it, dear boy,” Asgore says. 

 

Undyne lingers in the doorway to gauge Mettaton’s response. She turns and sees Mettaton’s eyes widen for just a half-second, in unfiltered horror. Yet, if she hadn’t been scanning his face for minute expressions, there is no way she would have noticed. For, as soon as the emotion crosses Mettaton’s face, it’s gone and replaced by his sleepy expression. 

 

Mettaton nods with a weary sort of smile before turning his head away from the door. His chest rises and falls without it’s earlier perfectly timed beats. 

 

Watching Mettaton, Undyne wonders if he isn’t feigning sleep. However, she doubts that Mettaton is faking considering how hard he slept earlier. For a moment, she even considers walking across the room to check. 

 

Before turning her back to leave the room completely, Undyne almost feels compelled to tell Asgore that he should listen to Alphys and call off Saturday’s discussion. Yet, she shakes off the urge to change her mind. For, she knows that she cannot just back down on her belief that Mettaton is ready for this all because an intrusive thought or feeling said that she was wrong. 

 

Undyne is never wrong about matters of justice. 

 

However, after leaving the room, Undyne’s Soul sinks down to her feet. For, deep in the center of her her being, Undyne has a sudden visceral feeling that Saturday’s discussion is going to go very, very  bad. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

I am so sorry for the delay in getting this chapter out! My family and I had a housing scare because we're renting a house and the house changed owners. We spent like two weeks trying to figure out if we were going to have to move on short notice and where we would go (with our baby). It was quite scary! But, we're all good now.

I shall start with Easter Eggs -

- There was a coffee shop in my college city that had SOME, though not all, drinks that were puns.
- Jules is loosely based on friend of mine who was a barista in college.
- The song on the radio is Pachelbel's Canon in D which I almost got to perform with the Trans-Siberian Orchestra when they requested a children's choir in my hometown.
- Mettaton EX's sprite design looks like if the Phantom of the Opera and Dr. Frank-n-Furter were put in a design blender. FIGHT ME.
- "Cactus butt" is a Lion King reference.
- The "Oh would you two smooch ..." line is a direct quote from the game.
- "Jinx, Jinx Again" is a quote from "Love is an Open Door"
- Mary's family tradition is actually my family's tradition! We listen to "A Christmas Together" every year while decorating our tree.
- Maddie's style of decorating is a direct parallel to my sister's decorating sensibility. My siblings and I have been known to craft obscure horrors out of broken ornament parts, but my sister starts it.
- I also learned how to play the minimal guitar I know by following John Denver songs. I THINK my first was actually Rocky Mountain High? But, I don't remember.
- The Scotch thing is based on some theory video I once saw about the UT monsters having origins in Irish/Scottish folklore.

Life updates and Easter Eggs out of the way, I just wanted to put out a warning that I may change the fics' rating to M.

IMPORTANT NOTE: You are ALWAYS welcome/encouraged to skip chapters that includes content that make you uncomfortable/ triggers you. And, obviously, if you need to DNR, I highly encourage that too. PLEASE do what is best for you going forward!!

Yet, I also know what it is like to get really, REALLY invested in a fic that is dark and gritty and realistic and love it with your whole heart. I am doing my level best to make it as easy as possible to skip chapters with triggers and still understand the overall plot.

I have already written the chapter warnings for the two chapters in question. The beginning author's note would let you know that the chapter includes mature themes, you consent if you read it, etc, etc.

I haven't made a firm decision yet, because there are only two chapters I have outlined that, I think, need M ratings. If they were plot centric chapters, I'd change the rating now. However, the chapters are character studies with minimal plot.

That said, if y'all are like, Puzzle ... why the sudden change my guy?

My answer is that I have decided that I can't avoid the character development that can only come with bringing up some of the darker details surrounding events that have already happened/ will happen to a future character who has only been referenced in passing. I also have a lot on my mind that writing helps me process.

(For example, I have chosen to include a side plot that introduces a trans character ending up in the protection of Papyrus and Mettaton. While he is not a self-insert, by any stretch, it is comforting to write about some of my worst fears as I come out professionally/publically as NB Trans* in August through my theater work.)

However, I promise that the dark stuff I'm exploring will be referenced/alluded to in conversations a few chapters prior to the M chapter that tackles that thing more explicitly. Trauma, like everything, is a slow burn. So, you'll have plenty of time to prepare and, as always, the chapters that include those allusions/references will be TW tagged at the top of the fic.

As an additional precaution, I will forgo my usual fun/life update note for a list of "significant events," in the "End Note" of triggering chapters, mature rated or otherwise, so folks can easily keep reading the fic, IF they so choose.

Final thing, I recognize that, as fic author's go, I'm cautious, bordering on neurotic, with my usage of trigger warnings and ratings. However, I'd rather be known as too thorough as opposed to flippant.

So, PLEASE going forward heed tags, take care of yourself, and let me know if you think I ought to change the rating/add a tag. I do usually run everything past my dear spouse before posting. So far, he has not spotted anything that should up the rating of the whole fic, but agrees with the chapter warnings. I trust his judgement, but I also value the thoughts of my readers.

Much Love,
Pip

Chapter 19: Loathing You, My Whole Life Long

Summary:

Alphys and Undyne have an important conversation. Alphys finally tells Undyne about the fight that wounded her and Mettaton’s relationship which causes Undyne to reflect on how much she assumes without knowing anything.

TW:
Harsh language

Notes:

Title is a reference to “What is This Feeling” from Wicked.

CW:

Some content includes insensitive language in the context of a fight between friends in a flashback - in italics during Alphys and Undyne’s conversation. It describes Alphys and Mettaton's fight in the Underground that severed their friendship. Neither of them is right, and neither of them is wrong - per se. But, things get heated.

Probably doesn’t need a CW (since it’s not really all that different from things that occur in canon), but I just want to ensure that folks are prepared for what’s in the chapter.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Thursday Night …

 

Undyne sneaks into Mettaton’s old room, the room she and Alphys are now sharing, only to find that Alphys is still very much awake. 

 

Alphys jumps when Undyne opens the door and nearly launches the crutch she’s assembling off the bed. 

 

“Sorry, Alphy. Wasn’t sure if you’d still be up. So, I attempted to be quiet … maybe a little too quiet,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys blushes and shakes her head. 

 

“N-No. I should h-have been paying more a-attention. I-I was just lost in thought … about tomorrow. The s-s-software says it’s safe for him to try moving a-assisted and to try assisted weight b-bearing exercises. But, that’s not going to be fun … or p-pleasant. I was … err … trying to f-figure out how to make it bearable? A-Anyway … test to make sure these are at even heights,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne nods and takes the two crutches from off the bed. Undyne sets them under her arms and walks around the room. The guilty knot in the pit of her stomach from earlier this morning returns with a vengeance. This is a skill Mettaton should never have needed to learn. Yet, here Alphys is preparing him for it. 

 

“This isn’t gonna come easy. It took me like several days to learn the first time I needed to have my bones reset. Granted I was enough of a punk to break both legs at once, but still …” Undyne muses. 

 

Undyne places the crutches against the wall, and she looks back at Alphys. Undyne watches Alphys fiddle with her glasses once again deep in thought. 

 

“I think it would be b-best if people left to do some Gyrftmas shopping tomorrow. I-I just … he’s going to be m-mopy and probably a-angry tomorrow. I … I-I want him to have a s-safe space to l-lose it when he does.” Alphys massages her temples. 

 

Undyne bristles at that. If Mettaton is going to be a jerk, he shouldn’t take it out on Alphys. Alphys has hardly slept since that movie night almost a week ago. 

 

If anyone has earned metal man’s angst-fest, it’s me. Undyne thinks. 

 

“Why don’t I stay and help out then, Alphy. That way you can have a breather if you need it.” Undyne offers. 

 

Alphys smiles at Undyne, but Undyne can tell that Alphys is exhausted. Undyne isn’t sure if Alphys is exhausted in general or if the thought of Undyne being around tomorrow to “help” is exhausting. Undyne presumes it’s probably the latter. 

 

“No. It’s better that I do this alone. Besides, I-I’ve already p-prepared myself for what he’ll say. I-I’m ready,” Alphys says.  

 

Undyne once again feels something protective stir in her. For a moment, Undyne forgets everything that’s happened over the last week. All Undyne cares about is that Alphys has prepared herself for receiving insults, and Undyne seethes. 

 

“Oh? And what is that punk going to say?” Undyne asks. 

 

Undyne is taken aback by the fact that Alphys just rolls her eyes and laughs. She doesn’t notice, or perhaps care, that Undyne is upset on her behalf. Undyne finds herself increasingly heated at the prospect that Alphys simply doesn’t care about Mettaton’s insults. 

 

Though, somewhere in her Soul, Undyne knows that Alphys has the right idea. Anything Mettaton says against any of them should be taken with no significance right now because it’s pain and frustration talking not him. In the end, Undyne is impressed because Alphys just grins to herself and recites what she thinks Mettaton will say as though she’s reviewing an order of events.

 

“First, he’ll go for something ph-physical like my appearance, maybe the stutter, if he’s feeling particularly snarky or in p-pain. Then, he’ll say whatever’s really on his mind because he hopes I-I won’t notice. F-Finally, he’ll finish by making a snide comment about my w-work … likely he’ll c-comment on not thinking f-far enough ahead to prepare for these kinds of hardware i-issues. There’s one other s-serious thing he might say …about S-Sh-Shyster, but … but even that would be justifiable. I know he m-misses her. Honestly, he might have c-confided in her if … if she wasn’t … if I hadn’t … yeah … he might have.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Undyne bites her lip. As Mettaton’s only real “long-term” friend, Alphys knows things about who Mettaton was close to in Waterfall, what he might do if he still had some of those relationships, and how he communicates when he’s angry. Undyne hesitates to respond because the more Alphys explains the more Undyne realizes that Alphys is right and Mettaton has earned this. 

 

“Alphy, I don’t care if you’re prepared for him to be a jerk. He still shouldn’t be … I mean you don’t deserve that kind of bullshit. Let me stick around at least so I can help you handle it!” Undyne suggests. 

 

That guilty pit in Undyne’s Soul grows ever wider and ever more present. Undyne desperately wants Alphys to just consent to her being there so Mettaton can take his anger out on someone deserving. 

 

You don’t deserve his angst, but I do. I’m the one that told him not to upset people. I’m the one who basically told him that he shouldn’t talk to you. If he’s going to unleash his wrath on anyone, it should be me. Undyne thinks.

 

Alphys quirks an eyebrow in Undyne’s direction before fidgeting with her hands in silent contemplation. Alphys finally shakes her head and continues to speak more logically than Undyne can bear. 

 

“No. You’ll only e-escalate each other … or almost worse … he might k-keep trying to swallow his anger. He deserves a safe p-person, someone who knows him, and sees through his b-bark, to finally release his anguish. I’m not going to p-pass judgment or get mad. I’ll hold him accountable later when he will inevitably a-apologize and deeply mean it. He was starting to get more free with me b-before this happened. We fought less … were more h-honest. He just needs to get out of the p-pit before I can hold him to that b-bar again. He might even be holding himself to that s-standard, but I-I don’t. I … I can’t. Monsters, humans … everyone should get a few p-passes to say things they m-might not mean, or e-even remember, when they’re in pain. And, ‘Dyne, trust me … he’s in pain.” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne humphs and crosses her arms over her chest. 

 

Yet, Undyne can’t stop the growing feeling in her chest that she has advised Asgore incorrectly. If what Alphys says is true, and Undyne has no reason to believe that it’s not, taking that statement on Saturday might nearly kill Mettaton … again. 

 

Alphys is just in mother hen mode. She’s too used to taking MTT’s crap. 

 

Undyne’s attempt to reassure herself doesn’t stop the uneasy feeling. Still, her resolve to make sure Alphys knows that she’s worth more than being metal man’s release valve grows stronger. 

 

While, Alphys’ logic is perfect … as always, Undyne feels like it’s her duty to remind Alphys that she doesn’t deserve to be yelled at … no matter that as a medic Alphys has likely heard well worse that what she has prepared herself for Mettaton to say. 

 

“As long as you don’t let yourself become his punching bag again, it’s okay … I guess .” Undyne replies. 

 

Now, it’s Alphys’ turn to make a noise of distaste at Undyne’s comment. Alphys removes her glasses and begins cleaning them on her lab coat as she rants.  

 

“‘Dyne, I think you’re being kind of unreasonable? F-First, he died . Okay? That’s k-kind of an important detail you’re f-forgetting. He has never once gotten to be a-angry, or sad, or … or a-anything about that. If he t-takes an angry jab at my programing or h-hardware, I don’t even blame him a little! Was that a hundred p-percent my fault? No! But, does he d-deserve to think about it as though it was? Sure! I guarantee he doesn’t even b-believe that the h-hardware malfunctions are even partially my fault but, even if he did , I wouldn’t b- blame him! Second, when he apologizes, because he always did and does, I’ll r-remind him that the better way is to just be honest as opposed to h-hiding his feelings until he explodes. Especially because, like I said, this is going to be triggered by his own perceived lack of worth and e-embarrassment. I just don’t want him to think that … that … how do I put this … he’s a danger to everyone he l-loves because he said something crass or cruel after everything he’s gone through. That’s why this has to be me, and why I want everyone gone. He’s never g-going to recover HP, or have the A-Angel’s prayer of r-rebuild his base HP, if he’s n-never allowed to be mad. Zuko wasn’t b-bad for needing Iroh, ‘Dyne. R-Right? As long as he learns, which I know he can, he needs to let himself feel with a s-safe person to catch the f-fallout and redirect it. Besides, I owe him. I … I was the one who s-started this bad back and f-forth to begin with …” Alphys swipes a tear. 

 

Undyne silently nods as she listens. While Undyne knows she should just tell Alphys what has been on her heart since Mettaton’s confession, she has to admit that Alphys is right about the Zuko comparison. Undyne realizes that she’s getting angry about something that hasn’t even happened yet. It’s entirely possible that Mettaton won’t get angry at all. Still, Undyne takes comfort in knowing that Alphys is prepared for Mettaton to get angry if that is what he needs. 

 

Undyne also realizes that Alphys’ first statement is correct. Mettaton hasn’t once gotten angry at any of them since he died and, to a greater or lesser extent, all of them might feel a little less guilty if he expressed his frustration with any, or all, of them. As Undyne contemplates the idea that all of them feel guilty, she is suddenly faced with the realization that Alphys believes she started the fight with Mettaton. 

 

How? That can’t possibly be true! She must be doing that self-blame thing again. Gotta knock that off! Undyne resolves. 

 

“Alphy, you can’t possibly have started the fight. It was probably …” 

 

“Stop. I … I-I need to tell you this. I need to be h-honest with you …” Alphys starts. 

 

 

Mettaton angrily stuffs his ghost plush and his very few other belongings into a white pink, blue, and black floral patterned duffle bag while turning his squares into a deep frowning face in a ferocious angry red. 

 

Fabricated my SOUL, did you darling? Created me out of nothing, sweetheart? You may have made my BODY, but you did NOT create my SOUL. That is NOT what I agreed to when you offered me this chance at happiness. I trusted YOU! I let you do this to me on a PROMISE that you were going to … UGH … forget it!” Mettaton shouts. 

 

He zips the bag for punctuation. 

 

“I still w-will! I … I just … we need parts! W-We need a space. I have a L-Lab now. A real one … a r-real job … I-I have w-weekends off so I’ll work then. W-We can still be together … watch your musicals and a-anime …” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton’s hands clench and unclench at his boxy sides. It seems like he might be contemplating her offer. Then, he pushes up onto his wheel and heaves the bag onto his shoulder. 

 

“No. It’s better this way, darling. It’s better that we don’t … I can’t … I’m still me. I can make it just fine. You’ve proven what you want from me. I sing and dance for no one but myself and … and for hope. You don’t OWN ME!” Mettaton buzzes. 

 

He turns to go, but she reaches for his hand. 

 

“And … a-and what would you be without me?” Alphys asks. 

 

He shrugs off Alphys’ hand and wheels past her. 

 

“I’m leaving, darling. I have to go before we both say something we regret. Maybe I’ll be back … maybe I won’t, dear.” 

 

Alphys isn’t sure what possesses her, but she feels a fire raging up in her Soul. She wants to scream. She wants to force him to stay. Suddenly, words are coming out of her mouth, and she is powerless to stop them. 

 

“You … Y-You always do this! Y-You always r-run. Y-You’re running a-again. What does that even do other than preserve that f-fake …” 

 

He stops fast on his little round tire. 

 

“OH! OH! I’m FAKE am I, sweetheart?” 

 

He wheels around his whole screen now red with anger. 

 

“I’m not the one who just lied to KING ASGORE about someone else’s identity without asking. So, excuse me for knowing that my tongue is sharp and seeking out my own fortune elsewhere to avoid saying something that I regret!” 

 

Mettaton’s artificial voice snaps and cracks as he speaks. 

 

Alphys finds herself cracking with electric and hot sparking rage. She knows she should breathe. She knows she should think. 

 

But, she doesn’t. 

 

She just speaks. 

 

“Is that why y-you left your cousin all alone on that f-farm of yours because y-you wanted to spare insulting them? W-Wanted to spare their f-f-feelings? NO! You left for your d-dream of being a TV star don’t pretend anything you do is noble because it’s not! I’ll bet that’s why your l-leaving me now too! B-Because, you’re just s-selfish!” Alphys screams. 

 

Mettaton’s face quickly changes from red tiles to all blue. His extendable arms cross over his chest. 

 

“Break a leg, darling, and goodbye, Dr. Alphys. Call me when my body is ready … you absolute fraud. I hope and pray to the Angel that King Asgore finds out exactly how much of a lying sack of shit you are someday, darling. I really, really do. Toodles!” Mettaton chirps. 

 

He heaves the bag over his shoulder and leaves the apartment with a flourish and a door slam. 

 

“G-G-Good riddance! ASS!” She calls after him. 

 

Alphys watches Mettaton go as her chest heaves for several seconds before she realizes exactly what she said. 

 

“A-Angel … what … wh-why did I …” 

 

She runs her hands over her face. 

 

She pulls out her phone and texts Mettaton frantically:

i’m so sorry, ton-ton.

i didn’t mean it. 

angel, i’m so damn sorry. 

i don’t know why i said that?

forgive me? 

 

She cries herself to sleep that night when she gets his reply. 

 

It says:

I am sorry too, Phy.

But, I cannot forgive you. 

Toodles. 

 

 

“So, y-you see. You’re wrong. I … I … he tried. I didn’t listen. E-Everything he said and did after that was his choice sure, but … I-I started it. And, to be fair, like I said before I-I did hold him hostage. I couldn’t f-finish his body because I was afraid of l-losing him for good. ‘Dyne, y-you don’t know what he’s been through. He’s s-senstive, sweet, nerdy, and surprisingly r-religious? … or he used to be, and a-according to-Shyren, still is.  Please, I’m l-literally begging you, no matter what I vent to you tomorrow, even if I’m u-upset, please do not hold it against him. One free p-pass. Give him one f-free pass,” Alphys implores. 

 

Undyne nods as she listens to Alphys’ plea. Somehow, Undyne realizes that she understands Alphys and Mettaton a little better now. 

 

It’s not that Mettaton hasn’t been a jerk to Alphys in the past because he totally has. Yet, how it all began and why it continued, now makes much more sense to Undyne. In the quietest part of her Soul, Undyne realizes that she may have been unfair to Mettaton for far longer than just the one instance during Return of the King. Undyne has accepted Mettaton’s performance ready mask as his real personality for so long. 

 

Yet, now, Undyne realizes she has to confront the idea that, perhaps, she has judged Mettaton too harshly. For, Alphys and Mettaton’s feud is far less one sided than Undyne could have ever imagined. 

 

As she processes the new information, Undyne finds herself at a loss for words. Undyne knows the words she settles on aren’t her favorite, but she still feels like Alphys needs to hear them. 

 

“It still doesn’t justify his behavior Underground, Alphy,” Undyne says lamely. 

 

Alphys rolls her eyes so far back that Undyne swears she can hear them. Undyne and Alphys have discussed this topic at length. Alphys has always assured Undyne that she an Mettaton both have discussed these issues at length. Undyne knows this is true because she heard bits and pieces of Alphys’ side of the conversations. She also saw the photos in Alphys’ scrapbook. 

 

Clearly, reparations have been made … on both sides. 

 

Alphys eventually stops her sarcastic eyer rolling and responds to Undyne’s comment. 

 

“O-Oh, I-I know. But, ‘Dyne, I’m an adult. You know that right? I’m making a choice because I-I love my f-friend, and he’s in pain. You don’t have to protect me from my f-friend no matter how sn-snarky and s-sarcastic he might be when he’s struggling. He deserves my help just as m-much now as he did before … maybe more so. He’s healing, and … and he’s going to be d-dazzling when all of the c-cracks are filled back in … like one of those little pots that undergo K-Kintsugi.” Alphys smiles wistfully. 

 

Undyne looks away from Alphys. She tries to imagine little cracks in Mettaton’s Soul filled in with molten pieces of gold. Yet, all she imagines is those cracks in that little pink Soul filled in with flex of red scarf and white bone. As she does this, Undyne scrubs her face with her hands to keep the grimace off of it. She already felt guilty but listening to Alphys talk has only made Undyne feel worse … again. 

 

“Well, if you’re really gonna teach him to use those crutches tomorrow, we should get to sleep, Alphy. I have every confidence you’re both gonna kick ass tomorrow. We’re all probably worried about nothing!” Undyne exclaims. 

 

She quickly pushes herself off of the bright pink swivel chair at Mettaton’s old desk. 

 

Alphys gives Undyne a quick smile before crawling towards the pillows at the head of the bed. It’s a rather tight squeeze, as it has been the last few nights they’ve slept in this room together. The two of them settle into each other, and Undyne flicks off the lamp on the side table. 

 

Undyne’s sleep is fitful as her conscience plagues her. Eventually, at like three in the morning, Undyne rolls onto her back and stares at the glowing star stickers that Mettaton left behind. 

 

Papyrus gave him those, and he left them because Papyrus bought him new ones when he couldn’t get these off the ceiling. Those two nerds fought tooth and nail with the adhesive and it wouldn’t budge. They used command strips to stick them on in the apartment. 

 

A smile passes over Undyne’s features, but it is short lived. 

 

Just never pull the crap you pulled yesterday morning again. It really freaked her out. Avoid that, and you’re golden, big guy … Last thing, if you break Papyrus’ heart, I will end you. If you hurt him, I will end you. You understand? 

 

Undyne scrubs a hand over her face in silent frustration. She can’t seem to get her own voice out of her head. This must be the hundredth time these words have haunted her today. 

 

Of course he wouldn’t come to me, he thought I would … he needed me and I basically ensured he would never come to me for help! I fucked up so bad. 

 

Undyne knows in her Soul that she ought to tell both Papyrus and Alphys about what she said that night. However, she just can’t find the right words. 

 

You really should tell her you dumbass. It might make things easier for her or help figure out why he’s still struggling so much to heal up! Damn it! 

 

Undyne wars with herself, but she knows it likely won’t change Alphys’ mind about tomorrow. It’s not worth getting into at almost four in the morning.  

 

I definitely don’t blame MTT for being angry … no matter what he says. I mean … Asgore declared war on the whole human race. I just … I wish he’d direct his anger at me

 

Undyne heaves a deep sigh before rolling over and draping an arm around Alphys. She resolves to talk to Alphys tomorrow after Alphys tells her all about Footloose on crutches

 

Normally, Undyne supposes that she would find Mettaton getting angry about struggling with something so mundane kind of funny. However, now, she just sends up a silent prayer to the Angel that Alphys is able to give Mettaton exactly what he needs.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

I do know that I chose to take a little bit of a different approach as to what caused Alphys and MTT's friendship breakup. While I have a few reasons for this, the main one is that I just could not imagine MTT being okay with someone claiming to create his SOUL. He's too independent, and bonded to his own uniqueness, to accept that lie.

I based most of my idea for Alphys and MTT's fight around the fact that people don't seem to believe that it was MTT's idea to be built. Specifically, Bratty and Catty, his superfans, describe his origins as Alphys making MTT to impress Asgore. It appears, to me, that it's heavily implied that people think Alphys created MTT's SOUL as well as his body. For, Bratty and Catty go on to claim that immediately upon being built MTT was still friends with Alphys, but something caused the two of them to break off their connection.

I know it COULD have been the Amalgamates, but I just couldn't shake the feeling that somehow this made more sense. My thought is that MTT cared about, and loved, Alphys too much to expose her even if, in his anger, he says otherwise.

All of that to say, I loved writing that flashback because I feel like, in some other versions of the MTT and Alphys friendship break up, one of them is usually portrayed as being innocent and the other as being totally wrong. (The blame usually ends up squarely on MTT's shoulders when I just don't see it as 100% his fault.)

That said, I think that fandom needs to hold Alphys MORE responsible than they do for her not being honest about MTT's body. She promised MTT something really important for him to feel affirmed in his identity! HE TRUSTED HER! I get that he probably should have cared more about her intrinsically. But, as a NB trans* person, she promised him something. She held him hostage to keep his friendship. Period.

Honestly though, I have SO much planned for Alphys and Mettaton, and it's going to be so artsy. I'm planning a few chapters to study their characters though some beautiful prose because they deserve to have beautiful prose written about them. I'm IRRATIONALLY excited for that part of the fic. You have no idea. XD

Anyway ... I hope I did both of them justice here.

With that out of the way, I have also enjoyed giving Alphys a chance to be in a position of power and expertise. I don't think Alphys is purely submissive by nature, BUT I DO think she needs to be pushed into asserting herself. I really think that Alphys' friendship with MTT is something she would fight for.

For what it's worth, I think that feeling is mutual on his end as well.

I didn't say this in the last author's note, in part because I had some other important things to cover, but Undyne NEEDS to be held accountable for her words. When I set up that RotK chapter, I ABSOLUTELY meant foreshadow that he was in a bad place AND, thus, to have Undyne's words come back and haunt her.

On the subject of foreshadowing, Undyne mentions that MTT in his crazed state either misremembers, withholds, and/or forgets information. That will be the primary subject of one of the character study chapters, and it MAY have to do with some unencrypted body cam footage ...

In regards to things like the Friday lunch dates, when I set up Alphys' chapter, I wasn't sure how much Alphys would think about that stuff when she was already anxious about stuff with her colleagues? Social anxiety is all consuming. So, once she took her colleagues up on lunch, I had a feeling she'd be kind of obsessive. It also wouldn't really make much sense for any of the other characters to think much about those lunch dates - except Undyne ... maybe? But, when Alphys and Undyne decided to spend that Friday alone ... well ... those two can easily get lost in each other.

In regards to the karaoke nights, I had no idea how to fit that in since we didn't get a chapter from MTT's point of view until he was already injured. The bubble tea interaction was also really brief. So, it made sense, to me at least, to have Emily only realize things AFTER she had an opportunity to fix it. I mean ... maybe I'm just weird ... but that feels super realistic? Also, he had only missed one week ... tops at that point. So, she wasn't worried yet.

In regards to MTT's manager making the meetings later and more frequent, I tried to make that clear in the Game Gauntlet planning section of Papyrus' chapter. However, that is another thing that will come up more in the character study chapter.

Lastly, Undyne's text wouldn't really have been able to make an appearance in previous chapters because, rest assured, if Alphys knew about that text she would have been PISSED as hell. But, don't you worry, Alphys is not letting Undyne's crap slide. She just has to find out about it first.

Anyway, I really hope y'all have enjoyed some Christmas theme fluff-angst in July!

Much Love,
Pip

Chapter 20: If You Loved Yourself the Way I Do

Summary:

Alphys is absolutely correct about how she imagined things would go with Mettaton. However, Mettaton also reveals something Alphys did not expect, or know, and desperately wishes she had before. When Alphys and Undyne have a chance to talk about the fateful conversation during “Return of the King,” it brings up some big feelings for both of them. Thankfully, both Undyne and Alphys have two stellar friends that can help them process those feelings.

TW:
Injury Recovery
Discussions of Non-Con in past chapters
Discussions of Nightmares/Night terrors regarding possession/mind control
GRAPHIC depictions of PTSD
Mentions of absentee seizures and silent panic attacks
Inclusion of fictional religion that mirrors ancestor worship and Christianity in practice

Notes:

CW:

Some content includes insensitive language in the context of a fight between friends. This communication is quickly cleared up with a true apology.

Additionally, a verbal miscommunication between two adults occurs and a couple takes some time apart to recover from this miscommunication.

Again, probably doesn’t need a CW (since it’s not really all that different from things that occur in canon), but I just want to ensure that folks are prepared for what’s in the chapter.

** Title is from a song from Frozen the Musical from the song “I Can’t Lose You.”

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Friday …

 

Alphys knew this would be painful, but it has been quite a long time since she had participated in any kind of physical magical rehabilitation exercises. She tries to think about how long it has been, but she can’t even remember the last time she did this. 

 

Still, the muscle memory of how to support Mettaton’s right foot as he presses his heel into her claws comes back in seconds. However, in the depths of her being, she can never get used to the screams, the writhing, or the tears. She reassures herself that the magic has to be aided in flowing or he’ll never walk, much less dance, again. She tries to be as reassuring as she possibly can as her best friend pants and begs for them to stop. 

 

“J-J-Just two more. Y-You’re almost d-done, Ton-ton. T-Two more. Y-You’re so, so st-strong, and so a-amazing. Y-You’re d-doing really w-well. H-Honestly! I-I-I can’t t-tell you h-how many paitents have c-c-cussed me out d-doing this. T-T-Tears are c-common and expected.” Alphys assures. 

 

She feels the heel pressing into her claw again as she gently offers enough resistance to bend his knee. 

 

Come on. You can do it. One more time for an even ten. You’ve got this. 

 

Alphys wills Mettaton to understand what she’s thinking. Somehow, she thinks he does because the last of the ten knee bends is the best one yet. 

 

Alphys softly sets his leg down on the bed as Mettaton breaks off in quiet sobs while she rebandages his leg. 

 

Alphys is glad that she had the foresight to ask Papyrus to help her with the manual rewiring amd magical rehabilitation exercises before anyone left for the day. Right now, Papyrus is leaned over Mettaton protectively pressing their foreheads together as he runs fingers through Mettaton’s hair. 

 

Alphys realizes she must have tuned out Papyrus’ voice because the mantra of “YOU ARE VERY GREAT” and “I AM SO PROUD” have become the background track to a tense scene in the movie of their lives. 

 

Alphys knows who the antagonist in this film is and she cheers for his destruction on her turn. However, Alphys finds that “antagonist” is too soft a term for the ass. Villain, sinner, is a more accurate description of his character. 

 

For, Alphys knows that antagonists can carry messages we are meant to learn from or even have deep morals. Antagonists may even be heroes when stories are told in interesting ways. 

 

L, my beloved.  

 

Alphys shakes herself from her thoughts when Papyrus calls her name. 

 

“DR. ALPHYS? I THINK HE IS SLEEPING NOW. SHOULD I GO?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Alphys gives the makeshift cast one final glance to make sure it has been rewound tightly. Seeing that it has, she moves next to Papyrus and a soft smile plays over her face. 

 

For, sure enough, Mettaton has passed back into sleep mode. Alphys can tell he’s truly in sleep mode because his artificial lungs move at a perfectly even pace. Normally, when he’s awake, there’s a slight delay or unevenness to the way he breathes. While awake, Mettaton only “breathes” to assist his fan or to calm down. So, sometimes, he goes whole fifteen minute periods without breathing. However, in sleep mode, it seems that Mettaton’s body wants to keep almost mechanically even breaths. However, another tell that Alphys has discovered is that, when Mettation is in sleep mode, his eyes don’t fully close. Much like a fleshy corporeal being, his eyes are not completely shut when he sleeps. 

 

Alphys shakes her head lightly to get herself to stop thinking so much. 

 

“Y-Yeah. We should g-g-give him s-some time to rest peacefully before we r-r-really start the day. Th-Thank you, Papyrus. H-He … he really needed that.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Papyrus beams at Alphys before getting up to leave. Alphys lingers for a moment. She finds herself absentmindedly brushing Mettaton’s hair back with her claws before using her thumb to smooth out the crease between her friend’s eyebrows. 

 

“I don’t give a sh-shit what you say this afternoon. I-I love you. I love you so much. Y-You’re so brave.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

She drops a feather light kiss on Mettaton’s temple, and she notices how some of the tension in his jaw melts away as she does this. A melancholy sort of smile crosses Alphys’ face as she leaves the room. The same expression remains on her face as she sinks down outside the door. She buries her face in her knees and breathes in the scent of flowers, cookie dough, and her own sweat. 

 

Alphys dully adds washing her lab coat to her list of things she needs to do sooner rather than later. 

 

She pulls the coat closer to herself. Since her earliest college days, Alphys’ labcoat has been with her. In so many ways, the coat itself feels like her friend. Sometimes she hates how ratty it looks. Sometimes she thinks about getting a new one. Yet, somehow replacing this coat would be like replacing her oldest friend. 

 

It’s not her best friend. No. Mettaton holds that honor. 

 

But, the coat can have the honor of the title “oldest friend.” It deserves that much. 

 

“Alphy, you good? Papyrus said that … um … this morning was kinda intense. Apparently, MTT was Papyrus’ words ‘absolutely amazing at just crying and screaming without saying any words.’ I … ah … can’t imagine that was pleasant … for any of you.” Undyne fumbles. 

 

“I-I-Intense is a word that could d-describe this morning. S-Sure. I-I-I’m good. I’m just c-contemplating the s-state of my lab coat and thinking it needs a w-wash.” Alphys explains. 

 

“Weird spot to do that, but you do you, Alphy. We all plan to head out in like an hour. You want anything when we come back?” Undyne asks. 

 

“If you see anything cute … ya know … f-for us to give our friends go ahead and g-grab that.” Alphys smiles. 

 

Undyne grins hugely before giving her a thumbs up. Undyne seems to think for a moment as she counts on her fingers before snapping back to attention. 

 

“We’ll probably stop to get coffee again today …” Undyne offers. 

 

“Y-Yeah? Ummm … j-just do the red eye a-again … but a l-large. I’m gonna n-need it.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Undyne looks like she wants to say something else and, when Alphys really thinks about it, Undyne seems to have wanted to say something since yesterday. Yet, what kind of something, Alphys has yet to figure out. 

 

“U-Undyne … um … are you g-good? You’ve seemed l-like you’ve wanted to s-say something f-f-for a while.” Alphys prompts. 

 

Undyne’s eye goes wide, and she bites her lip. Undyne looks up at the ceiling, and Alphys feels kind of nervous. 

 

What would she keep from me? Why is she stalling?

Undyne heaves a sigh that draws Alphys back to reality. 

 

“It’s nothing crazy important, Alphy. We can talk about it tonight. I promise. I just … I don’t wanna talk about it unless we’re alone.” Undyne bites her lip. 

 

Alphys looks at Undyne carefully. Undyne only bites her lip when she’s nervous. Alphys knows all of Undyne’s little tells. The only person who can probably still read Undyne better than Alphys can is Papyrus. 

 

Yet, now, at the risk of sounding too over-confident, Alphys wonders if she might even surpass Asgore’s ability to read Undyne. 

 

Alphys goes back into the room and sits next to Mettaton’s bedside while he rests. She finds several things to occupy herself as she lets him sleep. She works on some of her research. She plans a few lessons for the new class she’s teaching in the upcoming semester. She begins typing up her syllabus for her new class as well. 

 

Alphys has learned how to use the flightiness of her brain to her advantage. She has realized if she keeps several different projects open at once she can flit between them and get small pieces of each one done at a time. While she knows that it is probably not quite as sound of a practice as finishing one thing at a time, she has come to understand herself well enough to realize that, if she tries to focus on only one thing, she will simply end up watching anime instead. She simply cannot focus on one thing at a time for that long. 

 

So, Alphys spends the better part of three hours flipping through tabs to jot down notes, correct her grammar, and finalize a few lessons. 

 

“I ought to take lessons in productivity from the way you do it, darling. I too often found myself rolling into walls trying and failing to finish things when I could just do twelve things at once!” Mettaton teases with a grin. 

 

Alphys nearly jumps at the sound of his voice, and Mettaton stifles a laugh at her jumpiness. 

 

“H-How long have you b-been up?” She asks. 

 

Mettaton grins and tosses his hair back. 

 

“A few minutes. Nothing more than that, love. You were caught up in your work. It was nice feeling like everything was normal, darling.” He winks. 

 

Alphys nods with a sad smile. She could see where just watching her work might actually be nice for him. The attention he has been getting is not the kind that he likes to receive. He would much prefer applause or even just smiles. Lately, he’s been on the receiving end of poking and prodding as well as lots of uncomfortable questions. Alphys knows Mettaton well enough to be aware of the fact that he hates it when people worry about him. The fact that people rush around to help him with things probably embarasses him. 

 

However, no one can help the fact that he needs the assistance. 

 

Alphys gives Mettaton a quick final once over. Despite the three hour nap, he still looks tired. 

 

As much as Mettaton hates being worried about, Alphys knows she can’t stop trying to put her favorite people in a bubble of protection. Alphys would love nothing more than to take her little family and put them in a dome where nothing bad could ever happen to them.

 

Sure, it might be boring, but they’d get used to right? 

 

Yet, over the course of the last three and a half years since the accident, she has learned better than that. 

 

“Alright, Ton-ton, h-how are you f-feeling? D-Do you think you’re ready to l-learn how to use these?” 

 

Alphys asks as she holds up the crutches that Undyne tested the night before. 

 

Mettaton looks at the crutches skeptically, but his face brightens just a little. 

 

“Does this mean I finally get to get out of this cozy little prison, darling?” His eyes widen slowly. 

 

Alphys just laughs and rolls her eyes. 

 

“Y-Yes, ya big Drama King.” She teases. 

 

He pouts a little as she hands them over. 

 

“I simply do not do bed rest, sweetheart. If this gets me out of my prison, I am delighted.” He winks. 

 

Alphys facepalms, but she is happy to have the silly and sweet talking Mettaton over the depressed or angry one. Maybe, just maybe, this will go better than she thought yesterday. 

 

“Okay, so what y-you need to do is put your g-good … err … functioning leg down with the crutches. Then, slowly, using your arms and the functioning leg, push up to a stand.” Alphys instructs. 

 

Mettaton nods and puts the crutches on the ground along with his good leg and tries to pull to a stand. It takes him a few tries to get steady enough on one foot that he can slide the crutches under his arms, but he manages. 

 

“Awesome! G-Good job. Y-You actually got that faster than I-I thought y-you would. I-It’s not the most intuitive movement. B-But, I should have f-figured y-you’d be good at it. That’s kind of y-your specialty.” Alphys grins. 

 

However, even despite her honest and genuine praise, Mettaton looks downhearted that it took him more than a single try to get up. 

 

“I-I promise that even people who use them a-a lot have a hard time g-getting up on them.” Alphys assures. 

 

Mettaton tries to give her a weak smile, but it doesn’t reach his eyes. Alphys can see even just the little movement is exhausting him. 

 

“Okay, w-we’re just going to walk a little b-bit, not too f-far, but I want to a-at least get you out of the room.” Alphys explains. 

 

Mettaton nods. 

 

“I would love nothing more than to get out of this room. As much as I adore the flowers and cards, the ceiling and walls are getting boring, darling,” Mettaton says. 

 

Alphys gives him an empathetic nod. Mettaton doesn’t do well without moving around and experiencing new things. It doesn’t matter how beautiful the paintings, cards, or flowers are, he can't look at the same thing for several days without getting at least a little bored.

 

“W-Well, let’s g-get you moving then so you can come b-back here with fresh eyes.” Alphys winks. 

 

Alphys notices that, upon reminding him that he gets to leave the room, Mettaton graces her with a small, but genuine, smile. Then, Mettaton gives her a little nod to tell her that he’s ready. 

 

“Okay. Put the c-crutches forward about the same as y-you would a n-normal step. G-Good. Now, injured h-hip swings f-forward while your h-healthy leg comes to step in l-line with the c-crutches. N-Now, balance. P-Perfect! W-Wow!” Alphys beams. 

 

Mettaton runs a hand through his hair and nearly drops the crutch on his healthy side. Alphys is quick to support the crutch, but she can see the frustrated and tired glint in Mettaton’s eye. 

 

She briefly wonders if they shouldn’t stop and try again later. Yet, before Alphys can make any suggestions, Mettaton begins mumbling the directions to himself as he moves towards the door. 

 

Alphys follows just a step behind to steady him if he needs it. But, honestly, despite moving slowly and deliberately, Mettaton seems to be getting around on the crutches quite well. 

 

Yet, even though he’s moving, it’s clear that he’s moving much slower than he wants. Besides that, Alphys can also see Mettaton looks unsteady and exhausted with each deliberate and slow step. 

 

“D-Do you … um … Do y-you maybe want a chair? W-We can take a q-quick break and learn how to sit b-back down?” Alphys suggests. 

 

Mettaton sets his jaw as his eyes blaze with anger, fatigue, and sadness in equal measure. 

 

Ah. Here it comes. I wonder if I’ll be right? 

 

Alphys thinks to herself. 

 

“Darling, what good does it do to stop now? I would much rather make it back to the bedroom to avoid you running about to aid me while getting more stains on that tattered old thing you excuse for a lab coat. It is, quite frankly, disgusting, darling, and it needs washing, or better yet, a landfill. That old thing is almost as trash as your taste in cartoons. If you know me so well as you think you do, dear Dr. Alphys, why would you force me to endure hours of Mew Mew Kissy Cutie? It being almost as inane as any of the shit I came up with Underground. And another thing, while the body’s exterior is fabulously perfect in every way, why wouldn’t you have paid a little more attention to my internal wiring and hardware to ensure it would last!?” He shouts. 

 

His voice rings up and down the empty hallway which, Alphys realizes, is actually quite a feat. Toriel’s house rarely echoes because of how well insulated it is. 

 

It is In fact so well insulated that Toriel and Frisk didn’t even hear the oven explode when Undyne and Papyrus tried to make brownies for a Halloween party in mid-October. It wasn’t until the fire alarm started going off that either Toriel or Frisk knew what was happening. 

 

Thus, both Alphys and Mettaton freeze at the silence after Mettaton’s yelling. 

 

Despite his harsh words, Alphys finds herself almost proud. She takes the words of his insult in stride if only because she is amazed at how well she predicted what he was going to say.

 

I really do know him almost as well as myself. I got what he was going to say correct right down to my clothes! Nice one, Alphys. 

 

Alphys looks Mettaton over. His eyes are downcast and he seems to stare at his feet. If anything, he just looks guilty. But, he stays silent. 

 

Alphys clears her throat a little before breaking the silence. 

 

“N-Noted. I was a-actually just thinking about washing my lab coat this m-morning. Y-You ready to head back to the room?” She asks. 

 

Mettaton nods, but he still says nothing. His head is bowed as he hobbles on the crutches back to his room. Alphys can read regret in every single one of his deliberate movements. 

 

Alphys watches him carefully as follows each one of her directions to sit on the bed without comment. The playful silliness of the conversation from this morning is gone, and the oppressive silence threatens to crush Alphys and Mettaton both. 

 

“Good. Y-You did great … really … y-you did. But, I-I think it’s time to rest up. O-Okay? If y-you feel up to it, we can try more again l-later.” Alphys promises. 

 

Mettaton nods silently and falls almost immediately back into sleep mode. 

 

Alphys quirks an eyebrow because he rarely ever falls asleep that quickly. She checks him over and, sure enough, Mettaton is really in sleep mode. 

 

“What’s going on with y-you, huh? What aren’t y-you telling m-me? It’s clear now that what y-you said came out of pure exhaustion. Y-You don’t have to be upset about being t-tired. I just wish y-you’d talk so I would know if s-something’s scaring y-you, or you still f-feel sick, or a-anything like that.” 

 

Alphys muses to herself as she strokes Mettaton’s dark hair. Finally, once she’s assured he isn’t going to wake up anytime soon, Alphys pops back onto the desk chair and begins working again. 

 

Alphys relishes the hour of quiet while Mettaton rests. However, she nearly launches her laptop when he bolts upright. His glowing pink eyes are wide, but the LED lights in them are dilated with terror. 

 

“Hey, hey, y-you okay? A-Are you in pain? Did we p-push to hard? Talk to me.” 

 

Alphys scurries to his side, but she waits to touch Mettaton until he gives her some kind of indication that she can or should. Mettaton places a hand on his chest and one up in front of Alphys as if to tell her to back off. 

 

Alphys takes a big step back before speaking again. 

 

“Breathe. J-Just breathe. I-It’s okay. I’ll stay right here. Okay? Y-You tell me if you want me to get closer,” Alphys says. 

 

Despite her voice wavering a little, Alphys surprises herself with the authority she seems to hold as she speaks to him. It takes several minutes before he seems to settle. However, Mettaton simply flops backwards and stares at the ceiling when he does finally calm down. 

 

Alphys fidgets a little bit as she wars with herself on what to do next. A large part of her wants to run to Mettaton’s side and comfort him. Yet, Alphys isn’t sure what Mettaton dreamed about, and she definitely doesn’t want to scare him more. Suddenly, Mettaton’s voice breaks through her internal battle. 

 

“I’m so sorry, Dr. Alphys. I have no idea what came over me earlier. I think I was just exhausted. I haven’t slept well, and my leg is still in quite a bit of pain. But, that’s no excuse for the foul things I said, darling. Please forgive me. I’ll do better not to let my exhaustion and frustration with myself get the best of me.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Alphys looks over at him in shock. She figured he would apologize to her, but she never expected it to sound so … well rehearsed? No. It doesn’t sound rehearsed. His words and tone are completely sincere, but he doesn’t cry as much as she thought he might. 

 

Alphys had fully been expecting Mettaton to be more upset with himself about what he did. She knows that she certainly wasn’t expecting his apology to be that clean because both she and Mettaton have a rather annoying tendency to apologize by putting themselves down. 

 

However, this apology is so perfect it almost sounds like a psychologist wrote it. 

 

Mettaton has given her a straightforward explanation for why he did what he did and simply offered to try not to let that happen in the future. 

 

“Ton-ton, it’s a-already forgiven and forgotten. O-Okay? I’m not e-even, like, a little mad. I-I fully expected for y-you to cuss me out at s-some point today. Y-You commenting on my f-fashion choices, or taste in c-cartoons is honestly the least offensive thing I-I’ve had people say to me when t-trying to repair their body parts. I-I swear. I had s-someone string a list of expletives so long when I was helping them with a d-dislocated shoulder that I-I thought they’d still be c-cussing me out when I was n-ninety. I was twenty-nine a-at the time. So, I’m being o-one hundred percent h-honest when I say that you c-calling my lab coat dirty and getting a-angry that things aren’t working right is, like, the l-least of my worries right now. I’m really g-grateful you apologized so g-genuinely, but please d-don’t worry about it. I figured y-you were tired and in pain. As y-you can see, I’m used to those things m-making anyone short tempered. Okay?” Alphys explains. 

 

Mettaton nods, and Alphys watches him look up at her as she explains the story about the dislocated shoulder. Mettaton gives Alphys a sad smile as she finishes speaking before extending his hand. Alphys quickly comes to take it. 

 

“I’m sorry about it all the same, darling. Just because you’re used to it doesn’t mean that it should happen.” Mettaton mutters. 

 

“And just because it sh-shouldn’t happen doesn’t m-mean that it’s not going to. Please, c-cut yourself some slack. O-Okay? Y-You’re in pain. Y-You’re bored. It’s okay. I-I’m not going to go c-crazy and kick you out or n-never talk to you again over something so painfully s-silly as you grouching at me because … what? … y-you were overtired and a-achy? I mean y-you might benefit from v-volume control, but y-you’ve always been loud. It’s what makes you and Papyrus a good fit. B-But, should y-you two ever choose to have kids, they’re going to n-need some strong noise canceling h-headphones. That’s all I’m saying.” Alphys teases. 

 

Mettaton blushes hard before he starts to laugh. Alphys squeezes his hand tightly as she joins in the laughter. 

 

However, as suddenly as Mettaton started laughing, he stops. Alphys notices that it looks like Mettaton has been struck as he finally breaks the silence. 

 

“Phy, darling, what’s the date?” He asks frantically. 

 

“It’s the twenty … t-twenty-third? … I-I think. B-But, don’t worry …” 

 

Alphys can’t quite finish her reassurance to him because he is already lost in some kind of panicked frenzy. He grips her shoulders tightly as he stares at her slack jawed. 

 

“The … Th-The twenty-third?! Darling, I haven’t missed an Angelmas in one-hundred and ninety nine years!” He says breathlessly. 

 

Alphys brings her claws up over his hands and takes them off her shoulders. Then, Alphys laces her and Mettaton’s fingers together. After doing that, she rubs his knuckles with the thumb of her claw. 

 

“A-And … And … I haven’t … I have done the same routine every night since I was just a little blob of ectoplasm at five years old! I … I haven’t done it in weeks! ” He screeches. 

 

Alphys feels her Soul drop and break for Mettaton. She had already figured there were probably loads of things that none of them knew were parts of his routine. Thus, Alphys knew something like this would happen once Mettaton was lucid enough to remember that his usual habits had been abandoned. 

 

For, Alphys knows that, as much as Mettaton loves novelty, he does thrive on certain routines. She remembers discovering that in the brief period of time the two of them lived together. He, almost compulsively, retreated to “his space” in her apartment at exactly 10:30. However, what he did starting at 10:30 was often varied. Yet, she had often retreated to her own space before he finished his with all of his little idiosyncrasies. 

 

It’s no wonder he’s freaked out though. If I had been doing the same thing for one hundred and ninety five years, I would be pretty disturbed if I suddenly couldn’t remember doing or not doing it for a week or two. 

 

Alphys squeezes both of Mettaton’s hands again. 

 

“H-Hey. Hey. Stop. L-Look at me. Look at me. It’s o-okay. I know it’s scary. I c-can only imagine how s-scary it would be to forget to do something a-after it’s been something y-you’ve done for that long. S-So, super valid that y-you’re scared. B-But, we can r-restart tonight. O-Okay? No harm done. W-We just pick it back up t-tonight. I-I can even help y-you remember. C-Can you tell me what it w-was that you forgot to do?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton looks up at Alphys before quickly looking away completely flushed with embarrassment. 

 

“I … well … it’s … um … darling, it’s hard to describe. I usually do it alone.” Mettaton fumbles. 

 

Alphys feels him drop her claws in favor of just tracing patterns over her palms to fidget. She feels him drawing little flowers, hearts, and smiley faces with his metal fingers. 

 

Despite everything, it makes her smile. She lets him continue to trace designs on her palms for several minutes as he seems to calm down. However, he does not offer her any more information about his one hundred and ninety five year routine.

 

“Okay. W-Well, there’s not m-much I can do other than just l-let you know when it’s n-nighttime so y-you can remember to do … whatever it is you’ve done forever. I-I promise it can’t be that e-embarrassing. So, wh-when you’re ready to t-talk more, we can w-work something out to get you in a more n-natural flow. Who knows it might make y-you feel better to be in a real r-routine again,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys still isn’t sure why Mettaton is being so dodgy about explaining his routine. Then, she realizes that it may have something to do with singing and dancing. She wonders if he might be embarrassed that he would ask for something he can’t do at the moment. Well, she supposes he could sing, but he can’t really do much moving. 

 

However, she wishes he would just ask without embarrassment because she can already think of a few things that might satisfy his needs. Papyrus could hold him. She could find him a wheelchair that they could spin or use waltz with him. There’s a few different things that they could use to work something out. 

 

Then, she realizes it could be something more personal. He hasn’t exactly had a lot of alone time.

 

Maybe he wants time to write by himself? I can just imagine him writing little poems out loud before he was able to pick things up to write with … Angel … We haven’t exactly afforded him time with his guitar or even a journal! As much as he loves us, and people in general, he also likes his privacy. Maybe I should offer him a little time alone with someone outside the door just in case he needs something? 

 

Alphys shakes herself from her thoughts before looking over at Mettaton again. 

 

Alphys quickly realizes that something seems wrong. When she’s honest, something has felt wrong all day. She can’t quite place it, but Mettaton seems odd. Well, at least, he seems odd in different ways than usual. 

 

The first thing Alphys notices is that Mettaton seems to be alternating rubbing his chest and Soul chamber like the hurt. She notices that he almost seems to massage his Soul chamber whereas he seems to just press on his chest. 

 

Then, Alphys notices that Mettaton has stopped rubbing at his Soul chamber and chest in favor of staring blankly at the wall. His gaze is, somehow, both pained and vacant. Alphys’ eyes dart to Mettaton’s chest to see if his breathing is even or labored. Alphys worries Mettaton might be having some kind of silent panic attack. But, Alphys finds that Mettaton seems to be breathing relatively evenly. However, when Mettaton starts to droop to one side, Alphys begins to worry something might be wrong with his CPU or that Mettaton might have silently tripped a wire. His eyes are half-lidded and he blinks slowly as he lists further towards Alphys. 

 

Finally, Alphys resolves to gently rub Mettaton’s arm until he comes back around.

 

“You’re safe, o-okay? I-I’m not sure if y-you’re just sleepy o-or something else is wrong … err … b-but you’re safe. I-I’m worried about you. How … Are y-you not feeling well? C-Can you hear me, Ton-ton?” She murmurs gently. 

 

Alphys waits for his response. He seems to try to say something, but his speech is painfully slow as well as being garbled by static. 

 

“‘m … f … fi … fine … w … wo … worry … t … too … m … mu… much, d … dar … darling.” He forces out. 

 

Alphys keeps gently rubbing his arm. She can’t shake the feeling that something is really, really wrong. Yet, she can’t seem to place what exactly she’s worried about, and that’s driving her even more crazy. 

 

There’s something about the way he’s speaking. It sounds familiar. It’s like I’ve heard that speech pattern before. It’s setting me on edge. But, why? I mean … I know why - it’s not how he usually talks. Maybe it’s just that it sounds like how he talked when he was sick … or … no … maybe it's more like how he sounded when his battery died? That’s probably it. I’m just overthinking. 

 

Alphys looks back down at Mettaton after she escapes her thoughts. Then, Alphys notices that Mettaton is still staring at her with that glassy eyed look. His pink eyes are completely unfocused, and he almost seems to be looking through her. Yet, she can really tell he’s in pain because his jaw is set, and there are lines around his eyes and forehead. 

 

Alphys just keeps gently rubbing Mettaton’s arm as whatever internal battle he fights rages on. 

 

“Wh-Whatever this is it’s going to p-pass, okay? I-I promise. Y-You look like you’re in pain. J-Just know that the pain is g-gonna pass. I-I’d bet m-money that you’re having a silent p-panic attack. Y-You’ll be sleepy in just a f-few minutes. The s-silent ones don’t last long, and … and they make y-you really tired.” Alphys whispers. 

 

A minuscule amount of Alphys’ anxiety dissipates when she sees Mettaton’s eyes flutter closed after about two or three minutes. He breathes heavily for another few minutes before he seems to settle. 

 

Alphys brings the blankets up over Mettaton’s shoulders before she notices that his breathing isn’t timed mechanically the way it usually is when he enters sleep mode. 

 

“Y-You’re not fooling me, Ton-ton. W-Why not just keep talking if y-you don’t want to sleep or g-go to sleep if you do w-want a nap?” Alphys asks. 

 

Alphys notices that Mettaton seems to tense up at her accusation. She rolls her eyes because Mettaton simply burrows further into the pillows and tries to force evenly timed breaths. 

 

“S-Seriously? Are y-you five? Mettaton, c-come on. You really th-think I wouldn’t n-notice? I-I built you!” Alphys scolds with a grin. 

 

Alphys sighs as Mettaton mumbles something incoherent into his pillows. Alphys gently rests a claw on Mettaton’s shoulder as he sits up and glares at her. 

 

“No one else notices.” Mettaton mutters. 

 

Alphys watches Mettaton’s eyes widen and the LEDs behind them shrink in horror at what he just confessed. Alphys feels her lower lip jutting out in thought. 

 

“What d-do you mean n-no one else notices?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton looks away from her and fidgets with the blankets.

 

“Mettaton … t-talk to me. What do y-you mean ‘no one e-else notices?” Alphys prompts again. 

 

Mettaton sighs and continues looking away as he speaks.  

 

“I … I keep having nightmares, darling. Horrible. Vivid. Nightmares.” Mettaton shudders. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes focus hard on his hands and the blankets as he fidgets with them. Alphys notices that he refuses to look at her even after he finishes speaking. 

 

“D-Do you wanna talk about it?” She asks gently. 

 

Yet, internally, Alphys’ Soul drops as the pieces start to fit together. Everyone has been saying Mettaton hasn’t had any nightmares. Well, everyone has said Mettaton has been sleeping peacefully except for Papyrus. Papyrus told Alphys that Mettaton has had a few nightmares. Yet, Alphys realizes that if Mettaton has been faking that he’s asleep, as opposed to truly going into sleep mode, he really could have fooled everyone into thinking he was fine. 

 

Alphys tries to keep the anger and tension out of her body as she waits for Mettaton to respond. She knows, deep in her Soul, that she isn’t mad at Mettaton. She is all too aware that all Mettaton has been trying to do is avoid having nightmares. The solution Mettaton has been choosing the same one Alphys herself often chose Underground. 

 

Alphys remembers how she would often doze but not really sleep in an effort to just not dream at all. 

 

So, Alphys is sure she is not at all angry at Mettaton.

 

However, Alphys finds herself absolutely furious at everyone else. She can’t believe that they’d just assume everything was fine and not really check on him. What was the point of them being there if they didn’t bother to check that Mettaton was really asleep? 

 

Even if Alphys hadn’t been completely clear about how Mettaton’s sleep mode looked, Alphys still hoped that everyone would be somewhat more observant than they apparently are. 

 

“M-Mettaton. D-Did you hear m-me? Y-You can talk if y-you want. I-I’ll listen. Y-You don’t have to say anything if … if y-you don’t want to … b-but … but, you’ve l-listened to me t-talk about a lot of my … m-my bad dreams. D-Do you wanna … D-Do you wanna talk? I-I can h-hold your hand again if that h-helps.” Alphys offers. 

 

Mettaton still looks down at the blankets. He bites his lip as tears swell up at the corners of his eyes. They don’t fall even as they continue well up more. 

 

“I-I promise I won’t be mad at whatever you tell m-me. Y-You look like you wanna talk. Y-You don’t have to look at me while you t-talk. You can look a-away.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Mettaton seems to consider her offer before heaving a long sigh. 

 

“I … I am kind of angry at you for making me watch that anime. I … I know you like it. The one about the cat girl who … who … who mind controls people by … k-kissing them. I-I … this is absolutely pathetic, darling … I just … I keep dreaming that … that he takes over my body. Wh-Which, is … is already kind of t-triggering and dysphoric … but … but I … I still f-feel everything? He makes me do things that I don’t want to do. He makes me say things I don’t … don’t want to say, Phy. He makes me insult you. He makes me miss important events, a-and … and birthdays … and … and deletes the seventeen alarms I set to r-remember important things like that. B-Because … because I’m rubbish at dates! B-But, but I’m trying! And … A-And then, he makes me work so hard and so long that I stop coming around, darling. So, everyone assumes I’m back to how I was Underground. I c-call but no one answers because no one wants me around anymore. So, by the t-time he finally lets me go … I-I … I … I have no one to go to, darling. I … I’m all alone, and … and he’s just waiting to t-take me away. I-I … I know it’s just a plot device. I know it can’t happen. I know it’s irrational. B-But, I … I can’t … I can’t stop thinking about it. I … I can’t …” 

 

Alphys watches Mettaton blink hard as tears cascade down his cheeks. Mettaton wipes them away with the back of his hand, but they don’t stop. 

 

Alphys feels her Soul breaking to pieces the more what Mettaton said sits with her. 

 

“Y-You don’t have to … You don’t have to j-justify y-your nightmares to me, Ton-ton. B-By the Angel, I … I … I-I’m so sorry. I shouldn’t have m-made you watch that. Y-You have every r-right to be angry at me about making y-you watch Mew Mew you know? I would be a-angry at me about that. Y-You do know that r-right? You absolutely g-get to be angry about that. O-One hundred a-and t-two p-percent valid that you’re angry about it.” Alphys assures. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly as he acknowledges what Alphys has said. Mettaton doesn’t start to sob but, instead, tears flow silently and steadily down Mettaton's cheeks as the two of them sit in silence. Mettaton swipes at his eyes again with his sleeve this time. 

 

Alphys bites her lip before she offers Mettaton her claw. Mettaton takes it and squeezes it tight as he continues crying. Then, Alphys strokes Mettaton’s knuckles with her thumb as she continues speaking. 

 

“I-I … I also want you to know that w-we would know something was wrong with you. O-Okay? O-Or … err … w-well … Papyrus and I would at least. N-No one can ever be Mettaton b-better than Mettaton … r-right? B-But … Ton-ton … a-all of that a-aside … like … that d-dream is horrifying. What y-you described … that’s … that’s really scary. It’s not a dumb th-thing to be a-afraid of at all. The way y-you described it is r-really, really scary. Y-You have every r-right to be afraid of it. O-Okay? Like I said, y-you don’t have to justify a-anything. My n-nightmares are twice as i-irrational and no one makes me r-regret them or t-tells me that I just sh-shouldn’t be afraid because they’re n-not real. The situation y-you described is really s-scary because it a-actually isn’t so f-far from the truth. He did almost take you a-away from us b-because you were going abroad. Y-Your Soul is just trying to p-process that in a way that m-makes sense to you. O-Okay? It’s not as w-weird or as irrational you make it out to be. I-I promise. A-And … And it’s certainly not pathetic.” Alphys emphasizes.  

 

Mettaton suddenly grips Alphys’ claw tighter as tears roll more freely down his cheeks. Mettaton shakes his head and tries to swallow his tears back. Alphys rubs his knuckles again with her thumb as she waits for his response. 

 

“Darling, I … I-I think you overestimate h-how much everyone likes me. S-Sure. I-I’m popular as a TV s-star, singer, a-and maybe even as a w-writer. B-But, I don’t think there w-would be much l-love loss if I wasn’t around in a … familial c-capacity. B-Because … B-Because even with s-seventeen alarms to r-remember important things, and trying to be h-helpful, and … and trying to r-remember to be around by scheduling m-more alarms … I think I h-had a minimum of f-fifteen alarms set per day? … One to remember to text Papyrus good morning. One to remember to text you around lunch to make sure you were okay. One at the end of the school day to check up on Frisk. A few work related ones. One to remember to post on social media. A few to remember to eat and charge, but … but I … um … I sometimes ignored those because I hadn’t finished other things. I had two set to remember to text you and Papyrus goodnight which … I … um … I think I always remembered, darling? I still … even with all that, p-people still assumed that I wasn’t trying or that I didn’t care enough or that I … I did things on p-purpose. I didn’t mean to pass out on y-your door step. I didn’t mean to g-get sick the night of Papyrus’ Game Gauntlet! I didn’t mean to have work meetings scheduled and make you end up eating lunch with your colleagues. I didn’t mean it! I swear I didn’t mean it! I don’t care what Undyne might say! I didn’t mean it! I-I just got scared a-and I ran to you b-because … because … because I’m a coward …” He whispers. 

 

Alphys takes a deep breath and counts backwards from twenty and then again from ten before she opens her mouth again. 

 

“Can … *ahem* Can y-you tell me more about wh-what you think Undyne m-might have to say?” Alphys asks softly. 

 

Mettaton tenses up, and he squeezes Alphys’ claw. 

 

“I mean … i-it’s nothing I didn’t start, darling.” He mutters. 

 

Alphys takes another deep calming breath. 

 

“I r-really want to know what she said, Ton-ton. Wh-What did she say?” Alphys presses. 

 

Mettaton breathes in deeply before releasing some of the tension in his body. 

 

“She … um … sh-she told me that I shouldn’t c-cause you anymore anxiety and that I needed to avoid passing out around you because it f-freaked you out … a-and … um … she … she said if I broke Papyrus’ heart she would … um … end me. Wh-Which, to be fair, I kind of deserved. I don’t h-have the best track record with r-relationships.” 

 

Alphys is not unaware that Mettaton fumbles just about every word he says. She can see that he’s blushing with embarrassment. 

 

Alphys takes yet another deep breath to keep from absolutely losing her mind. She is just about to explode with fury. 

 

“A-And I mean … I also told her that s-she was the first person y-you ever really loved a-and that she needed to … um … take care of you and not break your heart because o-otherwise I would find a very creative punishment for her. So, I-I also kind of did the same thing, darling. I-I was teasing, of course, and … well that and … a-and … I just … it was so soon after … no … I shouldn’t try to justify my poor behavior, dear.” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

However, Mettaton’s half finished comment perks Alphys’ interest. She finds that she wants, and needs, to know what he was going to say. 

 

“No. I w-want you to finish that s-statement. Y-You aren’t justifying anything. T-Tell me why you said what you said b-because Undyne would. Undyne w-will definitely tell me why she said what she said no m-m-matter how little right she had to say it,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head as his eyes widen further with horror. 

 

“It’s not important, darling. I swear I was out of line, Phy. I started it. I was the one who brought it up. It was my fault, dear.” Mettaton pleads. 

 

Alphys can hear the desperation in his voice as he almost begs her to blame him. It brings back that nagging feeling in the back of her mind that something is wrong. She has rarely heard him so adamant about anything, much less about being to blame for something. 

 

“Ton-ton. I d-don’t care who st-started it. I want to know what you w-were going to s-say because I think it’s i-important.” Alphys states. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head. 

 

“Please … please j-just believe me when I say it was my fault. I’m … I should have known better.” Mettaton whispers fiercely. 

 

Alphys realizes that she isn’t going to get anymore information from Mettaton. So, she decides to use the clues he has already given her to figure out when this all happened. 

 

Undyne’s movie night is when the two of them would have likely had this conversation. That means it was about a day or two after he fainted on the doorstep. Fainting on the doorstep … that was a Thursday night.  It was … what … four weeks ago? Four weeks ago … four weeks ago would have been … he had a meet- SHIT. DAMN. FUCK! 

 

“Ton-ton. I n-need to k-know something really, really i-important. When … wh-when you passed out at o-our house … Ton-ton … w-was … was that the first day your manager hurt y-you?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton stiffens. Even before he gives her a weak nod, Alphys knows she figured out what Mettaton didn’t want to say. 

 

“Ton-ton. W-Were you worried about me because of that? E-even if you knew y-you didn’t need to be, were y-you worried about me?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods carefully again. 

 

“I know I shouldn’t have, darling. I … I sort of … it wasn’t even necessarily about you , sweetheart. It was … I didn’t know how else to … I was just … I was scared, and I-I didn’t want your boundaries to get crossed. I just … I wanted to make sure she listened if you … i-if you got quiet … or didn’t say no … but … but didn’t … if you didn’t say Oh Yes!! either.” He mutters darkly. 

 

Alphys squeezes his hand tight. She uses her other claw to cup his cheek and thumb some of his tears away. 

 

“That’s not a justification, a-and it’s not an e-explanation even!! I-I don’t know what to call it. Ton-ton, she owes you an a-apology. M-Maybe you owe her a little tiny one for teasing her or for being o-overprotective of me first, but she o-owes you a big apology. First, for saying that sh-she would end you if y-you broke Papyrus’ heart? H-How did she know that would work out? H-How were either of the t-two of you s-supposed to know if it would work out, Ton-ton? S-Second, passing out wasn’t y-your choice. Telling y-you to avoid passing out around me made y-you hide when you didn’t f-feel well from me, didn’t it? I know it did so d-don’t lie to me. Ton-ton, she was so o-out of line. Absolutely. Out. Of. Line. As for everything else, you can’t h-help getting s-sick. Even if you f-forgot to charge, or y-you missed one of your … Angel … how m-many alarms did you set? S-Seventeen?! Ton-Ton, that’s n-not fair. That is not at all fair to y-you. You were s-so stressed about the tour, and P-Papyrus being h-hurt, and … D-Dust in the sky! … all of that was in the h-heart of the assaults! So, please, p-please give yourself grace! Angel, it’s no wonder y-you were so anxiety r-ridden. Sans told me you barely l-let him take care of y-you during that panic attack, too. S-Sans and I were the only two p-people who even caught on that you weren’t feeling well.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Alphys feels tears of frustration and empathy building up behind her eyes. She squeezes Mettaton’s hand when she feels it start to shake. She tries to steady him by using her free claw to rub his arm. 

 

“I-It’s okay to not feel good then, and i-it’s okay if you don’t f-feel good now. J-Just take it easy. O-Okay? I mean it. And, seriously, as soon as you f-feel better, we’re gonna r-reduce the number of alarms that y-you set. It’s not good for y-you to work so hard. It’s making me anxious on y-your behalf to think about s-seventeen alarms going off during the day. So, we’re gonna find a b-better system to help you r-remember things.” Alphys promises. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head vigorously as tears roll freely down his cheeks again. 

 

“The a-alarms were necessary! I-I would forget everything w-without them. I-I had to use them. I had to follow them to the l-letter or … or I would f-forget! It became routine. I c-couldn’t break it! B-But, he … he makes me … everytime, he makes me …” 

 

Alphys draws Mettaton to her shoulder and rubs his back as he cries. 

 

“Is this o-okay?” She asks. 

 

He nods into her shoulder. 

 

“Good. Th-That’s good. How long has it been since y-you had a good cry like this? Probably awhile, huh? At least a d-day or two? This is all fresh. I-I cried for two days straight when I-I had the accident. Then, I cried for two more a w-week later. Y-You’re holding up too well, Ton-ton. So, loose it. O-Okay? I don’t mind. I-I really don’t. Y-You can ask for this. Y-You know that, right? Y-You can ask, and any one of us will hold y-you close just like this so you can cry. L-Like I said before, y-you are always a-allowed the space to cry. P-Please, please cry. Just cry, Ton-ton. You’re safe. C-Cry it out.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

As she finishes speaking, he settles against her chest. Alphys continues to rub his back slowly as his breathing evens out. 

 

That wasn’t long enough. He needs to let himself lose it more. But, he’s so fucking tired. Maybe I should take him ax throwing or to a destruction room when he’s well enough to stand up? He deserves to lose his shit somewhere safe. 

 

Alphys looks at Mettaton as his eyelids begin to droop closed. Then, Mettaton slowly leans in closer and wraps his arms tighter around Alphys. 

 

“Phy … do they ever go away, darling? Does it … do the nightmares and the … the fear ever go away?” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Alphys winces at the question. Then, she steels herself before giving him the best answer she can provide. 

 

“No. N-No … it … err … d-doesn’t go away. I-It … Th-There are easy days and h-hard ones. The days that y-you’re in are the h-hardest ones, and y-you’ve been doing amazing. R-Really! I promise. Y-You’re doing so well … too well. Let yourself have y-your hard days. And, on those hard days, y-you lean on the p-people that love y-you. You lean as heavily on them as y-you need because y-you know that … that when y-you’re having an easy day … well, then, y-you can let them lean on y-you.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Alphys softly brushes Mettaton’s hair with her claws as she speaks. Mettaton looks up at her with wide wet eyes when she finishes speaking. Then, he buries his face in her shoulder with a few nods. 

 

Alphys holds him tight, and she realizes that she doesn’t ever want to let him go now. She doesn’t want the rest of them, Papyrus excluded, to have Mettaton. Alphys doesn’t want them to be near him. They lost those privileges when they got in the way of her finding out the truth before he got this hurt and fucked up. 

 

Alphys tries to squash the anger in her Soul. 

 

I was so fucking close to getting him to talk to me before he left for work that morning four weeks ago. I was so fucking close! I can’t believe this! I can’t believe her! WHY!? What fucking purpose did threatening him serve, ‘Dyne? What … ANGEL! I could have gotten him to talk to me! He didn’t start covering up his feelings around me until after she talked to him! I’m so pissed at her! I’m not a DAMN CHILD! Developmentally, his Soul is closer to child than mine! He didn’t come of age until last year! Two hundred is when … those Souls reach full developmental maturity. I’ve told her to cut him slack half a million times! FUCK! 

 

Mettaton’s scared and small voice breaks through her thoughts. 

 

“I-I … I’m scared to talk to Asgore t-tomorrow. I don’t want to do it, darling.” He whispers. 

 

Alphys’ Soul nearly breaks for the second time that day. She returns to using the knuckles of her claws to trace patterns over his back. 

 

“I-I … I know. Y-You shouldn’t have to talk about it all so soon. But … But, Asgore is adamant.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Then, she remembers something she discovered online that might help him. 

 

“I’m … I-I’m not saying this to pressure you a-at all b-because I’ve t-told Asgore this is too soon, b-but … you w-won’t just be getting justice for yourself, y-you know? There … there a-are f-f-fifteen others that h-have alleged that … that he abused them s-similarly to y-you. S-Some of them … m-most of them … like y-you, were o-only just of a-age. I-I … I … err … I only s-say this because … because sometimes i-it’s easier to w-want good things for … for … um … for other people that we sh-should want for o-ourselves.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Mettaton nods a few times into her shoulder as he processes what she said. 

 

“I’ll do it then, darling. I … I-I’ll get through it … if only f-for them.” He vows, eyes blazing. 

 

Alphys bites her lip hard to keep tears out of her eyes as she pulls him closer. It’s only minutes later that she feels his breathing fall into it’s mechanical sleep mode state. 

 

She lovingly runs her claws through his hair again as she thinks about the new information that has been revealed. 

 

Alphys knows that she has to talk to Undyne soon. Yet, her mind keeps drifting back to the fact that Ton-ton just openly admitted he doesn’t want to talk to Asgore tomorrow. She wonders if it wouldn’t be a good idea to tell Asgore that Ton-ton doesn’t feel comfortable. However, she worries that Ton-ton might feel like she violated his trust if she tells Asgore what he said. 

 

She resolves to convince Asgore on scientific grounds tomorrow morning that this is a bad idea. She’s smart. She’ll think of something to help shove this conversation off to another time. 

 

Well, at least, she hopes she’s smart enough to convince Asgore this is a bad idea. 

 

Yet, she realizes that she hasn’t been this confident in Mettaton’s desires when she talked to Asgore last time. If she presents the facts she gave him before with more sureness, she thinks that Asgore will listen. 

 

********

 

Friday Night …

 

As soon as everyone returns, Papyrus knocks on the door. Alphys gladly lets him take over watching Mettaton rest. 

 

Alphys slips out of the room only to nearly crash into Undyne. 

 

“Oh, I figured you’d be in there a little longer. So, um, I thought I’d bring this to ya!” Undyne offers with a smile. 

 

Alphys breathes deeply, but she knows that the anger she has been putting off is quickly coming to surface. 

 

“Um … Alphy?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys holds up a claw to stop Undyne. Then, she points down the hallway with the index finger of her right claw. 

 

Undyne silently follows Alphys down the hallway. Alphys holds the door of Mettaton’s old room open before following Undyne inside the familiar pink room. 

 

Alphys balls her claws in fists deep inside her lab coat pockets. She takes several deep breaths to stop the electric currents under her palms.

 

“Why did y-you threaten him?” Alphys asks her voice low. 

 

Undyne’s eye widens as her jaw drops. 

 

“I-I … I had been planning on talking to you about that …” Undyne starts. 

 

“Oh r-really, when? B-Before or after he died? ” Alphys retorts. 

 

Undyne flinches at Alphys’ words. 

 

“Um … fair point, Alphy. Fair … fair point.” Undyne nods. 

 

Undyne sighs and runs a hand down her face before looking up at the ceiling. 

 

“I-I think … it was yesterday or the day before when I really wanted to bring it up? I … I … um … I just didn’t think he had any right to be that protective when he was the one who kept insulting you and stuff Underground. I dunno, it felt weird that he would tell me not to break your heart when he stomped all over people’s feelings all the time?” Undyne bites her lip. 

 

Alphys glares at Undyne. 

 

“Wh-What are y-you talking about? Other than to B-Burgerpants, which we both now know wh-why Mettaton felt the way he felt about him, he was nothing if n-not encouraging and positive as a b-boss! Sure, he was sometimes an a-ass to me, but he had his r-reasons for that too! He tried to get me to h-hang out with him. He w-was bad at it! B-But, he tried. ‘Dyne, all of that a-aside, did he ever give y-you a reason to say what you said in the m-months we were on the Surface? What did he do that would make y-you think that telling him y-you would end him if he b-broke Papyrus’ heart was a g-good idea? ‘Dyne, I was so fucking c-close to getting him to open up to me the morning after Mettaton passed out on o-our doorstep! ‘Dyne, why? Wh-What good did y-you think it would do to make him s-scared to open up to me? He still won’t tell me when he’s not f-feeling well! Whatever y-you said, it’s like it fed into something someone else told him and r-reinforced that he can’t tell us when he’s hurting. It doesn’t make sense …” Alphys trails off in thought. 

 

Alphys paces back and forth as she talks, and she continues pacing as she thinks more deeply about the information she gleaned today. However, it isn’t long before Undyne breaks Alphys from her thoughts. 

 

“Alphy … I … I-I didn’t mean to make him scared to open up to you. I just told him not to pass out and sweet talk his way out of recovering and never pull the crap he pulled again. I may have also mentioned that he treated you like shit, but he even admitted I was right! So, I mean … I just didn’t want him to be a jerk to Papyrus, and I just … I just wanted him to take better care of himself so he wouldn’t freak you out!” Undyne explains. 

 

Alphys spins towards Undyne, and she can feel her eyes filling with angry tears. 

 

“Then, why didn’t y-you just say that, ‘Dyne!? You told him that y-you would end him if he broke Papyrus’ heart?! How did y-you know they would e-even work out? As for me, I-I’m not a child! Why would y-you … ‘Dyne … why?! He was d-doing so much for all of us, and y-you thought to bring up how he treated me before when he was just teasing y-you about me? A-And the small part of him that was serious … did you ever even think why he m-might have been saying what he said?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne shakes her head in response to Alphys question. 

 

“I want y-you to think very, very c-carefully about what might have happened around that time f-four weeks ago. What might he r-really have been scared of?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne seems to think for a moment as she looks at her hands. Then, Alphys sees Undyne sit up slowly with her one eye wide. 

 

“No …” Undyne breathes. 

 

Alphys nods. 

 

“Alphy, I would never have said that if I’d known! I didn’t even think to ask! I’m so sorry. I swear, if I had any idea that he was talking about that, I would never have said what I did.” Undyne promises. 

 

Alphys sighs. 

 

“I-I know. I just … I-I don’t know why y-you didn’t tell me about this sooner because if I’d known what he said to y-you … I would have immediately known what to a-ask him. That’s s-so out of character for him. I just … I wish y-you’d told me sooner.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Undyne reaches out towards her, but Alphys finds herself drawing away from the embrace. Alphys hates how hurt Undyne looks, but she can’t bring herself to accept the hug. 

 

“‘Dyne, I-I … I need space. I still love y-you. I will a-always love y-you. But, I … I need t-time to process what I learned today. I need to know that y-you trust me. I-I’ve been working hard to b-be honest with y-you, and I … I have been h-honest with y-you about everything. Still, I wouldn’t b-blame you if you d-didn’t trust me to t-tell you the truth. But, I-I … I don’t understand why y-you don’t trust me to know what’s b-best for myself. I need to know that y-you trust me with me, a-and what I want for myself, before we press on. P-Prove that, and then w-we can talk again.” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne looks at Alphys for a long time with an expression that Alphys can’t quite place. There’s a stunned look in Undyne’s eye, but she also seems sad. 

 

Then, Undyne clears her throat. 

 

“I … that’s justified. Alphy, I’m nothing if not a monster who understands justice. You’re right. This is just. But, I am also ambitious, and I love you. I do trust you with your life. I just hope that I can find a way to show you that’s true. So, I swear, Alphy, I’ll find a way to make it up to you … both of you,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys watches her stand to go. Undyne shuts the door with uncharacteristic softness. Then, Alphys flops on the bed and cries. She knows that she did the right thing because she needs time to heal. 

 

Yet, Alphys has never understood why healing has to hurt so much. 

 

********

 

Alphys awkwardly opens Mettaton’s door. He’s propped up on Papyrus’ chest trying to do something on the Switch. 

 

“Blast it all! Why do I keep watering the same square!” Mettaton laughs. 

 

Papyrus grins and presses his chin to Mettaton’s hair. 

 

“THAT IS JUST HOW IT IS SOMETIMES. I HAVE DONE THAT WELL MORE THAN I CARE TO ADMIT FOR HOW LONG I HAVE BEEN PLAYING! THE TILES ARE EASY TO MISS. HOWEVER, IT IS MUCH BETTER TO OVERWATER THAN UNDER!” Papyrus instructs. 

 

Mettaton gives Papyrus a huge grin. 

 

Alphys can’t help but notice that the two of them are so caught up in their game that they don’t even notice that she has entered the room. 

 

“H-Hey, you two … um … wh-what are you doing?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton cocks an eyebrow when he hears her voice. Alphys curses herself because she knew she should have thrown on makeup or something to cover how blotchy her scales probably are from crying. 

 

“METTATON HAS NEVER PLAYED STARDEW VALLEY! WE STARTED A NEW FARM TOGETHER! HE IS TRYING TO WATER PARSNIPS, BUT WATERING IS SOMETIMES VERY DIFFICULT! SOON, WE WILL BE OFF TO MEET ALL THE VILLAGERS!” Papyrus explains. 

 

Mettaton grins widely. 

 

“Apparently, there are several incredible things in the mines. In fact, you can rebuild an entire museum with little odds and bobs that you mine or dig up around the village. You can collect gemstones and other shiny things! I found all of it rather fascinating, darling.” Mettaton grins. 

 

Alphys chuckles and shakes her head with a smile. 

 

There’s enough to do in that game that’s random and weird that it might actually keep Ton-ton occupied for awhile. He’ll probably like figuring out people’s favorite stuff and flirting with them. Maybe we should get him more games? I’ll just have to think of other things that have multiple different ways to play so he won’t get bored. 

 

“Yeah, w-well, let’s send Papyrus off, and I-I’ll sit up and play with y-you for awhile until he c-comes back,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton smiles and pats the bed next to him. Papyrus places a kiss on Mettaton’s forehead before departing. 

 

Mettaton gives Papyrus a small wave and a little half smile before turning the Switch towards Alphys. 

 

“I’m still stuck watering, darling. I’m just rubbish at the controls.” Mettaton pouts. 

 

“Y-You’ll get used to them. It just takes t-time,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton looks down at the game thoughtfully. 

 

“Why does it have to take time to get used to, darling?” He asks. 

 

Alphys looks at him with a somber expression. Then, after giving his question some thought, she breaks the silence. 

 

“You’re not talking about the g-game, are y-you?” She asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head. 

 

“Care to e-elaborate then?” Alphys asks. 

 

“The crutches, living with … with everything that’s changed … I want everything to be normal now. I don’t want to have to wait.” Mettaton sighs. 

 

Alphys hums the agreement. 

 

“I-I … I understand more than I don’t … trust me. B-But, Souls take a long time to h-heal after things happen to them. However, the first step to h-healing is wanting things to get b-better.” Alphys explains. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly. 

 

“Even if you … even if you feel like it won’t get better no matter how much you want it to, darling?” He asks. 

 

Alphys sucks in a breath. 

 

“It will, Ton-ton. It w-will get better! It’ll take time, but … b-but y-you’ll get better. Y-You … you already seem a lot b-better. A-Are you … be honest with me, Ton-ton, do you still not feel good?” Alphys asks. 

 

He seems to consider her question before giving her a forced smile. 

 

“I do … I’m just … I’m just so bored, darling! It feels endless.” 

 

He flops his head back on the pillows. 

 

Alphys smiles as some of the anxiety she has been feeling resurfaces. 

 

“How c-can I make it less b-boring? What do y-you wanna do?” She asks. 

 

Mettaton looks at her with a slightly more genuine smile crossing his metallic features. 

 

“I want you to tell me what’s bothering you, darling. Please, don’t give me that face, Phy. I’m bored. I want the hot gossip. I want to feel normal. So, please …” Mettaton pouts.

 

Alphys sighs. 

 

“I … I-I don’t know … y-you’re kind of … kind of involved. You’re going to think I-I overreacted.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Yet, she finds herself lying down next to him with her head on his chest. He puts his arm around her shoulders as he sets the Switch down on the bedside table. 

 

“All the more reason for me to know, darling. Now, tea … spill it.” He laughs. 

 

If only because he asked her to, Alphys nestles into his embrace and begins to explain everything that just happened between her and Undyne. She knows this probably isn’t her best idea. Yet, if he wants so desperately to feel normal, Alphys doesn’t mind having a shoulder to cry on. 

 

********

 

On his way out the door, Papyrus nearly crashes into Undyne. It only takes him a second to realize that she looks distressed. 

 

Papyrus silently cocks his head as he looks at Undyne. 

 

“Look, Russ, I know this has been a lot, but I need to vent to you about something important, and … and well … I haven’t been completely honest with you about something. I just got burned on not telling Alphys about it, and I don’t want you to be mad at me too.” Undyne rambles.

 

Papyrus notices that Undyne’s arms are crossed tight over her chest, and she seems to be clearing her throat a lot. However, she doesn’t seem to be getting sick. Her one eye just seems to keep filling with tears. 

 

“LET’S TAKE A WALK! YOU CAN TELL ME ALL ABOUT WHATEVER IT IS YOU NEED TO TELL ME WHILE WE STROLL. TORIEL’S YARD IS VERY PRETTY WITH ALL THE TREES AND THE SNOW!” Papyrus suggests. 

 

Undyne smiles and gives Papyrus a nod. The two of them throw on several warm layers and head out into Toriel’s yard. 

 

“SO, WHAT IS IT THAT YOU NEED TO TELL ME?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Undyne sighs. 

 

“Where do I even start, dude? So, remember back like a month ago when it was my movie night?” Undyne asks. 

 

“AH YES! YOU AND METTATON FINALLY STARTED TO BECOME FRIENDS! THAT WAS A GOOD DAY!” Papyrus smiles widely. 

 

Yet, Undyne doesn’t seem to have the same memory about that day as Papyrus does. For, she hangs her head and a few tears slip down her cheek. 

 

“Um … Russ  … Mettaton has every right to hate me for what I said to him that day, dude. I … I did something super wrong, but I didn’t know it was wrong. I thought … NGHHHHHHH I THOUGHT I WAS DOING THE RIGHT THING! B-But … I wasn’t … I didn’t …” Undyne trails off.

 

Papyrus cocks his head to one side. 

 

“I AM AFRAID I DO NOT UNDERSTAND. CAN YOU EXPLAIN MORE ABOUT WHY METTATON SHOULD BE UPSET WITH YOU? IF I REMEMBER CORRECTLY, THE TWO OF YOU WERE REENACTING THE MOVIE QUITE HAPPILY TOGETHER!” Papyrus exclaims. 

 

“I … just before that happened … I told him that he was shitty to Alphys, that he shouldn’t make her worry about him, and that if he broke your heart I would end him. I mean … I guess what I meant to tell the nerd was that he needed to take better care of himself and that I didn’t want to see him hurt you on purpose. But … I don’t know. I’m no good with feelings. I just … I say things aggressively even if I don’t mean them that way,” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus blinks at Undyne slowly. He feels a lot of emotions at once. 

 

The first thing he feels is frustration because once again someone he admires is treating him like he’s still in stripes even though he’s going to be thirty-three in a few weeks. He has been of age for three whole years. 

 

The second feeling Papyrus has is protectiveness for Mettaton. He doesn’t want Undyne, or anyone, to threaten Mettaton ever again. Papyrus finds that he’s legitimately angry on Mettaton’s behalf even if Mettaton wouldn’t want Papyrus to be angry. 

 

The third feeling is sympathy for Dr. Alphys. Papyrus is sure that Dr. Alphys feels embarrassed and almost as flustered as he does about this. Dr. Alphys is well older than Papyrus. If Papyrus remembers correctly, Dr. Alphys is just shy of ninety. Papyrus thinks that Dr. Alphys is probably just about a year or two younger than Undyne. 

 

After a few minutes, Papyrus finds his voice amidst his feelings. 

 

“UNDYNE, I DO NOT UNDERSTAND WHY YOU COULDN’T SIMPLY SAY WHAT YOU WANTED TO SAY DIRECTLY. IN THIS CASE, BLUNTNESS WOULD HAVE BEEN FAR LESS HURTFUL THAN WHAT YOU DID SAY,” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne sighs deeply. 

 

“I know that now. I just … I assumed that metal man wouldn’t need that kind of clarity. He’s usually pretty dodgy in his own speech. He’s sarcastic. He’s snarky. He’s blunt sometimes, but he’s only blunt when it suits him. So, I … I dunno … I guess I assumed I didn’t need to be blunt.” Undyne shrugs. 

 

Papyrus considers what Undyne tells him for a moment. Then, he sighs. 

 

“PERHAPS, YOU SHOULD RECONSIDER YOUR PERSPECTIVE ON METTATON, UNDYNE. I THINK … I THINK YOU MIGHT FIND THAT HE AND I SHARE MORE IN COMMON THEN WE DO NOT! IT’S WHY WE ARE SO GREAT FOR EACH OTHER!” Papyrus explains. 

 

Undyne looks at him for a long time. 

 

“I … I guess I never really considered that, Russ. I … um … I probably should,” Undyne says. 

 

She and Papyrus complete a full lap around the yard. The two of them enter into an uneasy silence as Papyrus finds himself torn between wanting to and not wanting to pull Undyne in for a hug as they continue their stroll.  

 

Undyne’s shoulders slump forward as she and Papyrus make another lap around the house. 

 

Papyrus decides he does not want to embrace Undyne. 

 

********

“I-I guess … I guess … I just feel like she t-treated me like a b-big baby! I-I can take care of myself! I’m eighty nine! I’m only a y-year younger than her! I’ve b-basically been treated like an adult s-since I was eighteen! I-I mean y-you of all people should get that! Y-Your family basically treated y-you like an adult way, way b-before they should have, and y-you hate being infantilized like that. So, I-I guess … I guess it’s just not f-fair!” Alphys rants. 

 

She sighs deeply, and she feels him do the same.

 

“Well, how do you feel about what I did, darling? I basically did the same thing,” Mettaton says. 

 

Alphys takes a moment to consider Mettaton’s point. However, something about her relationship with him just makes his words feel different. Well, that and she also knows the context of why he said what he said. Between both the nature of their relationship and the context, Alphys just sighs. 

 

“I-It feels d-different coming from y-you. Plus, I-I know you. If I heard y-you say that, every fiber of my b-being would have known s-something was wrong with you. Y-You were practically begging for us to g-get together before. I would have k-known something had changed. S-So, there’s a b-big, big difference between being a cheeky, but w-well meaning, Soul-brother and … and e-effectively telling someone ‘take care of y-yourself or e-else?’ D-Does that make sense?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly as he takes in what Alphys says. 

 

“F-Furthermore, I just think what she said about P-Papyrus is intense in a … a weird way? Like, Sans is … well Sans … he’s weird. But, he just wanted P-Papyrus to be happy. He told me he thought y-your flirting was kind of c-cute. So, if Sans wasn’t bothered by it, then Undyne shouldn’t h-have been either,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton nods again, but he’s even slower and more deliberate about it this time. 

 

“Darling, I accept how you feel about this. However, I … I don’t think Undyne was as out of line as you think she was. I … she was right about me. I … it’s complicated, but I’ve learned that a lot of what she has thought about me in the past is true. She even put it more mildly in the conversation we’re discussing than she has in the past. Thus, it changes little that she truly has a  … a more accurate assessment of me than anyone else. For, all of her past accusations regarding me are, in fact, correct. I do enjoy attention far too much for my own good. I’m often conceited. There is little I do for the sake of doing it that’s not going to inevitably benefit me later. I’m … I’m horrible. Truly. At least … At least, I think I am? Wouldn’t you agree, my dear?” He asks. 

 

Alphys looks at Mettaton hoping beyond all hope that she will find some kind of self-deprecating humor behind his words. Yet, she doesn’t. He looks up at her with painfully honest and innocent eyes. In his mind at least, he feels like he’s being truthful, and that realization horrifies Alphys. For, when she’s honest, the picture Mettaton paints is not at all what she sees. 

 

“Ton-ton, I don’t believe that … not at all. I m-mean … I might have o-once when my d-depression had skewed my view of everything in the w-world, but … but … not now, never now. Why … Wh-Why would you ever think that about y-yourself?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton looks away from her. 

 

“I … It’s hard to explain … because … somehow … somehow I just know it’s true, darling. I’ve heard it enough times that … that somehow it must be true. The arguments that people make … the evidence they have to prove it … they have to be right. Evidence doesn’t lie. Right, sweetheart?” He asks her. 

 

Alphys shakes her head no, but she can’t find her words though the painful empathy in her chest. 

 

“Well, you’re entitled to your opinion, darling.” He whispers. 

 

Alphys nuzzles closer into Mettaton’s chest. She draws herself in as tight as she can because she misses the feeling of tucking herself into his side and sharing life with him. He might not think that what he’s doing is good, but Alphys doesn’t want anything else in this moment. 

 

Mettaton simply being here to speak openly with her is enough. This is what Alphys has missed the most about life before their fight and her accident. It’s what the two of them had been drifting closer to in the months before Davis’ abuse threatened to steal Mettaton from her. 

 

So, in one last show of affection, Alphys’ claws begin to trace little patterns on Mettaton’s shoulder as she speaks. 

 

“W-Well, regardless of the arguments y-you may or may not have heard about y-yourself, I need y-you to be honest with me. Ton-ton, did what Undyne said to y-you that night … err … did it affect what y-you did or didn’t tell us about what was g-going on at … a-at work?” Alphys asks. 

 

She feels him stiffen and squirm a little in her embrace. Alphys loosens her arms around him in case he feels stifled. However, he immediately pulls her back in close. 

 

“It … It may have … a little, darling. But … But, only a little.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

“A little is still f-far too much.” Alphys whispers back. 

 

********

 

Undyne shuffles her feet as she speaks. 

 

“I mean, I dunno, Russ … in the moment … it just felt like I was protecting you guys from him. He has always given me bad vibes. First, he was kind of mean to Alphys. His compliments were always back handed or self-aggrandizing when he referenced her. And … I mean … I guess I understand that a little better now. But, that aside, MTT always felt fake when he interacted with people. You and Alphys have always … I dunno … felt more genuine to me? Alphys is so passionate about her nerdy crap. You’re just … you? So, I didn’t want you to get sucked into his … his plastic world where you’d have to play pretend and not be yourself?” Undyne fumbles. 

 

Papyrus bristles at Undyne’s comments. 

 

The first thing that is abundantly clear to Papyrus is that Undyne didn’t know Mettaton at all! 

 

The second thing that Papyrus notices is that Undyne doesn’t see how much Papyrus pretends already. For, Papyrus pretends around the rest of the family all the time. He pretends to enjoy being babied. He pretends to enjoy the menial tasks people give him so he feels included. He pretends not to be offended when no one takes him seriously. 

 

In fact, Mettaton and Frisk are the only people who Papyrus feels really think of Papyrus as having any kind of intelligence. Yet, in fairness, Papyrus feels like he really should add Dr. Alphys to that list as well. Dr. Alphys has trusted him with something very precious, and it has become very clear that she looks at him with total respect. 

 

The final thing that Papyrus realizes is that it didn’t matter to Undyne that Mettaton was trying to do better in maintaining connections with all of them.

 

Even when Mettaton was clearly not doing well, he texted Papyrus that he loved him every morning. In fact, in the week before Mettaton was attacked, there were days where Mettaton would text him that he loved him two or three times. He knows that Dr. Alphys said to Sans on the Friday morning when Mettaton got attacked that she was worried about Mettaton because he called her to apologize for forgetting to text her back the previous day. She said he sounded funny on the phone, and she was going to talk to him privately on Saturday to make sure he was okay. Papyrus remembers how glad he was that he sent Mettaton a text on Thursday night to help cheer Mettaton up. For, Mettaton had confessed to Papyrus on Tuesday night that he wasn’t feeling well, and Mettaton said that he kept having extraordinarily vivid bad dreams. 

 

The only day that Papyrus didn’t get a good morning text was the Friday Mettaton got hurt, and the Saturday Mettaton started to get sick. 

 

Papyrus remembers that it didn’t make him sad not to receive those routine text messages. It made him nervous. Yet, Papyrus kept those fears to himself because he didn’t want anyone to think he was being silly or to be mad at Mettaton for forgetting. 

 

Yet, the realization that Papyrus withheld important feelings that could have helped Mettaton because he was afraid of not being taken seriously or people being cross with his beloved for feeling ill makes all of Papyrus’ anger resurface in a tidal wave of feelings. 

 

“YOU KNOW, UNDYNE. METTATON WAS WORKING VERY HARD TO BE BETTER AT REMEMBERING THINGS. HE SENT ME A GOOD MORNING TEXT EVERY MORNING TO TELL ME THAT HE LOVED ME. IN FACT, I CAN ONLY COUNT TWO TIMES THAT HE FORGOT TO TEXT, AND THOSE TWO TIMES HE FORGOT IS BECAUSE HE WAS HURT AND FEELING ILL. I KNOW THAT FOR A FACT BECAUSE I NOW KNOW WHAT HAPPENED ON THE DAYS HE FORGOT. METTATON HAS BEEN HERE EVERY WEEKEND. HE HELPED WITH TORIEL’S SCHOOL. HE MADE SPECIAL TIME FOR FRISK EVERY WEEK, AND HE MADE UP THAT TIME WITH THEM WHEN THINGS CAME UP. SO, YES, METTATON HAS BEEN WORKING VERY HARD TO ENSURE THAT HE MANAGED TO LIVE UP TO THE STANDARDS EVERYONE ELSE HELD FOR HIM. I DON’T THINK ANYONE KNOWS JUST HOW HARD HE WAS WORKING TO PROVE HIMSELF.” Papyrus says coldly. 

 

Papyrus notices that Undyne looks at him with an odd sort of amazed expression. It’s as though she assumed he would never be capable of feeling frustration towards anyone who wasn’t outright evil. Papyrus just wonders how Undyne still thinks he’s going to take her side. 

 

Papyrus can tell Undyne feels cornered because she starts to pick up her pace, and her justifications for her actions also begin to feel less reasonable. 

 

“Yeah … Well, he canceled on Alphys last minute which caused her to go to that terrible lunch meeting with her punk coworkers!” Undyne says. 

 

“UNDYNE, THAT IS COMPLETELY UNREASONABLE. FOR, TRULY, THAT COULD HAVE HAPPENED AT ANY TIME! AND BESIDES, DR. ALPHYS CANCELED HER PLANS WITH METTATON THE WEEK BEFORE THAT TO HAVE A DATE WITH YOU!” Papyrus counters. 

 

Undyne stiffens before walking even faster. 

 

“Yeah. Well, those weren’t exactly foreseen circumstances. ‘S not like I asked to get beat up the night before!” Undyne retorts. 

 

Papyrus wonders briefly how Undyne doesn’t see any irony in that statement. 

 

“WELL, FOR MY PART, I WONDER IF THOSE ADDED MEETINGS WERE EXPECTED EITHER! METTATON DID ALSO WARN DR. ALPHYS THAT ALL THE FRIDAYS AFTER THAT WOULD BE OCCUPIED BY TOUR MEETINGS. SO, IT IS TRULY POSSIBLE THAT THE MEETING WAS LAST MINUTE. ALSO, DID YOU EVER CONSIDER THAT PERHAPS THE HORRIBLE HUMAN HE WORKED FOR WAS TRYING TO OVERWORK METTATON ON PURPOSE? IF METTATON WAS TIRED, HE WOULD QUESTION THINGS LESS, AND HE WOULD HAVE LESS ENERGY TO BE AROUND THE PEOPLE WHO CARED ABOUT HIM. THIS HUMAN IS A SCARY ONE BECAUSE HE SEEMED TO THINK OF EVERYTHING!” Papyrus explains. 

 

Undyne stops dead in her tracks for a long moment. Papyrus sees several emotions cross Undyne’s face: regret, fear, anger, sadness, and resignation. Then, she steels herself to speak again. 

 

“Well, I just couldn’t trust that nerd after he passed out on Alphys and made her upset! I mean … that was dumb of him. Why wouldn’t he listen to her?” Undyne asks. 

 

Yet, Papyrus can hear in Undyne’s voice that even she doesn’t believe the argument she’s making. 

 

“UNDYNE, DO YOU KNOW HOW LONG METTATON HAD HIS BODY WHEN HE PASSED OUT ON DR. ALPHYS?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Undyne shakes her head. 

 

“I DO. IT WAS ALMOST EXACTLY TWO MONTHS AND TWO WEEKS - GIVE OR TAKE A FEW DAYS,” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne humphs. 

 

“Papyrus, get to the point!” Undyne snaps. 

 

“FINE! HOW DO YOU EXPECT SOMEONE TO NAVIGATE A NEW BODY PERFECTLY AFTER TWO MONTHS AND TWO TO THREE WEEKS?” Papyrus asks without even trying to hide the frustration in his voice anymore. 

 

Undyne stares at him. Then, with a look of pure desperation, Undyne gives a final argument. 

 

“He started it! He said that he had seen enough movies to find creative ways to torture me if I hurt her!” Undyne shouts. 

 

Papyrus looks at Undyne sadly, and he sees her look away from him. Her eyes are staring holes into the ground. 

 

Papyrus can tell that either Undyne figured out what had occurred days before her family movie night or Dr. Alphys told her. However, it is also clear that Undyne still doesn't understand why that is significant.

 

“BASED ON THE LOOK ON YOUR FACE, I CAN TELL THAT YOU ALREADY KNOW WHY HE MIGHT HAVE SAID THAT. YET, DO YOU KNOW WHAT HE MIGHT HAVE REALLY BEEN WORRIED ABOUT? BECAUSE, IT IS EASY FOR ME TO SEE WHY HE WOULD BE AFRAID FOR DR. ALPHYS. DR. ALPHYS IS VERY BRILLIANT, BUT SHE IS QUIET. SHE DOES NOT SAY VERY MUCH TO PROTECT HERSELF. IF METTATON COULD NOT STAND UP FOR HIMSELF IN SUCH A CONTEXT, WHAT REASON DID HE HAVE TO THINK DR. ALPHYS, WHO LOVES YOU WITH ALL OF HER BEING, WOULD EVER TELL YOU NO?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Undyne blinks at Papyrus with horror. 

 

As Papyrus studies Undyne's face, it is clear to him that he got through to Undyne. Now, Papyrus is sure that Undyne really understands how all the puzzle pieces fit together. Yes. Papyrus is sure that he made his point clearly. For, he can read the remorse in Undyne’s features. 

 

“Papyrus … I-I … I never thought … I … how did you know? Wait … no … I know how you know. You know … you know all that for the same reason I know exactly when Alphy is about to have a panic attack. Papyrus … how … I’m sorry,” Undyne says. 

 

“YOU COULD HAVE DONE A LITTLE BETTER. YOU KNOW?” 

 

Papyrus turns to go and leaves Undyne standing alone in the snow to walk off her feelings. Papyrus finds that he doesn’t have anything more to say. 

 

For her part, Undyne had no idea that Papyrus’ disappointment would hurt like such a sucker punch. 



********

 

“Honestly, Ton-ton, I-I might even have f-felt differently if she h-hadn't chosen to remind y-you of it all again in the morning! Like, y-you’re allowed to feel guilty and whatever other e-emotions you feel about what happened b-before, but like … I-I hope you know that y-you don’t deserve to suffer for y-years because you were y-young and stupid. ‘Dyne should have b-been more considerate to y-your feelings, too. L-Like, I … I-I … err … I hope y-you can at least accept that as true,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys can tell Mettaton is half asleep as she starts to doodle a complex pattern of hope and love atoms on his bicep. 

 

Mettaton hums thoughtfully as he begins to respond to Alphys’ statement. 

 

“I … I will accept that … if only because it makes you happy, darling. Yet, I … I hope you two are able to work out … work out … your differences.” Mettaton yawns. 

 

Alphys just shakes her head. 

 

“We’ll … W-We’ll be fine. Don’t y-you worry about that. I just … I-I learned from what happened … err … between y-you and me that I-I … I’m gonna need some s-space so I d-don’t say something I regret later.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly as he takes in what Alphys just said. 

 

“Ton-ton, one l-last thing. I-I … I’m supposed to be sitting up with y-you for another half hour or so before P-Papyrus comes back. I need some c-coffee. O-Okay? Would y-you … will you be okay by yourself?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes open, and he looks at Alphys with an expression she can only describe as glee. 

 

“Darling, do you mean it? I can have a moment alone? Really? As in, I can have a minute all by myself, sweetheart?” He asks. 

 

Angel, I never realized just how much he valued his privacy. I mean … I always knew he was more private then he let on … all the Blooks are, or seem to be anyway … but I could have given him this sooner. 

 

Alphys gives him a quick hug before sliding off the bed. 

 

“Ton-ton, if y-you need privacy, all y-you needed to do was a-ask. As long as y-you’re not actively sick, o-or in danger, I am m-more than happy to give y-you privacy. O-Okay?” Alphys explains. 

 

Mettaton grins widely and nods. 

 

Alphys takes her time getting her coffee, and she pauses outside the door of Mettaton’s current room. As she pauses there, she hears his voice as though he’s speaking to someone. 

 

“... and Angel please … they both deserve to be happy. They’re good for each other. Bless their union if it is willed …” 

 

Alphys’ Soul stills in her chest. She can’t quite figure out why sending night wishes to the Angel was something that would make him feel so ashamed. Asgore does it. Toriel does it. In fact, Alphys has been known to still send hopes and dreams when she is in particular moments of need. 

 

So, he is still religious and he does still wish. Glad Asgore moved that holiday or it could have been really bad for his recovery. Angel, I love him … what a doof.  Alphys smiles. 

 

Alphys waits until Mettaton has finished speaking before opening the door. 

 

“H-Hey, there’s something I wanted to tell y-you quick before Papyrus comes back. Um … we’re still u-using y-your phone … sooo … err … y-you probably didn’t know that Asgore moved the date for A-Angelmas to the thirty f-first of December a-as opposed to the t-twenty first. I-I remembered that y-you were kind of upset that y-you missed it. So, I wanted y-you to know, now that y-you are clamer, that y-you didn’t actually miss it.” Alphys explains. 

 

Mettaton beams at her. 

 

Oh praise the Angel.” He says as he releases a breath. 

 

Alphys smiles at him. 

 

“Asgore also said that p-people can continue to o-observe both days if they want to, but i-it’s not official until the th-thirty first. So, next y-year you can have y-your routine as well as the r-real holiday … if y-you want,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton nods with a wide smile. 

 

“Darling, you have no idea how much that absolutely made my week.” Mettaton grins. 

 

Alphys gives him a quick hug, which Mettaton returns tightly, before Alphys goes to intercept Papyrus. 

 

As Alphys walks out of the room, Alphys catches Papyrus’ attention. Alphys quickly closes the door behind her. 

 

“W-Wait! B-Before you go in, Papyrus … um … if you don’t m-mind … f-from now until we get M-Mettaton more settled. W-Will you a-alternate night shifts with me? I-I-I’ll explain more some other t-time, but … he … err … he t-trusts us and n-nights are hard for him.” Alphys rubs the back of her head. 

 

Papyrus smiles and nods quickly before heading into Mettaton’s room. 

 

“GOOD NEWS! I SHALL BE WITH YOU EVERY OTHER NIGHT! WE SHALL HAVE THE MOST FANTASTIC SLUMBER PARTIES! DR. ALPHYS’ ORDERS!” Papyrus exclaims. 

 

Alphys chuckles to herself with a growing grin as she walks towards Mettaton’s old room. Papyrus has been an answered hope around every corner. Alphys has always loved Papyrus ever since she and Sans used to study together in the house in Snowdin. 

 

Alphys flops on the bright pink bed. 

 

Yet, the more Alphys thinks, the more her thoughts drift away from Mettaton and Papyrus’ adorable relationship. The further her mind wanders from that hope, the more somber Alphys becomes. 

 

I’ve so often wondered if faith was something Ton-ton retained. Though, I’m not surprised. I think Shyren actually told me the other day that the only nights she remembers that Mettaton didn’t say bedtime wishes was the night he was injured and on nights she wasn't sure he slept at all. And, that’s honestly kind of profound, in a morbid sort of way, that the only nights he didn’t hope, dream, or wish were … those nights because … because I guess I just kind of assumed he’d stopped practicing when he got famous? 

 

Though, I know Asgore mentioned a few times that he and Mettaton used to celebrate Angelmas together Underground, but I’ve never really gotten the details. To be fair, Ton-ton wouldn’t have talked to me much about his practice at that point because, after he got famous … I never asked. But did we … oh … we … no one … by the Angel when he died … no one … we didn’t offer to … I don’t think any of us thought about wishing over him - formally at least. 

 

Alphys’ Soul clenches in her chest at that thought. She feels so foolish for forgetting that. She doesn’t understand how she remembered being wished over, and with, was something Mettaton would have needed the night of the panic attack. Yet, somehow, Alphys forgot in the moment Mettaton would have needed those hopes and dreams the most. 

 

Alphys worries her lip thinking of how to continue helping Mettaton move forward while also reworking Mettaton’s routine to help give him some normalcy. 

 

Maybe I should ask Asgore talk to Mettaton on Angelmas. Asgore’s whole reason for wanting to get us here was at least partially to do with reconnecting us to the Angel Dust. We can’t keep bringing up … the day he fell down because we really need to look ahead and not backwards. I doubt Ton-ton wants to keep reliving that in his head either. 

 

Still, Angelmas and wishing could help restore a few of the pieces he’s missing. We haven’t exactly offered Ton-ton much time for his own practice nor have we offered to practice with him. That could be it … offering him a little privacy for an hour or so at night to do some of his Mettaton things … but also affording him the option to have Papyrus or I, whichever one of us is staying with him, join his routine as well. 

 

Alphys grins to herself because, if this were a cartoon, a brilliant little light bulb would have just appeared over her head. It’s such a simple thing that Alphys knows could have a profound impact. 

 

Alphys knows she ought to start wishing again because tomorrow Alphys knows she will offer Mettaton time to wish alone or with her. 

 

Mettaton will need every small comfort Alphys can offer as he and the other two Blooks tackle talking about how they want to proceed with matters regarding the asshole legally. While Alphys will not, as far as she knows, have any final legitimate say, as she is not officially a Blook, she will need to be there as she understands the fullest extent to which the asshole can be prosecuted by monster law.  

 

She also knows Mettaton will need her support. Personally, she still feels like this is too soon. However, Asgore has said that it is better to discuss this while details are still relatively fresh because Alphys hasn’t been able to undo the corruption to that body cam footage. Also, once this is finished, everyone can put it all behind them. 

 

Still, Alphys has a bad feeling about approaching this too soon, and she is once more resolved to convince Asgore of that tomorrow. 

 

It’s like they think he’s immune to feelings! I know he acts like he’s allergic to emotions sometimes, but … how could they see him last week, see him dying, and somehow think this is the right choice? Besides that, he literally said to me that he doesn’t want to do this. I’ll have to be on high alert tomorrow … for his sake. No one is going to make this easy. 

 

So, Alphys, kneels next to her bed and bows her head. This is a posture she hasn’t taken to wish since she was a child. Alphys holds in her mind the image of Mettaton’s wide and, dare she say determined, eyes from earlier that day when she told him whose justice he would carry with him if they win. Alphys hopes for those others just as much as she hopes for Mettaton as she recites an old monster wishing poem.  

 

“Angel, please, watch over each of their rests. Make their sleep peaceful. Grant their hopes. Protect their dreams. Angel, please, watch over his rest. Make his sleep peaceful. Grant his hopes. Protect his dreams. Angel, please, watch over our rests. Make our sleep peaceful. Grant our hopes. Protect our dreams.” Alphys repeats. 

 

Alphys lifts her head and adjusts her glasses. Mettaton is rubbing off on her. The wish has, for time out of mind, as Asgore would say, been recited in threes with three separate intentions. 

 

“Love y-you, you doofus.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Alphys softly smiles and flops onto her side before falling asleep moments later. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

I am so sorry for the hiatus. It was certainly a far longer one than I had planned. I had assumed I was going to have more time to write around my rehearsal schedule. However, we literally sold out within a week of rehearsals starting so we ended up having to add performances. I was also a lead in the show so that meant I ended up having a bunch of extra responsibilities on top of caring for my kid.

That said, I had an absolute blast getting paid to act in my first real professional show. It was dope as hell, and I am planning to do more.

I also ended up auditioning for a second show (that I sadly did not get cast in) the day after the other one closed.

Yet, all of that to say this little performer is beat and trying to recharge their batteries. ;)

I am also super sick right now, so if this author's note is a hot mess that's why.

So, this episode of "Don't Lose Hope" is brought to you by enterovirus that I caught from sharing peanut butter bundt cake with my kid!

However, all of my personal stuff aside, it's not like I've just been letting this fic collect dust for the last several months either.

In my few minutes here and there, I've actually managed to outline the next ~14 chapter arc of the story. (Those 14 chapters may be getting split up so it may end up being about 20 chapters when all is said and done. I also might do a short fic about Alphys and Mettaton seeing Wicked together for Undertale's anniversary. It would take place in this universe, but can easily be read separately. IDK if I will actually write it though?)

However, as I outlined, I realized there were a few things I needed to address that I hadn't yet. I've also been trying to foreshadow some things that are coming up without TOTALLY giving them away. I can promise you relatively soonish a lot of loose little threads will make a coherent image and y'all will get to go "Ah ... THAT'S where this was going!" That will actually probably happen twice in the next ten to twelve chapters.

My writing love language is foreshadowing. It's my big favorite because it's fun to re-read when you catch onto things you missed the first time. That, and I have been obsessed with the original Sherlock Holmes stories since I was like seven.

So ... Foreshadowing is love. Foreshadowing is life.

Another little thing I've been working on is developing some new/old human side characters for the monster crew to interact with more. Obviously, we've met Emily, Jules, and Emerson [briefly in an email] as well as Alphys mentioning a Ruiz and Mitchell. However, there are a few other players in that group that I've started to really flush out which is important to a later arc in the story. Other than Ollie, who was mentioned in a previous chapter, I wouldn't say any of these characters are "major" characters. However, some of them do narrate chapters/ interact significantly with the monsters. If OCs as narrators/ being more involved than scenery bothers you, you're probably going to want to DNR.

I chose to add these human characters for a few reasons. One, adding the humans of Ebbot to a greater degree makes the setting feel more real and less flat. Two, the problems I have created in the fic, I am quite quickly realizing, cannot be solved by the monster characters alone. Three, when I started the first like three chapters of this story, I sincerely thought it was going to be a series of glorified interconnected one-shots without much plot. After about chapter four, however, I realized that there was a lot to explore in Alphys' research on Souls, the lore of the game that I love, and the intimate moments that occur in shared life. So, I knew I needed to add some characters that could help enhance the centerpiece of the story: Souls theory and how that relates to intimacy and shared life.

Slice of Life stories are great, but all stories should teach us something. It's up to you what lesson I'm going for.

As a final note, I'm still waffling whether or not I want to change the fic rating to M or just tag certain chapters. I'm still leaning on just tagging the few side plots that end up in that middle ground between T and M as M chapters with triggers listed at the beginning of each chapter as opposed to changing the rating of the whole fic. But, that is still subject to change.

(As an ace person/ someone who generally tags on the side of caution, a lot of what I consider "M" is actually what most folks would consider "T." However, I come from the pre-AO3 fic writing generation where tags were virtually non-existent and ratings were like one of the only ways you had to let people know what was in your fic. Soooo .... I feel like that probably explains a lot. AKA: I'm an old person.)

I think those are most of the major writing updates I have other than to say I loved Papyrus in this chapter. He's the big favorite this time.

Much Love,
Pip

Chapter 21: Surely, We Must Pity the Opera Ghost!

Summary:

Mettaton teaches Maddie makeup. Maddie is oblivious to her surroundings. Mettaton is used to her callousness, and he is also used to being on the receiving end of her blunt anger. Yet, this time, that may cause disasters beyond either of their imaginations to occur.

TW:
Dysfunctional Family Relationships (in family of origin)
Specifically Ableism, Lookism, and mentions of Neglect based on a physical deformity in a child-coded character
Mention of Child Death (Asriel)

Notes:

Title from Gaston Leroux’s “The Phantom of the Opera”

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Saturday Morning (Gryftmas Eve) 

 

“So, then you remove the tape, like this …” 

 

Mettaton gently peels the strip of tape off of Maddie’s face to reveal a perfect eyeliner wing. 

 

“Now, we add lashes …” 

 

Mettaton fights to keep his hands steady as he applies lash glue and the false lashes to his cousin’s eyelid. His hands have been a little shaky since he woke up that morning. He assumes it is simply nerves surrounding the conversation he is about to have with his cousins, Alphys, and Asgore.

 

Yet, the more Mettaton has to fight the tremors the less he is sure nerves are the only cause. 

 

In addition to the shakiness of his hands, the pain in his Soul chamber has been steadily increasing since this morning, and it’s beginning to make him feel nauseous. 

 

It’s just nerves, Metti. Just focus on the lashes, darling. Between yourself and the folks you made over Underground, you’ve done falsies hundreds of times before. 

 

“Are you almost done yet?! I want to see it now! NOW! NOW!!! ” Maddie squeals. 

 

“Yes. But, you must be patient, darling! It takes time to look this fabulous.” He laughs. 

 

Maddie pouts, but she keeps her eye shut as he finishes his final touches on her lashes. Finally, he puts on one last smear of blush and highlighter. 

 

“Setting spray in three … two … one …” 

 

Mettaton bites back a soft chuckle as Maddie flinches slightly when the spray hits her face. 

 

“And … TADA!” He exclaims. 

 

Mettaton spins a portable mirror towards Maddie as she opens her eyes. He smiles widely as she looks in wonder at the image in the glass. 

 

“I can see myself! I have a reflection! ” She exclaims. 

 

Mettaton quirks an eyebrow. 

 

“Have you … have you never looked in a mirror since you inhabited your body?” Mettaton asks.

 

Maddie flushes a little. 

 

“I mean … I have … I just never looked for very long,” Maddie says. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly as he takes in that information. 

 

Then, Mettaton watches as Maddie goes back to looking in the mirror. She closes one eye and then the other as she inspects the light sparkly pink and matte brown shadows Mettaton used to compliment her green eyes. He smiles as he watches her brush the false lashes with the back of her hand as she inspects their durability. 

 

Finally, he watches her just stare at her reflection. 

 

“I am … going to hazard a guess that this is something you’ve wanted for a long time, darling?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Maddie looks up at him with her wide glowing green eyes. 

 

“Yes. I did. I did! I DID!” She exclaims. 

 

Mettaton flinches slightly at her increase in volume. But, he still smiles. 

 

“You look happy, Maddie. I am hoping that these few tricks help you to better express the happiness you have found, darling.” Mettaton beams. 

 

Maddie looks at him with an unreadable expression. At first, she smiles at him, but her smile fades after a time. 

 

Her eyes turn hard, and Mettaton squirms slightly under Maddie’s stare. 

 

“When are you leaving us again? When do you go? WHEN?” She states bluntly. 

 

Mettaton feels his bright pink eyes widen with confusion and guilt in equal measure. 

 

“I … I’m not going anywhere … or at least not far … not without Blooky and Shyren anyway. We’re … We’re a band. We stick together.” Mettaton says with what little conviction he has after being startled.

 

Maddie looks Mettaton over with her sharp eyes, and Mettaton shrinks further under her glare. He had so hoped that things would be different now. Yet, he knows he should have learned that to everyone in his family, besides Blooky, he is just The Curse. 

 

Mettaton, from the moment of his creation, was born with only one functioning eye. This was a matter of great consternation because ghosts can only be wounded by their own magic. Thus, any kind of differences, apart from color, are quite rare. 

 

Thus, all of the Blook Elders gathered after Mettaton’s creation to discuss the matter of his missing eye. The nature of the message that the Angel had sent through his one eye’s blindness was a matter of great debate. Many of the Blook Elders believed Mettaton’s eye to be some kind of sign of impending doom, and there were many members of the Blook family that were all too happy to believe their words as true. Thus, Mettaton was often left to his own devices as he grew. 

 

However, things took a turn for the worst for all of the inhabitants of the Underground when Mettaton turned fifty. 

 

It was just days after his fiftieth birthday, on a crisp February afternoon, when King Asgore and Queen Toriel’s ten year old child was murdered at the hands of the humans. The King had declared war on the human race, and his now eighty year old wife exiled herself to the Ruins and locked the door behind her. Without the funds from the King and Queen, the Blook Family Farm quickly fell into ruin and money became tight. 

 

It was then that everyone looked at Mettaton and only saw that incomplete and blind eye. They saw The Curse. 

 

Mettaton’s parents were the first Blooks to leave the family farm to become training dummies. Over time, more and more Blooks left to become dummies and send money back to the remaining Blooks. Yet, eventually, those left on the farm stopped hearing from their family members altogether. When that occurred, more Blook ghosts would leave to make money as training dummies, and the cycle continued for more than a century. 

 

Still, Mettaton found himself absconding to the dump to search for treasures. 

 

At the tender age of eighty-six, Mettaton found a book that would absolutely change his life. In fact, Mettaton read it until it literally disintegrated. He didn’t discover what the book was called until he was much older because the copy he first found had no cover. 

 

The book was about a ghost musician who lived in a large theater. He wasn’t the kindest of characters, but Mettaton loved him all the same. The ghost turned out to simply be a human man who was born physically different in a way that made everyone hate him. So, he exiled himself to a lake underground. In the end, the ghost-man simply asked to be loved. The man was so moved when a beautiful woman kissed his face that he told his best friend he was dying of love. The ghost-man did not treat his friend very well, even though the ghost-man’s friend saved his life. Yet, Mettaton couldn’t help but feel, on a first read, that the ghost-man was a little justified in his frustrations with his friend. For, the ghost-man’s friend refused to even look at the ghost-man’s face lest he be cursed.

 

At eighty-six, Mettaton empathized with the ghost-man. 

 

When Mettaton was one-hundred sixty-three, a human man named Lloyd Webber turned the story into a musical. Mettaton begged Blooky to help him rebuild a cassette player so he could listen to one of the tapes he found of the musical in the dump. Mettaton nearly destroyed the tape by the sheer number of times he played it. Eventually, Blooky burned several copies of the tape, and Mettaton hoarded the copies in one of his desk drawers in the pink house next to Napstablook’s. 

 

However, by the time Mettaton was one-hundred ninety-five, Mettaton hated the ghost-man in many of the same ways, and for many of the same reasons, he hated himself. 

 

Erik, the Phantom, the ghost-man still sometimes seems just as depraved and villainous as Mettaton himself. Both of them are cursed, and they deserve to be. For, the only thing they both bring about in their wake is destruction to their friends’ lives and terror to those they love most. 

 

Yet, Mettaton couldn’t, and still can’t, help but weep over the line “all I ever wanted was to be loved for myself.” To Mettaton, no words could better describe him and his entire life than those words written about a ghost of a man who only longed to sing on a stage so he might be showered in applause for his gifts. 

 

Was there to be a better metaphor for Mettaton’s own life? 

 

He doubts it. 

 

“Mettaton! Pay attention! Pay attention! PAY ATTENTION! ” Maddie shouts. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head before looking back up at Maddie. 

 

“I’m sorry, Maddie, darling, what is it you were saying? I got lost in my own head.” Mettaton tries to smile. 

 

Maddie glares at him before making a small grunt of displeasure. 

 

“I was saying that you ought to stay with Blooky and go back to the apartment as soon as you’re able. You ought to be with family. It’ll be safer than being with any of these outsiders … though I guess Shyren is fine. Yes. She’s fine! She’s fine! She’s fine! ” Maddie exclaims. 

 

Mettaton bites his lip because he’s not really sure he wants to go back to the apartment. The apartment that is so close to the center of the city. The apartment that is just blocks away from the recording studio. The apartment where people will ask him why he’s been away for so long. The apartment with the bedroom where he cried himself to sleep for so many nights. The apartment where he knows he spent days and nights that are missing completely from his memory. 

 

He’s afraid of that place. 

 

Yet, he swallows hard. 

 

“I … I think I could manage that. But, I … I think I’d like Dr. Alphys t-to stay … just for a week or two to make sure that … um … that everything is s-safe.” Mettaton bites his lip harder.

 

Maddie glares at him hard. 

 

“What can she do that I can’t? Huh? HUH? HUH? ” Maddie asks.  

 

Mettaton looks away from Maddie. He smiles at the painting Shyren did of herself, Blooky, and Mettaton. 

 

You don’t want to let them down again … do you, darling? 

 

Suddenly, he feels as though something is shocking him from inside his body stemming from his Soul itself. He bites back a gasp, but he manages to compose himself before Maddie notices. 

 

“I-I … *ahem* I suppose if you were there to help me to move things around until I am off the crutches that could work, darling.” Mettaton agrees. 

 

Maddie pulls a face. 

 

“Alphys said you’d be off them by next week! So, that won’t be a problem. Will it? Will it?! Will it?! ” Maddie asks. 

 

Mettaton vaguely remembers Alphys saying something about him likely being off crutches by Angelmas sometime this past week. But, it doesn’t seem like things are progressing the way Alphys had initially thought. She hasn’t told him outright that the old timeline is wrong, but it’s clear that she seems to be making new calculations. 

 

He has been in so much pain since Thursday night that, at times, it is almost unbearable. He remembers that yesterday how, when he was in one of those moments of excruciating pain, Alphys knelt at his side and gently rubbed his arm. She told him it was okay to feel sick, and she just put her claw over his arm in a show of gentle support until the pain went away. 

 

The pain isn’t constant. Yet, when he feels it, it’s racking and all encompassing. 

 

However, it’s not like … like the days he doesn’t remember. For, he doesn’t feel those shocking waves of agony even in his sleep. 

 

“Mettaton! I asked if that would be a problem! Are you listening? Are you!? Are you?! ” Maddie shouts. 

 

Mettaton is once again drawn from his thoughts. 

 

“I’m sorry, Maddie. I am, darling. I was just trying to recall what Dr. Alphys said the timeline was, and you are correct. That is my mistake. I suppose that … that all of that could work.” 

 

Mettaton does his best to sound happy about this outcome when all the image of living in the apartment with Maddie, Blooky, and Shyren does is fill him with dread. 

 

However, his response, no matter how lacking in enthusiasm, sends a genuine and exuberant smile across Maddie’s face. Her happiness almost makes ignoring his own desires worth it. 

 

It’s like D-my manager used to say … if you put aside your own melodrama and dramatics, you’ll make people happy. You’ll be successful. People will love you. You made her happy, Metti. Don’t lose sight of your goal - never hurt Blooky, Alphys, or anyone ever again. 

 

Yet, almost as soon as the thought crosses his mind, another shocking pain from his Soul chamber threatens to leave him breathless. As he opens his eyes, he sees that Maddie has sprung up and is nearly shaking with delight. 

 

Mettaton breathes a sigh of relief that she didn’t see his grimace. He doesn’t want to have to explain that the grimace came from a flare of pain and not distaste.

 

“See! See! See! It’s not so hard! Now, we can all be happy together! It will be just the same as it used to be! But, it’s better because we’ve both got what we always wanted! Eventually, I will fuse just like you! Then, we should find Blooky a body too so they can be happy! It will be perfect! I’ll be perfect! It’ll be perfect! Just you see! Just you see! Just you see! ” Maddie exclaims excitedly. 

 

Mettaton bites his lip again because he knows with absolute certainty that a body isn’t going to make Blooky happy. Blooky doesn’t want a body. They’ve told him that before. The happiness that Mettaton and Maddie have found is the same happiness that Blooky feels in just being themselves as an incorporeal being. 

 

Blooky is happy to be a ghost. 

 

Yet, Mettaton knows it’s not his place to correct Maddie on that matter. No. That information has to be given to Maddie from Blooky themselves.  

 

Further, Mettaton isn’t sure that he really wants to go back to the dynamic they all once shared. He wants Blooky to retain the little independence they’ve managed to discover, and Mettaton doesn’t want to have to hide in the shade of their ectoplasm to avoid Maddie’s ire. 

 

Though, Mettaton wonders if Maddie may mellow out a little as she fuses. It wouldn’t surprise him if she does. However, perhaps selfishly, Mettaton doesn’t want to be around her while she is still so aggressive. 

 

So, Mettaton heaves a deep breath and tries to feign a smile. He has gotten good at faking smiles, but those smiles haven’t hurt so much to fake as they do now. 

 

He knows that if Alphys were here she wouldn’t be so easily fooled by his smiles and makeup tricks. 

 

And, just this once, Mettaton is ashamed to say that he’s tired of acting.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

I hope you don't mind me indulging just a bit into my own special interest. I have been a HUGE fan of The Phantom of the Opera (novel and Lloyd Webber musical) since I was quite young. I think I heard the music from Phantom when I was about 6 and 1/2 for the first time? Then, I think I read the novel when I was in my mid-teens? I love both of them dearly for different reasons. So, as with many things, I have chosen to throw two special interests in a blender and hope they work well together.

I, personally, think Mettaton's story and The Phantom of the Opera are profound together, but that's for you all to judge. XD

On the subject of Maddie, this is the first time she has really appeared in this story for any length of time. Thus, I ask that you don't judge her (or my writing of her) too harshly. I love Maddie's character and, in many ways, I feel her same anger and frustration. As such, I find that SOME of her frustration and anger is justified. In many ways, however, she jumps headlong into solutions and conclusions that simply will not (and do not) work. Maddie, as far as her self understanding and transition goes, is where Mettaton was about five years ago. So, she still has a lot to work on and work out.

I'm not spoiling too much by saying that elements of that will be explored soonish/ at certain points throughout the story.

As for Mettaton's relationship with Maddie, I really do think that Mettaton sincerely cares about every single human and monster finding themselves (like he said to Flowey). I think the heart of his character is this deep longing to help people find themselves and for monsters and humans alike to find success - in whatever way that appears to them. So, when I write Mettaton, I tap into that center of my own being. I don't think that's a mischaracterization of him at all. I think he just has moments where he expresses his desire to help people find their success and happiness better than others.

I mean, to put it this way, in my own life, I have moments where I'm driving my entire self and everything I've worked for into the ground by the power of my own will without realizing it, and I have moments where I'm like freaking Enjolras on the barricades inspiring and rallying my troops with the sheer power of a nat 20 charisma check. The reality is people at times are both. Sometimes, in duress, it's easy to miss the things that should easily be seen. However, we also get moments of clarity where our best selves shine through. Like, that's life.

None of the Undertale characters are perfect. I will die on this hill. There is no perfect cinnamon roll of a character, and no one is like 100% evil either. Frisk has their past demons. Sans has intelligence and knowledge that he straight up doesn't use even when he should until it's (almost) too late. Toriel is so far in grief's armpit that she's living a delusion. Papyrus, for his own reasons, refuses to stand up for himself. Blooky resigns themselves to codependent relationships instead of seeking independence. Undyne is just wrathful at times. Alphys refuses to atone for her mistakes and get help for her anxiety. Mettaton is living in manic delusions of grandeur because he's depressed and dysphoric. Asgore is just like on a suicide mission to eradicate the people who killed his children.

Yet, at the same time, the player can guide Frisk to healing. Sans finds hope in supporting Frisk towards setting monsters free. Toriel finds the fortitude to leave the Ruins to help Frisk. Papyrus discovers a way to support monster and human relations by helping Frisk and finding a kindred spirit there. Blooky reunites with their family in a healthier way. Undyne finds justice in setting Frisk free to really get monsters freedom. Alphys finds atonement and reintegration with her friends. Mettaton returns to his roots and reconnects with those he's missed for so long. Asgore finds his peace and, therefore, monsters and humans do as well.

However, I've found, through my own struggles with mental health, that once any kind of manic/depressive roller coaster starts, things improve, but that car still hits you when it hits you. It just hits softer when you're medicated, life is balanced, and your support system is good. So, I write MTT out of me, but a little to the left. My family situation wasn't and isn't what I described Mettaton's as. (Though, I suppose some people who really know me well might see very hyperbolized similarities.) So, if MTT is in character, it's probably just because I'm a little more like MTT than folks might realize.

Much Love,
Pip 🩷🧡

Chapter 22: I Wish You'd Live Like You're Made of Glass

Summary:

Mettaton has enjoyed getting to know Maddie after her departure from the farm. However, despite Alphys’ better judgment, Asgore, the Blook family, Mettaton, and Alphys aim to take Mettaton’s statement. Yet, this attempt reveals well more than anyone expected to discover including what Alphys is capable of when she’s furious.

TW:
Injury Recovery
Dysfunctional Family Relationships (in both family of origin and found)
Discussions of Non-Con being prosecuted/ legal discussions of non-con
Graphic depictions of PTSD
Discussions of Nightmares/Night terrors regarding possession/mind control
Depictions of Intrusive Thoughts
Attempted self-harm
Suicidal Ideation/ Suicidal Thoughts
Depictions of Migraines

Notes:

IMPORTANT NOTE - Something that could be read as restraint, in the form of holding someone by the hands, is used to prevent a character from committing self harm. While this ends up working out okay for both parties in the fic, I DO NOT ENDORSE OR RECOMMEND ANYONE ACTUALLY TRY THIS AS RESTRAINT MIGHT END UP HURTING THE PERSON BEING RESTRAINED AND/OR THE PERSON DOING THE RESTRAINING!

IMPORTANT NOTE 2: As promised, a section labeled “Chapter Highlights” will appear at the end of this chapter due to the nature and number of the TWs in this chapter.

Title is from the song “5AM” by Amber Run. If you want to, please listen to the song while reading. Though, I listened to the whole album while working on this set of four chapters (18-21). I highly recommend you listen to the whole album. It is also called 5AM. It’s one of my favorite albums of all time.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Saturday Afternoon (Gryftmas Eve) 

 

Mettaton looks up at Asgore from the place that Alphys has helped to prop him up on the bed. Mettaton outright refused to do this lying flat. 

 

He wants some dignity in this after all. 

 

As Asgore and Blooky file in, Mettaton tries to catch Alphys’ eye. When he finds her, she gestures for him to breathe. So, he does, but it doesn’t stop his eyes from widening when he looks at her again. Alphys makes the same gesture and breathes in an exaggerated breath of her own. 

 

Mettaton can’t help but notice she seems almost as nervous as he does, but he can’t find the purpose in her anxiety. 

 

Asgore’s deep voice nearly makes Mettaton jump when the good king begins speaking. 

 

“So, Mettaton, what was Davis like when you interviewed with him?” Asgore asks. 

 

Mettaton feels his artificial heart almost stop when Asgore mentions Davis' name. Blooky and Alphys both flinch at it too, but Maddie just raises an eyebrow in Mettaton’s direction. He looks away from Maddie’s gaze at the picture Shyren painted for him. 

 

He looks at Shyren and Blooky in the painting, and he takes another deep breath. 

 

Get it done. For them. 

 

Mettaton takes a deep breath around the aching in his Soul before answering the question. 

 

“He … I don’t know … He seemed pretty normal? Perhaps, he was a bit pushy about wanting me to sign the contract right away, darling? But, he was otherwise … rather suave and … and from what I had heard of the industry … rather normal. He was the only manager who seemed to have any hope in us as … as a band, King Asgore. Everyone else I talked with just wanted me, and I didn’t want to go solo, darling. I had made a promise that I intended to keep.” Mettaton emphasizes the last sentence. 

 

Asgore notes something down on a pad of paper he has in his lap. Mettaton goes back to staring at the picture on the wall of the room. His artificial heart starts to beat faster. 

 

He knows this feeling, but he can’t remember why he knows it. But, he knows that a lot of pain usually follows when his heart beats this fast. 

 

“What were some of the other meetings that he had with you alone like, Mettaton? You may take as long as you wish to answer.” Asgore asks. 

 

As soothing as Asgore’s voice sounds when he asks the question, Mettaton feels his hands start shaking at the flood of memories. 

 

Do I tell them all that he hit me? Or … or … or about all the things he used to say? Where do I even start answering this? I can’t do this, darling! I can’t … I don’t want to talk about his big leather chair … or … or his hands … or his voice that both complimented and scourged my Soul in equal measure. 

 

He sees Alphys take a little step towards him, but he knows if he lets Alphys hold his hand he’ll dissolve into tears. Then, he’ll have wasted everyone’s time, and Maddie will never let him hear the end of it. 

 

Think of those fifteen other humans who went through this too. We have hope for justice because our emotional hurts are physical. You can get justice for them. Just … Just don’t be a drama king or a diva, Metti. It’s like Davis used to say, you can’t think of yourself all the time. Think about what other people need. Those humans need you. 

 

Mettaton takes a deep centering breath while still staring at the painting on his wall. Shyren really did a stunning job painting all three of them. 

 

“Most of the time … he would … he would take me in his office. There w-was a big oak table, darling. He had … He had a leather chair at the head of it. I would sit on the other side of the table a-across from him. Sometimes … S-Sometimes, I … I-I’d … I’d play demos for him. Sometimes, we discussed the details about our tour, King Asgore. He would … He would … at the end of the meeting … he … he would touch me, darling. My hair … M-My legs s-s-sometimes … th-there are … are d-days that are hazy … things … th-things I don’t remember a-at all … for, no matter how hard I try it’s like they’re perpetually forgotten, darling.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Mettaton hears Asgore’s deep rumbling sigh from behind him as his gaze starts to narrow in on the picture. 

 

“Mettaton, as hard as this is to do, son, I need more information than that. We do not believe that the clothing Sans and Napstablook found in your apartment  ….” 

.

Mettaton doesn’t hear anything more after that because he feels like he’s floating in some kind of abyss. The world has fallen away, and there is nothing just darkness. He feels like he’s floating in a never ending darkness as the world goes on around him. 

 

Though, at various points, Mettaton seems to feel several sets of eyes staring at him. Yet, he can’t bring himself to move. 

 

The clothes … the clothes are still on the floor … those clothes. 

 

That shouldn’t matter! Pay attention you fool! 

 

But, they’re there. I can still smell … I actually really liked that shirt … It was so soft. 

 

They’re looking at you! 

 

It was a knit fabric pink crop top. 

 

Don’t you care?! 

 

It was the one that Sans said Papyrus liked. 

 

They’re all going to leave you if you don’t get it together!! 

 

I feel sick …

 

So, what are you gonna do?  Are you gonna throw a petty insult at Alphys again? Or better yet, are you going to insult your king? How about your family? Just prove Maddie right. It’s all you’re good at … pushing everyone away. Just run. You’re so good at running. 

 

Everything’s spinning …

 

And those were my favorite black jeans … they were distressed, but still warm. 

 

Focus! Why can you never focus!? FOCUS!

 

You’ll hurt them. You’re just a bomb waiting to explode. 

 

I think I had a flannel on too. The one Undyne gave me.

 

I can’t breathe …

 

They should have left you to die. You should be dead. Everyone would be better off if you were dead! 

 

Does she want that back? She can have it. I can’t even look at it. 

 

I’m so tired …

 

“Mettaton! PAY ATTENTION! PAY ATTENTION! PAY ATTENTION!” 

 

Maddie’s voice breaks into his thoughts. 

 

Her sharp tone startles him just enough that he realizes that he is not in fact falling into a never ending void. He is simply sitting up in Alphys’ old bed. 

 

Mettaton tries to say something, but he can’t seem to pry his eyes away from the painting on the wall. His arms feel like lead weights, and he can’t move. 

 

I’m trying. I’m sorry, Maddie. I’m trying. 

 

They see you for what you really are: a horrible, idiotic, moronic loser who has never helped a Soul in his life. 

 

You know you’re mine? This is how it starts. It always starts like this. Now, they’ll forget you ever changed. 

 

“M-Maddie. Shut up!” Alphys says sharply. 

 

Phy? … I’m sorry. I’m really trying. 

 

So tired …

 

The clothes on the floor … they’re still on the floor. He smelled like smoke and pine trees. 

 

My shirt still smells like pine trees, cedar, and cigar smoke … 

 

Smoke … so smokey … 

 

Oh. It’s the revenge of the roller coaster, how delightful. 

 

My chest hurts. 

 

I’m coming … you know I’m coming … 

 

I feel cold … like so cold I’m burning. 

 

I hope Undyne doesn’t mind if I torch that flannel. I don’t think I’ll ever be able to stop smelling that disgusting fake pine after shave. 

 

I want off! I want it to stop. 

 

“Ton-ton? Are y-you okay? Y-You’re breathing kinda fast.” 

 

Alphys waits a moment for him to respond, but he can’t. So, Alphys tries again

 

“Ton-ton, can … can y-you be honest with me? Do y-you … do you not feel good right now? Do … d-do you need us to stop?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton can feel tears start rolling down his cheeks.



“Y-You know we can stop. It’s okay to stop if y-you don’t feel good. It’s okay. J-Just breathe nice and deep for m-me. Can y-you give me a good breath in, or do y-you … do you need my help?” Alphys murmurs. 

 

You’re too weak to even let them help you. They’re trying to help you. 

 

The shirt …

 

They’re gonna leave you …

 

I’m taking over now …

 

I’m going to fall down …

 

You know you want to fall down …

 

“Shut up … shut up … shut up …” Mettaton chokes. 

 

His throat is closing up as he speaks. 

 

“Don’t talk to her that way! Don’t talk to her that …” Maddie begins. 

 

Mettaton feels Alphys whip around towards the sound of Maddie’s voice. 

 

“He’s not t-talking to me! ” Alphys yells. 

 

Alphys cups Mettaton’s cheek. He kind of sees her face, but it’s fuzzy as he looks up. 

 

“What or who do you w-want to shut up, Ton-ton? I’m going to keep one claw on your cheek, but I’m going to put my other claw on y-your shoulder, Ton-ton. I’m gonna hold y-you steady, o-okay?” Alphys murmurs.  

 

Then, true to her word, Alphys braces his shoulder with her claw without moving the one on his cheek. Mettaton coughs and wheezes in an effort to answer her questions. 

 

“Th-Thoughts are loud … won’t stop … won’t st-stop … hurts … m-my ch-chest h-h-hurts …  too loud … too loud … too loud … want … make … make ‘t stop …” he sputters. 

 

Mettaton feels Alphys’ thumb brushing his cheek, and she looks concerned. 

 

“It’s okay. Y-You’re okay. What are you thinking about? Can y-you tell me about it, Ton-ton? What … what are those l-loud thoughts saying? Y-You can trust me, remember? Y-You look like y-your in a lot of pain, Ton-ton. Can y-you tell me if you’re not feeling good right now? What h-hurts, big guy? Talk to m-me.” Alphys encourages. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes go wide as Alphys offers him a chance to explain the rollercoaster of emotions he’s stuck on as well as how badly he’s in pain. 



Then, somebody scoffs. It’s probably Maddie. 

 

The scoff is right. He can’t tell them. He can’t make this worse. 

 

They’ll hate you. You’ll only be left with me. Come back to me. I own you. You signed yourself to me. 

 

You’re going to make them angry. Look at what they’re doing for you. 

 

Signed yourself to me. 

 

Pine sol and smoke …

 

I feel like I’m getting pulled apart … or melting … it hurts so much! 

 

They hate you. They’ve never really liked you. If they see what’s under the mask, they’ll never love you. You’re there to give confidence. Who cares if you have any? 

 

You’re mine. I understand you. We’re not so different, you know? 

 

You have to pretend to have some spine. 

 

Even that you sucked at. 

 

Why does she care?

 

I’m in so much pain. 

 

All you do is hurt people. You couldn’t even remember to text without alarms. 

 

I feel like I’m splitting apart. 

 

How pathetic! 

 

You forget to show up when people need you. 

 

I can’t stand it … the pain is unbearable! 

 

You’re a failure. 

 

You were better off dead. 

 

You were better off dead. 

 

You were better off dead. 

 

The words are out of his mouth before he can stop them. 

 

“Wh-Why … does … does a-anyone care? Y-You were better off … off with me dead, darling. I just mess everything up, right? Not good enough, Phy. I’m not good enough. Not good enough to focus for the sake of justice, dear. Not good enough for Papyrus. Not good enough to, or for, you, Dr. Alphys. Not good enough for my family. Left … I left. I left! I-I … I made everyone mad at me, darling. Nobody trusts me … nobody should trust me, sweetheart. I’m explosive. Temperamental. A bomb! Undyne didn’t trust me … didn’t give her any reason, gorgeous. But, I was trying . Please, please believe me, Phy. Please! I was trying. I set the alarms to remember. But … B-But, I still forget! I didn’t mean it. I was scared when I passed out at your house. I didn’t mean to get sick. I didn’t m-mean it! I-I’m a failure. Didn’t know … didn’t notice … Darling, are the walls getting t-tighter? Feels like … like … I need to get out! I-I … I need to go! ” He gasps. 

 

He winds his fingers in his hair and pulls as hard as he can. His good eye darts to the corner of the side table, and he tries to throw himself at it. 

 

If he hits his head hard enough, he’ll concuss himself. Then, it’ll have to be over. Maybe, his thoughts will stop if he hits himself hard enough. It’s hard to tell, but any chance at getting his mind quiet and stopping the extraordinary pain he’s in is better than listening to the onslaught of insults and horrors his mind keeps creating. 

 

“Ton-ton, n-no. No. Y-You can’t d-do that, okay? I’m g-grabbing your hands. I’m g-grabbing your hands r-right now.” 

 

True to her words, Alphys grabs both of his hands and holds them as tight as she can. She’s trying to say something, but he can’t make it out anything else she says over the pounding in his ears.  

 

It looks like she might be saying something about how she doesn’t want him to hurt himself. 

 

Yet, he doesn’t care if he hurts himself. He just wants the pain and the interrogation to be over. 

 

So, Mettaton struggles against her grip and starts screaming. 

 

“I don’t want to… he’s gonna take over … he kissed me … gonna make me say things … but I’m bad … so bad … nobody would notice … there’s no DIFFERENCE!! Not so different, you and I … not so different, you and I … first thing he said … I can’t … I’m gonna fall down, darling! You all … all should have let me … would have been better for everyone, sweetheart, if I’d just gone to DUST!!!” 

 

Mettaton can feel his throat tightening on each word. He feels the tears on his cheeks. 

 

I want this to stop. 

 

I want her to hold me. 

 

But, she shouldn’t want to hold me. 

 

I can’t ask her to hold me.

 

Alphys has his hands in hers as she squeezes them tight while shaking her head. 

 

“No. No. Shhh… shhhhhh … y-you’re safe. You’re safe. I’m not going to let anything bad happen to you. That … that would have been so s-sad, Ton-ton. I would have been so s-sad. Screw e- everyone else. I w-would have been d-devastated. I’m so sorry …” 

 

He starts shaking his head. She shouldn’t be sorry. This is his mess, his fault, and his mistake.

 

He tries to swallow his tears, but he can’t. They keep falling.  

 

“Should be apologizing to you all, darling … My mistake, my fault, my mess, dear … don’t defend me. Not … n-n-not worth it … m-my fault … m-m-my fault … ngh … ngh … y-y-you should … sh-should HATE m-me. I’m a-awful to you … now my apology m-m-means nothing because you have to comfort ME! Angel what a prick, asshole, idiot, dumbass, naive, immature, ticking time-bomb, waste of magic and space! AND I’M STILL DOING IT WRONG!” Mettaton yells as loud as he can. 

 

He weakly tries to force his hands out of Alphys’ grip, but she holds tighter. 

 

“I-I’m gonna hold you. O-Okay? I’m gonna hold you. I-It’s gonna go away because … because those thoughts, those s-scary, horrible, big, bad thoughts … they c-can’t get through me. I know what they s-sound like so I can protect y-you from them. I promise, I’ve heard them a-all before. So, I will protect y-you. I … I-I promise I’ll keep you safe.” Alphys whispers. 

 

As soon as she lets him know the hug is coming, Alphys pulls him close to her chest and squeezes him. She buries her nose in his hair and just holds him tight. He melts into her embrace the moment she brings her arms around him. 

 

She knows him so well. He doesn't know how Alphys knew that he just wanted to be held even if he couldn’t find words to ask for it. However, he lets himself sag into her arms. 

 

“I’ve got you. I’ve got y-you. I promise, I’ve got y-you. No more. No more. Shhhh … shhhh … shhhh … no more. Y-You’re done. No more. All done . A-All done, Ton-ton. All done. W-We’re done. We should have n-never done this to begin with. A-All done. All over. No … No more. Just cry, Ton-ton. Just … Just c-cry.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Her soft mantra, that only he can hear, starts to calm him as he leans closer to Alphys. He whimpers again, and she speaks more clearly and louder.  

 

“I gotcha. I-I won’t let go. I don’t care what you say. I don’t care what y-you do. I’m not letting g-go. Nobody let go of me. I’m sure a-as shit not letting go of y-you. So, no. Listen. We should be s-sorry. We should be so sorry, Ton-ton. None of this was your f-fault. You don’t blame me. But, I could have made b-better choices. I could have done things d-different. You didn’t have a choice. You couldn’t have d-done much different … except … except t-talk more. Not less - more. We could have done so much for y-you. We s-saw. We did nothing. We let y-you hurt because we never asked how y-you felt, how you were doing, or anything. We m-made bad choices. Forget Underground, it’s over. It’s f-forgiven. You’re right. Y-You were l-learning to be better. Y-You were doing b-better. Despite everything, y-you still are gentler to us than we deserve. So, y-yes, we should have let y-you continue to do b-better because we forgave y-you. We didn’t cut y-you out or cut y-you off because it wasn’t necessary. So, while we weren’t gonna forget everything, as I’m sure you haven’t f-forgotten all the horrible things I said and did to y-you, we still forgave. Mutually, in y-yours and my case, right? So, we both did bad things back Underground. In fact, we all made some really bad ch-choices back then. Y-You wouldn’t want me to do this to myself, right? Y-You care about me and w-want me safe, right? So, pl-please, please, please, b-by the Angel please, let me help. I’ve been here. I’ve done this. I … I’ve felt this. Angel, I’m so sorry. I-I knew y-you weren’t invincible. I know y-you’re just one m-monster. I should have protected you b-better today and before. I’m so sorry. I’m so, so sorry. W-We’re gonna stop. You get to stop. Y-You get to rest now. I’ll make them give y-you time. This was too soon. I knew this was too soon. We’re gonna stop now. O-O-Okay? All done. I-It’s all over. I’ll m-make them go away so y-you can be done. This isn’t about torturing y-you, Ton-ton. It’s all d-done. We’re done. A-All done.” Alphys assures. 

 

Mettaton lets himself crumble in Alphys’ arms. He can’t keep going like this. So, as soon as Alphys promises that it’s over, he can’t maintain his defenses. 

 

He lets himself give into the huge heaving sobs that he was mostly swallowing earlier. 

 

He desperately wants Alphys to keep holding him like this, at least, until he can have Papyrus here. Even if he’s still not sure Alphys or Papyrus should want to shield him from the world, Mettaton assumes Alphys, at least, must actually want to embrace him because she starts stroking his hair and rubbing his back. Her slow even circles over his shoulders are just as comforting now as they were just last week. 

 

Mettaton feels himself hiccuping on his tears again. 

 

Now that he has started, he can’t stop sobbing even when the bands in his throat feel like they’re being rubbed raw. Mettaton can’t stop crying even though each tearful tremor moves his head in ways that make him feel worse.

 

His head hurts just like it did Wednesday. The drilling in his skull suddenly intensifies, and he feels the vertigo hit him like a bus. 

 

“migraine? … hurting … f-falling …” he whimpers. 

 

He clings to Alphys and loosely wraps his extendable arms around her two or three times. He’s sure he’s going to fall. He can feel himself falling. 

 

“You’re okay, Ton-ton. Y-You’re safe. I gotcha, Ton-ton. We’re gonna get you some m-meds. Okay? Thank y-you for telling me you don’t feel good. I want to h-help, and now I can. O-Okay?” Alphys assures. 

 

She squeezes his shoulder once as he feels her lift her head off of his. Then, she turns toward the rest of the room. 

 

However, she never stops rubbing his back in those slow even circles. 

 

“Somebody go get Papyrus and liquid NAAMDDs for Mettaton from downstairs. Don’t just stand there and stare!” Alphys orders. 

 

She didn’t stutter. She gave a direct order to a group including King Asgore, her beloved Mr. Dreamy, and she didn’t stutter once. I’m so proud of her. 

 

Someone mumbles something. 

 

“Y-You didn’t think this was possible, Maddie!? Ha! G-Good to know! That makes it so much better! Y-You thought he was a bad influence? Y-You thought … what … he lacked empathy? What a joke c-coming from y-you! G-Get out. Get. Out! Do what I told y-you to and get out!” Alphys retorts. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head into Alphys’ chest ignoring the throbbing in his skull as he does it. He hears footsteps departing. 

 

He wants to tell Alphys she’s wrong, but his body is so tired. He can barely lift his head and, when he tries to lift it, Alphys guides him back to her shoulder. 

 

“I don’t want y-you to pass out, Ton-ton. So, just … j-just stay there, o-okay? Unless … Unless y-you really want to move. Do y-you wanna move?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton suddenly feels like he’s getting hung upside down off the ground, and he instinctively clings tighter to Alphys. She is so safe. She has always been safe. Words will never do justice to the way that he sees her. 

 

“It’s okay. Y-You don’t have to get up. Like I said, y-you can stay right there. I’m fine. Y-You’re not hurting me,” Alphys says. 

 

Her hand keeps rubbing Mettaton’s back as he whimpers again. 

 

“T-They’re all gone. Even Napstablook is g-gone. We’re all a-alone.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

His back shakes against Alphys as his tears begin again in earnest. He feels the little tremors in his elastic diaphragm as the hiccups start again. It all feeds into a vicious cycle because the tears make his head hurt which makes him cry harder. Yet, the tears also help release the pain in his chest. The sobbing releases that pressure that makes him feel like he’s suffocating and like his artificial stomach wants to force itself up into his mouth.  

 

“Go on. Cry it out. Let it all g-go, Ton-ton. They asked a lot of hard questions, and they weren’t very careful with how they said things. Today was really scary. Y-You need to cry, Ton-ton. It has only been one w-week . I knew y-you’d lose it again-before long. Y-Yesterday was just the prequel. I knew that. Y-You hardly cried yesterday because y-you were so tired, Ton-ton. Y-You can’t let it get so big . Y-You have to let it out. Like I’ve b-been saying, l-lean on me. Lean on Papyrus. We’re gonna show y-you how. We won’t desert y-you now. O-O-Okay? No more h-hiding. I’ll make sure everyone u-understands.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Mettaton’s tears turn to soft and tired sniffles after a few minutes. Though, he finally finds some energy reserve to draw on so that he can say what he wanted about Maddie. 

 

“sh-she has always been right about me, darling. don’t *ahem* don’t be angry at maddie. *ahem* it’s not her fault, dr. alphys.” Mettaton mumbles.

 

His throat feels raw and thick after all the tears. He’s so thirsty, but he doesn’t know what to ask for because he’s too tired. 

 

Alphys stiffens against Mettaton with a huff. He can just imagine the way Alphys’ lower lip pouts with frustration and thought. Her eyes are probably steely with an electric glow. 

 

“She has not. She has never. You told me about the shit she used to y-yell at you when Napstablook wasn’t around. She does not get to point fingers. A-Alright? Y-You didn’t deserve her yelling. Y-You deserve to tell her to leave y-you the fuck alone if you want. She has a lot to learn about her own a-anger, too. Do y-you understand? She needs to w-work on herself as much, or more, than you need to work on y-yourself. Ton-ton, you do know how much progress y-you’ve made, right? Like, you know that y-you’ve done a lot of good for Napstablook, and Shyren, and Frisk, and Papyrus, and for me? We haven’t been good at telling y-you that, but you have. Y-You’ve done a lot of good for all of us. O-Okay? Y-You’ve done so much good. Let us h-help you,Alphys says. 

 

He nods slowly and whimpers. Alphys strokes his hair. Yet, it feels like needles are being shoved into his scalp as she brushes it which causes him to wince. Alphys quickly returns to rubbing his back as he winds his arms around her a bit more snugly. 

 

“How are you f-feeling?” She asks softly. 

 

“tired … my throat hurts from … *ahem* the screaming … feel kind of sick … in a lot of pain … right head side … throbbing, darling …” He coughs. 

 

“Let’s not talk anymore right now , then, o-okay? Why don’t y-you just rest? We can talk anytime, but y-you need to give y-your voice, mind, and body a rest. I’ll be around all n-night. Just let me know if y-you feel sick to your stomach, okay? Do you wanna take a nap when Papyrus comes up so y-you’re fresh to talk later?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton gives one slow nod against Alphys’ chest as his eyes droop shut. He feels his body slowly slipping into sleep mode already as his head throbs and the world spins. 

 

He has felt this kind of exhaustion many times before, but he’s never felt this kind of pain alongside it. 

 

There were several times, especially in his incorporeal form, when he felt so spent he wasn’t sure he’d ever be able to get off the floor. There were days when he’d look at himself and cry so hard he didn’t leave the house. He lay in the swirling cosmos, a small pink translucent planet in a sea of stars. It made him remember that as horrible as he felt there was more out there. Yet, he couldn’t touch it. He couldn’t feel the hard wood of the floor under him no matter how much he longed for it. When Maddie banged on his door screaming, Shyster used say something diplomatic to Maddie, send Shyren to Blooky’s, and then she would knock on his door. She would come over and lie with him on the floor until the tears stopped and the world made sense. 

 

Most often, Maddie’s screams were to remind him not to be lazy or upset Blooky. Apparently, Mettaton’s paralyzing anxiety about his lack of a body was just an inconvenience to all of them. 

 

Then, Shyster fell down. 

 

He had to do something with all of that feeling. The first page of that diary was a letter to Shyster that he destroyed. He left the entry about Shyster falling down. He hoped beyond all hope that no one would ever find it. 

 

Then, Maddie left. 

 

She still poked in on all of them from time to time. However, she wasn’t around enough to be constantly irate around him when she was at work during the day. So, somehow, Maddie leaving made things a little better for Mettaton, but he would never tell Blooky that.

 

He didn’t even tell Maddie that today when he had the opportunity. 

 

Finally, he met Alphys. 

 

She was so dorky and nerdy. Yet, she was also incredibly sensitive and funny. She made him feel happy, wanted, loved, and special without ever having to ask, and he had tried so hard to return the favor. Even though he probably failed more often than he didn’t, he still tried, at first, to make her feel fantastic, amazing, and important. When Alphys showed him the blueprints for his body, he had never felt so real and so like himself. Well, at least, that lasted until his thought about the prospect of that body being finished. 

 

Then, they had that awful fight. 

 

Until they reached the Surface, neither of them never really recovered from it. 

 

She became a recluse. 

 

He became a workaholic. 

 

He loved his work, and he still loves his work. Yet, distance provides perspective, and he had been overdoing it. 

 

Perhaps, he had even been overdoing it here on the Surface? 

 

He knows that he has been following that same dangerous road these last several months. However, it’s almost like he can’t help it. His dreams call with their seductive voices, and he obeys. It didn’t help that his manager kept asking him for more. 

 

Yet, he knows he has to take at least some blame for the overwork. He dives head first into the shallow end of the dream pool before he can stop himself every time. 

 

For, even when his dream had come true and he had his show, there were days when he didn’t want to go on stage. He wanted to cling to the bed posts. There were days when he worried he would never get his forever body and, eventually, he thought his SOUL might reject the Initial form. He dreaded that so much that he almost fell in the middle of filming one of his many movies. 

 

Oh, by the Angel … the writing on those movies was … not his best. 

 

But, everyone was counting on him to make something and something was better than nothing. But, even he has to admit, a solid 90% of those movies make him cringe in hindsight. He was so burnt out by the time Frisk came along that he thought showering himself in rose petals was a good idea. 

 

All he remembers now is being so exhausted that he simply leaned into everything that he had heard sold well on the Surface. He didn’t care how trashy it sounded the people needed him. They needed something new and exciting. People were falling down every single day from lack of hope. He didn’t know what to do. Yet, somehow he got it into his head that he had to single handedly fix everything by being joy incarnate. 

 

If he could just be good enough, everyone would have hope, and they would all make it to the Surface yesterday! 

 

Then, eventually, stopping Asgore’s war became more important than getting everyone out. He would go warn the humans. He would make the humans love him. He would save the humans and stop his own people from waging a war they could never hope to win. 

 

Angel, he was so viciously angry. 

 

No one cared why he was doing what he was doing. They all thought he was stuck up and full of himself because he said he was beautiful. 

 

He was beautiful. 

 

So, he gave up on all of them, but he especially gave up on Alphys. 

 

Still, deep, deep down, even then, he knows that he still really wished for peace between humans and all monsters. It wasn’t just about his dream of being a star. 

 

He supposes that he just made it all about his dreams to cope with how badly he failed in his mission to make the Underground so beautiful that hope would be abundant. 

 

He remembers how every single day, he wished and dreamed for everyone’s hope and safety. Even if he had to give up his body, even if he had to give up his own dream, he wanted his race to make a peaceful and safe transition to the Surface. He loved humans and the beautiful things they created. He wanted to be where the people were, and he desperately wanted to bring everyone with him. 

 

Frisk reminded him of that wish, and it changed so much. 

 

There are times where he still can’t believe Phy would willingly put a child, human or otherwise, in danger to make herself feel and look heroic. She really had stooped lower than he had expected. 

 

But, so had he, when he thinks about it. 

 

He never once wanted to hurt Frisk, and he knows, in his heart of hearts, that Phy didn’t either. 

 

Mettaton has to smile thinking about how sassy, sweet, flirtatious, and competitive Frisk could, and can still, be. For, in many ways, he saw, and still sees, a younger version of himself in Frisk. 

 

As such, they reminded him of who he was when all of this started. 

 

Mettaton was, and still is, deeply in love with a skeleton who longs to drive a fast cars, who loves to build things with his hands, who is an incredible artisan in many forms of visual and tactile arts, who constantly experiments in the kitchen to greater or lesser successes, and who loves puzzles. 

 

As for Mettaton, he was, and supposes he still is, a fantastic self-taught dancer, a talented musician, an accomplished writer, a stellar poet, and a decent makeup and visual artist. Though, in the way of visual art, Mettaton knows that he pales in comparison to Papyrus

 

Thus, when he described the plot of his newest movie to Frisk, and tried to plug it, his Soul dropped right down to his tire. 

 

It was objectively the dumbest thing he had ever written, and he once wrote “Dearer Diary: I like to buy a new diary for every entry I make. I love to collect diaries.” He had also once written “Diary... My dear: My diary collection is going fabulously. I have like five now.” The movie was still, absolutely-without-a-single-doubt, worse than both of those disgustingly vapid diary entries put together. 

 

He knows that now. 

 

Angel, he misses writing things. He misses poetry and song lyrics. He misses his diaries. He misses anime and teasing Alphys. He misses the nights he had to himself to think because, even when he lived with Alphys, they both gave each other space and time to be alone. He misses doing art the “right” way - as a craft not a job. He thinks maybe he could have that. He can find somebody who will respect his work and his craft without using it against him. 

 

He just needs to find a slower rhythm to slip into, and he repeats an old mantra from when he first started his old shows five years ago: all that’s gold does not glitter, darling. 

 

He wonders, for a moment, when he forgot that time tested little phrase, and how he manages to lose the thread of it so frequently. He hopes that there will be someone who can rein in all his loose threads so he doesn’t fly off chasing the shiniest rocks he can find. 

 

Underneath all of Mettaton’s theatrics, he loves to learn, write, study, think, discuss, and create. The feeling of guitar strings beneath his metal fingers makes him just as happy as silk, and both are just as comfortable to him. He misses loosing himself in books and in the pages of his writings. 

 

I remember … I remember Phy telling me something about publishing all of it. She promised I wouldn’t be forgotten. She knew … she still knows how important my words are to me. 

 

As he nestles deeper into Alphys’ chest, he smiles softly even though he’s still in pain. 

 

For, despite everything, it’s still him. 

 

He still feels like himself. His body, though malfunctioning, is still his beautiful body. He doesn’t want to leave it. He doesn’t want to change it. 

 

He wants his leg to heal so he can move, but he doesn’t want to change himself. 

 

However, it’s his Soul and his mind that he can’t quite seem to fix. Though, truly, it’s in his Soul where the painful stretchy feeling seems to begin and, in turn, seems to pull on parts of his body. 

 

He tries not to think too much about it because he doesn’t want to acknowledge what Souls feeling “stretched out” means. If Lord of the Rings has taught him anything, it’s that a thin feeling in the Soul is never good. If his shared experiences with his dear Dr. Alphys has taught him anything, it’s that talking about melting and stretched feelings in that place would be too much for her. 

 

Besides, he actually feels better, in that regard, then he has in a long time. It only comes and goes now. It’s not constant like it was in the week before the accident. 

 

Ignoring it will make it go away.

 

He tries to distract himself by thinking about something happy, but it’s hard to do. 

 

Yet, after awhile, he eventually discovers that thinking about Phy and Papyrus makes him happy. He is Phy’s best friend and Papyrus’ beloved. He finds himself at peace in the fact that Phy and Papyrus still see him as worthy of good things. 

 

More than anything, he just hopes he makes them, and himself, proud. 

 

“That’s it, Ton-ton. Just rest. O-Okay? Papyrus is coming soon.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

“c’n i have a jou’na’?” Mettaton rasps. 

 

Blasted migraines and their destruction of intelligible diction! I do still love my body, and I can work around just about anything. But … I draw the line at my immobility and my diction!  

 

He sighs and Alphys rubs his back again. 

 

“Um … sure? Do … Do you want it now? And, what did I say about j-judging your diction when you have migraines? Also you shouldn’t be t-talking at all right now.” Alphys admonishes lightly. 

 

Mettaton sighs, shakes his head, and instantaneously regrets it. He doesn’t remember the sign for “later” so he just spells it. 

 

“Of course. I’ll try to make that h-happen soon.” Alphys promises. 

 

After a few minutes, Mettaton hears the annoying creaky door open, but he knows that means Papyrus is here. So, he doesn’t care that the creaking feels like someone slammed into the side of his head with a truck. 

 

Papyrus is here. 

 

“Ton-ton, do you wanna be a-alone with Papyrus, or should I stay?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton makes a shooing motion with his hand above his head. If Papyrus is here with him, he can just sleep on Papyrus’ chest like he did last night. A smile crosses his face. 

 

He was so comfortable last night. 

 

He feels himself being gently transferred into Papyrus’ arms. He’s barely awake at this point. Yet, he feels some kind of fuzzy sweater material beneath his cheek. Honestly, it almost feels cloud-like. It’s even softer than Papyrus’ pajamas. 

 

“Thanks Papyrus. I-I’m gonna measure this out, and then I’m going to h-head down and talk to everyone. There … there are some things I-I need to say.” Alphys whispers. 

 

“it is alright, mettaton. i am here now, and i am very proud of you. you have done very well, but it is time to enter your sleep mode and take a well deserved rest. you have done a lot today, and i know you very well now. i can tell the pain you are in is making you feel … not very great. let us snuggle together. you said you got the best of rest when you slept in my arms a few days ago and last night. so, let us see if we can make this nap even greater than that.” Papyrus soothes. 

 

Mettaton smiles sleepily as he winds his extendable arms twice around Papyrus’ shoulders. 

 

“Ton-ton, c-can you drink this really quick before I-I go?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton drinks the small cup of liquid that Alphys offers him. He still doesn’t like the taste of the liquid NAAMDDs, but it is still superior to swallowing pills. 

 

“O-Okay. Just rest, now. You need good sleep a-after what you told me y-yesterday. Papyrus told me you slept o-okay last night. So, from now on, like Papyrus told y-you y-yesterday, nights are going to be spent with either me or Papyrus so we can m-make sure you’re really in sleep m-mode. It’s going to help so, so much with r-recovery and with your migraines if you actually get to use sleep mode instead of relying only on your ch-charge. You’re gonna f-feel like a different m-monster in a couple of days. Okay, Ton-ton? I’m proud of you for letting me know what you’ve been doing. Y-You catch up on that rest, o-okay? Papyrus has got you.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Mettaton feels her rub his extendable arm gently a few times before she goes. 

 

“Door in three, t-two, one.” Alphys says as she leaves.

 

Mettaton burrows into Papyrus chest as the medicine does its job and begins to, ever so slightly, take the edge off the pain. 

 

Mettaton is lulled completely into sleep mode as Papyrus runs rhythmic circles over Mettaton’s back. 

 

“just sleep now. i have you. i promise you are in very great hands, mettaton. i promise …” 

 

******

 

Alphys takes a deep breath through her nose as she descends the stairs. She tries counting backwards from 100, but the despair and fury is too strong to be quelled by any tricks she has learned. 

 

In fact, they almost seem to make it worse. 

 

She can feel the electricity magic brewing under the skin in her palms. 

 

So, it makes sense that all conversation dies as soon as she enters the room. 

 

“T-Toriel, is Frisk home?” Alphys barely manages to keep her tone even. 

 

Toriel fidgets with her phone under Alphys’ gaze. 

 

“No, dear Dr. Alphys. I was just about to pick them up from Monster Kid’s family’s house. Should I ask for a bit more time?” Toriel asks. 

 

Alphys takes a deep breath and lets it out slowly. 

 

“That would be w-wise,” Alphys says. 

 

Everyone squirms as Alphys looks at them. 

 

“Sit.” Alphys commands. 

 

Everyone, Toriel, Asgore, Sans, Undyne, Maddie, Shyren, and Blooky, all find spots to “sit,” as they’re able. 

 

Alphys begins to pace with her hands behind her back. She really doesn’t want to come off as too caustic, but the more she thinks about Mettaton the more her anger grows. She’s building a bonfire in her brain full of throw away comments, missed opportunities, and small mistakes. Some of them are hers to own and, yet, many of them are not. 

 

“As w-we are his m-makeshift, and in s-some cases biological, family and c-caregivers, there are some things I-I need to a-address with all of you.” Alphys begins. 

 

Alphys looks up from her pacing to fix each person seated in the living room with a hard stare. 

 

“You all speak of this to absolutely no one else who isn’t here. Am I explicitly clear?” Alphys asks. 

 

Alphys speaks slowly and deliberately to avoid stuttering because anyone who doesn’t agree to her terms, member of Mettaton’s family of origin or not, will be kicked out. 

 

Everyone in the living room nods with wide eyes, crossed hearts, and fear creeping into their expressions. 

 

“Good. So, how many of y-you knew he was f-faking sleep mode to prevent nightmares? How many of you b-bothered to check that he was really in sleep m-m-mode when you were watching him?” Alphys asks. 

 

Alphys looks at the stunned faces in the room. Everyone shakes their heads “no” with shame written into their features. 

 

“No one. Yup. That’s what I f-figured. It’s not hard to f-figure out that he’s faking. His eyes are fully closed almost a little too tight, and his breathing isn’t timed perfectly. You could run a watch by his breaths in sleep mode. It’s not like I-I really blame anyone for m-missing that, but still how did you not n-notice something weird!” Alphys exclaims. 

 

Everyone casts their eyes at the floor. Alphys knows that they know she’s right. They all know they probably should have found something strange in the fact that Mettaton went into sleep mode so easily lately. However, they all have presumed exhaustion was the cause of the immediate sleep mode, and they haven’t really considered stopping to question it. 

 

“A-Another question. How many of you know that he thinks that if he gets angry, sad, depressed, or blows up on us that we’ll a-assume he’s gone back to his old ways and abandon him? He really thinks that if he s-screws up … even a little, that we’ll write him off. He thinks he’s o-one toe out of line from being left by us. So … S-S-So, he’s acting for you! He’s p-putting on a show! He’s fucking terrified of p-pissing you all o-off! To the p-point …” Alphys’ voice cracks. 

 

Alphys breathes in deeply before looking to see Undyne’s slack jawed face. Alphys looks right in Undyne’s eye as she continues. 

 

“T-To the point that … that he’s w-w-willing to h-hurt himself to get the v-v-voices in his head to st-stop. He … H-He … He tried to throw his h-head into the sharp side of the d-dresser today. He thinks we’d be b-better off with him dead! ” Alphys emphasizes in a low voice. 

 

Alphys swipes tears from her eyes. She’s so thankful that Frisk isn’t anywhere near here. She’s endlessly grateful that Papyrus is distracting Mettaton, if only because it means Mettaton absolutely can’t hear her in, what he once affectionately named, “scary doctor mode.” 

 

Mettaton has only seen her in “scary doctor mode” once. He was still living with her at the time. Yet, from the other side of her flimsy door, Mettaton had heard Alphys confronting a set of parents about a child’s injuries while she sent the child off to live with someone else. Alphys didn’t think she could ever be more livid than she was in that moment. 

 

Yet, in Alphys’ mind, the current situation she finds herself in with Mettaton doesn’t feel all that different from defending that child. 

 

Still, Alphys knows that Mettaton would feel bad if he saw her this upset, especially on his behalf. 

 

However, Alphys wishes Mettaton realized that someone should be allowed to defend him, too. 

 

For, many people have defended Alphys for far worse things than anything Mettaton has ever done. He has not done any unethical experiments last time she checked. 

 

No. They shunned him for leaving his family behind to pursue his ideal body, some half-baked schemes that both worked and didn’t, bullying an objectively creepy teenage employee, and some hurtful comments towards Alphys herself that she, arguably, sometimes deserved. 

 

He didn’t kill anyone. He didn’t even really want to hurt anyone. 

 

Yet, they’ve all chosen to judge him and project their own frustration onto him. 

 

And … And, he just took it. 

 

That alone fuels her.

 

“W-We need to tell him. Verbally. Daily. That we’re n-not going to l-leave him - no matter what. H-Hold him accountable later, if you f-feel the need, but he needs assurance that we’re in this for the l-long haul. We need to show him that we l-love him. So, e-encourage him. Tell him that you trust him. T-Tell him he means something to y-you! Tell him that you’re happy he’s alive! How quickly we forget that we … we almost lost him. If not for F-Frisk, he … he … Ton-ton … he would have been dead a w-week ago. This time last w-week, he was overheating so badly he almost burned me!! I-I … I’m half-dragon! I don’t b-burn easy! So, the big get w-well s-s-soon gesture was great! But, he’s … Angel, he’s still recovering! He still needs r-reminders that you’re happy he’s around. He’s not himself again yet! He … He can’t WALK m-much less d-d-dance! He can’t e-express himself!! How do you so conveniently f-forget that!?” Alphys admonishes. 

 

Alphys briefly wonders if she should mention her fears about his slow progress in recovering. She considers mentioning the nagging feeling that there is something more wrong than he’s telling them. But, she doesn’t want anyone to think that she’s any more paranoid or crazy than they already do. 

 

Alphys lets out another long breath as she feels a lump in her throat. She swallows it back and keeps going. 

 

“We take him for granted … you know? We take his p-positivity, his happy and hopeful demeanor, his silly over the top humor, his advice and gift-giving … we take it all for g-granted. We … We all kept saying how much we n-needed him … when he needed us so so much more . In fact, he still n-needs us. He shouldn’t have to perform right now. He should get to be g-grumpy, angry, frustrated, tired, and … and sad. H-He is so impossibly s-sad. He shouldn’t have to crack jokes. He … He shouldn’t have to pretend. You all think that his TV persona is him … don’t you? Huh? You all st-still really b-believe that’s what he’s really like … wow … you’re missing out. You really, really are.” Alphys shakes her head sadly. 

 

Alphys finds herself staring each person in the family down as she continues speaking.  

 

“If you ask, if you poke around, you know that he’s really f-fascinating underneath the mask he puts on? He’s fucking brilliant, you know? But, y-you have to ask him questions, you have to really l-listen to him. You have to care about what he says because … otherwise? H-He clamps up and returns to being superficial. Superficial is s-safe! It’s a script! It’s easy! But, if you o-only see what you w-want to see, the real Ton-ton is e-easy to miss. So … So, he deserves that space! Let him infodump! Ask him q-questions! L-Listen … really fucking listen to his answers! Respect him! He’s just as w-worthy of that as any of us!” Alphys rebukes. 

 

Alphys sees Undyne and Sans both visibly flinch in her peripheral vision. She’s so far from done here, but she’s glad she’s getting through to them. 

 

“On top of that, he’s still in a lot of pain … ph-physically. You all know that r-right? He’s still really, really hurt? He’s asked that n-none of you see his strengthening e-exercises. So, I refuse to give d-details because he asked me not to, but it’s p-painful. It’s really, really, really fucking painful. That’s all I’ll s-say.” Alphys sighs. 

 

She runs her hands over her face under her glasses. She is so tired of this. She doesn’t understand how they haven’t gotten it through their thick skulls that Mettaton is just as vulnerable as any of them. 

 

Even more vulnerable than any one of them right now . She thinks bitterly. 

 

Worse yet, his family of origin, Maddie in particular, seems to inevitably cause the worst problems. Alphys is starting to see why Mettaton left Napstablook and Maddie. She feels bad for Napstablook because the poor ghost just will not stand up to Maddie. 

 

Can you blame Napstablook though? Even Ton-ton won’t tell her no. 

 

Alphys takes another centering breath before continuing. 

 

“A-Asgore … he needs a full month before we even think a-about trying this again. We cannot s-subject him to this any time before then. Give me a f-full month to u-unscramble the videos. We … He can’t take it. No one, and I mean no one, brings up any of this again for a f-full m-month. We don’t talk about the clothes he was w-wearing. That’s a huge t-trigger. It’s what set him off today. The m-mere m-mention of them made him go completely catatonic. Angel, he was hurting so badly. He was struggling to b-breathe! We have to be careful because … because when he stares off into space it might look like he’s ignoring you but h-hes not. I promise he’s not. He was s-so scared. Y-You could see it in his eyes if you kn-know him well enough. So, we don’t bring up the clothes . We a-avoid anything that involves c-consent that is not explicitly g-g-given. I’m talking about things as s-seemingly s-simple as Sleeping Beauty and Snow White. You ask to h-hug him, you a-ask to lift him, and you a-ask before even thinking about t-touching him. If y-you need to touch him for his o-own safety, y-you tell him wh-what you’re going to do before y-you do it. We d-don’t mention the apartment , which he is not going back to, and we certainly are not talking about his st-statement for at least a month. If he initiates conversation about any of those things, that’s different. I-If he asks to w-watch any of those things, that’s different. But, unless he b-brings it up, we say nothing ,” Alphys says. 

 

Asgore nods his understanding to Alphys. 

 

“I thought that I was acting his his best interest taking the statement now, Dr. Alphys. However, as usual, I have let my irrationality and impulsiveness get the better of me. I will inform him of my sincerest apologies, and I agree with your current assessment of the … ah … situation, as it were.” Asgore rumbles. 

 

Alphys watches as Asgore looks down at the sofa and beings pulling fuzz off of it. He looks pensive and, to Alphys’ surprise, teary eyed. 

 

“Thank you, Asgore … err … I appreciate that. I-I know he will too … um … yeah …” Alphys replies. 

 

Yet, before Alphys can address anything else, Maddie starts talking. 

 

“Why can’t he come back to the apartment? That’s a little extreme! Don’t you think!? Extreme! Taking him away from his family? Don’t you think?” Maddie asks. 

 

Alphys’ carefully placed calm slips. 

 

“Maddie, your only job right now is to say your p-piece about legal matters because it’s our law . Right now, you’re the biggest problem in the whole A-Angel-damn room. If you c-care about Mettaton, y-you’ll stay in your lane or you’ll l-l-leave him alone .” Alphys snarls. 

 

Maddie looks taken aback at Alphys’ forwardness. However, Alphys has, apparently, only served to feed Maddie’s anger. 

 

“I’m only looking out for him! LOOKING OUT FOR HIM! LOOKING OUT FOR HIM! You are the one taking him from us! TAKING HIM FROM US! YOU’VE ALWAYS TAKEN HIM FROM US! ” Maddie screams. 

 

Maddie flings herself up from the sofa and, with a claw pointed towards Alphys, rushes towards her. 

 

However, Napstablook floats between Maddie and Alphys. 

 

“maaaaaaadie. caaaaaalm dooooown! remember shy and i haaaaaave already saaaaaaaaaid we doooooooon’t think it’s a goooooood ideaaaaa fooooooooooor metta toooooooooo moooooove baaaaaack in. it’s nooooooooot saaaaaaaafe fooooooooor him. i saaaaaaaaw him the night aaaaaafter the huuuuuuuman attaaaaacked him. i’ve neeeeeeever seeeeeeeeeen him sooooooooo upseeeeeeeet. it’s noooooooot saaaaafe fooooooor him in the apartment,” Napstablook says. 

 

Alphys might just dust from shock. That’s the most firm Alphys has ever heard Napstablook be in her life. 

 

Maddie pulls a face at Napstablook. To Alphys, at least, Maddie looks halfway between shocked and offended. 

 

“But, Blooky! It will be plenty safe, plenty safe, PLENTY SAFE with me to help maneuver him! We’re family! He can’t leave us again! I won’t let him! I WON’T LET HIM! I WON’T LET HIM!” Maddie yells. 

 

Before Alphys can jump to Mettaton and Napstablook’s defense, Shyren inserts herself into the conversation. 

 

“if i may si re si mi say something, i do re me do not think you are being fair so la ti to mettaton, maddie. mettaton very well might not feel safe in so la ti the apartment anymore. he spent all of so la ti the time he was being hurt in that place. it’s not fair so la ti to mettaton to force him to go back!” Shyren interjects. 

 

Maddie holds her tail in shame, and Alphys’ heart swells with relief. 

 

At least Napstablook and Shyren are on the same page as I am, this might actually be easier than I thought. 

 

Alphys turns to Napstablook and Shyren with tears in her eyes. She feels them slip down her cheeks as she speaks. 

 

“Thank you. Thank y-you. You get it. You really g-get it. He needs this. He n-needs you ,” Alphys whispers through her voice cracks. 

 

Napstablook slides into Alphys’ outstretched arms and embraces her. 

 

“I cannot believe you, Blooky! How could you side with this outsider over family ? How could you? How could you? HOW COULD YOU?!” Maddie hollers. 

 

Alphys breaks the embrace. 

 

“Shut up! Y-You’re the one who l-left everyone first! Sure. Y-You told everyone where you went. Sure. It was for … for money. Sure, you v-visited. But, Maddie. You. Still. Left. Blame yourself! You abandoned the farm too! Y-You yelled at everyone, all the time when you were home. Y-Your unbridled anger hurt Ton-ton! When Napstablook wasn’t a-around, you yelled at him! Y-You told him he was just ‘Somebody Else’ … a nobody! So, you don’t g-get to say that to N-Napstablook! They w-were the one who t-took care of Ton-Ton m-most of his life. They w-were the one who h-helped him. They w-were the f-first real l-loving presence Ton-ton knew! So, they have every right to th-think for themselves even if that means … even if that means they choose to s-support an opinion that’s n-not yours or the E-Elder’s of your family! Besides, Ton-ton is not even leaving! He’s j-just moving nearby to st-stay here with T-Toriel, Sans, a-and Papyrus or to move in with m-me! Why does it m-matter where he lives if he still sees you all?” Alphys retorts. 

 

Maddie blinks hard before hissing at Alphys. Alphys folds her arms over her chest and stares Maddie down. 

 

Catty used to do that all the time when she was a kitten. It doesn’t phase me any. 

 

So, Alphys simply rolls her eyes and turns back to Napstablook and Shyren. 

 

“i waaaaaaaaant toooooooooo staaaaaaaaate, fooooooooor legal recoooooooord, thaaaaaat dr. alphys is an official member ooooooooof the bloooooooooook faaaaaaaaamily in all legal maaaaaaaaatters gooooooooing foooooooorward. i shooooooooould haaaaaaave saaaaaaaaaid thaaaaaaaat froooooooom the beeeeeeeginning, buuuuuuuuut i waaaaas tooooooooooooo nervous. dr. alphys is as muuuuuuuuuuuuch metta’s sister as we are his coooooousins.” Napstablook says. 

 

Alphys looks over at Maddie who hisses again. Alphys rolls her eyes even more aggressively this time. 

 

“How could you! How could you? How could you?!” Maddie stamps her foot. 

 

Alphys looks over at the rest of the group. 

 

Undyne is staring off at the wall while biting her lip. 

 

Toriel’s head is between her knees as Sans pats her back. 

 

Asgore acknowledges Napstablook with a regal nod before returning to picking threads in the sofa. 

 

Finally, Napstablook addresses Maddie.

 

“maaaaaadie … this is fooooooooooor the best. yoooooooooou knooooooooooooow thaaaaaaaaat right? if yooooooooooou caaaaaaaaaare abooooooooout metta, yoooooooou woooooould let dr. alphys heeeeelp.” Blooky restates. 

 

Alphys looks back at Maddie, Shyren, and Napstablook. Maddie finally spins on her heal, sticks her tongue out at Alphys, and plops down next to the window in a huff. Maddie doesn’t move as she stares out into the snowy landscape. 

 

Alphys offers another hug to Napstablook. They float into her arms and let her embrace them. 

 

“Thank you. He … He l-loves you so, so m-much. He … Napstablook, Ton-ton … he never wanted to h-hurt you. The show … e-everything … all of it … it was for you . As soon as he was ch-charged back up, he told me he was going to g-get you … to b-bring you to the Surface with us. He w-w-wanted you to see the sun and the m-moon. He desperately wanted you to … to wish on the s-stars. So, thank you. Th-Thank you for standing up for yourself, and him, because right now … he … h-he can’t .” Alphys whispers so only Napstablook can hear. 

 

Napstablook pulls away from Alphys’ embrace and gives her a teary smile. 

 

“it’s nooooooooooo moooore, and proooooooobably less, thaaaan whaaaaaaaaat he gaaaaaaaaave tooooooooo meeeeeee and toooooooooo everyoooooone else uuuuuuuuundergroooooooound,” Napstablook says. 

 

Alphys gives a slow nod and a somber smile in return. She doesn’t have much to say in reply to Napstablook. Their simple words often speak well for themselves. 

 

Alphys straightens up and clears her throat before turning to Sans and Toriel. She keeps her voice low so only they can hear her.

 

“I just need to say that Mettaton n-needs you both to support him. But, you both have a t-tendancy to baby those you c-care about, and you can’t do that to him. He’s 200 y-years old! He deserves to be treated with the r-respect you would give an adult because he is one. 200 years is the a-age of m-majority for … err … the t-type of Soul h-he had. I t-tease Mettaton because he knows me, and he e-expects that of me. You both come on … err … a-a little strong s-sometimes.” Alphys sighs. 

 

“you got it doc. no questions asked.” Sans replies. 

 

“Absolutely, Dr. Alphys. I shall do my best to avoid smothering him. For, I am quite aware that I sometimes smother a bit … or … well … even a lot. But, I shall attempt to support him without hovering. He is very good, and I have grown to love him so.” Toriel smiles sadly. 

 

Alphys offers the two of them her claws, and she squeezes Sans’ hand and Toriel’s paw. 

 

“I couldn’t ask for anything m-more.” Alphys says earnestly. 

 

Toriel and Sans give a watery smile to Alphys while squeezing her hand in return. 

 

For a moment, Alphys considers telling the room about a few things she accidently discovered on Mettaton’s phone the previous night when she went to block the asshole’s number. 

 

Alphys had figured Mettaton might like to be able to scroll the UnderNet or watch movies on his phone. So, she had gone to fix it up for him last night at four in the morning when she was sure both Mettaton and Papyrus were well settled. 

 

However, she was exhausted and her fingers were clumsy. 

 

So, she ended up reading a few texts that she didn’t expect to read. Undyne’s texts in particular are bubbling right near the surface of Alphys’ lips as she makes eye contact with Undyne. Alphys now knows that Undyne’s overprotectiveness extended well beyond just the one conversation during Return of the King. For, last night, Alphys accidentally read the text Undyne sent Mettaton late Friday evening into early Saturday morning saying that whatever he was dealing with had better be important. 

 

It was. 

 

Alphys found the text where Undyne had called Mettaton out for “abandoning Alphys” for work and claimed that his “family first schtick” was just a ruse. 

 

Clearly, it was not. 

 

Alphys also found herself looking at the alarms Mettaton had sent himself. 

 

The alarms were the only thing that Alphys truly looked at on purpose. For, Alphys knew, in order to help Mettaton find a healthier way to remember things, she had to see his previous system. 

 

The mere memory of the alarms still terrifies Alphys, and she knows she definitely wants to keep the contents of those private. 

 

The labels on most the alarms were spelled wrong, and some of them were completely nonsensical. Several of the alarm names included insults that Mettaton had written towards himself for needing the alarms to remember things in the first place. 

 

Despite knowing the alarms are too personal to bring up, as Alphys looks at Undyne, Alphys once again feels the pull to bring up the texts. 

 

However, she simply breathes deeply and looks up at the ceiling. 

 

Angel give me strength. 

 

“‘Dyne, we already t-talked about things y-yesterday. But, y-you need to know that I a-accidentally discovered m-more about what y-you said to him this last m-month. I saw some of y-your old texts to h-him, and … a-and ‘Dyne … y-you owe him,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys doesn’t yell. Instead, she is eerily serene in a way that makes everyone look at her. The eyes on her make Alphys’ skin crawl.

 

Undyne looks away from Alphys and bites her lip.

 

Alphys wraps her arms around herself and holds tight. She risks looking at Undyne for a moment before looking away again. Alphys takes another deep breath before continuing to speak. 

 

“‘Dyne … I … I really love you … and … and I still … I want to make this all w-work … but … but I m-may need space for a m-minute longer because y-you hurt me. ‘Dyne … my pride is hurt, and … and … and I’m upset that it f-feels like you didn’t trust me to m-make my own decisions. Whether those decisions are b-bad or good, I deserve to m-make them. And … and s-somehow … more importantly, you hurt … you hurt Ton-ton … my best friend … my patient … my … my Soul-brother. B-Because …  no matter what improvements Ton-ton made, y-you didn’t trust him. None of y-you know how h-hard he was trying to be what we e-expected of him. None of y-you saw how h-hard he worked to i-improve his flighty memory. H-He worked so hard. So, all  of us o-owe him. B-But … But, ‘Dyne y-you really owe h-him … because … b-because yesterday, d-despite everything, he still tried to d-defend your actions,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys feels the tears pouring down her own cheeks as she looks up from where her eyes have found the floor. 

 

As Alphys looks up, she sees Undyne wipe a few tears from her eye as she glares at the wall. Undyne is biting her lip so hard Alphys wonders if Undyne is losing feeling in it. Undyne swipes away a few more tears before giving two or three short nods in response to what Alphys has said. 

 

Then, Undyne resumes her distant stare at the wall as she speaks. 

 

“Alphy … I’m sorry. I-I’ll … I’ll do what I can. I know why I said … why I said what I said … but … I know now … that … um … that whatever reasons I may have had … that … that that punk never deserved what happened to him. He certainly doesn’t deserve to … to die or … o-or to feel l-like … *ahem* l-like we want him d-dead. You’re right … you and I … we … we need time. But, I’m not afraid … you and I … we’ll get through this. It’s not the end for us … for him … or any of us … not if I can help it,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys nods once. 

 

“Thank you. I … I forgive you, ‘Dyne. I love you … I-I love y-you more than anyone c-could ever imagine. But … but because I l-love you … I just  … like I s-said yesterday … I … I-I n-need space. What I-I … What happened to Ton-ton and I U-Underground taught m-me a lot. I-I don’t want to hurt y-you like I hurt h-him. You’re right. W-We’ll figure it out,” Alphys says.  

 

Alphys turns to go up the stairs to have time alone. Her introvert battery needs some quiet. 

 

“Tell me if you n-need me. I’m going to Mettaton’s o-old room to cool down before I-I help Papyrus on the n-night shift. I-I … I have a w-weird feeling about t-tonight.”

 

After about half an hour of lying on Mettaton’s old bed, Alphys’ heart rate has finally come down. However, when she hears a knock on the door, she has to resist the urge to throw a pillow at whoever is in the doorway. 

 

“Go a-away ‘Dyne, what part of space do you not u-understand?” Alphys asks. 

 

“hey, doc. ‘s … um … i ain’t your girlfriend. look, i like the roof. ‘n the neighborhood ‘s quiet this time-a night. let ‘s hit up the roof. ‘ll even make ya that fuzzy orange juice alcohol thing after we chat.” Sans offers. 

 

“I … uh … I-I’ll be find without the a-alcohol but … but … err … th-thanks. I-I’ll … yeah … lets go.” She says. 

 

Alphys grabs several blankets before following Sans up to the roof. Alphys burrows into the blankets as Sans simply pulls his hoodie closer around his shoulders before zipping it up. 

 

“i jus’ wanted ta say that it was absolutely fucking justified what you said ta all of us. if ya handn’t said something, i know paps was about ta say somethin’ similar. so, i jus’ wanted ya to know that. and, i also want ya ta know that you’re not in this alone. i wanna help ya out if ya need it. i’d even be willing to brush the dust off my own degree if ya need a second set of eyes on anything mechanical or anything like that,” Sans says. 

 

Alphys stares up at the sky and looks at the stars. Her eyes swell with tears that she blinks away. 

 

“Sans … s-s-something more is wrong with him. I-I … I don’t know what it is. B-But, he … there’s something I can’t p-put my finger on … he just s-seems off. Th-There’s something he’s keeping from me. I-I can’t get him to t-talk about it, and I-I’m not sure how to get him to open up. Yet, u-until I do I-I … I’m just going to be treating symptoms instead of c-causes. He … H-He’s so different n-now. D-Different in ways I-I never wanted h-him to be d-different … if I-I ever really w-wanted him to be d-different at all. I-I didn’t w-want him to change, S-Sans. I … I just missed him! I w-wanted him around! I-I didn’t … it’s … it’s like I-I said when I-I told you a-about him calling me on the f-fifteenth, he s-sounded almost … almost broken l-like I’d … like I’d h-hurt him just for f-forgetting to c-call or t-text me for a f-few days. B-But, at the same t-time, he … I-I don’t know how else to e-explain the t-tone of his speech other than a-almost concussed? I-It was like … h-his voice was slurred and k-kind of distorted? I-I mean, I know I-I already told y-you about that, b-but … I-I dunno … I-I’m worried there w-was something else g-going on that we all still d-don’t fully understand? I’m not making sense a-am I.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Alphys feels Sans’ hand squeeze her own tightly. 

 

“naw. you’re makin’ perfect sense. i do remember that conversation now tha’cha mention it. al, i promise, no matter what the hell happens, i’m here for ya as a professional as well as your friend. run things by me if ya need ta do that. ya don’ have ta take care of him all on your own now. i’m not completely useless,” Sans says. 

 

Alphys feels Sans squeeze her hand again before the two of them slip into a comfortable silence. Alphys huddles deeper into her blankets as she stares up at the sky. 

 

The stars seem to feed something that is growing in Alphys. The strange feeling that she has inside her Soul is something she hasn’t felt in a long time. 

 

Confidence. I feel confident. At least, a little bit confident. I’m confident in what I know … even if I’m not sure what to do with it. 

 

Alphys closes her eyes and soaks in the feeling of the starlight in the night sky. She lets the light of the dust of her ancestors feed her Soul. Alphys knows that she will need the all strength that the blazing balls of dust provide her. For, that is all stars are really, balls of dust and gas lit on fire. 

 

For, if monster lore is to be believed, despite monster dust being gathered and sprinkled on a beloved object, the real essence of the dead monster is with the Angel in the sky blazing brightly and guiding those they left behind. The fallen Souls of monsters grant wishes, protect hopes, and foster dreams. The stars are the physical reality of those dusted Souls on fire with love, compassion, hope, and joy. 

 

“al, i shoulda made him talk to you the night of the game gauntlet. i shoulda known somethin’ more was wrong with him and trusted my instincts on that. he … he looked like he felt so crappy that day, but i took him at his word that it was jus’ nerves about the tour and leavin’. i really regret the way i handled that. he seemed like he wanted comfort, but he was so scared of me touchin’ him. it set off every bad feelin’ i’ve ever had, and i still ignored it. i jus’ … i dunno maybe i didn’t wanna believe what i thought or what i inferred from what he was sayin’. or, maybe i … i thought i had it wrong and i didn’t wanna make things awkward? but, regardless, i jus’ wish i’d said somethin’ to the kid to help him calm down. he was having a hard time breathin’ shoulda known somethin’ was up.” Sans whispers. 

 

Alphys can see Sans’ breath as he talks. She takes in the utter sadness in his expression as he speaks. However, it’s news to her that Mettaton was struggling to breathe on top of forgetting to charge. Sans left that out. 

 

“Y-You never told me how that p-panic attack started. I … I-I … err … eventually put two a-and two together that he had one. But, I never k-knew why it started.” Alphys remarks. 

 

Sans nods slowly. 

 

“i made him promise to talk ta ya about it eventually, but eventually never … ah … it never came. i suppose ‘cause of everything that happened the next week.” Sans confesses. 

 

Alphys makes a small displeased noise as she glares at Sans. 

 

“Y-You should have t-told me. I-I know why y-you didn’t, but I-I … I wish I-I had known. H-Honestly, sometimes it feels l-like … like e-everyone assumes I c-can’t handle a-anything! I … I-I lived with the g-guilt of wh-what I did to … t-to them by myself f-for … for years. I-I’m … I’m stronger than a-anyone gives m-me credit for!” Alphys snaps. 

 

Sans turns on his side to face her. His expression is pinched with multiple emotions. Though, Alphys can tell from all their years of knowing each other that Sans is frustrated. He runs a hand over his skull as he speaks. 

 

“it wasn’t that, al. i just … i didn’t want ta lose MTT’s trust. i know … that sounds stupid now, but in the moment … ya know … i dunno … it made sense? but, on the subject of people treatin’ ya like a kid, i’m right there with ya that undyne was out of line. i honestly had no idea what she said ‘till paps told me about it last night. honest, i’m offended for both of ya. i mean, i kinda get where she mighta been comin’ from in regards ta paps … but … actually … nah … i don’ get that either. MTT was nothin’ but respectful, invested, and gentle when it came ta paps! i don’ know where she was getting her information from because it certainly wasn’t the reality i was seein’.” Sans sighs. 

 

Alphys rolls over on her side to get a better look at Sans’ face. Alphys props herself up on her elbow as she pulls the blankets back up over her shoulder. 

 

“Ugh! That p-pissed me off too! L-Like, Mettaton never e-even d-dated anyone before P-Papyrus! He might have a b-bad track record w-with some of his p-past relationships, but like h-honestly, so do I! ” Alphys declares. 

 

Sans nods sagely before his usual grin passes over his face. 

 

“yeah, ya do.” Sans smiles. 

 

Alphys pulls her glasses down on the end of her nose and glares at Sans. He laughs at her and puts his hands up in a defensive position. 

 

“jus’ sayin’ doc. ya called me ta help ya with the amalgamates after not speaking ta me for … for what … months? years? and even then ya were so cryptic about it!” Sans teases. 

 

Alphys shakes her head with a soft smile despite herself. 

 

“Y-You know why. D-Don’t play that y-you don’t know why.” Alphys says, suddenly serious. 

 

Sans stops grinning and looks at her softly. 

 

“i take it ya haven’t reached back out ta your folks since ya came up here then?” Sans asks. 

 

Alphys bites her lip hard and rolls over onto her back again. She looks up at the stars before pulling her arms behind her head as she speaks directly to the Souls of her ancestors. 

 

“N-Nope. Best d-decision I ever m-made. I-I owe them nothing. I-I’m done sending them m-money. I’m d-done being their t-trained medical m-monkey-monster, Sans! M-My magic has b-been nothing m-more than a c-cash grab since we were d-dirt poor in Hotland and I-I was th-thirteen! Thir-fucking-teen, S-Sans! I-I was like … wh-what … s-seventeen years a-away from adulthood! The o-one good thing Undyne d-did was c-convince me to not o-open or r-respond to their l-letter. I … I-I even asked M-Mettaton if … if it w-would be hypocritical n-not to respond when a-all I ever t-tried to do l-later in our f-friendship was … was get him to t-talk to Napstablook, but … b-but he assured me I-I was well w-within my r-rights to cut them off. I-I figured … I dunno … s-something about g-getting that c-confirmation from him f-felt right? So … S-So, no. I-I … I haven’t talked to them.” Alphys explains.  

 

She hopes that whomever is up there from her linage hears her. She hopes that, when her parents pass into the dust in the sky, people learn not to exploit their children lest they lose them. For, that is the only lesson of merit Alphys thinks that her parents have to teach. 

 

She hears Sans hum his acknowledgement. 

 

“askin MTT for advice, was that before or after the apologies?” Sans asks. 

 

Alphys closes her eyes and tries to think. 

 

“J-Just a-after? I-I think? A-Actually, yeah … it w-would have h-had to been a-after because I-I asked him a-about it when I was p-putting final touches on his b-body. We w-went through most of o-our apologies w-when … when he m-moved. Then, w-we had a long l-lunch the F-Friday? … or w-was it Saturday? … after that. I-I don’t remember. B-But, anyway … y-yeah … he … oh, Sans … the d-day he first inhabited his b-body … he was so happy. G-Genuinely, he was so h-happy … Angel, Sans … I-I just … I-I j-just w-want that M-Mettaton b-back! I … I-I’d give anything t-to … to j-just see h-him so genuinely e-excited a-about anything again. L-Literally … I-I don’t g-give a fuck what i-it is! I-I just … I-I j-just w-wanna s-see him happy! B-But, not the f-fake happy l-like Th-Thusday … n-no … i-it h-has to b-be … be real h-happy or … o-or it d-doesn’t count!” Alphys’ voice breaks. 

 

Alphys opens her eyes and finds that her vision is blurred with tears. She wipes her eyes with her sleeve before sitting up and drawing her knees to her chest. Alphys feels the soft and warm fabric of Sans’ sweatshirt brushing against her cheek as Sans draws her close to his chest. Alphys wraps her arms around Sans and lets him hold her. 

 

“i couldn’t agree with ya more. i jus’ … i feel for him. the feelin’ that i feel most … more than offense at undyne on your and paps’ behalf and even more than hatred at the ass for causin’ this is jus’ … is jus’ hurt for MTT. i jus’ … i can’t even … i can’t imagine how confused he is. he goes from us all jus’ like bein’ pretty superficial with him, tellin’ him its nice that he’s around because he’s good with frisk and paps likes him ta … ta all of us jus’ tryin’ ta keep him alive! like … i … i sorta wonder what that must look like ta him. ya know? does he know that we’re gonna care about him once he’s well again? an’ … and how do i show him … how do we show him that we’re gonna still be here when he’s back to blurting sceneit answers, ‘n telling us random film production facts, ‘n singin’ along to every angel-damn disney movie … and  … and more than jus’ bein’ there … that i’m … that we’re gonna enjoy it? how do i … how do we make him see that i … we missed it?” Sans whispers. 

 

Alphys leans into the warmth of Sans’ hoodie. 

 

“Y-You know, y-you can admit that y-you’re talking about y-yourself and not the whole g-group right? Y-You can admit that you m-miss his blurting answers, that you m-miss his random facts, that you m-miss his sing alongs. Y-You’re allowed to miss those things. I … I-I miss them too.” Alphys whispers back. 

 

Sans nods slowly. The two of them sit in each other’s embrace on the rooftop. For now, all Alphys can see is the deep blue of Sans’ hoodie and the bright pink of the fleece blankets. As she nestles deeper into the blankets and the faux sheepskin of the hoodie fluff, Alphys tries to draw some strength from Sans’ offer to help her if she needs it. Alphys would be lying to herself if she doesn’t admit that Sans’ offer settles some of her anxiety. 

 

For all his attempts at appearing ignorant and silly, Sans was once one of the most brilliant technical scientists in his class. Alphys supposes that, somewhere in Sans, there is still that bright and brilliant forty-something TA that she met when she was in her late twenties. 

 

Suddenly, a particularly cold gust of wind blows, and Alphys shivers. 

 

“lets getcha back inside, doc. last thing we need is both of ya on your asses.” Sans chuckles. 

 

Alphys rolls her eyes as she untangles herself from Sans’ embrace. 

 

“Y-You and I both kn-know better than a-anyone in this house that th-that is not h-how monsters g-get sick Sans.” Alphys laughs. 

 

Alphys gives Sans a good natured nudge with her shoulder as he puts his arm around her. 

 

“you’re right, of course, doc. i jus’ like messin’ wicha.” Sans winks. 

 

The two of them reenter the house from the attic room. Alphys deposites the blankets back in Mettaton’s room before heading down the hallway with her laptop in hand. 

 

As much as she hopes that she is wrong, Alphys can’t help but find that the weird instinct she felt earlier tonight tugging on her Soul with a vengeance. So, Alphys takes a deep breath in the hallway before gathering her new found confidence and opening the door. 

Notes:

Chapter Highlights:

1) Asgore, Maddie, Alphys, and Blooky all gather with Mettaton to take his statement.
2) In the midst of taking the statement, Mettaton enters an almost catatonic state before having a self-destructive panic attack. This causes Alphys to put an end to the questioning.
3) Mettaton reflects on parts of his youth, his relationship with Alphys, his writing and time as a star Underground, his relationship with Frisk, and his relationship with Papyrus as well as recognizing that he still in quite a bit of pain.
4) Alphys explains, in no uncertain terms, what Mettaton needs from the family. She also informs them of Mettaton’s attempted self-harm.
5) Alphys addresses the importance of Mettaton being given space to discuss the details of his assault on his own terms.
6) Maddie, Alphys, Napstablook, and Shyren get in a heated discussion about whether or not Mettaton is able to move back to the apartment. This prompts a stand off between Napstablook and Maddie that leads to Alphys being officially adopted into the Blook family for all legal matters going forward - at Napstablook’s request.
7) Alphys and Sans discuss Mettaton’s slower than expected recovery. Sans offers to help Alphys with whatever he can.

Dearest Readers,

This is one of two chapters that I'll be posting up today. (I had meant to post both of them on the 15th officially in honor of the anniversarry, but I went on a date with my spouse for his birthday and it ran later than I thought.)

I've laid the foreshadowing on pretty thick in this chapter. Some folks are already guessing where things are headed. I hope I dropped a few more decent clues in this chapter.

Future chapters with TWs that are significant will be formatted like this where you have the "Chapter Highlights" prior to a shorter authors note. This is to ensure that people can skip sections of the story that are plot significant, but may difficult for some readers to read for one reason or another.

One of things I am working on with this story is attempting to ensure that it is a story about this makeshift family and the ways it grows despite hardship and tragedy. It is also, I think, in the end, a story about the relationships that grow (or grow back) due to tragedy.

However, the one thing that no one can change is a person's basic response under pressure.

Asgore strategizes and tries to take the most direct route to solution. Mettaton fauns right before he flees (or tries to). Alphys panics, but she also fixes. Napstablook just kind of freezes, but they also remain a stable and constant presence. Maddie gets angry. Sans defends. Toriel hovers. Papyrus holds tight to faith and trust. Frisk is a fixer. Undyne fights even when that doesn't make sense. Shyren hides until she can't.

I have found, in my own experience, that it's not about trying to change these pressure responses. Instead, it's about learning to love other people through their fears. In so many ways, we need to let others into our fears because, as Alphys says, "we can't let it get so big." At the risk of sounding kind of self-aggrandizing, that might be one of my favorite lines I've ever written because I think it gets at the root of something important. When fear, grief, or other emotions get to be too much for us to hold, we explode or implode depending on our tendencies. However, if we lean on our safe people gradually, spouses, friends, coworkers, therapists, whomever, then, the explosions are smaller and more manageable. Yet, we're not perfect, and sometimes we hold things in for reasons that seem great. In those moments, we find tethers to the Earth - some of them good, and some of them not so good.

This second half of the recovery is about everyone both growing in relationship as well as facing their fears by leaning in on each other. At the end of the Pacifist Route, everyone is in a line. However, the family is moving into a circle of protection that grows when new members link arms.

As I've mentioned before, I relate deeply to Mettaton's story. There are several characters in Undertale who remind me of people I know in real life, and some of his safe people, I'm sure, have taken on elements of those folks I love and who love me.

If you'd like to read my official Undertale birthday post on my Tumblr, it addresses more of those similarities between me and Mettaton. Here it is: (just remove the spaces) https://www.tumblr.com/tookishcombeferre /728577958405603328/happy-8th-birthday-undertale? source=share

All the Best,
Pip 🩷🧡

Chapter 23: Wish You Could Have Talked to Me

Summary:

Alphys and Papyrus have a conversation about the nature of love and discover just how much they have in common in the process. After a frightening near set back in Mettaton’s recovery, Papyrus and Alphys discover just how much Mettaton hid from everyone, both in these months on the Surface and Underground. It’s in this moment that Papyrus realizes love withstands change without changing.

TW:
Injury Recovery
Dysfunctional Family Relationships (in both family of origin and found)
Depictions of Migraines
Depiction of a Seizure-Like Event
GRAPHIC depictions of PTSD
GRAPHIC depiction of Verbal Autistic Meltdown
Discussions of Nightmares/Night terrors regarding possession/mind control
References to Physical Abuse
References to Gaslighting
References to attempted self-harm
References to contemplated suicide attempt
Suicidal Ideation/ Suicidal Thoughts
Religious Undertones from a fictional religion that shares elements with ancestor worship and Christianity

Notes:

IMPORTANT NOTE / CW - The narrator of this chapter doesn’t have language to describe the seizure-like event as such. He describes it as best as he can. However, one of the characters gives decent instructions, moving the person on their side and NOT restraining them. Additionally, furniture should be, and is, moved. Nothing is put in the character’s mouth, and both people who were there at the start remain there. This is basic first aid best practices. They are followed.

IMPORTANT NOTE/ CW 2: Mettaton’s rambling in this chapter can be read as many things. However, I intended it to follow the patterns of my own autistic meltdowns. However, I am not so unaware that I don’t realize that there are several other mental illnesses/disorders that that section could read as. You may read it however you wish. However, Papyrus and Alphys handle things fairly well. They do somethings right and some things wrong. However, a vast number of the incorrect things are actually corrected by Papyrus when he uses active listening to connect with what Mettaton has said.

IMPORTANT NOTE 3: As promised, a section labeled “Chapter Highlights” will appear at the end of this chapter due to the nature and number of the TWs in this chapter.

Title is a Matthew and the Atlas reference to the song “Elijah.” It’s a hauntingly beautiful song. I highly recommend listening to it when reading the chapter. It really inspired a lot of Alphys and Papyrus’ responses to Mettaton’s feelings.

Lastly, I looked through my past chapters and apart from the one side table, a rocking chair, and a boba night light, I don’t THINK I added many details from what Dr. Alphys’ room looks like before Mettaton’s things were added to it. But, if I have any inconsistencies, obviously, let me know. Though, I couldn't find anything else that was obvious. Specifically, I can’t remember if I ever gave the walls a color.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

As Dr. Alphys goes to sit in her old desk chair, she notices that there’s a note under the cushion. She shoves it in her pocket with a soft sigh. 

 

Papyrus pokes his head up to look at Dr. Alphys after she sits down. 

 

“I’m sorry if I woke y-you up,” Dr. Alphys says. 

 

Papyrus notices that she stares at her feet while she talks. Her claws are folded in her lap, and she keeps fidgeting with her thumbs. One crosses over the other then she runs the top claw over the bottom claw before crossing the claw that was on the bottom over the one on the top. It’s almost as if she’s making tiny circles with the xs of her thumbs. 

 

Papyrus is mesmerized by the fidgeting for a while before Dr. Alphys asks him a question. 

 

“H-How has he been? Is … he’s okay r-right?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

“yes. he has been sleeping mostly peacefully in my arms since he took the headache medicine earlier. he woke up one time looking for his plush friends. however, as soon as i was able to locate them and give them to him, he fell immediately back to sleep. even when undyne came up and moved the bed side table, he still slept. she did not say anything at all. which … is very strange. but, she looked sad. then, she left that note on the chair. yet, apart from that strange encounter, so far, all is calm, and all is well.” Papyrus answers. 

 

Dr. Alphys nods. Papyrus notices a few tears fall down her cheeks. 

 

“I-I… I just don’t understand … f-forget it …” Dr. Alphys sighs. 

 

“you do not understand how they could be so focused on things that, in the end, do not really matter. things like … mettaton’s struggle to understand his own feelings, or his incredible difficulty with memory, or, my least favorite, ‘protecting’ me when i do not need protection. for, though contrary to some monsters’ popular beliefs, i do not wear stripes in fact. well, at least, the last time i checked.” Papyrus grumbles. 

 

If only for Dr. Alphys’ sake, Papyrus tries valiantly to keep the bitterness out of his voice. He knows that Dr. Alphys and Undyne’s relationship is in a tenuous place at the moment. However, Papyrus can’t help but feel a little bitter about Undyne treating him as though he cannot make his own choices. For, while heartbreak is not something Papyrus would ever want, he also is grown up enough to know that it is possible in any relationship. 

 

SANS HAS NEVER INTENDED TO HURT ME. YET THERE WERE DAYS WHEN THE FEAR I HAVE FELT FOR HIM HAS HURT IN THE DEPTHS OF MY SOUL … SOMETIMES. SHE HAS NEVER FELT THE NEED TO PROTECT ME FROM THAT HEARTBREAK. WHAT DID SHE THINK METTATON WOULD DO TO ME?

 

 Dr. Alphys places a hand on Papyrus’ hand, and it pulls him from his thoughts. 

 

“I’m sorry a-about that y-you know. For … um … for what it’s w-worth. I think … I think y-you’re brilliant. I-I've been meaning to tell you that ... err ... s-since a-at least Wednesday. Though, I wish I'd said it sooner.” Dr. Alphys smiles. 

 

Papyrus smiles and flaps his wrists. He can barely contain his excitement, and he’s sure his face shows it. 

 

“thank you dr. alphys. you are the first monster, apart from mettaton, who has ever described me that way!” 

 

Papyrus tries to keep his voice down, but it is a real battle. Dr. Alphys must notice his efforts because she grins at him. Then, her eyebrows scrunch together in confusion. 

 

“What a-about Sans? D-Doesn’t he think y-you’re smart?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Papyrus looks off at the pastel yellow walls. He turns his attention towards observing the room to distract himself from giving Dr. Alphys too scathing a response. 

 

Most things have been moved out, but there are a few random odds and ends of Dr. Alphys’ that remain. The boba lamp is still plugged in on the side table that Undyne moved, and much of the furniture is the same as when Dr. Alphys lived here. Papyrus has even found several random packs of anime stickers in the desk and side table drawers. 

 

However, Papyrus knows that many of Mettaton’s favorite things are here now too. The rocking chair is full of Mettaton’s plush toys. Mettaton’s record player is here as well as his records that they are storing under the desk. The cards that everyone made Mettaton are watching over all of them from on top of the tall dresser. The beautiful flowers that Asgore gave Mettaton also rest on top of that dresser. Spooky Bloo Bloo … no … Blooky and Sans didn’t bring the posters or the glow in the dark stars, but they both brought nearly everything else. 

 

Papyrus smiles at the plush toys wrapped in Mettaton’s arms as he rests. 

 

Papyrus had been so careful earlier in ensuring that Mettaton had both of his favorite toys securely in his arms in an effort to ease Mettaton into sleep again. 

 

Papyrus shakes his head out of his observations, but he remains looking at the pastel yellow paint on the wall. 

 

“dr. alphys, my brother and i love each other very much. but, i do not think sans understands me very well. however, we have both openly stated that … that we do not expect the other person to fill all of our needs. if sans finds me intelligent, he has never said so in words.” Papyrus states. 

 

You are a marvel, dearest. Truly, you’re a miracle. The real star and light of the Underground and the Surface … You are maybe the most observant monster I have ever met, truly, darling. All of it is true.

 

Papyrus looks down at Mettaton. He’ll never forget those words and the pure genuineness in Mettaton’s eyes as he spoke. 

 

When Papyrus had asked Mettaton if he remembered what he had said the night before as they made breakfast together, Mettaton smiled and said he did. He also said he was worried he hadn’t been clear enough. He thought Papyrus was one of the smartest, kindest, and most gentle monsters he had ever met. Papyrus blushes, recalling that Mettaton repeated that Papyrus was the real light of the Underground and the Surface. Then, Mettaton had clung to him as tight as he had dared. 

 

Papyrus heaves a sigh. 

 

“i think your estimation of my brilliance is incorrect, dr. alphys. for, you see, upon reviewing mettaton’s actions this last month, i am worried that i missed something very important. the night that we watched mew mew kissy cutie … he asked some very strange questions, but he wouldn’t elaborate on them. then, he would hug me very tight as though he were very afraid and needed my protection. if i am as observant as he thought i was … i suppose i should have caught onto what was happening that day at your house. i did not have the excuse of being intoxicated as you did.” Papyrus whispers. 

 

Dr. Alphys’ eyes swell with tears. 

 

“Y-You have no idea how badly I wish that I-I hadn’t gotten drunk that night, Papyrus. I … that show … it … it really h-hurt him.” Dr. Alphys’ voice cracks. 

 

Papyrus takes her hand. 

 

“well, dr. alphys, i do not blame you, and i hope you do not begrudge me.” Papyrus smiles sadly. 

 

Dr. Alphys’ eyes widen in shock. 

 

“Y-You? Why would I blame you? Papyrus, you … y-you’re the only reason he perked up when he was d-dying. Y-You’re the reason he fights so hard. He loves y-you, and he would never blame y-you for not noticing his problems. Honestly, it scares me most that he doesn’t seem to begrudge the rest of u-us anything. I … I want to know exactly what that a-asshole said because whatever it was it really shook Ton-ton … b-badly. He’s always had … um … these … I used to call them sp-spirals. It was like his brain would get … err … o-overfull? … and he would … um … just almost i-implode? It … ah … it … no … no … that’s not possible … but … well … it could be?” 

 

Dr. Alphys taps her claws against her chin in thought. Papyrus waits for her answer before blurting one himself. Eventually, Dr. Alphys looks between Mettaton and Papyrus. 

 

“Um … d-don’t take this wrong, but he reminds me o-of … of you. It is … it’s like a m-meltdown, but … but intensely verbal instead of s-silent. He just … he would talk and talk and talk a m-million miles a minute without making any sense. Then, he would just flop over. It’s … when he g-gets like that … Angel, I pray y-you never have to hear it. Though, I-I know … I know you will.” Dr. Alphys smiles sadly. 

 

Papyrus raises an eye socket in silent question. 

 

Dr. Alphys’ smile quickly darkens into pure sadness. 

 

“Papyrus, on Wednesday you said some really p-profound things. Th-Things that ... that really made me think. But, I-I have to ask, you love Ton-ton, r-right?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Papyrus blushes hard and nods enthusiastically. He can’t quite find the words to express an answer, but he hopes his eyes communicate what he can’t. 

 

“G-Good. Then, I … I know y-you can handle what y-you’re getting into. From my experience as a scientist, the power of l-love, love not LOVE, is e-extraordinary. In my r-research, I’ve discovered that it may be the o-only force more p-powerful than DETERMINATION. Y-Yet, from my experience as someone who has been n-nurtured by love, I can confirm that, when love is true, it makes sacrifices … sometimes, e-even seemingly crazy s-sacrifices. If I-I can hazard a guess, that’s where its p-power comes from.” 

 

Dr. Alphys looks up at Papyrus with a gentle and genuine smile. 

 

Papyrus nods his understanding as he waits to see if Dr. Alphys has finished speaking. She takes another deep breath before continuing to speak. 

 

“I-I’m not saying that a monster who loves y-you would ever ask y-you to change the things that make you … well … err … y-you. No, no. I-It’s … it’s different from that. It’s more that love … err … well it’s a f-force that withstands change. Inside, Ton-ton is still himself. He’s still f-flamboyant, quirky, and … err … obsessively particular, in ways that can b-border on c-compulsive? But, he also believes that e-everyone - body, mind, and Soul - is b-beautiful and has value … though his manner of expressing this may not always come forth as p-perfectly as he might think … hehe …” 

 

Dr. Alphys’ laugh is not happy or joyful. In fact, Papyrus doesn’t understand how a laugh can sound so empty and weak. 

 

Still, Papyrus watches Alphys intently as she fiddles with her glasses. Her eyes focus on something that seems incredibly far away, or rather, perhaps, it is deep inside her memory. 

 

“I-I guess … what I’m trying to say is that y-you … you make Ton-ton better? And, Sans said y-you confronted Undyne about what she said to Mettaton, or at least y-you thought about it, and … and I … oh, I-I don’t know … I like to think it was that Ton-ton .. that he rubbed off on y-you a little too. Maybe, I-I guess … that he made y-you realize you can make your own choices a-and ‘Dyne can’t make them for y-you? But … by the Angel, Papyrus … b-before all this … I’ve never seen him so genuinely happy and so w-well regulated as he is with y-you. I-I … I just … Papyrus … can … can I be forward?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Papyrus nods slowly, unsure of what he expects Dr. Alphys to say. 

 

“Papyrus … do y-you … do you love Ton-ton less now that y-you know everything? Are y-you going to withstand the change? He’s g-going to flow between happy and sad, angry and a-afraid, and disgusted by and loving himself like the tides. Moods will c-come and go. Someday … someday he’ll be more b-balanced. But, there will be dates … ones y-you can circle on a calendar … or months … where … w-where it will be harder. The … the Amalgamates … they … they ch-changed in March. I-I … every M-March is hard on me."

 

Papyrus notices that Dr. Alphys' eyes go distant for a moment. 

 

"Oh … I’m sorry … I-I m-meant to say this first. I-It’s t-totally fine if y-you say you can’t handle him now that he’s d-different … I just … I’m not giving up on him no matter h-how much he has changed. If he wants to th-throw himself into work, I’ll be the gentle reminder that he needs rest. If he w-wants to hide, I’ll give him wings and n-nudge him back towards his dreams. New or o-old. I … I love him. I-I … I can’t give up just y-yet. If nothing else, can y-you promise me you’ll help them understand why I’m letting love change me if only b-because … because love n-never asked me to ch-change?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Papyrus’ eyes widen as his soul-beats quicken in his chest. Dr. Alphys can’t possibly think Papyrus would leave Mettaton. 

 

Papyrus gently adjusts the ghost plush in Mettaton’s arm as it slips out of his beloved’s grasp. As he does this, Papyrus sees that the makeup that Mettaton had done with Maddie earlier is smudged from the panic attack earlier that day. 

 

Papyrus hasn’t had the chance to remove the flakes of shiny pink shadows, blotchy base, and streaky mascara that coat Mettaton’s face because Mettaton has been so exhausted. He’ll have to do that later. 

 

Papyrus finds a loose thread on the sleeve of his sweater to study as he speaks. 

 

“dr. alphys, why would i leave him? mettaton will never ask me to stop being the great papyrus. for he always lights up when he sees me, he tells me things he never tells anyone else. he knows i am very great at keeping promises. he loves me for my messy cooking, my love of puzzles, my desire to build a great many things, and my adoration of children. mettaton … he loves me for me. i may enjoy talking loudly, but speaking in a whisper is okay, too. for, needs, at times, compete. i am well aware of that. i love mettaton when he is singing and dancing. but, i adore my beloved mettaton even when he is pensive and philosophical. perhaps, i love him for that, in part, because mettaton respects me enough to speak openly with me about those things. he listens intently when i have something to say. he has always loved to hear me share my thoughts even now when he has been so sick. so, i also love his desire to discuss melancholy things deeply because that is as much a part of him as … as my puzzles are a part of me. mettaton is … he is music - lyrics, notes, and rhythms … the puzzles that we sing.” Papyrus smiles somberly. 

 

 Dr. Alphys reaches to take Papyrus’ hand and gives it a squeeze. 

 

“N-Never let anyone, human or m-monster, underestimate y-you, Papyrus. O-Okay?” Dr. Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton’s sudden cry startles both Papyrus and Dr. Alphys after their mostly quiet conversation. 

 

“No … no … I don’t … please … I’m not doing that! I don’t want to … not there … please … I just … no … no …” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

Papyrus notices that Mettaton attempts to pull away from him so he loosens his grasp on Mettaton and helps him turn forward. 

 

“I don’t want to. Please!” Mettaton shouts. 

 

Mettaton thrashes and Papyrus loosens his hug even more. But, Papyrus still ensures that Mettaton doesn’t fall by placing a guiding hand on Mettaton’s shoulder. 

 

“It’s okay, Ton-ton. Y-You can wake up now. Even if what y-you’re seeing feels real, or was r-real once, y-you’re not there right now. Open y-your eyes, Ton-ton.” Dr. Alphys murmurs. 

 

Mettaton keens high in his throat. Papyrus’ heart breaks as Mettaton continues to violently thrash against him in some kind of invisible struggle. 

 

Easy. I-It’s okay. Easy. D-Deep breaths. Come back to us. I-It’s just Papyrus and Phy. N-No one to i-impress. Just us.” Dr. Alphys encourages. 

 

Mettaton jolts awake with a cry that seems, to Papyrus, equal parts startled and pained. Mettaton almost collapses towards his legs, but Papyrus instinctively stops him from falling by pulling Mettaton back towards Papyrus’ own chest. 

 

Papyrus is about to lay Mettaton back on the pillows, in an effort to give Mettaton space, when Mettaton suddenly clasps Papyrus’ wrist. 

 

“I … I …” Mettaton pants. 

 

After Mettaton tries to scramble into Papyrus’ arms, Papyrus holds Mettaton tight to his chest while helping Mettaton lean forward. 

 

“Deep breaths. O-Okay? Papyrus is gonna give you some good pressure through y-your s-shoulders. Is that c-comfortable?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods hurriedly. 

 

“D-Don’t st-stop … P-Phy … I-I … I feel sick …” Mettaton wheezes. 

 

Papyrus squeezes tighter as Mettaton tries to pull Papyrus’ arms closer around him. 

 

“Are y-you … what hurts?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton whimpers, and Papyrus feels Mettaton’s back arch as soon as Mettaton starts breathlessly sobbing. 

 

“Is … is it y-your head?” Dr. Alphys prompts. 

 

Mettaton nods his head a little. 

 

“Anything else? What about y-your chest?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods. 

 

“High up by y-your throat or low by y-your lungs? Point,” Dr. Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton puts one of his hands where his neck meets his chest piece. Papyrus can feel Mettaton trembling against him as Mettaton’s hands move. 

 

“C-Can’t … can’t … air … out ... d-darling.” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

Papyrus looks at Dr. Alphys. She looks sad, but she’s not panicked like she was the first time Papyrus saw her help Mettaton through one of these attacks. Though, Papyrus supposes that the first time everything was so sudden, and Mettaton was so terrifyingly overheated, that everyone panicked. 

 

Yet, there is something else in Dr. Alphys’ eyes that is beyond sadness. 

 

UNDERSTANDING, I THINK. IT IS THAT DR. ALPHYS UNDERSTANDS WHAT IS HAPPENING. SHE IS UNAFRAID BECAUSE SHE UNDERSTANDS. 

 

Papyrus watches as Dr. Alphys’ expression softens with empathy that Papyrus can scarcely comprehend. 

 

“I-I-I know … really, I do. The ones where air feels stuck on the way out are the w-worst. I think they’re the scariest, a-and most uncomfortable.” Dr. Alphys murmurs. 

 

Mettaton arches forward in Papyrus’ grasp again while Mettaton’s hands desperately grip Papyrus’ arms tighter. 

 

Dr. Alphys reaches out and strokes Mettaton’s hair. 

 

“We gotcha. Shhhh …. we gotcha. Do y-you feel dizzy and sick to y-your stomach at all? Like the roller c-coaster?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods slightly. 

 

“Fee’ … feel rea’y weird …” Mettaton gasps. 

 

Mettaton regrips Papyrus’ arm tighter immediately after he speaks. As Mettaton sobs, Papyrus observes that his beloved might be swallowing air more than breathing it at this point. 

 

“Th-That’s okay, Ton-ton. Hold onto Papyrus. He has y-you. Okay? He’s holding y-you nice and tight. Giving y-you good pressure. Alright? Nice and s-safe. But, I-I need you to focus on that pressure, o-okay? Can y-you feel Papyrus holding you?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods and rubs his thumb over Papyrus’ radius. 

 

Papyrus breathes in deeply, in part to keep his own calm, but also because he remembers, from somewhere, that Mettaton might feel Papyrus’ own breaths and follow them. 

 

“Excellent instinct, Papyrus. Ton-ton, can y-you follow Papyrus’ breathing? I-In for three - one … two … th-three. Out for six - one … two … three … f-four … five … s-six. Great job g-guys …” Dr. Alphys encourages. 

 

Dr. Alphys shares a weak, though encouraging, smile with Papyrus. Papyrus watches Dr. Alphys reach up and begin braiding strands of Mettaton’s hair together as she counts threes and sixes. 

 

It takes far longer than Papyrus could ever imagine for Mettaton to collapse weakly against him. 

 

“Ton-ton, how are y-you feeling now? Y-You look kinda spaced out. Y-You okay?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton gives a weak shake of his head. Papyrus would never say it out loud, but Mettaton looks awful. Mettaton’s usually sharp eyes are incredibly unfocused, and Mettaton can’t seem to support his head very well. 

 

Papyrus instinctively goes to support Mettaton’s head and neck like he would a baby. 

 

“Fee’ fu’y … c-ca’t e’sp’ain … fee' ... fee' w'rd … to’mach … fee’s fu’y … R-Ru … Ru … P-Phy …” 

 

Mettaton’s head rolls listlessly against Papyrus’ shoulder and the rest of Mettaton’s limbs seem to go limp. Mettaton’s eyes go further out of focus as he tries, and fails, to look up at Papyrus. 

 

Dr. Alphys gently brushes Mettaton’s cheek with the knuckles of her claws. 

 

“Try, Ton-ton. T-Try to explain it to me … Ton-ton? Oh! Oh … Oh Angel, Ton-ton, it’s okay! W-We gotcha!” Dr. Alphys exclaims. 

 

Dr. Alphys’ tone changes from mildly concerned and curious to fiercely protective and in-charge. For, Mettaton suddenly tenses against Papyrus. Mettaton’s whole body seems to arch involuntarily. 

 

Mettaton squeaks subconsciously as soon as he goes stiff. A C-minor chord sounds as Mettaton falls back hard against Papyrus shoulder. 

 

Papyrus worriedly looks over at Dr. Alphys who springs forward and begins trying to lean Mettaton on his side without disturbing Mettaton’s injured leg. 

 

“Ton-ton? Papyrus is gonna lean y-you on your side all the way down on his knee. O-Okay? Papyrus, bring him towards me, on his side, as y-you m-move him. All the way flat e-except for his head on y-your lap, Papyrus. P-Perfect. Absolutely perfect, Papyrus. Ton-ton, it’s okay. Y-You’re gonna be okay now. I promise, Ton-ton.” Dr. Alphys murmurs. 

 

Dr. Alphys’ phone starts blaring some kind of alarm sound from her pocket. 

 

Mettaton’s back arches. Papyrus immediately turns his beloved back towards Dr. Alphys when he nearly rolls onto his back. Dr. Alphys moves her chair away from the bed. Then, she just hovers while whispering softly. 

 

“Y-You’re safe, Ton-ton. We’ve got y-you. I gotcha. Y-You’re gonna be just fine. I know you’re probably terrified right now, but it’s o-okay. Just keep breathing for me. Ton-ton, it’s gonna be alright. A-Angel, please, make this short . Oh … Oh, Ton-ton, I-I’m right here, big guy. I-I promise. You’re safe. A wire in y-your CPU must have just got tripped somehow. Y-Your CPU is probably shorting out. But y-you gotta breathe. J-Just breathe, Ton-ton. Breathe through it. I know y-you’re in a lot of pain, but you gotta breathe.” Dr. Alphys murmurs. 

 

Mettaton keens again as he trembles and then jerks. Papyrus notices that, Mettaton’s whole body seems taught. None of what Mettaton is doing seems at all voluntary, and Papyrus is terrified.

 

To avoid sensory overload, and thus making himself completely useless, Papyrus closes his eyes and covers his ears. 

 

Even still, Papyrus can feel Mettaton shaking against him and, though it’s muffled, Papyrus can hear Dr. Alphys’ alarm and a few of Mettaton’s pained groans through the hands Papyrus holds tight over his ear holes. 

 

Papyrus shuts his eyes tighter as if that will help block out the sound. 

 

After a few seconds, Dr. Alphys finally gets the alarm to stop going off. 

 

Papyrus tries to take a few deep regulating breaths. 

 

THIS IS VERY SCARY, BUT ALL OF US ARE VERY BRAVE. WE WILL GET THROUGH THIS. THE SCARY SOUND IS GONE WHICH IS VERY GOOD. I AM NOT SURE I COULD STAND LISTENING TO THAT MUCH LONGER. 

 

Now that the alarm has stopped blaring, Papyrus slowly uncovers his ears. However, he still keeps his eyes closed because he is not sure what he’ll see when he opens them. 

 

Papyrus knows that the image of those glowing pink eyes staring up at him helplessly is not an image he will soon forget. 

 

Yet, Mettaton isn’t shaking or crying anymore. Even so, Papyrus just can’t bring himself to open his eyes. 

 

Finally, after what feels like several years, though in reality is only a second or two, Papyrus hears the sweet sound of the C-major restart chord. 

 

When Papyrus reopens his eyes, Mettaton and Dr. Alphys have intertwined their fingers. Dr. Alphys is rubbing her thumb over Mettaton’s knuckles as he breathes heavily with his other arm around his stomach. With her free claw, Alphys is checking something, probably Mettaton’s vitals, on her phone.

 

“Ton-ton? Open y-your eyes for me, okay? Come on. Come on back to me, Ton-ton.” Dr. Alphys murmurs. 

 

Mettaton shifts a little, and Papyrus watches as Mettaton’s eyes open. Papyrus realizes that Mettaton looks a little dazed as he blinks slowly.

 

“Good job. Can y-you keep looking at me? Keep y-your eyes open, o-okay? I want y-you to keep looking at me.” Dr. Alphys encourages. 

 

Mettaton squeezes Dr. Alphys’ hand as he blinks slowly for several minutes. Then, he seems to come around suddenly and his eyes dart to Dr. Alphys as they widen in shock and fear. 

 

“Breathe. O-Okay? You’re okay. You’re just fine. You’re safe. O-Okay? I checked on the app. No damage to y-your leg or any other systems, praise the A-Angel. But, we all have to stop and breathe. Th-That … That was scary. Th-That … That was super s-sc-scary. I know. It was scary for m-me, too. So, we’re gonna take a breather. A-All three of us … y-you too Papyrus, we’re all gonna just b-breathe for a second. O-O-Okay?” Dr. Alphys instructs. 

 

Mettaton whimpers, and Papyrus gently rubs Mettaton’s shoulder. Papyrus does this half to comfort Mettaton and half to ground himself. 

 

“Ton-ton? D-Do … Do you feel okay? I know what the app says, but h-how do you feel? Do y-you feel that same weird feeling or has that p-passed?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

“‘s … ‘s gone. My … My b-body hurts all over… ‘s like everything’s really t-tight and shaky … l-like I-I … l-l-like I got e-e-electrocuted … ‘s … ‘s getting better … s-slowly though, d-darling.” Mettaton pants. 

 

Dr. Alphys nods and runs a hand through Mettaton’s hair as he tries to take deep breaths. 

 

“Th-That’s not that far from the truth … being e-electrocuted that is …” Alphys says. 

 

Despite having an explanation, Mettaton seems more than a little shaken up, but Papyrus also feels that that’s to be expected. 

 

Papyrus is more than a touch freaked out himself. 

 

Unsure of what to do, Papyrus looks over at Dr. Alphys. When he does, he sees her miming some exaggerated breaths. 

 

So, Papyrus begins to take several exaggerated calming breaths and he feels Mettaton follow suit against his knee. After a minute or two, Mettaton tries to roll back towards Papyrus, but Dr. Alphys stops him. 

 

“Wait, I want y-you to drink some water. O-Okay? I-I think your steam system might be running low. Th-That might have been what caused … that . The overheating made all of y-your more complex systems a little finicky. B-But, I don’t want to have to pour water in the reservoir in y-your back. It feels … um … kinda w-weird and i-invasive … at this point?” Dr. Alphys says. 

 

Papyrus notices that Dr. Alphys manages to get Mettaton to smile, no matter how weakly, and Papyrus is grateful for it. 

 

Dr. Alphys brings a straw up to Mettaton’s lips. Then, she checks something on her phone with her other hand. Her eyes widen for a moment and then she draws her brows down over her eyes in confusion and disbelief. Dr. Alphys sets her phone on her lap while appearing to count something on her fingers. It doesn’t take long before Dr. Alphys shakes herself out of her shock. 

 

Papyrus notices that Dr. Alphys almost drops the glass she’s holding. But, she is quick to fix her grip so it doesn’t shatter. 

 

“Th-There ya go. That should help a lot. Y-You haven’t had anywhere near enough to drink! That’s almost d-definitely what caused the c-circuitry issue but, just to be safe, I’ll also look at the code I p-programmed Wednesday to make sure it’s correct. We’re not taking any more chances that that could h-happen again. But, Angel, what kind of d-d-doctor am I? A silly one, apparently, for forgetting to make y-you drink water, even though you’re p-partially powered by steam. Y-You need to eat and drink more now that y-you have a fully corporeal form. I-I don’t know what you’ve had since Thursday because y-you b-barely touched what I brought up yesterday. No more of that. A-Alright, Ton-ton? Water . W-Water at a minimum three or more times a day is an absolute must n-now. Do y-you understand? Or I really will have to pour it in the reservoir.” Dr. Alphys sighs. 

 

Mettaton pushes the drained cup of water back towards Dr. Alphys before nodding slowly. 

 

“I-I understand. I … I just … I forget , or I don’t even notice that I want something until it’s too late, Phy. I just … I-I … GAH! ” Mettaton groans with frustration. 

 

Papyrus and Dr. Alphys share a glance. Dr. Alphys looks a little more concerned and less flustered. Papyrus, for his part, just feels his Soul ache with empathy for Mettaton. 

 

Proprioception is hard, and nobody ever respects that. 

 

Sans just assumes that Papyrus will understand when he’s hungry, but it just doesn’t happen. Other things in the world - like cooking food, painting pictures, building things, or solving puzzles - are far more interesting than eating! 

 

However, Papyrus finds the answer to Dr. Alphys’ next question too important for him to rant about the struggles of remembering the ins and outs of maintaining one’s body. 

 

“Besides Wednesday, when I know y-you felt sick, have you … have y-you not been feeling well? Every time I’ve asked y-you that the last few days, y-you’ve managed to avoid answering me,” Dr. Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton shifts so that he is looking over Dr. Alphys’ shoulder. Papyrus realizes that Mettaton must be overwhelmed by something because, with everyone other than Papyrus, Mettaton makes eye contact so piercing it looks like he’s staring into your Soul when he speaks. 

 

“No. I … I have felt sort of … odd since … I don’t know … perhaps late Thursday night, when I … when I discovered we were going to have this conversation so soon, darling? I feel a bit better now, but … I … I don’t trust it to last, Phy. My chest aches, dully, just here.” 

 

Mettaton rests his hand at the upper part of his chest plate, once again, just below where his neck and chest plate meet. 

 

“How often? D-Does it last a long time?” Alphys asks, writing something into her phone. 

 

“Once it starts, it … it doesn’t stop until eventually … well, until I eventually give in and lose myself in a fit of tears. I … I don’t want anyone to worry over much about anything, but it is hard to hide. For, it makes it hard to want to eat or do … well, do anything at all really. Sometimes, like Thursday night … it adds pressure here.” 

 

Mettaton gestures to his lower abdomen. 

 

“I haven’t been given any … how should I say this … expulsion features … that I can recall …but it feels like my body might … oh, Phy, sweetheart, this sounds absolutely preposterous!! …but, it seems as though my body may develop one on its own!” Mettaton exclaims. 

 

Dr. Alphys and Papyrus share another glance. 

 

Papyrus watches Dr. Alphys reach to stroke Mettaton’s cheek with her claws. 

 

“I wouldn’t be surprised if y-your body did just develop things as it n-needs to. Y-Your Soul makes decisions now. I-I mean … err … we can still program things o-of course, but, if your body needs something, it will just do it. So … S-So, did that start on Thursday evening or just g-get worse then?” Dr. Alphys asks.

 

Papyrus notes that Dr. Alphys bites her lip to avoid addressing Mettaton’s round-about way of admitting that he has been holding back his emotions from them.  

 

“I … It might have been … I don’t even remember now, Phy. I think it was maybe early Thursday morning after Papyrus left? I think when Lady Toriel was with me? Then, it passed enough for me to feel a bit better by the time you came back to sit with me. It had completely vanished by early afternoon. I think, in part, because I had been distracted by the lovely decorations and the company." Mettaton explains. 

 

Then, Mettaton hangs his head and purses his lips slightly as if the information he states is painful for him to say. 

 

"But, Friday the … malaise , I suppose one might call it, was really bad during and after the exercises. It lasted until … if I could hazard a guess, it would be until Papyrus came in for the evening, darling. Today … today I’ve just felt positively awful all day, Phy. It’s hard to describe save to say that everything appears to be in a haze? My thoughts keep knotting together, and I simply cannot get them to untangle.” He admits. 

 

As soon as Mettaton finishes speaking, Dr. Alphys cups Mettaton’s neck and his cheek with her claws before pressing her palm to Mettaton’s forehead. 

 

“No overheating. How about n-now? Do y-you still feel a little better now?” Dr. Alphys asks gently. 

 

As if unsure of herself, Dr. Alphys places her claws on her own neck before resting them over Mettaton’s forehead again. Then, Dr. Alphys cards her claws through Mettaton’s hair as he speaks. 

 

“Mmmm … much better, Phy. Truly. I’m not sure if the reset aided in that or what occurred, but I do feel much better.” Mettaton confesses. 

 

Dr. Alphys whips out her phone and texts one handed. The other she uses to rub the back of her claws up and down Mettaton’s extendable arm. Mettaton’s eyes slip closed in a sleepy sort of pleasure. To Papyrus, at least, it seems as though, if Mettaton were a cat, he would purr. 

 

“Sans is going to bring some tea up for y-you, Ton-ton. I also told him to bring up some t-toast with cinnamon sugar. It’ll be nice and easy on y-your magic conversion systems in y-your artificial stomach. The m-migraines are probably aggravating them and causing some of that malaise you described. D-Does that sound o-okay?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Papyrus feels Mettaton nodding against his knee. 

 

“That actually sounds quite appealing , darling. Thank you, for … ah … knowing me so well.” Mettaton blushes. 

 

Dr. Alphys simply drops a soft kiss and nose nuzzle on the crown of Mettaton’s head. 

 

Papyrus notices a huge grin pass over Mettaton’s face as he weakly swats Dr. Alphys away. 

 

“That is so embarrassing, Phy! I will not be treated as though I’m younger than you … which I am not! My Soul has existed for over a 100 years longer than yours!” Mettaton pouts theatrically. 

 

Dr. Alphys grins back at Mettaton with an equally theatrical eye roll. 

 

“Sometimes y-you could have fooled me into thinking y-you were only 50. Besides, y-you’ve always been a late bloomer.” She laughs. 

 

Mettaton’s cheeks go fifteen different shades of pink. For a half a second, Papyrus thinks Mettaton might have been truly angry or embarrassed but, if he were, it doesn’t last. 

 

Instead, Mettaton gets a mischievous glint in his eye. It is one of Papyrus’ favorite faces that Mettaton makes because it is usually followed by something silly and over the top.  

 

“Take it back! I was fifty before you were even born, darling! Slander, and at my weakest moment! For shame! Dr. Alphys, for shame!! ” 

 

Mettaton drapes an extendable arm over his eyes and sticks his tongue out. 

 

Dr. Alphys bursts out laughing as does Mettaton after a moment of reveling in the success of his joke. 

 

“Drama K-King!” Dr. Alphys retorts. 

 

Mettaton pokes Dr. Alphys in the nose. She gives him a wet laugh and watery smile. Dr. Alphys takes Mettaton’s hand and squeezes it tight. 

 

Papyrus wonders if Dr. Alphys is happy-sad to see Mettaton being silly with her again. He wonders if she is sad because she knows that this will … how did she say it … “come and go like the tides?” 

 

Papyrus has decided, even if Dr. Alphys would never believe it, that she is a very wise person.

 

Suddenly, Sans creaks the door open slowly. Papyrus catches Sans’ eye for a second. 

 

Then, Papyrus looks down at how Dr. Alphys and Mettaton have returned to giggling at their own joke. Though, it also doesn’t escape Papyrus’ observation that Dr. Alphys still holds Mettaton’s hand. 

 

I WAS RIGHT IN MY OBSERVATIONS. DR. ALPHYS AND METTATON REALLY ARE LIKE SANS AND ME. HOW STRANGE A THING TO THINK, BUT HOW TRUE IT IS. THEY FIGHT - JUST LIKE SANS AND I DO SOMETIMES. YET, THEY LOVE EACH OTHER JUST LIKE SANS AND I DO. DR. ALPHYS CAN GET OVERBEARING WORRYING ALL THE TIME - SANS IS LIKE THAT TOO. AND, GREAT AS I AM, FOR I AM THE GREAT PAPYRUS, I KNOW THAT I CAN GIVE SANS A GREAT MANY REASONS TO WORRY. METTATON SOMETIMES MAKES ME WORRY, TOO. I CAN ONLY IMAGINE HOW MUCH THE THINGS THAT MAKE ME WORRY MAKE DR. ALPHYS WORRY. METTATON REALLY IS HER ONLY FAMILY LEFT - SO FAR AS I KNOW. SHE SAVED HIM FROM WASTING AWAY IN SADNESS ON THE FARM - HE TOLD ME SO. HE SAID THAT HE WAS WORRIED IF DR. ALPHYS DIDN’T FIND HIM SOON THAT HE MIGHT HAVE LITERALLY JUST FADED AWAY INTO NOTHING … HE MIGHT HAVE FALLEN DOWN. METTATON AND I … WE AREN’T SO VERY DIFFERENT. EVEN OUR “SIBLINGS” ARE SIMILAR. 

 

Sans quirks an eye socket at Papyrus. His silent way of saying “are you okay?” 

 

Papyrus gives Sans an eager nod. 

 

Sans looks over at Dr. Alphys as she helps Mettaton slowly eat some of the toast and drink tea. 

 

Then, Sans quirks another eye socket and tips his head towards Mettaton and Dr. Alphys silently asking “what about them?” 

 

Papyrus shakes his head and looks up at the ceiling for a moment. 

 

Sans tips his head towards Mettaton as if to ask “him?” 

 

Papyrus nods sadly. 

 

Sans nods before pinching the bone between his eyes. Papyrus knows that that gesture means “what was the damage?” 

 

Papyrus closes one eye and pulls his upper teeth over his lower ones, such that, if he had lips, he would be biting them. This is as if to say “HARD TO EXPLAIN WITHOUT REAL WORDS.” 

 

Sans nods again slowly. He closes his eyes for a moment and sucks in his cheek bones like he’s wincing. That face means “was it bad?” 

 

Papyrus nods sadly looking down at Mettaton and Dr. Alphys. He has a hard time keeping the fear out of his eyes. 

 

Sans draws his brows together, but not angrily, and frowns softly. Sans’ expression holds a sympathy and tenderness that is usually reserved for Papyrus alone. 

 

Then, Sans looks Papyrus up and down before giving him a sympathetic look, too. The silent face for “i’m glad you’re safe! i’m sorry it scared you.”

 

Papyrus gives Sans what he hopes is a smile, and not a grimace, as he attempts to communicate “I AM TRYING MY BEST.” 

 

Sans gives Papyrus a wide skeletal grin as if to tell Papyrus “your best is perfect.” 

 

Sans gives Mettaton and Dr. Alphys a nod before leaving the room. 

 

After a few minutes, Dr. Alphys puts the finished plate of toast and cup of tea on the side table. 

 

“How are y-you feeling now? Is that sitting o-okay, Ton-ton?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

“Not perfectly, no, darling. I … I suddenly feel a little … off.” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

Papyrus looks at Dr. Alphys who appears quite uneasy again. Her entire face is pinched a little as she seems to wrack her brain for how to help. 

 

“Well, that’s o-okay. I could send Sans back up with some more water to help soothe y-your magic receptors. Do y-you wanna try that, Ton-ton?” Dr. Alphys suggests. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head against Papyrus’ knee. He breathes for a minute before swallowing hard. Dr. Alphys gently begins stroking Mettaton’s hair again. 

 

“It’s okay, Ton-ton. Does … Do y-you feel sick to your stomach?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods a little before grimacing and biting his lip. He leans into Dr. Alphys’ touch as her fingers card through Mettaton’s hair. 

 

“It’s gonna pass, o-okay? The short circuiting might have caused some d-delayed nausea. Either that or sometimes bad nightmares can make y-you feel queasy even long after they pass. Angel knows I-I’ve had quite a few like that before.” Dr. Alphys shudders. 

 

Mettaton stiffens for a moment, and Papyrus anxiously looks over so he can see Mettaton’s face. Papyrus wonders what Dr. Alphys could have said that would cause Mettaton to become so angry. 

 

“I am sorry I wasn’t there to help you through those horrible nights as I should have been, darling. It often makes me question why you bother to help me at all.” Mettaton whispers darkly.  

 

Dr. Alphys looks so shocked it almost appears as though Mettaton slapped her. Yet, she recovers quickly. 

 

“Stop. Stop that. We’re together now . W-We’ve made up. That’s over . O-Okay? Over. Done. I’m just … l-let me empathize. A-Alright? Besides, I wouldn’t have expected y-you to be there for every single one of them a-anyway!” Dr. Alphys admonishes lightly. 

 

Mettaton looks away from her as he appears to consider her offer and her explanation. Papyrus watches as Dr. Alphys places a tentative hand on Mettaton’s shoulder. He tenses for a moment before melting into her touch. 

 

Finally, Mettaton nods slowly. 

 

“Thank you, Phy. Though, it is well more than I deserve.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Dr. Alphys shakes her head and looks up at the ceiling. She brushes a tear from her cheek. 

 

Papyrus catches Dr. Alphys mouthing something that looks something like “ I’m so sorry you think so, but in my Soul, I feel, I know, this is the least I can do.” 

 

Papyrus watches Dr. Alphys steel herself before finding words to say aloud. 

 

“Y-You’re welcome. Though, can y-you do one favor for me? Let us know if that queasy f-feeling gets anywhere c-close to the ‘weird’ feeling y-you had earlier. Got it?” Dr. Alphys instructs. 

 

Mettaton nods a few times while nuzzling into Papyrus’ knee. Then, Mettaton turns to look over his shoulder at Papyrus with wide eyes and a pinched brow. 

 

Mettaton’s mouth is slightly open. To Papyrus, it looks as though Mettaton may be concerned, afraid, or perhaps confused. However, it definitely appears as though Mettaton wants to say something. 

 

“can i hold him again now, dr. alphys?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Dr. Alphys smiles softly before giving Papyrus a nod. 

 

“What do y-you say, Ton-ton? Do you want Papyrus to hold y-you again?” She asks. 

 

Papyrus feels Mettaton nod against his knee. As Papyrus wraps his arms around Mettaton, Mettaton winces a little when his hip rotates. So, Papyrus knows to move carefully, deliberately, and slowly as he brings Mettaton back up to his shoulder. 

 

Once again, Papyrus notices that strangely pensive, though frightened, expression pass over Mettaton’s features. 

 

Mettaton looks away from Papyrus after a moment. Papyrus follows Mettaton’s gaze to his discarded toys on the floor. Papyrus wonders if Mettaton threw them when he started shaking or if Dr. Alphys moved them. 

 

Regardless, Papyrus reaches for the toys. Dr. Alphys offers them to Papyrus with a genuine smile. Papyrus tucks the plushies into Mettaton’s arms as he speaks. 

 

“you are free to talk to us as you wish. there is no need for you to pretend you do not wish to talk if you are in need of someone to listen. for, dr. alphys and i would love to hear whatever it is you would like to say. there is no reason to hold back around us, mettaton,” Papyrus says. 

 

Papyrus sees Dr. Alphys nodding enthusiastically out of the corner of his peripheral vision. 

 

“Papyrus is totally right, Ton-ton. What’s on y-your mind? It might make y-you feel a little better if y-you talk about it.” Dr. Alphys says softly. 

 

Mettaton turns between Dr. Alphys and Papyrus with an expression Papyrus can only describe as child-like and pleading. 

 

“Talk to us. We’re not going to force y-you, of course, but y-you can talk and we want to l-listen.” Dr. Alphys encourages. 

 

Mettaton heaves a sigh before burying himself in Papyrus’ side. 

 

“The nightmare was the same as … as my usual … ah … set of nightmares. It’s become something of an epic saga, really they could make for an intense miniseries at this point, but …” 

 

Mettaton cuts himself off and buries himself in Papyrus chest. Papyrus wishes Mettaton wouldn’t feel like he has to make light of things that so obviously scare him. Yet, Papyrus wonders if that isn’t Mettaton’s way of defending himself or trying to conquer his fear. 

 

For, it is hard to be afraid of things that are funny. 

 

“We’ve got nothing but time. O-Okay? Y-You don’t have to rush. And, you certainly don’t have to turn this into a writing workshop. Just … just talk in circles if y-you need to. Papyrus and I-I have nothing but time.” Dr. Alphys assures. 

 

Mettaton looks up at Papyrus with that same pleading look. Papyrus nods Mettaton on encouragingly before resting his chin on Mettaton’s head. 

 

Mettaton breathes shakily into Papyrus’ chest before continuing. 

 

“I was … we were … no one was there, darlings. No one. I tried calling someone … Lady Toriel, I think it was, but there was no answer. So, I made it through my entire list of contacts on the ‘Family’ group chat. But … But, n-no one answered. I … I suppose … I suppose I had already isolated myself this time. That is the only inference I can make because that is how these always play out. But, he … I was still with him … most commonly I am released alone once I have been abandoned. Yet, in this new iteration of events, I was still under the … under the c-contract. He brought me … the shell of my body … we were … there was this chair he liked … he sat … sat in the … he brought me up to … to … he compelled me to … he said … he made me … he forced me to touch him. I tried to resist him … but it was like … like if my beloved Rocky Horror Picture Show was … was an actual horror movie and not a campy, silly, over-the-top farce played as such. It’s funny … the places mind control appears as a plot device … in a cartoon for a young female audience that shouldn’t take up as much space in my mind as it currently occupies … or … or in bright lights and costumes with fun makeup and happy songs, where the assailant, no matter how beautiful, bold, and confident, gets lasered to death in the end. I … but in my dreams … there is no Riff, no Magenta, no one … it is always just me … alone, darlings. So, terrifyingly alone … as if the world falls away and I am drifting in the universe with no way home. As if … As if I were the one who had died, and … a-and as such … I-I … it was dreadful, my dears … and indescribably lonely …” 

 

Papyrus brings a hand around the back of Mettaton’s head and pulls him in closer. Mettaton draws himself further into Papyrus’ touch. Mettaton nuzzles into Papyrus shoulder and offers neither Papyrus nor Dr. Alphys anything more. 

 

Papyrus watches Dr. Alphys swallow hard at the scene Mettaton painted with his words. Papyrus clearly sees the war between anger, fear, sadness, and empathy in Dr. Alphys’ eyes. She swallows the clear lump in her throat before speaking. 

 

“I-I can hardly imagine, Ton-ton. In f-fact, I … I can’t imagine how h-horrifying and horrible that would be. Y-You are allowed to be afraid, Ton-ton. Y-You are … I can’t b-believe I’m saying this … but, y-you’re allowed to have complicated and illogical feelings about media? In all h-honesty, and I am not just giving y-you pity points, y-you’re right. Rocky Horror is better. Farce and slice of life anime are different genres. It’s okay to enjoy things that don’t make s-sense on paper because they feel different in practice. So, it’s o-okay! Y-You … You get to still like what you like! It means s-something to y-you! I’ve known y-you long enough to know that it always has. You used my printer to print sc-screen stills of it when we were designing this b-body all the way back underground. Y-You chose your middle name because of one of the a-actors!" Dr. Alphys says. 

 

Though Papyrus knows Mettaton's middle name, he has never yet gotten around to asking why Mettaton chose it. Papyrus files that as a question he hopes to ask sometime soon. However, Papyrus can tell that Dr. Alphys has more to say, and Papyrus is immensely curious about her perspective. 

 

"And y-you’re right, that movie is funny because no one takes themselves seriously! It’s so absurd that nothing feels real! Or, to the e-extent things are real, everyone is just in on an g-giant joke! So … s-so despite being about c-cat ears, and snail i-ice cream, and things that shouldn’t feel r-real, Mew Mew feels real. It’s not funny. It wasn’t meant to be farcical, or informative, or flamboyant. It was m-meant to be serious and … and in t-taking itself too seriously, it fails! Epically. Further still, e-even in the horror movie, Frank dies! Fuck, Ton-ton, Mew Mew is still on the l-loose if we really w-want to compare! In Rocky Horror, justice, n-no matter how absurdly, is served ... I guess? But that's beside the point … Ton-ton, if y-you’re afraid, be a-afraid. Feel it. Don’t play it off o-or … or justify it. Feel y-your feelings because… because they matter!” Dr. Alphys promises. 

 

As Alphys starts speaking, Mettaton turns to face her. By the time Dr. Alphys finishes talking, Mettaton stares blankly at her for a moment. Mettaton gives a few wet half laughs at Dr. Alphys’ comment about Mew Mew “being on the loose.” However, Mettaton’s weak laughter quickly dissolves into real tears. 

 

“I-I don’t know what’s … what’s wrong with me! I’m just … I’m so … I’ve only ever felt like this when I was trapped in Initial and … well, a vast majority of the time prior to inhabiting Initial. Yet, I … I shouldn’t feel so melancholy now! I shouldn’t be so … so morose! I have you two beautiful, amazing, loving monsters at my side that should … should be enough … right, darlings? I should just … oh, I don’t know! Be grateful? So many have so much less or, at least, that’s what Maddie used to say. Am I being ungrateful? I … I am alive … physically, at any rate. That is well more than I should be if I understand what occurred last week, correct? Additionally, I … I have both of you." 

 

Papyrus shakes his head as Mettaton speaks, and Papyrus can see Dr. Alphys doing the same. Her eyes are wide with shock as she listens, and Papyrus is sure he is making a similar face. 

 

"GGGH … listen to me, whining about my problems  … haha … ha … PFFT … With my track record, I should count myself lucky simply to have both of you aroundGAH! Why do I keep doing this … this self pitying thing?! Pity party! Table for one, darling! How obnoxious." Mettaton grits his teeth. 

 

Papyrus sees the confusion entering Mettaton's eyes when Mettaton finally sees Papyrus and Dr. Alphys shaking their heads. 

 

"Wait … why are you shaking your heads, my dears? I-I … I’m right … a-aren’t I, beauties?” Mettaton asks.

 

Papyrus’ Soul drops to his feet as soon as Mettaton has spoken because Mettaton’s final question nearly breaks Papyrus in half. 

 

It’s clear Dr. Alphys has similar feelings because her eyes first started widening in shock when Mettaton talked about being “trapped” in his Initial form. She hasn't stopped shaking her head since then, and it's clear that she hates how Mettaton considers himself ungrateful. 

 

Papyrus observes that, now that Mettaton has finished speaking, Mettaton’s lower lip quivers. Suddenly, Mettaton turns back into Papyrus’ embrace, and Papyrus can feel Mettaton’s tears falling onto his own shoulder. So, he brings Mettaton closer to him. As Mettaton cries, Papyrus finds a nice spot on the wall to stare at while he thinks.

 

In all the time the two of them had spent together Underground, Papyrus never knew anything about how sad Mettaton had been there. 

 

I USED TO CALL HIM … HAPPY. HE ALWAYS SEEMED SO … 

 

Papyrus rubs Mettaton’s back as he has observed Dr. Alphys do several times now. Papyrus knows he cannot do anything to change what he thought about Mettaton’s situation Underground. However, he knows that he can change things now. 

 

METTATON, THOUGH I LOVE YOU VERY MUCH, I THINK YOU ARE VERY CONFUSED. FOR, THOUGH I AM VERY BRILLIANT AT DISCOVERING THINGS TO BE GRATEFUL FOR, I DO NOT THINK YOU HAVE MUCH, BESIDES NECESSITIES, TO BE THANKFUL FOR AT THE PRESENT. IT IS FAR FROM ANY MONSTER TO HAVE TO EARN LOVE! FOR, WE NEED IT TO SURVIVE. AND WHILE IT IS ALWAYS GOOD TO BE THANKFUL FOR LIVING, I AM NOT SURE YOU ARE GRATEFUL FOR IT IN THE WAY THAT I SHOULD HOPE YOU MAY BE SOON. YET, I AM UNSURE HOW TO EXPLAIN WHAT I MEAN BY THAT TO YOU. HOPEFULLY, THE BRILLIANT DR. ALPHYS WILL HAVE BETTER WORDS TO HELP YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT IT IS CLEAR SHE AND I, THE GREAT PAPYRUS, BOTH FEEL. 

 

As Papyrus casts a glance at Dr. Alphys, Papyrus knows she shares his feelings. For, it appears that Dr. Alphys’ eyes are as stormy and conflicted as Papyrus feels. 

 

“Ton-ton, you … how do we … y-you don’t mean that do y-you? Y-You don’t think that we … we expect y-you to just be grateful y-you’re alive and that we’re giving y-you what you need to survive? Surely … surely y-you know there's more to living than … than survival, r-right?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

“It is as I tried to express earlier today, darling, it would be better for everyone to have the me before … and I’m worried he might … he might have perished sometime last week … or last month … if he ever existed at all. I … I fear there is some kind of expectation I’ll never live up to … and … if I can’t be … if I can’t reach it … if I fall … well, you’ll all get along well enough without me, dear Dr. Alphys.” Mettaton says flatly. 

 

Papyrus studies Mettaton’s face. Papyrus’ beloved is no longer crying. No. Instead, his eyes appear distant and hard. Such that, there is almost no emotion on Mettaton’s face at all. It more than unnerves Papyrus upon seeing his usually tender and expressive love so utterly devoid of feeling. 

 

Dr. Alphys’ breathing quickens for a moment before she runs a hand over her face. She returns to that expression that reminds Papyrus far too much of Sans’ face when Papyrus got beat up by those teenage bullies. 

 

All at once, Dr. Alphys looks world weary and heartbroken yet, also, compassionate and tender. 

 

“Ton-ton, do you really …” Dr. Alphys swallows hard. 

 

Dr. Alphys looks like she’s bracing for some kind of heavy impact before she speaks again. 

 

“Do y-you really think we’d all be better off if y-you fell down?” 

 

Papyrus’ eyes go wide. Surely, surely, he just misheard Dr. Alphys. Papyrus realizes that he has been known to do that sometimes. The world seems to stop around him. For while Mettaton had nearly told him something similar on Wednesday evening, Mettaton hadn’t been able to bring himself to say that he thought they would be better off if he had fallen down in those exact words. 

 

Yet, Papyrus suddenly remembers Asgore looking quite shaken when he asked Papyrus to join Dr. Alphys and Mettaton upstairs. Asgore had said Mettaton panicked while they tried to take his statement and Dr. Alphys wanted Papyrus right away. 

 

Suddenly, Papyrus’ soul-beats are in his ears. 

 

Did Mettaton say something about this in his distress? 

 

Is that why Undyne moved the bedside table away? 

 

Finally, Papyrus brings himself to look at Dr. Alphys’ face, and Papyrus discovers her question is painfully genuine. 

 

Dr. Alphys’ words linger in the air between all three of them, unanswered, for several moments. 

 

As her question rests, Papyrus observes Dr. Alphys and Mettaton silently. Papyrus vows, as long as he lives, that he will never say a word about this moment to anyone. 

 

Papyrus will never tell anyone just how real and how raw Dr. Alphys’ voice sounds when she asks her question. Papyrus will never tell anyone just how broken she looks when she waits for an answer because, even to Papyrus, Mettaton’s silence speaks volumes. It’s like a long rest after a crescendo. The quiet reverberates around Papyrus in a way that is far more deafening than any symbol crash, drum beat, or blaring alarm. 

 

So, Papyrus will never tell anyone how uncertain Mettaton looks when he considers how to respond to Dr. Alphys’ bluntness. For, Mettaton seems to be violently ripped between telling the whole truth and trying to give Dr. Alphys the answer she longs to hear. 

 

Papyrus hopes with all his Soul that truth wins over platitudes. He has spent far too much of his life reaping the repercussions of being unable to contort himself into the inconveniences of polite conversation. The battle between the full truth and complacent omission is one Mettaton has fought and lost far too many times. 

 

Papyrus hopes that this time Mettaton’s truth will win and, perhaps, Papyrus’ beloved’s Soul will be lighter for having shared it. 

 

Yet, no matter the outcome of Mettaton’s struggle. Papyrus recognizes that he is a witness to something very private. So private, that it nearly feels like something he shouldn’t be allowed to see. 

 

Papyrus takes that knowledge very seriously, and he holds all of this close to his Soul. 

 

“I … I don’t know … Phy …” Mettaton sighs. 

 

Mettaton unwinds one of his arms from around Papyrus to run his fingers through his hair. 

 

“I-I … I just want my problems to vanish … I … I want to run from them, as I so often have. Yet, there is nowhere I can elope to. I’m trapped against the ropes … metaphorically, of course, lovely. So … So, I suppose if … if I could just sleep for a hundred years and wake up to find that all of this was all a phantasmagoric dream … I would  … I think that is my deepest wish. Dearest Papyrus … darling Phy … I-I … I’m just exhausted. I’m so weary I cannot possibly explain it.” Mettaton’s voice breaks. 

 

Papyrus squeezes Mettaton’s shoulder, and Dr. Alphys wordlessly takes Mettaton’s hand as soon as he offers it to her. 

 

“I’m so tired … and … and … and at the risk of sounding like a mad-monster, I … I don’t know how to be tired? I don’t know how to be anything other than manically positive? I’ve always needed to be happy. Everyone expected me t-to be happy. How could I not be happy all the time? I … my positivity has always been necessary. Full farm of ghosts to only three left? Happy. Two left? Happy. Body unfinished? Gotta be happy for the public. They’re counting on you for hope, for laughs, for jokes, for … f-for anything apart from the drudgery of the incessant waiting! So … so thinking that … thinking that my Soul might abandon ship on live television? Haha! Gotta be happy! People need you … people need you … they always need you. But … do you even exist … or are … are you an idea?” Mettaton’s voice cracks again. 

 

Dr. Alphys gently brushes a few tears from Mettaton’s face. Papyrus notices that she looks impossibly sad. Suddenly, Papyrus wonders if this might be the first time that Mettaton has really seriously been honest with Dr. Alphys about his feelings when she delayed creating his body. Papyrus knows that Mettaton has never been one to reveal things all at once and, if Papyrus remembers correctly, a lot of the time that Alphys and Mettaton had spent talking, when Mettaton moved into his apartment, Alphys was the one speaking.

 

“B-But … but … I’m not happy. My … My knee is painfully stiff, lovelies. Sometimes … sometimes I’m in so much physical pain I can’t stand it!  I … I can’t enter sleep mode without seeing him. Sometimes … sometimes he is a demon hunting us for sport Underground, sometimes he is … is my puppetmaster, and … and sometimes … sometimes it’s just … just … just the feeling of th-that fucking wall behind my back. It doesn’t go away. That sickening crack doesn’t go away. The Angel-forsaken pain in my back … it … it hurt … Angel, it hurt. A-And … And, it all repeats and repeats and repeats in my head." Mettaton whispers. 

 

Papyrus gently wipes a tear from Mettaton's cheek, but Mettaton seems lost in the words that tumble out of his mouth. 

 

"I’d gladly replace these terrors with the nightmares I had before the Surface. The worst ones prior were about getting catapulted from Initial on TV or … or … or other consequences that I deserved for being such an insensitive and massive prick to anyone and everyone who ever loved me. My old nightmares drove me mad, but at least I deserved to bear them. My actions were my own and … and if I bore the consequences … at least those … those made sense? If I dreamed of you dying due to my negligence, Phy, I know I deserved that terror. But … I suppose … I had choices in this too … didn’t I? I dragged Blooky, Shyren, and I all through this? Perhaps … Perhaps, I could have bought us out sooner? I could … I could have stopped this from the beginning, right? Or, at least, I should have stopped it when I started to feel apprehension more than the joy of dreaming? I’ve just … I’ve been trying to help everyone feel bold, and brave, and beautiful in the face of everything monster-kind has ever faced, but … I can’t? But, I have to … I wanted this!” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

Dr. Alphys squeezes Mettaton’s hand tight, and she brushes away Mettaton's tears this time. Papyrus can clearly see how much of what Mettaton says pierces Dr. Alphys’ Soul and makes empathy flow out. It is etched into every worry line in her forehead, and the way her hand trembles when he talks about deserving nightmares about her death. It is in the slow shake of her head as Mettaton rambles about all of the non-existent choices he has had both Underground and in this last month. 

 

Yet, despite clearly wanting to interrupt with assurances and platitudes, Dr. Alphys remains silent as Mettaton continues. 

 

“I’m … I desperately wanted the world to freeze for just a moment right around when … when … you got so viciously attacked , dearest Papyrus. Everything … the passports … the photos …” Mettaton breathes deeply. 

 

Papyrus wipes a tear from Mettaton’s cheek. 

 

“I… I stopped volunteering at Lady Toriel’s school because humans would follow me everywhere! Which, I mean … I loved, but I didn’t want those children and their families to be forcibly involved. King Asgore’s assurances that no one would be able to follow me there did not quell my fears. Lady Toriel agreed with me, but said it was my choice. And … that was the most arduous decision I have ever made. Well, at least in recent memory. But, being the first monster singer-songwriter in nearly a thousand years … people were … ah … quite invested. It was more than I could have ever hoped and then some. But, it came with its … ah … inconveniences a-and … and more vitriol, at times, than I could have predicted. Perhaps, more than I wanted to let on here …” Mettaton sighs. 

 

Dr. Alphys squeezes Mettaton’s shoulder gently in silent support. She seems to understand more than Papyrus does. However, this is the first time Papyrus has ever heard about Mettaton being followed around. 

 

Yet, Papyrus is not overly concerned about Mettaton keeping his struggles with the paparazzi to himself. It is quite clear how much Mettaton detests bringing this up. Papyrus knows, if he had thought to ask about this, it is a question Mettaton would have vetoed. For, if there is one boundary the two of them established as soon as they started dating, and one they both hold firm, it is that there always needed to be a way out of uncomfortable conversations. Of course, that isn’t to say that they both haven’t attempted to get more of the truth from each other when the other person was clearly unwell or upset. Yet, both Papyrus and Mettaton are self-aware enough to know they can be overly direct in their “getting to know you” questions. The power not to answer has, in Papyrus’ mind, given them more openness, not less. 

 

Therefore, Papyrus’ curiosity peaks. For, he simply wants to know how Mettaton managed to keep Toriel’s house so quiet, and how he managed to do things in public at all. 

 

“It was King Asgore who set a spell that would make getting to Lady Toriel’s house elusive for anyone with … less than pure intentions, darlings. I asked him to do it after I saw what he did for the school. The hedge, the one in the shape of your smile, dearest? That’s where the school’s protection lies. However, even with the strength of Asgore’s spells, I … I so feared for the identities of all of those young humans and monsters … and their families. I had … I … I discussed stopping my weekly visits here with Lady Toriel around November? I … I wished to prevent any invasions of privacy. I explained that, if she wanted me to stop coming on Saturday evenings, I would gladly spend time in the apartment on my own. However, she said to trust in King Asgore’s magic here. She said … me not being here would be far worse than anyone following me. Those stunning evergreen and oak trees lining the drive hold the spell for Lady Toriel’s home. We had been in discussions about how to protect the apartment, but … we … ah … never got around to finishing it. The bouncer at that karaoke bar, Toni, is … she’s my hero. It’s the only place in this Angel-forsaken town, besides this house, I’ve ever felt truly safe.” Mettaton rubs his forehead. 

 

Dr. Alphys gently squeezes Mettaton’s shoulder again. 

 

“I-I remember the mall that one Friday in November when we were picking out the d-dress for my date with Undyne. I … I think a w-week or two after y-your first album dropped. That … that was certainly something. I can see why y-you would have discussed what you did with Toriel. But, I’m glad she helped convince y-you to stay. Y-You … you did all the r-right things. I … I’m also not … unaware of what has been p-put on social media. I … I don’t think anyone else r-really knows since everything on the UnderNet is so incredibly positive.” Dr. Alphys assures. 

 

Mettaton gives her a weak smile before looking up at Papyrus. Papyrus gives Mettaton, what he hopes, is a reassuring nod. 

 

“D- Our manager said that it would be lovely to see the first monster band write and compose their own songs. Of course, Blooky and I were delighted to be writing music together again.” 

 

Mettaton smiles while blinking a few tears back. Dr. Alphys sucks in a breath and squeezes Mettaton’s shoulder tight. 

 

“It was … it was marvelous , my dears. I haven’t connected with my darling cousin in that way in well over half a decade. Blooky and I would sit for hours on Sunday morning humming together. They would mix and I … I would strum on the guitar to record for them, or attempt to set lyrics to finished tracks. I heard them laugh for the first time in years .” 

 

Mettaton’s eyes brighten with love and pride unlike any Papyrus has ever seen. Papyrus wishes he could convey how much he realizes the admiration in Mettaton’s eyes is not for himself but, instead, for Blooky. 

 

“But, Da- our manager would often nitpick and change things. Nothing was ever right. I once tried to feature Shyren on a verse, and he outright refused to let it go into production. The day you went to lunch with your idiotic colleagues before we went for bubble tea, he and I fought the whole Angel-forsaken lunch meeting over whether or not to let that demo go to the producer. He …” 

 

Mettaton’s eyes widen at the memory. Papyrus gently brushes Mettaton’s hair back. Then, Mettaton buries himself in Papyrus’ chest. 

 

Dr. Alphys looks at Mettaton with concern. She gently reaches up and cups Mettaton’s cheek bringing Mettaton back to look at her. 

 

“Did he … Did he hurt y-you, Ton-ton?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods, and Papyrus feels anger surge in his Soul. 

 

He desperately tries to fight back against his fury. Almost against his will, Papyrus suddenly longs for this man to feel his pain. The pain of losing a loved one to the confusion, sadness, and fear that lies in the wake of someone else’s abusive choices. Yet, Papyrus wonders if the man who nearly destroyed his beloved would ever be able to feel his pain. 

 

For, can a person who commits such violence ever really love anyone?

 

Papyrus looks at Dr. Alphys. She closes her eyes and breathes deeply. While Papyrus knows he must look murderous, Dr. Alphys simply looks concerned as she strokes Mettaton’s dark hair. 

 

“Can y-you tell me what he did, Ton-ton?” Dr. Alphys prompts.

 

Mettaton takes a shuddering breath. Papyrus holds Mettaton tight for a moment before Mettaton answers her question.

 

“He … He slapped me … in the face … ah … on my right side. So … So … um … I couldn’t really prepare for it. But, I … I hadn’t fused completely yet so the injury was minor! Truly, it didn’t really matter. I was more just shaken up a bit than anything, darling. I just pulled my hair down over my eye. Undyne and Sans didn’t even notice, dear! Then, I  just pilfered a granola bar from your pantry and I was fine, sweetheart! It wasn’t a problem, Phy, I … I promise.” Mettaton assures hurriedly. 

 

Papyrus is sure he is simply making a more exaggerated version of Dr. Alphys’ expression at that moment. Her eyes widen in shock and she gapes at Mettaton for a minute before finally finding words. 

 

“Ton-ton, that’s … that is so not the p-point? In fact, the f-fact that ‘Dyne and Sans didn’t notice makes it worse! Didn’t ‘Dyne t-try to rough house with y-you later that day? Is that why y-you flinched?! Angel, Ton-ton, why … why didn’t y-you say anything!?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton looks at her with wide eyes. 

 

“I-It was my fault … I should have listened. I was being a diva. Or, at least that’s what he said. I know I have a pension for the dramatics, and I probably deserved the slap. Right? I can be quite demanding and annoying when I want to get my way. I suppose it didn’t really matter that it wasn’t about featuring my voice. He told me that my voice would make us popular. Then, he promised we could experiment more after this first album and tour were a success. But, he also said he didn’t like the way it … my voice I mean … was starting to change as I got closer to fusion. But, I wasn’t really sure how to fix it? But, I tried to make it sound more like what he wanted, and that made him happier with us. He said it sounded too haunting and my vowels were too dark … but I think that’s because I have a … because of what my Soul is … all of the Blook family uses dark vowels. He told me humans would only like us if I were a robotic pop idol. So, I had to change back if I wanted to be popular. And, I tried not to complain too much because I’m too needy already. He was just trying to make me better. After all, I needed to be a good model for my people as well as for the impressionable young humans like Frisk. He told me that Frisk and every young human like them needed someone just like me to look up to, but that meant that I had to stop seeking so much attention. That aside, I also never wanted to sound bad on the recording or at concerts … B-But, Angel, it was draining having to think about how to carry myself all the time. It hurt … sometimes … to sing the way he wanted me to. It hurt … not in my throat, but … um … i-it hurt. It was so painful that I … you … the day before the wall a-and … a-a-and the k-kissing … I … Can I be honest? Is … Is that okay?” 

 

As he speaks, Mettaton’s eyes widen and glow brighter with some kind of energy Papyrus has never seen. Mettaton’s eyes dart from Papyrus, to the ceiling, to the walls, to Dr. Alphys and back to him. Mettaton almost vibrates with some kind of nervous energy in Papyrus’ arms. By the end of his speaking, Mettaton’s right eye starts to twitch violently. 

 

“Please … just say w-whatever you need. O-Okay? I promise it’s o-okay to speak completely freely. I-I’m not gonna judge you. Y-You’ve been so, so understanding of me these l-last couple months. Please l-let me return the favor.” Alphys whispers. 

 

A few tears slip down Mettaton’s cheeks. Dr. Alphys takes one of Mettaton’s hands and flips it so that his palm faces up. Then, she traces a claw over each of Mettaton’s fingers. She rubs circles in the center of his palm as Mettaton begins speaking again. 

 

“Even if I shouldn’t be, I … I’m still furious? Even if everyone is right, and I am a self-obsessed, over-the-top, and a … a workaholic mess. I … I just wanted to do right by my race. I … I want to be good, and I want other people to know they’re good too. B-But, no matter what … I … I just mess it up. Undyne, m-my manager, fucking Burgerpants  … Everyone is right about me. I … I’m … I can’t make up my mind about what I want. I’m over enthusiastic and put too many irons in too many fires, darlings. But, I … I love what I do. I love using magic to write, sing, and create things that make people happy. I-I think I make people happy, right? But, it’s so hard to not get caught up in the bright lights and the sovereignty of each experience. There were so many bright and shining new things to do … Blooky had a real studio place to mix in … I was so happy seeing them explore … Shyren and I actually laughed and experimented with vocals … it was …  everything was … it was so intense … intense in ways I never expected, darlings. It was … it was exhilarating and … and the song … the song I was singing … it was new and oh so exciting … it was just like she said … no song unsung no wine untasted … truly, everything I ever dreamed …” 

 

Mettaton’s voice goes from bitter to wistful as he talks about his work. By the time Mettaton begins speaking about Blooky and Shyren, Mettaton honestly seems to be so caught up in the memory of the studio that Papyrus wonders if Mettaton isn’t touching the knobs and dials of his cousin’s turntable in his mind. When Mettaton reaches the lines of the song, he actually sings them into his speech. However, Mettaton stops abruptly in the middle of his sentence. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes darken as he draws his brows down over his eyes. Tears well up and slip down his cheeks. Papyrus is quick to wipe them away. Mettaton’s voice breaks as he begins speaking again

 

“… until it wasn’t . The tigers really do come at night, I suppose … For, he was in the shadows in my room, under my bed, in the drapes, and everywhere in the apartment.” 

 

Suddenly, Mettaton’s voice goes thin as his breathing quickens. 

 

Papyrus wraps his arms tighter around Mettaton, and Dr. Alphys traces more complex patterns over Mettaton’s palm. To Papyrus, it appears that she might be drawing flowers. 

 

“I-I didn’t know where to go, or who to talk to, or what to do! I just … everything happened so … so … s-so quickly, darlings! Compliments, touching … always fucking touching … and everyone was struggling so much … I … I didn’t want to pull attention away from where it was most needed. Contrary to popular belief, I am not so much of a drama king to make everything about me. Though … Though … I know I can be selfish , sometimes, my darlings. I am truly trying to improve upon making everything about my being in the spotlight. I even thought I had a solution. Though it may have been a cowardly one, I … I st-still had a solution.” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

Papyrus notices that Dr. Alphys sucks in a sharp breath. She seems to read something between the lines of what Mettaton says, and she begins to vigorously shake her head. She continues this as Mettaton divulges more. 

 

“I suppose … I suppose I just … I didn’t want to be accused of trying to one-up everyone else. I … I have made many things about myself at others’ expense. That … That, and I knew no one would have believed me anyway. Who would have really believed that I … that I would have … that this could have happened to me? Me - the Underground’s darling, gorgeous … fool. Haha … ha … ha … no … there is no way anyone would have believed me. I … I almost did it. I was so close. I wanted to … but you both texted me, and I burned the letters. I knew which wire to cut to make it go away. I really just … I wanted it to stop. But, I couldn’t hurt anyone, especially both of you. I … the texts … I couldn’t … B-But, I was so scared. I felt so ill, and so lonely . But, I needed to keep everyone happy and safe. I couldn’t make anyone sad or hurt them again. So … So, I didn’t do it. But, maybe I should have? It would have saved everyone a lot of trouble.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Dr. Alphys almost chokes at Mettaton’s confession. Papyrus has to admit that he was rather unprepared to hear what Mettaton just said. 

 

Dr. Alphys closes both of her claws around Mettaton’s hand while continuing to shake her head.

 

“I … no … no, no, no … Ton-ton … by the A-Angel … praise the Angel you d-d-didn’t … oh Angel, Mettaton …” 

 

Dr. Alphys brings Mettaton’s hand up to her forehead and brings it back to her lap. Then, she gently strokes Mettaton’s forearm without saying a word. 

 

Seeing as Dr. Alphys doesn’t seem to be able to speak, Papyrus takes over. 

 

“mettaton … um … i am fairly certain that no one would have blamed you for needing help with such an overwhelming problem. and … and i want to assure that … that any perceived trouble you saved us could never have been worth losing you forever," Papyrus says. 

 

Papyrus knows he should say more, but he isn't exactly sure what to say. However, he does remember watching some humans online talking about their struggles with health and mental health. He wonders if using some of their wisdom might help. 

 

"while it is our usual custom to let our families council us in times of hardship, i have heard that sometimes therapists and their objective opinions do very much help according to some humans on the internet that i have grown fond of. regardless, i think this problem was large enough to warrant asking for someone’s help, ours, or someone objective, and i am sure everyone would have believed you and tried to keep you safe.” Papyrus whispers. 

 

Papyrus knows that his words have come out jumbled, but he isn't sure if bluntness would have been any better. Because all Papyrus wants to say is:

 

I WOULD HAVE BELIEVED YOU. 

I WOULD HAVE WANTED TO KEEP YOU SAFE. 

 

Papyrus swallows the lump in his throat, but it returns with a vengeance as soon as Mettaton begins speaking again. 

 

“Would they, darling? I … If I hadn’t been so close to … to falling down … would anyone have realized that I was … was dying? Besides? Who should I have spoken to? Should I have come to the college students? I … I barely knew them, and they’re … they’re so young!  So, should I have just sang a song about my problems at the bar and hoped they asked about it after the performance? Those young people carry much, as you well know, Phy. They were in desperate need of someone to be their silly escape. It made me so overjoyed to escape alongside them, too. I long for the karaoke, the lights, the margaritas, and the company of people who love what I love for the same reasons I love it. I couldn’t … I couldn’t risk losing that. Besides … I stopped going when … when he … I … the world felt too big once everything started to spiral. I don't know if I can ever face them again, but ... but, my dears, I miss those gorgeous friends of mine so desperately it aches.” 

 

Mettaton’s eyes sparkle with fresh tears. Papyrus wipes them when they fall. Yet, when Mettaton’s eyes open they are stormy with a raw anguish. His eyes pass between a deep angry red and a soft fearful pink. 

 

“Yet, if not the young humans, who did that leave? King Asgore? He is trying to keep our race united so that we are not driven into obscurity and extinction, and that … that is absurdly difficult. I easily see how it wears on him. Besides the troubles of our race, he is fantastically lonely. He did not need this … this burden too, darlings. I … I cannot help but feel immensely guilty for this morning’s setback. For, now, King Asgore needs to take more time out of his precious little to aid in getting justice for me when clearly this morning was my own fault!” 

 

Papyrus wipes a few more angry tears from Mettaton’s cheeks while Dr. Alphys begins tracing swirls over Mettaton’s clenched knuckles.  

 

“So, if not King Asgore, whom else could I have spoken with? Bl … Blooky? Shyren?! The very people I was trying to protect from … from him? The ones he used to gain my compliance? The ones he told me the first time he touched me that the mere knowledge of what he was doing to me would confuse them? The ones he said the discovery of what had been done to me would destroy if I spoke of these meetings to anyone, darlings? Was I just … was I just supposed to forget that I promised to never do anything that would bring Blooky, Shyren, or Maddie harm ever again by jeopardizing their safety with my frivolous problems?” 

 

Mettaton shuts his eyes tight as tears leak down his cheeks like slow rivers. This time, Mettaton brings the sleeve of his shirt up to his eyes and wipes the tears on his own. The pink three-quarter length sleeve is now covered in white eyeliner. 

 

“Or, perhaps, Undyne, my loves?! Should I have gone to her for help? Forgive me for not being in the mood for a lecture about how much my idiocy would have wounded you both. For, I am certain that this has broken your heart, dearest Papyrus … and … and I know that I have increased your anxiety, my darling Phy. So, I suppose, perhaps, she would have been right to lecture me… as I have … Papyrus , my brilliant Papyrus, I am not who you intended to love anymore, am I? I cause you grief, darling. I have been forcibly changed against my will, but you do not deserve to be bound to me, not like this. Papyrus, I-I … I never wanted to hurt you, but I … I’m falling apart. I would … I cannot drag you with me. You deserve the light, the good, the beautiful, and all things as delightful as you are. I cannot give you what you so deserve my light and my love. I am … as I have said, broken beyond repair.” 

 

Mettaton shudders through a sob. 

 

Papyrus opens his mouth to try and correct Mettaton’s misinformed perception, but Mettaton begins addressing Dr. Alphys before Papyrus can speak. 

 

“Phy, why … why after all this time, after everything I’ve done, after every moronic mistake, do you keep picking me up and putting me back together, darling? All I have ever done is caused you grief, anxiety, and emotional anguish. I abandoned you to your debilitating depression and anxiety. Isn’t recompense allowing me to drown in mine?” 

 

Papyrus sees Dr. Alphys wipe away one of her own tears while shaking her head. However, Papyrus’ main focus is on Mettaton who seems lost in a storm deep within his Soul. Mettaton is far away from Dr. Alphys and Papyrus both. Mettaton doesn’t know that Papyrus is here. Mettaton cannot see Dr. Alphys. Papyrus has so often lived in the violent winds and lonely isolation of meltdowns. So, Papyrus know that his beloved is trapped behind a wall that no one but time and patience can wear away. 

 

In this moment, Papyrus feels what it is like to stand in Sans’ slippers, and he desperately longs to hug his brother tight. For, waiting out these blizzards of the mind must be among the most painful acts of love Papyrus can fathom. 

 

Papyrus imagines himself and Mettaton caught in the eye of the howling winds and icy blasts of that movie his brother loves watching with Frisk. They will cling to each other and survive because they understand and because they love. 

 

So, Papyrus wants to stay. He will withstand the storm because that’s what love does. It endures hardship, poverty, pain, sickness, anguish, and even death. If this is Mettaton now, Papyrus will weather the storms with him as Mettaton weathers Papyrus’ storms, too. For, if they are together, neither of them has to survive alone. Together they are stronger than even they know. 

 

“Just, my loves, know … please know … I … I didn’t … I didn’t want to … stupid, stupid, stupid … it doesn’t matter your INTENTION … intentions never matter in apologies. Wrong. Wrong! WRONG!! It only matters that I’m wrong! That I did something I shouldn’t have. I upset you. I’m hurting you. Douchebag this is still wrong! So … so, Undyne was out of the question because … because I was too weak to handle what she would have said to me, though I deserved it.” 

 

Mettaton heaves a shuddering breath and opens his eyes. Mettaton’s eyes are desperate and pleading as he continues. 

 

“Sans. I just wanted, with all my Soul … I hungered for … for him to respect me. I love you, my dearest Papyrus, I love you so much. I longed to be a part of your family. I adored the feeling of Sans looking out for me, but I knew it was just a feeling. There was … I couldn’t … even if I wanted to … he … you … everyone was so overwhelmed already that ... that I couldn’t … by the time everything was slipping through my fingers … you, Papyrus, you needed me to love you through your own pain. Phy, you needed to help Papyrus. I could hardly focus on anything while I worried for you, Papyrus. I …” 

 

Mettaton shudders in Papyrus’ arms. Dr. Alphys rubs Mettaton’s clenched knuckles again. Yet, tears roll freely down her cheeks as she looks up at the ceiling. 

 

“I-I … I thought about saying something … the night I stayed with you and Undyne … the stress that day … I thought my Soul Chamber might shatter to pieces … I thought about it … I didn’t sleep … I couldn’t … he … I … I was so scared! … I wanted … I wanted … I wanted … but … I couldn’t … because …  because that would have been an asshole move. I am done being an asshole who never considers anyone else’s feelings. Maddie always said I sought far too much attention as a young monster. ‘No one wants to hear what you have to say.’ ‘Another one of your schemes. Be content with the farm or make money as a dummy like everyone else!’ Perhaps, she was speaking to herself as well as me. I know that now. Yet, it changes little in that … that it still hurts . It shouldn’t b-but, Angel, I still f-feel it!” 

 

Mettaton takes a couple of wheezing breaths as sobs shake his shoulders. Then, the tears stop as suddenly as they began. Mettaton’s face and voice is void of any emotion at all. Somehow, this is more unnerving than the tears and shaking sobs. 

 

“It was no wonder no one saw … there was nothing important to see. If I couldn’t go through with ending it all, at the very least, I should have been able to last longer … remembered my defenses. It’s why you boosted them, right, Phy? To keep me safe? I didn’t use them. I should have known to use them. I dropped them because I thought I had already gotten away. Arrogant… arrogant prick … that’s all I am. It’s all I have ever been… all I’ll ever be. Right, Phy?” 

 

Mettaton’s eyes are dull and exhausted when he finishes speaking. Then, Mettaton half-sobs and half-screams into Papyrus chest. He pulls his hand away from Dr. Alphys and throws his arms around Papyrus’ neck. Papyrus can’t make out any words through Mettaton’s tears, but he wraps a protective arm around Mettaton. Papyrus runs the soft fabric of the plush ghost up and down Mettaton’s cheek as Mettaton gasps. 

 

The sound of Mettaton’s sobs appear to shake Dr. Alphys from her slack jawed stupor. 

 

“What?! No. No, absolutely n-not! Angel, Ton-ton, no! I … Angel … wh-where do I even start breaking all that apart? Y-Y-You have nothing more to apologize for, okay? It’s okay. Y-You haven’t done anything wrong … or … o-or bad. I promise. Y-You … please … just let y-yourself feel hurt, and a-angry, and s-sad without judging y-yourself. Please … I … I-I know that’s hard, but … but … d-dust in the sky, Ton-ton! I’m sorry," Dr. Alphys says.

 

Papyrus can feel Mettaton turning and beginning to protest. However, Dr. Alphys takes Mettaton's hand tight in hers and keeps talking. 

 

"Please … I know y-you don’t think I have anything to apologize for, but I-I do, Ton-ton. We all a-absolutely do! First of all, y-you … y-y-you didn’t deserve this. N-No one did and no one does. Y-You do so, so much more than just s-seek attention or … or hurt people … or … oh, by the Angel, Ton-ton. Y-You’re so good . Y-You’re so beautifully, wonderfully, amazingly good . So, for m-my part, at least, I would have never thought y-you were just seeking attention. I would have absolutely believed every w-word. I’m so glad y-you didn’t … that y-y-you read our t-t-texts and saw y-you were good. Oh, praise the Angel y-you’re safe. Y-You are good. I swear on the beauty of m-magic itself that y-you are good . Alright?" Dr. Alphys assures. 

 

Then, Dr. Alphys takes a shaky breath before continuing to speak. Mettaton's eyes are on her, but Papyrus wonders how much of Dr. Alphys' words he is taking to heart. 

 

"Second, what were y-you supposed to do with y-your defenses? Let him leave the country with y-you and … a-and what? … have Blooky and Shyren witness y-your death? Not to be crass! But … but, would that have b-been better for the two of them? Within a few months, even if he hadn’t physically forced y-you to do … things … and damaged y-you that way, you would have d-deteriorated other ways! He could have just m-murdered y-you for sport with the LV he clearly has socked away in sp-spades! Y-You could have depleted your magic completely, o-or he … he c-could have found a w-way to poison y-you! I … I couldn’t have come to help you! The three of y-you would have been completely alone. A-Angel, just the thought of that scenario makes me sick to think of … h-honestly … I kind of need a minute to get that out of my head.” 

 

Dr. Alphys swallows hard before she heaves a shaky breath and continues. She puts a steadying hand on Mettaton’s shaking back. 

 

“Thirdly, n-no matter what the asshole made you feel or think, Ton-ton, y-you should never have had to endure any physical punishment for a second. Really. I … I m-mean every word of that. I swear. N-Not once. Do you understand? I promise y-you are not a diva. Y-You were not just asking for too much attention. Dust in the sky! Y-You certainly didn’t deserve to be hit! No one d-deserves to be hit! B-But, especially not y-you! Y-You are so good, Ton-ton. I-I know I said that b-before, but y-you clearly n-need to hear it again. So, I know … I know y-you love Blooky and Shyren, and I’m so proud of y-you for committing to keeping them happy and s-safe, but … Angel, not at the expense of y-your own life, Ton-ton! A-Asgore could have put both them and y-you under his protection. We could have gotten the G-Guard reinstituted and involved! And … And I swear we would h-have. So, I understand why y-you would avoid talking to Blooky and Shyren … heck … n-now I even understand why y-you avoided Undyne! But, Sans … Toriel … Asgore … Papyrus … me … I’m just … I’m so incredibly sorry y-you couldn’t talk to us, Ton-ton." Dr. Alphys whispers. 

 

Papyrus can tell Dr. Alphys is fighting back tears of anger, shame, and frustration. Papyrus finds himself thinking about the similarities between Dr. Alphys and Sans, and Papyrus realizes that she is actually taking all of this rather well in comparison to what Sans likely would have done by now. Papyrus looks from Dr. Alphys to Mettaton, and Papyrus notices that Mettaton seems to really be hearing Dr. Alphys' words. For, Mettaton's eyes are a little clearer, and he seems a bit more focused as Dr. Alphys continues. 

 

"We should have … I just … I feel so horrible that y-you thought … you thought we would reject y-you. We should have asked y-you how you were feeling. W-We should have n-noticed that y-you were sick! I just … We should have made it clear that if y-you were h-hurting, and by the Angel were y-you hurting, that y-you could come to us. Ton-ton, l-like I said this morning, we owe you the a-apology not the other way around. Angel, if y-you hadn’t … if you hadn’t panicked that n-night d-during the movie …if y-you had actually cut o-one of your m-main lines … I-I … Ton-ton, I-I don’t want to live in a world without y-you in it! O-Okay? I swear. I love you way, way, way too m-much for that.” 

 

Dr. Alphys brushes Mettaton’s hair with her claws. Mettaton breathes heavily against Papyrus’ shoulder. Papyrus brushes away the last of Mettaton’s tears. Suddenly, Mettaton takes several shaky hiccuping breaths even though his tears have stopped. 

 

With Dr. Alphys finished, Papyrus discovers that he actually has something to say. 

 

“i do not think you merely seek attention. i am very proud of you. you are very brave to talk to us so openly. you are also very brave for trying so hard to keep everyone safe. that must have been very lonely and very scary to try to fix things on your own for so long. in fact, i can even understand why seeking for everything to be over may have sounded pleasant. i am very sorry that any and all of us made you feel as though you could not come to us for assistance without feeling as though we would think you were seeking attention. i am so sorry that anyone made you feel as though you had to be forever happy and have no other feelings apart from exuberance. you deserved better. for, you always tried to make us feel happy and, at least where i have been involved, you are a very great listener. perhaps, we all should have returned that favor," Papyrus says. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head as he leans into Papyrus' shoulder. 

 

"Y-You did the most out of anyone, dearest. I ... I just wish I could have been more ... been better for you." Mettaton whispers. 

 

Papyrus looks up at the ceiling trying to find answers for what to say and how to make his beloved understand him. Papyrus considers all Mettaton has done in his life when, suddenly, an idea strikes Papyrus. 

 

"did you know, metti, what first made me your fan, and drew me to your show, was how much i could tell you cared about us all? you wanted to inspire us to be the best we could be. every time you and i talked underground, i could tell you really cared about the truth you spoke. though, i did not yet know you very well and, therefore, i could not see how much you were struggling. yet, still, i realized that you very much wanted to bring hope to us all. it is a very great thing to have done, and to continue to want to do. but, you should know that it is very hard to help people have hope if you are not around to provide it.” Papyrus explains, in his softest and gentlest tone. 

 

It takes a moment for Papyrus' words to register. However, when they do, Mettaton leans into Papyrus and begins crying again. Papyrus rubs Mettaton’s back slowly and softly. Yet, as Papyrus offers what physical comfort he can, he finds himself reflecting back on what Mettaton had said during his meltdown. 

 

For, Papyrus very much sees what Dr. Alphys explained earlier, and he more than agrees with her assessment. 

 

The more Papyrus thinks, as much as he hates to admit it, Mettaton might have been right to be confused. 

 

No one besides Papyrus and Dr. Alphys had ever given Mettaton a reason to think that they would believe him. And, at that time, Papyrus couldn’t help because he was concussed, and Dr. Alphys was busy helping Papyrus. In some ways, it made sense that Mettaton felt all alone. 

 

“i think, i may have spoken too quickly.” Papyrus begins. 

 

Papyrus looks up at the ceiling. His Soul traps itself in his throat as he looks up and swallows a few tears. Papyrus uses the circles he runs over Mettaton’s back to ground himself. 

 

“sometimes it is hard to know exactly who wants to hear what … and when … and in what way … and … and even i, though i am very special, and very great, struggle to understand who would like to listen. though, i know you always do.” 

 

Papyrus smiles down at Mettaton. Mettaton gazes back up at Papyrus and nods with a watery smile of his own. 

 

“however, it seems that, from what i heard, you struggle to tell people of your problems unless they have told you that you are allowed to do so. i suppose that makes sense given what i have come to learn of your life both now and in previous conversations. at the time you most needed assistance, the two people you most trusted to have a response that would be understanding were truly incapacitated though … though, through no fault of our own. yet, there did not seem to be anyone else because they did not seem safe or prepared to assist you. there was yet too much in the way by the time you most needed our help. the only thing i wish is that you had felt safer speaking to dr. alphys. as, i truly was only in need of company which frisk and flowey were more than happy to provide me,” Papyrus says. 

 

Mettaton nods eagerly into Papyrus’ chest. 

 

“Yes. That … that is exactly … exactly it, dearest Papyrus. I … I … I just … it was … hard to know … too confusing … to try to navigate … complex conversation …” 

 

Mettaton yawns more than he speaks as he confirms Papyrus’ suspicions. Dr. Alphys has not stopped brushing her fingers through Mettaton’s hair since she attempted to reassure Mettaton after his meltdown. 

 

“From now on, y-you don’t have to worry about everyone else. They are all going to be much clearer in their communication from now on. O-Okay? I promise y-you everyone, and I mean everyone , wants y-you to feel better. Trust that they will communicate if you overstep, or if they need to set a b-boundary. However, we all want to heal with y-you, to walk with y-you, to laugh with y-you, to bear the burdens y-you carry with y-you, to find p-peace with y-you, to share joys and sorrows with y-you, and … a-and to have y-you share the same with us. We love you. I promise. Trust me, o-o-okay?” Alphys whispers. 

 

Mettaton nods sleepily into Papyrus’ chest. Dr. Alphys takes over softly rubbing Mettaton’s back. 

 

As Dr. Alphys rubs Mettaton’s back, Papyrus notices that her eyes are closed and she murmurs something under her breath before speaking out loud. 

 

“Ton-ton, do you want us to keep y-your routine for you by sending our wishes to the Angel with y-you? Do y-you think that might help y-you sleep?” 

 

Mettaton nods again as his head slips further down Papyrus’ shoulder. 

 

Dr. Alphys looks up at Papyrus and smiles softly at him before she begins speaking. 

 

“May the dust of our a-ancestors watch over him in rest and grant him p-peace. Angel, help him see how b-beloved he is to us all … just … l-let him lean on us when he needs to … p-protect his hopes, his dreams, and let him feel h-hope again. A-And … And, thank y-you, dear A-Angel, for the beautiful gift of his life. B-Because, Ton-ton, that’s wh-what your life is, t-truly, okay? It’s a gift.” Dr. Alphys whispers. 

 

Papyrus notices that Mettaton’s breathing has returned to the perfectly timed rises and falls that denote his sleep mode. However, Papyrus finds himself with things he wishes to say. 

 

“i … i have always had so much trust in the goodness of everyone and everything in the world. i suppose, some may call it faith. yet, i have found it hard to see that goodness in everyone and everything lately. i have always been told that my greatest magic is not the literal magics that you gave me. my greatest magic is not healing and the ability to manipulate gravity and space. for, though i am very happy to be able to do those things, i have always been told that my greatest magic is my ability to see the magic in all things. the hope, the joy, the love, and the greatness of all. i just … i want him to know that he is very great, and i want the world to know that the monster that i love, more than anything, is great. it is great that he was made by you. it is great that we have been able to be together in friendship … and over time … perhaps some friendships will continue to grow in more than friendship. i would like it very much if that would happen ... for metti and i." Papyrus whispers. 

 

Papyrus closes his eyes and breathes for a moment. Then, Papyrus finds his hand rubbing up and down Mettaton's back in slow and rhythmic circles. Papyrus can feel Mettaton's sleep mode breaths against his rib cage, and it gives Papyrus a new thought. 

 

"i suppose, my greatest hope … my one wish … is that you could show me the solution to this puzzle so that metti and i can both feel and become very great. the humans’ surface is broken … very broken. i know that i have a solution to their puzzle, and it is us … all of the magic and monsters who carry your love. however, the world needs to see a bright and shining example of your starlight … i would be willing … if you promise to protect him … and give him back to me ... to lend the surface my starlight for a while. if only because, i know he would like that very much.” Papyrus whispers. 

 

Papyrus’ eyes are closed tightly as he speaks. He sees the swirling colors of his eye sockets being deprived of light as he squeezes them shut. When he opens them, his eye sockets hurt a little bit. 

 

Yet, Dr. Alphys stares up at him with eyes filled with awe. 

 

“You … Y-You are a marvel, Papyrus.” Dr. Alphys praises.

 

“what did i do?” Papyrus asks innocently. 

 

He rests his chin on Mettaton’s hair as he looks in Dr. Alphys’ direction. He is genuinely curious to know the answer. 

 

“You’re … y-y-you’re just so … so you, Papyrus. I … I think that’s what he needs from us … he needs us to let him be h-himself, but … but also to not ch-change who we are to him. I-I … I’m learning that from … from you . He needs us to b-be us … just more honest, and g-gentle, versions of us.” Alphys smiles. 

 

Papyrus beams at her. He is proud of himself for helping Dr. Alphys find a solution to their problems. Yet, he always knew that Dr. Alphys could find the answer. 

 

She is very good at that.  

 

“it is not so hard, dr. alphys. in all of this, mettaton has only ever wanted me to be me. i have found that my slips in memory and that i enjoy talking about what i love to do is the thing that has made mettaton the most happy, and safe, and made him laugh the most. i am very proud of making him laugh, dr. alphys." Papyrus explains. 

 

Papyrus sees Dr. Alphys smile. As though Dr. Alphys can tell that Papyrus has more to say, she gives him an encouraging nod. 

 

"i love creating puzzles. i love making pasta. i love to build things with my hands, whether they are legos, pottery, paintings, or entire vehicles. i love to play, rough house, and even swim. i love my brother. i love frisk. i even love flowey. however, in this last week, do you know what i love most of all? do you know what i would do if i could only do one thing with all of my greatness? i would love him. i love hearing him laugh. i love watching him at peace. i love listening to his schemes, dreams, and ideas. i love watching movies with him. i love listening to him discuss his interests and sharing mine with him. if i had to give up my puzzles, my legos, my pasta, my tools, my trade, and … and m-maybe even sans, just to love him, i would." Papyrus confessess.

 

Papyrus feels a sudden urge to explain more to Dr. Alphys lest she misunderstand and think Mettaton has already asked him to give away these things. However, suddenly, Papyrus realizes the desire to keep talking to Dr. Alphys doesn't really come from a need to avoid misunderstanding. Instead, the feeling seems to come from the knowledge that, if only because of science, Dr. Alphys might be the only monster who understands what Papyrus is about to say. 

 

"i know mettaton would never ask me to give up my favorite things, as i would never require of him the same, dr. alphys. but … but, if someone else asked me today to give up everything … all of that everything does not mean very much if mettaton is not a part of the everything. i know mettaton and i have not been together as boyfriends for very long, and perhaps it is not so very wise or great of me to rush in so quickly, but … he listens to me. he really hears me when i speak, and i do not wish to give that up for any number of puzzles, or pastas, or anythings that anyone could offer me. even now, fearful, hopeless, and pained as he is, he hears me over the other voices that speaks to him, including his own. dr. alphys … i know what many people think of me, but i like to think i am growing up because i am making choices that are mine. i am an adult, dr. alphys. i am allowed to make choices like this one, and this is the choice i am making,” Papyrus says. 

 

As he speaks, Papyrus looks at the painting of Mettaton, Shyren, and Blooky. Though Papyrus knows he is speaking to Dr. Alphys, he speaks to the image of Mettaton lying happily in the swirls of starlight. Papyrus wants Mettaton, the clear-headed and happy one in the picture, to know just how sure he is that this is the right choice. Papyrus wants to create that image in real life, and he will build it himself.

 

For, Papyrus has learned to make beautiful towers out of Legos. He has excelled in his job of designing peg puzzles for infants. Even though it does not go very high or fast, Papyrus did manage to build Frisk a motorized hovercraft to ride on for their birthday in September. 

 

Papyrus is good at building and making things. So, Papyrus knows that he can help Mettaton to rebuild himself. 

 

Papyrus will journey with Mettaton to hunt down all of the parts he is missing. Then, Papyrus will wait patiently for Mettaton to learn what to do with them. Papyrus knows Mettaton will be even more beautiful to him for having worked so diligently on building. 

 

For, nothing is more beautiful to Papyrus than a completed puzzle, work of art, or gadget. 

 

However, Papyrus is drawn from his unvoiced thoughts by a tap on his shoulder. 

 

“Papyrus … how would y-you feel about co-authoring a p-paper with me on the power of love as an energy s-source. I wish y-you wrote all of that down because it suits my r-research perfectly.” Dr. Alphys winks. 

 

Papyrus beams at Dr. Alphys. 

 

“i would love to, dr. alphys!” Papyrus grins. 

 

Then, Papyrus yawns. 

 

“Rest up. I’ll watch over both of y-you. I … I don’t think I-I’ll sleep well tonight. I-I have to have a look at his c-code anyway, and I want to get those damn videos unencrypted so … s-so he never has to worry about this c-conversation again unless … unless he wants to have it. Also, I need to know exactly what happened for myself. After tonight, I’m … I’m just not sure how much Mettaton can a-actually accurately tell us. Based on what he said earlier, a-about … about his voice and … a-and what happened with the demo … and … a-and the n-night before the final a-a-assault, I … I just can't be sure if his memory is isn't, for lack of a b-better term, corrupted … or … or t-tangled up by conflicting information? It’ll just be b-better if I find the footage so the a-asshole can’t claim that Ton-ton is l-lying because he’s having a hard time t-telling us things in the order they happened. It’s … i-it’s not Ton-ton’s fault. It’s … i-it’s almost like he’s getting his memory back in p-pieces.” Dr. Alphys mutters. 

 

Dr. Alphys’ computer is already in her lap as she types away furiously.  

 

Even with his limited knowledge of social cues, Papyrus can tell that Dr. Alphys is quite hard at work. So, he simply says “yes,” and nods. Papyrus is sure that Dr. Alphys knows that he understands her distracted way of discussing the gaps in Mettaton's memory.

 

After all, Dr. Alphys was the one who helped both him and Sans to escape the tangled web of their own interactions with specialized LV. Papyrus recalls that he was very little when he and Sans set off mostly on their own. Though, there are shades of that time in his life that Papyrus wishes he could forget. The memories of real and unreal sometimes still blur together in uncomfortable ways. But, Sans remembers more than Papyrus does, and even Sans' memories are spotty.

 

With that thought, Papyrus finally rests his head back against the pillows.  

 

I PROMISE, METTATON. I PROMISE THAT YOU SHALL NEVER HAVE TO FEAR YOUR OWN FEELINGS ANYMORE. EVERY MONSTER, HUMAN, AND THING THAT BREATHES HAS FEELINGS. WHILE I UNDERSTAND WHY PEOPLE REMEMBER THE LESS THAN GREAT CHOICES YOU HAD MADE UNDERGROUND, IT IS UNFAIR FOR THEM TO BE HELD SO CLOSELY AGAINST YOU, BOTH BY YOU AND BY THE OTHERS. NOT ONLY THAT, IT IS VERY NOT GREAT FOR OTHER PEOPLE TO USE THAT AS REASON TO FORGET THAT YOU HAVE FEELINGS. I WILL DO MY BEST TO HELP YOU REMEMBER THAT YOUR FEELINGS, WHATEVER THEY ARE, ARE VALID, MY STAR. WHILE YOU AND I MUST ALWAYS REMEMBER NOT TO TAKE OUR BIG FEELINGS AND MAKE THEM OTHER PEOPLE’S FEELINGS, I BELIEVE WE SHALL BOTH LEARN A GOOD BALANCE BETWEEN HIDING THEM AND TURNING THEM INTO ONE OF SANS’ TRASH TORNADOS. 

 

Papyrus smiles to himself with the image of a tornado of socks and other debris labeled with feelings. He reminds himself to save that metaphor for later before he slips into sleep.

Notes:

Chapter Highlights:

1) Alphys and Papyrus discuss and commiserate over the shared experience of Undyne’s over protectiveness.
2) Alphys and Papyrus discuss the nature of love as it relates to SOUL science. Alphys explains that love, not LOVE, may be the only thing more powerful than DETERMINATION
3) Mettaton has a nightmare followed by short circuiting, and Alphys is unsure of the cause.
4) Mettaton has a meltdown in which he reveals that his manager physically hit him and gaslit him. Mettaton also confesses that he had a suicide plan that he abandoned the night before he was assaulted.
5) Based on what Mettaton explains during his meltdown, Alphys and Papyrus infer that Mettaton was not only depressed but likely physically ill before he was assaulted.
6) Alphys and Papyrus assure Mettaton of his goodness, and Alphys assures Mettaton that everyone in the family is on board with helping him heal so he doesn’t have to keep secrets anymore.
7) Alphys and Papyrus assist Mettaton in keeping his nightly wishing routine as Mettaton falls asleep.
8) Papyrus asserts his love for Mettaton as the greatest of all the things he loves, and Papyrus helps Alphys realize that Mettaton needs all of them to remain who they are to him while simply being gentler.

Author’s Note:

What was in this chapter, and some things mentioned in the next chapter, are going to be what is described in more detail in the future “M” chapter(s). I specifically am going to be going into more detail about Davis' gaslighting and the conversations between him and Mettaton. I actually wrote out/ outlined in detail the "M" chapter(s) before I wrote this one so I could highlight all the major points in this chapter/ some very small points in next two chapters should folks choose to skip that chapter.

Just because I like to talk about my writing process, and because this chapter was heavy as shit for me to write, I wanted to share with y'all a little bit about how these arcs come together.

What I do with most of these "major arcs" is I write the ending first and work backwards. That way, I know what to foreshadow and how I want to go about foreshadowing it. Then, I go back from the end of the major arc and write the beginning. After that, I clean up little bits of the ending so that things match up seamlessly. Finally, I approach the falling action of the arc and/or start setting up the next arc. The next chapter, in my opinion, begins one of two major "climaxes" in the story. I've had the ending of this arc in place since Chapter 18ish, but the major elements of it were already set as early as Chapter 6 or 7.

One of the artistic things that the "M" chapter(s) will do is contextualize past chapters in light of information none of the characters, except MTT, really had. It also allows Alphys space to grieve and grow.

Where the first part of this arc (Ch. 7 - about Ch. 16) are about Mettaton, the second part (~Ch. 18 - Ch. 26) are about Papyrus, the final part (~Ch. 26, 28, 29, 30, 32, and 35/36) are going to be about Alphys. The chapters not listed in Alphys' section are parts of the next arc of the story that are interwoven into falling action of this arc.

On a final and more personal note, Mettaton saying that his friends’ texts pulled him back from the thought of knowing which “wire to cut,” so to speak, is based, at least partly, on my own life. In my understanding of his character, though on the outside he’s happy, encouraging, and outgoing, I think there is a degree to which that is a performance to protect people from the insecurity, the pain, and the problems he doesn’t want other people to have to handle. Therefore, despite wanting to die, I don’t think he could ever go through with cutting the wire. I think he is too aware of his importance in Alphys and Papyrus’ lives to inconvenience them with sadness and grief. He would honestly rather endure and die naturally of exhaustion doing what he loves and making people happy than making anyone feel like they missed some kind of sign. At the risk of projecting too much, I think it’s as though he feels his death would be too much of an inconvenience for anyone to have to deal with. So, despite being in pain, I just don’t see him being able to leave Alphys, and to a greater or lesser extent Papyrus, in the world without him. He trusts that the two of them need him too much.

Perhaps, that’s a self-centered way of looking at it, but it saves his life as a similar thought once saved mine.

Though I am currently in a much more stable and comfortable place, the longing for an end to all the pain is a siren song that is sometimes too sweet to ignore in its entirety.

I’m hoping the characters are still the characters and haven’t taken too much of a life of their own … or my own.

All the Best,
Pip 🧡🩷

Chapter 24: I Am Dying of LOVE from Him

Summary:

Alphys discovers that Mettaton has been silently suffering from DETERMINATION poisoning. Despite the overall levels of DT in his Soul dropping, Alphys discovers that detoxing from DT is just about as painful as zombifying from it. While Papyrus tries to fill Mettaton with love and not LOVE, and Toriel teaches Frisk that sometimes the best way to help is to get creative, Sans and Alphys return to something that approximates their college days.

TW:
References to Non-Con in past chapters (just expect to see this every chapter from now on)
Poisoning (DETERMINATION depicted as toxic/poisonous substance)
Mentions/ Depictions of Vomiting as related to poison
Depictions of a seizure like event in relation to poison
Treatment for/of poisoning
Mention of past Suicidal Ideations/Attempts

Notes:

IMPORTANT NOTE: Due to the nature of the TWs/ content in this chapter a "Chapter Highlights" section will appear before the ending author's note.

*** Title is a play on words from a quote by Gaston Leroux in his novel “The Phantom of the Opera”

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Gryftmas Day (Sunday) …

 

Undyne hears her phone go off at about 6:00 AM. 

 

It takes Undyne all of about five seconds to wake up, read the text, and get to the door of Alphys’ old bedroom. 

 

For, the text Undyne recieved was from Alphys and read:

 

mtt - short-circuit. paps- panicked. help. 

 

Undyne pushes open the door to Alphys’ old room. A loud and blaring alarm sound greets her upon entry. Undyne finds Papyrus sitting at the desk chair with his hands over his ears. Undyne makes some immediate inferences about what needs to happen. 

 

Undyne’s first instinct is to leave Alphys to take care of Mettaton so that Undyne can get Papyrus out of the sound. In Undyne’s mind, getting Papyrus out now means that he will have more time to regulate to help them later. 

 

So, Undyne immediately goes to Papyrus and puts a strong hand on his shoulder. 

 

“Russ, go. I’ll take care of MTT, just go. I promise he’ll be safe. But, you gotta take care of you so you can take care of him later,” Undyne says urgently. 

 

Papyrus nods in her direction before leaving the room for the hallway. 

 

Then, Undyne rises from the floor and immediately skids next to the bed on her knees. Alphys is gently holding Mettaton on his side with his head pillowed in her lap. Mettaton lets out a soft moan as a violent tremor rips through his body. 

 

“It’s o-okay, Ton-ton. It’s o-okay. Shhh … I have h-help now. Y-You’re okay, Ton-ton. Papyrus is taking a break for a second. But, ‘Dyne’s gonna help me maneuver y-you when I-I need her to. It’s o-okay, Ton-ton. Y-You’re safe, b-big guy. I-I promise.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Undyne’s eye widens in realization as Alphys speaks in a tone that Undyne can only describe as soft, protective and, also, eerily reminiscent of a more feminine version of Sans addressing Papyrus. 

 

The next thing Undyne realizes, despite probably being the incorrect literal terminology, is that Mettaton is seizing. 

 

“Hey. Hey. Mer, it’s Undyne. It’s Undyne, bud. It’s okay. Alphy and I have you. I’m gonna help her keep you on your side, bud. We just don’t want you to choke. So, you need to stay here on your side, Mer. Alphys has your head nice and slightly elevated and cushioned on her lap so you don’t hurt yourself. You’re in a nice soft and secure place, Mettaton. Alphys is right there. But, the most important thing is you’re safe, dude. We gotcha.” Undyne assures. 

 

After just a few seconds, Mettaton stops shaking and a C-major chord plays. 

 

His restart chord. Undyne remembers. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes flutter open, but his eyes aren’t focused. He looks so impossibly fragile with his almost crossed-eyed gaze looking just over Undyne’s shoulder. 

 

Yet, Undyne finds that her years of active duty training take over before she can stop them. 

 

“Mettaton. You’re safe. You’re lying on a bed in Miss Toriel’s house. You’re pillowed in Alphys’ lap. You just had a seizure. My estimation is it lasted about a minute. I need you to look at me, Mettaton. I need you to focus on my voice, and I need you to look at me. You are perfectly safe. There are no active threats. So, I need you to just breathe and look at me, Mettaton.” Undyne instructs. 

 

Alphys doesn’t say anything, at first, but she runs her claws through Mettaton’s hair. Alphys rubs Mettaton’s shoulder slowly as he blinks his way back into consciousness. 

 

“S-She’s right, Ton-ton. Y-You’re s-safe. You’re safe, big guy. Breathe, o-okay? Lie on y-your side and just b-breathe for us. I just checked o-on the app and the l-laptop that are n-now both digitally synced to y-your vital components. HP, y-your code, y-your hardware, a-and even y-your leg are still s-stable. Th-That means … That means I-I’m not sure what’s c-causing this, but … b-but I’m going to f-figure it out. O-Okay? I promise . I-I’ll figure it out, Ton-ton.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Mettaton immediately starts sobbing as his eyes finally start to clear. Undyne can physically feel Mettaton’s half-shrieks as he cries. Though, whether fear or pain is causing Mettaton’s hysterics, Undyne isn’t sure. 

 

Undyne watches as Alphys immediately switches from “doctor mode” to “the other Alphys.”

 

“What’s w-wrong, big guy? Are y-you in pain? Do y-you not feel good, Ton-ton?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods as tears stream down his cheeks. He blindly reaches for something to hold, and Undyne lets him squeeze her hand. 

 

“There ya go, bud. Good. Squeeze hard as you want, nerd. I can take it.” Undyne assures. 

 

Alphys strokes Mettaton’s hair again while hushing him soothingly. 

 

“Shhh … shhhh … shhhh. I got y-you. I got you. Ton-ton, can y-you tell me what’s hurting o-or would y-you rather point?” Alphys asks. 

 

Then, Undyne sees all of the LEDs in Mettaton’s face go stark white. 

 

“Phy … hur’s … Phy … ‘m … ‘m gonna be sick …” Mettaton gasps. 

 

“H-He’s stable to b-be moved. Sit h-him up. Up. Now.” Alphys instructs. 

 

Undyne immediately helps Mettaton sit up and braces his shoulder to keep him upright. Alphys grabs her old bedazzled trash can and puts it in Mettaton’s lap. Then, Alphys pulls Mettaton’s hair up in a messy bun before starting to rub Mettaton’s back. 

 

“It’s okay, Mettaton. Just let yourself be sick. Okay? Just let it happen, bud. Even if it’s just air, it’s seriously going to make you feel so much better, dude.” Undyne whispers. 

 

Undyne sees Alphys nodding along in her peripheral vision as Mettaton starts breathing harder. Mettaton grimaces and whines a little as Alphys rubs another circle over his back. 

 

“Sh-She’s right. It’s going to b-be okay, Ton-ton. We’re h-here. Y-You’re leaned forward so y-you won’t choke. Everything’s s-safe.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

It still takes several more minutes before Mettaton finally lets himself be sick. 

 

“It’s okay, dude. We gotcha. You’re okay, Mettaton. Just … just let your body tell you when you’re done, Mer. There’s … um … for better or worse … a … Well, there’s a first time for everything, dude. This is just a really, really sucky first. But, Alphys is rubbing your back. She’s here. We’ll get Papyrus in a minute. Just trust your body.” Undyne whispers. 

 

“I-I gotcha. I-I promise I-I’ve gotcha. Y-You need to get rid of whatever is making y-your f-feel so g-gross, Ton-ton. O-Okay? So, just let y-your body do what it needs t-to do t-to g-get rid of the bad stuff.” Alphys hushes. 

 

Mettaton pants hard in Undyne’s grasp. 

 

“You wanna lie back down, dude? You think you’re done, bud? Or, do you maybe need a minute?” Undyne asks quickly. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head before his tears begin again. Then, Mettaton gasps and grabs the side of his Soul Chamber. 

 

“N-Not … d … done. N-No. H … Hurts … A … Angel … h … hurts …” Mettaton groans. 

 

Alphys never stops rubbing Mettaton’s shoulders and back in slow and gentle circles. 

 

“Th-That’s o-okay. Just st-say there. W-We can wait a minute. J-Just breathe and see if y-your magic receptors settle a-a little.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Suddenly, as Mettaton pitches forward to be sick again, his arms start to shake. Seeing this, Undyne braces Mettaton more firmly. Alphys hushes Mettaton as she gently pulls some of the hair that has come loose from Mettaton’s bun back into it.

 

“Oh, Ton-ton. Y-You’re okay. I-I got y-your hair, big guy. Undyne is h-holding y-you up. Shhh … y-you’re safe, Ton-ton.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Undyne grabs Mettaton tight when he abruptly starts to list sideways towards her after he stops panting. Undyne eases Mettaton back against the pillows so he’s still sitting upright. 

 

“All done, buddy. Just sit tight, ‘kay? No. You don’t have to move anywhere, nerd. Don’t try to get up! Are you insane!? We’ll clean it up, dude. Just try to relax and let your stomach settle. M’kay? You got sick. We take care of you. You relax. Those are the rules.” Undyne murmurs. 

 

Undyne holds her hands up to stop Mettaton if he tries to get up again. Then, assured that Mettaton won’t move, Undyne goes to move the trash can. However, as she goes to help Alphys clean up, her Soul jumps in fear. 

 

All Undyne and Alphys see in the lining is a bright red liquid. 

 

Alphys has gone almost as white as Mettaton with shock before she swallows hard. Then, Alphys goes to grab her laptop and hook it up to Mettaton’s elbow port. 

 

“I-It’s okay, Ton-Ton. Shhh … Shhh … th-there’s one l-last thing I h-haven’t checked because I-I forgot I e-even programmed it. Oh dear Angel, please bew-wrong. Please bewrong. Please, for all the good in magic, please be wrong.” Alphys mutters. 

 

Mettaton throws his head back against the pillows and grits his teeth. Then, Undyne notices Mettaton starts to shiver before he whimpers like a kicked dog-monster. 

 

“Phy … my stomach still hurts … everything … e-everything hurts … wh-where’s Papyrus? I-I don’t feel good! Phy … Phy it hurts … ‘m sorry! ‘m sorry! I … I can’t keep hiding it! … ‘m sorry! … I … I jus’ can’t! … ANGEL, IT FEELS LIKE I’M SPLITTING APART AND MY JOINTS ARE MELTING TOGETHER!” Mettaton screams. 

 

Undyne feels her eye twitching. 

 

“A-Alphys? What do we do?! Is that DET- … What the fuck is that?!” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys fixes Undyne with a glare. 

 

“Shut up. Stay calm. Hold his hand, damn it!” Alphys grits out. 

 

Undyne freezes before giving Alphys a full salute. Then, she follows the order and holds Mettaton’s hand. With her other hand, Undyne wraps the blankets more securely over Mettaton’s shoulders in an effort to stop the shaking chills. As Undyne does this, Mettaton grips her hand as tight as he’s able as tears roll unchecked down his cheeks. 

 

“Hurts … h … hurt … hurts … m … me … s … so … so … mu … much … p … pai … pain … ‘w … ‘wyn. I … s … sor … sorry … n … not … t … try … trying … Ow!! OW! OW! OW! OWIE!” Mettaton sobs. 

 

As Undyne rubs Mettaton’s clenched fingers, she can’t help but think that he sounds painfully child-like as he expresses his pain. Mettaton’s lower lip keeps quivering as he shivers and whimpers. 

 

Suddenly, the arm attached to Alphys’ laptop tenses causing Alphys to hold it down so the test can finish running. 

 

“One m-more minute, big guy. Shhh … shhh … Ton-ton. O-One more m-minute for the t-test to be done. Y-You’re doing great, b-big guy. Honest.   Y-You’re doing amazing.” Alphys soothes. 

 

Undyne rubs Mettaton’s other arm with her knuckles as Mettaton squeezes her other hand tighter. 

 

“‘m … s … sor … sorry. D … Din’ … m … mean … t … to … f … fl … flinch … h-hur’s … ‘m … s … sorry …” Mettaton moans. 

 

Undyne’s Soul surges with protectiveness as she runs another stroke of her knuckles up and down Mettaton’s arm. 

 

“It’s okay, Mer. It’s okay. Fuck, dude. You don’t have to apologize, Mettaton! It’s … It’s not even fucking voluntary! Bodies just, like … I dunno, fucking do that! So … shhhhh … shhhhh … shhhh … just relax … relax … relax, you muscles, or whatever the fuck you have in you, if you can. Just release the tension. But, if you can’t, just squeeze my hand with all the strength you have to get that pain out. M’kay, dude? Papyrus is just outside the door. Alphys is figuring out what’s wrong right now, bud.” Undyne explains. 

 

Undyne looks up at Alphys who is shaking from head to foot as she looks at the computer screen. 

 

“Ton-ton, I-I … um … I-I know what’s w-wrong. I-I know what’s w-wrong n-now. A-And, I-I have … h-have good news and b-b-bad news. B-But, I-I’m gonna … I-I’m g-gonna g-get Papyrus b-before I … I-I e-explain m-more.” Alphys stammers. 

 

Alphys closes her laptop and deposits it on the desk. Alphys heaves a huge breath before leaving the room. 

 

Undyne can hear a muffled conversation from outside the door as Mettaton still squeezes the life out of her fingers. Undyne finds herself continuing to absentmindedly rub little swirls over Mettaton’s knuckles with her thumb as she listens. 

 

“… NEED ME BACK? … METTATON SCREAMING? … OKAY?” 

 

“N-No. H-He’s not … g-good and b-bad … need y-your brother … mechanical a-advice … w-work with Undyne?” 

 

“ABSOLUTELY! … SANS WILL HELP … LOVES HIM A LOT.” 

 

The door opens as Papyrus and Alphys walk in the room. 

 

Undyne sees that Mettaton is dozing. Undyne hesitantly reaches up and strokes Mettaton’s cheek with the back of her knuckles. 

 

“Hey, nerd. Sorry to wake you now that you finally found some peace, bud. I’m glad you relaxed, but Alphys is gonna wanna talk to you. Can you wake up for us, MTT?” Undyne asks with uncharacteristic softness. 

 

“Mmmmmm … Ru … Ru … h … hur … hurts.” Mettaton moans. 

 

Papyrus is immediately at Mettaton’s side. 

 

Papyrus takes the hand Undyne isn’t holding and cradles it in his own hand. Then, Papyrus reaches up to swipe a few stray hairs out of Mettaton’s eyes with his free hand before resting it over both of their already intertwined fingers. 

 

“RIGHT HERE, METTI. I AM RIGHT HERE, STAR. I AM SURE IT DOES HURT,” Papyrus says. 

 

“H … Ha … Hard … t … to … t … ta … talk … Ru … Ru … d … de … dear … dearest. ‘m … s … so … sorry … I … c … ca … can’t … e … even … s … say … y … your … n … na … name … r … right …” Mettaton groans. 

 

Undyne watches Papyrus smile sadly before patting Mettaton’s hand. 

 

“RURU IS VERY GREAT, METTI. IN FACT, IT IS SWEET. BUT, IF SPEAKING IS DIFFICULT, DO NOT FEEL PRESSURED TO TALK TO US UNLESS DR. ALPHYS NEEDS AN ANSWER. SAVE YOUR STRENGTH FOR WHAT IS MOST NECESSARY,” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne stiffens while watching Papyrus speak. 

 

Papyrus sounds much more logical and patient than Undyne has ever heard him. Besides that, it’s absolutely clear that Mettaton responds to Papyrus’ words. Mettaton has hardly responded at all to the things that Undyne herself has said, and even Alphys has had a hard time getting through to him. Yet, Papyrus appears to speak straight through to Mettaton. For, while the pain is still evident in Mettaton’s eyes, Mettaton also nods his complete understanding to Papyrus’ instructions. Mettaton also appears much calmer now that Papyrus has reassured him that he doesn’t have to respond to anything except Alphys’ questions. 

 

Suddenly, Undyne feels Alphys’ claw on her shoulder. 

 

“I’m g-going to t-take over h-here. Y-You sit in the d-desk chair.” Alphys instructs.

 

Undyne nods and follows the order. Undyne understands that Alphys is the captain right now, and Undyne will follow Alphys under her banner until the battle is won. 

 

Yet, Undyne watches Alphys gather some resolve as Alphys takes another deep breath before speaking. 

 

“Ton-ton, I-I … I know wh-what’s wrong. Y-Your … I-I should have kn-known that s-something like this was u-up … Y-Your DT levels … err … that is D-D-D-DETERMINATION levels are w-way, way too h-high. Th-They’re d-d-dropping, p-praise the Angel … but … but a-as the poison l-leaves your b-body … um … I-I don’t know … k-know how y-you’re g-going to feel. I-I’m … I-I … Sans and I-I are going to f-figure something out. W-We … I won’t let anything bad happen to you. I-I promise. Y-You … Y-You won’t end up l-like … them. Y-You won’t. I-I swear!” Alphys says fiercely. 

 

It takes Undyne a moment to recognize what Alphys is saying. 

 

Upon understanding, Undyne’s first question is how the ass would have gotten enough DT to poison Mettaton in the first place. For, Undyne has no doubts that the ass is the one responsible for the poisoning because he is the only being on Earth who was alone with Mettaton often enough to do something like this. 

 

Suddenly, as Undyne thinks about creative and hellaciously painful ways to torture Mettaton’s former manager, Mettaton’s voice startles her from her thoughts. 

 

“I … tr … trust … y … you … Ph … Phy … I … t … tr … trust … y … you … w … with … e … every … everything … I … I … al … always … h … ha … have.” 

 

Mettaton smiles, but it’s pained. Yet, to Undyne, it’s clear that Mettaton means every word. 

 

However, as though what Alphys says finally strikes him, Mettaton suddenly looks at Alphys with the most frightened expression Undyne has ever seen. 

 

“Ph … Phy … ‘m … s … sorry … d … don … don’t … kn … know … h … how … th … this … ha … happ … happened … I … I … s… sw … swear … I … I … d … don … don’t … kn … know … Pl … Please … b … be … believe … m … me … I … I … d … don … don’t … re … remem … remember.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Alphys cups Mettaton’s cheek and wipes away a few stray tears. 

 

Undyne notices that Alphys seems deeply shocked that Mettaton would think their primary concern was anything other than his immediate needs and well being. For her part, Undyne can’t fathom Mettaton taking DT himself in light of what she learned yesterday. 

 

For, if anything, Mettaton wanted to die, and DT would ensure that death was never possible. 

 

“No. N-No. Shhh … I-I would have never a-assumed y-you took DT on purpose! Absolutely not! I … I-I’m more worried that s-someone hurt you on p-purpose. I … D-Did that a-asshole give y-you anything at all that y-you can remember? D-Drinks or … or food that tasted funny o-or made y-you feel icky after you a-ate them? I-It’s possible that h-he gave y-you a h-human drug that m-made this h-happen, or that he … h-he somehow sn-snuck DT into s-something.” Alphys explains. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head no. 

 

“B … But … th … there … a … are … s … so … m … many … d … days … I … d … don … don’t … r … re … remem… remember … d … dar … darling. O … Only … m … mem … memory … Ch … Chest … h … hur … hurt … s … so … b … bad … o … oil … l … leak … leaked … f … fr … from … m … my … n … nose … f … felt … s … so … s … sick … h … head … k … kep … kept … sp … spin … spinning … s … so … c … cold … s … so … dizzy … s … so … p … painfulO … Only … r … re … remem … remember … i … it … n … now … b … be … because … h … hur … hurts … s … sim … similar … n … now … t … to … th … then … B … But … r … really … e … even … th … this … i … is … isn’t … a … as … b … bad … a … as … th … that … d … dar … darling. ” Mettaton forces out. 

 

Alphys gently strokes Mettaton’s cheek for a moment. Undyne watches Alphys process Mettaton’s words as though they confirm something Alphys has long suspected but could never confirm. However, Undyne is shocked that Mettaton has whole days missing from his memory. She can’t imagine forgetting entire days of her life except for pain so bad that it made her physically ill and not freaking out completely. 

 

Why the fuck didn’t that punk call someone if he felt that sick? More importantly, how the hell did he manage to keep everything from Napsta and Shryen? How … How did he even survive that? 

 

Alphys’ soft and calming voice brings Undyne out of her thoughts. 

 

“Ton-ton, I-I’m so sorry. I-I’m … I’m sure th-that was excruciating. B-But, I-I’m n-not surprised y-you don’t remember m-much. DT … it can cause m-memory loss. I-I was so impressed that F-Frisk managed to g-get the … err … them … to … um … a-actually remember th-things because … b-because I couldn’t.  I-I … that’s probably why y-you forgot to r-reply to t-texts or s-sent the s-same ones more than o-once, Ton-ton. Y-Your DT l-levels were r-rising rapidly the w-week before y-you … b-before y-you got hurt. F-Frisk bringing y-you back … that st-started the drops in DT. I-I thought most of the i-issues with y-your fan syncing that d-day were because of … of heat . B-But, it was p-probably the elevated levels of DT in c-combination with the overheating that made y-you feel so t-terribly ill. Y-Your migraines also correspond p-perfectly to l-large drops in DT. The NAAMDDs h-helped so much because th-they support magic as a s-supplement. I-I’m gonna b-bring some of that up with m-me after I talk to Sans since w-we know it helps y-you feel better. I-I’m also g-going to see how much w-water I can help y-you keep down. Y-You’ll need it to help y-you … well, for lack of a b-better term, b-bring up the DT. O-Okay? Do y-you want me to e-explain more, or do y-you got it?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head. In Undyne’s opinion, Mettaton looks exhausted. He keeps staring off blankly into space and then coming back into focus for a few seconds before fading out again. 

 

Yet, Undyne has more questions even if Mettaton doesn’t. 

 

“I … g … got … it … Ph … Phy … d … dar … darling … Th … Thank … y … you … s … sw … sweet … sweetheart.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Alphys tenderly strokes Mettaton’s cheek again. Mettaton leans into Alphys’ touch and closes his eyes. 

 

Undyne watches Alphys’ face carefully. For, Alphys appears to be studying Mettaton with the utmost concern. 

 

“Honest. H-How do y-you f-feel right now, Ton-ton? Are y-you … err … for l-lack of a technical term … are y-you still feeling n-nauseous? ” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head slowly. 

 

“J … Jus … Just … t … tired … l … lots … o … of … p … pai… pain … i … in … m … my … h … hea … head.” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

Alphys takes the hand Papyrus isn’t holding and squeezes it tight before rubbing the back of Mettaton’s hand slowly in thought. 

 

Try t-to sleep if y-you can. O-Okay? Sans and I w-will be up s-soon. Papyrus is h-here, and U-Undyne will help Papyrus if y-you need s-something,” Alphys says. 

 

Mettaton nods painfully and closes his eyes. His chest begins to rise and fall mechanically as his sleep mode reengages. 

 

Undyne watches as Alphys turns back towards her and Papyrus. 

 

Alphys pushes up her glasses and massages her eyes as she speaks. Undyne can tell that Alphys is just barely holding herself together. Undyne longs to shield Alphys from the anxiety of dealing with a nightmare that none of them could have ever prepared for or expected. 

 

“I … I meant what I-I said to him. H-He’s … He’s n-not going to e-end up as … as … one of them . His DT levels a-are dropping a-almost too fast f-for his Soul to k-keep up with . They … Th-They … err … Their DT p-peaked and … a-and … and … err … n-never c-came down. I-I … I … um … I know his l-levels are d-dropping because I … err … I have a l-log of the bi-weekly l-levels of m-measurable S-SOUL components and f-functions. It was mostly j-just a thing I-I programmed for m-myself because … um … i-it intrigued me. F-Functional SOUL component l-levels are h-hard, if n-not impossible, to m-measure in m-most c-corporeal b-beings, so I-I asked him if I-I c-could monitor them f-for r-research? He s-said I could, b-but he didn’t w-want to hassle with ‘b-boring numbers’ … err … his w-words. S-So, that’s … err … wh-why, it deletes so f-frequently. I n-never thought I-I’d a-actually need it for a-anything b-beyond satisfying my o-own curiosity? So, I-I just made it a k-kind of b-background feature? I-I didn’t even think to ch-check that p-program until he started b-bringing up r-raw DT! ‘Dyne … um … that’s what … DT is wh-what he threw up e-earlier. Angel … th-that was terrifying. B-But, what w-worries me, aside from h-high levels of DT, is th-that the f-functional levels of his Soul and m-magic are totally a-and completely u-unbalanced. ‘Dyne, Papyrus … based on the d-data I have st-starting from the S-Sunday before his i-injury … he doesn’t feel loved, he has n-n-next to no hope, he worries he’ll r-receive no compassion, and … and h-he … his ability to f-f-find joy … something that h-has always, always b-been easy for h-him even a-at the w-worst of times … h-he c-c-can’t … he can’t f-find it. O-Or, that’s h-how the numerical v-values of love, hope, compassion, a-and joy translate f- functionally. H-He … it’s like his Soul is c-crumbling apart. The DT was a-acting as a b-binding a-agent for his S-Soul in the a-absence of the f-fundamental components of his S-Soul. I-It’s a miracle he’s alive a-and … and n-not zombified! I’m … I-I’m fairly c-certain every hour is a f-fight for him. B-But, to get him b-back to a r-relative n-normal, we need to h-help him r-regulate. I-I’m comforted by the f-fact that … F-Frisk saving him … it m-made the first s-significant drop in DT a-and increase in h-hope and l-love. Which … err … is kind of surprising? There h-have been a f-few other i-increases in compassion, hope, l-love, and j-joy, but I haven’t been a-able to analyze them y-yet. But, I-I, theoretically , kn-know why e-each of those increases m-might have h-happened. Ugh … focus Alphys. Focus! A-All of that to say, DT i-is … is incredibly t-toxic. H-He’s … He’s g-going to have to … t-to purge it as it drops. B-Based on what I’m s-seeing now … I-I don’t like where the next few d-days are p-probably h-headed even if the o-outcome is better than I-I could have ever h-hoped.” Alphys explains. 

 

Undyne looks at Papyrus who just stares at Mettaton. 

 

“DR. ALPHYS, DO YOU THINK HE KNEW WHAT WAS WRONG WITH HIM? DID METTATON KNOW HE … WHAT KIND OF SICKNESS HE HAD?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Alphys shakes her head. 

 

“I don’t th-think so. N-No. I-I don’t think he f-felt good. H-He might have even felt a p-pain or m-melting sensation in his Soul … which m-might have made him g-guess at certain th-things? But, d-do I think he really knew wh-what was happening to h-him? No. H-He was p-probably afraid to s-say anything because he d-didn’t want to t-trigger me … and I-I’ll bet m-money … loads of i-it in f-fact … that he th-thought it would go a-away on its own. The d-drops would have m-made him feel some p-pain … but … c-compared to what he d-dealt with completely alone d-during that week wh-when it first spiked … as h-he just implied, it w-would have b-been nothing more, o-or less, th-than a very painful a-annoyance,” Alphys says. 

 

Papyrus nods slowly taking in the new information Alphys has given Undyne and Papyrus both. 

 

Undyne bites her lip hard. For a long time, she had always thought Mettaton was kind of whiny. Yet, if what Alphys says is true, and Mettaton really was declining like this without asking for anyone’s help for nearly a week, Undyne feels horrible for ever once thinking of Mettaton as petulant or melodramatic. 

 

Come on, now. You knew that already, ‘Dyne. He was tough as shit when he was … when he fell down. Now? He’s just way tougher than anyone could have ever imagined. 

 

Then, Undyne thinks about the fact that Mettaton might have kept this from all of them to spare Alphys the details of what he was feeling, and her Soul aches for him. Once again Undyne is brutally confronted with the consequences of her poor choice of words. 

 

You know, ‘Dyne, Alphy is in a lot more pain now than she ever would have been if MTT had just felt comfortable telling Alphy when he didn’t feel well to begin with. Both of them could be comfortable if you had just thought before you spoke! 

 

Undyne snaps back into reality as Alphys rises from Mettaton’s side. 

 

“I-I’m going to t-talk to Sans. P-Please, for Mettaton’s s-sake and mine, b-be civil,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne watches Alphys leave the room before Undyne moves to the corner of the room, next to the tall dresser. Undyne sinks down with her back against the wall and silently watches Papyrus. 

 

Papyrus still cradles Mettaton’s limp hand as Mettaton rests. Every half hour or so, Mettaton groans a little without waking up, and Papyrus gently runs his skeletal knuckles over Mettaton’s arm until Mettaton settles. 

 

“i know. i know you feel quite ill. but, worry not, sans and dr. alphys are working together. even though he is very lazy, sans is very smart. dr. alphys will make him work hard and stay focused. they both love you very much. i love you very much too. we have had some good conversations this last week. i know you are very sad. perhaps, you are sadder than anyone besides me, and maybe dr. alphys, would ever know. yet, worry not. hopefully, you will feel all of our love soon. then, perhaps, you will not be in so much pain anymore. it is as dr. alphys and i discussed last night, love is more powerful than determination could ever hope to be. love withstands change, and things have changed a lot. yet, while change is very scary, your love for me and my love for you has not changed so much. it is just hard for you to feel love because you are out of balance. it is like when you told me about dancing. the partners support each other so that neither of them falls - especially when one of the partners is balancing on one foot. you are … um … well … metaphorically and literally on one foot. so, i will hold you until you are firmly balanced on both feet. it is just like when i was concussed and you helped hold me up. just as that passed, this will pass too even if in the moment it seems very big. the great papyrus is greater than anything scary that you may face. together, we shall prove dr. alphys’ new theory correct. for, dr. alphys is very wise, and we are both very helpful.” Papyrus whispers. 

 

Undyne looks away from Papyrus and down at her feet. 

 

Undyne calls Alphys cute. Undyne calls Alphys passionate. Undyne calls Alphys smart. 

 

Undyne does not have faith in Alphys the way Papyrus does. 

 

Undyne does not listen to Alphys the way Papyrus, apparently, has. 

 

Undyne does not respect Alphys the way Papyrus shows that he does. 

 

For perhaps the second or third time in all of her ninety years, Undyne feels completely shaken with shame to the very core of her Soul.  

 

********

 

“Yo! Frisk! Tell Papyrus I said that I hope he feels better soon, m’kay! Then, we can hang out at Miss Toriel’s and do our homework with him again when we get back to school! That’ll be so rad! Papyrus is awesome! Tell him I said hello!” Monster Kid shouts. 

 

Frisk bites their lip when Mom raises an eyebrow in their direction. Flowey simply puts a leaf to his face in frustration. Frisk isn’t really sure what they’re going to tell Mom when they get in the car. 

 

Yesterday, Frisk, Flowey, and Monster Kid overheard their parents on the phone asking if Frisk and Flowey could stay with Monster Kid and their family. The reason Toriel gave was that “someone wasn’t feeling well.” Monster Kid inferred that the monster in question was likely Papyrus because it could have been something to do with Papyrus’ concussion from a little less than three weeks ago. 

 

However, Frisk and Flowey knew better, and they both agreed that it wouldn’t hurt anyone to let Monster Kid go on believing what they thought. In fact, it was probably better than trying to explain what was actually happening.

 

“MK, please. We all should refrain from making assumptions.” Monster Kid’s mom scolds. 

 

“Sorry, Ma,” Monster Kid says. 

 

Toriel just smiles sadly and shakes her head. 

 

“Truly, it is alright. I must thank you again for letting Frisk sleep over on such short notice. Things have been quite … well … intense, I suppose, is a word that could describe the occurrences lately. I hope all of you and yours have been keeping safe,” Toriel says. 

 

Monster Kid’s Mom and Monster Kid both nod. 

 

“MK, please make sure Frisk has all their things, love.” Monster Kid’s Mom requests.

 

Both Frisk and Monster Kid leave the room, but Frisk lingers in the doorway for just a moment. 

 

Flowey. I. Report. You. Go. We. Ninja. 

 

Monster Kid gives Frisk a quick nod before departing upstairs as Frisk slinks behind the wall and holds Flowey’s flower pot close. They both fall into silence and listen. 

 

We are fine. However, we have heard several stories of those families and persons who haven’t been so lucky. MK told me when Frisk texted about Papyrus. Thankfully, that was not a permanent issue. Yet, Papyrus is not alone. There have been several other misfortunes amongst so many families. Thankfully, there are yet to be any dustings … but … you worry.”  Monster Kid’s mother whispers. 

 

Mom doesn’t respond right away. 

 

“I know what you mean. It is a friend of Papyrus’ who is ill. It was … It was a near thing. It still is, I suppose, a near thing. It is as though his Soul cannot decide to remain in the land of the living or fly to the Angel to rest,” Mom says. 

 

Frisk feels their heart stop in their chest. They thought everything had been going so much better. Flowey and Frisk share a glance, and Frisk can tell that Flowey has the same thought they do. 

 

“Well, we wish him the best. Anyone I would know?” Monster Kid’s Mom asks. 

 

Frisk smiles despite everything. They can’t help but grin at that question. 

 

Oh, only everyone would know him. 

 

However, Mom remains silent for a long time before she sighs.

 

“I doubt that he would want his name and condition broadcast across the community. Papyrus’ friend is rather private.” Toriel whispers. 

 

Monster Kid’s Mom makes a noise of understanding and agreement. 

 

“That would be understandable especially since you said things with him are so touch and go.” Monster Kid’s Mom agrees. 

 

Monster Kid rushes to Frisk’s side. 

 

“We’re all clear. You have everything in the other room.” Monster Kid whispers. 

 

Frisk gives them a thumbs up before signing. 

 

Papyrus. Friend. Sick. Adults. Discuss. Human. Violence. Against. Monsters.

 

Monster Kid’s eyes widen before they nod solemnly. 

 

“We’re ready, Ma! None of Frisk’s stuff is upstairs. We have everything!” Monster Kid calls. 

 

Frisk picks Flowey up and enters the kitchen behind Monster Kid. 

 

Toriel gives Frisk and Flowey a weak smile before putting a large paw on Frisk’s shoulder. 

 

“We ought to head home now. Please, Frisk and Flowey, say goodbye and thank you for the nice playdate and sleepover.” Toriel requests. 

 

Thank you. Bye. Monster Kid! Bye. Monster Kid’s Mom. Good. Time. Fun. 

 

Frisk signs with a smile. 

 

“It was very … heheh … pleasant. See y’a. Byeeeeeee.” Flowey grins. 

 

Toriel and Frisk share a glance while they both shake their heads. 

 

“That is about all you can expect from him I suppose.” Toriel sighs. 

 

Monster Kid’s Mom just laughs and offers Frisk a hug. Frisk accepts the hug with joy. Then, Frisk gives Monster Kid a quick embrace as well before grabbing their backpack off Monster Kid’s kitchen table. 

 

Then, they follow Mom, who is carrying Flowey, out to the car. 

 

Frisk straps themselves into their booster seat behind Mom before taking Flowey and placing him in their lap. 

 

Frisk sees Toriel reading something on her phone quickly before starting the car. She plugs the phone into a charging chord attached to her dashboard before turning on the GPS directions. 

 

“Frisk. I am sorry my child, but we have some heavy things to discuss on the way home.” Toriel sighs. 

 

Flowey and Frisk share a glance. Flowey looks curious, but Frisk knows him well enough to know that even Flowey is nervous. 

 

Frisk pulls out their phone and opens up their AAC text to speech app.  

 

“Yes. Okay. Understand,” the phone says. 

 

Mom lets out a long breath of air before she begins speaking again. 

 

“Frisk, my child, Mettaton is still very ill. He … He is even more ill than we first thought. But, from my understanding of what Sans has just told me, it is not an illness of his physical body anymore. In fact, he is simply struggling to recover from carrying all of the things he has carried for so long alone. He is trying to find balance in his Soul and his mind.” Toriel explains. 

 

Frisk stares out the window and watches the houses covered in snow fly by them. The world looks like a Christmas card or a snow globe. Flurries float down from the sky, and they stick to Frisk’s window in lacey patterns. To buy themselves time to think, Frisk draws a smiley face in the now foggy glass with their finger. 

 

Today is Gryftmas, and everyone was supposed to be happy by now. Yet, while the child in Frisk is disappointed that the promise of a happy first Gryftmas on the Surface is not going to occur, Frisk has seen enough hardship in their life to feel most sad for Mettaton who loves the winter holidays most of all.

 

“What. Happened. I. Watch. Mettaton. I. Help.”  Frisk types eagerly. 

 

Mom once again goes very quiet, and Frisk can tell that Mom might be thinking about her answer for a long time. 

 

Frisk resumes staring out the window. The longer the silence goes on the more the beautiful lacey patterns of snow fall no longer look like lace. Instead, all Frisk can see are the individual snowflakes. All they can hear is the clicking of the blinker, the occasional direction from the GPS, and the intermittent swishing of the windshield wipers. As the minutes pass, in the snowflakes, Frisk can only see an overwhelming amount of dust punctuated by the sound of rubber scraping glass. 

 

Suddenly, the beauty of winter is nothing more than a horrific murder scene from which Frisk cannot look away.

 

Thankfully, Mom finally breaks the silence. 

 

“Frisk, my child, I know you mean well in your offers. I commend you for how much love you have to give and how free you are in giving it. But, my child, I do not think Mettaton would like for you to know the details of his experience, and I am not sure how much he would like you to see him the way he has been these last few days,” Mom says. 

 

Frisk looks at Mom as she stops at the red light. Mom’s face is taught with sadness, fear, and anger. Toriel’s fingers clench the steering wheel. Frisk notices that Mom uses one hand to wipe a tear from her eye. 

 

“Frisk, my dear, sometimes the best things we can do for those we love is remain who we are to them. Mettaton has listened to you share your life. He has shared your passions and interests with you while teaching you some of his. He has told you exciting and happy things about his relationship with Papyrus because it brings you joy. I think he would like it best if you retained that kind of relationship with him. Right now, our dear Mettaton needs to lean on Dr. Alphys and Papyrus most of all. Though, I think Sans and I may help from time to time. Perhaps, even Undyne will be called upon to use her strength to aid in moving things about. However, as much as you may want to help in those tasks, I think the job that you have is even more important, my child,” Mom says. 

 

Frisk finds their curiosity peaked by their important job. For, Frisk can’t imagine what could possibly more important than being there for Mettaton as he suffers. They can’t imagine what could be more important than being in the room and actively helping get things for Alphys. Sure, Mettaton might not want Frisk’s help now, but he didn’t want anyone’s help even when he needed it. Yet, if Mom says Frisk has a special job, Frisk is willing to at least entertain accepting it. 

 

“Frisk, my child, you are only ten years old. You are still a child both in your world and in ours. The tasks necessary in these next days are ones best left to adults. You have already had to bear too much in your short years under the Angel dust. I am not the only one who knows this. Sans knows this. Papyrus knows this. Dr. Alphys knows this. But, in this instance, it is most important that Mettaton knows this. You are so very good, Frisk. But, what we most need from you, is to be a child, dear one. We all recognize your bravery in setting us free. We are indebted to you. I do not say that you ought to be a child to minimize your vast set of accomplishments. For, that is the last thing any of us would want to do. Yet, I know that all of us very much want to give you the childhood you never had … or rather, the childhood that humans never allowed you to have. A childhood where you are happy, loved, and allowed to express your whole self is what we want to give you, Frisk. I know that, for reasons still unclear to me, Mettaton and Dr. Alphys both were particularly set upon you having as much of your childhood as we could still preserve. So, I know without any doubt that Mettaton wants you shielded from the more … ah … gruesome truths of what has occurred over this last month or more. He will want to spare you these days so that you may share many happier ones when he is well again. So, Frisk, sometimes the best thing that you can do is think of games, films, and fun to have with him when he is in a place to do so. My child, can you promise me that you will not eavesdrop, as I know you were doing earlier? I understand that you are very curious, and that is at times an admirable trait, but I would caution you that sometimes there are things that people want to keep private … especially from those they consider their children … or those they wish to protect. So, can you promise me that you will instead focus your vast energy and attention on hopeful and joyous things that will show him your love, my child? For that, I promise , is what we most need from you.” Mom explains. 

 

Frisk bites their lip when they think about the conversation that must have occurred shortly after everyone came up to the Surface. Frisk thinks about Asgore asking them to be the ambassador for monster kind and the sound that Alphys and Mettaton both made upon hearing the question. 

 

They suddenly wonder if Papyrus volunteering to be their mascot came from trying to ease the burden that had fallen on their shoulders. They wonder if Mettaton acknowledging their motif as one of a “savior” wasn’t an acknowledgment of them having to carry too much. 

 

Frisk realizes that, perhaps, Mom is right. Frisk finds that they might, indeed, have something no one else has to give. They have enough innocence to allow Mettaton the last shreds of his pride and dignity as well as having enough child-like creativity to think of fun things to do that don’t highlight Mettaton’s current limitations. 

 

So, after sharing a fierce and triumphant look with Flowey, Frisk types. 

 

“Yes. I. Promise. I. Find. Fun. Joy. Hope. And. Love.” 

 

“You are very good, my child. You are so very good, Frisk.” 

 

As they pull into the driveway, Frisk offers Flowey a little fist to leaf high five. He accepts with a grin. 

 

“SooooOOOOOooooo, what kIiIiInd of FuUuN are we planning … HeHeEEEeeHee?” Flowey asks. 

 

Frisk shrugs as they unbuckle their seatbelt and set Flowey on the seat next to them before signing. 

 

Figure. Out. Together?

 

Flowey shakes his head and rolls his eyes. 

 

“I guess that wouldn’t be a total waste of my time.” Flowey grumbles. 

 

Frisk applauds before picking Flowey up and heading inside. 

 

As they look through the frosty living room window, Frisk sees Alphys and Sans wrapped in a tight embrace. 

 

********

 

Sans hears Alphys plod down to the kitchen. She immediately sets her laptop on the table. Then, she wraps her arms tight around her body.  

 

Sans turns to look at Alphys, and he straightens up when he sees that Alphys’ eyes are bloodshot. Sans notices that tears are streaming down her cheeks. 

 

“I-I need to t-talk to y-you. It’s … I-It’s important. Ton-ton … *ahem* Mettaton … He … He sh-short circuited last n-night. It w-was short … th-thirty seconds, g-give or take? Th-Then, it … he … it h-happened again th-this morning. L-Longer. A-About a m-minute ten. I-I thought it was … I-I thought th-they had s-something to do w-with the h-hastily written c-code for his r-restart program o-or the f-fact that he wasn’t d-drinking enough w-water to satisfy his steam s-system. B-But …” 

 

Sans puts a hand on Alphys’ shoulder as she covers her mouth with her hand and shakes her head. A huge sob shakes her shoulders as she wraps her arms around Sans and sobs. 

 

“oh, al.” Sans whispers. 

 

Sans closes any gap between them as he embraces her. Sans holds Alphys tight. He isn’t sure what has Alphys so shaken, but Sans will be damned if he rushes her. He knows she needs this. Besides, Sans knows if Alphys is this upset that something horrible has happened. 

 

So, Sans lets her cry. 

 

After a few minutes, Alphys composes herself. Sans helps her sit in a chair while he goes and starts coffee. 

 

“i’ll make this for us while ya talk ta me. then, we can figure out our next steps, m’kay?” Sans asks. 

 

Alphys nods slowly as she puts her head in her hands and leans heavily against the table. 

 

“S-Sans … the w-week before h-he … the a-accident … the assault r-rather … R-Remember on the d-day of the a-assault, I t-told you Mettaton s-sounded like he was k-kind of d-dazed on the phone o-on Thursday? He wasn’t m-making sense. So, I-I told y-you I was g-going to c-confront him a-about everything on S-Saturday? S-Sans … I-I think D-Davis s-somehow … s-somehow g-got him to i-ingest DETERMINATION … or … o-or something th-that c-caused M-Mettaton’s Soul to p-produce it o-organically … th-theoretically if Ton-ton was d-dying he … I g-guess theoretically h-he could h-have … err … organically p-produced it just t-to save h-himself? B-But … But, I-I don’t have a-any idea a-about a-anything before l-last week S-Sunday. So, fr-from what I-I know, Ton-ton’s l-levels of DT sp-spiked and c-continued spiking th-throughout that w-week u-until … until Frisk s-saved Ton-ton from f-f-falling d-down l-last week. I-I’ll show y-you my d-data points in a m-minute. But, DT is a p-poison, and the l-levels of it are d-dropping fast. It’s … i-it’s a good th-thing. B-But, he’s so o-off balance that i-it’s m-making him feel a-and b-become violently ill. W-Well, t-that and he w-would have had t-to … um … p-purge the DT a-anyway. S-So, he already w-would feel l-like shit  e-even without the d-drops being so a-aggressive. B-But, Sans … h-he … he was so s-sick and all alone … h-he would h-have been hurting so fucking b-bad, Sans. H-He … He told m-me the o-only thing he e-even remembers is th-that his ch-chest h-hurt him so b-bad that h-his … he l-leaked oil f-from his n-nose and his h-head spun! A-And he only r-remembered that because the p-pain that he feels n-now is s-similar but less than wh-what he felt b-before! S-Sans … h-he was pr-probably having h-huge changes in o-oil p-pressure! He … He m-must have been so s-scared! A-Angel, S-Sans … wh-when y-you SEE the d-data … he … S-Sans he c-could have been them … h-he almost … I swore … I swore that I-I would NEVER l-let this happen to a-anyone again. I-I … Oh Angel, Sans. Fuck … h-he … I-I …” Alphys sobs. 

 

Sans abandons the coffee maker and the mugs to put both hands on Alphys’ shoulders when Alphys buries her face in her arms on the table. Her back shakes with each breath as her tears return in full force. 

 

As Sans’ rubs Alphys’ back, his own pupils shrink thinking about what Alphys just revealed. 

 

All Sans can think about is Mettaton alone in the apartment hiding away from Napsta and Shyren as chills wracked his body. Sans sees Mettaton trying to clean himself up as oil slowly drips down his nose. Sans is haunted by the image of Mettaton so painfully tormented by the physical sensation of melting apart that death would have felt like a mercy. The image of Mettaton sitting up staring blindly off into space and babbling nonsense begins to surface, and Sans has to fight it away. 

 

“S-Sans … c-can I have s-some of that c-coffee?” Alphys asks. 

 

Sans snaps back to reality, and he nods. He hopes beyond all hope that Alphys doesn’t see that he has been crying while he silently offers her the little comfort he has to give. 

 

Sans sets a mug of coffee in front of Alphys before taking the chair next to her. He watches Alphys blow on the coffee a little before taking a few large gulps. Alphys slowly opens the laptop, and she switches between a few tabs. 

 

As she pulls up the screen she wants Sans to see, Sans sends a quick text to Toriel.

 

It reads:

tori we’re gonna need to help dr. alphys and paps a lot this next week

MTT is detoxing DETERMINATION (DT)

alphys still doesn’t know exactly how it got into his Soul, but she’s trying to figure that out

this is gonna be a fucking painful process for dr. alphys and paps

but, it’s gonna be extra painful for MTT

DT ain’t a drug

it’s a poison 

getting it in would have been far more excruciating than getting it out 

this is gonna be traumatizing for both dr. alphys and MTT

but MTT, poor kid, is confused as hell 

alphys said he’s in a lot of pain

but he also just admit to dr. alphys the pain he was in before was worse

tori this poor kid has been through absolute hell

DT woulda made him feel like he was frozen but melting 

it woulda completely screwed with his memory

it’s a poison and illness of the Soul that manifests physically in the worst ways

just trust me on that one

point is tori that MTT basically hid that he was sick and dying for days before his assault 

alphys is ready for me again

i love ya, tori

explain more when you’re home with frisk and the weed. 

 

Alphys pushes the laptop Sans’ direction before putting her head in her hands again. Sans gives her shoulder one last sympathetic squeeze before turning his full attention to the graph that Alphys has pulled up. 

 

Sans sees the four lines representing compassion, love, joy, and hope steadily decline throughout the week of Mettaton’s assault before suddenly plummeting sometime around late Thursday evening and early Friday morning. 

 

“al, what happened there?” Sans asks. 

 

He gestures to the sharp decline, which also happens to coincide, about an hour later, with a huge spike in DT. 

 

“That … Th-That must have been … A-Angel …” Alphys breathes. 

 

Sans watches Alphys face play through every stage of grief in about a minute. 

 

First, Alphys just blinks blankly at the screen several times. Then, she shakes her head with her eyes wide in disbelief before suddenly slamming her fist on the table as she bites her lip. Alphys’ eyes flick through the graph as though she could change the outcome just by looking at it enough times. Then, she cries with several more back arching sobs. After a few seconds, she adds words to her tears. Sans makes out words like “should have known he was hurting” and “I’m so sorry.” Finally, Alphys breathes deeply as she steels herself before letting out a long sigh and rolling her shoulders. 

 

“al, you okay?” Sans asks gently. 

 

Alphys nods slowly. 

 

“I-I will be … when th-this is o-over. I-I … hehe … I was j-just thinking th-that I sh-should take him to a d-destruction room or … o-or ax th-throwing or something wh-when this is o-over. W-We … I think i-it could be c-cathartic … for b-both of us.” Alphys sighs.

 

Sans nods and pats Alphys’ back again as he waits for her to answer his question on her own terms and on her own time. 

 

“I th-think that’s the d-day he tried … h-he t-tried to kill himself.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Sans’ line of focus snaps from the computer straight to Alphys. He almost doesn’t believe what he’s hearing. 

 

“he … you’re sayin’ he tried hurtin’ himself before now. what happened yesterday wasn’t new?” Sans asks.

 

Alphys simply looks at Sans with the most forlorn and honest expression Sans has ever seen. 

 

“H-He told me … a-and Papyrus about it l-last night. I-I … I d-don’t know if h-he really meant to t-tell us because h-he … he wasn’t exactly e-explicit with h-how he said it. H-He simply said he … h-he wrote some l-letters and h-he … um … h-he knew wh-which w-w-wires to c-cut. I-I … P-Papyrus and I-I both p-put two and t-two together, a-and … and … yeah … w-we figured out h-how to read b-between the lines.” Alphys explains. 

 

Sans nods sagely looking at the data points on the graph as Alphys speaks. 

 

“how’d paps take it?” Sans asks carefully. 

 

Alphys reaches over and puts a hand on top of Sans’ skeletal one. 

 

“S-Sans, Papyrus w-was amazing. I … S-Sans, I g-got tongue t-tied. I couldn’t sp-speak when Mettaton … when he c-confessed. It was Papyrus wh-who told him w-we would have all b-been there f-for him. I-It was Papyrus wh-who got him to o-open up more. I-It was Papyrus wh-who … who h-helped translate his th-thoughts to me. Sans, P-Papyrus didn’t j-just take it. P-Papyurs shined l-last night. H-He weathered Ton-ton’s m-meltdown like a ch-champ. Sans, Papyrus is so sm-smart. He’s incredible. H-He’s probably l-looking to v-vent as much as I am, b-but … but he is amazing. Y-You should … err … y-ya kn-know … t-trust him more.” Alphys smiles.

 

Sans looks over at Alphys, and he sees that her smile is genuine. There’s something about the look in Alphys’ eye that makes Sans’ Soul swell with pride. Papyrus, his Paps, has given Alphys hope enough to find a way to see this hell all the way through. 

 

“huh. he really has grown up.” Sans smiles softly. 

 

Alphys grips Sans’ hands tight. 

 

“M-More than that, h-he’s smart, S-Sans. He s-sees solutions that e-even I m-miss. He understands m-more than … than a-anyone thinks h-he does. I-I … I want you to kn-know, just so y-you know, that I-I want him to c-co-author a p-paper with me about l-love as a m-more stable a-and powerful e-energy source than D-DETERMINATION. Some of the things Papyrus s-said last night w-were just brilliant! ” Alphys gushes. 

 

Sans looks at Alphys’ hand wrapped tightly around his own. For this brief few seconds, Sans realizes that his brother not only helped to reassure Mettaton that he was valued, but Papyrus also managed to take Alphys’ mind off everything by nerding out about SOUL science with her. 

 

Sans squeezes Alphys’ hand back. A watery smile crosses his features. 

 

“i … i … um … i guess i should talk ta paps seriously more often. sounds like a fascinatin’ conversation the two of ya had,” Sans says. 

 

Alphys blushes and nods quickly. 

 

“D-Don’t tell him a-about everything I-I said. I’d … I-I’d like to be the o-one to remind him j-just how g-great he is. H-He deserves that,” Alphys says. 

 

Sans looks at Alphys for a long time before he finally breaks the silence. 

 

“both of ‘em deserve better than we give ‘em.” Sans whispers. 

 

Alphys gives a dry, empty, and wet chuckle. 

 

“A-An understatement, if … i-if ever th-there was o-one.” She stammers through tears. 

 

Sans pulls Alphys into a tight hug as she breaks into fresh sobs against Sans’ shoulder. Sans holds her there and lets her grieve. As urgent as everything feels, the only thing they can do now is love Mettaton through the DT making its way out of his system. 

 

As Alphys has pointed out to Sans, if Papyrus is with Mettaton, well then, Mettaton is in good hands. 

 

So, Sans lets Alphys have time to process what is happening beyond data points. Sans feels Alphys’ pain in his Soul as he holds her. It’s one thing to know and come to terms with Mettaton wanting to die. It’s a whole different thing to put numerical values and a line graph to the exact hour that it happened. It’s something completely different to see a spike in DETERMINATION because Mettaton actively chose to fight a death that seemed to be coming directly from his very Soul. 

 

Sans blinks back the fire in his eye. He wants to destroy Davis. He wants the ass to feel the torture of DT poisoning. He wants that thing to go through the excruciating pain of being torn limb from limb by his own will to live. Sans wants that thing to have to decide to try to live in a world that feels absent of hope, love, compassion, and joy. For, it is not lost on Sans that that was the exact choice that Mettaton made. 

 

Mettaton chose to try to live without the core tenets of his own Soul in order to avoid disappointing all of them. 

 

and even still, we didn’ do right by him. we still pushed him … well, asgore and undyne still pushed him. al, me, paps, and even tori, once i explained it, didn’ want ta see him have ta relive everything so soon, if at all. al’s right, paps and MTT both deserve way better than we give ‘em. they might even be the smartest of all of us underneath the weird exteriors they put on. hell, maybe they’re smarter ‘cause of the weird exteriors they put on. 

 

Sans pats Alphys’ shoulder as her tears begin to slow. 

 

“I-I’m sorry. I-I’m s-such a m-mess.” Alphys sighs. 

 

She looks down at her hands and wrings them. But, Sans lifts her chin and looks at her. 

 

“ya don’ have ta apologize for grievin’ when your kid-brother is half delusional from poison withdrawal, al.” Sans says, shaking his head. 

 

Alphys bites her lip before nodding slowly as she takes in his words. 

 

Sans lets her have a moment to finish composing herself on her own as he returns to the data. He sees the sharp shift in DT on Sunday when Frisk saved Mettaton’s life. There the lines for hope and love also rise. Sans sees the sharp plummets of DT that coincide with the worst of Mettaton’s migraines. He also sees moments where all four core SOUL components rise together to greater or lesser degrees. 

 

Sans zooms in on the times in which all four levels spike together. His eye socket widens slowly as he looks at each data point a second time. 

 

those are all the times he was with paps.  

 

“I-I think y-you just m-made the s-same discovery a-and inference I-I did. C-Ceremony or n-no … S-Sans … they’re S-Soul bound. Th-There’s n-no other e-explanation for wh-why that w-would be true. I-I … I e-even see it in P-Papyrus. H-He’s more a-anxious when he’s n-not in that r-room with Ton-ton,” Alphys says. 

 

Sans swallows and nods. He runs a hand over his skull in thought. The part of Sans that he hates about himself doesn’t think Papyrus is ready for that kind of commitment. However, the part of Sans that truly knows and loves his brother realizes that there isn’t anything more right for Papyrus than this. 

 

Sans stands up and takes the two empty coffee mugs back over to the coffee maker as he puts on a second pot. 

 

As Sans brews the coffee, he realizes that he really has grown to think of Mettaton as a second little brother. 

 

Sans isn’t sure when exactly his feelings towards Mettaton changed from “i don’t like you but paps is an adult capable of his own choices, no matter how stupid i think they are,” to “i’m worried for you and your safety because paps cares about you,” and finally to “please be safe because i care about you like one of my own even if you and paps aren’t compatible.” 

 

However, as Sans began to confess to Alphys on the roof last night, he cannot deny just how much his feeling have changed. 

 

Sans supposes, when he thinks carefully, it was sometime around the Game Gauntlet that he really began to feel the desire to shelter Mettaton from pain for reasons completely unrelated to Papyrus. Yet, if not at the time of the Game Gauntlet, then Sans certainly felt his own love and protectiveness for Mettaton by the time the robot fell down. 

 

Sans knows with, absolute certainty, that the grief he felt that day was truly his own independent of Papyrus in every way. 

 

For the moment Mettaton fell down, Sans realized he would miss the conversations he used to have with the bright eyed robot while Mettaton waited to take Papyrus on dates. 

 

As Sans scoops spoonfuls of coffee, he recalls Mettaton on that first “official” date with Papyrus on the last Wednesday of November. 

 

Mettaton had chatted with Frisk earlier that Wednesday, as the two of them usually did. However, Mettaton had kept things rather short so he had time to go home and change before the date. Still whatever Mettaton told Frisk about his plans left the child signing about nothing other than how perfect Mettaton’s outfit was going to be and how amazingly the date suited both Papyrus and Mettaton. 

 

When Sans opened the door that night, he noticed how the late November snow had gotten caught up in Mettaton’s wavy dark hair. In the lights of the Uber pulling away, it almost seemed to sparkle like stars. Then, Sans noticed the outfit that Frisk couldn’t stop gushing over. Mettaton was dressed in a soft silky-looking pink crop top with a lengthy flowing coat made out of fluffy black wool. Mettaton also wore fleecy gray leggings and a pair of well loved white Vans. 

 

“I … I … um … I didn’t want to wear anything that would be an annoying texture to … err … brush up against or … or touch, darling.” Mettaton mumbled without meeting Sans’ eyes. 

 

In that moment, Sans realized two important things. 

 

The first thing was that Mettaton and Papyrus were both awkward in almost the same ways as each other. In fact, that moment forced Sans to recognize just how alike Papyrus and Mettaton were in almost every way. 

 

Even now, as the coffee brews, Sans wonders just what it was about that moment that made him finally see the similarities between Papyrus and Mettaton. Sans thinks, perhaps, it might have been the way the blush crept up Mettaton’s cheeks as he wrung his hands talking about the inevitable touch that would occur on the date. Sans questions why that one thing made so many others come into focus, but it doesn’t change the fact that Mettaton’s shaking voice and fidgety hands made Sans understand just how alike Papyrus and Mettaton were in so many ways. 

 

The second thing that Sans recalls about that moment is that it was the first time he truly understood just how much Mettaton had been paying attention to Papyrus’ sensory needs and preferences. 

 

It had warmed Sans’ heart just how much thought had gone into the textures of the outfit. It also wasn’t lost on Sans that the colors of the outfit were the same colors as Mettaton himself. The pinks, grays, and blacks of Mettaton’s body were artfully woven into the color scheme of this outfit. Sans knew that Mettaton had chosen that outfit because Papyrus would appreciate it. 

 

Upon inviting Mettaton inside, Sans told Mettaton to just wait in the kitchen with him because Papyrus might be awhile. As Sans and Mettaton waited together, Sans began to discuss things with Mettaton that went even beyond their past conversations. They wandered into talking about the nature of dreams and what literal purpose they serve for monster kind before Papyrus finally came down. 

 

As happy as Mettaton and Papyrus looked upon seeing each other, Sans found himself almost wishing Papyrus had taken a little longer to finish getting ready because he was really enjoying where his own conversation had been going. Sans realized, after the two of them had left, that this wasn’t the first time Sans had felt that way about conversations with Mettaton. 

 

For, Sans had been a partner to many of these types of conversations with Mettaton. 

 

Every Friday starting in late September or early October, after taking Alphys to lunch, Mettaton would pop over and ask if Papyrus was home. If Papyrus was around, Mettaton would offer to accompany Papyrus on whatever excursions Papyrus had planned for that day. If Papyrus hadn’t planned anything, Mettaton would suggest something. However, on the few occasions Papyrus wasn’t home, Sans found himself talking to Mettaton. Their conversations often began with pleasantries and superficial discussions about Mettaton’s music, Toriel’s school, or Sans’ latest money-making scheme. Yet, as their conversations progressed, as Alphys had pointed out yesterday, Sans found himself shocked by Mettaton’s seemingly extensive education. 

 

As Sans pours the coffee, he recalls a conversation he had with Mettaton on one of those Friday afternoons. 

 

Papyrus had called to tell Sans to entertain Mettaton because Papyrus was only about half an hour away from being home. Papyrus said he only had a few more things to finish packing up before he would be heading home. Papyrus only worked in person two days a week, Tuesdays and Thursdays, and one Friday a month. The one Friday a month was usually designated for work place bonding or testing out the infant peg puzzles that Papyrus’ company designed. Almost as soon as Sans hung up the phone, Mettaton knocked on the door. Sans explained the situation, and Mettaton told Sans he was happy to wait. As was Sans and Mettaton’s custom, they began with their small talk. Mettaton asked about Toriel’s curriculum and who Toriel had hired as the permanent music teacher. Sans answered and asked Mettaton about how Napstablook's arrangements were coming and if an official date and location had been chosen for the tour. Then, Sans risked probing a little, and he asked Mettaton about how Mettaton had learned so much about philosophy and science. 

 

“did al teacha?” Sans had asked. 

 

Mettaton stared at Sans for a moment before looking away at the wall. For a moment, Sans was worried he had majorly overstepped Mettaton’s boundaries. Then, Mettaton ran his fingers through his hair and took a long breath before speaking. 

 

“The science, yes, Dr. Alphys did teach me most of what I know of science, darling. We became close as she finished her dissertation. I … ha … I’m afraid I may have asked an annoying number of questions. We were friends for nearly two whole years before the creation of Initial. I had one very happy performance in Initial before … before our falling out over how she presented me to Asgore. Then, we … well, the nice way of saying it is that we mostly parted ways. Yet, there were days when things were cordial, but they never seemed to last. I’m very grateful to be … to have been allowed to make things up to her, you know? I suppose the time tested phrase that ‘absence makes the heart grow fonder’ did hold true for us. I really did miss her. Oh! But, that wasn’t your only question, was it, darling? I’m so silly. As for everything else you and I have discussed … ah … well … how to put this in a way that won’t ruffle feathers as the humans say…  hmmm … I suppose the best way to put it, darling, is that I spent a lot of my childhood alone with little else than books from the dump for company. However, I would … prefer to leave it there, if it’s all the same to you,” Mettaton said.

 

Sans took that information in and held it close because it seemed to explain a lot about Mettaton. Yet, the discovery that Mettaton had spent most of his childhood alone helped Sans understand some of Mettaton’s quirks. 

 

However, before Sans had time to really say much in response, Papyrus had burst through the door. Then, Mettaton and Papyrus were off to do whatever it was the two of them did on those little errand runs or coffee shop discussions. 

 

Sans hands Alphys a fresh cup of coffee. Alphys looks up at Sans with exhaustion clear in her eyes. Alphys rests her head on Sans’ shoulder as she sips on her coffee. 

 

“I-I’m worried I-I might need y-you to build something for me.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Sans raises an eye socket at her as he takes a sip of his own coffee. 

 

“I-I … I need you to h-help me build an e-external f-filtration system. B-Basically … Basically, it’s l-like a v-vacuum for his b-biocomponents. I-If things g-get rough, I-I’ll need you to g-go to my place and p-put something t-together. O-Or, y-you could put it t-together here if you just w-wanna go find the p-parts you’d need at my p-place. Maybe … M-Maybe that would b-be a better idea.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Sans puts an arm around Alphys’ shoulder. 

 

“i’ll do whatever ya need me to. he’s your patient. just tell me ta jump and i’ll ask how high.” Sans winks. 

 

Alphys simply nuzzles her face in deeper into Sans’ hoodie. Sans’ grin softens as he looks at her. 

 

“this is the al i remember. ya know? this is the al i mentored in my TA office hours. i’m glad to have her back - no matter the circumstances. confidence looks good on you.” Sans murmurs. 

 

Sans sees a soft and tired smile cross Alphys’ features as she hugs him tight.

“Sans … I-I … I hate that m-man. I-I never thought it was p-possible to h-hate anyone o-or anything more than … than I-I hated myself. B-But … B-But, I think I-I do. I-I think I h-hate Davis m-more than even me.” Alphys whispers. 

 

The fierceness in Alphys’ small voice shocks Sans for a moment. However, it only takes a moment for Alphys’ words to really sink for Sans. He finds himself pulling her in closer as he debates saying what his Soul really wants to voice. 

 

“al, if this is what it takes for you to see the difference between true evil and accident, somehow, i think MTT might find all this worth it,” Sans says. 

 

Alphys looks up at him with an expression that Sans can’t quite place. Her eyes are full of tears, but there is a watery smile on her lips. 

 

“Do … D-Do y-you really th-think so? Am … Am I-I really w-worth all this?” Alphys asks. 

 

Sans pulls Alphys in close and rests his head on the top of her head. 

 

“he thinks so. he wouldn’t have done all this to stay if ya weren’t worth it ta him.” Sans whispers. 

 

Alphys simply nods into the crook of Sans’ skeletal neck. Sans can tell she’s crying again when he feels her tears against his bones. As Sans holds Alphys close, he finds himself looking back at the data points on the screen. 

 

Sans knows that Mettaton will only rediscover his own worth when there is a reason for him to create something beautiful. For, while the family’s acts of love, compassion, and sacrifice may help to bring Mettaton into scientific and functional balance, Sans knows well that Mettaton will not find himself, in the purest sense of his Soul, until Mettaton’s discordant sense of goodness resolves in a purer and truer harmony.

Notes:

Chapter Highlights:

1) After Mettaton has a second and longer short-circuit followed by expelling what looks like raw DETERMINATION, Alphys remembers a program that she wrote, with Mettaton's permission, that measures "functional levels" of love, compassion, joy, hope, and DETERMINATION (DT) for research.
2) Upon checking the data from the program, Alphys discovers that the DT levels are dropping. However, due to the imbalanced nature of the other components vital to sustaining Mettaton's Soul, the drops in DT are going to be painfully felt.
3) Frisk, Monster Kid, and Flowey discover (through a bit of eavesdropping) that most of the adult monsters are worried about human violence and that, while no one has been dusted, there have been several human attacks on monsters similar to what Papyrus experienced.
4) Toriel encourages Frisk to allow the adults to preserve their childhood and to focus their energy on thinking of what to do with Mettaton when he's better.
5) Alphys and Sans discuss DT poisoning in more detail, and they try their best to use data to reconstruct the week before Mettaton's assault.
6) Alphys helps Sans understand, not only how grown up Papyrus is, but also how smart he is.
7) Sans reflects on his relationship with Mettaton, and he encourages Alphys' budding confidence in the face of this tragedy.

****

Dearest Readers,

I hope I did a good enough job making this feel earned. I tried to scatter references to "melting" and other hints at DT throughout the last several chapters. The actual subject of whether or not the asshole poisoned MTT or MTT created the DT as a self-saving tactic will be revealed in the M rated chapter.

In the end, that's not actually an important plot point because the asshole CAUSED the poisoning regardless of whether he actively gave MTT the poison in food/drink or just caused him to be desperate enough to produce it himself. Finding out the answer to that question is really only important to Alphys. (Hence why that chapter centers on her/ her grief/ and resolving her arc in this set of chapters.)

Toriel and Sans will be making large features in the next two chapters. Frisk will also get a chapter to themselves within the next four or five chapters. I will also be doing an Amalgamate backstory/ exploration of the science behind that within the next three to four chapters as well (obvs. from Alphys' POV). Expect that to be very, very lore heavy. Papyrus will get his catharsis and final reflection on the postponed Gryftmas chapter which should be within the next five or six chapters. Angelmas is going to be something along the lines of third person omniscient POV? Probably? That one will head up the falling action of this arc providing catharsis for Mettaton himself as well as the family as a unit.

So, that's just a little preview of where things are trending.

I really enjoyed this chapter. The Sans and Alphys interaction was some of my favorite I've done in the series so far. Despite my love for Papyrus and Mettaton, Alphys has had my heart in a big way since the game first came out. I love Papyton as a ship. I was so happy that I squealed when Alphyne became a canon ship. However, the most underrated cannon FRIENDSHIP is the one between Alphys and Mettaton.

I think I really realized that when I was looking at Alphys and Mettaton, in this situation, through Sans' perspective. The way Alphys reacts to all of this just felt so natural, and I think that's because it was almost easier to depict her grief by looking at her from the outside. Sans (at least in my headcanon) would know Alphys well enough to get some of the nuances of her quirks as well as being able to get her to open up to him. However, Sans is also far enough removed from Alphys that I was able to keep a pretty objective description ... until I wasn't.

It was actually kind of a sudden realization how much Sans would care about Mettaton at this point. I tried to let Sans' natural inner monologue guide me, and I hope that I was at least mostly successful in getting a feel for Sans' thought process and cadence. For whatever reason, Sans is the hardest character for me to nail down in terms of being in or out of character. Perhaps it's because there are so many different variations of Sans in fandom or perhaps its because he's kind of a "personality chameleon" based on the type of route you're doing. I'm not sure.

However, I do really like his section, and I enjoyed writing it.

I also really enjoyed writing Toriel's little speech about childhood to Frisk. Gotta throw some dramatic irony in there because WE know why Alphys and Mettaton would be passionate about preserving Frisk's childhood. ;)

I think that about covers it! Looking forward to hearing from the regulars in the comments, and I hope everyone else continues to enjoy!

Much Love,
Pip 🩷🧡

Chapter 25: I Look into the Eyes of Love, and Know That I Belong

Summary:

Sans consoles Mettaton through a particularly difficult day of DT drops. He tries his best to help his honorary little brother receive compassion as truths are revealed about the day prior to Mettaton’s assault.

TW:
Injury Recovery
Discussions of detoxing from Determination as if it were a poison
Mentions of past/recurring seizure like event(s) in relation to poison
Mentions/ Depictions of Vomiting as related to poison
Mentions of dissociation, blackouts, and brownouts as related to poison (could be read as hallucinations/ unreality)
PTSD - flashbacks caused by poison detox/recovery
Suicidal Thoughts/ Suicidal Ideation

Gaslighting (mentioned explicitly in Sans’ backstory)
Child Abuse (Sans’ backstory)
Ableism (Sans’ backstory)
Grief/Mourning

Notes:

** Title from the lyrics of “Bless Us All” from The Muppets’ Christmas Carol
*** Sans’ backstory occurs near the end of the chapter in italics

You'll notice I changed the summary and title of the fic. I did this because I wanted the summary and title to reflect some of the changes I've made to the story since its original conception. Sorry if that threw anyone off that was not my intention. It's still the same story. I just wanted to give the summary an update so folks knew better what they were getting into and to reflect how lore heavy this story has become.

Thanks for putting up with my pixie dust.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

As soon as Tori returned with Frisk yesterday afternoon, Sans explained everything he could to Tori in as much detail as she could manage to understand. After giving her sincerest condolences to Alphys, Tori and Undyne set about dragging an extra mattress into Alphys’ old room. The rocking chair was taken out, as was most of the rest of the clutter, to make as much room as possible for the mattress. Alphys insisted that they needed to keep the room easy to navigate. But, she was still grateful that she and Paps both had a place to alternate attempting to take naps without having to leave Mettaton’s side. 

 

Sans can’t help but be a bit proud of himself for thinking of the mattress solution. 

 

Sans is sitting in the chair, next to the bedside, watching Mettaton in sleep mode while Alphys continues to work tirelessly on unencrypting Mettaton’s body camera footage. Paps is napping on the mattress on the floor. 

 

Asgore and Undyne have taken it upon themselves to entertain Frisk and Flowey during the day to keep the two of them away from the chaos. 

 

Maddie, Napstablook, and Shyren are, as far as Sans knows, either still asleep or in the living room waiting for the occasional update from Alphys. 

 

Toriel will switch shifts with Sans at noon, and she will remain on duty until Frisk comes home. 

 

Sans doesn’t mind taking the graveyard shift. He actually kind of likes sleeping through most of the day and being at Alphys’ beck and call at night. For whatever reason, Sans finds that he’s sharpest at night and in the wee hours of the morning. 

 

Sans finds himself extra vigilant now as he watches his brother stir slightly before coming to stillness in the pure yellow glow poking out from beneath the pastel yellow and white striped curtains. Sans notices that Paps is still wearing his soft red sweater that he had mentioned Mettaton liked because of its texture. Sans also comes to realize that the bear in Papyrus’ arms is Phantom and not Paps’ own beloved brown bear, Chocolate. Despite having fallen back into stillness, Sans’ next observation is that Paps’ rest is not peaceful. For, his brother’s face is pinched with concern even sleeping. 

 

Sans’ attention is pulled away from Paps when Mettaton whimpers lightly and turns his head. The soft yellow glow of the morning star has come to blanket Mettaton as well, and Sans sees that Mettaton seems to be ailing more today than yesterday. The LEDs in Mettaton’s cheeks and skin flicker between stark white and a sickly gray. Sans never realized before just how silver Mettaton’s natural features are supposed to be, and how much Sans has missed the gentle pink glow in Mettaton’s cheek lights. Sans also notices that circles around Mettaton’s eyes are so dark that they appear almost tarnished in the early light of the sun. However, though Mettaton does not wake from sleep mode, Sans gently takes Mettaton’s hand anyway. 

 

“‘s okay, buddy. ‘s okay, kiddo. jus’ rest. ya need the sleep, kid.” Sans murmurs. 

 

Sans notices a flicker of a smile in Mettaton’s face as Sans traces little smiley faces over the dorsal side of Mettaton’s hand. 

 

“tha’s it, kiddo. you’re jus’ fine.” Sans whispers. 

 

Sans adjusts the little ghost plush under Mettaton’s arm before setting the hand Sans had been holding back over Mettaton’s chest. 

 

With the full morning light now seeping through the curtains, Sans sees Paps and Mettaton both appear to have little halos of pure light around their heads, and Sans can’t help but think that there are few monsters more deserving of such a beautiful natural occurrence. 

 

“I-I … I-I think I have the f-first week of f-footage unscrambled. I-I have the Thursday h-he passed out at m-my place done for sure. Now that I-I have one d-done, the r-rest should hypothetically b-be easier.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Alphys turns the swivel chair at the desk around to face Sans. 

 

In this moment, Sans can’t help but pity Alphys. She looks exhausted and weighted down by her grief.

 

Sans knows a lot about both weight and gravity. For, gravity is the very essence of who Sans is because it is the center of his magic. So, perhaps because of this, Sans sees the positive side of this gravity. For, it seems to pull Alphys further forward as it weighs her down enough to stop her from flying away in fits of anxiety. 

 

Sans does not fail to see the pun in his thoughts. For, puns are the only thing Sans knows just about as well as gravity. 

 

In all his time making puns, Sans' favorite thing about them is that not all puns are funny. 

 

“how ya holdin’ up, al? ya need me ta text asgore and undyne ta bring ya coffee that’s tastier than the jet fuel ya insist upon drinkin’?” Sans asks. 

 

Alphys gives Sans a face that seems to say both “thank you for the levity” and, sarcastically, “why are you the way you are?” 

 

Sans gives Alphys a genuine smile because, despite everything, Al, the brilliant freshman who gave all of her professors a run for their money, is still in there. 

 

Gravity, both the force of nature and of situations, has its uses. 

 

For, not only does the gravity of the current situation keep Alphys weighted down enough to stop her from spiraling, the pressure has also formed her into something almost unrecognizably strong and perfect.

 

like a fucking diamond. Sans thinks to himself. 

 

Alphys, despite seeming exhausted and burdened by grief, has a spark Sans has rarely, if ever seen, in her eyes. In Alphys’ features, there is a fire of love, tenderness, and compassion that runs so hot Sans finds himself almost set ablaze by the glow. 

 

However, unlike diamonds, Sans knows that it is not the pressure or the gravity of the current situation alone that has grown Alphys into the Soul set ablaze by love that he sees before him. No. It is clear to Sans that, while the core of Alphys’ magic has always been love, Alphys has only grown in her connection to that love by being loved and well-supported by the family she has found and chosen. For, Sans knows, deep down, under this same kind of pressure without Undyne’s, Mettaton’s, Paps’, and even Sans’ own support over these last months, that Alphys would disintegrate into soot instead of being formed into the solid and shining presence before him. 

 

For as beautiful as science puns are, they do not tell the whole story of the formation of Souls. 

 

Suddenly, Sans hears Mettaton whimper again, but this time Mettaton’s eyes are open wide as he brings a hand up to his mouth. 

 

“al …” Sans starts. 

 

“O-On it,” Alphys says. 

 

Sans eases Mettaton forward as Alphys goes to place the trash can in Mettaton’s lap. 

 

“‘s okay, buddy. ‘s okay. jus’ breathe. we gotcha, kiddo. we gotcha.” Sans murmurs.

 

After setting the trash can in Mettaton’s lap, Alphys clambers up onto the bed so she can sit at Mettaton’s side. 

 

Mettaton’s breathing starts to get faster. He blows out a breath shakily as Alphys braces his shoulder. Sans simply holds the trash can steady. 

 

“I'm going to rub y-your back, Ton-ton. Y-You just l-listen to y-your body, o-okay? If y-your stomach hurts, y-you just let y-yourself be sick. M’kay? We can h-handle it. Shhh … Shhh … Shhh … I-I gotcha,” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Alphys immediately starts running circles over Mettaton’s mid back while Sans stands ready to help in whatever ways he can. Yet, for the moment, all Sans can do is firmly hold the trash can as he observes. 

 

“Y-You’re alright, Ton-ton. Y-You’re safe. I know … shhh … I-I know this s-sucks. This absolutely fucking s-sucks. But, y-you’re safe, okay? Y-You’re so safe. Shhh … shhh … shhhh … I-I gotcha. Y-You’re not alone. O-Okay, Ton-ton? Not this time.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Sans watches Alphys as she gently rubs Mettaton’s back and shoulders. At some point, Alphys moves so she can gently rest her cheek on Mettaton’s back while she focuses on rubbing Mettaton’s left shoulder. Alphys murmurs softly as she holds Mettaton. Though Sans isn’t sure what Alphys says as her voice gets softer and lower, it seems to keep Mettaton relatively calm.

 

Mettaton eventually nudges the trash can forward. Sans moves it so that Mettaton can put his head in his hands. 

 

“Just b-breathe, Ton-ton. ‘s o-okay. A-All done. All done.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Sans turns his attention back to Mettaton as Mettaton sits up a little bit before bringing a hand up to his nose. 

 

“ya doin’ alright there, kid?” Sans asks. 

 

Mettaton groans something that vaguely sounds like “‘m fine” in response before bringing his fingers away from his face and looking at them. 

 

Sans’ eye sockets widen before he schools his expression. Then, Sans takes Mettaton’s hand gently in his skeletal one to keep Mettaton from pawing at the oil slowly leaking from his nose. 

 

“‘s okay, kiddo. but, let’s not touch that, ‘kay, buddy? we’re gonna have al take a look. m’kay?” Sans says softly. 

 

Upon hearing her name, Alphys springs up and comes around to face Mettaton. Sans sees Alphys go from shocked and alarmed to comforting and compassionate in less than a fraction of a second. 

 

“Ton-ton, l-let me look, p-please. O-Okay? L-Let me look. I might n-need to guide y-your face around a little so I can s-see the leak better. M’kay?”  Alphys explains softly. 

 

Mettaton’s dull eyes look over in Alphys’ direction as he turns his head towards her. Then, Alphys’ claws gently come up to rest on Mettaton’s cheek as she guides his chin forward so she can examine the leak more closely. 

 

“I-It’s pretty m-minor. But, I-I’m gonna g-grab a couple warm t-towels to help your s-self healing p-program along, Ton-ton. O-Okay? S-Sans is gonna help y-you just hold some tissues to i-it for now so we don’t have to change y-your sheets. I-Is that okay?” Alphys asks. 

 

Alphys pats Mettaton’s hand softly when he gives her a careful nod. Then, Alphys and Sans help Mettaton lean forward again so he doesn’t irritate his magic receptors more by swallowing oil. Then, Alphys rushes to grab a pile of tissues off the desk. She hands them to Sans who pinches Mettaton’s nose with a few of the tissues.  

 

With Mettaton settled, Alphys leaves the room. 

 

“‘s okay, kid. al’s gonna help ya clean up m’kay? she knows best what she’s gonna need. so, we’ll let her get that all situated. nope, let’s keep your head forward, kiddo. i know that makes it look worse, but it’s gonna make it stop faster.” Sans murmurs. 

 

Mettaton gives a quiet whimper. 

 

“Ph … Phy … b … back … s… soon … d … dar … darling?” Mettaton slurs. 

 

Sans gives Mettaton’s shoulders a slow rub. 

 

“yeah, kiddo. she’ll be right back. promise, kid. i promise. jus’ sight tight ‘n she’ll be back before ya know it, kiddo.” Sans whispers. 

 

After about a minute, maybe less, Mettaton lets out a louder nasally whine as Sans pinches Mettaton’s nose a little tighter. 

 

Before Sans can say anything, Paps sits bolt upright before immediately turning to face Mettaton. Papyrus’ eyes widen upon seeing the oil soaking the tissue that Sans is holding over Mettaton’s nose. Sans watches his brother try and fail to spring up on his gangly legs. 

 

“paps. breathe. i got MTT. he’s okay. he was jus’ feelin’ kinda sick ‘n then he got a little leak. probs because his oil pressure changed suddenly. we’ll hopefully get a little water in him later. for now, al’s gettin’ a warm towel to try to help clean him up. so, take your time a’ight, paps?” 

 

Sans keeps his tone to Paps soft but firm enough to be grounding. Sans watches as Paps nods his understanding and takes in what Sans has told him. 

 

Then, Sans turns back to Mettaton.  

 

“MTT, buddy? paps ‘s jus’ gettin’ up now, kiddo. he’s gonna come sit by you in a sec. so, all three of us are up, and we’ll sit with ya ta keep ya company. sound alright?” Sans asks. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly as he bites his lower lip to stop it from quivering. Sans notices two things. The first is that he needs to grab a fresh tissue from the pile that Alphys brought him. So, Sans quickly throws the oily tissue behind him and grabs a fresh one. But, Sans also sees Mettaton starting to shiver a little bit. 

 

“‘s okay, kiddo. are ya in a lot of pain, are ya scared, or ‘s it somethin’ else altogether that’s makin’ ya shaky? ‘s nothin’ wrong with any of those answers. ‘s jus’ gonna help us figure out what ta do.” Sans whispers. 

 

“‘m … c-c … cold … ‘n … ‘m … sc-scared. B-But … I … c … can … h … handle … handle … i … it …d-d-darling” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Then, Mettaton lets out a low and pained groan while wrapping his arms around himself as he starts to shudder more aggressively. 

 

“ya don’ have ta handle it tho, MTT. can we do anythin’ ta help? do ya want paps to come warm ya up a little, kiddo?” Sans asks. 

 

Mettaton bites his lip a little harder before nodding. 

 

“I-I’d l-l-like R-R-Ru …. Ru t-to … to s-sit b-by me.” Mettaton shudders. 

 

Paps immediately rises and comes to kneel next to Mettaton. 

 

“I WOULD LIKE TO SIT NEXT TO YOU ON THE BED AND HOLD YOU UNTIL DR. ALPHYS GETS BACK. IS THAT ALRIGHT, STAR?” 

 

Once Mettaton nods with a weary eagerness that neither Sans nor Alphys has been able to elicit, Paps sits on the bed next to Mettaton’s side and wraps an arm around Mettaton’s shoulders. Then, Papyrus uses his knuckles to run circles over Mettaton’s upper arm. Mettaton leans in closer to Papyrus as his whole body begins to shake with chills. 

 

As Paps takes care of Mettaton, Alphys comes in the door. She shoos Sans off the chair before letting Mettaton know that she’s going to examine him again. 

 

“Honestly, y-your self h-healing program has actually already a-almost taken care of everything. B-But, I’m just g-going to clean y-you up a little to m-make sure it’s actually stopped. C-Can I … C-Can I clean y-you up?” Alphys asks gently. 

 

“I-I … I … c’n h-handle it … h-handled it o-on m-m-my … my o-own b’fore … don’ … w-worry a-about it-t-t-t.” 

 

Mettaton’s teeth chatter as he speaks. 

 

However, Sans notices that he and Paps both look at Alphys. To Sans, Alphys’ expression appears somewhere between fury at the ass and anyone or anything else that would make Mettaton think he needed to take care of this alone, heartbreak at the sincerity in Mettaton’s tone and belief that he should handle this alone, and despair at just how much Mettaton has endured alone. 

 

“Ton-ton, I-I want to help y-you. O-Okay? The p-point is not that y-you did this a-alone before so y-you should have to t-take care of it by y-yourself now. The p-point is that y-you should never have h-had to take care of this a-alone … ever. Y-You were really, really i-ill … l-like it w-was scary how sick y-you got … and y-you deserved to b-be cared for then . S-So … err … y-you, like, quadruple d-deserve it now. Y-You were … Ton-ton, y-you  … we w-were so close to losing y-you forever. S-So … Ton-ton, I-I want to help y-you get comfy. I want to clean y-your face up for y-you. I want to do i-it for y-you because I should h-have been there to care for y-you the first time y-you were so sick. I … Ton-ton, I care about you. So, I-I want to help y-you. M’kay? If … If y-you really want to do it y-yourself, y-you can. But, just know that y-you don’t have to clean y-yourself up. So … c-can I clean y-your face for y-you or do y-you really w-want to do it y-yourself?” Alphys asks. 

 

Sans sees Alphys’ eyes blazing and sparkling with unshed tears. The hand holding the warm towel hovers at the ready just waiting for the first sign of consent. 

 

“M’k-k-kay. If … I-If y-y-you r-really w-want to y-you can.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

“I-I really, really do.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Alphys forces a weak smile as her hands spring into action. Sans watches just how nurturing and deft each one of Alphys’ movements appears. 

 

“A-Almost clean. I-I’m glad I th-thought to bring a few o-of these. I-It’s just as h-hard to clean o-off as I-I expected.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Despite her voice shaking, Alphys’ claws are completely steady as she brings Mettaton’s face forward with one claw and wipes his lips with the other. Sans notices how dexterous Alphys’ hands are as she begins cleaning the oil from around Mettaton’s nose. Alphys never once jostles the newly repaired lines as she keeps her touch light but reassuring. 

 

There is no trace of nerves in Alphys as she tends to Mettaton. 

 

For, anyone who has known Alphys since her adolescence and young adulthood, as Sans has, knows that Alphys has always stuttered to varying degrees. In fact, having run labs with Alphys before, Sans sometimes had to ask her to repeat things five or six times if she wasn’t completely focused on speaking with him. Sans often mistook this for nerves when he first worked with Alphys. However, Sans quickly observed, the best way to tell if Alphys is nervous is to watch her hands. 

 

For, if Alphys’ hands are steady, she is focused. In fact, the more focused Alphys is on anything that is not her speech the more she stutters. 

 

“There. There y-you go, Ton-ton. I-I … I bet that f-feels a lot b-better. But, y-you look pretty cold. Are y-you … Are the chills pretty b-bad, Ton-ton?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly and stiffly in response. For, despite Paps having pulled the blankets tighter around Mettaton’s shoulders, Mettaton still trembles. Paps has even started trying to warm Mettaton more by rubbing Mettaton’s arms through the blankets. 

 

“Ton-ton, I-I’m gonna plug the l-laptop in to take y-your temperature, o-okay? I c-can do it v-virtually, but I-I want to be more a-accurate and faster than that. There are also one or t-two other things I might take a look a-at. Also, i-if y-you’re okay with it, I might l-listen to y-your biocomponents m-manually later this a-afternoon. I-I want to make sure y-you haven’t a-aspirated, that is b-breathed in, a-any DT. D-Doing it manually is going to b-be faster than w-waiting for f-five different t-tests that I-I only want to run if I-I have to because I know the cable annoys y-you and that y-you hate having to keep y-your hand still.” Alphys explains. 

 

Mettaton nods as he draws closer to Paps. 

 

“T-That ‘s f-f-f-fine … Th-Thank y-you.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

If Sans isn’t mistaken, the lights in Mettaton’s face make it appear as though Mettaton’s upper lip is almost blue. 

 

“But, Ton-ton, first th-thing first, we’re g-gonna get y-you feeling warmer. O-Okay? O-Our first p-priority is getting y-you cozy and relaxed. So, Sans is going to help y-you lie b-back and Papyrus is …i-i-if both of y-you are okay with this … then Papyrus is g-going to get under the blankets with y-you to warm you up. O-Okay?” Alphys asks. 

 

All Sans sees in Paps’ expression is both a genuine desire to help where he can but also relief that the task Alphys has asked Paps to perform is one that he enjoys. Sans can see that Paps is genuinely comforted by the fact that all he is in charge of is keeping Mettaton safe from danger and warm from the chill that plagues him. 

 

Sans is happy that Paps wants the job because bedside manner of any kind, for anyone other than Paps, has never really been Sans’ strong suit.

 

“I AM HAPPY TO HELP IN WHATEVER WAY IS BEST AND MOST USEFUL,” Paps says. 

 

Mettaton, for his part, doesn’t say anything, but he huddles closer to Paps and nuzzles into his chest while Paps gently combes his fingers through Mettaton’s undone hair to redo the bun. However, Mettaton’s bang refuses to stay in the ponytail holder and continually flops in Mettaton’s face. 

 

Sans’ Soul nearly stops in his chest when Paps’ third failed attempt at getting Mettaton’s bang up in the bun actually elicits a weak laugh from Mettaton. Sans sees some life in those tarnished and half-lidded eyes as Paps twirls his fingers in Mettaton’s dark hair. 

 

“‘s n-n-no use f-fighting with it … hehe … h-has a m-m-mind of its o-o-own I … I s-swear, d-dearest.” Mettaton says, with a faint smile. 

 

Yet, just those few words seem to expend most of Mettaton’s energy. Sans can tell that Mettaton is clearly exhausted and probably wants another nap. 

 

“kiddo, i’m jus’ gonna help ya lie on back. m’kay? paps is gonna ease ya back with me. great job. now, MTT why doncha jus’ snuggle right on into paps, ‘n paps just bring MTT right on into your chest. there ya go. perfect.” Sans smiles. 

 

As Sans adjusts the blankets and sheets to cover both Mettaton and Paps, he gently tucks the bangs behind Mettaton’s ear. Paps wraps his arms around Mettaton as Mettaton draws closer to Paps’ warmth. As Mettaton snuggles into Paps’ chest, it seems like Mettaton may be beginning to drift back to sleep. Yet, as soon as Alphys plugs her computer in, Mettaton’s attention immediately snaps onto Alphys and away from sleep. 

 

So, Sans finds Mettaton’s plush toys and places them as little sentinels on either side of his brother and his brother’s love. Sans surveys both Paps and Mettaton and finds his Soul swelling with that same sense of protectiveness it did the day before. 

 

Sans is coming to realize that, aside from puns and gravity, the third thing he is best at in this life is being a brother. There are even times when Sans thinks being a brother might be the skill at which he is most gifted. 

 

Armed with this new understanding, Sans finds himself more comfortable and clear in his role. As such, Sans gently brushes his fingers through Mettaton’s bangs to invite Mettaton to concentrate on something comforting as opposed to staring at Alphys. 

 

“MTT, kiddo, do ya maybe want tori to warm a blanket up for ya? we can totally do that, if ya want us to.” Sans offers. 

 

Mettaton mumbles something about “not bothering her if she’s sleeping.” But, he doesn’t refuse. 

 

“kiddo, ‘s not gonna be a bother. promise. i’ll getcha one, m’kay?” Sans whispers.

 

“C-Can … C-Can I h-h-have two? I-It’s … p-p-painfully c-c-cold.” Mettaton pleads. 

 

Sans looks at Alphys who gives him a nod of approval. Yet, Sans also reads some confusion on Alphys’ face as she appears to click around a few different apps. 

 

“‘course, kiddo. was jus’ waiting on al’s approval based on your temp. but, we got the all clear. so, i can happily getcha two warmed up blankets, buddy.” Sans soothes. 

 

Alphys looks up from the computer and catches Sans’ eye as she unplugs the chord. 

 

“Ton-ton, do y-you want Papyrus and m-maybe Sans to h-help y-you with a warm shower later? I-I think that could d-do y-you a lot of good.” Alphys offers. 

 

Mettaton gives a small nod in response as the chills wrack his frame again. 

 

“We’ll find y-you something w-warmer to wear when y-you finish up too, o-okay? I-I’ll try t-to find some soap y-you’ll like. Toriel has something of j-just about every scent and f-flavor anyone could e-ever want. Do y-you have a preference?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton nods as his teeth start to chatter again. 

 

“I-I like a-anything with … w-w-with floral sc-scents … l-l-like l-lavender or … or r-rose … or things th-that are s-s-sweet … l-l-like c-c-coconut.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Paps tries to rub some heat into Mettaton’s arms and back through the blankets when Mettaton whimpers. 

 

“IT IS ALRIGHT, STAR. PERHAPS, IT WOULD BE BEST IF YOU TRIED TO REST. WOULD YOU LIKE IT IF I ROCKED YOU? FOR, I FIND ROCKING QUITE SOOTHING WHEN I AM UPSET.” Paps offers. 

 

Mettaton gives two quick nods before nuzzling Paps’ shoulder. 

 

“‘m w-w-willing to t-try a-a- anything to g-g-get sl-sleep at th-this p-p-point.” Mettaton confesses. 

 

Sans watches Paps gently begin to sway as he rests his chin gently on the top of Mettaton’s head. Mettaton rests his hand on Paps’ chest as he strokes Paps’ soft red sweater. After just a few minutes, Mettaton’s shivering lessens and then stops as his hand drops limply in Paps’ lap. 

 

“W-We should go g-get things ready. I-I need to talk to y-you and Toriel. Papyrus, will y-you two be o-okay now?” Alphys asks. 

 

Papyrus nods as he continues to slowly rock with Mettaton. 

 

As Sans leaves the room, he cannot help but notice how the sun, now fully risen, streams through the curtains. Sans sees the way Papyrus’ shadow moves rhythmically across the wall in the dimly lit room. Yet, Sans is captivated most by the fidelity in his little brother’s actions and the devotion in Papyrus’ face. This is not the Papyrus with whom Sans left the Underground. 

 

Though, Sans wonders for a moment if it isn’t the same Papyrus, and it’s only that Sans’ own eyes have been opened. 

 

Sans nearly jumps when he feels Alphys’ claws on his shoulder. 

 

“L-Leave them be, Sans. Th-They both need a little t-time to just e-exist together. And, b-besides, with a-any luck, they’ll both r-rest.” Alphys whispers.

 

Sans nods as he follows Alphys down the hall to Toriel’s room. Sans sees just how much Alphys deflates as soon as she is out of Papyrus and Mettaton’s sight line. 

 

“ya should rest at some point, al. you’re no good ta him half dead yourself.” Sans states. 

 

Alphys shakes her head and waves her hand dismissively over her shoulder. 

 

“I-I’ve done worse … e-even in recent y-years. I-I’ll make up the sleep d-debt later when h-he’s well enough to b-be read to, a-and play games, a-and watch movies w-without me worrying he’s g-going to b-be sick, o-or have his o-oil pressure drop,  o-or … or sh-short circuit a-and aspirate DT … a-and corrode o-one of his l-lungs so … s-so he o-overheats to d-death again.” 

 

Sans can see Alphys starting to spiral as her hands come to shake and fidget at her chest. She pulls on her sleeves before sitting against the wall half way to Toriel’s room. 

 

“breathe, al. just take a breather. like ya said, with any luck the two of ‘em will sleep for awhile.” Sans encourages. 

 

Alphys nods as tears leak down her cheeks. 

 

“I-I don’t sleep long. I-It’s a w-waste even to t-try at this p-point. I-I have to see this waking n-nightmare through before I-I … I let m-myself deal with the o-ones in my sleep. The n-nightmares I see when I-I sleep will a-at least be partially resolved when this is all finally o-over. I’ll j-just b-be the big spoon … err … I-I guess I-I’d be more of a b-backpack … while Ton-ton and I-I nap together. Or, if he’s b-bored, I’ll h-have him w-watch movies and p-play games on the c-couch with Undyne o-or Frisk o-or someone else. M-Maybe I’ll e-even find him a wh-wheelchair so Papyrus can w-waltz with him. There a-are a million w-ways, once this is all o-over, that I-I can find time to c-catch up on sl-sleep. There are no w-ways I can sl-sleep now.” Alphys confesses. 

 

Sans sits next to Alphys and then pulls her onto his shoulder. He holds Alphys as tight as he can as she takes several shaky breaths in and out. 

 

“I-I never w-wanted this to happen to h-him. I-I … I made th-that b-body. He … He a-already died once, Sans. I-I made the b-body he died in. I-I made the b-body that’s making him s-suffer.” Alphys whispers through her tears. 

 

Sans squeezes Alphys’ shoulder as he lets her cling to him. Sans knows that it’s pointless to tell Alphys that without the body she designed, Mettaton would have faded and died anyway. 

 

For, all ghost Souls that do not find themselves at peace fade. Sans wonders briefly if the forced corporeality of becoming training dummies, and not honoring the nature of who they were, is what eventually destroyed nearly all of the ghostly Souls of the Blook family. Sans, ever the scientist, wonders if the three Blooks who remain do not speak to some kind of beautiful representation of completeness. From corporeal to incorporeal, the three Blooks span a whole spectrum of expressions. Though, Sans supposes, if true perfection and completeness were to exist, there would be a fourth ghostly Soul in a non-binary body. 

 

However, Sans has always loved the number three. 

 

As Alphys calms, Sans releases his firm grip around her shoulders. He looks her gently in the eye. 

 

“al, ya need ta know that’s not true. without what you’ve done for him, he woulda faded a long time ago jus’ like the rest of the blooks have. ya gotta remember you’re the reason he made it this far. truly. i’m sure he would even say as much if he were able ‘cause i know he has,” Sans says. 

 

Alphys gives Sans a watery smile as she nods. 

 

“I-I … I know th-that. I … I do. B-But, it’s so h-hard to s-see him suffering l-like that knowing … kn-knowing that if I-I had just … j-just trusted m-my instincts that h-he might not be suffering now. I-I’ll explain more when w-we talk to T-Toriel, but … but his t-temperature is normal. H-He’s at just a-about one hundred degrees e-even … wh-which, as y-you know, is like the sw-sweet spot for a CPU. A-Anything under ninety-five d-degrees would be q-questionable. But, he is like in the e-exact perfect zone. H-However, as long as w-we don’t exceed one hundred s-sixty degrees, w-we can warm him up as m-much as he needs. If he feels too hot, w-we can safely t-take him down to about … err … b-because of the oil p-pressure drops I-I wouldn’t feel safe going much below e-eighty degrees? … ish … as his c-core temperature. But, that still g-gives us a lot of r-room to move around in terms of what we c-can offer him.” Alphys explains. 

 

Sans takes in what Alphys says, and he sits with it for a moment. Scientifically, if what Alphys says is true, it means that Mettaton is either reliving a past in which this happened or he’s sleep deprived to the point that he is creating a reality in which this is happening. 

 

However, based on what Alphys just said, Sans infers that she must have a hypothesis about why this is occuring. For his part, Sans thinks it must be the former. There’s something about this situation that reads more Post-traumatic than anything else. 

 

Alphys stands abruptly next to him and begins walking towards Toriel’s room again. 

 

“I-I don’t want to leave them for too long. I-I trust Papyrus more than a-anything, but … b-but if Ton-ton seizes, he … h-he’s going to want me. H-He might not say it, but I-I know that he looks for me. I-I … I heard him c-call my name last night when it was just y-you and Papyrus helping him as I-I was working on uncorrupting the f-files. In those m-moments, I … I-I know he needs me. Th-There’s no replacement. The same way that there’s n-no replacement for Papyrus when h-he wants protection, when he sh-shorts out … I-I think he just n-needs to know he’s okay. He n-needs to hear it from m-me because I-I … I’m his doctor. I-I know his body,” Alphys says. 

 

Sans stops Alphys’ hand as she goes to open the door. There’s something he feels deep within his Soul that she needs to hear. 

 

“al, i think, MTT’s need for ya is deeper than that. ya didn’t see him when he called your name last night. i did. i don’ think, in my professional opinion as an older brother, that he jus’ wanted ya ta tell him that his body was still functioning. he was fuckin’ terrified, and he needed reassurance that wasn’ jus’ medical in nature, al. he needs ya because you’ve been through all the scary stuff with him. ya helped him leave his family. ya helped him transition into the body of his dreams. ya held him when he was afraid, and ya empathized with him when he panicked on the couch downstairs. ya washed his face and comforted him when he was dyin’. of fuckin’ course he’s gonna panic when ya ain’t right in his line of sight as he comes back around after his artificial lungs stop workin’ and his whole damn brain short circuits.” Sans states bluntly. 

 

Alphys looks at the floor before bringing her eyes back up to meet Sans’ gaze. She still doesn’t seem convinced, which is fine, Sans has more to say anyway. 

 

“he wants ya ta be there when the scariest stuff happens. ‘specailly now that he knows ya wanna be there as much as he wants ya there. sure, it’s great that ya also reassure him that, medically, everything’s functional, but ‘s so much deeper than that. ‘cause, when MTT’s really scared, when he really needs ta feel safe, he needs you, al. paps might be strong and soft. he fights off the nightmares. paps makes MTT happy. they love each other, that’s for damn sure. they can keep each other safe through anythin’ and be fine. but, there’s nobody MTT wants more when things are terrifyin’ and hurt like hell than ya holdin’ his hand and jus’ bein’ there for him. in his mind, if you’re there, everythin’ll work out.” 

 

Sans pauses to let Alphys have a moment to process what he has observed. She looks at the floor before whispering. 

 

“How … H-How do y-you know?” She asks. 

 

“i know ‘cause it’s the same damn look paps gives me when he’s comin’ down from a meltdown. MTT, Undyne, and other folks can be fine replacements for paps, an’ i have seen MTT comfort paps in some of the worst situations. but, when paps was concussed, he still wanted me. i wasn’ obsolete. ‘cause, there’s nothin’ quite like havin’ the person whose been with ya through everythin’ when things are real, real scary. so, if ya ever need a reminder about how much ya matter jus’ as a monster, beyond your title, an’ beyond your doctorate, al, jus’ remember that, when MTT’s eyes came back inta focus, he looked for you an’ nobody else.” Sans states. 

 

Alphys looks at Sans with tears in her eyes as she nods slowly taking in each of Sans’ words. Then, she throws her arms around Sans’ neck and holds him as tight as she can. 

 

“I-I don’t d-deserve that … th-that faith. I-I let h-him … h-he s-suffered s-so m-much! H-How many t-times, Sans? H-How many t-times did h-he c-call out i-in that w-week when … wh-when he … wh-when he w-was … was f-fucking h-hanging on b-by … by shreds and n-nobody c-came?” 

 

Sans flinches at the sound of Alphys’ sobs. She takes a ragged breath before continuing to voice the horrible conclusions that both of them have drawn. 

 

“N-Nobody w-was there f-for him. N-Nobody h-held him wh-when he c-cried. N-Nobody c-cleaned his f-fucking oil leaks. N-Nobody r-rocked him to sl-sleep when he w-was in t-too much p-pain to … t-to f-find fucking r-respite. N-Nobody reassured him th-that he w-would be okay. N-Nobody t-tucked him into b-bed a-and k-kept him w-warm when h-he was ch-chilled. Fuck. J-Just … I … I-I want to g-go back a-and have a d-do over! I-I … I w-want to go b-back and d-drive over there Th-Thursday night l-like my gut was screaming a-at me to do! Angel, Sans. D-Damnit! Damnit! ” Alphys sobs. 

 

Sans holds Alphys tight as he rubs her back. He knows she needs this. She hasn’t let herself feel this, and she needs to grieve each piece of information as it comes. She may not want to leave Paps and Mettaton alone long, but she might have to if she’s going to be sane by the end of it. Yesterday, Alphys grieved the discovery of DT, the early symptoms of the detox, and the reality of Mettaton’s pain. 

 

Today, Sans can tell Alphys needs to grieve the realization that Mettaton suffered without her there to comfort him. She needs to grieve that she wasn’t there to ensure that Mettaton had what he needed. Alphys needs to express that she feels as though she has done active harm to Mettaton by not trusting herself. 

 

Sans knows Alphys has to grieve because he had to grieve Paps’ concussion. It had been Tori who sat with Sans and let him fume the following day while Alphys checked Paps over. Tori reminded him that his anger was justified, but she also helped him come down from his anger. Tori helped him through the other emotions that followed. Now, Sans vows to do the same for Alphys. 

 

“al, ya know as well as i do we don’ get ta go back an’ rewrite the past. we only get ta work with the one we got. do for MTT now what ya wanted ta do then. ‘cause, for better or worse, al, tha’s all we can do. ya know? i’d love a do over too. i woulda made damn well sure he talked to ya after that fucking gauntlet. i woulda had him upstairs restin’ with tori to keep watch over him until we could settle everythin’. i woulda checked in on him when paps said he was worried about him because MTT’s texts suddenly stopped makin’ sense. i told paps it was probably typos that he was havin’ a hard time understandin’ because paps and misspellings don’ often get on well. it woulda taken me less than a fraction of a second ta read one of those texts and pop straight to that apartment, al. i’d’a been a cheap replacement for ya, but i coulda gotten ya to him if i’d’ve trusted my gut too. i promise, ya ain’t alone in wantin’ ta fix the past, al.” Sans assures. 

 

Alphys swipes tears from her eyes and blows out a long breath as she nods and steels herself. She gives Sans one final tight squeeze before breaking their embrace. 

 

“Y-You’re right. I-I know y-you’re right, Sans. Thank y-you. I … I-I just need to remember to b-breathe.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Sans smiles and gives her a nod. Then, Alphys turns back and looks at Sans. She bites her lip tight in her teeth. 

 

“W-Wait. L-Last thing … Sorry.” She sighs. 

 

Sans shakes his head and takes her hand. 

 

“say what ya gotta say, al. that’s what the time away is for, ya know?” Sans encourages. 

 

Alphys gives him a tight smile. 

 

“I-I think the thing is j-just that … that … th-that in a weird way I-I’d be happier if he’d just … if h-he were mad i-instead of … oh I don’t know … i-instead of so … complacent? Y-Yeah. Yeah. That’s the w-word. He j-just … He …” Alphys blows out a long breath of air. 

 

“he can’t seem ta get that he oughta be pissed? he jus’ accepts that he should be on his own? i know. it’s freaky. but, seein’ him now, knowin’ what i know now, i can trace back the changes in his demeanor. hindsight ‘n all that shit …” Sans agrees. 

 

He watches Alphys nod slowly as she kneads her forehead in concentration. 

 

“I can o-only assume that there is m-massive amounts of s-specialized LV involved. I-I doubt that the asshole is a c-cold blooded k-killer by n-nature, but what humans c-call ‘gaslighting,’ I-I’d infer he has as a well developed t-technique and in ample s-supply.” Alphys explains. 

 

Sans nods his understanding. 

 

“a slow death if ever there was one.” Sans mutters. 

 

And hard for those c-close to the m-monster in question to recognize because the c-changes are so slow! I-It’s one of the worst crimes u-under monster law for th-that reason … as y-you well know. Y-You worked on that law,” Alphys says. 

 

Sans nods giving Alphys’ shoulder a pat. 

 

“that i did,” Sans says. 

 

Alphys looks between Sans and the ceiling several times, as she takes a deep breath to start speaking, Sans cuts her off. 

 

“before ya say anythin’ at all. it’s not worth apologizin’ over. what’s done is done. i did what i did ‘cause i needed to. thankfully, i dealt with it before it affected paps too much. though, i suppose he oughta know, explicitly i mean, what MTT dealt with if only ‘cause he might have ideas on how ta help him. but, al, i live with the consequences. ‘kay. i’m jus’ … i feel stupid for not recognizing things in MTT that i shoulda seen because i felt ‘em myself.” Sans lowers his voice. 

 

Alphys looks at him with her eyes shining with fiery anger. 

 

“So, I-I don’t get to blame myself for not noticing the DT p-poisoning in my b-best friend, but y-you get to b-blame yourself because … y-you didn’t s-see the effects of specialized LV? Sans, that’s dumb. I-I’m sorry. But, that’s … that’s j-just dumb.” Alphys retorts. 

 

Sans is about to respond when the door to Toriel’s room opens. 

 

“I am afraid, Sans, that I must agree with Dr. Alphys on this matter,” Toriel says. 

 

Sans isn’t sure which one of the two of them, Alphys or himself, jumps higher upon hearing Toriel exit her room. 

 

“I am sorry. I didn’t mean to frighten you. I merely assumed that if you two were standing outside my door for so long that you must need something.” Toriel explains. 

 

Alphys nods rapidly as she gets her breathing under control. 

 

“Y-Y-Yeah. Y-Yes. I … W-We just needed y-you to heat up s-some blankets. Err … h-how … how much did you hear?” Alphys asks. 

 

Toriel smiles at Alphys. 

 

“Mostly just this last part of the conversation, is there something in particular you wish me to know?” Toriel asks. 

 

Alphys nods and straightens up to look at both Sans and Toriel before she begins to pace. 

 

“I … I-I think that Mettaton is h-having flashbacks to p-parts of his past D-DT p-poisoning. I-If I’m correct, h-he will likely have increasingly r-rapid hot and c-cold flashes. I … I-I wanted you to know that b-because … h-he might also … err … s-see things. I … I-I … um … they a-all did. M-Moments of their l-lives flashed b-before them in t-twisted realities that were b-both real and u-unreal. Yet … Y-Yet, it felt r-real regardless of how t-true it was.” 

 

Alphys massages her face with her claws to avoid looking at Sans and Toriel. Toriel stiffens beside Sans, and Sans squeezes her hands. 

 

“Wh-What … ugh, how to e-explain this … I-I … I think M-Mettaton will have p-post traumatic f-flashbacks … l-like the one he h-had in the l-livingroom during Les M-Miz. I have every r-reason to b-believe that what he s-said about falling down a-alone in the dark w-was something that r-really happened. I-I … I bet the o-office has m-motion sensor l-lights that turn o-on and off … a-and because he was st-still for too long they … th-they turned off. I-I’ve been trying to f-figure out, b-based on what he says, what to l-look for in the t-tapes. That said … um … we’re p-probably not going to g-get any a-accurate information o-out of him for a long t-time … p-perhaps longer than I-I expected. But, I-I already got s-some of the footage unscrambled! S-So … So that’s … t-that’s good.” 

 

Toriel looks at Sans with a look of pure horror. Sans squeezes her hand again tighter this time. He tries to silently assure her that everything will be fine even if they all have to take steps backwards. He knows that better than most.

 

“B-But … s-sorry my brain is a mess r-right now … all of that t-to say, that anything h-he tells y-you, you need to infer really d-did happen. The c-closer he g-gets to how he … h-how h-he … um … he f-f-felt that week h-he was … w-was assaulted … s-sorry …” Alphys trails off. 

 

She swipes her eyes with her lab coat sleeve before clearing her throat a few times. 

 

“S-Sorry … um … the closer her gets to h-how he physically f-felt, d-during the week he w-was assaulted, the m-more he might r-remember, with varying d-degrees of c-coherency, about other t-things. I … I-I know b-because he told me l-last night that the asshole h-hit him …” 

 

“HE WHAT?!” 

 

Both Sans and Toriel shout at almost the same time. 

 

“when, al?” Sans presses. 

 

Alphys blinks hard against the memory. 

 

“S-Sans … not now … I-I … I d-don’t even know if he’d want y-you to know it h-happened. I-I’m only telling y-you because y-you need to know that i-it happened not wh-when.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Sans fumes silently before he’s thrown back into a memory with such force he almost feels it. 

 

Mettaton comes rushing down the sidewalk with his coat thrown on hastily over a tank top and suit jacket combination that looks rumpled from his half-sprint to the house. 

 

“I-I’m … I’m sorry … sh-she’s … sh-she’s not here yet? Right? … I-I … I-I just … I don’t want her to s-see me so disheveled. I … I-It was a far … far … walk.” Mettaton pants. 

 

Undyne just glares at him. 

 

“No. She’s not. Get yourself together, metal man. I don't want you freaking her out by looking like you're a mess. You never look like a mess. So, you know well enough where the downstairs bathroom is. I still don’t know how you and your manager could be so fucking bad at communication that you just conveniently forgot you had a meeting today. Who is this bozo anyway?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton stiffens. 

 

“Sorry, darling. If you want me to be freshened up in time for Alphys, questions shall have to wait.” Mettaton says, fighting to keep his voice even. 

 

Sans takes another long look at Mettaton. His one visible pink eye is wide and, in hindsight, kind of sparkly with tears. Mettaton bites down hard on his lower lip. 

 

“I promise that I will do nothing to let her know that I was is such a rush. You have my word.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Then, he runs inside. 

 

Alphys’ soft voice calling his name shakes Sans from his thoughts. 

 

“S-Sans? I was just telling T-Toriel that we o-ought to g-go back to Papyrus and M-Mettaton. I-If they’re not sleeping, th-there going to w-wonder what took so long …” 

 

Alphys begins saying before her phone starts blaring in her pocket. 

 

It only takes a moment of hearing the sound before Alphys bolts down the hallway faster than Sans has ever seen her run. Sans sees Alphys drop her phone just outside the door and then enter her old bedroom before he even has a chance to move. 

 

Sans grabs Toriel’s hand and teleports them into Alphys’ room near the desk. Alphys skids to her knees next to Mettaton’s side. Mettaton’s whole body is not shaking this time but, instead, he stares off into space unblinking while his hands tremble. 

 

“H-Hey … Ton-ton? Ton-ton, b-big guy, it’s okay. Papyrus did a great j-job getting you on y-your side. He’s right behind y-you, okay? I-It’s okay, Ton-ton. It’s Phy. I’m here, big guy. I’m right h-here. I’m right here, Ton-ton.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Sans keeps his hand on Toriel’s shoulder. 

 

“What do we do for him, Sans? What is happening?” Toriel asks. 

 

Sans just squeezes Toriel’s shoulder tighter. 

 

“we stay calm, tori. we stay calm and wait for alphys or my brother to give us directions.” Sans whispers. 

 

Sans sees Toriel’s face become lined with horror and grief as she watches Alphys and Paps work in hushed whispers to console Mettaton for the two minutes that pass more like a century. 

 

Despite this being the longest short circuit so far, Mettaton comes back to himself within seconds of his restart chord ringing in the silent room. 

 

“Y-You’re safe. Papyrus is right behind y-you, and I’m here. I’m sure that was s-scary for both of y-you. I’m here now, Ton-ton. I’m here. I’m right here, o-okay? Y-You’re safe.” Alphys assures. 

 

As soon as Mettaton spots Alphys, he reaches his arms out towards her and starts crying. Mettaton stops short of grasping Alphys’ shoulders to pull her into his chest like one of his plush toys. However, Mettaton continues to make grasping motions towards Alphys as he sobs brokenly on his side. 

 

“Do … Do y-you want me to hold y-you?” Alphys asks, keeping her voice soft and low. 

 

Mettaton nods and sobs again. 

 

Papyrus immediately jumps off the bed and trades places with Alphys. Alphys pulls Mettaton onto her chest as he wraps himself up in her embrace. Despite being at least twice Alphys’ size, he looks impossibly small huddling in Alphys’ arms. 

 

Alphys settles Mettaton before looking at Paps and giving a few quick nods towards her laptop. 

 

Then, she mouths very clearly the words “vitals” and “circuitry.” 

 

Sans catches Alphys’ eye, and she gives him two identical nods to the ones she gave Paps before motioning towards the computer. 

 

Mettaton gives a soft whimper in Alphys’ arms, and she begins to rock him slowly in her arms. 

 

“I-I gotcha. I gotcha. Shhhh … Shhhh … Ton-ton. Shhhh … Papyrus and S-Sans are looking at y-your vitals now. O-Okay? H-How are you feeling? Do y-you not feel good?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton makes no physical indication that he even heard Alphys’ question. He simply sobs soundlessly into her shoulders as he pulls her arms tighter around him. 

 

Sans scans through the vitals on the computer. Sans looks over at Paps who also seems to be clocking points in the data. Paps looks at Sans with wide tear filled eyes. 

 

“he is scared, sans. he is not in pain. this is how he cries when he is scared.” Paps whispers. 

 

Sans places a steadying hand on Papyrus’ shoulder before giving Alphys a thumbs up. As far as he can tell everything is normal. 

 

Alphys nods and motions to Papyrus with a look of concern. 

 

Sans gives Alphys a tight smile and gives Paps’ shoulder another squeeze. Sans looks over at Toriel who still looks horrified. 

 

Sans lets Paps return to Mettaton’s bedside as Paps picks up the discarded plushies and dusts them off. He sits and waits for Alphys to instruct him, but Paps never once looks back at Sans. 

 

Sans honestly finds himself grateful that Paps has a task to do because Sans realizes that Toriel is about to break. Sans comes next to Toriel and takes her hand. 

 

“i know. i know. this looks really, really bad. i know. but, it’s just a side effect of imbalances. ‘kay? once things even out. once he’s stable. this should go away. if it doesn’t, we’ll learn triggers. shit happens. m’kay, tori? we figure it out. we jus’ … we figure it out.” 

 

Toriel doesn’t look even a little bit convinced. 

 

“Sans, I do not understand. What do you mean? It looked as though he were dying.” Toriel whispers fiercely.

 

“he’s not dyin’, not this time, he’s jus’ … the heat combined with some of the stuff in his SOUL is … err … jus’ makin’ his body react strongly to large changes in the … chemicals, for lack of a better term.” 

 

Sans sucks his jaw in as he thinks. Toriel just looks more confused now. Suddenly, something comes to him.

 

“‘s … well … ‘s like baking, tori. the recipe has to be balanced or the whole damn thing goes asshole over tea cup, right? right now there’s too much of an ingredient that shoulda never been there and not enough of the usual ingredients that make him up. so, he’s reactin’ to that imbalance. now, unlike botched dough, ya can’t just chuck the body out because … well … ‘cause it’s his body. but, ya can rebalance it with time. we’re jus’ waitin’ on the right ingredients.” Sans explains. 

 

Toriel squeezes Sans’ hands.

 

Satisfied that Toriel is okay, Sans refocuses on his brother, Alphys, and Mettaton. Now, Alphys is gently stroking Mettaton’s hair as she rocks him, and Papyrus has started rubbing Mettaton’s back and shoulders lightly with his knuckles. 

 

“I-If you need to talk, y-you can talk. I-If you need to cry, y-you can cry. O-Okay? Is this good? D-Do … Do y-you need anything? Sans a-and Toriel are here, and they can go grab anything y-you need, o-okay?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head and clings tighter. 

 

“D-Don’t stop! Don’t go! D-Don’t leave me! Please, please … please … d-don’t leave me. Don’t leave me. Don’t leave me. D-Don’t leave me. Don’tleavemeDon’tleavemeDon’tleaveme. I-I … I don’t w-wanna be alone! I’m s-sorry! I-I … I’m s-scared. Don’t go. Please … I …I don’t wanna be ‘lone.” Mettaton begs. 

 

Sans watches his brother’s face carefully as Papyrus runs another soft circle with his knuckles. Papyrus’ eyes are set with a fierce protectiveness despite keeping his touch feather light. Papyrus follows Mettaton’s instructions to the letter. For, Papyrus never once stops being the comforting presence Mettaton desperately needs. Though Papyrus appears confused at Mettaton’s apology, it doesn’t stop him from continuing the task that has been asked of him. 

 

“I … Ton-ton, y-you know that it’s okay to not want me to leave, right? Y-You’re allowed to w-want someone here for y-you because … b-because I’m going to hazard a guess that y-you were all alone when y-you felt y-your sickest. Y-You were alone when the worst of the p-poisoning hit y-you … weren’t y-you? So, I-I promise, I’ll s-send someone else to get things if I-I need them. O-Okay? I will be there for y-you from now on, as l-long as y-you need me, I won’t g-go. I’ll be in the room … err … e-except for b-bathroom breaks … B-But … But, other than that, I w-won’t go until this has all p-passed. I promise. Y-You’re not going to be alone. I won’t leave y-you until y-you tell me you w-want me to go.” Alphys assures. 

 

“C-Can … Can I stay with y-you even a-after this is over? I … I don’t want to go back. I can’t go back! What … What if … What if … I-I can’t go back! Don’t leave me! Don’t leave me! Don’t go! Phy, I-I’m so scared. I-I don’t wanna go! I-I don’t wanna go! Don’t leave me! I’m scared! Don’t make me go back! Don’t make me go back!” Mettaton pleads. 

 

Sans watches Alphys draw Mettaton up further onto her shoulder. She puts a claw around the back of his head and holds him steady. She nuzzles into his shoulder as she speaks. 

 

“Y-You can come home with me when y-you’re better. Y-You can stay with me for as long as y-you need me. I will not l-let .. let anyone t-take y-you away from me. W-We can find someone s-safe to stay with y-you while I teach.Y-You do not need to w-worry. O-Okay? I will happily sit up with y-you until y-you're sleeping. I will h-host Papyrus every fucking night of the w-week so y-you never e-even have to sleep alone. A-And, if he’s n-not up for it, I-I’ll do it until we find s-someone who is …” 

 

“YOU NEED NOT WORRY ABOUT THAT DR. ALPHYS, FOR I AM MORE THAN HAPPY TO ASSIST METTI IN THAT ENDEAVOR SHOULD HE WANT ME TO!” Papyrus offers. 

 

Sans feels a few tears fall down his cheeks as his Soul swells with pride for his brother. While Sans has always been proud of Papyrus, this pride is different. Foolishly, Sans never expected Papyrus to be in a relationship of equals. Sans assumed, if Papyrus ever found a partner at all, that it would be someone who would care for Papyrus’ needs without having many of their own. Yet, Sans witnesses Papyrus’ ability to comfort in sickness, to be present in poverty of the Soul, and to love without any cost. Sans knows, even in Mettaton’s weakest moments, he has cared for Papyrus almost to a fault. 

 

So, Sans has no fear, for there is no reason to be afraid. He has seen the power of love first hand, and it is beautiful in every iteration. Yet, Sans cannot help but be struck by the great force of this love. 

 

Sans looks up and sees Alphys smiling gently at Mettaton and Papyrus both. Papyrus is holding Mettaton’s hand and seems to be drawing intricate patterns over Mettaton’s wrist. Mettaton seems to be drifting back into sleep mode. 

 

“thanks … d-darlings …” Mettaton whispers, with a sleepy drawl. 

 

“N-No problem. Just let sl-sleep mode take over. Papyrus and I will h-help y-you shower later if y-you still want to. Toriel is g-going to heat up some of this b-blankets for y-you now. D-Do … Do you still want those?” Alphys asks. 

 

“mmmmhmmm … t’nks… sweet … time do … i h’ve get up … for work t’morrow?” Mettaton murmurs. 

 

Sans watches both Alphys and Papyrus share a brief look of confusion before it turns to understanding. 

 

“Y-You don’t have to get up tomorrow, big guy. You’re on break until New Y-Years.” Alphys says without skipping a beat. 

 

Papyrus looks back at Sans with a sharp look as if to say ‘DO NOT CONTRADICT HER BROTHER!” 

 

Sans gives Papyrus a thumbs up silently saying “i won’t.” 

 

Papyrus raises an eye socket towards Toriel. “WILL SHE?” 

 

Sans looks over his shoulder at Toriel and then at Papyrus as if to reassure “nope. al explained it, and i’ll reexplain as necessary.” 

 

At this, Papyrus seems satisfied enough to turn back to Alphys for further instructions. 

 

“H-He’s sleeping, Papyrus. Th-Thanks for your help. I-I mean that. It was quick thinking r-rubbing his back the way y-you did. But, for his s-sake … a-and … and my own, I’m gonna hold him now,” Alphys says. 

 

Paps gives Alphys a nod before offering her the plush toys in his lap. Paps holds them with a gentle reverence, and Alphys takes them into her claws with the same veneration. She sets them next to her so that Mettaton might see them when he awakens from sleep mode. 

 

Then, Sans remembers Alphys’ phone sitting in the hallway. He teleports into the hallway and pops back just as quickly with the phone. He immediately hands it to Alphys. 

 

Alphys gives Sans a tight, but grateful, smile as he hands her her phone. 

 

“S-Sans, I think y-you should start planning to make that external f-filter we talked a-about sooner r-rather than later. I-I … I’m just worried that he’s not going to have the e-energy necessary to make this as fast as i-it could be o-otherwise. I-I also have reason to believe that the DT might be c-causing some corrosion of his m-magic receptors? I-It’s nothing his s-self healing program c-can’t handle. I … I-I … err … I t-triple checked that when I went to m-monitor his temperature. That ... Th-That's what I meant when I said 'a f-few other th-things.' But, it’ll m-make his healing process f-faster if the DT doesn’t sit as long. A-As it stands, he’ll probably have a hard time e-eating anything s-solid for about tw-twenty-four hours, g-give or take, a-after this is all done. So, w-we should do our best to m-make this quick.” Alphys whispers so only Sans can hear her.

 

Sans nods and gives her a smile. 

 

“ya got it, al. makes a whole ton of sense. i’ll see what i can do. i’ll start drawin’ things up now so ya can approve it for me when i come back tonight. then, tomorrow i’ll set on buildin’ it with hopes that undyne can drag it upstairs the day after tomorrow.” Sans explains. 

 

Alphys beams at Sans with a huge relieved smile. 

 

“That … Th-That would be m-more than I could have e-ever expected. Th-Thank you!” Alphys grins. 

 

Sans smiles back at Alphys before giving her a quick two fingered salute in response. Sans looks up at a clock on the wall and sees that it’s just ten minutes until noon. 

 

Before taking his leave officially, Sans pats Toriel’s knee and gives her shoulder a squeeze. He sees Papyrus handing Toriel two blankets as he leaves. 

 

Then, Sans teleports to his bedroom, pulls out his blueprint paper, and begins to diagram the filtration device. 

 

********



When Sans comes in later that evening, it’s clear that Alphys is exhausted. 

 

“D-Don’t y-you even, Sans. I-I know … b-but Papyrus is already a-asleep, and I-I can … I can handle it!” Alphys retorts before Sans has even spoken. 

 

“al, i’ll sit with him, and it’ll be fine. you’ll be right there if we need ya. you’ve done enough, a’ight? jus’ relax.” Sans assures. 

 

Alphys looks like she’s on the verge of tears as she rubs her face with her claws. 

 

“I-I know … I-I just … I-I can’t help it … I-I feel so g-guilty leaving him alone. I-I … It’s hard n-not to feel like I-I’m abandoning h-him again b-because … because I-I left him b-before, and I-I don’t want to l-leave him again, and … a-and … it’s n-not even what h-he says that m-makes me feel that way. Th-That’s the last th-thing I’d w-want him to think b-because … because it’s not h-him. I-It’s me. H-He’s just panicked. I-I know when he b-begs like that it’s not really h-him.” Alphys emphasizes. 

 

She buries the heels of her claws in her eyes as she continues ranting at a pace Sans can hardly follow. He hates seeing her this way, and it seems as though these last two days have finally broken Alphys. 

 

Yet, Sans can’t bring himself to blame her. She has already been through so much.  

 

“I-It’s … This is m-more like I c-can’t seem to pull m-myself a-away because I-I … in m-my nightmares … I-I lose him. H-He pushes himself t-too far a-and he b-becomes a sh-shell of himself. Th-The asshole t-takes him abroad, a-and Napstablook c-calls me because M-Mettaton is gone a-and neither they n-nor Shyren c-can find him. H-He dies a-and we can’t b-bring him back. H-He chokes b-because someone e-else isn’t paying a-attention. He … H-He succeeds in d-dusting himself a-and I’m just l-left with some b-beautifully written, e-extravagant, a-and  eloquent letter! A-Angel, I … I-I don’t want to m-move even if I-I know I need to.” Alphys grits out. 

 

Sans puts a tender hand on her shoulder again. Sans wonders if Alphys isn’t getting sick of him trying to help her. Yet, he can’t sit by and watch her drive herself into the ground. However, the way she leans back onto his chest reassures him that he’s not annoying her too much.

 

“ya gotta rest, al. you’re no good to him like this. jus’ go. i can handle it, ‘n if i can’t you’re right there.” Sans whispers. 

 

Alphys heaves a huge sigh. 

 

“J-Just … S-Sans … seriously … n-no napping. O-Okay? D-Don’t even joke about it.” Alphys pleads. 

 

Sans smiles sadly and gives her a slow nod. 

 

“ya have my word, al. honest. i only did it to annoy undyne and paps. i was awake most of the time i was asleep anyway.” Sans promises. 

 

Alphys nods and stumbles over to the mattress on the floor next to his brother. 

 

“I-In c-coming, Papyrus.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Sans smiles as he watches Alphys snuggle under the blankets and drift off as soon as her head hits the pillow. Papyrus for his part doesn’t even stir at the movement next to him. It’s clear that the emotions of the day have taken a heavy toll on both Papyrus and Alphys. 

 

Sans brings his gaze back to Mettaton. To Sans’ surprise, Mettaton is staring at him with clear eyes. 

 

“Is she finally sleeping?” Mettaton asks. 

 

“she is, yeah. how are ya feelin’?” Sans whispers. 

 

Mettaton shrugs with a glance towards the door. 

 

“Sleep is elusive because I’m stiff. I’ve probably been awake for an hour or more, but … but I didn’t want to worry her. It’s a testament to how exhausted she is that she didn’t catch me. She is usually quite sharp in that regard. I was hoping that … well … I suppose … I was so hoping if she thought I were resting that she might follow suit more comfortably, darling.” Mettaton explains.

 

Sans offers Mettaton his hand, and Sans finds that his Soul swells with a little hope when Mettaton takes him up on his offer. 

 

“do ya wanna talk kiddo?” Sans asks.

 

Sans finds himself absentmindedly rubbing the back of Mettaton’s metal hand with his thumb. 

 

“Perhaps, that might not be a bad idea. It … well … It has helped before.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Sans gives Mettaton’s hand three quick squeezes to encourage him to continue. 

 

“I know that Alphys has come to you for advice … medically … that is … so I suppose I would ask … how much did she tell you about the night before the … ah … th-the … th-the event. But, while I … I doubt what I wrote her could classify as eloquent, I … I find myself dwelling on that evening more as … as things progress,” Mettaton says. 

 

Sans gives Mettaton’s hand another soft squeeze. 

 

“al’s only told me that ya thought about dustin’ yourself. she hasn’t told me anythin’ more than what i need ta know ta help ya out, kid. she has shot me down at times when i press for more information that she doesn’ think i need. but, if ya wanna share, we can talk.” Sans offers. 

 

Mettaton bites his lip and seems to consider Sans’ offer before he looks up at the ceiling. 

 

In the silence, Sans can hear the soft whirring on Mettaton’s cooling fans, and he has never relished a sound more in his life. Yet, Sans can’t help the nagging thought that this may be one of Mettaton’s last lucid moments before he makes a full recovery.

 

“I only wanted to do it because I was in so much physical pain. I … I just wanted it to be over. I … I remember shades of the days before. I went through the motions of normalcy. I … I forced myself to keep it together. I had to. I just … I had to, darling. What else was I going to do? Give up? Let everyone see me as a failure? P-Prove to them that I was too much of a diva to handle my problems? Push … Push everyone back into depression because I was too much of an attention whore to … to figure it out? So … S-So … I … I pushed through. B-But, I … I found quickly … it all happened so fast, Sans … so, so fast … that when I closed my door for the night I … I-I couldn’t … c-couldn’t … I could hardly move.” Mettaton whispers breathlessly. 

 

Sans shakes his head slightly. 

 

So much for lucidity … Sans thinks.  

 

“M-My chest hurt so badly that night that I … I thought I might die. It, and I mean this sincerely, felt like my artificial heart was about to stop. I have never, absolutely never, felt any sensation so intense. I remember very little but for a very aggressive oil leak, far worse than this morning, and curling up on the floor of my bathroom with my phone out of reach praying that someone would find me and help me. I felt so … so … cold that I felt hot … like … like my joints might fuse together the way a candle’s wax fuses with the sides of it when it burns. Yet, I … I can’t remember anything but the sensation. I don’t remember what I did. I only remember the pain.” 

 

Sans feels his Soul beating with increasing speed as he think about the implications of what Mettaton explains to him. Sans feels Mettaton’s hand tightening around Sans’ own hand. 

 

“I only remember feeling like I couldn’t … I-I couldn’t … c-couldn’t h-hurt her or … o-or him by d-dying by my own hand. But, I-I just … I-I couldn’t g-give up a-and … b-but I wanted t-to give u-up b-because it hurt. A-Angel it h-hurt. I’m in p-pain now, but it’s a f-fraction of the pain from then … a-and … and it … some of i-it hurts worse now b-because … because I can’t stop remembering b-b-before.” Mettaton whispers through his tears. 

 

Sans tries to keep the horror out of his face while retaining the empathy. Sans rubs the back of Mettaton’s hand with his thumb.

 

“al kinda predicted that ya might have some flashbacks or remember some things from before. ‘s okay. if they come up, they come up. ‘kay? ya don’ have ta hide it or be ashamed of it. and, ya don’ have to retain the memory. ya might forget it again when all’s said and done. shit happens. memory is weird.” Sans assures. 

 

Mettaton looks up at him with his eyebrows perked in curiosity. 

 

“I … I don’t mean to pry, darling, but … how do you know? How do you know everyone won’t expect me to know and remember? How do you know that … th-that it’s alright that I don’t?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Sans’ Soul swells with empathy at the earnestness in Mettaton’s voice.

 

“ya sure you’re up for it? ‘s a long story?” Sans asks. 

 

“Honestly, darling, I have nothing but time. And … um … I’d like to know that someone understands.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Sans squeezes Mettaton’s hand again. 

 

“‘kay, kiddo. strap yourself in.” Sans teases. 

 

 

“Sans, are y-you even paying attention? I-I said that I’m n-not sure I-I documented this a-accurately and m-my whole dissertation h-hangs on it’s a-accuracy! W-What if I-I fail?! I w-won’t get m-my license and … a-and the p-people of Hotland will n-never have an a-affordable clinic to go to b-because I’m an idiot who c-can’t document data!” Alphys rants, as she begins to hyperventilate. 

 

Sans grins at her. 

 

“Don’t sweat it, Al. You’re gonna kill it! Promise. We checked that data how many times? You’re fine.” Sans reassures. 

 

Alphys gives him a glare that eventually softens into a laugh. 

 

“I k-know. I know. I-I’m just nervous. If I d-do this, I’m f-finally free. I … I g-get to have my own l-life. A-And … for that … I-I think I’d do just about a-anything.” Alphys confesses. 

 

Sans nods slowly before putting a hand on Alphys’ shoulder. 

 

“Well then, trust me. You’re gonna do great. I’ll be there ta cheer ya on. Even if I’m way in the back and ya can’t see me, I’ll find ya at the reception and share a drink with ya or somethin’.” Sans winks. 

 

Alphys gives him a good natured punch in the shoulder. 

 

“I’m h-holding you to that y-you know.” She grins. 

 

Sans feels his phone ringing in his pocket. He looks at the number and his sockets widen.

 

“Hey, Al. I gotta take this. Give me a sec,” Sans says. 

 

He quickly leaves the room before rolling his eye sockets and answering the phone. 

 

“Hello, Sans here,” he says. 

 

He takes great effort to keep the annoyance out of his voice. 

 

“Sansy. Where’s my money?” The voice on the other end of the phone asks. 

 

“What money? I told ya I’m not givin’ ya any more money. The house should be well more than paid off by now. So, I ain’t givin’ you one more cent.” Sans growls. 

 

There’s a little bit of dead air on the line. 

 

“But, you promised me a wedding present, Sansy.” The voice says. 

 

Sans wracks his brain for any such memory, but he can’t find it. 

 

“The hell are you talkin’ about, Pops? I don’t even remember ya tellin’ me ya were getting married!” Sans whispers fiercely. 

 

Sans’ father sighs on the other line. 

 

“I see your little girlfriend matters more to you than your own family. But, I am getting married to a lovely bride. Maybe she will finally be willing to make you a big brother, wouldn’t you love that, Sansy?” Pops asks. 

 

Sans bites his lip to stop himself from saying that he sincerely hopes that his father never has another child if he plans to confuse them as much as he has Sans over the last seventy-one years. However, once Sans trusts himself to speak, he can’t bring himself to deny that he would like a sibling. 

 

“See, so, when are ya sending the money you promised?” Pops presses. 

 

“When do ya need it, and how much did I promise?” Sans asks. 

 

Allegedly, Sans promised his father three hundred gold due whenever he can scrape it together. 

 

“I’ll see what I can do. But, that’s like more than two of my paychecks from the university! I’m still just an advisor right now. I need my second PhD to even be considered for adjuncting. That won’t be finished for Angel knows how long. Six … Seven years … at least? But, I mean … I dunno … if I promised … I’ll find a way ta make it happen.” Sans explains. 

 

Pops sighs on the other line. 

 

“Well, I guess that’s all I can expect. By the way, the wedding is next week Saturday. You can at least make that, right?” Pops asks. 

 

“Yes. Saturday I can do. I just can’t do Friday. Al, the student I’ve been advising, delivers her dissertation that day, and I can’t miss it.” Sans emphasizes. 

 

“Yes. Yes. Well, that’s good then.” Pops agrees. 

 

… 

 

“but, i ended up havin’ ta leave al’s reception early ‘cause my pops convinced me that i promised him i’d get his suit and stuff ready on friday night. so, i did make good on my word ta share a drink with her, but i slipped out immediately after. after that whole fiasco, i ended up escalatin’ my work hours to finish my second PhD by seventy-seven. i only remember what i said in that conversation ‘cause al helped me ta reconstruct it ‘bout thirteen years later. she was eavesdroppin’ ‘cause she was worried about me. she kept that ta herself till she knew it was safe ta help me, angel love her.” Sans explains. 

 

Mettaton nods his understanding slowly before he begins counting things on his fingers. 

 

“I’m going to hazard a guess that Papyrus was a child of your … ah … father’s and his new wife’s then, darling? For, if Dr. Alphys were in her fifties, this would have been several years before Papyrus was even born?” Mettaton concludes. 

 

Sans chuckles sadly as he squeezes Mettaton’s hand again. 

 

“welp. at least i can be sure none of this has affected your smarts so far, you’re sharp, kid,” Sans says. 

 

Mettaton gives Sans a shrug. 

 

“I may be less than stellar at mathematics. However, I thought Alphys was working on her dissertation when I met her? But, if what you say is true, she would have been long finished with it when we became friends. So, what was she working on, darling?” Mettaton asks. 

 

“oh, that? asgore required a dissertation of sorts as part of the application for royal scientist. she had been long out of university by then, but she must have had somethin’ stored away in case her medical practice didn’ work out, and she wanted to be a professor.” Sans explains. 

 

Mettaton nods. 

 

“You two were very close then?” He asks. 

 

“you could say that. but, now? i ain’t got nothin’ on what she feels for ya. i’m jus’ the college friend and mentor.” Sans jokes. 

 

“That wasn’t what I was asking after. I cannot guarantee that I will be able to remain lucid much these next days if pain prevents me from entering sleep mode. You will look after her, darling? If what I say is too much for her, you will keep her safe for me? I understand that she and Undyne have fallen on harder times. She needs a confidant.” Mettaton emphasizes. 

 

Sans is struck speechless for a moment before he finally finds his words. 

 

“ya really do understand a lot more than ya woulda ever let on.” Sans says, with a somber smile.

 

Mettaton gives Sans a sad stare. 

 

“One other observation that I have made based on your tale, if I may?” Mettaton ventures. 

 

“ya don’ have ta be so formal ‘bout it jus’ shoot, ‘kay?” Sans says, with a wink. 

 

“I’ve made it my mission to know everything I can about Papyrus, darling. I seek to understand him. He has told me, in brief, that he spent most of his childhood in Hotland but, for reasons he cannot recall, the laser puzzles in particular frighten him. I cannot help but notice that those are most present in and around the Core. Yet, the few times we did meet around Alphys’ Lab Underground, he … um … well, he seemed happy there. Perhaps, it was being with a friend that made him happy. But, I don’t know … it … it seemed deeper?” Mettaton blushes. 

 

Sans looks away from Mettaton for a moment to gather his thoughts and words. 

 

“I didn’t mean to overstep … I just …” Mettaton sighs.

 

“i’m not mad, ya know? in fact, i like it. i like hearin’ ya ramble about him. i like that ya try ta understand him. it’s the same way he rambles about ya and tries ta understand ya too. it’s sweet the way the two of ya weave each other together like lost words of a song or pieces of a puzzle.” Sans assures.

 

Mettaton stares at Sans wide eyed. 

 

“He rambles about me? He thinks enough about me to … to draw, hopefully favorable, conclusions?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Sans nearly laughs despite everything. 

 

“yeah. he does MTT. a lot. trust me. he has ya memorized. he was the first one ta point out when your routines changed.” Sans grins. 

 

Mettaton blushes hard as he puts a hand to his cheek with a smile. 

 

Sans shakes his head before he finds his signature grin falling from his face. 

 

“MTT, i’ve been comin’ ta think … and, like i sad before, ta understand more, really … that ya truly are smarter than folks give ya credit for. and, i mean that. the things ya notice about paps are incredible because ya ain’t wrong. paps grew up in and around the university in hotland till he was twenty three. part of the university was eventually repurposed into al’s lab. that’s all jus’ sometimes a lot ta think about,” Sans says.

 

Mettaton looks at Sans with an open and honest expression. It is in the painfully human features that Alphys has crafted that Sans sees a reflection of his own experience with specialized LV. There’s that same air of confusion, self-doubt, and mistrust. There’s that same war in those LED lit eyes as Sans has felt in his own Soul. 

 

“kid, ‘s okay. i been here. ‘n you’re a hell of a lot stronger than me. ‘cause i just let it eat me so much that my soul is forever diminished. ya fought, ‘n i wish ya never had ta fight, but ya fought. i din’ fight. i … i was jus’ gonna let it dust me … ‘till he hurt paps. whatcha said ‘bout hangin’ on for al and paps … hehe … welp. i guess they have that effect on monsters don’ they?” Sans offers. 

 

Mettaton gives Sans a look of surprise before giving Sans a very small half-nod. 

 

“I promise that I would never do anything intentional to harm him, Sans. For my part, though I have never hurt him, to my knowledge, I am sorry he has ever been hurt. Papyrus is … He is everything to me. I don’t care how eccentric, I don’t care how silly, and I don’t care how intense he can be. I love him.” 

 

Mettaton whispers with more earnestness that Sans thought possible. 

 

“And, I do not say that with any theatrics or dramatics. I mean this.” Mettaton promises. 

 

“i didn’ think ya were bein’ dramatic at all. i promise, kid. ya don’ have ta worry ‘bout that. if there’s somethin’ i’ve gotten good at in all these years, i know sincerity better than anythin’ when i see it an’ hear it. when it comes ta paps, i’ve never felt like ya were anythin’ but sincere.” Sans assures. 

 

Mettaton bites his lip. 

 

“Darling, apart from Papyrus and Phy, you maybe the first person to see any degree of sincerity in me. And, well, you are certainly amongst the first to mention it.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Sans feels that confession in his chest. 

 

“in the … ah … very minimal literature courses i’ve ever taken, i’ve heard it said that there’s always honesty in good plays and actin’. when ya first started out, before everythin’ seemed ta be goin’ ta hell in a handbasket, authenticity was always apparent in your theatrics. for what it’s worth, ‘s only when ya lost yourself that ya seemed ta be less genuine,” Sans says. 

 

Mettaton flushes hard as his eyes go wide. He looks at Sans with a few tears rolling down his cheeks. Sans gently thumbs them away. 

 

“I … um … Thank you. I feel that’s well more than I deserve, but … I’m flattered you think so.” Mettaton fumbles. 

 

Sans holds Mettaton’s reply close to his Soul. Sans has lived with the aftershocks of specialized LV all his life, and he rescued Papyrus from a similar fate when Papyrus was just thirteen. Sans looks over at his sleeping brother and wonders how many connections Papyrus has already drawn himself because the two of them haven't had time to talk privately. 

 

Sans wonders what kind of guilt Papyrus carries because Sans knows Papyrus must remember more than he is willing to say. Neither of them like to talk about the night Sans and Undyne helped Papyrus escape their home, but Sans remembers it with a painful amount of clarity. 

 

Mettaton needs to know that story, and he needs to hear it from Sans’ perspective. Sans knows that Mettaton needs to know if only so that Mettaton can begin to understand just how much Sans and Papyrus understand him. Sans knows that Mettaton needs to hear what Sans went through in particular because maybe both of them will feel less alone in the world if Mettaton knows.

 

For, Mettaton is far from alone in falling prey to promises and being torn apart by conflicting information. 

 

As Sans steels himself for the final parts of his story, he realizes that he and Mettaton share one final thing in common: Papyrus is the hero in both of their stories. 

 

“there’s more ta the story, if you’re up for it. ya might hear it more than once 'cause paps has his own version of this i'm sure.” Sans explains. 

 

Mettaton nods and focuses back on Sans. 

 

… 

 

Sans is working late grading papers for Magical Engineering 101 when his cell phone rings. 

 

About a year ago, he had finally saved up enough to buy one of those new fancy phones that showed who was calling. He also gave his old phone to his thirteen year old younger half-brother, Papyrus. 

 

“Just in case,” Sans had said. 

 

So, Sans nearly jumps a foot in the air when he sees it’s Papyrus calling. 

 

“Paps? What’s up? Ya, okay?” Sans asks. 

 

“HE’S LYING! I KNOW HE’S LYING! BUT, I DON’T THINK HE’S LYING? BUT, I KNOW HE’S LYING? BUT, I DON’T THINK HE’S LYING?” Papyrus shouts into the receiver repetitively. 

 

Sans wracks his brain for some kind of clue to Papyrus’ riddle. Then, he remembers something that he had heard one of the Soul-Studies professors talking about with Sans’ own former PhD mentor. 

 

Specialized LV - it’s a new concept that suggests that if someone purposefully uses information or isolation against a monster that they don’t actually need physical force to hurt them. Thus, it would explain drops in base or temporary HP without leaving any mark or indication that it’s occurring. What do you think? I personally think I’m onto something. 

 

“Are you in a safe place, Paps? I’m comin’ ta Snowdin ta getcha. Can ya give me a hint where ya are?” Sans asks. 

 

“Give me the phone Papyrus!” Someone shouts gruffly in the background. 

 

“Hey, Sans. This is Undyne. He came charging through Waterfall while I was on patrol. I couldn’t get him to calm down the ways I usually can so, even though I didn’t see any injuries, I used my first aid kit ta check for damage. His HP is low. Like, pretty dangerously low. It doesn’t seem like his base HP is different. But, like, I’d have you look at that since you’re probably more familiar than me. Ya know?” Undyne rambles. 

 

“Are ya both at yours?” Sans asks. 

 

“Yeah. We’re at mine.” Undyne confirms. 

 

Sans teleports himself into Undyne’s living room. 

 

“Angel, Sans, you know I fucking hate it when you do that!” Undyne growls. 

 

Sans shoos her away and immediately comes to face Papyrus. 

 

“Paps, I’m here, and you’re never going to go back there. ‘Kay? I promise.” Sans states firmly. 

 

Papyrus looks at Sans with an equal measure of confusion, awe, and fear in his child-like eyes. 

 

“BUT, IF I GO THEN WHO WILL GIVE THEM WHAT THEY NEED? HE SAYS YOU DON’T LOVE THEM OR YOU’D COME AROUND MORE. HE TRIED TO SAY THAT YOU DON’T LOVE ME, BUT I KNOW THAT’S NOT TRUE, AND THAT’S WHY … AH!!!” Papyrus screams. 

 

Undyne kneels, but Sans pushes her back.

 

“Paps, you know me. You know what’s true. Let’s confirm things that we know. ” Sans offers. 

 

Papyrus looks up at Sans. 

 

“MY NAME IS PAPYRUS SERIF. I’M 13 YEARS OLD. YOU ARE SANS SERIF. YOU ARE 90 YEARS OLD. I LIKE PUZZLES. UNDYNE IS MY BEST FRIEND. YOU ARE SANS. YOU LOVE ME.” Papyrus recites. 

 

Papyrus reaches out for Sans, and Sans pulls him in close. Papyrus sobs into Sans’ chest. 

 

“I’M SORRY I FORGOT!” Papyrus wails. 

 

“It’s not your fault, Paps. It’s his fault. It’s an attack he’s perfected. Trust me. He’s been honing it for a long time.” Sans whispers. 

 

Undyne raises an eyebrow at Sans when he finally calms Papyrus enough to look at her. Papyrus is starting to look sleepy, and Sans knows he needs to let his brother rest. 

 

“Ya got a spare room? Ya seem like ya have questions for me.” Sans states. 

 

Undyne nods, and she leads Sans to her spare room. He sets the now sleeping Papyrus on the bed. 

 

“Shoot, Sans.” Undyne says. 

 

Sans sighs and shuffles his feet. 

 

“I know someone who can house us for awhile until we can get on our feet. Just … I should have known this was possible. I should have known this was going to happen. Angel, Undyne, to think I left him there with that asshole!” Sans shouts. 

 

“Calm down, dude! I’m not passing judgment!” Undyne retorts. 

 

“Well! You should!” Sans snaps back. 

 

Undyne looks Sans over. 

 

“What the hell is wrong with you?” Undyne asks. 

 

Sans can feel something ripping through him like a painful physical strike right at the center of his being. 

 

“maybe he was right to doubt me. what kind of brother am i to leave him with someone who has been torturing me slowly my whole life? dust in the sky!” Sans shouts. 

 

He presses the heels of his skeletal hands into his eyes. 

 

“What’s wrong with your voice. You’re freaking me out!” 

 

Undyne grabs Sans by the wrist and pulls him up to face her. 

 

“You’re eyes are hollow! What the fuck!” Undyne yelps. 

 

Sans pulls away from her as his shoulders heave with tears. 

 

Darkness suddenly engulfs Sans. However, after a moment, he feels someone’s arms around him, holding him tight. 

 

“I gotcha, dude. I gotcha. I don’t understand what the fuck is happening, but we’ll figure it out. For Papyrus’ sake, we’ll figure it out.” Undyne whispers. 

 

Sans feels white light burst into the darkness at the thought of Papyrus. There is something left to keep going for the world isn’t all darkness. It isn’t worth giving up completely. There’s still something left for him here. He can’t fail Papyrus. He can’t leave Papyrus alone because, if there is still Papyrus, there is still hope. If Papyrus is alive, there is love, there is compassion, and there is still joy in the world. There is enough magic left to sustain him if Papyrus lives. 

 

“You’re stabilizing that’s good. Who do I call for you two now?” Undyne asks. 

 

Sans doesn’t remember the number. He doesn’t remember the name, but he remembers the feeling. He remembers the feeling of the shadowy face showing up at the door. He remembers the way those strong arms felt on his shoulders. He remembers the broken knobs in the bony fingers. 

 

Yet, even after all his scrapbooking, and all his years of digging for scraps of information, he cannot see the face or remember the name of his and Papyrus’ savior. 

… 

 

“we lived there about five years till he just … disappeared into nothing. i don’t remember his face. i remember the feeling i had when i was around him. i remember the university closed shortly after he passed. i remember that paps and al were both devastated, but it was like our memories were wiped as though he never existed. paps was eighteen. i have reason to believe that paps was there … when he disappeared. but, because whatever happened wiped our memories, he doesn’t remember it. it’s the nightmares about the lasers of hotland that make me believe …” Sans trails off. 

 

“Believe that he recalls that event, darling.” Mettaton finishes somberly. 

 

Sans nods slowly and traces patterns over the back of Mettaton’s hand. 

 

“That must have been very difficult for both of you. He must have been a very special monster to hold so much of your history. I had no idea, darling.” Mettaton assures. 

 

Sans gives Mettaton a sad smile. 

 

“it’s okay, kiddo. ya didn’t need ta know. but, now ya know just how much we get it.” Sans says, patting Mettaton’s hand. 

 

Mettaton nods his acknowledgement, but his gaze is distant with thought. 

 

“You know, darling, Alphys … Alphys doesn’t speak much of her time in university. Though, she has often spoke fondly of her years practicing medicine. I see now why she would have been so … err … frustrated by her colleagues holding her lack of memory of her mentor against her.” Mettaton states with a grimace. 

 

Sans nods. 

 

“sounds like everyone except the labradoodle … his name is john, right?” Sans asks.

 

“Yes, darling. I’ve only met him once very briefly, but I believe that’s his name.” Mettaton agrees. 

 

“well, sounds like everyone except him are assholes, but she’s got at least one good one on her side now. ‘sides, also seems like she’s lettin’ our professor’s legacy live on in her. ‘m proud of her.” Sans smiles. 

 

Mettaton seems to light up at Sans’ statement. 

 

“Pride doesn’t even begin to cover what I feel, darling. It’s everything I could have dreamt for her. I’m elated that … that she could find a place where everyone gets to see her succeed. She is quite something you know. I mean … look at me.” 

 

Mettaton winks and sticks out his tongue. 

 

“ah … and there ya are. there ya are.” Sans grins widely. 

 

He reaches out to ruffle Mettaton’s synthetic hair.

 

Mettaton leans into the affectionate touch with a smile and a blush. 

 

“I apologize. I shouldn’t act like such a child.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

“hey, none of that. the way i understand it you’re only about a year out of your youth. so, let me. i’m old.” Sans teases. 

 

Mettaton pulls a face at Sans’ words. 

 

“Darling, you’re not that old. Asgore … no Maddie is old. She’s nearly four hundred! She might be older than four hundred. We usually stop counting once we come of age at two hundred.” Mettaton whispers theatrically. 

 

Sans stifles a laugh before Mettaton grows serious again. 

 

“What happened to you both after your father … passed?” Mettaton asks almost silently. 

 

Sans sucks in his cheek bones. 

 

“hmmm … well. we worked with asgore for about another five or so years to get a new law established to require special penalties against folks who use specialized LV. we’re the reason that, at least in monster courts, those affected by specialized LV don’t have to be present at the trial. we're also the reason it's considered among the worst crimes someone can commit against a monster. so, we, with asgore’s help, got the house in snowdin. though, unfortunately, the money i’d given my family to pay the damn thing off went to other things besides payments. so, i inherited some debt along with papyrus’ custody. with my degree being virtually useless because the university closed when half it's faculty disappeared, a house to pay off, and a baby brother to feed, i joined up as a sentry with undyne’s guard. in fact, finding the money eating, teleporting couch was how al met undyne. so, count myself something of a matchmaker.” Sans laughs. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes light up. 

 

You?  You were the reason they met?” He giggles. 

 

“ah, she never told you?” Sans laughs. 

 

“No!” Mettaton shakes his head. 

 

Sans smiles and takes Mettaton’s hand again. He feels the cool metal under his skeletal fingers, and he remembers to send his thanksgiving for answered wishes. For, in much the same way as the gently whirring fans calm the fears in Sans’ Soul, the fact that Mettaton’s hands no longer burn him also settles something in Sans. 

 

“kid, it’s good ta see ya like this. i miss ya like this, curious, silly, and constantly seeking for harmless love-life gossip. i can’t wait till this is all permanent again. ‘cause, then i’ll make them tell it. ‘cause it’s way funnier hearing it from them.” Sans promises. 

 

Mettaton smiles gently as light reaches his eyes. 

 

“I shall hold you to that, darling.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Sans grins as he rubs a few more little patterns on the back of Mettaton’s hand. 

 

“if ya can, ya need ta sleep. ‘kay? i get that the pain is nasty, but ya gotta try. i’ll be here. al’s here. paps’ here. we gotcha.” Sans assures. 

 

Mettaton nods as he closes his eyes. However, not a moment later, Mettaton’s eyes open again. Mettaton’s eyes glow with a ferocity that Sans has never seen before in those bright pink eyes. 

 

“Sans, I can’t promise that I will be strong enough to … to make it out of this without falling prey to my memories. So, promise me, you will help her … help them both … if I cannot keep them safe from myself?” Mettaton pleads. 

 

Sans grips Mettaton’s hand tight. 

 

“i promise, kiddo. but, i want something in return.” Sans whispers, protectively.

 

“Anything, darling you have my word,” Mettaton says. 

 

Sans looks Mettaton in the eyes with seriousness and tenderness in equal measure. 

 

“you’ll forgive yourself for the things ya can’t control, and ya trust them ta make the choices they want to make. ‘cause if there’s one thing i’ve learned in my time, it’s that ya can’t constantly protect people from the choices they want ta make without hurin’ them,” Sans says. 

 

Mettaton quirks his head to the side in confusion. Sans’ Soul almost stops because that slight head tilt reminds him of Frisk and Papyrus both. 

 

“look, MTT, ta put it blunt. my love for paps may have saved us both, but i also know that sometimes … sometimes i hold him too tight. i don’ wanna let him go. sometimes, love is lettin’ go, and lettin’ love choose. ‘s somethin’ i’m still workin’ on learnin’. the thing he loves most about ya is that ya let him choose. ya let him have room ta breathe and be grown up. ya and al both let him be smart ‘cause … ‘cause he is. i need ta learn that. i need ta remember it. he’s … he’s grown up now.” Sans sighs. 

 

Mettaton squeezes Sans’ hand tightly as he nods. 

 

“You have my word that I will let them do what they think is best, darling. I … I will try not to forget.” Mettaton promises. 

 

Sans smiles and lets Mettaton’s hand go. Sans adjusts the blankets over Mettaton’s shoulders as he hands Mettaton the stuffed animals. 

 

“‘s what he loves most about ya. ya see in him what no one else thought ta see, and … if i can hazard a guess … ya feel the same way about him,” Sans says. 

 

Mettaton blushes. Then, after a moment, Mettaton’s eyes close again. Sans watches as Mettaton’s chest rises and falls rhythmically with mechanical breaths once more.

Notes:

Chapter Highlights:

Toriel, Undyne, Alphys, Sans, and Papyrus arrange Mettaton’s room to allow Alphys and Papyrus to nap there while Mettaton recovers.
Alphys begins to successfully unscramble to corrupted video files.
Sans reflects on the nature of Alphys’ progress in her recovery from her lab accident.
Sans and Alphys help Mettaton through a change in oil pressure that causes him to have an oil leak.
Mettaton begins to experience extreme cold flashes brought about by detoxing DT.
Papyrus, Sans, and Alphys work together to comfort Mettaton as he struggles with the cold flashes.
Sans and Alphys have a heart to heart regarding both of their stakes in Mettaton’s recovery while seeking out Toriel’s help in warming up blankets.
Toriel witnesses one of Mettaton’s short circuits for the first time, and Sans helps to bring her further up to speed on what’s happening scientifically to the best of his ability.
Alphys and Sans decide to proceed immediately in making the external filtration system to get the DT out of Mettaton’s system as quickly as possible.
Sans returns later in the day and encourages Alphys to get rest.
Mettaton and Sans have a heart to heart in which Sans reveals how he has been on the receiving end of specialized LV attacks.
Sans explains that his biological father used specialized LV to force Sans to fund his existence using what little Sans made at the university.
It is revealed that Papyrus and Sans are half brothers (same father different second parent).
It was only after Papyrus was on the receiving end of one of their father’s specialized LV attacks that Sans finally decided to cut contact with his family and live with one of his mentors.
It is hypothesized by both Sans and MTT that Papyrus witnessed Sans’ professor’s death in the Core.
Sans reveals that he was, in part, influential in the meeting of Undyne and Alphys when he moved into the house he inherited in Snowdin.
Sans makes Mettaton promise not to carry the guilt for anything that he says in the pain of detoxing. He reinforces that Papyrus and Alphys are smart and know what they’re getting into while helping him.

Dearest Readers,

I’m so sorry this chapter took so long to get out. I needed to establish a lot of backstory for Sans and Papyrus that will be super relevant later in the story. Don’t worry, Papyrus will talk about his own memories of this situation once Mettaton recovers.

It’s gonna be fl-angsty don’t worry.

That said, I, like MTT, am also rubbish at math so I needed to outline an entire timeline with a calculator to make sure I wasn’t screwing up how old everyone was at each given time. So, there was just a lot of writing and rewriting until I was satisfied with how the backstory sounded and triple checked my own math. XD

In regards to Sans and Papyrus' backstory, I've always been partial to the theory that they were Gaster's kids in some capacity. So, you got one more random half-cameo from Gaster. Lol.

I also got Covid and was knocked on my ass for about a full week. I couldn’t even concentrate long enough to draft because my fever was so bad. It reminded me of the one year I forgot to get my flu shot and got influenza when I was a junior in college. Not like horrible, but I would certainly recommend avoiding the experience if you can.

I am well on the mend now, but my Halloweekend was spent curled up in my bed under several layers of blankets while watching Rocky Horror and other campy “horror” movies and eating Greek Yogurt.

But, after several days of quarantining, going through the Starbucks drive through felt like going to the zoo. I am so bored I can’t even describe it.

Anyway, I hope you enjoyed this chapter from Sans’ point of view. Toriel is up next. Frisk and Undyne are after her. I’m very much looking forward to giving you these next chapters as we work towards the resolution of this arc of the story. I’ve been working exceptionally hard on the lore that’s going into the Angelmas chapter at the end of this arc, and I’m so pleased with it.

I love creation myths y’all, and I’m so happy I got to write one.

Cheers,
Pip

Chapter 26: He Asked Only to Be 'Some One,' like Everybody Else

Summary:

Toriel finds out uncomfortable truths about the Blook Clan and Mettaton's upbringing. Though, despite the chaos and confessions, Toriel discovers a strange peace in giving Mettaton a mother's love and care.

TW:
Dysfunctional Family Relationships (in family of origin)
Specifically Ableism/Lookism, and mentions of Neglect based on a physical deformity in a child-coded character
Transphobia in relation to trans-coded character
Mention of Child Death (Asriel)
Injury Recovery
DT Poisoning depicted as seen in previous chapters (PTSD flashbacks [could be read as unreality/hallucinations], nausea/vomiting, references to seizures,)

Notes:

** Title is a quote from Gaston Leroux “Phantom of the Opera”

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Toriel knows that she doesn’t know much about science or anything to do with Mettaton’s physical anatomy. However, she knows that his Soul has not found any rest for nearly twenty-four hours because he has not entered sleep mode since yesterday afternoon. 

 

For, she recalls Sans telling her this morning that Mettaton had barely slept all night. From what she understood of what Sans told her, Mettaton was in a fair bit of physical discomfort that prevented him from sleeping. 

 

Toriel strokes Mettaton’s hair as he tosses and turns his head in his brief few minutes of sleep. Then, as Mettaton wakes fully, Toriel notices that a few tears have begun leaking down Mettaton’s cheeks. 

 

“Are you in pain, dear one?” Toriel asks. 

 

Mettaton nods as Toriel brushes back his bangs again. Toriel gets off the chair and kneels at eye level with Mettaton when he begins to sob breathlessly. 

 

Dr. Alphys immediately springs up and comes to kneel next to Toriel so Mettaton can see her. 

 

“Tell me wh-what hurts, okay? Wh-Where does it hurt?” Dr. Alphys prompts. 

 

“N-Not nauseous … but … b-but stomach hurts …” Mettaton chokes out. 

 

As he gazes at her, Toriel’s heart breaks a little more. His eyes are so painfully desperate. 

 

“Can y-you describe it? Like … um … is i-it like you’re getting p-poked or is it more like s-something’s twisting?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton just looks at Dr. Alphys and Toriel with utter confusion that twists back into an anguished grimace. 

 

“I … I only … f-felt … this … once … once … before …” Mettaton pants. 

 

Mettaton breaks off weeping mid sentence, and Toriel gently rubs Mettaton’s shoulders with her paw. 

 

“Is the p-pain making it hard for y-you to talk? If it’s that intense, I-I really need to kn-know so I can try to make it go a-away.” Dr. Alphys explains. 

 

Mettaton nods slowly. 

 

“Okay … s-so pain is probably at about a n-nine or ten a-and, based on his m-movements, likely c-cramping.” 

 

Dr. Alphys whispers to herself so quietly Toriel has to strain to hear it. 

 

“Ton-ton? I’m gonna h-have Papyrus go get something that m-might ease the p-pain a little so y-you can tell me more? D-Do you wanna t-try putting some heat over y-your stomach? I’m not sure it will h-help, but it won’t hurt. I’m just treating this l-like you h-have a flesh b-body because I-I’m not sure what else to try, o-o-okay? But, if th-that doesn’t help, we can try to h-have you take some medicine even though I-I know swallowing h-has been … err … d-difficult.” Dr. Alphys offers. 

 

Mettaton nods, blinking back more tears. Toriel keeps rubbing Mettaton’s shoulders slowly with her paw. 

 

Toriel can see that Dr. Alphys is struggling to remain calm. It’s clear in the way that Dr. Alphys rests her head in her hands as she talks to Papyrus. Toriel recognizes that being in charge for this long has been very hard on the young doctor. 

 

Toriel also notices Papyrus’ heartbreak at the length of this struggle. It’s clear that Papyrus is eager to help in whatever ways he can, but he looks worn out. However, Toriel finds her Soul swelling with pride in how both Papyrus and Dr. Alphys have grown to lean on one another in the difficulties they’ve experienced. She is amazed at how they’ve stood up for one another and Mettaton. There is a moment where Toriel wonders, if only after a very long time, Mettaton, Papyrus, and Dr. Alphys will not be stronger for this grief and sadness that they have endured together. 

 

Toriel has known grief well. She has tasted all of the bitter tears, all of the flames of anger, and all of the lonely desolation it has to offer. Yet, she often recognizes that her prowess in healing, the openness of her heart, and even her wisdom has come from those monastic years alone in the Ruins in meditation on the death of her children. She is not proud of her retreat. However, she recognizes some of the good that came of it. 

 

So, as she observes, she finds her mind drawn to the ways in which good may come of this too. It may take a hundred years to find it, but monsters live a long time. At that point, Dr. Alphys will still be younger than Toriel is now. For, monsters have been known to live three hundred fifty to four hundred years unless they are killed. Thus, Toriel believes strongly that something good will grow out of the fires of grief. Even now, saplings of goodness are growing out of the renewed soil. 

 

However, Toriel knows that she cannot allow these young ones to carry this alone. She desperately desires to assist wherever she can. So, she pats Mettaton’s shoulder where she had been rubbing it previously. 

 

“Honey, would you like me to hold you? We could rock. Papyrus has told me that you enjoy rocking.” Toriel offers. 

 

Mettaton seems to consider this for a moment before simply reaching his arms out towards her. 

 

Toriel gathers him into her arms and he puts his head on her chest. She watches him close his eyes as she begins to rock him slowly in her arms. Mettaton isn’t crying anymore, but his face is still dimly lit white with pain. 

 

Shortly after Toriel has gathered Mettaton in her arms, Dr. Alphys rejoins them. 

 

“Ton-ton, Papyrus is g-getting that hot pack now. O-Okay? You can stay with Toriel for as l-long as y-you want. Papyrus and I will g-get it placed as soon as it’s here.” Dr. Alphys whispers. 

 

Mettaton nods against Toriel’s chest. 

 

“Dear one, let me know if you would like to have Papyrus hold you instead of me as soon as he returns, alright? But, if you would prefer to have me hold you, I do not mind.” Toriel assures. 

 

Mettaton clings to her tighter as she rubs his back again. 

 

“I’m sorry …” He sobs. 

 

“You do not need to apologize, dear one. I am happy to help.” She soothes. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head again and cries harder into Toriel’s chest. 

 

“Ton-ton, are y-you okay? Do … Do y-you wanna t-try to talk about it? E-Even if you t-tell us over a-and over that y-your stomach is c-cramping and that hurts y-you, we’ll listen. Y-You’re more than a-allowed to … um … vent o-or show y-you’re upset. O-Okay? This is a nasty p-process. I sw-swear we don’t mind.” Dr. Alphys promises. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head again. Toriel rubs his back gently as Mettaton’s shoulders shake. 

 

“Sweetheart, you are welcome to say what you wish or to not say whatever you wish. But, you need not apologize for being upset that you are unwell or unhappy. Alright, dear one? Can we agree to that?” Toriel asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head against her chest again. 

 

“I-It’s m-my fault! I-I deserve it all b-because it’s my f-fault!” He wails. 

 

Dr Alphys puts a hand on Mettaton’s arm. 

 

“Wh-What’s your fault, big guy? C-Can you explain to me?” Dr. Alphys asks calmly. 

 

“Th-They said it … i-it was my fault b-because I’m cursed! I-I deserve it all b-because I-I caused e-everything. I-It’s always my fault! I-I’m th-the curse! ” Mettaton’s screams. 

 

Toriel and Dr. Alphys share a confused glance for a moment. 

 

“Ton-ton, I’m sorry b-but I’m confused. Y-You need to be more sp-specific,” Dr. Alphys says. 

 

Then, Toriel sees something suddenly dawn on Dr. Alphys as her eyes widen. Dr. Alphys’ eyes suddenly close tightly and, when they open, Dr. Alphys’ eyes are filled with a quiet and fiercely protective fire. 

 

“I-Is … Ton-ton, is this a-about your family? I know there were … um … some things y-you said you didn’t want me to know when we first became friends. I-Is … err … is this about those things?” Dr. Alphys prompts. 

 

Toriel raises an eyebrow as she looks between Dr. Alphys and Mettaton. Mettaton finally nods his response to Dr. Alphys’ question as he coughs around a shaky breath. 

 

“Dear one, what is your fault? I assure you, darling, there is nothing that you could have caused that is so bad to make you deserving of any such pain.” Toriel promises. 

 

Toriel can see Dr. Alphys nodding reassuringly in her peripheral vision. 

 

“Y-You don’t … You wouldn’t … I-If you knew what I caused …” Mettaton wheezes. 

 

Toriel pulls the sobbing monster in close. As she feels his back shaking beneath her arms, she only feels Chara. She is reminded of her small human child who was always so angry, so afraid, and so broken. There was no healing magic that could pierce the thick wall they had built around their mind. There was no love that could break into their DETERMINATION. 

 

Yet, even after more than one hundred and fifty years, Toriel has never once stopped wondering if it were possible to take away her child’s pain. 

 

“I promise. There is nothing you have done that could make me desire this kind of tragedy for you. There is nothing you could have done or will ever do that would make you deserving of this poison and this fate, sweetheart. Whomever convinced you of this is a liar and they are very wrong, dear one. I promise.” Toriel whispers. 

 

Toriel rocks Mettaton as he continues to wheeze frantically in her arms. Toriel sees Papyrus drop to his knees next to Dr. Alphys immediately upon entering the room. 

 

Dr. Alphys looks at Papyrus and shakes her head while mouthing the words “new problem.” 

 

“I-It’s my f-fault everyone l-lost hope Underground b-because … b-because if I-I … I-I had … had never … n-never been b-born … never … never been born … then … th-then … then …” Mettaton pants. 

 

Dr. Alphys rubs Mettaton’s arm as Papyrus strokes Mettaton’s hair to reassure Mettaton that they are all there. 

 

“Take y-your time, a-and just breathe, o-okay? We’re listening. D-Don’t rush yourself.” Dr. Alphys assures. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head and half-screams around another sob that seems, to Toriel at least, to come from the core of his being. 

 

“Th-They said … they promised … that if I-I had n-never b-been born … th-then nobody w-would have … h-have died. I’m the c-curse. I’m the h-harbinger of d-destruction and … and d-death! I-It’s my fault w-we lost everything. I-It’s my f-fault we keep l-losing everything. I-If … I-If I h-had never b-been b-born … y-you wouldn’t have lost y-your children. I-I … I cursed our race b-because I was born! S-So … S-So maybe this is f-fate’s way of restoring order … a-a life f-for a l-l-life … b-because I should … sh-should have died a long time ago … if … if I was s-supposed to be … b-b-be born at all!” Mettaton sobs. 

 

Toriel’s eyes widen in shock as she sends a glare towards Dr. Alphys. She can’t help but seethe at the idea that Dr. Alphys would have kept any notion of this from all of them. 

 

However, Toriel’s gaze softens immediately when she observes how clear it is that this is the first Dr. Alphys has heard of this. For, Dr. Alphys is pressing her claws to her eyes in frustration and grief. 

 

“I’m sorry … I-I … I-I’m s-sorry. D-Don’t m-m-make me g-go. I-I didn’t meant to …” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

Toriel is startled back into herself at Mettaton’s words. 

 

Surely, he cannot truly believe that he is responsible for his own birth, much less how he was born! How long has he carried this burden? How long, Tori? Has he borne this grief and loathing for as long as you? Longer? For, he must have been waiting from the moment he began his existence for the disaster his mere birth prophesied? Were you not such a foolish and rash woman, perhaps, you could have even shared grief with him as opposed to wallowing in your own misery. 

 

Toriel is surprised to find herself speaking calmly because she does not feel calm inside her Soul. The more she thinks the more her Soul rages with a ferocity that she cannot name. She cannot fathom how anyone could distort her and Asgore’s anguish into something so utterly destructive and heinous. 

 

“You are not responsible for my actions, my husband’s actions, or the actions of children you did not know, or barely knew, when you were just a child yourself. Furthermore, I certainly do not hold you responsible for the actions of human prejudice. I do not and cannot hold you culpable of a murder you did nothing to cause, dear one. I release you of that guilt, little one. Though I have not said this before, as I had no idea how much you needed to hear these words, you are very good. You must hear this from me, and you must believe it as soon as you can.” Toriel murmurs. 

 

Toriel continues to gently rock Mettaton as he weeps into her chest. She comes to cup the back of Mettaton’s head as she hushes him and draws him closer. 

 

Then, Toriel notices that Papyrus stares at her with an expression she cannot quite describe. Toriel knows, beyond any doubt, that Papyrus must feel great pain at this revelation. Mettaton, Papyrus’ beloved, has borne a terrible burden that he has not thought himself worthy enough to let others help him carry. For, to hear love call himself cursed, must be quite heart-wrenching. 

 

However, Toriel realizes that Papyrus’ expression is equally filled with gratitude and admiration. 

 

Though, Toriel considers herself far from admirable. 

 

When her children died, she ran from her duty to her people. While she and Asgore could have divorced easily, she chose to abandon everyone in favor of remaining in the Ruins. She left her race to suffer without her guidance in favor of aiding the human children who fell into Mt. Ebbot. 

 

Over the years, Toriel has often wondered if she couldn’t have helped more human and monster children alike by remaining amongst her people. Despite the ways her retreat aided her in honing her magical crafts, she wonders if she could have progressed faster yet if she had practiced on real injured monsters. Besides that, she has often dreamed about gathering a following of those who admired humans and would protect them. However, before now, those were all just parts of her dreams and meditations. 

 

Yet, after years of contemplation, Toriel discovers some clarity. 

 

Her absence caused despair. 

 

She knew that leaving would harm Asgore, and she wanted to harm him. However, she never held any malice towards the rest of her people. Mettaton’s confession has shown her that her absence, at the very least, destroyed the Blook’s livelihood. For, she stopped by that farm nearly every day. 

 

Toriel’s Soul aches as she considers that, had she remained amongst her own kind, she may have discovered Mettaton and been able to assuage his guilt. 

 

As she comes back to herself, Toriel casts a second sympathetic glance to Dr. Alphys who has gotten up to pace around the mattress. It’s clear that her anger is festering in a way she can hardly contain given her already fragile mental state. 

 

Papyrus looks up at Toriel before rising and coming to Dr. Alphys’ side. He whispers something Toriel cannot hear to Dr. Alphys before gesturing to the door. Dr. Alphys glances with red rimmed eyes towards Toriel. 

 

Toriel nods to Dr. Alphys hoping that the young doctor understands that Mettaton will be cared for in ways that Dr. Alphys cannot at the moment. 

 

Toriel watches Papyrus and Dr. Alphys leave the room before she turns her attention back to Mettaton. 

 

Toriel can feel Mettaton’s breathing evening out slowly against her, but his shoulders still shake every few breaths. 

 

“Dear one, you're safe. I promise that you are safe with me. Dr. Alphys and Papyrus have gone to fetch a few more things, but we shall remain together until they return, sweetheart.” Toriel murmurs. 

 

Mettaton nods his understanding as he takes another quivering breath. 

 

“I only wanted … w-wanted to … I just w-wanted them to want me.” Mettaton whimpers. 

 

Mettaton’s voice is so painfully child-like that Toriel swears it could have been Chara who whispered it. 

 

She has been waiting one hundred and fifty years for those words, but they do not come from the being she expected. 

 

So, Toriel finds herself at a loss. For, she doesn’t know what to say upon being blessed with such an honest confession. 

 

“I-I … I only w-wanted to … I-I want to be w-wanted. I-Is that why I l-let it h-happen? I-I … I … I couldn’t f-fail. I c-couldn’t … They c-couldn’t be right. But, I-I let him. I let HIM! ” Mettaton’s voice breaks. 

 

Toriel presses her cheek to the crown of Mettaton’s head. She tries her best to become a shelter to keep the world out with Mettaton safe inside her arms. 

 

“No. You were tricked by someone who is used to twisting words up to hurt others, sweetheart. That is what occurred. It does not feel like it, but it is true. In our negligence, dear one, he almost succeeded in his horrible mission. We rarely gave you the benefit of seeing best intentions in your actions, and I am as guilty of that as any.” Toriel soothes. 

 

Then, she recalls the conversation about the paparazzi and the barrier around the school in either late October or early November. She finds that she cannot recall just when that occurred anymore. However, Toriel knows she could have listened better and been far less harsh in calling Mettaton’s teaching at her school something that would bolster his reputation amongst both his own people and his audience. As she recalls his reaction, her heart breaks. For, Mettaton had simply nodded his head and, with downcast eyes, said he understood why she felt that way. 

 

At the time, Toriel had felt that what she said was justified because Mettaton accepted her judgment. However, just days after she had told Mettaton he was only helping to improve his image, she considered that she may have been too harsh. 

 

Now, she understands his desires to aid in her endeavors, most especially with less fortunate human children. So often, it was Mettaton who discovered abuse, and made the calls to those that protect children from such horrors. There was a particular case of neglect that he reported to her and the authorities after which no one saw or heard from him for nearly a day. 

 

Toriel finds herself gently resting her cheek on top of the crown of Mettaton’s head as she rocks slower and more deliberately. 

 

“I have begun reflecting upon my … well … shall we say … less than kind words regarding your employment at the school. Whenever you are well, your job is awaiting you, if you wish for it back. We were never able to find anyone permanent to fill the position anyway,” Toriel says. 

 

Mettaton sobs into her chest and shakes his head. 

 

“I-I want to, L-Lady Toriel, but I-I shouldn’t.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Toriel finds herself rubbing Mettaton’s back rhythmically as she speaks. 

 

“We need you. You are wanted. You do not have to accept the offer. But, if you want it, why would you not? It would make you happy, would it not?” Toriel asks. 

 

Mettaton shakes his head again, and Toriel feels Mettaton trembling with tears. 

 

“Dear one, I am sure this is hard to hear after everything you’ve heard from us for so long. Unknowingly, we may have led you to believe that you mattered only a little to very few. In that way, we may have even … well … aided in what that horrible man wanted you to believe. But, my child, your absence … it would have been … and, I suppose, is yet, keenly felt. It is my hope that these words give you comfort, but they also give you something to consider. Perhaps, little one, consider that he was wrong.” Toriel assures. 

 

Mettaton wraps his arms around Toriel tightly as he burrows further into her shoulder. 

 

“I … I d-don’t know what to believe anymore. I don’t understand why I-I … I just want h-his approval even now. I-It makes no sense and I despise myself for wanting it.” Mettaton grits out. 

 

Toriel holds Mettaton tighter as he looks up at her. 

 

“B-But, all the s-same … I … I just want him to s-say I was good at what I did, that I knew something a-about music, o-or maybe that … th-that I c-could even b-be successful? It’s confusing because h-he always used to tell me that I-I had to be the star, the o-one who would carry all of us through, b-but … but … then he would c-comment on how I didn’t s-sound robotic e-enough as I f-fused further …” Mettaton rambles. 

 

Toriel lets Mettaton cling to her as his eyes lose focus in his current frantic state of being. She brings her paw around the back of Mettaton’s head and holds him in close as he continues to unburden himself of the nightmare he has clung to for far too long. 

 

“H-He … He told me that nothing I did w-would ever be good enough if he didn’t f-fix it. I … I-I couldn’t be t-trusted with my own w-words … lyrics … I-I suppose, rather. I-I just … what did I do wrong? I-I don’t … I-I don’t understand! I … I still w-want him to like me. I’m so pathetic, L-Lady Toriel! Why do I-I care? It feels wrong to c-care so much, but I … I-I can’t help it!” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Toriel has started to sway with Mettaton in her arms again. She doesn’t know exactly what to say, but she trusts that whatever she says will be better than nothing lest Mettaton misinterpret her silence. 

 

“There are many things that we feel that do not seem to make any sense at all. Your desires are not pathetic, dear one. You simply wish to be recognized for the hard work that you have done, what you have spent your life learning, and the craft that you have perfected over so long a time. That is much more than nothing, darling. That I promise.” Toriel murmurs. 

 

Mettaton continues weeping against her chest as Toriel tries to convey her love to him by deepening the pressure against Mettaton’s back. 

 

The two of them sit this way for a long while as Mettaton’s breathing slowly returns to something close to even. Yet, Toriel finds her mind wandering to all the things Mettaton has said to all of them. 

 

How are you Frisk, darling? I see you’re making top marks in all your classes you little star! 

 

My dear Dr. Alphys, you look lovely, and if you looked any better Undyne might implode. 

 

Lady Toriel, you look stunning this evening! Is there an occasion, or are you simply dressing for yourself? I for one hope it is the latter. 

 

Papyrus, dearest, regale me with all your work adventures, I know the toddlers were in today, and leave nothing out, my love. 

 

Toriel casts a glance down at Mettaton’s drawn face. His once put together facade has broken apart to reveal the disheveled Soul beneath. It is in this moment that Toriel sees that Dr. Alphys was correct in saying all of Mettaton’s progress had come about too quickly and felt much too forced. She is also struck by the fact for all the smiles and laughter he has provided none of it ever seemed to reach Mettaton himself, and she wonders if anyone has ever truly cared for him with the tenderness of a mother’s care. 

 

From what has been revealed to her today, Toriel doubts that he ever has. 

 

“You have done a lot of calling others ‘darling,’ have you not? Though, in all that time, I have inferred that there have been only a few that have called you their beloved. My child, you need not fear being claimed by me, by your Dr. Alphys, or by your Papyrus. You can be safe and sheltered here, dear one. We do not mind.” Toriel explains. 

 

Mettaton looks up at her as her paw glides further down his back. His pink eyes flicker with exhaustion as he gazes up at her. His face is pinched with some unnamable emotion before he embraces her tightly. 

 

“You are safe, my darling. You are so safe, my child. I am here. Let go of this fierceness for it does not suit you. Even humans are not well suited for it, though they do not know it.” Toriel murmurs. 

 

Mettaton nods into Toriel’s chest. 

 

“I’m afraid. I-I’m afraid if I let go there won’t be a-anything left, Lady Toriel.” Mettaton confesses. 

 

Toriel closes her eyes and breathes in Mettaton’s revelation that is so like a prayer. 

 

“My child, you must trust that we will not let you expire no matter how much you may feel as though you will crumble. So long as you wish to live, we will provide the hope, love, joy, and compassion you require, but you must open your Soul to receive it.” Toriel encourages. 

 

Mettaton once more looks up at her with wide eyes. 

 

“I … I feel as though h-he stole something from me that I … I can’t ever get back. I’m not sure my … it feels dirty to take things when I let him take from me.” Mettaton confides. 

 

His voice is so desperate and dark that Toriel almost feels his words like poisoned darts to her Soul.  

 

“Then, do not think of it as taking, my darling. You are receiving gifts freely given.” She whispers. 

 

Mettaton looks up at her a third time. He blinks furiously as he studies her face for any trace of a lie. 

 

“Can … Are they truly given, or am I m-making you give them? I … I don’t want … I can’t force you. I don’t want to f-force anyone to pity me.” Mettaton pleads. 

 

Toriel cups Mettaton’s cheek and brushes her paw through his hair. 

 

“You have asked for nothing. How can you force a thing you have never asked for, my child?” She counters. 

 

Mettaton looks like something in him has shattered. His face holds both fear and relief. He is both desperate and soothed. He is both confounded and comforted. 

 

“I … I don’t understand, Lady Toriel. I … I just … I don’t want to die. I … I can’t … I can’t hurt anyone, but I … I don’t know how to find it … h-how to find … my magic, my lady. It feels broken and … and I despise it.” Mettaton grits out. 

 

Toriel brushes Mettaton’s cheek with her paw and raises his chin higher so she can look into his eyes again. She rests her other paw over his chest, and she pours a piece of her love into him. 

 

She shares a memory with Mettaton. Toriel recalls cradling Chara on their first days in the Underground. She gives him the memory of her singing to them as they played with her fur. The new clothes Toriel and Asgore had chosen for Chara were drying over the back of a chair. Toriel had carefully packed Chara’s old petticoats and frocks away when the child asked for clothing like her son’s. 

 

Then, Toriel removes her hand as the light fades from it. 

 

“My child, there is only so much we can do to heal your magic. There are some wounds that only time can truly heal. But, we can ease the pain of it. When I could not heal my children of their own fatal wounds, I strove to become the most accomplished healer monster-kind had seen. No one, no human child or any monster would die again if I had a say in it. Let me make good in my gift, darling.” Toriel soothes. 

 

Mettaton leans into the paw that still rests on his cheek, and he nods. 

 

“It … I feel different. I am sorry for your loss, Lady Toriel.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Toriel’s Soul swells with the softness of Mettaton’s usually brash voice. 

 

“I wish to tell you something very important. I have longed for this conversation for many centuries. I have wanted to heal this wound for so long, and so desperately that I could never describe it to anyone. Yet, I did not know when, how, or even if it could ever come to pass. You have made it possible for me to … well … as silly as it seems … heal something in my past by giving it away. Though, I am afraid I am making little sense.” Toriel confesses. 

 

Mettaton leans into her chest. 

 

“I suppose … it doesn’t have to, Lady Toriel. I think … I suppose … nothing makes sense, does it?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Toriel can’t help but realize that Mettaton’s voice is painfully child-like and small as he fights breaks in his voice. 

 

“No. I suppose there is little on this side of the sky that makes much sense. Perhaps, the Angel may reveal their secrets to us when we become dust one day.” Toriel agrees. 

 

Mettaton hums lightly as his eyes flutter closed. 

 

“There have been … stranger occurrences, my lady.” He murmurs. 

 

Toriel smiles. 

 

“Rest, dear one. I have heard that it helps to rest. You will head that advice, will you not?” She encourages. 

 

Mettaton nods as he falls into a slightly more restful sleep than he had entered earlier. 

 

Toriel’s focus on Mettaton is only broken when the door creaks open to reveal Dr. Alphys and Papyrus. 

 

“I-I … err … w-we went for a w-walk. S-Sans … Sans insisted.” Dr. Alphys fumbles. 

 

Toriel smiles as the young doctor wrings her hands before continuing to speak. 

 

“I-I’m sorry. N-Nothing … err … b-bad happened right?” Dr. Alphys asks. 

 

Toriel sighs as she considers her words. 

 

“No. I do not think anything terrible occurred in the way you mean it, Dr. Alphys. However, I have discovered much that you may wish to know. His wounds run deep in his mind, as we had discussed the very first night of his confession more than a week ago. But, it is a delicate subject to discuss. I think it best that we wait to discuss it until after he is healed, and we three can have privacy.” Toriel explains. 

 

Dr. Alphys seems to consider Toriel’s words carefully before nodding her understanding. 

 

After several minutes of silence, Toriel finds her gaze drifting towards Papyrus. She has never known Papyrus to be so eerily silent. Yet, she sees how focused Papyrus is on the way Mettaton’s chest rises and falls in mechanical beats. Papyrus seems to study Mettaton as if Papyrus is attempting to memorize every bolt in Mettaton’s carefully crafted frame. Papyrus’ brow bone is furrowed in concentration as he steps forward to Mettaton’s side slowly. 

 

Toriel sees Papyrus’ hands glowing with a golden, silvery, and blue glow as he rests his hands on Mettaton’s injured knee. 

 

“You … You are also a healer, Papyrus?” Toriel asks. 

 

Papyrus blushes, and he nods mutely. 

 

Dr. Alphys looks over at Papyrus in awe. 

 

“I know you mentioned the ... err ... the o-other day that y-you could heal. But, y-you know that, o-outside of Boss M-Monsters, that is an e-extraordinarily r-rare magical gift, r-right? Even I, with all my m-medical training, c-can’t heal outright,” Dr. Alphys says. 

 

Papyrus nods again before releasing his hands. 

 

“i was afraid to fail so i did not try. but, i do not think i could cause harm. so, i thought i might attempt to help. though, i am not experienced enough to know if i have done anything of merit.” Papyrus confides. 

 

Toriel sees Dr. Alphys’ face light up. 

 

“W-Well, w-we can see.” She offers. 

 

Dr. Alphys flicks through files on her laptop, and she smiles as she turns around. 

 

“His l-leg is more stable for y-your efforts. I w-was a little worried about loose wires after his s-short circuits. B-But, I think y-you just repaired the q-questionable ones. A-And, if I’m reading this right, Toriel y-you must have attempted another healing earlier this evening. The DT dropped a-again which m-means that … err … in the next hour or two his magical filtration system is … um … g-going to r-reject the D-DT. But … err … a-at least I’m prepared this time.” Dr. Alphys explains. 

 

Papyrus beams, and Toriel realizes that she must be making a similar expression. 

 

However, Toriel notices that Dr. Alphys seems to be doing some sort of mental calculation as she looks at the graphs on her laptop. 

 

Then, Dr. Alphys sighs as she spins her chair around. 

 

“S-Sans says the filter is almost built. A-And, based on what I’m seeing in the g-graph, it looks like M-Mettaton’s Soul will be stable enough tomorrow to r-remove all the DT manually. It's not u-until recently that I ... err ... r-realized that could be a problem? Ugh ... focus. Focus, Alphys. All that t-to say ... um ... he’ll be pretty weakened by it. It’ll s-set some of the c-calibrating back a bit, but … still … I … I-I know it will be w-worth it to remove the D-D-DT before it has a chance to wreak more havoc on his Soul.” Dr. Alphys rambles. 

 

Toriel gently sets Mettaton back against the raised pillows. It is clear Mettaton is more comfortable and at peace due to her and Papyrus’ healing because he does not stir when she sets him down. 

 

Then, Toriel places a gentle hand on the young doctor’s knee. 

 

“We trust you in this. You know him well, and this is something that, through great loss, you have learned much of, have you not? And, if you have learned, trust to your learning.” Toriel whispers. 

 

Dr. Alphys looks at Toriel with a stunned expression. 

 

“I … um … err … I-I’ll … Yeah. I’ll try that. Th-Thanks.” Dr. Alphys fumbles.

 

Toriel can almost feel Dr. Alphys’ blush on her own face and, despite everything, it makes Toriel smile with a soft chuckle. 

 

“It is no trouble, dear Dr. Alphys. Frisk should be home soon, so I must take my leave,” Toriel says. 

 

She finds herself taking one final glance at Mettaton before she leaves. He is still sleeping peacefully, and it makes her Soul settle with some degree of serenity to see him at his rest. 

 

Toriel locks eyes with Asgore briefly as she descends the stairs. Then, she looks at Undyne. 

 

“I need to speak with Asgore privately for a moment. Please, play with Frisk and find a quiet way to entertain yourselves.” Toriel instructs. 

 

Undyne’s eye widens as she gives a quick nod. Then, Undyne leads Frisk into the family room while Toriel and Asgore enter the kitchen. 

 

“Tori … err … Toriel, what is it we need to discuss?” Asgore asks her. 

 

Toriel pulls out a chair and sits down, and Asgore follows suit. Before she can consider exactly how to tell Asgore what Mettaton confessed, the words tearfully tumble out of her. 

 

When she finishes explaining, she can see Asgore’s thinly concealed anger and his own grief displayed in the fiery blaze in his eyes. 

 

“I suppose that is why he was always so skittish around me when he was so brash and bright around others. We spent many an Angelmas together in the Wishing Room after he became famous. I often wondered if that was the only time he had truly and completely to himself. Perhaps, that was the only time he could be with his own thoughts. We almost never spoke. Our wishes were held close and were whispered only in the privacy of our Souls. I would have never once suspected that this was why.” Asgore growls. 

 

Toriel casts her gaze on her paws. 

 

“He must also hear from you what he heard from me. I suppose there may be time for you to talk with him at a later date. But, this is a burden he should never have had to bear. So far as he explained, the two that live amongst us, Napstablook and Maddie, are guiltless. It was their Elders that created the lie.” Toriel explains. 

 

Asgore hums his understanding. 

 

“So, there is no one left to prosecute that we know of, correct?” Toriel prompts. 

 

Asgore sighs deeply. 

 

“There will be no justice. No. So far as I have heard and discovered, there are no more surviving members of the Blook Clan … err … apart from the three that live among us.” Asgore confirms. 

 

Toriel squeezes her eyes shut in frustration before looking to Asgore. 

 

“Then, we must be justice.” She whispers. 

 

Asgore reaches slowly for her paw, and Toriel lets him take it. He squeezes it tightly with his own. The ferocity for recompense can be felt in his grasp. She clasps his hand and shakes it. It is a silent agreement, and it would have been business-like, if they had not hugged afterwards. 

 

“I do not love you as I once did, Asgore. But, I have missed this ... this understanding. You are the only other that understands this loss. You are the only other that could comprehend what this means.” Toriel confesses. 

 

Asgore nods silently. 

 

“I understand, Toriel. You have already given me more these last months than I have hoped for this past century. It feels … well … I cannot seem to find another word but ‘good’ … to … err … share in this heartache.” Asgore agrees. 

 

Toriel smiles and rises. 

 

“I cannot keep Frisk waiting much longer, lest they ask more questions than I feel comfortable answering,” Toriel says. 

 

Asgore nods and turns to begin making tea. 

 

Toriel finds Undyne and Frisk deep in a game of Mario Kart. She observes them both as the two of them are lost in their game. She notices that Undyne is biting her lip hard to keep from cursing too aggressively. However, Toriel chuckles as she hears Undyne fail to bite back a few colorful words when Frisk throws some sort of obstacle at Undyne’s character. 

 

Once the race is finished, Toriel makes her presence known. Undyne offers Toriel a controller, but Toriel declines. She finds that she is more than content to watch the two of them play.

 

Frisk looks at Toriel with a sideways glance once before happily returning to their game. 

 

Suddenly, after a few rounds of play, a cup of tea appears at Toriel’s elbow. 

 

Toriel looks up and finds that Asgore has seated himself on the opposite side of the room. 

 

She looks down at the cup before raising it to her lips and giving Asgore a soft smile of her own. Toriel finds that her Soul is truly at peace. For, perhaps, she and Asgore truly can aid Mettaton in feeling as though he is not a curse, but merely someone just like every other monster born into this side of the sky. 

Notes:

Chapter Highlights:

Toriel reflects on Alphys', Papyrus', and Mettaton's dynamic and the nature of their relationships. She concludes that something good has to come out of the grief of this situation because of what came from her own grief after the death of Chara and Asriel.

Mettaton reveals the full details to Toriel, Alphys, and Papyrus of what he has been blamed for as "The Curse."

Toriel offers to comfort Mettaton so that Alphys and Papyrus can spend some time processing what they've learned.

As Toriel and Mettaton sit together, Toriel reflects on how much Mettaton's confessions could have been Chara's.

Toriel offers Mettaton his position as music teacher back if he wants it. This sparks a conversation about the extent of Mettaton's manager's gaslighting. This leads Toriel and Mettaton to discuss why Mettaton may still want his manager's approval even if it doesn't make much sense.

Toriel provides Mettaton some healing by sharing a memory with him.

After Papyrus and Alphys return, Papyrus' healing abilities are discovered, and Alphys explains a bit more about what removing the DT might look like/ cause.

Toriel and Asgore discuss what Mettaton revealed earlier that day. Both Toriel and Asgore resolve to provide their own absolutions of Mettaton's guilt in the coming year.

Toriel and Asgore observe Frisk and Undyne playing video games, and the two of them share a moment of silent reconciliation.

***
Dearest Readers,

I must once again share my regrets in updating so slowly. The Holidays snuck up on me, and I've been scrambling pretty much the last month or so to get ready. Toddlers are quite a bit of work around the hustle and bustle of this "festive time" as it were.

That said, I hope you all had a festive set of winter holidays, and that you are finding time to rest between now and the New Year.

I am very, very much so hoping to have "Angelmas," as a chapter, coincide with our own New Years/ early January, but I hope you will all pardon me if that doesn't happen. We have one more chapter before the fluff/angst/falling action of the final 3-4 chapters before we hit the next major arc of the story running.

I am so excited to introduce some new human characters to the story in a big way. I've been drafting and messing around with the order of some of the chapters to make everything just right for those introductions. This is the first fic in which OCs have comprised any significant portion of the story. However, I think the new characters will add a little bit of depth to Ebott as a city as well as enhancing some of the relationships, character dynamics, and themes of the story.

I'm putting some final touches on the "Angel"/ Monster creation myth lore and, if you like star-science, I guarantee you'll enjoy that bit.

Thanks for being patient with me as polish things up and set the board for the next parts of the story.

Cheers,
Pip

Chapter 27: Let us Run from Anger, and Catch Us When We Fal

Summary:

A Christmas movie causes Frisk to reflect on their past, their present, and devise plans for the future. The seeds of forgiveness are planted in Undyne and Alphys' relationship as Undyne offers her strength in more ways than one.

Notes:

TW:
Injury Recovery
DT Poisoning depicted as seen in previous chapters (Specifically PTSD flashbacks and memory distortions)

*** Title is from lyrics of “Bless Us All” from The Muppets’ Christmas Carol

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Asgore informs Frisk early the next morning that they will not be venturing out into the city that day because Sans has requested Undyne, and potentially Asgore’s help, with lifting some of the heavier pieces of equipment. Apparently, Sans trusts Asgore’s gentle precision and Undyne’s strength more than his own gravity magic in the final finer tuning of the machinery. 

 

Thus, Frisk finds themselves curled up in their room with Flowey on their nightstand. 

 

Frisk flops back against their pillows for the third time in less than five minutes. They find that they are simply unable to concentrate on reading because their brain is just a bit too full to make sense of the usually comforting presence of written words. 

 

They reach over and grab their tablet, and they plug it into the wall causing it to whir to life. 

 

Flowey looks curiously at the tablet, and Frisk pulls him in close to their side without a second thought. After a moment, Frisk finds a smile spread across their face when Flowey does not protest at being moved closer. 

 

Frisk finds themselves flicking absentmindedly through a few apps of streaming services. They don’t see anything that suits their fancy on Netflix, or Apple TV, or Hulu, or even on HBO. 

 

Yet, a wider grin spreads across their face as they open Disney +. They see some of Mary’s old favorite Christmas films on their recommended movie list. 

 

Frisk clicks on The Muppets’ Christmas Carol, and they find themselves lost in the silly songs and bright costumes. 

 

As the Marley’s appear in all their chains, Flowey’s eyes widen in glee. He giggles at the lyrics and the singing boxes of money. Though, after a moment, he grows suddenly, and eerily, somber. 

 

Frisk pauses the movie to look at Flowey. 

 

Why. Stop. Laughing? 

 

Flowey looks at Frisk. 

 

“Well, it was kind of funny at first, buUuUT … then … then it wasn’t.” Flowey states, skirting the question. 

 

Frisk huffs in frustration causing their bangs to flutter in the puff of air. 

 

Explain. 

 

Flowey sighs. 

 

“Well, a greedy asshole is being haunted by ghosts. Doesn’t that sound like something we all wish could happen?” Flowey grumbles. 

 

Frisk’s eyes widen at Flowey’s interpretation of the movie. 

 

Guess. Didn’t. Think.

 

Frisk pauses to stretch their fingers and think about their next words.

 

True. Makes. Sense.

 

Frisk finds themselves pouting before signing. 

 

Hate. It.

 

Then, they rock their head from side to side before conceding to sign. 

 

Makes. Sense.

 

Frisk finds themselves involuntarily patting Flowey’s petals after they finish signing. 

 

Flowey humphs as he pulls away from Frisks’ affection before brushing himself off. 

 

“See what you’re doing to me!? I’m getting sappy!” He shouts. 

 

Frisk bites their lip before a huge grin spreads across their face. 

 

“No! NooOOOO! Do not say what you’re thinking! I’m thinking it now too, and I hate it!” Flowey moans. 

 

Sappy. Like. Plant?

 

Flowey groans loudly as Frisk giggles and resumes the movie. 

 

After Scrooge returns home from the visions of his past, Frisk pauses the movie again.  

 

Flowey. Why. Resets. Not. Work. On. Surface? 

 

Frisk turns their attention to Flowey as he blinks at them owlishly. He opens and closes his mouth several times before he sighs deeply. 

 

“I actually don’t really have an answer for you, kid. I suppose, becAuSe there are soOoOo many humans on the Surface, everyone’s DETERMINATION gets tangled up in each others. So, there’s … well … interference … ya know … like a radio? Humans are weird. Each one has a primary trait of their own, not all of them can reset even. However, I’d say DETERMINATION radio interference would be my best guess?” Flowey mutters. 

 

Frisk looks at Flowey for a long time before they nod their understanding. 

 

“It’s a question for Alphys or Sans not me.” Flowey admits. 

 

Frisk nods slowly again. They look at the wall just over their tablet before looking back at Flowey. 

 

Wish. They. Still. Worked. Might. Fix. Things. 

 

Flowey sighs. 

 

“Frisk, look. HoOoOoOw many times do I hAaAve to I tell you? Resets wouldn’t work like that anyway. You can’t tell people the future! It just doesn’t work.” Flowey remarks. 

 

Frisk glares at him. 

 

Want. It. Work. That. Way. 

 

Flowey rolls his eyes. 

 

“Wishing and wanting doesn’t matter! It. Won’t. Work. So, just suck it up!” Flowey shouts. 

 

Frisk feels their eyes swelling with tears. They find themselves getting overwhelmed and frustrated with Flowey’s lack of understanding. They don’t care that it won’t work. They just want to dream about a world in which they could make things better by going back and resetting on the Surface. It’s a nice fantasy even if it is only an escape from the grim reality they find themselves forced to accept. 

 

Suddenly, Frisk feels Flowey leaning into them. 

 

“Look. Frisk, I’ve been thinking about this, and I … I wish it could work too. But, we … contrary to popular belief … can’t just wish. We have to do something. It’s the curse of DETERMINATION. You don’t wish. You do, ” Flowey says. 

 

Frisk wipes their eyes and looks down at Flowey before nodding their understanding. 

 

Dream. Nice. Need. It. Otherwise. Sad. 

 

Flowey doesn’t respond except to shake his head slowly and grumble incoherently to himself. 

 

He doesn’t have to understand. I just … I need to pretend somewhere, in some other place, in some other world, this never happened. 

 

Frisk sighs at the thought before restarting the movie on the tablet. 

 

A soft smile spreads across Frisk’s face as they recall Mary’s father’s warm voice singing along with the Ghost of Christmas Present. He had been placing sugar cookies in the oven while Mary’s mother made fresh icing in multitudes of colors for Frisk and Mary to decorate the cookies. 

 

Mom’s kitchen in the Ruins smelled just like Mary’s house. It smelled sweet like hot chocolate, cinnamon, and home. 

 

Frisk wonders if they’ll ever see Mary and her family again one day. They miss them, and Frisk knows, without a shadow of a doubt, that Mom would adore Mary and her parents. 

 

I wonder if Mary still wears her red curls tied back in those fun colored headbands and scarves? I wonder if her glasses are still funny colors. Does she still have freckles? When I give my speech this summer, will she find me on the news and get in touch again? Does she forgive me for the headmaster confiscating her contact information so I couldn’t communicate with her? 

 

Frisk is pulled from their thoughts by Robin the Frog, as Tiny Tim, singing. 

 

life is full of sweet surprises

every day's a gift

the sun comes up

and i can feel it lift my spirit

fills me up with laughter

fills me up with song

i look into the eyes of love

and know that i belong

 

Frisk blinks slowly at the words. After meeting their new family and learning about monster culture, the concept of love has taken on a new meaning. 

 

Prior to meeting their family, love, if it was anything to Frisk, was just a feeling. It was the happy fuzzy butterflies in the pit of their stomach when their friends succeeded. It was the warmth in their cheeks when someone gave them a genuine compliment. It was the relaxation that spread through them when they read, doodled, danced, and played. 

 

However, Frisk has come to understand, in these last few months, that love is far more than a feeling. The feelings that stem from love are merely the way love’s power manifests. 

 

Frisk has come to discover that love can be the power that healing magic creates. Love makes protective spells that bar those with hatred in their hearts from entering safe spaces. Love binds and strengthens magical relationships in ways Frisk is only starting to understand. 

 

For, Love is the life force of every SOUL, human and monster alike. 

 

let us always

love each other

lead us to the light

let us hear the

voice of reason

singing in the night

let us run from anger

and catch us when we fall

teach us in our dreams

and please, yes please-

bless us one and all

 

Frisk draws their knees up to their chest as Kermit, Piggy, and Robin harmonize with each other and move around the room. It’s not lost on Frisk that Robin, as he is playing Tiny Tim, uses a crutch to walk. 

 

However, it is upon seeing Tiny Tim's crutch that Frisk remembers something else. It’s a completely different movie, but their eyes widen. 

 

They quickly grab a pen and paper off the desk and scribble - 

 

Is Ton-Ton’s body based on the Muppets’ John Silver!? Will watch next. 

 

Frisk sets the paper down on their nightstand as the song finishes. There is something that seems to resonate deep within them about the request to “reach for you and stand tall.” It is as though the words settle within their SOUL and take root there. The rooting is not painful like the time Flowey blasted Frisk with his thorns. No. These roots nestle into them until their whole heart grows and rearranges in a way they have not felt since they aided Asriel in breaking the barrier. 

 

"spirit tell me if tiny tim will live?"  

"that is the future. my realm is the present. however, i see a vacant seat by the chimney corner and a crutch without an owner. if these shadows remain unaltered, i believe the child will die. but, what then? if he's going to die, he'd better do it and decrease the surplus population."

 

Frisk feels those lines in their stomach. It is as though those words sucks the air out of their lungs. 

 

Frisk has heard a lot of things these past months that they sometimes wish they hadn’t heard at all. But, they never really knew how to process what they've heard without revealing the full extent of their eavesdropping habit. 

 

… 

 

“He’s a menace, Lady Toriel. He’s such an ass sometimes, and he seriously doesn’t think about what he says before he says it. Are you sure you think he’s good with kids? ” Undyne asks. 

 

Frisk pouts from their spot on the loveseat next to the door of the kitchen. They know very well who Undyne is talking about because it isn’t exactly like Undyne is trying to hide her disdain for Mettaton. 

 

Undyne, as usual, is also kind of shouting. 

 

“Keep your voice down, Undyne, dear. Frisk is just in the next room, and I know they care for him deeply. So, try to be kind.” Toriel sighs for the fifth time in the conversation. 

 

“That’s another thing. Are you sure Frisk should be spending time with him? Like, what if they pick up on his bad habits?” Undyne whispers, though loudly. 

 

Frisk humphs to themselves again. They sit on their hands to keep themselves from getting up and bursting through the door, signing furiously. 

 

“Like I said, Undyne, I do not wish to keep Frisk from the friends that they have made. I also have not seen anything unsavory about him in the time I have known him.” Toriel counters. 

 

Frisk’s heart gives a little leap of hope. 

 

“You don’t really know him. Trust me. I’ve met him a bunch of times with Alphys Underground. I know what he’s like. He’s annoying. He’s arrogant. He’s borderline narcissistic most of the time! He’ll prove he doesn’t give one fuck about any of us eventually. Mark my words. Once his career takes off, he’ll be gone for good, and he’ll take poor Shyren and Napsta with him.” Undyne rants. 

 

Frisk gasps, but they bite their lip tight between their teeth. They know, without any shadow of a doubt, that it would spell disaster to get caught listening now. 

 

“Well, I suppose that is something only time will tell. Though, I shall take what you have said into consideration,” Toriel says. 

 

Frisk’s heart falls. However, they have no idea what to do. They know they can’t argue with Mom later without revealing that they heard the conversation, but it leaves an ache in their heart not to defend their friend. However, they comfort themselves with the thought that, eventually, they’ll find a way to sing Ton-ton’s praises. 

 

Though, Frisk wonders if Ton-ton will find a way to prove himself. 

 

 

Frisk closes their eyes through the scene with the Ghost of Christmas Future. They can’t bare to see the Cratchit’s house so void of the love and laughter. It reminds them far too much of the way things have been lately here in their own home with their own family. 

 

I remember everyone who leaves, and I remember everything I’ve lost. I just don’t want to lose it all again. 

 

Despite not watching, the words of the scene still strike Frisk deep in their SOUL. They feel the tears dripping down their cheeks. 

 

"it-it's a spot on the hill… where you can see the ducks on the river. tiny tim …"

"tiny tim always loved … watching the ducks on the river." 

 

Frisk can almost feel the park bench where they spent many Wednesday afternoons and evenings with Mettaton. Frisk remembers how he smiled watching the wildlife on the small pond at the park some days. As sad as it is to think of, Frisk wonders if Alphys would have allowed Frisk to spread some of Ton-ton’s dust on that bench that overlooked the pond so Ton-ton could also watch the ducks. 

 

Flowey leans into Frisk’s side. 

 

“This is a teEeErrible movie! Why do you like this?” Flowey sing songs. 

 

Frisk glares at him through their tears. 

 

Sad. Good. Lesson. Pretty. Music. Perfect. Movie. Tears. Nice. Sometimes. 

 

Flowey just shakes his petals at Frisk and rolls his eyes. 

 

Frisk smiles tearfully as the movie ends, and they lean back against the pillows while the credits roll. As they look up at the ceiling, they can’t help thinking about the different reactions their friends and family would have to the story, songs, and silliness in this movie. 

 

Frisk can’t help but think about how Alphys would want to know about the mechanics of the puppeteering and the special effects. Sans would like the jokes and silly puns. Papyrus would enjoy the bright colors and the easy to follow plot. Mom would adore the characters and the message. Asgore would love Christmas Present in particular. Undyne would be into Christmas Future because he’s creepy. Blooky might like seeing some real positive ethereal representation in human media. 

 

However, Frisk wonders if Mettaton might understand that they don’t see him as Scrooge at all. For, in Frisk’s mind at least, Mettaton isn’t someone who needs “saving” from greed, arrogance, or anything. Instead, Frisk wishes that Ton-ton might see himself in the joy Tiny Tim brings to those who love him, and the insight Tiny Tim freely gives. 

 

Frisk smiles as they file this movie away in their mind as one to watch whenever the family has their postponed Gryftmas. 

 

Then, Frisk goes back to their home menu to start their next movie. 

 

I kind of forget how this movie goes. Mary and I only watched it once before her move. 



********

 

Undyne gently opens the door just a crack to see how things are going. She, Asgore, and Sans are finally done with Sans’ contraption. She doesn’t understand how it works at all, but she doesn’t care. All Undyne knows is that the sooner they can get that sucker hooked up the sooner they can put this hell behind them. 

 

As she enters the room, she can see that Mettaton is in the throws of another short circuit. 

 

Papyrus catches Undyne’s eye after a few seconds, and Undyne can see the physical exhaustion in Papyrus. She takes a breath and puts a hand on Papyrus’ shoulder. 

 

“You need me to take over, or are you good?” She asks. 

 

“i am fine. but, you do not need to exile yourself, you know? perhaps, he might like to hear your voice.” Papyrus prompts. 

 

Undyne swallows hard. She hasn’t seen Mettaton like this until he began eliminating the DT from his system three days ago. Despite seeming more comfortable with Papyrus and Alphys, Undyne knows that Papyrus is right. 

 

For, truly, Mettaton had really seemed to appreciate her presence and her strength that morning. 

 

“Hey, space heater. It’s gonna be okay. You’re okay. We’re all okay. This sucks. I know it sucks ass, dude. You just let us take care of this, ‘kay? Let us take care of it. Let it pass.” Undyne encourages. 

 

Undyne looks at Alphys who is silently looking at her watch while stroking Mettaton’s hair with her other claw. 

 

“O-One and a half minutes …” Alphys mumbles. 

 

Mettaton jolts again. Undyne can’t quite make out Mettaton’s face through the curtain of dark hair that seems to fly in every direction. She wonders if there isn’t static electricity in his hair. 

 

The only thing Undyne can think of after that is how much pain Mettaton must be in when these attacks happen. 

 

“Shhh … Shhh … you’re alright. We gotcha. We gotcha, Mer. You’re safe. Come on back to us, bud. Just breathe, ‘kay? Breathe.” Undyne murmurs. 

 

Suddenly, Mettaton drops almost completely limp. Though, Undyne notices, Mettaton is breathing hard, and he is crying. 

 

“One minute, forty-five s-seconds. Log that Papyrus, p-please.” Alphys instructs. 

 

Like a wordless and well-oiled machine, Papyrus stands and types the numbers into Alphys’ computer as Alphys gently takes one of Mettaton’s hands. 

 

“I’m here. I-I’m here. Y-You’re safe. Undyne is h-here now, too. I’m not sure y-you heard her, but she was t-talking to you. She’s here to keep y-you safe now too. I-I know this part is really stressful and confusing. C-Can you talk to us?” Alphys asks, gently. 

 

Mettaton tries his best to stop crying long enough to speak, but he can’t quite seem to get the words out. 

 

“Breathe, space heater. We gotcha. Deep breaths.” Undyne murmurs. 

 

Mettaton reaches up searching for something. Suddenly, it dawns on Undyne that Mettaton might be looking for her hand. 

 

Undyne takes the outstretched hand without a second thought. Then, Mettaton grips it as he wheezes. 

 

You know the drill dude. That’s right. Give me and Alphy everything ya got. 

 

Undyne feels the moment Mettaton’s grip on her hand intensifies for just a moment before loosening a little. 

 

“Keep breathing, bud. You got this. Breathe. Squeeze my hand again, just like you were doing. You okay?” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton nods as he takes another shaky breath. 

 

“H’rd to … to c’me … c’me back … c-core … ‘s … ‘s tight.” Mettaton pants. 

 

Alphys lets go of Mettaton’s hand in favor of gently brushing his hair out of his face. Undyne can see how tightly Mettaton’s eyes are closed now that the curtain of hair has been moved. His upper lip is pulled back in a grimace as he winces with each breath. 

 

“Ton-ton, w-we’re going to breathe together. I’m going to b-braid back your hair wh-while we count. O-Okay?” Alphys asks. 

 

Alphys begins gently looping strands of Mettaton’s hair into small braids. They unwind nearly as fast as Alphys can braid them, but Undyne realizes that Alphys uses the three strands of hair to physically keep time as she counts. 

 

“I-In. One. T-Two. Three. Out. One. T-Two. Th-Three. Four. Five. Six. Great j-job, Ton-ton. Again …” Alphys whispers. 

 

As Alphys counts slowly, Undyne gently runs her thumb over Mettaton’s fingers. She watches his breathing begin to regulate as she brings her other hand up under his wrist. Then, she turns his arm and begins tracing little spears on it. She watches Mettaton’s face as she does this, and Undyne smiles. 

 

Mettaton is smiling. 

 

“Sp … Spear Ma’den of … the … Riddermark … a-aptly … n’med,” Mettaton says. 

 

Despite the slurred nature of his speech, Mettaton half snorts at his own joke. 

 

Alphys looks up at Undyne with a genuine and relieved smile. In Alphys’ gaze, Undyne sees something akin to that same spark that they shared when talking about Alphys’ experiments and her time as Royal Scientist. For the first time in these last days since their spat, Undyne sees forgiveness in Alphys’ eyes. 

 

Undyne squeezes Mettaton’s hand and wrist gently as the impact of what has begun hits her. In following her instinct to protect all of monster-kind from injustice, she has begun to regain Alphys’ trust. 

 

Is … Is that what she loves about me? My justice? I … I wasn’t … I wasn’t very just. Was I? Forget the movie. I haven’t been just in my judgements of MTT in a long time. 

 

Undyne closes her eye as she squeezes Mettaton’s hand again. 

 

Then, she is suddenly reminded why she came in here in the first place. 

 

“Hey, MTT, Alphy, Russ … err … Russ, your brother’s done. The … um … doohickey … the machine for clearing out the stuff is ready.” Undyne fumbles.  

 

Alphys sighs in relief before turning to Mettaton. 

 

“Ton-ton, y-you ready? I … I’m thinking … j-just to be safe that I-I … I-I’m gonna magically sedate you again. Is … Is that okay?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton looks at Alphys for a long time. He turns his head so Undyne cannot see his face. 

 

However, despite speaking softly, Undyne can hear what he says. 

 

“Will … W-Will I embarrass myself again, darling?” He pleads. 

 

Undyne’s Soul jolts within her. She knows that, at least partially, the jolt is one of relief at how coherent and like himself Mettaton sounds. However, mostly, Undyne just aches that Mettaton's first thought is about embarrassing himself. 

 

Alphys looks up at Undyne to see if she heard what Mettaton said. 

 

“Um … I wasn’t exactly th-there when you first w-woke up last time. But, f-from what Undyne told me, y-you weren’t embarrassing the first time.” Alphys assures. 

 

Undyne finally gets the courage to speak at Alphys’ prompting. 

 

“You didn’t, space heater. I promise. You were … err … zonked. But, you weren’t embarrassing! Trust me. I’ve been way more embarrassing drunk than you were coming out of sedation, dude.” Undyne promises. 

 

She means every word of what she says. The strangest thing he said was that he thought about giving Papyrus kisses, or something like that, and he asked her to sing. She thinks that maybe asking her to sing was a little weird, but it certainly wasn’t something he should be ashamed of. If she is honest with herself, she actually kind of enjoyed singing for him. 

 

Mettaton’s sigh breaks the silence. 

 

“You’ll be here … right, Phy? You’ll be here when I wake up?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Undyne sees Alphys smile sadly. 

 

“Yup. I-I’ll be right here. Don’t you worry.” Alphys promises. 

 

Mettaton’s shoulders release some of the tension there. 

 

“And … And I won’t feel anything?” He asks. 

 

Undyne sees Alphys smile as she shakes her head gently. Undyne watches as Alphys presses a kiss to Mettaton’s fingers. 

 

“N-No. No, silly, y-you won’t feel anything. That’s … err … that’s k-kind of the point.” Alphys smiles. 

 

Mettaton seems to consider this new information as his shoulders release all of their lingering tension. Undyne can almost hear the metal bolts loosen in a soft huff of steam that Undyne is sure Papyrus can also hear.

 

 “Just … Just make it quick, if you can, darling.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Undyne sees some kind of unreadable emotion pass over Alphys’ face. Alphys’ eyes swell with tears as she leans forward and hugs Mettaton gently around the neck. 

 

Immediately, Mettaton drops Undyne’s hand in favor of wrapping both arms around Alphys. 

 

Undyne doesn’t hear what Alphys says. She doesn’t see Alphys’ lips moving. Yet, she imagines many of things that Alphys might say. 

 

I will. I p-promise. 

 

Y-You’re worth fixing. 

 

Y-You’re so brave. 

 

I w-won’t let anything bad happen to y-you. 

 

Y-You won’t fall down. I-I won’t let y-you. 

 

Undyne watches as Alphys breaks the embrace. There is something about the way she looks at Mettaton that Undyne can’t quite understand. Alphys, for as long as Undyne has known her, looks at Mettaton like he’s younger than both Undyne and Alphys. 

 

However, Mettaton is two-hundred years old. So, that math doesn’t work out. 

 

Fluffybuns' girl, those Blooks, they’ve got their own ways. Ghosts have got their own customs. They age slow, and they don’t associate with many outside themselves. They don’t choose anythin’, they don't taste anythin', they don't even really do much of anythin' - they just are. So far as I know, anyway. Ya might trade with ‘em, maybe, if they let’cha.  Though, I s'ppose most of 'em have gone off to be training dummies fer the Guard. There ain't many left really. But, the ones that are left are mostly solitary folk. Ya do best to remember that. However, there is this one thing that’s always intrigued me, Fluffybuns' girl. Ya know what it is? There’s one of ‘em that has a beautiful little voice. If you stay real, real quiet at night the Angel might bless ya to hear it. 

 

It’s as though the weight of every child she’s ever bench pressed falls on her at once. For, Undyne suddenly remembers something very important from Gerson’s lessons. 

 

Until last February, Mettaton wouldn’t have been considered of age by his own people. 

 

Before Undyne can process that thought further, she feels Alphys’ claw on her shoulder and it shakes her from her thoughts. 

 

“‘Dyne, can you tell Sans we’re ready in here?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne nods slowly and leaves the room to go find Sans in the basement. 

 

She takes the steps carefully, and the smell of soot and burned wood hits her as it does every time she has descended the stairs since last week. 

 

“I’ll … uh … help ya clean this up when all this is over.” Undyne offers. 

 

Sans looks up at her with a smile and a thumbs up. 

 

“sounds good,” he says. 

 

Then, he looks her over. Undyne knows what’s coming before Sans opens his mouth. 

 

“what’s got ya so shaken up? MTT doin’ okay?” Sans asks. 

 

Undyne rubs a hand over her face as she lets out a disgruntled sigh. 

 

“MTT’s about the same as before. I just … I realized something I probably should have remembered a long, long time ago. And … A-And, there are a lot of things I have to say that … well, that I don’t know how to say.” Undyne confesses. 

 

Sans seems to consider this for a moment. 

 

“ya just realized how old MTT really is, and was, i take it?” Sans asks. 

 

Undyne blinks mutely for a moment before she releases another deep sigh. She scrubs her hands through her hair. 

 

“I … I just … I get why Alphys didn’t think I trusted her. Because ... Because I certainly didn’t trust her when she told me I should give MTT a pass. I know why she couldn’t tell me outright. She didn’t want to out him ‘till he was ready to let people know. I respect that … deeply. I just … I wish I had trusted her. I dunno … he and I … we coulda had a book club. We could have played music together. Maybe … oh fuck, I dunno … if I’d hung out with him more, maybe I wouldn’t be so afraid of taking Alphy dancing. And … a-and …” 

 

Undyne bites her lip hard enough to taste a little dust. 

 

“and, ya wonder, if all of that had happened, if we’d be here right now?” Sans asks. 

 

Undyne nods. She doesn’t trust her voice not to waiver. She simply squeezes herself tight and finally releases her lip. 

 

Sans gives her a sympathetic smile. 

 

“seems ta me like ya already know what ya wanna say. and, i think ya owe it ta yourself ta see how those words are received. from what i see, the hardest thing is gonna be showing al that you’re gonna take what ya learned ta heart. but, on MTT’s end? i think ya might have a harder time convincing him that ya were wrong than anythin' else. no shit. no jokes,” Sans says. 

 

Undyne nods wordlessly as she soaks in what Sans says. 

 

“Sans? We’ve always been honest and straight up with each other. No sugar coating this. Will … Will MTT ever … ya know … recover? Or … Or will he be like …” Undyne trails off. 

 

The unspoken “you” rises between the two of them like a tidal wave. It crashes loudly into the silence, and it destroys any remaining pretense that recovery might be quick or painless. For, logically, both of them knew the recovery has already been long, painful, and full of ebbs and flows. However, before this moment, Undyne still held some hope that Sans’ contraption might be a magic bullet of some sort. 

 

Now, that hope is merely dust in the wind. 

 

“nah. he won’t be like me. but, it’s gonna take somethin’ special and … and al and i talked about this … it’s gonna take somethin’ … hmmm … how ta put this … creative? creative, as in makin' somethin', ta really break him out of the weakness.” Sans explains. 

 

Undyne nods. Sans’ explanation lives in that weird place where news is not as bad and still, somehow, not as good as a monster once thought. 

 

Sans scratches the back of his skull while he continues speaking. 

 

“ya remember how al was before the two of ya started talking? ya know how she’d have days that were awesome, and she’d just nerd out and be herself? the days where she'd give good advice and have a clear head? ya know, like this last week or so? but, then, awhile later she wouldn’t hardly talk to ya, and we had her on watch ta prevent ... well ya know ... from happenin'?” Sans asks. 

 

Undyne shudders at the reminders of those first days on the Surface when they were all in the same room sleeping. Alphys would wake up screaming sometimes. 

 

And, ‘Dyne, who was the one who came to her first almost every time? 

 

Then, when she and Alphys moved in together, things started changing, mostly for the better, much faster than Undyne expected. 

 

But, that’s not to say every day was a good day either. 

 

They still aren’t. 

 

When she crashes, who will she go to? I just … Angel, please, for Alphy’s sake, please let her trust me enough to lean on me?

 

Finally, Undyne finds enough strength to simply say. 

 

“How could I forget?” 

 

Sans looks up at the ceiling before scratching another spot at the back of his skull in concentration. 

 

“‘s gonna be like that. he'll ... he's gonna have days like that.” He says, simply. 

 

Undyne’s shoulders sag under the weight of that information. She remembers the texts on the group chat she had with Sans and Mettaton. 

 

Alphy’s having a low day. 

 

She’s on a watch day today. It's a bad one.

 

Today is better. Thanks. 

 

Alphys caught a glimpse of the candle on the table. Bad day. Called into work kind of bad day. 

 

Undyne remembers the little presents that ended up on the doorstep with notes handwritten in pink gel pen. Alphys would take the treats, trinkets, and notes and laugh for hours at them. 

 

“He communicates in w-ways that make sense to him. Being ph-physically present doesn’t come naturally to h-him. I’ve learned that. He’s a wr-written word kind of guy. H-He always has been. It’s why he likes m-music. Poetry. L-Lyrics. Th-They mean things to him that I-I … hehe … that I-I could never quite understand. H-He teased me for it. But … hehehe … I-I used to tease him about needing his m-mechanical hands to understand n-numbers bigger than five.”

 

Undyne bites her lip. Though, she worries it much softer this time. Her one eye swells with tears as she lets her mind wander. 

 

If it wasn’t for all this, would we have sent him silly gift baskets on his watch days? Would we have sent him positive thoughts? Would we text him? Call him? Who would have thought to sit with him and hold his hands like I did with Alphy? No one. Because … didn’t Alphy say he already tried to … to die?

 

Sans grabs Undyne’s hand, and he squeezes it. Undyne can see that she and Sans silently share the same thoughts. 

 

Undyne clears her throat before breaking the silence. 

 

“One … One last question, then I’ll carry that thing up for ya,” Undyne says. 

 

Sans raises an eye socket. 

 

“How do we show him it’s okay … ya know … to lose it around us … like Alphy did? How do we help him on his watch days?” Undyne asks. 

 

Sans squints a little as he purses his jaw bones. 

 

“well, he really likes flowers.” Sans offers. 

 

Undyne smiles a little at Sans’ simple suggestion. She nods before turning her back on Sans and walking towards the machine. As Undyne squats down to pick up the machine, she wipes a single tear from her eye. Then, she steels herself and gently lifts Sans’ contraption. 

 

“Ready when you are, dude,” Undyne says. 

 

Sans gives her a thumbs up and opens the door. 

 

The trek up the stairs isn’t hard. The filter that Sans made is actually far lighter than Mettaton, and Undyne has carried him up and down the stairs at least twice. However, Undyne knows Sans doesn’t trust himself to carry much of anything that's heavier than a box of cereal, and Undyne is well more than willing to be the pack mule. 

 

It makes her feel useful. 

 

However, any semblance of peace and usefulness dissipates as soon as Undyne enters the room. For, screaming greets both Undyne and Sans upon entry. 

 

Sans’ eyes go immediately to Papyrus. Undyne’s goes to finding a safe place to set down the machine. Then, she looks at Papyrus too. 

 

Papyrus’ hands are glowing gently with healing magic while his face is pinched with concern and concentration in equal measure. 

 

Undyne watches Sans take a step back and shove his hands deep in his pockets. As much as Sans is still concerned about Papyrus, Undyne can tell that Sans doesn’t want to break Papyrus’ concentration. There is trust in Sans and Papyrus’ relationship that has never once been there before. 

 

More than trust even. Sans respects Papyrus's power. That's ... that's new for all of us, I guess. 

 

Before Undyne can follow up on that thought, Mettaton screams again. 

 

“I … I-I DON'T WANT YOU HERE! JUST ... JUST LEAVE ME ALONE!” 

 

Alphys gently swipes tears off of Mettaton’s cheek. Mettaton’s movements are wild, and Alphys almost pokes his eye as she tries to brush Mettaton’s hair back. 

 

“K-Keep grounding him P-Papyrus. I ... err ... I know this c-counter intuitive, but we can't let him fall. Y-You have to ground him.” Alphys instructs. 

 

Papyrus, for his part, simply nods as Mettaton’s tries to jolt upright. 

 

“DON'T, DON'T PLEASE DON'T! DON'T FUCKING TOUCH ME!” 

 

It is not lost on Undyne that Mettaton doesn't yell at Papyrus. Instead, Mettaton's focus is at the wall straight in front of him. In fact, his gaze is squarely on Alphys' laptop. 

 

Undyne's focus returns to Alphys, Papyrus, and Mettaton from the spot on the wall that Mettaton was looking at when Alphys starts speaking. 

 

“T-Ton-ton, we’ll keep y-you safe. I pr-promise. I won’t let anything h-hurt you. O-Okay? No one is g-going to touch you except to protect you. I’m h-here. Nothing, and I-I mean nothing can h-hurt you if I’m here.” Alphys assures. 

 

Then, Alphys looks at Undyne. 

 

Undyne cocks her head to one side asking: “What’s going on? What do I do?” 

 

Alphys motions Undyne over with her head. “Come here.” 

 

Undyne comes over to Alphys’ side and then kneels next to Alphys. Then, Alphys leans in close to Undyne’s ear. 

 

“D-Don’t say anything to encourage Ton-ton to b-believe this is real, but just … i-if you offer to keep him s-safe it might hit different. H-He … He might listen. This … This h-has happened on and off a-all day. He ... He g-gets stuck in post t-traumatic flashbacks ... like d-during the movie. So far … S-So far, he just g-goes until he passes out.” Alphys whispers almost soundlessly. 

 

Undyne closes her eye and nods. Then, she takes a deep breath before making an attempt at getting Mettaton's attention. 

 

“Hey … Hey, space heater. I’m here now too, bud. No human. No nothing can get through me. You know me. You know how hard I fight. You know what I do to bad guys. I’m not gonna let any bad guys get ya, bud. I promise, dude. We’re all really, really tough. Bad guys can’t get through Russ. They can’t get through Alphy. They can’t get through Sans. And, they sure as fucking shit, can’t get through me.” Undyne vows. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes lock on Undyne’s face as she speaks. He stops screaming, and he stares at her. His eyes are wide and wild when he first looks at her. The pink lights in Mettaton’s eyes appear like small dots in, what Undyne realizes, is an almost eerie approximation of dilation. Yet, as she continues speaking, she sees Mettaton’s eyes returning to their normal size and focus. 

 

He stares at her with his lip quivering. 

 

“P-Promise?” He pleads softly. 

 

Undyne gently reaches and takes Mettaton’s hand. She presses it to her chest. 

 

“If by life or death I can protect you, I will,” she says. 

 

Undyne places every ounce of herself into her words of comfort. She took an oath to protect all monsters when she joined Asgore’s service. In these past days, she has had ample time to reflect on the number of times she has broken that oath, with and without her express intentions. 

 

She will face an onslaught of arrows. She will face any insult. She will face all of human cruelty. She will do anything to prove that her oath is true. 

 

At first blush, Undyne wonders if this isn’t about her restoring her honor. Yet, the more she thinks about it, the more she realizes that her oath has always been, and now, will always be about her unending and undying pride in her culture and her people. 

 

Mettaton looks at her again, and he seems to come back to himself. Then, he looks away from all of them towards a spot on the wall over Alphys' shoulder. 

 

“It … It felt so … so real.” He whispers, breathlessly. 

 

Undyne continues holding Mettaton’s hand to her chest as her Soul beats rapidly. 

 

“Fear is like that. There’s nothing you can do to run from it,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton’s gaze snaps back on her. 

 

“In my line of work, everyone has seen some shit. Everyone has done some shit. You see it. You feel it. Even when it’s not real, you’re right, dude, it sure as shit feels real. Sometimes, it feels like my eye is still in my face. It hurts. It sucks. It feels true even when I know it’s not. Feelings don’t give a fuck about facts, man. I don’t know what else to tell you,” Undyne says. 

 

It’s only after Undyne has said what she has said that she realizes she didn’t think, and Undyne can suddenly feel everyone’s eyes on her. For a moment, she wants to sink into the floorboards. 

 

However, when Undyne sees Alphys looking at her with all the admiration in the world, Undyne knows that she has said the right thing. 

 

Undyne will be the first to admit that she is not the most intuitive monster above or under the Earth. However, Alphys is something that Undyne knows intimately. 

 

Undyne knows the first tells in Alphys’ body language when Alphys is anxious. She knows the flicker of pain in Alphys’ eyes when days are bad. She knows when Alphys is focused by the way her hands dance gracefully across a keyboard, or the way she holds a screwdriver with practiced ease. Now, Undyne even knows the feeling of Alphys’ anger in the way her feet fall against the floor and the way electric silence envelops Alphys in her fury. 

 

In this moment, Undyne knows, with much certainty, that the seed of forgiveness, the one planted only hours ago, is taking root. 

 

Finally, Alphys turns back to Mettaton. 

 

“Ton-ton, a-are … are you ready?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton looks at Alphys for a moment before biting his lip softly between his metal teeth. 

 

“I-If … If I let go, I-I … I won’t … i-it’s not going to be like before?” He asks. 

 

There’s a pause as Mettaton breathes shakily. 

 

“I … I don’t want to leave you, darling. I … I-I don’t want to leave either of you. Not … N-Not really … and n-not yet.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

The confession is so quiet and so painfully sincere that Undyne has to shut her eye tight to prevent tears from finding their way down her cheek. 

 

“I-I wouldn’t do it if there was even a small ch-chance of that happening. I p-promise. You’ll wake up j-just fine a-and … and when I’m totally honest … y-you’ll probably feel way better. More tired? Y-Yes. But physically? W-Way, way better.” Alphys assures. 

 

Undyne finally opens her eye. She gives Mettaton’s hand a squeeze. 

 

Then, Mettaton nods. 

 

“I’m ready, darling,” he says. 

 

Alphys heaves a sigh before her hands begin to glow with a soft sparkling yellow light. 

 

“C-Count backwards from t-ten, and I-I bet you you don’t m-make it past five.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Unsurprisingly, Alphys is right. Mettaton barely makes it to seven before drifting off to sleep. 

 

Sans immediately begins hooking up his contraption when, suddenly, Undyne feels a different skeletal hand on her shoulder. 

 

Papyrus prompts Undyne to follow him to the back corner of the room. 

 

Undyne finds it sort of strange how standing side by side with Papyrus, something that is so natural it’s almost like breathing, now feels so different. Papyrus feels older. He seems more sturdy. This Papyrus is much more self-aware. It’s like he is somehow both more self-confident and more humble. Though, perhaps, when Undyne thinks about it, those two things may be closer compliments than they seem. 

 

For, if Papyrus’ “pride” came from anywhere, Undyne knows that it was born out of his insecurities. 

 

Papyrus places his hands on her shoulders. The feeling is so familiar to Undyne, but it’s familiar just a little to the left. For, so often, Undyne is the one placing steadying hands on the shoulders of others.

 

If only for a moment, it feels nice to have the roles reversed. 

 

“undyne, if these last few days have taught me anything, and i think that, though i know a lot already, i have learned that it is not great to hold onto anger. there is little at all to be gained in being cross or, um, ‘holding grudges,’ as some might say. i am not sure what ‘holding a grudge’ means exactly, but i don’t really want to hold anything that is not our friendship. so, i, for my part, think you ought to know that you have done better. not just a little better, but you have done very much better,” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne snaps her head back to look at Papyrus. She can see a few strands of her hair swipe his face because of how close they’re standing. However, he just grins at her and shakes his head. 

 

Undyne knows she’s just staring at him completely dumbfounded with eyes wide and mouth hanging open. 

 

However, she finds that, after a few seconds, she simply fist bumps Papyrus in the shoulder. 

 

“When the hell did you grow up, nerd?” She asks. 

 

Papyrus stares at her in confusion for a moment. 

 

“three years ago. you were there. i think it was you who threw the surprise party. do you not remember?” Papyrus blurts.

 

Undyne has to bite back a laugh. But, she closes the gap between them and lets Papyrus hug her. 

 

“Yeah. I remember, dude. I did throw the party.” Undyne laughs. 

 

Papyrus hugs her tighter. 

 

“oh good. though, i think, this year, if no one minds that is, i would like to celebrate my birthday alone with metti … if he’s up to it that is. perhaps, we could celebrate on our usual saturday time as a family? the twenty-eighth of january falls on a saturday which is exactly a day before my birthday.” Papyrus offers. 

 

Undyne smiles and swallows hard against more tears. 

 

“Russ, you do know that it’s, like, your birthday, man? You get to celebrate however you want to.” Undyne assures. 

 

Papyrus seems to consider that for a moment. 

 

“yes. i suppose you are right.” He smiles. 

 

Undyne turns back to see how Sans and Alphys are doing. However, while she sees what’s going on, she doesn’t really process it or understand it. 

 

Instead, Undyne’s thoughts wander to Papyrus’ request. 

 

Undyne wonders if Papyrus would have preferred birthdays that were more intimate after coming of age. Neither Undyne nor Sans really asked Papyrus if he would rather do something private with the two of them. They just always invited everyone they knew and got him things that seemed to fit his interests. Papyrus never seemed put off by it. Yet, Undyne feels weird that Papyrus felt as though he had to ask her, or anyone's, permission to celebrate how he wanted. It almost sounded as though he was worried he would be letting her down. 

 

“al, we’re all good.” Sans’ low voice rumbles. 

 

Undyne shakes herself from head to foot to let go of her thoughts and to prepare to receive instructions. 

 

Alphys’ hands stop glowing as she pushes her glasses up to rub her eyes. 

 

“Th-Thanks, Sans. Seriously, th-that was well more e-efficient than I expected. The b-biggest thing is going to be disposing of the D-DT from the f-filter. I’m not sure e-exactly what to do with it b-because I might end up n-needing it as evidence.” Alphys sighs. 

 

Sans puts a hand on Alphys’ shoulder. 

 

“already thought of it, al. the machine locks down into a waterproof, fireproof, and, most importantly, leakproof lockbox. that shit ain't goin’ anywhere until we either destroy it or need ta give it to the courts.” Sans explains. 

 

Alphys blinks in awe at Sans for a moment before throwing both arms around his neck. Sans brings his arms around Alphys’ back, and he holds her tight. 

 

“Thank y-you. Just … J-Just thank y-you for thinking of th-things I would have forgotten u-until now, and … a-and … y-you’ve just b-been a miracle!” Alphys says, voice cracking. 

 

Undyne breathes a deep sigh of relief. She leans back and finds her head hitting Papyrus’ collar bone. 

 

“i must say that i share your sentiment,” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne straightens up with a soft laugh. 

 

“I can only image, dude. Seriously.” Undyne agrees. 

 

After breaking out of the embrace with Sans, Alphys turns to Undyne and Papyrus. 

 

“I-I think it’s b-best that we g-give Mettaton an h-hour or so to wake up. B-But ... err ... I also think it's best for a-all four of us to be around when that h-happens. From there, w-we can all figure out what we need to do for h-him and for ourselves. F-For my part, I-I’ll probably either get some s-sleep on the mattress in here or … err … cuddling w-with Ton-ton if he wants that. B-But, I have got to sleep.” Alphys explains. 

 

Undyne breathes a second sigh of relief to hear Alphys admit that she needs rest. Undyne would never admit it, but she wasn’t sure if Alphys would ever sleep again after all this. 

 

Undyne knows, if that were the case, there would have been a human man walking with a spear target on his back that she would have been elated to hit. 

 

Even still, Undyne has to shove her hands deep into the pockets of her jeans to prevent herself from indulging the fantasy lest she actually act on it. 

 

It only takes a few moments for Undyne, Sans, Alphys, and Papyrus to find various places to sit around the room. Alphys has returned to the desk chair. Papyrus and Undyne sit on the mattress with their legs folded beneath them while Sans sits against the wall near the door. 

 

They all sit that way for what feels like an eternity. Well, at least, it feels like an eternity to Undyne. 

 

Then, Mettaton stirs a little bit with a groan. 

 

Alphys springs up from the desk chair. As she does this, Alphys nearly trips over Undyne when she stumbles to Mettaton’s side. Undyne steadies Alphys.

 

Then, upon coming to Mettaton's side, Alphys runs her claws through Mettaton’s hair.

 

“H-Hey, how are y-you feeling? Any b-better?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton blinks sleepily up at Alphys as he clumsily nods. 

 

“mmmm … ‘m sleepy …” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

Alphys gives a soft tearful laugh. 

 

“Told y-you so. Y-You can go back to sleep. D-Do you want me to snuggle in with y-you?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton considers Alphys’ words for a moment. 

 

“mmmm … that’d be nice.” Mettaton says, with a droopy smile. 

 

Alphys rubs Mettaton’s shoulder with her claws for a moment. Then, Alphys climbs up on the bed next to Mettaton as she pillows into his chest. Mettaton, almost instinctively, brings his hand up over Alphys' shoulder. 

 

“C’n I have a cookie?” Mettaton mumbles. 

 

Undyne watches Alphys sit up and blink in confusion for a moment. The question came so suddenly and strangely that Undyne isn't surprised that it takes Alphys a moment to try to process Mettaton's request.

 

Then, Alphys bites back an unhinged grin and tries not to laugh. 

 

“Y-Yeah. Can we try that a little l-later, though? Is there a-anything else y-you’d want right now?” Alphys asks. 

 

Mettaton considers that for a moment. 

 

“Don’ wanna bother ‘nyone. ‘s kinda silly …” Mettaton trails off. 

 

Undyne comes around so Mettaton can see her. 

 

“You ask. I get it. What’ll it be?” Undyne asks. 

 

Undyne surprises herself with how much she means every word of that. If he needed the essence of the galaxy itself, Undyne thinks she would find a way to get it. 

 

Mettaton smiles at her with those drunken, half-lidded eyes that Undyne remembers all too well from the last time Mettaton came out of sedation. 

 

“C’n I get the tea from the bubble tea place again? Sorry. ‘m just tired of the gold'n f'ower tea ‘n ... dunno why but water sounds gross. I want something reeeeeeally sweet. ‘s why I wanted the cookie.” Mettaton rambles. 

 

Undyne bites her lip. She will not cry. She will not cry here. 

 

So, she clears her throat. 

 

“You got it, dude. Lychee 'n light ice still, right?” Undyne confirms. 

 

Mettaton grins and nods. 

 

“If you’re sleeping, bud, I’ll just put it in the fridge and you can have it when you wake up, ‘kay? Don’t wait up on my account.” Undyne instructs. 

 

Mettaton smiles wider and yawns a little. 

 

Papyrus moves in next to her, and he begins speaking in his usual tone of voice. It isn't lost on Undyne that, when this occurs, Mettaton smiles with an almost dreamy look in his pink eyes. 

 

“STAR, I AM GOING TO ACCOMPANY UNDYNE ON HER ERRAND. THEN, WE SHALL USE THAT OPPORTUNITY TO GET YOU A FEW FUN SURPRISES THAT YOU WILL ENJOY BUT HAVE NOT ASKED FOR. I AM QUITE GLAD THAT YOU ARE FEELING BETTER,” Papyrus says. 

 

Then, Papyrus gently brings his and Mettaton's foreheads together in a gesture that, to Undyne, appears almost routine to both Papyrus and Mettaton. 

 

In fact, Papyrus does not move until Mettaton’s eyes have closed, and Mettaton’s breathing has returned to its mechanical state. 

 

After all of them are sure everything is settled, Undyne pushes open the door with Papyrus following just at her heels. Sans departs from them as she and Papyrus descend the stairs. 

 

Undyne opens the car door with barely controlled force. However, after she starts the engine, she rests her head on the steering wheel. 

 

Yet, even when she hears Papyrus fasten his seatbelt in her passenger seat, Undyne can't quite find the strength to sit up and drive. So, she remains with her head against the steering wheel staring at her lap. 

 

“UNDYNE, ARE YOU … ARE YOU ALRIGHT?” Papyrus asks her. 

 

When the skeletal hand rests on her shoulder, Undyne finally gives into the weight of the pressure behind her eye. 

 

Undyne clutches the steering wheel with all her strength, and she weeps.

Notes:

Chapter Highlights:

Frisk and Flowey begin watching A Muppets' Christmas Carol.

Frisk and Flowey discuss the nature of RESETs and why RESETs are impossible on the surface. Flowey also reminds Frisk that it doesn't matter because a RESET is impractical for what they would want to do anyway.

Frisk thinks about their friend, Mary, who they haven't been in touch with for awhile.

Frisk recalls a time less than a month into their return to the Surface where Undyne and Toriel discussed Mettaton's involvement with the school.

Frisk thinks about how similar things could have been, and in some ways are, to the future predicted by the Ghost of Christmas Future in A Christmas Carol.

Then, Frisk begins another Muppet movie that they think is the secret to uncovering the inspiration between Mettaton's ideal body.

Meanwhile, Undyne comes to inform Papyrus and Alphys that Sans' DT filtration machine is complete.

Undyne assists Alphys and Papyrus in calming Mettaton as the detox progresses.

Undyne remembers something Gerson taught her about ghost culture that changes everything. She remembers that Mettaton is only just of age.

Undyne and Sans have a conversation regarding what the future will hold for Mettaton. This causes Undyne to remember how carefully they took care of Alphys in these last months on the Surface. The stark contrast in how Mettaton was treated strikes her.

Mettaton gets caught in a flashback. Everyone assures him that nothing will hurt him, but Undyne's offer really helps to calm Mettaton.

Undyne confesses that even she experiences memories and fears surrounding the loss of her eye. Undyne realizes that her honesty is starting to repair her relationship with Alphys.

Papyrus and Undyne have a conversation as Sans and Alphys remove the DT using Sans' machine. In this conversation, Undyne realizes just how grown up Papyrus has become. She realizes how little anyone asks Papyrus what he wants in favor of making decisions for him.

Sans and Alphys finish extracting the DT. Mettaton wakes up and asks for something sweet.

Undyne volunteers to get him Bubble Tea from the tea shop, and Papyrus offers to accompany her.

Before leaving the driveway, Undyne finally lets herself cry after fighting it most of the day.

***

Dearest Readers,

Thank you for your patience as I continue to work on this story. As my toddler's physical speed increases, my writing speed decreases. XD

I really enjoyed writing Undyne in this chapter. I've enjoyed helping her grow and reflecting on her flaws. I think her story is incredibly unique, and I love her relationship with Alphys. Don't worry. They are getting a reconciliation arc as soon as the Monster New Year rolls around. I'm trying to organize the next 3ish short one-shot ish chapters because they all sort of happen at the same time. So, I'm not sure exactly what order I want to publish them in.

I love all the Muppet movies. But, Muppet Christmas Carol and Muppet Treasure Island were the two I grew up watching the most because we had them on VHS. (I am old as dirt.)

Speaking of old, my birthday just passed. I am now several days closer to 30. That feels weird to say, but it is true. Part of the reason I'm even able to post is because I got snowed in over the weekend and got some nice writing time.

All that to say, I'm really happy that folks are enjoying the story, and I hope that y'all continue to enjoy the next plot arc as this one winds down in the next 5ish chapters. Let's get hype for some new/ returning human characters!

Much Love,
Pip

Chapter 28: The Tea Spot

Summary:

Papyrus and Undyne meet two of Alphys' students and one of their friends at the bubble tea shop. Papyrus feels something instinctively protective for them the moment he meets them. These humans are good ones. Papyrus knows. He can tell.

Notes:

** Not that anyone would really care, or know, but the title of this chapter is based on the name of an actual tea shop my friends and I frequented in university.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

After Undyne is calm enough to drive, she wastes no time in getting to Dr. Alphys’ favorite bubble tea place. Papyrus quite enjoys the name. It is not a pun, and it describes the location perfectly. 

 

For, if Papyrus was going to name a tea shop, he would probably name it something like “The Tea Spot.” So, he has decided that this place must be good. 

 

Papyrus appreciates the way the setting sun casts pink and lavender shadows across the snow. It reminds Papyrus that there is still life underneath these piles of ice. 

 

For, seasons are still a new phenomena to him. 

 

Undyne parks the car and gets out of her seat to put money in the parking meter. As she does this, Papyrus unbuckles his seatbelt and gets out of the car. 

 

Papyrus takes a moment to observe Undyne as she forcefully flips quarters into the coin slot. Her hands are still shaking, and her shoulders are taught with tension. 

 

Papyrus can tell that Undyne needs to release her feelings physically. He can imagine that the easiest solution to her problem would be for Undyne to go home to spar with her punching bags. However, Papyrus knows Undyne well enough to know that she will get in her car and drive. She will play music loudly, but it will not be the kind of music people usually play loudly. Undyne will blast classical piano or piano covers of anime scores. She will play these usually gentle songs so loudly her speakers crackle. Then, she will roll down the windows so that her hair is blown back and she can hardly hear the music over the wind. She will go to a remote place, with her piano music still blaring. Finally, Undyne will sit on the hood of her car and stare at the sky until she has her answers. 

 

Even though Papyrus knows that Undyne hates the cold, Undyne won’t care how long she has to sit on her car. Papyrus suddenly questions if that isn’t the point. 

 

Papyrus is snapped out of his musings when Undyne puts a hand on his shoulder. 

 

“They close in an hour, and I don’t want to keep the staff waiting to close,” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus smiles at her and nods. 

 

The two of them approach the door. It is primarily glass with the shop’s logo painted on the top. However, the door is framed in a brilliant green painted wood with a brass knob, marked “pull,” on it’s right hand side. 

 

As Undyne pulls the door open, a soft twinkling chime sounds. Papyrus appreciates the fact that this door does not open with a loud “ding” or a buzz that can be quite off putting. The chimes in this store are almost musical in their nature. 

 

As they enter the shop, they notice only one table seems to be occupied. 

 

There are three young humans gathered around the table. But, Papyrus only really sees one. 

 

Facing Papyrus, there is a young human man. His cheeks are rounded, almost childlike, and rosy with a mass of freckles littered across them. The young man's mess of dark brown curls hang just to his chin, and a single strip of pink runs through the bang on his left side. Papyrus can’t tell what color eyes the boy has, but something about the light in the shop makes the pink strip of hair reflect in them. The young man has a sharp angled jaw, and a wide grin. 

 

Papyrus knows it’s strange, but all he can seem to see in this young man is Mettaton. 

 

The scraping of one of the chairs startles Papyrus, and he suddenly realizes that he was staring. 

 

Papyrus has already scripted an answer as to why he was staring because he knows the question is coming when a young woman approaches him. 

 

“I’m sorry to bother you, but I think you might know my friend. See, I know her. She’s Dr. Alphys’ girlfriend. And, seeing as you two came in together, I was hoping you would know where Mettaton has been?” The young human asks. 

 

“I AM QUITE SORRY FOR STARING, YOU SEE, THE YOUNG MAN AT YOUR TABLE LOOKS LIKE MY FRIEND AND … AND THAT IS NOT WHAT YOU ASKED.” Papyrus blurts. 

 

The young human woman blinks at Papyrus before her eyes crinkle slightly at the sides when she smiles. 

 

“No. But, it is funny.” She offers. 

 

Papyrus notices that the young woman wears a green sweater with a black necklace that has a green jewel attached to it. She has long black hair that she has tied back into a ponytail. Her eyes are not as round as most of the humans Papyrus has met on the Surface. However, they are very beautiful. Now that he is closer to her, Papyrus can tell that the woman’s eyes are almost black, and they sparkle when she smiles. 

 

However, as quickly as he makes the observation, he looks away from her eyes. 

 

Then, she giggles. 

 

“You talk about my friend reminding you of your friend? You remind me of him!” She laughs, pointing over her shoulder. 

 

The young man sticks his tongue out at her before laughing himself. 

 

His laugh is rich, and, once more, Papyrus is struck by the uncanny resemblance to Mettaton. 

 

The other girl stands from the table. She has almost white blonde hair that hangs loosely over her shoulders. She is wrapped up in a beige almost robe like cardigan that hangs down to her calves. She has several layered necklaces on that jingle a little as she comes to stand next to the shorter woman standing in front of him. 

 

“Emily, it is best that we rewind and ask our question less directly. Let’s not overwhelm people, hmmm?” The blonde woman suggests. 

 

“Emily” rolls her eyes. 

 

“Luna, who are you, my mother?” Emily retorts. 

 

“Luna” simply pinches the bridge of her nose in response. 

 

“If you explain more, you might get better answers.” Luna offers. 

 

Emily sighs and looks at Papyrus with an emotion Papyrus can only describe as desperation. 

 

“So, Luna and I used to go to a karaoke bar called Safe ‘n Sound with a monster named Mettaton. Really sweet. Super tall. Lots of pink. Robo-dude. He started coming there around … September? … ish? … Anyway, we haven’t seen him in over a month. I remember him coming here, to The Tea Spot, I mean, with Dr. Alphys once in … early December? But, I didn’t think to approach him then because I was worried, with his face-blindness, he might not recognize me out of context. Plus, at that point, he had only missed one Friday, so I wasn’t too concerned,” Emily says. 

 

Papyrus can see that Emily has more to say, and he decides that he will let her finish instead of interrupting there. Sans has told him that he should let people finish speaking before he blurts out answers. Besides that, he is very curious about what Emily will say next. 

 

“Then, the next time I ran into Mettaton I was at Dr. Alphys’ office hours asking questions about a paper. Were they the most on topic questions in the world? … Um … no … no, they were not. But, did I need to know them? Yes … yes, I did. Wait … where was I? Oh, yeah! So, anyway, the next time I saw Mettaton he was charging in with Undyne because his boyfriend was missing. I couldn’t exactly talk to him then, and I didn’t want to interrupt. Plus, I wasn’t sure if Dr. Alphys even knew that Mettaton and I knew each other. Obviously, he looked really worked up. So, I figured he definitely wouldn’t recognize me, and I should head out. But, I didn’t know that would be the last time I saw him. We really miss him, and I’m pretty sure Miss Toni, the bouncer, is going to have my head if I don’t find him! So, have you seen him?” Emily asks. 

 

Papyrus looks over his shoulder at Undyne. She is staring at Papyrus with the same “oh shit” expression that Papyrus knows he is likely also wearing. 

 

Undyne comes to stand at Papyrus’ side, and Papyrus wonders if, for once, lying could actually be the right thing to do. 

 

Papyrus knows that Mettaton doesn’t want people to know anything about the personal hell he has been through these last few months. However, Papyrus also knows that Emily deserves some kind of answer. 

 

Apparently, Papyrus has taken too long to answer because Emily gives him a defeated expression before she looks down at the floor. 

 

“If you don’t know him, that’s okay. I’m not assuming that, just because you know Undyne, that you know all of Dr. Alphys’ friends or anything … or that all monsters are really that close. I just … I don’t know what I was hoping for, really.” Emily sighs. 

 

Papyrus knows Mettaton wouldn’t want Emily to be upset. So, Papyrus settles on telling the truth. That is, unless they ask about how Mettaton is really doing, in which case, he settles on a half-truth. 

 

“METTATON IS ACTUALLY MY BOYFRIEND.” Papyrus blurts. 

 

Emily’s eyes widen and a smile spreads over her face. Emily’s dark eyes regain their sparkle as she laughs. 

 

“So, you’re Papyrus!” She says, excitedly. 

 

Then, Luna smiles at Papyrus. Luna extends her hand to Papyrus. Papyrus follows the instructions Frisk taught him about meeting humans. He takes Luna’s hand and gives it a shake. 

 

Unlike in monster culture, outstretched human hands are not a signal for a hug. 

 

“It’s so good to finally meet you! Mettaton said he was going to bring you on one of our sensory friendly Friday nights, but he never got around to it before he sort of disappeared.” Luna comments. 

 

Papyrus smiles widely in return. He can see why Mettaton liked these two humans. They’re clearly very trustworthy and kind. Papyrus can tell that Mettaton shares a lot of Emily’s style of thinking and processing. However, Papyrus sees where Luna would have provided Mettaton some much needed guidance and structure to a very strange new world. 

 

Yes. Papyrus has decided that he very much likes these two humans. 

 

“So, clearly, you have seen him.” Emily laughs. 

 

Papyrus nods and gives a chuckle of his own before bluntly answering Emily’s initial question. 

 

“YES! I HAVE SEEN HIM.” Papyrus confirms. 

 

Papyrus is happy he hasn’t had to lie. This conversation is going well so far. He risks looking over at Undyne who gives him a nod before going to the counter to pick up their drinks. 

 

“Do you know if he’s going to come back to the bar before he leaves on tour? People really miss him, and I know some of us would really like to see him off,” Luna says. 

 

Luna’s wide blue eyes sparkle almost tearfully. There’s something about the way she pleads with Papyrus that pulls on his Soul. 

 

“You’re dating him, so I know you already know this but … he is a really good and sweet guy. Some of the regulars took longer to warm up to him since he was a monster, but he knew how make friends. He was always so complimentary, and he gave great advice when people would ask. But, if there’s anything I took away from Dr. Alphys’ class it’s that … i-it’s that this world is dangerous. Humans don’t … we don’t think. This is more Saoirse and Gloria’s realm than mine, but … but monsters aren’t well protected legally speaking. And … a-and people, humans rather, aren’t kind.” Luna explains. 

 

A tear or two has fallen down her cheek, and Luna is quick to wipe it away. However, Papyrus is surprised when she laughs and forces a smile back on her face. 

 

“But, look at me and my anxiety go assuming the worst when there are much better, and more true, explanations that whatever it is that my brain has come up with,” Luna says. 

 

Papyrus notices Emily has stepped to take Luna’s hand. They both look up at him for answers, and Papyrus is glad that he prepared something to say. 

 

He looks over at Undyne before looking back at Luna and Emily. 

 

“METTATON IS … OKAY. HE HAD AN ACCIDENT FILMING A MUSIC VIDEO A FEW WEEKS AGO THAT HAS LEFT HIM RATHER BEAT UP, BUT, APART FROM BOREDOM, HE HAS BEEN MOSTLY FINE,” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne sets their drinks on the table, and she gives Papyrus’ shoulder a squeeze. Papyrus looks at her, and she gives him an approving nod. 

 

The young man stands up to join the girls. 

 

“Wait, I bet that’s who Vinny Ubered! He said he transported an injured monster home the night of December 16th, and he was half tempted to take him to the hospital instead of home. I bet the reason your buddy left so late is because they were doing enough tune ups to make sure he got to your teacher in one piece.” The young man concludes. 

 

Emily and Luna share a quick look with each other. 

 

“That actually makes more sense than it doesn’t, Ollie.” Luna agrees. 

 

Emily wraps her arms around “Ollie’s” neck. 

 

“You tell Vinny that I’m glad he got him back safe, and that he should come paint at the bar again when everyone can get back together. It'll be a happy little reunion,” Emily says. 

 

Papyrus and Undyne share a look. It’s clear to Papyrus that Undyne would also like to send her regards to “Vinny.” With any luck, none of these young people will ever need to know exactly why Vinny is now a candidate for the name of Papyrus’ firstborn, but it does little to change the fact that Papyrus, Mettaton, and many others owe this human Uber driver a huge debt. 

 

Papyrus clears his throat before looking back at the group of three. 

 

“Is … Is he still set to leave on time for his tour? I know he was really excited about it.” Luna asks. 

 

Papyrus shakes his head. 

 

“UNFORTUNATELY, I DO NOT THINK HE WILL. THE NECESSARY REPAIRS WERE QUITE EXTENSIVE.” Papyrus explains. 

 

Ollie looks pensive for a moment. 

 

“That sucks. His music is great. I used to play his single and his first album while I was grading. It was easy to listen to, and his lyrics were really poetic. It’s not often that you get radio pop with nice lyrics like that,” Ollie says. 

 

Papyrus cocks his head to one side because he has rarely heard anyone, besides Mettaton, talk about music with that much knowledge. No one else in the family, besides Undyne, really has much, if any, knowledge about music. 

 

Though, Papyrus prides himself on his ability to learn, and he has been studying a lot. 

 

“Ollie is a musician as well. He teaches music at the school in his town outside of the city.” Emily clarifies.

 

Ollie smiles at Papyrus with a huge grin. Now that he looks closer, Papyrus can see that Ollie’s eyes are actually a dark green. 

 

“Yeah. I’ve been singing since before I could talk. Well, if my Uncle ‘Seph is a reliable narrator, which, he usually isn’t. But, I still like to think it makes sense.” Ollie chuckles. 

 

Papyrus grins back. 

 

“MY BROTHER AND I HAVE SEVERAL STORIES THAT ARE QUITE SIMILAR TO THAT I THINK.” Papyrus agrees. 

 

Ollie grins with his eyes a light with mischief. 

 

“Yeah? I’d love to meet your brother then. Hell, I’d love to meet all of you guys! From what Emmi has told me, y’all are an incredible crew of people. Well, I’ve only really heard snippets about Dr. Alphys, Mettaton, Undyne, and what Luna and Emmi have told me about you from Mettaton. But, man, it’d be cool to meet Mettaton and Dr. Alphys in person.” Ollie rambles. 

 

Papyrus finds himself giving a few genuine chuckles at Ollie’s assessment. For the first time in their brief interaction, Papyrus can see what Emily meant about Ollie reminding her of himself. The way Ollie moves his arms around sort of stiffly as he speaks is something Papyrus also finds quite natural. 

 

“I mean … it’s been cool to meet you too!” Ollie blurts. 

 

This makes Undyne laugh. She tries to cover it unsuccessfully, but she laughs hard.

 

“I’ve been trying really, really hard not to eavesdrop on you nerds, but … but you’re right. Emily, you are so … so very right.” Undyne forces out between bouts of laughter. 

 

Papyrus and Ollie share a look with each other. Ollie has sucked in his cheeks and pursed his lips, and both Ollie and Papyrus have their hands on their hips in almost the same way. 

 

This only serves to make Undyne lose it further. 

 

Undyne’s laughter, as always, is contagious, and the whole group ends up dissolving in a fit of giggles. 

 

Papyrus finds a weight being lifted from his Soul as he laughs. There is something great about the carefree feeling of being amongst these humans who seem to find joy and give love so freely.

 

In these young people, Papyrus sees a place for himself outside of the insular bubble of his family. Papyrus discovers the place Mettaton’s first human friendships on the Surface may lead to healing in the future. Papyrus believes that he has found a path of healing for his beloved, and a new adventure for himself. 

 

Papyrus finds himself hoping beyond all hope that he is right and that these humans can help him in reminding Mettaton of his first dreams and first loves. For, Papyrus has no doubts about the goodness of these humans. 

 

For, they do not threaten him. They do not hurl insults or blows. Instead, they show concern for the entirety Papyrus’ race. They open their arms wide to receive the wisdom that monsters have to offer, and they offer their own human protection in return. They are the kindling that has returned the ember of hope in Papyrus’ Soul to a blazing bonfire. 

 

As the laughter dies down into soft pants for breath, everyone stands up straighter and wipes the tears of joy from their eyes. 

 

Then, Emily steps forward and embraces Papyrus. He relaxes into her embrace after a moment and gently pats her shoulder. 

 

“Thank you. You have no idea how worried we’ve been. Tell him I’m sorry, and I hope that he recovers quickly. I’m sure it’s frustrating to have something so surprising and unexpected be the reason you can’t have what you want. And, as I’m sure Dr. Alphys is the one doing the repairs, tell her she’s still welcome to be my mom whenever she wants,” Emily says. 

 

Then, Emily gives Papyrus a cheeky grin as Luna groans theatrically behind Emily. After rolling her eyes, Luna pinches the bridge of her nose. 

 

“Don’t be creepy, Em. Please.” Luna sighs. 

 

Emily just laughs before Ollie jumps into the conversation.  

 

“I mean. I’d be down to have her as my mother-in-law. I mean … it would give a whole new meaning to the ‘monster-in-law’ joke that folks use.” Ollie shrugs. 

 

Luna and Emily both bite their lips to keep the laughter from spilling over again. 

 

Papyrus quirks and eye socket at Undyne, and Undyne, for her part, just shrugs in confusion. However, both of them share real and warm smiles as Undyne shares in Papyrus' confusion. 

 

Papyrus sits in the warmth that he feels in the security of his friendship with Undyne. Papyrus realizes that forgiving Undyne has given him a peace that he doesn’t know he was missing. Papyrus discovers that bantering, sparing, and simply sitting in silence with Undyne is a routine part of his existence. He cannot survive without it. Now that he and Undyne have reconciled, Papyrus feels like he is finally resurfacing for air after diving into one of Waterfalls pools for too long. However, the dive was worth it because Papyrus realizes he now has something to show for his efforts. 

 

Papyrus has at least one of the few things that he has always dreamt of acquiring. 

 

He has Undyne’s respect. 

 

While Papyrus still wishes he could have found this treasure any other way, he is glad to have Undyne’s recognition as an equal. 

 

Emily breaks off her embrace with Papyrus, and Luna offers her own hug. Papyrus gleefully accepts. 

 

“Tell Dr. Alphys we say hello, and Happy Holidays. As I understand, your creation day, Angelmas, either has passed or is coming. And, tell Mettaton we miss him and that we’re all sending him healing vibes.” Luna whispers. 

 

Papyrus nods and tightens his hug when she tightens hers. 

 

Then, the young man steps forward and opens his arms. 

 

“It’s not really a normal social convention. But, whatever, I don’t care about social conventions.” Ollie laughs. 

 

Ollie steps into Papyrus’ embrace. 

 

Ollie is just a bit shorter than Papyrus, and there is something perfect about the way Ollie fits in Papyrus’ arms. Yet, to Papyrus, there is still something missing. There’s a third piece of the puzzle that needs to be here. This hug doesn’t feel complete.

 

It isn’t like when Papyrus hugs Sans because the two brothers have been together for as long as Papyrus has real memories. This isn’t like when Papyrus hugs Frisk because Frisk is like his little sibling. Papyrus sees Frisk the way he is sure Sans sees him and, thus, the two of them are complete onto themselves. This isn’t like when he hugs Undyne because Undyne sometimes feels like an extension of Sans. Papyrus and Undyne are Soul-siblings. This certainly isn’t what hugging Mettaton is like either. That is an experience Papyrus cannot describe in words. There is something unitive about that embrace that makes every other hug Papyrus has ever recieved pale in comparison.  

 

In fact, Papyrus feels that Mettaton’s arms are the ones that are missing here too. There is something about Mettaton that is supposed to be here with Ollie. 

 

For as long as Papyrus can remember, he has been taught that, through touch, humans and monsters can occasionally discover something about the nature of their relationships. Early in their time on the Surface, Lady Toriel explained to Papyrus that she knew Frisk would be her child someday the first time she hugged them. Now that they are on the Surface, she confessed that the feeling has only intensified and that she hopes to prepare adoption papers as soon as she is able. 

 

So, if only theoretically, Papyrus knew this feeling was possible. Though, Papyrus has spent so long thinking of himself as Sans’ little brother and the family’s forever-child that he forgot he is capable of feeling paternal love. 

 

Thus, Papyrus knows without a doubt that the Angel, and all of the stardust of the sky, is begging for Mettaton, Papyrus, and Ollie to be together. 

 

For, Papyrus knows puzzles, and he knows that Mettaton’s piece is the one missing. 

 

Ollie steps away for a moment before quickly pulling himself back into Papyrus side. 

 

“You’re snuggly. I wouldn’t have expected a skeleton to be cuddly,” Ollie says. 

 

Papyrus ruffles Ollie’s hair as the young man laughs. 

 

“I AM GLAD YOU THINK SO. FOR, IT IS A LITTLE KNOWN FACT ABOUT SKELETONS THAT WE ARE INDEED QUITE SOFT AND CUDDLY!” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne puts a hand on Papyrus’ shoulder. 

 

“We oughta get going, dude. The crew is going to be wondering what took so long,” Undyne says. 

 

The three humans smile at them. 

 

“Sorry we kept you!” Luna says. 

 

“We gotta go anyway. It’s almost closing.” Ollie points out. 

 

“Wait, Papyrus, can I get your number?” Emily asks.

 

Papyrus nods and puts his number in Emily’s phone. 

 

“We’ll get it from her. Y’all just head home.” Ollie waves. 

 

With goodbyes said, and numbers exchanged, Papyrus follows Undyne out of the shop. 

 

“That was quick thinking Russ. Good job,” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus blinks as his Soul soars with the compliment. 

 

“UNDYNE, DO YOU MEAN IT? DID I REALLY DO A GOOD JOB?! WOWIEE!” Papyrus fist pumps. 

 

Undyne stops in her tracks. She sets the drinks down on the roof of the car, and she puts both of her hands on Papyrus’ shoulder. 

 

“Papyrus, can I tell you something important?” She asks. 

 

Papyrus nods. 

 

“I need to apologize for not recognizing you as competent, strong, and reliable. You’re all of those things, dude. You’re all of that and so, so much more. I’ve got more to say on that, but I’m not good with words until I can think about them alone. But, more of that’s coming. Okay, I swear,” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus blinks slowly as he takes in everything Undyne has just said. 

 

Then, he throws his arms around her neck. 

 

“TAKE AS MUCH TIME AS YOU NEED, THE GREAT PAPYRUS WILL BASK IN THESE COMPLIMENTS FOR CENTURIES.” Papyrus half-shouts. 

 

Undyne nods as she bites her lip. Then, she unlocks the car, puts the drinks in her cup holder, and starts the car. 

 

Meanwhile, Papyrus plops into the passenger’s seat and buckles his seatbelt. 

 

“Russ, you’re cool. You deserve to hear that more often,” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus finds himself blushing hard at Undyne’s words. Mettaton has often said the same thing, but Papyrus was never sure if he could believe it. 

 

For, don’t most people in relationships believe their partner is wonderful, smart, and amazing? Otherwise, why would they be in a relationship with that person? Though, that is not to say that Papyrus thinks that relationships are always perfect, and that he and Mettaton will always appear flawless to one another. No. These last few weeks have shown Papyrus that both of he and Mettaton are imperfect. However, in the same breath, Papyrus would also say that he has never seen Mettaton shine more brilliantly, and he has never seen anyone stronger than his beloved in these last days. 

 

Thus, to hear Undyne confirm what Mettaton has so often said in different words, makes Papyrus hold onto his own greatness differently than he ever has before. 

 

Papyrus smiles at Undyne. 

 

“THANK YOU. I WAS NEVER SURE IF METTATON SAID SIMILAR THINGS SIMPLY BECAUSE WE WERE DATING OR IF IT WAS TRUE UNTIL NOW,” Papyrus says. 

 

Undyne takes a deep breath and nods. 

 

“I know. I’m glad he saw that in you, dude. He’s … H-He’s a good guy for you. If nothing else, I’m glad he taught you that you’re cool,” Undyne says. 

 

Papyrus nods before looking out the window at the snow covered buildings. The stars are out now brightening up the sky. They shine with the light of all the monsters who have died, and they guide all of those monsters who still live. 

 

As they leave the city, the stars become brighter and more numerous. Papyrus looks carefully for the Angel’s star which sits in the handle of the Small Hammer across from the Large Pan. The humans would call it “The North Star.” However, the monsters know better. The Angel’s star is everything. It is the guiding light Home. It is the map for all SOULS. The Angel is the First Star, the First Dust, and the First Wish Granter. That star is the origin of love, hope, joy, and compassion.

 

So, when Papyrus finds the Angel’s star in the sky, he stares at it. He lets his eyes linger on it despite being in a moving vehicle. Papyrus wonders if the Angel isn’t following them home to rest over Lady Toriel’s house. For, somehow, Papyrus knows that the Angel seeks to unite his family in love. 

 

Yes, Papyrus feels that magic will flourish under the light of the stars. This Angelmas will be filled with good things. 

 

Undyne parks the car in Toriel’s driveway, but she keeps the engine running. 

 

“You go on in Papyrus. I have things I gotta do,” she says. 

 

Papyrus nods, and he unbuckles his seatbelt. Then, he carefully replaces the drinks in the drink carrier before heading inside. 

 

Papyrus opens the door, and he sees Sans on the sofa. 

 

“hey, bro. go ahead and put those in the fridge. al and MTT are asleep upstairs. i seriously don't think either of 'em have ever looked so peaceful. after the struggles with the power surges to his CPU, i'm glad MTT is able ta get good rest. he'll need it. so, i came down here 'cause i wanted ta intercept ya before ya went up.” Sans explains. 

 

Papyrus nods, and he goes to put the drinks in the kitchen. Papyrus smiles when he sees a spot on the main shelf of the fridge that Lady Toriel clearly must have arranged explicitly for the iced teas. For, as Papyrus slides the carrier in, he finds it fits perfectly into an open gap between some steeping cold brew coffee and a few bowls of different types of cookie dough.  

 

With that settled, Papyrus comes and sits next to his brother. 

 

Papyrus feels something settle within his Soul. There is something so natural about sitting next to Sans on this old, kind of gross, couch. The snowy landscape adds to that comforting familiarity. Papyrus is struck by the feeling of sameness that is so warm and comforting that he wants to tuck himself under it forever. The two of them sitting side by side staring out into the snow feels so normal that Papyrus wonders if he might cry with relief. 

 

“i know. i feel the same way.” Sans says, simply. 

 

Papyrus smiles and leans onto Sans’ chest. He tucks his long legs up to his rib cage and settles into that soft blue fabric of Sans’ beat up hoodie. Papyrus once told Sans that he ought to dress more respectably and take better care of himself. Now, Papyrus simply relishes in the routineness of Sans’ outfit. 

 

“I MET SOME OF DR. ALPHYS’ STUDENTS TODAY AT THE TEA SHOP,” Papyrus says. 

 

Sans hums thoughtfully as he brings a hand up onto Papyrus' shoulder. 

 

“yeah? were they nice?” Sans asks. 

 

Papyrus nods as a soft and natural smile spreads over his face. 

 

“QUITE. THEY SEEM TO LOVE HER, DR. ALPHYS, THAT IS, QUITE A LOT. IN FACT, THE STUDENT NAMED EMILY TOLD ME TO TELL DR. ALPHYS THAT SHE WOULD LOVE IT IF DR. ALPHYS WAS HER MOTHER.” Papyrus explains. 

 

Sans chuckles. Though, laughter is not in what Sans' observation. 

 

“stranger things have happened, paps.” 

 

Papyrus face falls as he nods. Despite Sans’ comment being short and rather sarcastic on the surface, Papyrus knows what Sans is really trying to convey. 

 

“HAVE YOU BEEN THINKING ABOUT THAT MORE LATELY?” Papyrus asks. 

 

Sans stiffens underneath Papyrus’ cheek. Then, Sans rubs Papyrus shoulders with his thumb. 

 

“yeah. i have. have you?” Sans asks. 

 

It is Papyrus turn to stiffen. 

 

“IT’S HARD NOT TO. THOUGH, IT WAS SO LONG AGO, AND I REMEMBER SO LITTLE.” Papyrus admits. 

 

Sans hums to himself. Then, Sans pauses for a long time. Though, Papyrus doesn't mind. He simply allows himself to fall into the patterns of silence that he has so often shared with his brother. Papyrus allows himself a moment to relax in Sans' arms. Papyrus has learned a lot about himself, and he knows he has grown into his adulthood. He is very proud of himself for that, and he is very pleased with how other people have responded to the change in him. However, these last days have been very heavy and, as much as he has enjoyed earning the respect of his brother, Dr. Alphys, and Undyne, Papyrus realizes he also does not mind being the little brother right now. 

 

Then, Sans finally breaks the silence. 

 

“i mentioned a little about him to MTT. only my side of things, really. i mentioned your phone call, and my feelings about what ensued afterwards. i told him about ... how i changed. but, all of what i told 'im was about me and my feelings. i figured i oughta leave what ya told me years ago about your side of that mess for ya ta tell MTT when ya were ready for it.” Sans confesses. 

 

Papyrus nods solemnly against Sans’ chest. 

 

“I AM SURE THAT, KNOWING WHAT I KNOW OF METTI’S SITUATION, HE APPRECIATED THE … UM … HOW TO PUT IT … SHAREDNESS? … OF THAT EXPERIENCE.” Papyrus says, fumbling for words. 

 

Sans chuckles, and it makes Papyrus’ head jostle a little against Sans' ribs. However, the movement is not unpleasant. 

 

“i sure hope so, bro,” Sans says. 

 

The two of them fall into a second long and comfortable silence. Papyrus, once again, leans into the comforting nature of this stillness and, this time, he allow it to cover him like an oversized quilt.

 

“so, al’s students, what were they like?” Sans asks. 

 

Papyrus explains the two girls, and the boy he met. He spares no details. However, he pauses suddenly in his account of the afternoon. 

 

“SANS DO NOT BE ANGRY WITH ME, BUT I TOLD A LIE,” Papyrus says. 

 

Papyrus looks up to see Sans raising an eye socket at the sudden change in topic. 

 

“huh? what do ya mean?” Sans asks. 

 

Papyrus looks out the window as he speaks. 

 

“DR. ALPHYS’ STUDENTS WERE FRIENDS WITH METTATON. THEY ASKED WHERE HE HAS BEEN AND IF HE WAS ALRIGHT, AND I LIED TO THEM. I TOLD THEM HE WAS IN AN ACCIDENT FILMING A MUSIC VIDEO. I KNOW THAT I AM NOT SUPPOSED TO LIE, BUT I ALSO KNEW THAT I SHOULD NOT TELL THEM THE TRUTH WITHOUT METTI’S PERMISSION.” Papyrus explains. 

 

Sans takes a deep breath, and he lets it out slowly. 

 

“ya did exactly the right thing, paps. promise. i’m proud of ya,” Sans says. 

 

Papyrus feels his Soul swell, and the final weight is lifted off his shoulders. 

 

“OH, GOOD! I AM VERY GLAD YOU THINK SO!” Papyrus says. 

 

“i do. and, from the sounds of it, these kids are pretty great. i’d sure love ta meet them. al’s only ever had glowing remarks about ‘em as well,” Sans says. 

 

Papyrus nods eagerly into Sans’ side. Finally, the full weight of the last several days catches up to Papyrus, and he finds himself slowly closing his eyes on Sans’ chest. 

 

“feel free ta sleep, bro. likely as not, i’ll be joining you in dream land in just a few minutes anyway.” Sans whispers. 

 

Papyrus finds that his head feels too heavy to respond. He simply allows himself to begin fading off into the darkness of a well earned rest. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

I really enjoyed writing this chapter and introducing these characters. In so many ways, these characters remind me of my own friend group during university. That's probably because I can only write from my life experiences, and everyone I've ever been friends with is quirky and kind of cartoonish. So, if these humans feel a little bit like animated characters, it's because a lot of people in my life, including myself, are a little bit like that. XD

For those of you who have been with this fanfic a long time and are not reading it in one fell swoop, Emily is the student who came to Alphys' office hours and talked about her boyfriend "Ollie" who she and others in the group affectionately call Orpheus. He graduated a year before her, and he lives with his family in a small town outside of the city of Ebott. So, Ollie has been mentioned once, but this is his first real appearance in the fic so far. I'm excited to make these three a more consistent feature of this fic and to give some of Alphys' other students more space in the fic.

Another thing I really enjoyed about writing this chapter is stepping back into Papyrus' voice. For those of you who enjoy reading about my writing process, one of the things I've loved the most about this fic in general is developing a unique voice for each of the characters that is distinctive and fits their personality. Sans, Alphys, and Undyne all are quite analytical. However, all of them can, and do, focus on minute details that are important to them. Toriel and Asgore have a tendency to be more "old school" in their use of English and, thus, usually use a fair bit of purple prose. However, I've begun to notice interesting patterns in what Mettaton and Papyrus tend to describe in heavy detail. It's been fun to watch these patterns develop in a way that, I hope, feels as natural to you all as it does to me.

As far as the next few chapters go, expect fluff, expect explanations of magic, and a monster creation myth.

Thank you to everyone who has been so kind in the comments, and welcome to the new bookmarkers and subscribers!

Cheers,
Pip

Chapter 29: Code-Ex Vitae

Summary:

Alphys wakes up in the middle of the night to discover Undyne coming home from a late night drive. Unable to fall back to sleep after being woken up, she writes Mettaton a long letter because she knows that she doesn't speak well.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

When Alphys wakes up at two in the morning, her first thought is that Mettaton is likely in distress and is awake. However, Alphys quickly realizes that Mettaton is still in sleep mode, and he’s smiling. 

 

It isn’t until she goes to flex the claws in her right hand that she realizes she must have fallen asleep on them causing them to lose magical circulation. So, Alphys slowly wiggles her claws to bring them back to life as a sad sort of smile spreads across her features. 

 

She hasn’t had something so mundane wake her up in a long, long time. She honestly questions if the last time something this simple woke her up might have been when she was back in college. 

 

Alphys finally feels the life returning to her claws after a few minutes of stretching. Though, Alphys finds herself wide awake now that she has spent so much time focused on getting her magic flowing back to her claws.

 

With that settled, Alphys gently slides off the bed and creeps over to the door. She sends a quick glance over her shoulder as the door hits its creaky spot, but Mettaton doesn’t stir. Once she is sure Mettaton isn't going to wake up, Alphys finds herself tiptoeing slowly to the fridge in Toriel’s kitchen. 

 

Alphys smiles to herself when she sees the carefully placed teas in the fridge. It’s clear, to Alphys at least, that Papyrus is the one who put the drinks on the shelf. The precision with which the drink carrier rests in between the various other odds and ends makes that clear. It makes Alphys laugh quietly to herself at the sheer predictability and routineness of her friends and family. 

 

The time tested adage is true, Alphys supposes, some things truly never change. 

 

However, given how much has changed in this last month, and these last few weeks most especially, Alphys finds that she is comforted by the fact that Papyrus’ habit of making everything a puzzle has remained unchanged. 

 

Alphys blinks herself back to reality as she reaches for her tea. Alphys grabs the large cup filled with Matcha and classic brown sugar boba before quietly exiting the kitchen. 

 

As Alphys enters the living room, she sees Undyne’s headlights shining through the window. Then, with a few muffled honks of Undyne’s horn beeping as she locks her door, the headlights extinguish. 

 

Alphys casts a glance up the stairs before deciding that she’ll wait for Undyne to enter. 

 

As Undyne pushes open the door, Alphys is glad she stayed put. 

 

“H-Hey,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne startles for just a moment before settling back into her usual casual posture. 

 

“Hey.” Undyne responds. 

 

Alphys can tell that Undyne is exhausted, and she’s glad that Undyne is back in one piece. For, in all honesty, Alphys had no idea that Undyne was even out. 

 

Though, in all honesty, Alphys isn’t exactly surprised to find Undyne coming back this late. 

 

“What are you doing up, Alphy?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys doesn’t fail to take note of the thickness in Undyne’s voice. She can tell Undyne has spent a better part of the night crying or talking to herself. Though, Alphys realizes she wouldn’t be even a little surprised if both turned out to be true. 

 

“I-I woke up b-because my hand … err … f-fell asleep and I decided to g-grab my tea from the fridge. Then, wh-when I walked out of the kitchen, I-I … err … s-saw you pull in and wanted to know why you were out.” Alphys replies. 

 

Undyne nods as she bites her lip. Then, Undyne purses her lips before finally speaking. 

 

“I just went to drive around. I had a lot on my mind. You know that I like to take advantage of being able to drive now that we have cars and roads and shit on the Surface.” Undyne mumbles. 

 

Alphys is well aware of Undyne’s love for driving the interstate late at night when she has things on her mind. 

 

“You … Y-You wanna talk about it?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne shakes her head and runs her fingers through her hair. 

 

“Nah. Well … not yet anyway … it … I had something … I have a lot of thoughts, Alphys, and none of them are words ready.” Undyne confesses. 

 

Alphys sets her tea on a coaster on the table. Then, Alphys closes the gap between her and Undyne by loosely taking Undyne’s hands in her own. 

 

“I-I get that. I’ve been there. We … We all have. I’m around, a-and I’m ready to listen when you’re ready … err ... when y-ya know … you have y-your words ready.” Alphys promises. 

 

Alphys watches as Undyne looks up at the ceiling. Then, a few tears roll down Undyne’s cheek. Undyne lets go of one of Alphys’ hands to scrub the tears away with her shirt sleeve. However, just as quickly as Undyne took her hand away, she gives it back to Alphys to hold. 

 

“I … I know you are.” Undyne finally agrees. 

 

There is a long silence between the two of them. At first, the pause is awkward. Undyne and Alphys both break their gazes from each other. Alphys looks at Undyne’s feet, and she discovers that Undyne’s socks are soaking wet. The light blue cotton has turned dark with melting snow and slush, and all Alphys can think about is how uncomfortable that must feel against Undyne’s feet. 

 

Yet, as the moments pass, the silence becomes more and more familiar. The ticking of Toriel’s clock is not quite so loud. Instead, it begins to sound the way Mettaton’s metronome used to when he wrote music in Alphys’ old apartment Underground. It reminds Alphys of the way Undyne would tap her fingers as she entered PE grades into the report card portal. Finally, the sound of the clock fades all together, and all Alphys can hear is the way she and Undyne breathe together. 

 

Alphys finds that she and Undyne are starting to drift closer and closer together as time flows by and over them. They move silently to the couch, and they sit next to each other with their hands still clasped tight together. Before either of them realize it, Alphys is brushing Undyne’s wet and snow covered hair back from her face. Then, Alphys leans in and kisses Undyne as gently as she is able. 

 

There are so many things that Alphys longs for this kiss to convey. She hopes beyond all hope that Undyne feels forgiveness, love, compassion, renewal, and strength in this union of their bodies and their Souls. 

 

As they break their kiss, Undyne traces the spines of Alphys’ head with her knuckles. Then, Undyne takes both of Alphys’ claws in her hands, and she presses them to her lips. 

 

“I don’t deserve this, Alphy. I don’t. I-I don’t deserve your forgiveness.” Undyne whispers. 

 

Alphys removes one of her hands from Undyne’s grip and brushes her claws through Undyne’s hair. 

 

“F-Forgiveness is not earned, ‘Dyne. Y-You taught me that. People … P-People give it because they don’t want to h-hold anger anymore. I-I didn’t deserve anyone’s f-forgiveness for my mistakes. But, it was g-given. I-I … I just had to be r-ready to receive it. Like I said, he’s forgiven you l-long ago if he ever felt the need to g-give it to begin with. If he forgives, if he t-trusts, I ought to.” Alphys murmurs. 

 

Undyne looks at Alphys with her golden eye wide and swelling with tears. Undyne grips both of Alphys’ hands tight. 

 

“I don’t know who I am without you a-anymore. I’ve never needed anyone. My whole life I’ve fought. I’ve struggled, and I’ve won. But, I … it never felt good to win. Knocking down Asgore … this … Alphys, I’m not like you. I don’t learn.” Undyne grits out. 

 

Alphys lets Undyne squeeze her hands, and Alphys’ eyes shine behind her glasses. Alphys feels a tear slide down her cheek. More than anything, Alphys has wanted the security of being needed, of being loved, but she never expected the feeling of responsibility that would entail. 

 

Undyne breathes shakily for a moment. 

 

“I … I wanted to talk to them. I wanted to see them again. I know they died Underground, Alphy. But, I have to believe they aren’t lost in the diamonds in the Wishing Room. I have to believe they’re there in the sky. I have to believe I fought hard enough that some part of their dust was carried with me to the sky. They were good to me, Alphy. I wanted the wisdom of my mother. I … I wanted the strength of my father. I miss them, Alphy. I still need them.” Undyne admits. 

 

Alphys’ Soul almost stops in her chest. Undyne almost never talks about her parents. The only thing Undyne ever told Alphys about them is that they were victims of an illness that ravaged most of the monster population when both Alphys and Undyne were in their teens. Alphys remembers that event well.

 

The illness, thought to be caused by deficiencies in core components of the Soul, made Asgore double down of the patrol for humans. So, where Undyne was inspired to become a warrior, Alphys was driven to become a physician. Alphys has always thought their reactions explained more about the two of them than it didn't. 

 

Alphys is drawn away from the memory as Undyne squeezes her hands in desperation. 

 

“I know … I know you need time. I trust that you love me. But, this has meant so much to me. Thank you. I missed you.” Undyne whispers. 

 

Alphys knows that she’s crying because Alphys knows she has longed for Undyne to give her this truth for months. 

 

In all the times Alphys has given Undyne her own insecurities, her own struggles, and her own pains, Undyne never gave Alphys any of the burdens of her Soul in return. Though Alphys would never once admit to it out loud, she has longed for a confession like the one Undyne just gave for a long time. Alphys has desired to take the weight from Undyne’s shoulders and bear it as a shared burden since before the monsters came to the Surface. 

 

Alphys finds herself bringing Undyne to her shoulder as she cards her claws through Undyne’s hair. 

 

“Y-You never really told me how ... h-how your parents dying made you feel. But, I-I would have waited a hundred life times until you were ready to tell. However, I-I’m glad to know now. I’m glad y-you trust me with you. ‘Dyne, y-you are worth carrying. I cannot s-surplex boulders. I cannot bench press children. I cannot f-fight hard or well.” Alphys grins. 

 

Undyne lets go of Alphys’ hand to wipe her eyes again. After Undyne finishes swiping away the tears, Alphys takes Undyne’s hand and grips it tight. Then, Alphys takes a shaky breath before continuing to speak her mind to Undyne.  

 

“B-But, I can bear your feelings. I can hold your hand. I can l-listen to your problems. ‘Dyne, one day, h-hopefully soon, y-your burdens will be mine. Your life? It will be mine. Our s-sorrows, our family, our joys, our hopes, our dreams, our wishes? They will a-all be shared. I’ve only ever wanted y-you to see me as your partner … a-as your equal. I-It’s … hehehe … it’s why I lied a-about the manga and the anime. It’s why I wanted to be cooler than I was. But, here. This. Th-This is equals. Shared tears. Shared history. ‘Dyne, this … this is what I wanted.” Alphys asserts. 

 

Undyne pulls Alphys close to her chest. Alphys nuzzles deep into Undyne’s neck as Undyne squeezes Alphys tighter. Undyne folds in around Alphys as though Alphys is the spine holding them both upright and, for the first time in Alphys’ memory, Undyne crumbles.

 

After sitting for a long time entwined together, Undyne untangles herself from Alphys’ embrace. However, Alphys quickly laces their fingers together, and they both stare at one another. 

 

“‘Dyne, I have s-something to ask y-you,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne raises her eyebrows. 

 

“Sh-Shoot, Alphy.” Undyne whispers. 

 

Alphys smiles and looks Undyne in the eye. 

 

“A-A few of my students are in a m-musical. I was planning to take Mettaton, but I-I’m not sure how mobile he’ll be a-at that point. The p-play is called Six. Apparently, it’s about the w-wives of some human king. Wh-What do you say to learning some real h-human history with me this time?” Alphys offers. 

 

Alphys sees Undyne grin before she presses a kiss to Alphys’ forehead. 

 

“I wouldn’t miss your little nerds for anything above or under the earth, Alphy. I ran into a few of them today. They … They’re good. They’re just … they’re so, so crazy good. Besides, they clearly adore you, and I’d love an excuse to continue to get to know them.” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys finds herself blushing a little as Undyne mentions how much her students adore her. For, while she knows this based on their reviews of her class and the things they’ve said to her directly, it hits Alphys differently when her students talk about her lovingly without her there. 

 

Alphys takes a look at Undyne who seems to be falling asleep sitting up. Alphys notices that Undyne is doing that thing with her neck that she always does when she tries to avoid sleeping. Every few seconds, Undyne’s neck snaps back up from drifting down to her chest. 

 

“Y-You should get to sleep. I’m planning on trying to as w-well after I do a little c-coding. Coding is r-repetitive. It always helps me s-sleep,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne shakes her head hard before rubbing the back of her neck. 

 

“Yeah … that’s … um … that’s not a bad idea. Unless, it’s necessary, I doubt even Miss Toriel will be up before noon.” Undyne teases. 

 

Alphys bites back a laugh before getting up off the couch. 

 

As Alphys picks up her drink, she takes a look at the dingy old couch. Toriel really should rearrange things to get a second big sofa, like this one, in here. It seems likely that Maddie will start attending some, if not all, of the family movie nights. 

 

Secretly, Alphys wonders if some of her students, once they graduate, wouldn’t like to attend one of their little family get togethers. 

 

“I remember when I helped you rescue this sucker from falling into the bottomless pit.” Undyne grins. 

 

Alphys almost chokes on a mouthful of tea when she recalls the absolute chaos of that memory. 

 

“D-Don’t remind me. My l-lifting contraption had already f-fallen into it. I had no idea what I was g-going to do,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne grins. 

 

“That was a long time ago. It was … what? … several years before you became Royal Scientist?” Undyne asks. 

 

“Y-Yeah. It was … err … a-about s-seven years? Asgore w-waited the customary ten y-years to open the position after … a-after whatever the heck happened h-happened. I-I … I still hate that I can’t r-remember anything about that. But … that’s not on topic …” Alphys sighs.

 

Alphys sets the tea back down of the coaster before counting on her fingers trying to remember exactly how the timeline played out. 

 

“Y-Yes. It would have been s-seven years. Sans worked with A-Asgore for five. The position o-opened five years after Sans and P-Papyrus were moved in. I met M-Mettaton right as the position o-opened. I figured … err … if the p-position closed that … well … I’d have done s-something nice for him. But … B-But, if it remained open, that … well … it’d be w-worth it to make the body he wanted because … b-because I guess we’d both be happy.” Alphys confesses. 

 

Alphys looks up and sees Undyne nodding slowly as the timeline of events starts to come together. 

 

“That’s why you asked to start watching movies at my place? He was camping out at yours? You said your clinic was getting busier, and you were starting to have people making home visits. But, the home visit was him, wasn’t it?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys closes her eyes and blushes with embarrassment as she nods. 

 

“Y-Yes. I … I-I knew y-you would be looking for him. He kn-knew you’d be looking for him. H-He wasn’t confident in c-coming to meet you until he had ‘a body he knew he wouldn’t be recognized in.’ I-I … I don’t know when y-you figured it out, but he outright refused to see you again after it happened. At the t-time I thought he was being dramatic, now … now I g-get it. He just w-wasn’t ready to confront his family about his need for a c-corporeal body.” Alphys explains. 

 

Alphys can see in Undyne’s face that she remembers that day just as well as Alphys does. The shame in Undyne’s face is unmistakable. 

 

“I shoulda been gentler about that. He probably figured I was moments away from storming Napta’s house and telling them what I knew right then,” Undyne says. 

 

Alphys pinches her nose with her claws. They all could have been gentler to one another in the argument that ensued.

 

“I … It’s not really my place to c-confirm or deny that. All I-I can say is that a lot of things c-came up when we sat in his bedroom on the day he, Napstablook, and Shyren m-moved into their apartment,” Alphys says. 

 

Alphys watches Undyne bite her lip in the way she always does when she’s thinking hard about something. 

 

“I remember that. I think you two nerds were in there talking from noon until almost six o’clock in the evening.” Undyne grins. 

 

Alphys bites back a few tears as she forces a laugh. 

 

“I m-miss the freedom of that c-conversation … you know? It was … I-It was like when we were f-first friends. We didn’t h-hold back. We didn’t p-pull punches. In part … I-In part because we didn’t have to. N-Nothing … I knew n-nothing he said was … w-was going to hurt like n-not knowing the t-truth. And … A-And, I knew he f-felt the same way. Now … N-Now, it’s almost worse than Underground. Underground … he … Underground, at least, h-he wouldn’t shut up about his d-day to day activities, and … a-and his work, and Angel knows what else.” Alphys rambles. 

 

Then, Alphys finds herself leaning into Undyne’s side, and Alphys uses the strength and steadiness Undyne’s solid presence provides her to continue. 

 

“This … This is so different. And, you know wh-what, ‘Dyne?” Alphys asks. 

 

Undyne soothingly runs her knuckles over the spines on Alphys’ head. 

 

“What?” Undyne responds. 

 

Alphys leans into Undyne’s touch, and she wraps both her arms around Undyne’s waist. 

 

“I … I-I really miss him in those moments wh-where he was most himself.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Alphys feels Undyne pulling her in closer as Undyne moves her gentle touches to Alphys’ back. 

 

“I know you do. I hope you believe me when I say, I miss that punk too.” Undyne replies. 

 

Alphys breaks away from Undyne’s embrace because Alphys knows it’s important for Undyne to see her face. 

 

“I know you do too,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne leans down and kisses Alphys’ forehead again. then, Alphys picks her tea up again, and she heads for the chairs. 

 

“One last practical question, Alphy?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys looks over her shoulder.

 

“Sh-Shoot. What do y-you want to know?” Alphys asks. 

 

“How did you get the position of Royal Scientist if you waited two years after it was open to apply to it?” Undyne asks. 

 

Alphys can see the genuine curiosity in Undyne’s face, and it makes her start to laugh. 

 

“It’s a q-question for Asgore really. But, i-if I remember correctly, he told me j-just about a month ago that I was the o-only one who ever a-applied because everyone else th-thought the position was cursed.” Alphys explains. 

 

Undyne shakes her head a smile spreads over her face. 

 

“That … that explains so, so much.” Undyne sighs. 

 

Alphys composes herself after a moment. Then, she and Undyne walk up the stairs together. 

 

However, before Undyne goes back to her room, she kneels down in front of Alphys and gives her one last long embrace. Alphys rests her chin on Undyne’s shoulder and closes her eyes softly like a contented cat. 

 

“T-Tomorrow, if y-you and Papyrus are up first, please, for the all of g-good in magic, do. not. try to b-bake the cookie dough in the fridge,” Alphys says. 

 

Undyne pulls away from the hug, but she still holds onto Alphys shoulders. A watery smile spreads across Undyne’s face. 

 

“Ass. But, you have my honor, Alphy. We won’t bake the cookies …” Undyne trails off with a smile. 

 

Alphys grins and raises an eyebrow at the silence. 

 

“We’ll make pasta instead.” Undyne finishes. 

 

Alphys shakes her head with a laugh and springs forward to hug Undyne around her chest. 

 

“I love y-you. From the m-moment you helped me grab that stupid c-couch, and every moment a-after, I love you.” Alphys whispers. 

 

Undyne nuzzles Alphys’ spines in a way that makes Alphys tingle in places she questioned were possible. 

 

“I always felt the same way.” Undyne replies. 

 

It’s clear neither Undyne nor Alphys want this hug to end. The two of them linger in each other’s embrace for long enough that the first signs of morning light envelop them before they break apart. 

 

Alphys’ tea is warm. It’s sitting by her feet. She doesn’t care. 

 

None of those small things matter anymore. 

 

Finally, Alphys and Undyne part ways, and Alphys gently pushes open the door. 

 

Mettaton is still in sleep mode, and the small contented smile still hasn’t left his face. 

 

For a moment, Alphys wonders if he isn't dreaming about Papyrus. 

 

Then, Alphys walks over to the desk and sets her tea next to her. She sips on it, and she is surprised to find that it doesn’t taste terrible. 

 

Alphys pulls open the desk drawer and finds that she did leave paper in the desk. It is as if her past self somehow expected needing it at some future date she would never have been able to predict. 

 

After a moment, Alphys finds up a pen in the desk. She examines the pen carefully and notices it has little sketches of Miyazaki characters on it. 

 

… and I will make you rewatch my entire Miyazaki film collection, including "When Marnie w-w-was There," over and over a-and over, with me u-u-until you l-l-literally s-sing my praises.

 

Alphys looks at her computer, and she decides that coding can wait. She’ll have all of tomorrow to uncorrupt files. She has more than half of what she thinks she needs done anyway. 

 

So, Alphys sets her pen on the paper and begins to write. She only takes breaks to stretch her hand and sip her tea. 

 

The sun has more than fully risen by the time Alphys is finished. She sets the note on Mettaton’s side of the bed on top of Mettaton's phone. Alphys assumes Sans must have brought it up sometime between yesterday afternoon and when she woke up this morning.

 

Though, Alphys finds that she is too tired to try and remember when that would have happened.

 

Finally, Alphys crawls back in next to Mettaton, and she smiles sleepily to herself as she rests in the natural warmth of her friend. 

 

“I love y-you. Things h-haven’t been easy for either of us lately … err … well … ever r-really. But, I care about y-you, you goose. You … my codex vitae.” Alphys mumbles to herself.  

 

As if saying those simple words were an incantation, Alphys falls asleep in the light of the sun. 



********

 

Mettaton slowly blinks awake about an hour or two after Alphys has settled back to sleep. He slowly looks over his shoulder to see Alphys pillowed against his chest piece. 

 

Mettaton smiles before he looks over at the nightstand that is still moved just slightly from the bed. However, he sees a note with his initials written on it in Alphys’ handwriting placed just within the reach of his extendable arms. 

 

He quickly, and quietly, grabs the note from off the dresser while avoiding jostling Alphys. 

 

After he has the note in his hand, Mettaton looks back at Alphys and smiles to himself upon seeing that she is still at rest. Mettaton is bolstered by the fact that, even if his leg is still non-functional, he still has some degree of grace. 

 

With that thought, he unfolds the note and sees that it is, in fact, comprised of several pieces of paper not just one.

 

        Ton ton,

 

        If you’re reading this on your own, I’m likely still asleep. Otherwise, I’ll read it to you so that you don’t have to strain your eyes in the dark. 

 

        But, I wanted to write to you so that I could share with you some of my thoughts on things that have happened between us as well as to help you understand that, as I’ve said many times this last week or so, you are worth fixing and loving. 

 

Tears have already begun to sting in Mettaton’s eyes as he bites his lip. He takes a breath before he continues. 

 

        First, I wanted to let you know that Undyne and I made up. I thought you’d like to know that because you’re always one for hot romantic gossip, and you’ve been trying to get the two of us together for years. It all started because I fell asleep on my hand and lost circulation to it at two in the morning. I thought you’d find that kind of prophetic. 

 

Mettaton bites his tongue to keep from laughing because, as always, Alphys is right. He does find that predicament a touch prophetic. Mettaton has never known such trivial things to wake Alphys. So, surely, in Mettaton’s mind at least, some force of fate must have had hand in Alphys waking up just as Undyne was probably stumbling around for a glass of water or something of that nature.

 

        Second, as Undyne and I were talking, a few things came up about my application for Royal Scientist. It made me remember some things about our time together that I miss, and I wanted to share the good memories with you. We spent so much time working through the heartache and the shit that I think I forgot to tell you about the parts that I loved. 

 

        I’ll number them to make it easy on your eyes. If you start to feel them strain, or you’re seeing flashing lights, wake me up. 

 

Mettaton isn’t seeing any lights, but a few tears have found their way down his cheeks. He breathes shakily as he wipes them away before continuing to read. 

 

 

  1. I remember, before we made Initial, how you used to hide in the corners of my house like you weren’t there. But, then, I’d walk into my room and a movie, a CD, a piece of sheet music, a novel, or some other little trinket would be on my pillow. It would sometimes take me weeks to listen to the album, read the novel, or for you to get the courage to sing the music. Yet, I remember those trinkets with fondness. I kept all of them in a box in my room. They’re in my New Lab here on the Surface if you ever want to look back at them. I never threw them out.


  2. Of those trinkets, there is one I always kept close. It was the copy of Frankenstein by Mary Shelley. It’s the one with the blue satin bound hard cover that you left me just a week before Initial was able to be inhabited. That book was both terrifying and comforting after the lab accident that led to the Amalgamates. Ton-ton, even if no one knows it, you are my Adam. Your body was my first creation, and I held onto that even when I couldn’t complete what I had promised. When I watched you on the TV, I knew that once upon a time I created something incredible. I created something that made someone happy. I wanted that again. I wanted to create and give security to monsters in the way I had given it to you. I just wasn’t sure I would ever be capable of it again, but the book gave me hope.


  3. While this is a Surface memory and not one Underground, it is relevant. This past Halloween, when we saw RHPS together, I had a blast! I mean this with every fiber of my Soul when I say I want to go again. It was weird as hell, but it was so much fun. Seriously, we should convince Undyne and Papyrus to go with us. Also, you were hilarious in the “virgin games,” and you deserved to win. XD


  4. Another Surface memory but, in my defense, it was really touching. The Game Gauntlet you made for Papyrus was one of the most impressive feats I have seen you do. Honestly, it was organized, it was thoughtful, it was logical, and it was still so you. You really thought through what Papyrus would have wanted, and you executed on that vision. In that game night, I saw glimmers of what you appeared to have wanted to do with your shows Underground. That said, I wish you had told us that you felt like crap that night. It was really, really unfair for you to have to hold that back.


  5. There are more things I want to talk about and remember, but my hand is cramping up. However, everything I want to say leads up to this: you are the best friend I have ever had. I don’t tell you that enough. I want to tell you more. 

 

 

Mettaton closes his eyes tightly as he holds the note to his chest. He has so many things to say back to Alphys, and he’s not even done reading what she wrote him. However, all of his thoughts are messy, and he wants his reply to have some degree of coherency. 

 

Despite her tendency to let a spoken ramble turn into a word vomit, Alphys has always been an incredibly practical and concise writer. Wheras, at his best, Mettaton knows that he has a flare for poetics. At his worst, Mettaton recognizes that his writing style might be compared to a lyrical equivalent of Ulysses. Thus, Mettaton concludes that he should likely wait to write Alphys back until he’s certain that he can craft exactly what he wants to say without falling prey to his own stream of consciousness. 

 

With that settled, Mettaton blinks away the last of his stray tears as he opens his eyes. Then, he brings the letter back into his view. 

 

        Third, I want you to remember that, when I made you, I made you beautiful because that is who and what you are. You are beautiful. 

 

        On that subject, a few days ago you asked me why, despite your sparse interactions with me during my depression and anxiety Underground, I would keep patching you up. I’ve thought about that a lot these last couple of days when I was sleepless and fretting over losing you. I have two reasons:  

 

        The first one is that, while you may not remember much because of how manic you often were, you helped me out more than you think. If I remembered to call, you came. 3AM or 3PM - you were there. Besides that, whether you want to admit it or not, you were still an adolescent and I was an adult who leaned far too heavily on someone psychologically much younger than me for my own validation and self-worth.

        Don’t take this in a weird way, but I meant it when I said that I don’t want to live in a world without you in it. Though, when you were in massive amounts of pain due to the DT in your Soul and your fan not syncing to your body properly, I was willing to let you go. I was ready to let you fall down because I didn't want you to suffer anymore. In that case, no matter how sad and painful it might have felt, death would have been natural. I have no desire to try to bring monsters back from an early death anymore. However,that being said, I am not willing to sit idly by and let you be your own executioner. That would be hypocritical. 

 

        Fourth, you are still healing and will be for a long time. Your emotions are frequently going to be intense and volatile. From what I remember of my own healing, crying, and crying often, is natural. Please don’t try to censor your tears, your anger, or any other emotion you feel surrounding this. It’s normal to want to wish that all of this never happened. It’s normal to want to hold all of us accountable for not seeing how much pain you were in and applying Bandaid solutions to a bullet wound. 

 

        I have so many things to say on this subject, but we can approach them when you’re ready. 

 

        Last, in writing all of this, I want to remind you exactly who you are to me. You are my Codex Vitae or, should I say, my Code-EX Vitae. (Sorry. I couldn’t resist that pun.) 

 

        But, in all seriousness, I will never write a book that holds all the secrets of my life. I will never explain to the world all the hidden gems I’ve learned about living, or the universe, or much of anything. However, if there is one thing I will always be proud of, it is the place where your vision for yourself met my code to give you back your life. 

 

        I may not have programmed your personality, but I made you a body that allowed your personality to shine through. In that way, I suppose, I coded life. 

 

        Until now, I’ve never really given any of this much thought. But, in your face, I see the face you asked me to create for you. I saw that same face on the big screen this past Halloween, and I realized, even then, that I did I pretty good job. However, now, I also see the little influences of Miyazaki's Howl and Zuko that I worked in for myself. In your body, I see the dancer’s legs you begged me to make for you. However, I also see the silly robotic features I felt the need to include in the anime protagonist I was sure I was creating. 

 

        As such, this body is something that is a little bit of you and a little bit of me. This body that, despite all of the bullshit you have endured, you chose to make yours is an invention of both of our imaginations. Your body is my life’s work come to life. 

 

        Therefore, there is nothing that I will ever create that can surpass the pride I feel in you. 

 

Mettaton grins wildly through several more unshed tears. His eyes begin to burn again as he reads the first words of the next paragraph. Mettaton presses a hand to his mouth to suppress a tearful giggle of delight upon discovering that Alphys used his chosen middle name. Despite the fact that Mettaton still isn’t sure why he gave himself a middle name, from what he recalls, he chose it simply because he liked how it looked when he wrote it. 

 

Secretly, Mettaton still loves seeing his whole name written out. 

 

        Mettaton Timothy Blook, you and I, for better or worse, are bound up forever in each other’s lives. I am bound up in the songs you’ve written. (Don’t think I didn’t notice the song you wrote about me on your album.) I am literally in your code. I chose to help you as soon as we met, at least partially, because Asgore posted the call for a new Royal Scientist around that time. You needed me to give you what you needed to keep surviving. However, from both of our selfish desires, we have grown a friendship that, I like to think, has made both of us stronger, wiser, and more compassionate monsters. 

 

        Seeing your successes has given and continues to give me strength to carry on when the weight of my failures seems too much. 

 

        Without you encouraging me to work on myself, I would not have been able to provide you with the hard fought “tricks of the trade,” as the saying goes, this last week. I hope my wisdom has proven, and will continue to prove, useful. 

 

        This last week has made me think a lot about how I treat myself and how I talk about myself. Despite growing up as an only child, I have lived around, and with, Sans and Papyrus enough to know that older siblings often model behavior for their younger siblings. In trying to teach you how to have compassion for yourself, I’ve grown to realize that I need to extend compassion to myself. 

 

        I don’t pretend to know how you feel about what you’ve learned from me. I’d prefer to hear it from you anyway. But, I like to think I have rubbed off on you in positive ways. 

 

Mettaton smiles as he looks over at Alphys. 

 

“You have, darling. In many, many ways.” He whispers. 

 

In her sleep, Alphys smiles and nestles in closer to Mettaton. He brings one of his hands up over her shoulders as he continues to read. 

 

        I’m trying to figure out how to end this lengthy letter to you in a way that captures everything I’ve been feeling lately. I suppose in the end what I want you to know is that I care about you, and I want you to feel safe coming to me with anything. Obviously, if there are issues with your hardware, you would come to me. But, I want you to come to me with all of the anxieties and fears I know you still carry without fear that I can’t handle it or that I’m going to pass judgment. 

 

        I won’t. 

 

        I also want you to know this wasn’t your choice. In applying for Royal Scientist, I at least had a vague idea of what kind of experiments I would be doing. I knew what kind of responsibilities I was taking on when I tried to stabilize and make monster Souls human. While I could have never expected the results, I suppose I always knew I was playing with fire. 

 

        Science is not as predictable as people might assume. There is as much art to it as your music. 

 

        I have come to accept that there were things I could have been more careful in, but that my intentions did matter. They may not change the result. They didn’t matter when I apologized to the families of the Amalgamates, or to their friends, or to you. However, when I face myself in the mirror, my intentions very much matter.

 

        Yet, I want to assure you that your situation is very different from mine. I have seen the effects of specialized LV first hand. You would have had no way of knowing what was coming. You had no way to defend yourself. You couldn’t have known. There is no manual that tells you how to prepare your Soul for gaslighting. There is no book on this earth or under it that tells you how to know when someone will hurt you in that way. There is no encyclopedia you could have read to tell you how to escape once you have been hurt or, if such a tome exists, they’re often useless since each situation is so specific. 

 

        Give yourself at least the same amount of grace you have given me, and trust in the love you still have inside yourself to give. 

 

        Cling tightly to those who are stronger than you are in your moments of weakness. Trust that people will tell you if you cross boundaries and that they will set them before you accidentally overstep. 

 

        Papyrus knows what he has signed on for. I’ve spoken with him at length. Trust in the love that you have forged with him because, like Undyne, he is a firm foundation. 

 

        He also understands you better than you might think. 

 

        The changes that were forced upon you have caused all of us to change. However, the changes we have made to ourselves are voluntary changes. They are changes in our relationship to you. They are changes made to be sensitive to your needs as you heal. 

 

        But, they are gifts freely given because you deserve to have us better than you first received us. 

 

        I will say this over and over again until you believe me, but I should have noticed you were sick. I should have been there for you. I’m your doctor as well as your friend, and I should have put aside my fears and denial to make sure you were safe. You did not deserve to suffer what you have as you have. 

 

        Read that again, and memorize it like a line from a script you'll perform tomorrow and every day after. Because it is and you will. 

 

        This next month is going to be hard. You’re going to go through a lot of physical healing, and we’re going to work on finding sustainable ways to improve your memory. Key word: sustainable. Burning yourself out is no longer an option, got it? 

 

        The biggest thing I want you to focus on as a “New Years Resolution,” as the human’s put it, is getting back to having fun. You don’t have to take that advice, of course, but I think it might help. Go back to the bar and sing with your friends. Go write at the coffee shop. Play your guitar and compose your music. Watch good movies and bad ones. Read good books and trash ones. Go on dates with Papyrus and be cute. Come home and gush to me about them. 

 

        Give yourself permission to have the life and experiences in this body you wanted to have as a giant middle finger to the asshole. (We have all decided to start referring to your ex-manager as “the asshole.” Please feel free to add or ask for alternate names.) 

 

Mettaton bites back yet another tearful laugh. He supposes “the asshole” will suffice. It’s not something he really wants to think about in detail, but the idea of everyone referring to his former manager as an asshole does make him crack a smile. 

 

Yet, Mettaton does reread the beginning part of that statement again. 

 

He doesn’t quite see having plesant experiences in his body as an act of defiance. Though, apparently, Alphys sees it as the greatest act of defiance he can perform. 

 

There is something about smelling flowers and dancing in the rain that feels childish after everything that has happened to him. There is something about wearing make up and feeling the brushes against his magic metal skin that feels stupid. 

 

But, if Alphys thinks that finding pleasure in the mundane is defiance, he isn’t going to argue. 

 

However, he also doubts his ability to find that joy any time soon, if ever again, but he thinks he’ll leave that to himself. At least, for now, he’ll ruminate on that alone. 

 

        I’m starting to fade, but you know how much easier it is for me to write than it is to talk. It took me about three hours to write this. I think it would have taken me three days to say it. (It’s why I like to text.) 

 

        I know you’ll probably want to talk, and when you’re ready, I’m ready to listen. 

 

        Angel knows, this is a thick ass stack of paper. :D 

 

        You should rest your eyes after reading all this. I haven’t had a chance to do any calculations on whether or not reading extensively, especially in low light, might trigger migraines or other CPU issues. I’ll let you know more about that later today or tomorrow. 

 

        But, sleep easy knowing that we’ve got you. I promise, whenever you want it, we have your tea, and Toriel’s going to bake cookies some time today. 

 

        (Word got back to her about the first thing you asked for when we finished clearing out the DT.) 

 

        Oh, and I think I saw your phone on the side table if you’d like to listen to music or text people. I quadruple checked to make sure all alarms and loud sounds have been turned off. I’d encourage you not to turn them back on. For now, I’d also suggest staying off any socials besides the UnderNet. If you want to watch movies or read, I'd recommend turning the light on and bringing the brightness on the phone down. I fall asleep with the lights on all the time, and it's better for your eyes. 

 

        But, Angel knows that I’m not your mom, and I’m not going to tell you what to do. 

 

        Oh, and Napstablook and Shyren sent me a Spotify playlist for you if you want it. 

 

        Good Morning, Afternoon, or Night - whenever you’re reading this thing. 

 

        ~Phy 

 

Mettaton looks over and, as Alphys said, his phone is on the nightstand just within reach. 

 

He considers what Alphys says about social media, and he decides to trust her on that. He absolutely does want the playlist. However, he does still have a deep and intense urge to turn on at least a few of the alarms. 

 

But, truly, he discovers that he really doesn’t have any strength left to pick the phone up off the nightstand. 

 

For one of the first times in his life, Mettaton is tired, and he figures he should probably rengage his sleep mode. 

 

Mettaton looks back down at Alphys, and he is pleased to discover that she is still peaceful. 

 

Finally, he looks up at the ceiling, and he realizes that he misses his glow stars. He wonders if Alphys and Undyne will object to him putting up a few in their guest room. 

 

However, that is the last conscious thought Mettaton has before drifting back into sleep mode with Alphys’ letter still in his hands.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

I just wanted to thank everyone who has taken the time to chat with me in the comments. I love reading and replying to everyone who leaves messages - no matter how long or short. Many of you are so complimentary, and I've enjoyed the discussions of puns, lore, and everything in between. It's hard to believe we're on chapter 29 of this little epic. I'm so, so thankful to all of you who are reading, subscribing, kudosing, and everything. It makes me smile to know that people are finding varying degrees of enjoyment out of this story that I truly had no intention of making this long.

However, I hate plot holes, and everytime I find one the fic grows by like 2 or 3 chapters. XD

That said, I really, really enjoyed writing this chapter. If other people enjoyed it, I have thought about using this chapter as an outline for a longer work covering the life and friendship of Mettaton and Alphys. (I'd likely reuse the title of this chapter for the title of that fic.) Let me know in the comments if that's something folks would like to see once this epic is finished. I make no promises that I'll actually get around to it, or do it at all, but the likelihood of me writing a Mettaton and Alphys friendship fic increases the more people show interest. ;)

I would apologize for the Ulysses joke, but then I remembered that it made me laugh so hard I actually snorted. Sometimes, as an author, you leave a joke or two in for yourself. It's not the worst thing to do. (I was an English major and I spent 4 months living and studying Irish literature in Ireland - so, you can take the academic out of academia, but you can't take the academia out of the academic.) Thus, I know it's a niche joke, but it's a niche joke that I love.

RHPS stands for Rocky Horror Picture Show. Not sure how old most of the folks reading this are, but it's a really trippy and kind of raunchy (read: amazing) movie from the 1970s. I think I referenced Rocky in one or two of the previous chapters, but I think I forgot to put a note in about what it actually was.

In short, it's a musical movie that gained a cult following, especially amongst the LGBT+ community, shortly after it aired in theaters in 1975. It's the longest running theatrical release of a movie in history (I believe). In several theaters that show it monthly/weekly/yearly, people dress up as the characters and pantomime it live in front of the screen. People in the audience also often dress as the characters as well. I'm not entirely sure if the reason people started doing the pantomime (Shadow cast) is because RHPS was first a stage show or if there was another reason it got started. However, the fact that showings of RHPS happen monthly with shadow casts in several major cities is a fact that will be kind of important to the plot of this story later. So, file that in your brains.

Also, if you look up Dr. Frank-n-Furter, I think you'll see a striking resemblance between him and everyone's favorite robot celebrity in his "true form." (But, I might also be nuts.) ;)

The chapter after this one will introduce some of Mettaton's relationship with this piece of media in more depth than was shown in the past chapters. I'll do my level best to make sure anything that absolutely needs to be known to understand things are in the chapter. But, if folks have any questions about Rocky, I love talking about it. Crazy 70s and 80s musicals and music are among some of my special interest. (David Bowie and John Denver - my beloved style icons.)

(But, who am I kidding, music history from the time we were banging rocks together for rhythm through to the present is my special interest. Seriously, my playlists contain everything from La Boheme to Green Day to Passenger to Phantom of the Opera to like the freaking Black Eyed Peas. Though, I prefer writing to instrumental music and scores. Hans Zimmer and Howard Shore are my go tos. Though, instrumental covers of Sondheim can also be quite nice ... I like "Johanna" from Sweeney Todd.)

Oh! That reminds me, I was thinking about putting together a playlist for this story on YouTube or Spotify or something. Would that interest folks or nah? (I already made them. But, if you want to see them, let me know.)

Anyway, this is starting to get rambly. I just wanted to end on a note reiterating my gratitude towards my readers. It's hard to write in a void, and you all make me want to keep on trucking through the story even when it gets difficult to write and tie the loose threads together.

Much Love,
Pip

Chapter 30: Mother Knows Best ... No, She Actually Does This Time

Summary:

Frisk bakes cookies with Toriel and learns a valuable life lesson.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Frisk surprises themselves when they are the first living being awake in the whole house. Usually, on breaks and weekends especially, even Sans has to drag them out of bed.

 

Finally, after stumbling around their room getting dressed in their usual striped jumper, Frisk picks Flowey up off the side table. 

 

Frisk pokes their head out of their door and looks around the hallway and down the top of the staircase. Asgore hasn’t come over yet because the couch downstairs is empty. Asgore usually sits on the couch downstairs until someone invites him to do something else. 

 

It is also where Asgore has spent most nights this last week or so sleeping. 

 

Then, Frisk remembers that Asgore left yesterday after Sans’ machine worked. They can’t help but think it must be good for Asgore to sleep in his own bed after so long. Flowey even volunteer to stay with Frisk so Asgore could get "real" sleep. 

 

Frisk descends the stairs as silently as they’re able. Then, they find themselves sitting in the living room staring at Flowey. 

 

“SoOoOoO … what aAare we going to do?” Flowey asks. 

 

Frisk shrugs and flops onto the couch. 

 

IF you still wanted to sleep, why come doOoOown heEeEere?” Flowey asks. 

 

No. Sleep. Flop. 

 

Frisk signs as they illustrate their point further by falling back against the couch a second time. 

 

Flowey sighs deeply and shakes his head at Frisk, but Frisk ignores him. They aren’t sure he knows they can see him. 

 

It isn’t long after Frisk makes themselves at home on the sofa that Mom comes down the stairs. She sees Frisk on the couch and wordlessly raises an eyebrow. 

 

Frisk just gives her a smile and a shrug. 

 

Room. Bored. Fresh. Sight. 

 

Mom just chuckles and heads for the kitchen. 

 

“If you would like to be less bored, I could use a hand in choosing shapes for cookies, my child.” Mom offers. 

 

Frisk bolts upright and begins heading towards the kitchen. 

 

“HEY! Aren’t you … I don’t know … FORGETTING SoOoOome ONE!” Flowey shouts. 

 

Frisk spins on their heal and turns back towards Flowey. 

 

They close their hand in a fist and make a circle over their heart. Then, they touch their thumb to their index finger while leaving the others loosely extended. The sign for the letter “F” slowly transitions into the sign for “flower” as Frisk brings their extended fingers to their thumb and mime smelling them on each side of their nose. 

 

Sorry, Flowey.  

 

Flowey humphs and crosses his leaves over his stem. 

 

“It was not intentional, Flowey, my dear. I assure you. Frisk was merely excited. Be good.” Mom admonishes. 

 

Flowey sighs and dramatically bends his petaled face backwards, as far as he can go, before returning himself to an upright position. 

 

“FiIiIine … you’re forgiven … I guess … for now.” Flowey mumbles. 

 

Frisk smiles, and they press their fingers together like a mitten. Then, they place those fingers to their lower lip before extending their hand, like blowing a kiss. 

 

Thank you. 

 

Flowey grumbles something Frisk can’t quite understand. But, they don’t care. They get to make cookies with Mom. 

 

The world suddenly feels very normal, and it’s nice. 

 

Mom brings the dough out of the fridge, and she begins to flour the large marble island table in the middle of the kitchen. Frisk dutifully finds the rolling pin, and they hand it to Mom with a huge smile. 

 

However, Frisk notices that Mom seems to enter some sort of meditative trance as she pushes the dough out against the marble table. Slowly, the black and white speckles of the marble countertop are covered in a sheet of inches thick beige. The whole room begins to smell like flour and slowly melting butter. The only sound is the rolling pin swishing back and forth over the dough as it makes uneven parts even. 

 

Frisk watches Mom as she meticulously turns her rolling pin to ensure nothing is too thick or thin. However, Mom’s eyes are closed. Frisk realizes that Mom really could bake blindfolded. Mom must know the feel of dough under her rolling pin, in her paws, against her fur in the same way that Frisk knows when to breathe. 

 

Frisk doesn’t know when Mom learned to bake, but they can’t help but wonder if this is what it looks like to spend a century or more mastering a craft. Like a blacksmith, Mom knows the feeling of the heat of an off temperature oven. Mom has memorized the smell of the perfect melted butter. Cookie dough is Mom’s oldest friend. 

 

Mom knows how to straighten it out. 

 

“It is funny … the things we most want when we feel smallest, Frisk. Asgore has confessed to me that all he ever wanted in his lowest moments were my butterscotch pies. How strange a thing grief is, is it not?” Mom whispers. 

 

Frisk looks up to see Mom handing them a bag of cookie cutters of all different shapes. 

 

As they nod their head, Frisk makes a fist and knocks twice with it.

 

Yes. 

 

Frisk doesn’t have much more to say as they take the bag of cookie cutters and set them in their lap.

 

For, as is so often the case, Frisk would much rather listen. 

 

“I am not sure what I am saying, my child. But, sometimes, I do find it so interesting to ponder why we long for such simple things - home cooked meals, familiar scents and flavors, and simplicity when our world spirals so far from us.” Mom sighs. 

 

Frisk studies the shapes in the bag as they think about what Mom has said. Frisk can’t deny the truth behind Mom’s words. They have their own set of songs, movies, stories, flavors, meals, and smells that they long for when life is scary. 

 

Wasn’t it just last night that I was thinking about how the smell of Mom’s pie baking reminded me of Mary’s house? Mary’s house that always smelled like safety? Mary’s parents tried hard to change the way things worked at Goldenflower Boarding School for Gifted Children. I sometimes wonder if, even more than for work, Mary and her family left because there was no other school that was accessible for Mary. 

 

Frisk finally looks up from the bag of cookie cutters as they sign. 

 

I . Know.

 

Y our. House. Smell. Safety. 

 

Cookies. Chocolate.

 

Smell. Safe. 

 

Trust. You.

 

Trust. Scent. 

 

Mom blinks slowly at them, and she nods. Then, she breathes as though she’s going to say more, but Mom shakes her head and returns to her meticulous work. 

 

Frisk looks at Flowey who is staring out the window. It’s clear to Frisk that Flowey is pretending not to notice either Mom or Frisk. So, Frisk doesn’t disturb his staring. 

 

Honestly, the silence is nice. 

 

Frisk has always loved silence. Silence, to Frisk, is like an old friend or a well worn jacket. Silence fits just perfectly because it’s stretched out in all the right places. There’s a little room left for you to grow in it. Mom’s rolling pin cuts through the silence as though imitating the swish of the jacket’s fabric. 

 

After a few moments of basking in the quiet, Frisk is finally able to actually focus on the cookie cutters in the bag Mom has handed them. 

 

Frisk begins to sift through the monster-bread people, the snowflakes, a vast array of puzzle pieces, some letters, and various other silly shapes. 

 

Then, Frisk finds the exact cookie cutter they wanted. 

 

A star. 

 

They hold the cookie cutter out to Mom, and she smiles. 

 

“This is very traditional of you, my child. It is the perfect shape for Angelmas. Is there anything else you would like to choose?” Mom asks. 

 

Frisk returns to the bag and pulls out a few of the unique puzzle piece shapes. 

 

Mom grins, and she reaches out to ruffle Frisk’s hair with a flour covered paw. 

 

“A wonderful selection, my child.” Mom praises. 

 

Frisk looks into the bag again and pulls out some music notes, a flower, and a snowflake. 

 

Mom gives Frisk a large smile and a nod with each cookie cutter they remove from the bag. 

 

“These are very good choices, my child. You are very good. Now, can you put some flour onto one of the cookie cutters with me?” Mom asks. 

 

Frisk nods and places the metal object in a pile of flour on the table. 

 

“Very good. Now, do just as I do, my child.” Mom instructs. 

 

Mom pushes the cookie cutter into the rolled dough with the heel of her paw. Then, she wiggles the cutter around just a bit. She lifts the cutter up to reveal the perfect shape. Finally, she uses a small spatula to place the shape onto a baking sheet. 

 

Frisk does their best to copy Mom’s effortless grace in pressing the cookie cutters in and out of the batter. However, most of Frisk’s cookies come out lopsided and strange looking approximations of the shape of the cutter. 

 

However, Mom simply smiles and places them on the tray to be baked. 

 

Redo?

 

Frisk asks and points at the cookies on the tray. They’re sure their face is halfway between pleading and asking the question. 

 

Mom simply smiles and shakes her head. 

 

“I like them, my child. Perfection is not what this exercise is about. I, for one, have had enough of the talk of perfection under my roof for a lifetime,” Mom says. 

 

Frisk looks at Mom and cocks their head. 

 

Explain. 

 

Mom chuckles and ruffles Frisk’s hair again before she puts the first tray of cookies in the preheated oven. 

 

“As you know, I have always loved to teach using practical methods, my child. I taught you independence by, rather foolishly, leaving you to your own devices in the Ruins. Here, I am teaching you to let go of your expectations for everything to turn out perfectly the first time. For, Frisk, it is rare that anything does. We cannot predict how our first attempts at new skills will go. Sometimes, it goes well, and at other times things end up … err … a bit lumpy.” Mom chuckles. 

 

Frisk pouts, but they continue to listen as Mom kneels down in front of them. Mom takes Frisk’s hands in her big furry paws and holds them tight. 

 

“Though, the lumpy bits do not indicate that you ought to give up on the skill completely, my child. Far from it, they show how very hard you have tried. Now, you are likely asking why I'm teaching you this, are you not?" Mom asks. 

 

Frisk nods and signs "yes" again. Mom is so meticulous when it comes to her baking. So, Frisk isn't sure why they've been allowed to make things that look so lopsided and goofy. Surely, Mom must care about presentation if she can roll dough a quarter inch thick exactly with her eyes closed! 

 

"Frisk, my child, I teach you to try, to make mistakes, and to keep your mistakes so that you might pass that lesson along to others. I have found that this is a lesson best taught by a parent to their children. However, it can also be taught through something that you have that very few of us do. Do you know what that something is, my child?” Mom asks. 

 

Frisk looks down at the way their hands are still locked in Mom’s paws. They look back up at Mom and shrug. 

 

“Wonder, my child. When I asked you to allow us to preserve your childhood, I did not ask that out of a desire to deprive you of the knowledge adults have. I requested this because you have something quite special of your own to offer. Do not wish it away. For, though not impossible, I have found it is much more difficult to find as you age.” Toriel explains. 

 

Frisk looks down at their hands again, and they smile. Their flour covered hands look so tiny in Mom’s giant paws. Frisk wonders if the way Mom’s paws seem to swallow their hands isn’t the perfect illustration of what Mom is trying to show them. 

 

If nothing else, Mom’s words give them the courage to follow through on their plan for the afternoon. 

 

For, perhaps, Mettaton won't mind watching Muppets’ Treasure Island with them on the couch this afternoon. If nothing else, they think he will enjoy hearing about the stars from a human being who, despite having a beard, bears an uncanny resemblance to Mettaton. 

 

Frisk drops Mom's hands and wraps their arms around Mom's neck. 

 

Need. Ask. Undyne. Question.

 

Frisk signs rapidly before going to take Flowey from the window sill. 

 

"You have been much help. Go on and do what you were planning. I am sure Undyne is awake by now, my child. You have been very good, Frisk. You are very good." Mom encourages. 

 

Flowey shoos Frisk's hand away. 

 

"Nah. GoOoOo do your little errand. I already saw the dumb movie anyway. WhoOoOo watches the same movie twice in two days?!" Flowey asks.

 

Frisk rolls their eyes at Flowey before signing. 

 

Killjoy. 

 

Flowey sticks his tongue out at Frisk before turning back to face the sunlight in the window. 

 

"I will keep an eye on him, my dear Frisk. Flowey, be kind." Toriel admonishes. 

 

Frisk grins and gives Mom a final quick nod before heading out of the kitchen. 

 

I hope he likes it. I think he will, but it's hard to know lately what things will work and what won't. Still, all the characters in this movie are quite strong, and Miss Piggy doesn't take anyone's crap. She'll knock some sense back into Ton-ton. Besides that, I really think he'll appreciate what Silver says about the stars. The stars are Ton-ton's favorite part about the Surface. So, I think he'll like it. I hope he likes it. 

 

Frisk takes a deep breath before mounting the stairs and getting ready to ask Undyne to take Mettaton down so they can watch the movie together. With any luck, he'll at least find some of the jokes funny. 

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

My apologies for slow posting. I'm prepping three different auditions within the next month, and two of the songs I'm prepping are pushing the peak of my consistent range. So, I've been practicing my falsetto mix-belt more than I haven't. It's like doing progressive overload in the workout world. (Damn I miss having time to lift.) So, I had to do some research for an aria I'm trying to learn [thankfully that one sits nicely in my mid range so I don't have to worry about anything other than singing in German XD], and I'm working on a fundraising campaign for the non-profit I work for. So, needless to say, it's a busy season for me.

But, writing is my true me time. So, I'm enjoying composing this when I have the time. I've also reworked a lot of my outline to include some more stuff later on. I won't go into details, but I'm quite pleased with where things are going to go. I've developed some longer backstories for my OCs as well as fine tuned the ending of the fic in my outline. I also went back and changed a few inconsistencies I found across chapters. So, I've been doing a lot of "pixie dusting."

But, as for this chapter, it is once again a case where I decided to break a chapter in half. If the title of this chapter is lack luster, I pulled it out of thin air because the chapter it was supposed to be a part of got too long.

Most of the reason I ended up needing to split the chapter is that I just got a little prose happy talking about Toriel baking. In regards to baking, Toriel reminds me of my grandmother. My grandmother remembers very, very little. However, when she's in the kitchen, she can tell you almost anything you ever wanted to know about cooking and baking. She barely remembers our names. But, she remembers how to make cookies and stew and a whole host of other things. The human mind man ... it's bizarre.

So, forgive my prose happiness.

I also think that the fandom can always use more of Frisk as a kid learning things. It's fun to explore Toriel and Frisk's relationship and to let Frisk be a child.

This chapter also needs to stand on its own because it must be distinctly understood that Frisk is a child or nothing humorous, or wonderous, can come from the next chapter. It also helps if you know that Tim Curry played both Frank-n-Furter in Rocky Horror Picture Show and John Silver in Muppets' Treasure Island.

That's ... Yeah ... That's also pretty significant.

Seriously though, why is he an actor in every single one of my special interests from age 4 to present? (I know why. I'm a 90s kid. That's why. But, still ... XD)

So, just sending a little pre-warning for fluffy angst in the next chapter.

A fair amount of what's in the upcoming chapter is about Mettaton's relationship with his desire for a corporeal humanlike body. Much of what he says in the upcoming chapter is based very strongly in my own trans experience as well as my struggles with a vocal injury I had a few years ago that has only recently resolved. As a former teacher and singer, let me tell you vocal injuries are no cake walk, and it was painful to boot.

But, I've learned a lot since then and, now that my voice has healed, my new voice has given me so much gender euphoria as a true contralto/ high tenor. I'll probably expand more on that in the Author's Note at the end of the next chapter. But, let's just say that all artists come from a long line of artists who inspired them to keep going when the going got real tough.

I can confidently say, as someone who is in the heart of audition season and is starting to (maybe) write music of their own, Mettaton HAS GOT TO have been inspired by other artists at some point. There is no way he wasn't influenced by the performers who came before him. Look at that character and tell me there aren't elements of Tim Curry [face], Fred Astaire [movement], Michael Crawford's Phantom [NEO sprite], and several other actors IN MTTs PHYSICAL DESIGN ALONE! So, with at least 200 years of media in a dump to inspire him, fat chance Mettaton doesn't have idols of his own.

You don't try to become an idol without having a few of your own.

In other words, we are inspired to inspire others because we've been inspired ourselves. Period.

Frisk is gathering their courage to help Mettaton remember that in the most innocent and childlike way possible.

So, stay tuned as I iron out the last few kinks in the next chapter.

All the Best,
Pip

Chapter 31: Me, I Sails By the Stars

Summary:

Frisk and Mettaton watch a movie. An innocent misunderstanding about a certain actor’s roles leads to a cathartic movie hangout. It certainly gives Mettaton a lot to think about anyway.

TW:
Mentions of content from previous chapters - nothing depicted
Injury Recovery
Mentions of frustration with delayed recovery
Mentions of missing limbs [Treasure Island]
Explicit discussions of gender dysphoria/ transgender coded awakening

Notes:

** Title is a quote from Tim Curry’s Long John Silver from “Muppets’ Treasure Island” (Yes. That information does enhance the chapter.)

*** I will also once again mention that I am not deaf. However, I do use some signs with my child, and I know enough to get by when I’m non-verbal. If I get things wrong in the sentence structure of sign, please, please correct me.

**** Everything that Mettaton comes to realize through researching Tim Curry is based on some of my own personal experiences with researching Julie Andrews after a vocal injury I had in 2019 that I didn’t fully recover from until 2022. This scene is also inspired by my own coming to terms with my gender identity and expression in high school through several of Mr. Curry’s roles.

***** This is not meant to be RPF. I hate RPF. I think it’s gross. This is also not meant to be like “ooo look at how awesome people are for continuing to EXIST with a disability/ accessibility needs.” Ew. Ew. Ew. Ew. And, once again, EW! Truly, all this chapter contains is a study in the ways that artists are inspired by other artists to keep on making art when things become suck. Period. Whatever else you take away from this is on you.

****** And, dear God, if Tim Curry, or anyone on his team, ever actually reads this, please know you have been the literal biggest inspiration to me forever but especially recently. More than half of what Mettaton says throughout this chapter is really just me talking about my own life through him. Though, it was 2012 and not 1991 for me. Thank you for everything you have done, and all the things you continue to do. I was once a very, very scared teenager in a Catholic high school that was, to put it mildly, unkind. I owe a lot of my being here, where I am, doing what I do, to the music you made that kept my feet firmly planted on the ground. Your work, your voice, and your characters continue to push me to be creative and to have fun with my self expression and not take myself so damn seriously. Thank you, sir, for the incredible work you have done and continue to do. I really do hope that the rumors that you’re voice acting again are true. This is a small tribute to all of the amazing things you’ve created, but I hope it rings honest and true nonetheless.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Mettaton hates being carried. 

 

He has decided that it is one of the most unpleasant feelings that he can imagine. It is uncomfortable because, no matter what hold he and Undyne have tried, pressure ends up being put on his injured leg somewhere. Additionally, it is kind of frightening because, now that he’s not out of his mind, he can actually see how steep the stairs are as Undyne walks down them. Finally, it is deeply embarrassing because, in his mind, he should just be able to use some combination of the railing and his crutches to balance. 

 

However, Alphys won’t let him even attempt stairs until he has been “T-Twenty-four hours free of short circuiting and vertigo. A-And not a moment s-sooner. I mean it.” 

 

Her words exactly. 

 

So, he’s already in a less than stellar mood when Undyne sets him on the couch. 

 

“You want the tea in the fridge, dude? Papyrus and I got the lychee one for you yesterday.” Undyne asks. 

 

Mettaton pouts with his arms crossed over his chest but nods anyway. 

 

“Cool. Be right back,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton pokes his head up curiously at the fact that Undyne didn’t even sound kind of put out at his theatrics. He is surprised that she didn’t comment that he is likely, in her mind at least, overreacting. 

 

He absolutely does not think he's overreacting, not in the slightest. However, he must admit, that he is surprised Undyne doesn’t comment about his pouting. 

 

Instead, when she sees him poking just his nose and eyes over the couch, she simply raises an eyebrow at him. 

 

“Are you spying on me? What are you five?” She grins. 

 

Mettaton accepts the drink and the straw with slight skepticism, but Undyne’s grin seems like her genuine one. It is all teeth with that slight crinkle just beneath her visible eye. 

 

As Mettaton pushes the straw into the tea, he stirs it around a few times. For, Mettaton is well aware all the water will have risen to the top after the tea has sat in the fridge overnight. 

 

He takes a sip, and he finds that his craving for something sweet is almost instantaneously satisfied. There is nothing quite like the taste of lychee tea with the slightly chewy little jellies at the bottom. 

 

“No. I was not spying. I was just … curious as to why you did not make some kind of comment about my … um … less than stellar mood after being carried down the stairs.” He admits. 

 

Undyne raises her eyebrow at him before giving him a slight smile as she shakes her head. 

 

“Well, to be honest, after the last time we took that trek, I assumed I hurt you and you were upset. The day we decorated the tree with everyone down here I thought for sure you were gonna tear my arm off with how hard you clung to my shoulder.” Undyne grins. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes widen with shock before a blush slowly creeps all the way up to his ears. Undyne gives a quick chuckle at his expression. 

 

“Relax, space heater. I just felt bad. There wasn’t really a good way of going about doing that. There still isn’t. We tried just about everything. It’s not comfortable. I get that. So, chill out.” Undyne assures. 

 

Mettaton takes another sip of the tea as he mulls over what Undyne has said. 

 

On the one hand, he’s sincerely grateful she didn’t take his frustration and bad mood personally. However, on the other, he still feels like he should have better control over his emotions. 

 

“You’re thinking too loud. I can practically hear those metal gears turning behind your eyes. Honestly, you and Alphy are cut from a more similar cloth than you realize. Sometimes, when she gets lost in thought, she sets electrical fires. See, and I find it funny. She just gets flustered.” Undyne jokes. 

 

Despite everything, that does get Mettaton to crack a smile. 

 

“I know. The day before we were supposed to see Asgore she burnt her sheets. I do not mean like singed either, darling. No. No. She turned them to ash before we could put them out.” Mettaton deadpans. 

 

Undyne blinks a couple of times before she bursts out laughing. 

 

“She did not. You have to be joking, dude. I’m calling crap.” Undyne wheezes around a laugh. 

 

Mettaton raises an eyebrow at Undyne with a huge grin spreading across his face. 

 

“Ask her. I dare you to ask her, darling. I can tell you right now, first, she will try to skirt the question. Then, she is going to mumble something about it not being entirely her fault because her ‘dryer was already staticy.’ Then, and only then, will she actually admit that she set them on fire. She almost torched the dryer too, mind you. But, I managed to get the fire extinguisher before it spread inside the dryer. And, that is the honest truth, darling.” Mettaton chuckles. 

 

Undyne’s jaw hangs open for a moment before she just grins widely in a way that, once again, scrunches her eye in pure joy. 

 

“Oh, I am going to give her so much crap for not letting me in on that. That is gold,” Undyne says. 

 

Mettaton bites his lip to keep himself from joining in Undyne’s laughter. Finally, he breathes deep enough to deliver the punchline. 

 

“If my memory serves, dear Undyne, so were the sheets.” He winks. 

 

Undyne absolutely loses it as she doubles over clutching her sides. 

 

“You’re not serious are you? Were they actually gold?” She cackles. 

 

Mettaton closes one of his eyes and quirks his other eyebrow up. His lower lip juts out in concentration as he tries to recreate the memory. If he recalls correctly, he thinks most of Alphys’ sheets were either yellow, cream, or some kind of goldenrod color. 

 

“If they weren’t golden or goldenrod, they were yellow or cream. Phy liked to have all her sheets in similar colors so she wouldn't have to worry about sorting them. Which, I suppose, means that the two of you will simply have to have some kind of epic battle of wills to decide whose color scheme gets to be the final victor once you both decide to share, I suppose.” Mettaton teases. 

 

Undyne feigns shock as a slight blush creeps over her cheeks. 

 

“You ass! She can keep the yellow if she wants. I don’t care,” Undyne says. 

 

He knows what he is about to say will be funnier if he can hold back his laughter. Being the well-trained actor that he is, he does succeed in suppressing his own fit of giggles by biting his tongue and breathing deeply. 

 

“Now, see, darling, I never said the two of your would be battling for your own preferred colors. No. No. No. That’s too simple. You see, the two of you will actually end up battling to ensure the other monster doesn’t have to give up their preference.” Mettaton explains. 

 

Undyne beams at Mettaton before moving towards him with her hand reaching for his hair. He doesn’t think he flinches, but Undyne still freezes. 

 

Suddenly, she retracts her outstretched hand.

 

Mettaton watches Undyne’s hand with interest as it comes to clasp her other wrist. Then, she rubs her arm awkwardly. 

 

“Look. If you want, when Papyrus and I banter like this, I usually end up messing with his hair … err … I mean … I would if he had hair. So … um … sorry about that. It’s instinct.” Undyne fumbles. 

 

Mettaton grins up at her. Then, he attempts to affectionately headbutt Undyne’s arm. He thinks he manages to graze her but, without really being able to push off the couch, he is not sure if he misses.

 

Undyne rolls her eye and laughs lightly at Mettaton’s attempt at an endearing, cat-like, headbutt. 

 

However, it is clear that she has understood his intent despite his poor execution. For, after a second, Mettaton feels Undyne’s thick and calloused hand ruffling his hair. 

 

Not too long after his brief joke with Undyne, Frisk comes tearing down the stairs at rate speed with water still flying from their hair. 

 

Forgot. Wash. Day. 

 

They sign frantically with their tiny chest heaving for air. Then, they quickly turn the TV on and start attempting to find whatever app they’re seeking. 

 

As Frisk searches, Lady Toriel also comes racing down the stairs with her arms full of a large bottle of hair oil, a spray bottle of water, a child size silk cap, and a wide tooth comb. 

 

“You have forgotten several steps in this process, my child. You know well better than I what happens to your hair if it dries before we oil your curls and comb them. You told me about it when we got to the Surface because you did not flee your boarding school with the correct hair care tools! Would you like a repeat of what happened in the hotel shower, my child?” Toriel asks. 

 

Frisk groans before flopping down on a bean bag chair in front of the TV. 

 

Undyne and Mettaton both share a quick glance before shuddering at the image of the meltdown that ensued when Toriel and Mettaton tried to untangle Frisk's matted hair in the hotel shower the first morning on the Surface.

 

At first, Toriel tried to get the matts out herself. Then, she tried being the distraction while Mettaton worked patiently on untangling Frisk's hair. Between both Lady Toriel and himself, he thinks they struggled for the better part of four hours before they gave up. On top of that, almost every salon he called refused to take Frisk because they were autistic and "might disturb the current customers." After several tries, he finally found a salon that would work with them. It was a small salon with a single owner that took customers one at a time. The owner was one of the kindest people any of them had ever met. 

 

Mettaton makes a mental note to call Maurice about the wigs he and his husband, Brad, were prepping for Mettaton's tour. Mettaton might not need them anymore, but he wants to know where he should donate them. D ... his manager had picked nearly everything about them, and Mettaton finds that he really does not want to have to look at them. 

 

Mettaton snaps back to reality as he sees Frisk pouting on the beanbag chair with their arms crossed over their chest, and Lady Toriel struggling to parse through the layers of Frisk's curls. 

 

“Lady Toriel, if I may, perhaps, I can do Frisk’s hair while we watch the film. That way we don’t have a repetition of the … ah … well, there’s not another word for it, is there? … The disaster that took you and I several hours and, eventually, a trip to Maurice's salon to solve. However, I doubt Frisk wishes to delay any further. Thus, I think we have come to a solution that may make all parties happy?” Mettaton offers. 

 

Toriel gives Mettaton a wide smile before handing him the supplies. Frisk beams at him and scoots the beanbag over to the couch so they can be within easy sight and reach. 

 

“That is an excellent solution, and you will likely make much quicker work of this task than I. Honestly, I will shamefully admit that I might have been putting it off until I could request your assistance,” Toriel says. 

 

Mettaton smiles and blushes. He isn’t exactly sure how to respond, but he feels a swell of pride in knowing that he can do something to ease Toriel’s burdens. 

 

“Let me know if either of you are in need of anything. I will just be in the kitchen frosting the cookies that Frisk and I made earlier,” Toriel says. 

 

Then, Toriel gives Mettaton a nod before going into the kitchen and closing the door. 

 

“I’ll head out and leave you nerds to it. I wanted to see if Alphy wanted to get coffee anyway,” Undyne says. 

 

“I D-DO!” Alphys calls from upstairs. 

 

Mettaton and Undyne share a quick glance and a laugh. 

 

“You ever wonder if she has bionic hearing that she can selectively turn on and off, darling? For, in complete honesty, I have always wondered that.” Mettaton jokes. 

 

Undyne looks up and seems to consider him seriously. 

 

“More often than I haven’t, dude. Seriously, more often than I haven’t.” Undyne laughs. 

 

Then, Undyne gives Mettaton’s shoulder a soft pat before she leaves the room to head upstairs. 

 

Mettaton turns back to Frisk who has pulled up Disney+ and is scrolling through the “Muppets” collection. 

 

“Dear heart, spray in five, four, three, two, one …” Mettaton counts. 

 

Then, he begins furiously spritzing Frisk’s curls. 

 

Frisk flinches only a little at the sound of the spray bottle before going right back to the task at hand. 

 

Mettaton sees Frisk highlight a film called Muppets’ Treasure Island.

 

“Frisk, darling, how many novels have these Muppets adapted?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Frisk picks up their tablet and opens their Voice-to-Speech app. 

 

Three? I think. 

 

The device says. 

 

Mettaton nods as he begins to apply the hair oil to his fingers. Then, he combs them gently through Frisk’s hair. Mettaton is silently glad that he asked Alphys to design his fingers with a glovelike exoskeleton to prevent snagging when he does hair. 

 

“Which books are they?” Mettaton asks, casually.

 

A Christmas Carol. 

 

Treasure Island. 

 

Wizard of Oz. 

 

The machine-like voice states. 

 

Mettaton smiles. 

 

“Wonderful choices. I believe this will be my first time watching one of their films. Though, I am not sure. I watched several movies with Alphys Underground. So, it is possible that I simply don’t recall,” Mettaton says.  

 

Frisk gives him a confused sort of expression before turning back to their tablet and typing rapidly into the device. 

 

But, you look just like one of the characters? 

 

Mettaton stops rubbing oil into Frisk’s hair as he thinks. He has no memory of this film. He’s certain of it. 

 

Perhaps, there’s an actor in this that I’ll recognize? Though, I’m rubbish at remembering names and faces. It’ll likely take me the whole movie to figure it out.

Mettaton thinks to himself. 

 

“I’m not sure … perhaps, we’ll discover something as we start the movie.” Mettaton suggests. 

 

Yes. Good idea. 

 

The text-to-speech says. 

 

Frisk begins the movie, and Mettaton immediately hones in on the score. The opening credits begin as a lovely little rhythmic melody begins to play and a man’s voice begins narrating a story. 

 

As soon as Mettaton sees that Hans Zimmer is responsible for the music, he is certain this is going to be a great film. 

 

He suddenly realizes he was so captivated by the composition of the opening song, the beginnings of the narration, and twisting Frisk’s hair into the proper curl patterns that he didn’t even attempt to read the actor’s names. 

 

Oops. Well, it will appear that I am purely at the mercy of my facial recognition. This could get interesting. 

 

Mettaton finds himself smiling and shaking his head as he twirls Frisk’s hair around his fingers. He discovers within the first few minutes of the movie that these Muppets have a very witty sense of humor.

 

Somehow, this is a movie he knows both Sans and Papyrus would somehow find funny. It has enough situational humor and subtle puns to please Sans while also having a whimsical bluntness that Papyrus would just adore. 

 

“I’ll wash,” Jim says. 

 

“I’ll dry.” The rat reluctantly offers. 

 

Then, there is a beat before the “whatever” replies. 

 

“I’ll break.”  

 

Mettaton bites his lip to block a rather undignified snort. 

 

“It is … they are Undyne and Papyrus!” Mettaton forces out before falling prey to his laughter. 

 

Frisk also starts to laugh as they quickly type something into their tablet. 

 

I didn’t think about that! That’s so true! Rizzo has to be Undyne, and Gonzo is Papyrus. 

 

Mettaton nods eagerly at the assessment. 

 

“Yes. My thoughts exactly, dear heart.” Mettaton agrees. 

 

That’s even more true if you’ve seen the show and the movies. We should watch the Christmas Carol one too! Oh! And, I think you’d love The Muppets Take Manhattan. But, we’ll need to get it on DVD. It’s not on Disney+. 

 

Frisk’s hands are flying across the tablet’s screen as they try to give Mettaton more information about these funny little characters. 

 

The next song is quite beautiful in it’s own way. The young boy’s voice is so sweet, crisp, and clear in the way children’s voices so often are before they settle into their adult tones. The other two characters are singing in their own voices, and Mettaton is amazed by the voice actors’ abilities to keep their respective characters even while they sing. 

 

He cannot help but find it incredibly immersive. 

 

Mettaton realizes the plot moves quite a bit quicker than he expects. For, despite sharing a setting, there are quite a few marked differences from what occurs in the novel. Though, he will admit, it has been quite a bit of time since he’s read this particular story. 

 

I was still in my first century when I read this. I think in my early sixties? I recall being about Jim’s age, in my own culture, when I read it. But, as such, I do not remember it well. I also do not think I ever had the chance reread it. Though, after this, perhaps, I will. 

 

Mettaton and Frisk both find themselves giggling about the “man” that lives in Young Squire Trelawney’s finger. 

 

“Why would they … the moon, darling? How absurd!” Mettaton laughs. 

 

I know. It’s kind of a running joke in lots of human shows since humans were obsessed with going to the moon for a long time.  

 

Mettaton smiles and begins pulling Frisk’s hair up into the cap and tying it off. 

 

“Oh, I am well aware of the jokes. It just seems so out of place for anyone to think of going to the moon in the eighteen hundreds! I remember when the first copies of the novel fell into the dump! Though, well … I suppose it’s not so strange. Jules Verne did write about going to the moon in the eighteen sixties. I was younger when I read that than this.” Mettaton muses.

 

Frisk looks up at Mettaton with huge eyes before pausing the movie. 

 

I knew how old you were, but I didn’t really know how old you were. 

 

Mettaton chuckles to himself. 

 

“Old as dirt, and somehow Maddie is still older, darling.” Mettaton jokes. 

 

Frisk shakes their head. 

 

How old is Maddie? 

 

Mettaton pauses a moment and counts on his fingers. 

 

“Four … Four hundred and one? Ish? Though, I am not really sure. We … my cousins and I … we stopped celebrating birthdays, except mine, after everyone left. We only kept celebrating mine because … well … I was the youngest.” Mettaton explains. 

 

He is not exactly in the mood to tell Frisk about all the complicated nuances of the culture in which he was raised lest it promote less than ideal behaviors. Apparently, he and Frisk both have eloping tendencies in common, and he is not about to make them believe that eloping is the correct solution to anyone’s problems. 

 

I figured you were the youngest.

 

The tablet says. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes narrow a little as he raises his eyebrows. 

 

“And, what, pray tell, gave that away, dear heart?” He asks. 

 

Frisk looks at him blinking impossibly slow. Finally, they hit a button on the tablet. 

 

Blooky gets protective over you, and Maddie tries to control everything when it comes to you. If you weren’t the youngest, why would they do that? 

 

Mettaton opens his mouth to protest. But, he can’t. Frisk has just written the most utterly logical argument anyone could ever make. 

 

Mettaton scrubs hands through his hair before heaving a long sigh. 

 

“Well played.” He mutters. 

 

Frisk cocks their head for a moment. 

 

Why does being the youngest annoy you?

 

Mettaton raises an eyebrow in Frisk’s direction. However, they simply make a shooing motion with their hands as if asking him to go on. 

 

Mettaton blows a bit of air forcefully between his lips. 

 

“That is not a matter of great importance. But, I suppose, the simple answer is that I do not wish to be treated as a child forever.” Mettaton sighs. 

 

He leaves out the part about how he feels responsible for the end of the Blook line because saying that will spark more questions than he has the bandwidth to answer. 

 

Though, it is true. 

 

After his birth, the Elders, basically, banned the rest of the Blooks from bonding and procreating lest another curse be placed on the linage. 

 

When he finally escapes from his thoughts, Frisk seems to be deeply considering his answer. 

 

Is that what you and Papyrus talk about? 

 

Mettaton blinks rapidly as he blushes. 

 

“Err … it … um … it ... it comes up, but … um … we talk about lots of … err … things. ” Mettaton fumbles. 

 

Frisk raises their eyebrows as if asking for more details. 

 

Mettaton flushes even harder. 

 

“That is all you are weaseling out of me! I am not giving you details of all the intimate things the two of us have said. Go read Wuthering Heights or … or watch Keira Knightley in Pride and Prejudice if you’d like some juicy gossip! But, you will get no more from me.” Mettaton exclaims. 

 

Then, he makes a great show of locking his lips with his hand and throwing the metaphorical key away. 

 

All the while, Frisk giggles. 

 

Fine. Fine. Keep your secrets. 

 

“I will. Thank you.” Mettaton finishes, dramatically. 

 

Frisk leans back on the couch and nestles into it. Then, they finally unpause the movie. 

 

As Jim, Gonzo, and Rizzo go to explore the ship, Mettaton straightens up upon hearing a very familiar voice. 

 

hey, ho and up she rises

earl-aye in the mornin’ 

put him in the brig until he’s sober …

 

As the camera focuses in, it takes Mettaton several moments to reconcile how he can clearly recognize the man’s voice even though his face and attire are completely different from what Mettaton remembers.

 

As the camera locks in on the actor’s smiling face, Frisk pauses the movie. 

 

See?

 

The tablet says. 

 

“I … ah … yes, darling, I do see.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

A small smile plays at the corner of his face. 

 

More I want to show you. We’ll talk at a different scene. 

 

Frisk types quickly and excitedly before turning and flashing Mettaton a huge grin. 

 

The scene plays out, and Mettaton’s Soul jolts suddenly as he sees Tim Curry, as John Silver, pick up the wooden crutch next to him. 

 

His eyes widen in fascination and kinship. It matters so very little to him that this is nothing more, or less, than a special effect because, for a moment, he feels a little less alone in the world. Silver’s actor, Mettaton’s very first human idol, looks like him for just a moment. 

 

Mettaton is only brought back to this plane of existence when one of the rats begins singing about “margaritas at a midnight buffet.” 

 

He lets out a rather undignified laugh at the line. Yet, his laughter is abruptly cut short as he listens to the child singing again. 

 

But, the lyrics the writers have given Silver shake Mettaton to his Soul. 

 

the stars will be our compass

wherever we may roam

and our mates will always be

just like a family …

 

Mettaton is only vaguely aware of Frisk grinning at him with their eyes wider than he ever recalls them being. 

 

He is completely immersed in a combination of memories from his rebellious century, the music, and the story. 

 

As much as the story of Rocky Horror spoke, and speaks, to his desire for a body in which he feels at home, this film speaks to the core of his culture. 

 

The will give immense credit to the writers of this film because the tonal pacing is masterful. 

 

The line about the “human beings wanting to hang out together” is another line that makes him laugh. 

 

Mettaton has secretly been hoping that Frisk will find other humans to be with, learn from, and love well. He loves that Frisk has been learning about monster culture, but he still holds that Frisk needs human friends. He grins to himself as he considers turning this line on Frisk as a playful jest when that day comes.

 

He likes the idea, if only, because he is certain that Frisk will get the joke. 

 

“Aww, Jim. Smollet sails by rules and laws. That's what being a captain is all about. Me, I sails by the stars,” Silver says.

 

Mettaton straightens up as best he can and he locks his gaze on the television. He has not been so focused on anything since the day he knew with absolute certainty that he wanted a corporeal body of his own. 

 

“Now, Jim, that be Polaris, the North Star. Even in the China Sea, that's north,” Silver says. 

 

“North. Polaris. So, we must be heading southwest.” Jim repeats. 

 

Mettaton blinks rapidly not sure he heard the words of the dialogue correctly. 

 

“Darling … did they say … s-say … Polaris?” Mettaton whispers. 

 

Frisk cocks their head and nods with a huge smile. 

 

Did you like it? This is my favorite scene. I thought you would like it. 

 

Frisk looks up at Mettaton with wonder as the tablet speaks their words. 

 

“Yes. I do. But … it is strange to hear the … The North Star referred to by their proper name.” Mettaton explains. 

 

The word Polaris is a name rarely spoken aloud by any monster. For, they are known by many names. 

 

The North Star is what humans call them. 

 

However, to monsters, The North Star is known as the First Dust, or more commonly, the Angel. 

 

What do you mean? It’s just what The North Star is called in science terms. Right?

 

Frisk asks with confusion written all over their face. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes widen as he shakes his head. 

 

“No. They are … they’re much more than that. Asgore will explain this better than I on the thirty-first, but The North Star is … they are where magic begins and where it goes when we die. They are the First Dust. The Angel. P … Polaris is what made us.” Mettaton whispers fervently.

 

Frisk raises their eyebrows as wonder fills their eyes. 

 

Tell. More? 

 

The tablet is set aside as Frisk’s hands fly into the natural patterns of sign. 

 

Mettaton chuckles lightly as he looks up at the ceiling trying to keep things simple as he doesn’t have much energy for detail at the moment. 

 

“Your North Star, our Angel, is the First Dust that existed in the sky. In the frozen glaciers, two beings were created Epsilon and Yilden, the first monsters. A Boss Monster and … a-and a Ghost. In that creation, Kochab, love, appeared in the sky. After many years, the stars Pherkad, joy, Eta, hope, and finally Zeta, compassion, joined the Angel through various gifts bestowed upon Epsilon and Yilden. When Epsilon, the first Boss Monster, passed due to old age Yilden chose to fade because their grief for their first companion was so unbearable that even the love of their partner and generations of offspring could not sustain them. Thus, the dust of Epsilon and Yilden completed the constellation Small Hammer when they reunited with the Angel. The Small Hammer sits just above the Large Pan which is comprised of the dust of spouses and first children of Epsilon and Yilden. Since then, when monsters die, we are reunited with our ancestors and the Angel in the stars.” Mettaton explains. 

 

Small Hammer? Large Pan? 

 

Frisk is back to typing into the tablet.

 

“Ah. Yes. You would know them as the Little Dipper and Big Dipper respectively.” Mettaton clarifies. 

 

Frisk smiles and nods emphatically one time. Mettaton has spent enough time with Frisk to know this gesture means that they have understood the information he gave them and that they are filing it away for further use. 

 

I can tell you know the actor. 

 

The tablet begins to say. 

 

But, the more I watch you react to the movie the more I think you’ve seen him someplace else. 

 

Frisk turns the tablet over and looks at Mettaton with a smile. 

 

Mettaton chuckles again with a slow shake of his head. He breathes in deeply and lets the breath out. 

 

“You … ah … you would be correct, darling.” He begins. 

 

Frisk continues to look at him expectantly as if reminding him that he is not getting out of this question as easily as he got out of the one about Papyrus. 

 

“It was nineteen-ninety-one. I was one-hundred-sixty-nine.” He breathes. 

 

Mettaton wrings his hands in an effort to quell the nervous energy within him. He wishes he has his guitar so he could just sing this part of his story. He has been toying with writing about it for some time, but D … his manager vetoed it. 

 

But, sitting here with Frisk, Mettaton wonders if it wouldn’t make a better song than D … his manager had convinced him it would. 

 

“It was a little tape just … just floating in the Dump. I … I wasn’t sure it would still run. It barely did. I think there were parts missing because, when I saw it for the first time on the Surface, there were parts I hadn’t seen before. Funny parts … scary parts … parts where the sound or pictures had blurred out from water damage. But, he …” 

 

Mettaton gestures to Tim Curry in full pirate gear. 

 

“He was in it. He played the … villian? … anti-hero? … anti-villain? … I don’t quite know how to describe him, dear heart. Yet, all I knew was that I wanted a body like his. I wanted to look like the character but, more importantly, I wanted to give that … that hope that he gave me to others. I wanted to sing like that. I wanted to dance like that with … with real legs … with human legs. I wanted to act in movies that were horrific, funny, dramatic, and … and beautiful all at the same time. I wanted to know everything about the man behind the stunning nut-case he played.” Mettaton chuckles. 

 

Frisk gently reaches for Mettaton’s hand, and he offers it to them. Then, they gently begin running their fingers down the inside of his wrist. 

 

“I searched for anything and everything I could find in that stupid Dump for news about him. I found some things, but it was always small things. I found a CD here or a soundtrack there. But, I just knew I wanted to be an actor-singer like that. That’s all I wanted. I wanted to sing and dance in musicals, and I wanted to act. His music meant … it meant everything to me. I wanted to be a star like him because … because he gave me words and pictures to describe how I felt after one-hundred-sixty-nine years of nothing. I had nothing to define how I felt, or what I wanted … o-or what … or why I wanted what I wanted.” Mettaton confesses. 

 

Frisk squeezes his wrist as they nod. 

 

Mettaton bites his lip before hearing the tablet speak. 

 

It’s okay. I want to know this part. You’re not saying anything that I haven’t already felt myself. It’s nice to know I’m not alone either. Even though we are, how do I say it? In reverse of each other.  

 

Mettaton feels a few tears leak down his cheeks. 

 

“But … But, no one would ever really understand it. Not in my family, anyway. Frisk, I wanted to be a star to give joy and hope to people who didn’t have any left. I got caught up in a desire to be an idol for humans and monsters alike. I wanted to be a star because we all needed to remember Underground that that’s what we are. That’s what everyone was, is, and always will be.” Mettaton says, wistfully. 

 

Mettaton finally looks at Frisk as he finishes speaking. They are grinning ear to ear. 

 

They lean into Mettaton for a hug which he accepts with gratitude. 

 

As they pull apart, Frisk begins typing into the tablet again. Though, this time, they are careful and discerning with their words. 

 

It’s funny. How the things monsters are and believe reflect what science has uncovered about biology, psychology, and many other things. Humans, and all life, are said, by science, at least, to be made of the same matter and atoms as the stars. But, monsters have known that all along. Humans are just stubborn, I guess. We just don’t want to learn. 

 

Mettaton nods his head as he listens to the mechanical voice speaking. As much as Mettaton has always loved humanity, he supposes there is some truth to Frisk’s words. 

 

After all, the humans inability to listen is what caused all of monsterkind to be banished Underground in the first place. 

 

Mettaton reaches out to Frisk and lovingly rubs their shoulder. 

 

“You are a marvel, dear heart. Let no one tell you otherwise.” Mettaton praises. 

 

Frisk smiles and points to his cheek and then their lips. He smiles and leans forward so Frisk can give him a quick kiss on the cheek. 

 

Frisk bounces up and down on their knees before excitedly beginning the movie again. 

 

There are many things about this film that Mettaton decides that he loves. He adores the scene where Jim plays with Silver's crutch as the man hops along after him. He finds the jokes about things that are decidedly deadly being called simply “unsafe” delightfully humorous. The score when Jim reveals that Smollett has the map is utter perfection. The starfish in Gonzo’s pants joke is both hilarious and disgusting in the best way. 

 

However, Mettaton finds that he really enjoys seeing John Silver hoisted up by his pirate compatriots at the end of the Professional Pirate number. Another genuine smile crosses his face as he sees how committed everyone was to the movements that would be natural for Silver. 

 

“I enjoyed that choreography immensely. It all looks so natural. They really highlighted Silver without … well, without making him dance in the traditional sense. The voice acting of the Muppet characters, as well as small details like that, make this truly and deeply immersive.” Mettaton rambles. 

 

But, the smile falls from his face. 

 

“Though, I suppose, once the cameras were off, he could just return to normal life. I guess, I will too … eventually. Though, in my opinion, it will never be soon enough. Though, I cannot help feeling like I will never be the same. Like … like I will always be broken and never quite as strong? Alphys has said not to worry over much about it because, even if I am slightly weaker than before, I would still be able to keep pace with every human dancer. Yet … I don’t know, darling, I just wish that could be certain. I want it all back now.” Mettaton confides. 

 

Frisk pauses the movie and looks at Mettaton. Their hands are shaking a little bit as they seem to be warring with themselves about something. 

 

Know. Something. 

 

Want. Tell. You. 

 

Please. Listen. 

 

Frisk signs each word slowly and deliberately as they give Mettaton a soft and empathetic smile. 

 

It takes Frisk several long moments to type something into Google. However, they eventually offer Mettaton their tablet. 

 

Mettaton’s eyes widen in shock as he takes in all what Frisk wants him to see. Then, he carefully hands the tablet back to Frisk when they ask for it. 

 

Mettaton rolls onto his back as Frisk begins to type out what they want to say. He secretly hopes that it takes Frisk a few moments to type because Mettaton is not sure he is fully ready to listen. 

 

Frisk had pulled up pictures of Mettaton’s first human idol in a wheelchair. One of the pictures even had him posing with fans and everyone was smiling. 

 

Mettaton realizes that he is also smiling because suddenly it does not matter if this malfunction permanent. 

 

He can still make a difference. 

 

He can still make other people smile. 

 

He can still do what he loves most in the world … make people happy. 

 

Mettaton does not know how, but he wishes he could send every fiber of joy, hope, love, and compassion he feels and impart it to this actor who has made such a difference in his life. For, once again, it is this same human man who has burst open every lock and key around his broken heart and made his feelings make sense. 

 

This man has forced Mettaton’s world to come back into order, time, and tune again, and again, and again, and the gratitude is overwhelming. 

 

Part of being tangible is having things go wrong. 

 

The voice of Frisk’s tablet breaks through Mettaton’s thoughts. He immediately turns to Frisk who is still typing. 

 

I broke my wrist once after I fell off the monkey bars when I was seven. I couldn’t sign and typing was hard. It was like being forcibly silenced. I imagine a lot of humans and monsters who have disabilities feel that way. It doesn’t matter if those are disabilities we’re born with or disabilities that come with age. It still …

 

The tablet cuts off abruptly as Frisk looks at Mettaton with serious eyes before going back to type something else. Mettaton feels his Soul clench in empathy at the thought of Frisk breaking a wrist and losing the ability to speak in the way most natural to them. 

 

Can I say a bad word?

 

Frisk asks turning the volume on the tablet down so only Mettaton can hear it. 

 

“I do not see why not. I am not a tattler.” Mettaton winks. 

 

It still sucks. 

 

Mettaton bites his lip hard to keep from laughing at the idea of “sucks” being a word Frisk would ask his permission to use. 

 

It doesn’t matter if the pain is short or long. It’s still real. Even temporary things, like my arm, are real. I’m gonna be really, really honest.  I think you, Papyrus, and I share something in common. But, you were taught to hide it instead of to love it. I think that’s really sad. 

 

Mettaton sucks in a small gasp at Frisk’s honest phrasing. Alphys has tried to insinuate the similarity between him and Papyrus, but she has never once stated it outright. Well, she has never stated it outright to him.

 

Though, Mettaton has observed that Papyrus’ easy going nature surrounding Mettaton’s fidgeting, and tendency to sing out his solutions, has made him less wound up, for lacking a better term, than ever before.  Yet, Mettaton has never had the courage to suggest to Papyrus that they may share certain things in common. For some reason, Mettaton feels like he cannot claim that identity as his own because no one would believe that he struggles. 

 

He is too good at faking like he is not suffering. 

 

The soft mechanical voice of the tablet breaks through his thoughts again. 

 

Do you ever wonder if you’re autistic like us? I always thought that we have so much fun together because you get me. The only other person who is easy to just have fun with, other than Papyrus, is you. Sans and Mom are great, but they baby me. Alphys doesn’t explain things enough and talks too fast for me to process. Undyne is too loud for me to hear sometimes. But, you and Papyrus don’t make things too academic, or complicated, or loud. Papyrus and I play games, and you just listen. I think that I get it. You like to listen. It’s the only time your life is quiet. 

 

Mettaton can see Frisk looking at him in his peripheral vision, but he waits for them to finish typing. He is certain they have more to say. 

 

You don’t look at people when you listen but you stare at people when you talk. So they think you're a bad listener, and you don’t care. But, you’re not. You just listen different. 

 

In this instant, Mettaton is a novel, and Frisk is reading every line of subtext that exists within his pages. The wind has been sucked from his sails, and he is forced to confront something that he has never faced before. 

 

Mettaton sees his own limitations laid out in front of him. 

 

For a split second, Mettaton longs to deny what Frisk has just pointed out, but he knows it is true. Contrary to popular belief, Mettaton is not a great liar. He is simply a great omitter of truth.

 

So, while he has worked for the last two hundred years to be better at looking when he listens and making less direct eye contact when he speaks, he has nothing to show for his hundreds of years of training. 

 

I think you and Papyrus love each other so much because he lets you be you without you having to do anything. Is that what true love is like? Is it finding someone who allows you to be yourself without anything stopping you? I see it sometimes in my friendship with Monster Kid and how that is different from my relationship with anyone else in the world. The way they understand me. The way they also are a they. The way they think like me. The way that time with them doesn’t really exist. Is that love because … because I’d like that to be love. 

 

Frisk is blushing straight up to their ears as they look at Mettaton. Mettaton for his part is caught between gushing over the fact that Frisk may have just confessed their first crush to him and bursting into tears at the accuracy with which Frisk has just described the feeling of love. 

 

“It is, darling. As far as I have ever come to understand love, it is about a breaking down of barriers and … and partnership. I suppose it matters little what kind of love - romantic, friendship, or familial - the truth remains that love breaks barriers. It does not build them, dear heart.” Mettaton agrees. 

 

Frisk smiles and flaps their hands. They end the flapping with a small fist pump. 

 

Mettaton smiles at Frisk’s response. To him, it appears as though Frisk believes that they have passed some kind of grand exam that has graduated them from childhood into adolescence. Perhaps, Mettaton thinks, that is not so far from the truth. 

 

“So, Monster Kid?” Mettaton asks, slyly. 

 

Frisk’s eyes widen and the blush returns to their cheeks. 

 

“Darling, am I the first to know?” Mettaton asks. 

 

Frisk takes a deep breathe before chewing their lip as they nod. 

 

Mettaton bites his tongue as a grin slowly spreads across his face. There is so much of him that has always hoped that he would be the first to hear about Frisk’s first crush, and his wish has come true. 

 

“I will say nothing to anyone about this until you are ready, darling. You have my word. They are a fine monster and, from what I hear, quite upstanding in their choice of role models. Any one who chooses Papyrus to emulate has my firmest stamp of approval.” Mettaton winks. 

 

Frisk rolls their eyes before giving Mettaton a light bump on the shoulder with their fist. 

 

You. Dramatic. 

 

Embarrassing. 

 

Honest.

 

Frisk signs. 

 

Mettaton throws his head back and laughs. 

 

“Have I ever claimed anything to the contrary, darling?” He asks. 

 

Frisk gives Mettaton’s shoulder another light tap with their fist as they shake their head. 

 

Mettaton smiles at the small bumps of affection against his shoulder. It feels nice, in a way, that Frisk doesn’t treat him any differently. It puts Mettaton at ease to know that Frisk does not know enough to freeze before they touch him. There is something light and easy about this interaction that makes Mettaton remember what things were like before everything spiraled so far out his of his control. 

 

He is suddenly reminded of his dance off with Frisk Underground. He regrets how long it took him to exchange real combat for stage combat. 

 

He realizes now that he he is glad that he and Frisk had their battle on his show. Contrary to what some might believe, he is not just happy it happened on his show because of the ratings. No. His favorite part of losing that epic dance off is how brightly Frisk shined that day. 

 

He adored them then and, if only because he knows them better, he loves them even more now. 

 

Frisk waves their hands in front of Mettaton’s eyes causing Mettaton to blink rapidly a few times. A few tears, full of pride and admiration of this small child, slide down Mettaton’s cheeks. 

 

Restart. Movie? 

 

Frisk signs. 

 

Mettaton grins. 

 

“Yes. We ought to finish it.” He agrees.

 

Snuggle?

 

Frisk looks up at Mettaton with wide pleading eyes. 

 

Mettaton pats Frisk’s shoulder. 

 

“Come now. As if you would ever have to plead for that, darling.” He teases. 

 

Frisk helps themselves up onto the couch and burrows into Mettaton’s pleasantly warm chest. After they’re settled, they begin the movie again. 

 

The rest of the film passes without Mettaton and Frisk talking much to one another. Mettaton is completely captivated by Benjamina. 

 

He admires her courage. 

 

The duet she shares with Smollett is beautifully written. The lyrics are simple but deep, in their own way. He adores the way the focus alternates from Benjamina and Smollett’s plight to slow motion shots of the pirates with their treasure. 

 

In many ways, dreams have been answered in both scenes. Benjamina and Smollett have been reunited in love after far too long apart, and the pirates have got the treasure they have hunted down for decades. There is something beautifully poetic about the scene. 

 

As the movie continues to play out, Mettaton finds himself continually trying to absorb some of Benjamina’s rage. The power with which she carries herself amazes him. The pride she has in herself while clearly retaining her love for Smollett is something he wants to bottle. 

 

He wonders what the Muppet is like in other movies because some of her actions remind him of himself. 

 

Her love for the limelight. 

 

Her bad decisions. 

 

Her demeanor. 

 

Well, she reminds him of who he was before, and he finds himself filled with a strange sort of longing to take some of that back. Though, when he is completely honest, he is not sure he knows how.  

 

Then, he wonders again if it is just Benjamina or the character who plays her. 

 

As Silver escapes in the row boat, Mettaton is moved by the struggle between Jim and Silver. The desperation in them both is palpable, and it strikes Mettaton in the very core of his being. He barely registers that the film is over until well after the credits have started to play. 

 

A pop version of Smollett and Benjamina’s love song plays out quietly as Mettaton leans back and looks up at the ceiling. He is not sure if Frisk is awake because all that he can hear are the words of the film echoing in his mind. 

 

Me, I sails by the stars. 

 

Aw, hell, Jim. I could never harm you. You're honest and brave and true. You didn't learn that from me.

 

“If you can hear me out there, Angel … P-Polaris … tell him thank you … for … for everything. ” 

 

Mettaton is uncertain if he actually speaks the words aloud or merely mouths them, but his Soul feels them. For, today, he feels just a little less alone in this middle space he inhabits. As much as he longs for a truly human body, he knows that he cannot have one in its entirety. 

 

“Perhaps, I shall add an addendum to your famous line. I will dream it to be it. For, no matter how sadly, I must abide, in some ways, by what I am. Determination … it was ... err ... well, it was not  a good look … to put it mildly. I can endure much, but, I … I have to wonder, should I? I … I hope we may meet one day in the stars, if not in person. For, I am sure our Angel felt your reverence in this … this … this art. Yes. I am confident we shall meet someday, and I know you will know then how your … your joy … your love for what you do … created me. I … I listened to those songs … day after day after day hoping, dreaming, and wishing so hard for this. I am. I have made good on that ‘be it.’ With help, but I’ve done it. I just … I never realized how hard it would be … how much I would long for home when it rains. So … thank you … thank you … I just … my heart is full of compassion and gratitude because once again your SOUL has spoken into mine, and there is little I can do in return but live. ” 

 

Mettaton blinks hard against tears. 

 

He swipes away bits of pink ectoplasm from his eyes, and he knows, somehow, that this is good.

 

He needs to say this. 

 

He needs to feel this. 

 

“Yet, is surviving not part of being? I must continue to live so that I may be. Y-Yet … shouldn’t there be more? Isn't there always more?  More to do, more to be, more to give, just … just more, darling?” 

 

Mettaton bites his lip and looks up at the ceiling again. 

 

we followed a star

and here we are

now heaven seems so near

love led us here

 

so take my hand

and have no fear

we'll be alright

love led us here

 

Mettaton finds there are no words here. There is nothing but a sea of color, sound, and memory, in which, he finds himself utterly lost. 

 

The Angel, his music, and so many other things Mettaton considers aspects of his true North have now been lost to him for, at least, a few months. 

 

Besides that, confronting mortality head on is not something he could have ever prepared himself for fully. It is something he accepted, and very much knew, would be a side effect of becoming fully corporeal. Yet, even now, there is nothing Alphys could have ever said to him that would have prepared him for the physical anguish of falling down and the survival that comes after that brush with death.  

 

For, the only death Mettaton had ever really learned about were the ways a ghost can die. The first way a ghost can die is by being killed by another ghost. The other is by fading.

 

As far as Mettaton has ever known, fading only happens due to immense grief. It is the grief of denying the core of oneself. It is the grief of losing someone so beloved that conceding to death cannot be helped. It is a grief that cannot be spoken. Thus, the ghost’s Soul is, for lacking a better term, assumed to the Angel. There is no traces of that incorporeal Soul but for their dust in the sky. 

 

That fact has long been known to all ghosts, and it is seen perfectly in Yilden’s dust. Their dust being forever bound in the form of a constellation, the Small Hammer, to Epsilon and the Angel. 

 

Mettaton has always thought that image was a perfect union, and, in many ways, he has always found it rather romantic. 

 

However, throughout most of his youth, his Elders turned something beautiful into a cautionary tale. The Blook children were always taught not to get too attached to any dream, any wish, any hope, or even any monster lest grief take them as it took Yilden. 

 

The goal, as Mettaton understood it, was to become cold, emotionless, and immortal. 

 

It wasn’t until Mettaton met Asgore in the Wishing Room that Mettaton really began to understand that, prior to banishment, most ghost families did not see Yilden’s grief as something cautionary. Instead, most saw it as a beautiful love that was to be celebrated and honored. 

 

With that thought, Mettaton swipes away the last of his pink tears and composes himself before speaking.

 

He clears his throat a little.

 

“I quite enjoyed that, Frisk. I’m sorry if I lost myself for a moment in my rambling and my tears. I hope I did not disturb your enjoyment of the music, darling. I just … Frisk?” 

 

Mettaton looks down and finds Frisk asleep against his chest. He smiles and shifts his weight ever so slightly to bring some of the feeling back into his good leg. 

 

“Ah, well, I should quite hope to play a villain like that some day … one that is not all bad. One that … perhaps … even finds a redemption of sorts?” Mettaton muses to himself. 

 

Then, he finds his mind drifting back to his time Underground where he paid off monsters to try to stop Frisk from getting to Asgore. He thinks about his antics with Burgerpants. He thinks back on that time where he lost himself within himself in pursuit of something he cannot quite articulate anymore, if he ever knew what it was. He thinks of how much fun he had dancing, posing, and showing off with Frisk on the last episode of his show. He thinks about how they let him go to sail back to his home … to Blooky. 

 

You're honest and brave and true. You didn't learn that from me.

 

“Thank you, Frisky-Frisk-Frisky-Frisk-Frisk-Frisk-Frisk … hehe … for being my Jimmy-Jim-Jimmy-Jim-Jim-Jim-Jim Hawkins. For, darling, I suppose, in some ways, perhaps, I already have gotten to play that role.” Mettaton whispers. 

 

He flicks the television off and looks at the twinkling lights on the tree before nestling into the sea of pillows and blankets and drifting off to sleep mode himself.

Notes:

Dearest Readers,

Once upon a time, I had stick straight hair. After having a child, I lost most of my hair. When it grew back, it grew back COMPLETELY different!! It was seriously like getting a hair transplant.

So, do I do the hair oil/ leave in conditioner, silk cap routine that I should? Nope. I absolutely do not do what I should.

I only actually take care of it before auditions - by that I mean I take an hour to diffuse it properly with product. I'm such a noob to this that it seriously takes me half an hour to figure out which direction my waves/curls GO. Half the time I end up having to redo half my head because it looks like one side or the other exploded due to uncontrolled frizz. I have only just recently learned that if you try to fight your waves/curls, or at least the stubborn ones, it causes them to frizz and go POOF. I inevitably always mess up at least a couple of them.

Thus, does an unruly mop of frizz, that is probably FULL of breakage, live on top of my head more often then it doesn't? Yes. Yes it does. I'm not proud of that, but it's true.

So, thanks American Academy of Dermatology for calling me out on all the things I SHOULD be doing but don't when I went to research Frisk's hair care routine for this chapter. It should be mine, too. But, I'm still unlearning 28+ years of like stick straight hair life.

I can already hear people cackling in the comments. Laugh if you wish. I deserve your mockery. To folks who have hard wavy/curly hair their whole lives, I probably sound like a small child pointing out many, many obvious things. Impart to me your wisdom if you have the spoons because, for now, all I have is an Elyse Myers YouTube tutorial and the American Academy of Dermatology.

With that out of the way, there are a couple more serious things I wanted to touch on before I run out of characters.

I am so sorry for the delay in writing this. I've been writing some one-shots in other fandoms because I was just trying to, for lack of a better metaphor, flush them out of my head as a way to quell my nerves between auditions. Overall, I think my auditions have gone incredibly well. I just finished my biggest one this past weekend. It was actually the largest audition in my area. I auditioned alongside both Non-Equity and Equity actors which was kind of scary. I have but one credit to my name, but I sang so well I think I made someone cry? I couldn't tell.

I am breaking many legs, and it's terrifyingly wonderful.

It's incredible to me to think about how far my journey has come in the last four and a half years. I never realized that through patience and perseverance I could do what I'm doing now. I was told never to consider music and acting as a serious career by my family, and now I'm looking into writing music with the non-profit I work for as well as auditioning for huge shows and companies in my area. It has been a WILD ride. When I was first struggling with my vocal injury, I remember reading about Julie Andrews, and I realized what a badass she was and still is. I looked up to her. I wanted to learn from her grace and her poise. Her voice is still beautiful just different.

She taught me to see mine the same way.

As an autistic person who has several friends who are both mentally and/or physically disabled, this chapter was really important for me to write as authentically as I could. My friends and I are not there to inspire people simply because we exist. I suppose, if I want to inspire anyone to do anything, it's to laugh and to feel happy. I've spent so much of my life being told that I either need to be valuable to society or exist in a lovely way that is inspiring to others.

And, quite frankly, fuck that.

I want people to see how messy, how broken, and how beautiful life is because I exist. I'm not there to inspire people because I get up in the morning. I'm here to inspire people because I can do cool shit that very few other people can do. My autism might make civilian life harder, but it makes me a BETTER actor, writer, and poet. I write lyrics and poetry that, I hope, are universally understood regardless of ability/neurotype. I write stories that, while coming out of my lived experience, teach the things people should know. In an ideal world, my simply existing wouldn't be something people find all that inspirational.

I think it's more important to ponder that the fact that anyone existing at all is amazing.

You are all stars.

You are all beautiful.

You are all amazing.

Keep shining brightly because we ALL deserve that chance to make a difference, and we all do that in impossibly large, and small, ways every single day.

Keep shining, my stars, and I will continue to try to do so as well.

Much Love,
Pip

Series this work belongs to: